Catalog Interface Technology And Switching Devices 2013 24280

2014-05-16

: Pdf 24280-Catalog 24280-Catalog 012596 Batch3 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 583 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

7
Interface Technology
and Switching Devices
2013 / 2014
PCB connection technology and electronics housing
• PCB terminal blocks and plug-in connectors
• Electronics housing
Sensor/actuator cabling and industrial plug-in connectors
• Sensor/actuator cabling
• Cables and connectors
• Plug-in connectors
Marking systems, tools, and mounting material
• Marking and labeling
•Tools
• Installation and mounting material
Surge protection and power supply units
• Lightning monitoring system
• Surge protection and interference filters
• Power supply units and UPS
• Protective devices
Interface technology
and switching devices
Control technology, I/O systems and automation infrastructure
• Ethernet networks • Functional safety • HMIs and industrial PCs • I/O systems
• Industrial lighting and signaling • Industrial communication technology
• Fieldbus components and systems • Wireless data communication
• Process infrastructure • Software • Controllers
Modular terminal blocks
• Modular terminal blocks
Connection technology for field devices
• Plug-in connectors
• Cables and connectors
Table of contents
Complete overview 2
Electronic switching devices and motor control 7
Measurement and control technology 53
Monitoring 193
Relay modules 265
System cabling for controllers 417
Technical information/index 566
2PHOENIX CONTACT
Complete overview
Product range overview
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
Page 12
Hybrid motor starters
Page 18
Solid-state contactors
Page 38
IP67 motor starters
Page 48
Measurement and control technology
Digital displays
Page 150
Ex i isolating amplifiers with functional safety
Page 152
Multiplexers for HART signals
Page 186
Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Page 187
Monitoring
Compressed air meters
Page 208
Current transformers
Page 212
Test disconnect terminal blocks
See Catalog 3
Current transducers, current protectors
Page 229
Compact monitoring relays
Page 250
Multifunctional monitoring relays
Page 252
Ultra-narrow timer relays
Page 258
Multifunctional timer relays
Page 260
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
3PHOENIX CONTACT
Complete overview
Product range overview
Measurement and control technology
Frequency inverters
Page 50
Highly compact isolating amplifiers
Page 64
Isolating amplifiers with functional safety
Page 100
Isolating amplifiers, special designs
Page 130
Monitoring
Shield fast connection and test plugs
Page 191
Controllers
See Catalog 8
Energy meters
Page 200
Complete packages for data logging
Page 206
Voltage transducers, AC and DC
Page 236
PV system monitoring
Page 134
Residual current monitoring
Page 244
Components for E-Mobility
Page 247
Special function modules
Page 262
Lightning current measuring system
See Catalog 6
HMIs
See Catalog 8
Signal towers
See Catalog 8
4PHOENIX CONTACT
Complete overview
Product range overview
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Page 276
PLC series
Page 322
PR series
Page 372
DEK series
Page 397
System cabling for controllers
Front adapters
Page 424
Termination boards
Page 470
V8 adapters
Page 369
System cables
Page 500
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
5PHOENIX CONTACT
Complete overview
Product range overview
Multi-channel relay modules
Page 550
Safety devices
See Catalog 8
Monitoring relays
Page 250
Timer relays
Page 258
Universal interface modules
Page 524
Potential distributors
Page 548
6PHOENIX CONTACT
Product range overview
Product overview 8
 
Electronic motor management 10
3-phase hybrid motor starters 16
Hybrid motor starters with short-circuit protection 29
Hybrid motor starters with SmartWire-DT™ support 31
3-phase solid-state reversing contactors 38
3-phase solid-state contactors 40
Solid-state reversing contactor for DC motors 44
Single-phase solid-state contactors 46
IP67 motor starters 48
IP20 frequency inverters 50
7PHOENIX CONTACT
Switching devices for starting, reversing,
and protecting electric motors are some of
the most frequently used components in au-
tomation technology. These are often de-
signed redundantly for safety-sensitive appli-
cations. When it comes to reducing
installation time and space requirements,
CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters are
the state-of-the-art alternative.
This is because CONTACTRON hybrid
motor starters combine up to 4 functions in
a single device. Integration in popular field-
bus systems is implemented using the
SmartWire-DTTM wiring system.
For protection of the entire system, the
product range now includes the electronic
motor manager (EMM). In addition to typi-
cal measured values such as voltage and cur-
rent, the behavior of the system is moni-
tored and protected by means of real power
measurement. The process data in all popu-
lar fieldbus systems can be supplied via gate-
ways and evaluated by a controller.
Electronic switchgear and motor control
8PHOENIX CONTACT
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Product overview
Motor management
Electronic motor management
Page 12
Gateways
Page 14
Software
Page 15
Reversing load relays with soft starter
Page 42
Solid-state contactors
3-phase solid-state reversing contactors
Page 38
3-phase solid-state contactors
Page 40
Solid-state reversing contactor for
DC motors Page 44
Single-phase solid-state contactors
Page 46
Frequency inverters
Inline frequency inverters for the
control cabinet Page 50
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
9PHOENIX CONTACT
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Product overview
Hybrid motor starters
3-phase hybrid motor starters
Page 18
3-phase hybrid motor starters with
short-circuit protection Page 29
Hybrid motor starters with
SmartWire-DT™ support Page 31
Accessories
Page 36
IP67 motor starters
PROFINET motor starters
Page 48
Stainless steel base, IP67 protection
Page 49
10 PHOENIX CONTACT
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
Electronic motor management
(EMM)
The electronic motor management mod-
ules offer all the advantages of modern real
power monitoring.
ELR-MM modules combine fast, wear-free
electronic reversing load relays with mod-
ern measurement and evaluation electron-
ics. EMM offers the same functionality for all
performance classes, only without a power
section.
Power within limits
Monitoring is based on freely parameter-
izable switching and signaling thresholds for
overload and underload detection. Identical
or separate settings can be made for the
thresholds relating to the two directions of
rotation. Parameterization relies on the real
power consumed (calculated from three
currents, voltages, and the phase angle),
thereby offering a much more precise basis
than if only the current is taken into consid-
eration, as it is independent of voltage fluc-
tuations and drive load. If a switching
threshold is exceeded or not reached, the
ELR-MM or EMM initiates an emergency
shutdown of the motor immediately (or af-
ter an adjustable “delay time”). In addition, a
message can be sent via an output.
This state can only be deactivated via a
defined reset. If the effective power con-
sumed is determined as being above or be-
low the message thresholds, all that occurs
is that a check-back is returned for the du-
ration for which the module was addressed.
In addition, signals are generated by the
module for the recognition of the direction
of rotation. Asymmetry and phase failures
are detected and signalized.
Permanent status monitoring with high
scanning rates and the fast semiconductor
switch enable complete system protection,
including motor protection.
Without any extra wiring - and with just a
single device - pumps, actuating drives, fans,
and tools are monitored for proper func-
tioning, contamination (filter or similar), and
wear. The adjustable “inrush suppression”
time can be used to mask out the switching
operation from the monitoring process.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
11PHOENIX CONTACT
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
Protection against dry running, blocking,
and cavitation, warning thresholds to indi-
cate filter contamination.
Protection against blocking, warning
thresholds for bearing wear and other cases
that trigger overload.
Protection against blocking and broken
tools, warning thresholds for tool and bear-
ing wear.
In the case of motor-driven pumps, the
lower performance threshold provides reli-
able protection against hazardous dry run-
ning.
Forced shutdown of the drive can be de-
layed by the “delay time”.
This prevents forced shutdown in the
event of air bubbles.
Tooling machines are monitored and pro-
tected in a similar way when drilling, milling
or grinding. If the feed value on a milling ma-
chine is set too high, a tool may break in the
“worst-case” scenario. The power thresh-
old - parameterized accordingly - can be
used to resolve this issue.
Additionally, a message threshold signals
tool wear in advance.
Performance
Real power (P)
Time (t)
Lower
performance threshold
Continuous dry running
with forced shutdown
Delay timeSwitch-on delay
Signaling threshold,
contamination of screen
or filter
Performance
Real power (P)
Time (t)
Lower
performance threshold
Upper
performance threshold
Temporary
dry running
Delay timeSwitch-on delay
Real power (P)
Time (t)
Performance
when idling
Signaling threshold
Tool wear
Performance threshol
Broken tool
Increased performance
Tool wear
Excess performance
due to possible
broken tool
Delay timeSwitch-on delay
Motor startup
Tool positioning
Milling process
Drive shutdown
Thermistor
Logic
μP
US
USO
O
IN1
O1
IN2
O2
IN3
O3
IN4
O4
Digital
IN
Digital
OUT
T-BUS
V1
I11
I12
V2
I21
I22
V3
I31
I32
Th1
Th2
DAT
ERR
L
R
IFS-
Port
Reset
P
Thermistor
Logic
μP
P
1/L1
US
USO
O
IN1
O1
IN2
O2
IN3
O3
IN4
O4
24 VDC
24 VDC
Digital
IN
Digital
OUT
DAT
ERR
L
R
2/T1
T-BUS
3/L2
4/T2
5/L3
6/T3
Th1
Th2
IFS-
Port
Reset
Ex:
Ex:
Technical data Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated control supply current IS at US25 mA 10 mA 25 mA 10 mA
Input data of digital inputs EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS1)EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS1)EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS1)EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS1)
Number of inputs 4 (IN1 - IN4) 4 (IN1 - IN4) 4 (IN1 - IN4) 4 (IN1 - IN4)
Rated actuating voltage UC24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC
Rated actuating current IC3.3 mA 3.5 mA 3.3 mA 3.5 mA
Power measurement
Voltage measuring input 42 V AC ... 575 V AC 42 V AC ... 575 V AC - -
Nominal current, voltage measuring input < 0.5 mA < 0.5 mA - -
Current measuring input
5 A Secondary external converter 5 A Secondary external converter
max. 16 A max. 16 A
Output power of the converter > 1.25 VA > 1.25 VA - -
Internal resistance EMM 0.02 0.02 --
Output data for confirmation contacts
O1 - O4 in the case of 1 signal 24 V DC (semiconductor output)
/ 500 mA
230 V AC (relay output/500 mA)
/ 500 mA
24 V DC (semiconductor output)
/ 500 mA
230 V AC (relay output/500 mA)
/ 500 mA
General data
Rated insulation voltage 500 V 500 V
Rated surge voltage 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2 EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2
EMC regulations EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61000-6-4
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529 IP20 IP20
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Electronic motor management
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS1) 2297497 1EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS1) 2297523 1
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS1) 2297507 1EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS1) 2297536 1
Accessories Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT
interface
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)2811271 1IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)2811271 1
DIN rail connector ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2707437 50 ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2707437 50
Voltage transducer for 690 V, for EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS,
comprising 3 modular terminal blocks and cover
UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690/SET 2901667 1
Multi-functional memory block for the INTERFACE system
- Flat design IFS-CONFSTICK1) 2986122 1IFS-CONFSTICK1) 2986122 1
- Tall design IFS-CONFSTICK-L 2901103 1IFS-CONFSTICK-L 2901103 1
Mini COMBICON connectors
- Socket contact MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1803604 50 MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1803604 50
- Pin contact IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1857919 50 IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1857919 50
12 PHOENIX CONTACT
The EMM motor management module
(with/without current transformer) for all
performance classes monitors and protects
3-phase loads, such as electrical drives.
– Freely parameterizable signaling or
switching thresholds
– Digital outputs control external switching
elements
– Optional connection to INTERFACE
system and PROFIBUS-GATEWAY-IFS via
TBUS
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
H
W
D
H
W
D
Electronic motor management
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
Allows the use of external current transformers
With integrated current transformers
L1
L2
L3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
GND
EMM 3-.../500AC-16-IFS
O
UO
S
O1 O2 O3 O4
Th1
Th2
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
U
S
IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
M
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
GND
EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS
OO
UO
S
O1 O2 O3 O4
Th1
Th2
I12
I22
I32
U
S
IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4
I21
V2
I31
V3
I11
V1
P1
P2
S2/l
S1/k
P1
P2
S2/l
S1/k
P1
P2
S2/l
S1/k
M
UT4-MTD-R/CVC 690
UT4-MTD-R/CVC 690
UT4-MTD-R/CVC 690
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
The electronic motor management mod-
ules offer all the advantages of modern ef-
fective power monitoring. Every 6.6 ms, the
effective power of a drive system or of any
other 3-phase consumer is calculated from
three currents, voltages and the phase an-
gle. Currents of up to 16 A can be directly
acquired and currents >16 A are supplied via
external converters. Digital outputs can be
used to control separate mechanical or
electronic switching elements that adopt
the actual switching of the load. In this con-
figuration, the EMM reliably protects con-
nected loads – irrespective of their power
consumption – against overload and under-
load, and provides permanent status moni-
toring.
Up to 8 freely parameterizable switching,
message thresholds and up to four freely
configurable inputs and outputs enable the
protection of electrical drives and the sys-
tem.
The EMM modules can record the follow-
ing data:
– Apparent effective and reactive power
– Currents and voltages
– Phase angle
– Switching-cycle and operating-hours
–Power meter.
Additional Functions:
– Adjustable bimetal function class 5-30
– Thermistor monitor
– Recording measured values
– PROFIBUS connection via TBUS
– Pre-configured motor exits such as re-
versing starters, star delta starters, etc.
The EMM modules can be used to record
complete "curves that can be used for sys-
tem documentation.
The operating modes forward and revers-
ing running, reverse and limit switch opera-
tion (with integrated restart inhibit) switch
actuating and regulating drives, pumps etc.
and also check for wear.
Current transformer
The external converters should be select-
ed with a secondary nominal current of 5 A.
The primary current is determined by the
current consumption of the consumer (re-
fer to connection diagram). For suitable cur-
rent transformers, see catalog INTERFACE.
DIN rail connector TBUS
The TBUS (Order No. 2707437 ) can be
used to supply several EMMs with 24 V DC
or to couple up to 31 EMMs (for example)
to the PROFIBUS-GATEWAY-IFS.
Switching element
Depending on the particular requirement
of the application, either an electro-me-
chanical contactor or reversing contactor
combination, or a semiconductor contactor
or a solid-state reversing contactor is to be
used for the actual task of switching the
load. These switching elements are con-
trolled via the digital outputs of the EMM
modules.
13PHOENIX CONTACT
Module
supply
Digital
inputs
Digital
outputs
Supply
digital
outputs
Current measurement
Current measurement
Reverse running
Separate switching module
Forward running
Thermistor
input
Module
supply
Digital
inputs
Current
measurement
Voltage
measurement
Digital
outputs
Supply
digital
outputs
Current measurement
Thermistor
input
Reverse running
Separate switching module
Forward running
Electronic motor management
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
USO
USGND
24V
DC
EPROM
µController
O4
O3
O2
O1
OUT
TBUS
IFS
IN
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
IN5
IN6
IN7
IN8
TO
IFS-
Port
Reset
Technical data
Input data
Operating voltage UB24 V DC -20% ... +25%
Nominal input current at UIN 85 mA
Input circuit Polarity protection, surge protection
Digital inputs
Input voltage 24 V DC ±20%
Nominal input current at UIN 3 mA
Input circuit Polarity protection, surge protection
Digital outputs
Maximum switching voltage 23 V DC (UB - Uresid. of the output)
Max. switching current 500 mA
Residual voltage 1 V
Output protection Parallel protection against polarity reversal, pay attention to the fuse
IFS interface
Connection method TBUS
General data
Test voltage data interface/power supply 1.5 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -35°C ... 50°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor
Standards/regulations EN 50178
Degree of protection IP20
Mounting position/mounting Any / -
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
IFS gateways for electronic motor management modules
PROFIBUS DP EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS1) 2297620 1
RS-232 EM-RS232-GATEWAY-IFS 2901526 1
RS-485 EM-RS485-GATEWAY-IFS 2901527 1
Modbus TCP EM-MODBUS-GATEWAY-IFS 2901528 1
DeviceNet™ EM-DNET-GATEWAY-IFS 2901529 1
CANopen® EM-CAN-GATEWAY-IFS 2901504 1
Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)2811271 1
DIN rail connector ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2707437 50
Mini COMBICON connectors
- Socket contact MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1803604 50
- Pin contact IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1857919 50
14 PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
H
W
D
EM...GATEWAY-IFS for connecting
EMM...IFS modules to popular bus systems:
PROFIBUS DP, Modbus, Modbus TCP,
DeviceNet™, and CANopen®.
– Communication via T-BUS with up to
31 EMMIFS modules
– Equipped with freely parameterizable
digital inputs and outputs
– Digital switching outputs for direct
control of EMMIFS (forward/reverse
running)
IFS gateways for electronic motor
management modules
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
Status
Fieldbus
connection
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Configuration package for the EMM...IFS, comprising
CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, USB programming adapter, and user
manual on CD
MM-CONF-SET 2297992 1
Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)2811271 1
15PHOENIX CONTACT
– CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, program-
ming adapter, and user manual on CD
available as configuration package
– Also available as USB programming
adapter even individually
– CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS also available
free of charge as a separate download
from www.phoenixcontact.com
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Device Type Manager (DTM) for
motor management modules
EMM...IFS
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
16 PHOENIX CONTACT
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Hybrid motor starters for controlling
3-phase asynchronous motors combine up
to four functions in one device as required.
These include forward running, reverse run-
ning with optional reversing function includ-
ing load wiring. The locking circuit for the
reversing function is also integrated and cer-
tified as a single electronic reversing starter
according to UL 508a and the new
UL 60947-1. Furthermore, the devices pro-
tect the motor by means of an integrated
motor protection relay with automatic and
remote reset function. The implemented
safety function according to Performance
Level e (PL e) of EN ISO 13849-1 provides
the emergency stop requirement. A PDT
confirmation contact provides information
regarding the availability of the device, and
the motor state. This means that in the
event of motor control without an error
message the integrated current measure-
ment and symmetry scanning ensures that
the motor is turning. Even with these nu-
merous functions, the hybrid motor starter
is just 22.5 mm wide.
Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters
with integrated protective devices, for
mounting on 35 mm DIN rails and 60 mm
busbar systems and connection to popular
bus systems via SmartWire-DT™ complete
the product portfolio.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
17PHOENIX CONTACT
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Hybrid motor starters with up to four
functions in one device: forward running,
reverse running, motor protection, and
emergency stop.
Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters
with integrated fuses for mounting on 35 mm
DIN rails and 60 mm busbar systems.
Connection of hybrid motor starters in a
bus system via SmartWire-DT™. Gateways
are provided for the main bus systems:
PROFIBUS, Modbus TCB, EtherNet/IP™,
and CANopen®.
The uniform design of the control side
enables the combination of short-circuit-
proof hybrid motor starters with
SmartWire-DT™ adapters for integration
in a bus system.
MAN
RES
AUTO
T
T
E
Us
L
R
RES
97 2/T196 4/T295 6/T3
Logic
µP
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
& Error
MAN
RES
AUTO
T
T
E
Us
L
R
RES
97 2/T196 4/T295 6/T3
Logic
µP
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
& Error
Technical data Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated control supply current IS at US40 mA 4 mA 40 mA 4 mA 40 mA 4 mA
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated actuating current IC at UC5 mA 7 mA 5 mA 7 mA 5 mA 7 mA
Input circuit
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow
Output data load side
Output voltage range 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC
Load current max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)
Surge current 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms)
Min. load current 75 mA 75 mA 180 mA 180 mA 1.5 A 1.5 A
Residual voltage < 0.2 V < 0.2 V < 0.3 V < 0.3 V < 0.5 V < 0.5 V
Output protection Surge protection Surge protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage 500 V 500 V
Rated surge voltage 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe iso
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C
Electrical service life 3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Mounting Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 -
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Safety data
EC-type examination certificate according to ATEX II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145 II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145 II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145 II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
“4 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, left contactor,
motor protection relay, and emergency stop
Screw connection ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 2900582 1ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 2900414 1
Push-in connection ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-0,6 2903902 1ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-2 2903904 1
Screw connection ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900692 1ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900420 1
“4 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, left contactor,
motor protection relay, and emergency stop, terminals L1, L2, L3
and T1, T2, T3 rotated
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2I 2297031 1
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2I 2297044 1
18 PHOENIX CONTACT
These 3-phase “4 in 1” hybrid motor
starters combine four functions in one de-
vice: right contactor, left contactor, motor
protection relay, and emergency stop up to
category 3.
Offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
– Long service life
–Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
Safety level according to:
– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
“4 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
reversing function, motor protection,
and emergency stop
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to550VAC/3 x 0.6A
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to550VAC/3 x 2A
Ex:
Ex:
H
W
D
H
W
D
10203040506070
0,3
0,2
0,1
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
0
1
2
0,18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
010203040506070
1
2
2
0,18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
010203040506070
1
2
2
10203040506070
0,3
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
0
1
2
+24VDC
GND
K5
K5
K5
K4
K3K1
K5
T3
T2
T1
F4
K5
K5
K5
K3
K4K2
K5
K2
K1
K5
S2
F5
M
3~
+USRL
E
L1
L2
L3
+24V DC
M1
K1
K5
K5
K5
K5
K5
T3
K5
K5
K5S2
K1
PE
L1
F1
F2
F3
T1T1
L2
T2T2
L3
T3
GND
M
3~
L1
L2
L3
M1
K1
K2
K3
F4
K4
PE
F1
F2
F3
MAN
RES
AUTO
T
T
E
Us
L
R
RES
97 2/T196 4/T295 6/T3
Logic
µP
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
& Error
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
40 mA 4 mA 40 mA 4 mA 40 mA 4 mA
R/L 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC
0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
5 mA 7 mA 5 mA 7 mA 5 mA 7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
Output voltage range 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
Surge current 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms)
Min. load current 75 mA 75 mA 180 mA 180 mA 1.5 A 1.5 A
Residual voltage < 0.2 V < 0.2 V < 0.3 V < 0.3 V < 0.5 V < 0.5 V
Surge protection
500 V
e isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Mounting Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145 II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900421 1
ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-9 2903906 1
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900422 1
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9I 2297057 1
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9I 2297060 1
19PHOENIX CONTACT
Conventional structure
Control current path reversing contactor according to category 3
K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor
K3 = Left contactor
K4 = Right contactor
K5 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay
T1 = Left, T2 = Right, T3 = Reset
S2 = Emergency stop
F4 = Motor protection relay
K1 = “4 in 1” hybrid motor starter with reversing function
K5 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay
T1 = Left, T2 = Right, T3 = Reset
S2 = Emergency stop
Structure with CONTACTRON
Main and control current path for “4 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
reversing function according to category 3
Conventional structure
Main current path reversing contactor according to category 3
K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor
K3 = Left contactor
K4 = Right contactor
F4 = Motor protection relay
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to550VAC/3 x 9A
Ex:
H
W
D
MAN
RES
AUTO
T
T
E
Us
ON
RES
97 2/T196 4/T295 6/T3
Logic
µP
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
& Error
MAN
RES
AUTO
T
T
E
Us
ON
RES
97 2/T196 4/T295 6/T3
Logic
µP
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
& Error
Technical data Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated control supply current IS at US40 mA 4 mA 40 mA 4 mA 40 mA 4 mA
Rated actuation voltage UC ON 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated actuating current IC at UC5 mA 7 mA 5 mA 7 mA 5 mA 7 mA
Input circuit
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow
Output data load side
Output voltage range 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC
Load current max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)
Surge current 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms)
Min. load current 75 mA 75 mA 180 mA 180 mA 1.5 A 1.5 A
Residual voltage < 0.2 V < 0.2 V < 0.3 V < 0.3 V < 0.5 V < 0.5 V
Output protection Surge protection Surge protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage 500 V 500 V
Rated surge voltage 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe iso
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C
Electrical service life 3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Mounting Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 -
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Safety data
EC-type examination certificate according to ATEX II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145 II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145 II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145 II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
“3 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, motor
protection relay, and emergency stop
Screw connection ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 2900566 1ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 2900567 1
Push-in connection ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-0,6 2903914 1ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-2 2903916 1
Screw connection ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900689 1ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900568 1
20 PHOENIX CONTACT
These 3-phase “3 in 1” hybrid motor
starters combine three functions in one de-
vice: right contactor, motor protection re-
lay, and emergency stop up to category 3.
Offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
– Long service life
–Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
Safety level according to:
– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
“3 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
motor protection and emergency stop
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to550VAC/3 x 0.6A
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to550VAC/3 x 2A
Ex:
Ex:
H
W
D
H
W
D
10203040506070
0,3
0,2
0,1
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
0
1
2
0,18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
010203040506070
1
2
2
0,18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
010203040506070
1
2
2
10203040506070
0,3
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
0
1
2
+24VDC
GND
K4
K4
K4
K3K1
K4
T2
T1
F4
K4
K4
K4
K2
K4
K2
K1
K4
S2
F5
M
3~
+USON
E
L1
L2
L3
+24V DC
M1
K1
K4
K4
K4
K4
K4
T3
K4
K4
K4S2
K1
PE
L1
F1
F2
F3
T1T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
GND
M
3~
L1
L2
L3
M1
K1
K2
K3
F4
PE
F1
F2
F3
MAN
RES
AUTO
T
T
E
Us
ON
RES
97 2/T196 4/T295 6/T3
Logic
µP
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
& Error
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
40 mA 4 mA 40 mA 4 mA 40 mA 4 mA
ON 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC
0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
5 mA 7 mA 5 mA 7 mA 5 mA 7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
Output voltage range 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
Surge current 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms)
Min. load current 75 mA 75 mA 180 mA 180 mA 1.5 A 1.5 A
Residual voltage < 0.2 V < 0.2 V < 0.3 V < 0.3 V < 0.5 V < 0.5 V
Surge protection
500 V
e isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Mounting Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145 II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900569 1
ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-9 2903918 1
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900570 1
21PHOENIX CONTACT
Conventional structure
Control current path contactor according to category 3
K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor
K3 = Right contactor
K4 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay
T1 = Right, T3 = Reset
S2 = Emergency stop
F4 = Motor protection relay
K1 = “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter
K4 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay
T1 = Right, T3 = Reset
S2 = Emergency stop
Structure with CONTACTRON
Main and control current path for “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter
according to category 3
Conventional structure
Main current path contactor according to category 3
K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor
K3 = Right contactor
F4 = Motor protection relay
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to550VAC/3 x 9A
Ex:
H
W
D
MAN
RES
AUTO
T
Us
L
R
RES
97 2/T196 4/T295 6/T3
Logic
μP
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
&Error
MAN
RES
AUTO
T
Us
L
R
RES
97 2/T196 4/T295 6/T3
Logic
μP
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
&Error
Technical data Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated control supply current IS at US40 mA 4 mA 40 mA 4 mA 40 mA 4 mA
Rated actuation voltage UC ON 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated actuating current IC at UC5 mA 7 mA 5 mA 7 mA 5 mA 7 mA
Input circuit
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow
Output data load side
Output voltage range 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC
Load current max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)
Surge current 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms)
Min. load current 75 mA 75 mA 180 mA 180 mA 1.5 A 1.5 A
Residual voltage < 0.2 V < 0.2 V < 0.3 V < 0.3 V < 0.5 V < 0.5 V
Output protection Surge protection Surge protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage 500 V 500 V
Rated surge voltage 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe iso
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C
Electrical service life 3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Mounting Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 -
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
“3 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, left contactor,
and motor protection relay
ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 2900573 1ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 2900574 1
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900691 1ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900575 1
22 PHOENIX CONTACT
These 3-phase “3 in 1” hybrid motor
starters combine three functions in one
device: right contactor, left contactor, and
motor protection relay.
Offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
– Long service life
–Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
“3 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
reversing function and motor protection
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to550VAC/3 x 0.6A
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to550VAC/3 x 2A
 
H
W
D
H
W
D
10203040506070
0,3
0,2
0,1
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
0
1
2
0,18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
010203040506070
1
2
2
0,18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
010203040506070
1
2
2
10203040506070
0,3
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
0
1
2
+24V DC
GND
K2
K1
T2
T1
F4
K1
K2
F5
M
3~
+USRL
L1
L2
L3
+24VDC
M1
K1
K1
PE
L1
F1
F2
F3
T1T1
L2
T2T2
L3
T3
GND
M
3~
L1
L2
L3
M1
K1
F4
K2
PE
F1
F2
F3
MAN
RES
AUTO
T
Us
L
R
RES
97 2/T196 4/T295 6/T3
Logic
μP
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
&Error
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
40 mA 4 mA 40 mA 4 mA 40 mA 4 mA
ON 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC
0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
5 mA 7 mA 5 mA 7 mA 5 mA 7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
Output voltage range 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
Surge current 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms)
Min. load current 75 mA 75 mA 180 mA 180 mA 1.5 A 1.5 A
Residual voltage < 0.2 V < 0.2 V < 0.3 V < 0.3 V < 0.5 V < 0.5 V
Surge protection
500 V
e isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Mounting Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900576 1
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900578 1
23PHOENIX CONTACT
Conventional structure
Control current path contactor according to category 3
K1 = Left contactor
K2 = Right contactor
T1 = Right, T2 = Left, T3 = Reset
F4 = Motor protection relay
K1 = “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter
T1 = Right, T2 = Left, T3 = Reset
Structure with CONTACTRON
Main and control current path for “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter
according to category 3
Conventional structure
Main current path contactor according to category 3
K1 = Left contactor
K2 = Right contactor
F4 = Motor protection relay
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to550VAC/3 x 9A

H
W
D
MAN
RES
AUTO
T
Us
ON
RES
97 2/T196 4/T295 6/T3
Logic
μP
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
&Error
MAN
RES
AUTO
T
Us
ON
RES
97 2/T196 4/T295 6/T3
Logic
μP
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
&Error
Technical data Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated control supply current IS at US40 mA 4 mA 40 mA 4 mA 40 mA 4 mA
Rated actuation voltage UC ON 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated actuating current IC at UC5 mA 7 mA 5 mA 7 mA 5 mA 7 mA
Input circuit
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection Protection against polarity rever-
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow
Output data load side
Output voltage range 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC
Load current max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)
Surge current 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms)
Min. load current 75 mA 75 mA 180 mA 180 mA 1.5 A 1.5 A
Residual voltage < 0.2 V < 0.2 V < 0.3 V < 0.3 V < 0.5 V < 0.5 V
Output protection Surge protection Surge protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage 500 V 500 V
Rated surge voltage 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe iso
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C
Electrical service life 3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Mounting Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 -
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
“2 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor and
motor protection relay
ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 2900542 1ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 2900543 1
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900685 1ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900544 1
24 PHOENIX CONTACT
These 3-phase “2 in 1” hybrid motor
starters combine two functions in one de-
vice: right contactor and motor protection.
The devices offer the following advantag-
es:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
–Low-wear switching
– Long service life
–Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
“2 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
motor protection
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to550VAC/3 x 0.6A
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to550VAC/3 x 2A
 
H
W
D
H
W
D
10203040506070
0,3
0,2
0,1
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
0
1
2
0,18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
010203040506070
1
2
2
0,18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
010203040506070
1
2
2
10203040506070
0,3
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
0
1
2
+24V DC
GND
K1
T1
F4
F5
M
3~
+USON
L1
L2
L3
+24V DC
M1
K1
K1
PE
L1
F1
F2
F3
T1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
GND
M
3~
L1
L2
L3
M1
K1
F4
PE
F1
F2
F3
MAN
RES
AUTO
T
Us
ON
RES
97 2/T196 4/T295 6/T3
Logic
μP
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
&Error
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
40 mA 4 mA 40 mA 4 mA 40 mA 4 mA
ON 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC
0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
5 mA 7 mA 5 mA 7 mA 5 mA 7 mA
Surge protection Protection against polarity rever-
sal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
Output voltage range 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
Surge current 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms)
Min. load current 75 mA 75 mA 180 mA 180 mA 1.5 A 1.5 A
Residual voltage < 0.2 V < 0.2 V < 0.3 V < 0.3 V < 0.5 V < 0.5 V
Surge protection
500 V
e isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Mounting Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900545 1
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900546 1
25PHOENIX CONTACT
Conventional structure
Control current path contactor according to category 3
K1 = Right contactor
T1 = Right, T3 = Reset
F4 = Motor protection relay
K1 = “2 in 1” hybrid motor starter
T1 = Right, T3 = Reset
Structure with CONTACTRON
Main and control current path for “2 in 1” hybrid motor starter
according to category 3
Conventional structure
Main current path reversing contactor according to category 3
K1 = Right contactor
F4 = Motor protection relay
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to550VAC/3 x 9A

H
W
D
10203040506070
1
0,18
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
10203040506070
1
0,18
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
T
R
Us
L
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Logic
µP
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated control supply current IS at US40 mA 4 mA
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L 24 V DC 230 V AC
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated actuating current IC at UC5 mA 7 mA
Input circuit
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
Output data load side
Output voltage range 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC
Load current max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
Surge current 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms)
Minimum load current 0 A 0 A
Residual voltage < 0.5 V < 0.5 V
Output protection Surge protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage 500 V
Rated surge voltage 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C
Electrical service life 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Mounting Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
“2 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor and
left contactor
ELR H5-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900538 1
ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900539 1
26 PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
H
W
D
“2 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
reversing function
3-phase hybrid motor starter for revers-
ing three-phase induction motors
The devices offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Up to 9 A
–Low-wear switching
– Long service life
–Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
Ambient temperature [°C]
Output current [A]
1
2
= Aligned with 20 mm spacing
= Aligned without spacing
Derating curve for ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time
Ambient temperature [°C]
Output current [A]
1
2
= Aligned with 20 mm spacing
= Aligned without spacing
Derating curve for ELR H3-SC-24DC/500AC-9
100% operating time
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to550VAC/3 x 9A
10203040506070
1
0,18
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
10203040506070
1
0,18
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
T
Us
ON
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Logic
µP
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated control supply current IS at US40 mA 4 mA
Rated actuation voltage UC ON 24 V DC 230 V AC
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated actuating current IC at UC5 mA 7 mA
Input circuit
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
Output data load side
Output voltage range 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC
Load current max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
Surge current 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms)
Minimum load current 0 A 0 A
Residual voltage < 0.5 V < 0.5 V
Output protection Surge protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage 500 V
Rated surge voltage 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C
Electrical service life 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Mounting Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
“1 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor
ELR H3-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900530 1
ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900531 1
27PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
H
W
D
“1 in 1” hybrid motor starter
3-phase hybrid motor starter for starting
three-phase induction motors
The devices offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
–Low-wear switching
– Up to 9 A
– Long service life
–Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
Ambient temperature [°C]
Output current [A]
1
2
= Aligned with 20 mm spacing
= Aligned without spacing
Derating curve for ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time
Ambient temperature [°C]
Output current [A]
1
2
= Aligned with 20 mm spacing
= Aligned without spacing
Derating curve for ELR H5-SC-24DC/500AC-9
100% operating time
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to550VAC/3 x 9A
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage 500 V 500 V 500 V
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 -
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm
Description
Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters
Hybrid motor starters
DIN rail adapter
Power rail adapter, 160 mm
Power rail adapter, 200 mm
Set consisting of short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starter and
DIN rail adapter
Fuse
Coordination type 2 to 10 kA/500 V
Coordination type 2 to 5 kA/400 V
Coordination type 1 to 30 kA/500 V
28 PHOENIX CONTACT
These short-circuit-proof 3-phase “4 in
1” hybrid motor starters for mounting on
30 mm DIN rails or 60 mm busbars com-
bine four functions in one device: right con-
tactor, left contactor, motor protection re-
lay, and emergency stop up to category 3.
Offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
– Long service life
–Space-saving
–They save wiring
– 3-phase loop bridging
– Plug-in motor output terminal block
– Coordination type 2 according to
IEC/EN 60947-4-2
CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters
with short-circuit protection
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
MAN
RES
AUT
T
T
E
Us
L
R
Reset2
Reset
Auto-
Reset
24
VDC
24VDC
97
2/T1
964/T2
95
6/T3
Logic
μP
L1 L2 L3
& Error
reset
MAN
RES
AUT
T
T
E
Us
L
R
Reset2
Reset
Auto-
Reset
24
VDC
24VDC
97
2/T1
964/T2
95
6/T3
Logic
μP
L1 L2 L3
& Error
reset
MAN
RES
AUT
T
T
E
Us
L
R
Reset2
Reset
Auto-
Reset
24
VDC
24VDC
97
2/T1
964/T2
95
6/T3
Logic
μP
L1 L2 L3
& Error
reset
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ex: Ex: Ex:
Technical data Technical data Technical data
24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25
40 mA 40 mA 40 mA
R/L 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25
5 mA 5 mA 5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA max. 2.4 A max. 9 A
75 mA 180 mA 1.5 A
< 0.3 V < 0.4 V < 0.6 V
Surge protection, short-circuit protection Surge protection, short-circuit protection Surge protection, short-circuit protection
Rated insulation voltage 500 V 500 V 500 V
6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06 2902746 1ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2 2902744 1ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9 2902745 1
EM RD-ADAPTER 2902747 1EM RD-ADAPTER 2902747 1EM RD-ADAPTER 2902747 1
EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT 2902748 1EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT 2902748 1EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT 2902748 1
EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC 2902831 1EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC 2902831 1EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC 2902831 1
ELR H51-0.6-DIN-RAIL-SET 2902952 1ELR H51-2.4-DIN-RAIL-SET 2902953 1ELR H51-9-DIN-RAIL-SET 2902954 1
Accessories Accessories Accessories
FUSE-10X38-16A-GR 2903126 10 FUSE-10X38-16A-GR 2903126 10 FUSE-10X38-16A-GR 2903126 10
FUSE-10X38-20A-GR 2903384 10 FUSE-10X38-20A-GR 2903384 10 FUSE-10X38-20A-GR 2903384 10
FUSE-10X38-30A-MR 2903119 10 FUSE-10X38-30A-MR 2903119 10 FUSE-10X38-30A-MR 2903119 10
29PHOENIX CONTACT
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to550VAC/3 x 0.6A
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to550VAC/3 x 2.4A
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to550VAC/3 x 9A
H
W
D
H
W
D
H
W
D
AUX
ETH2 ETH1
FORLAN ONLY
EU5C-SED-EIP-MODTCP PXC
RS232
24V
0V
POW
24V
0V
DP Config.
Config.
SWD
POW
1.12.1
1.22.2
1.32.3
1.42.4
1.12.1
1.22.2
1.32.3
1.42.4
1.12.1
1.22.2
1.32.3
1.42.4
1.12.1
1.22.2
1.32.3
1.42.4
RESET
PRG
RUN/PROG
MRESET
STOP
LINK
PSR-ESA4
A1S34 S33
S22S21
S12 A2
S11
13
33
31
32 24
14
Power
K1
K2
0511
01
+15V
URL
E
AUTRES
MAN
97 9695
S
max.
PWR
Err
L
R
Reset
ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
0,6A
M1
EN
EN
EN
SWD
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
0,39
0,6
0,25
0,075
URL
E
AUTRES
MAN
97 9695
S
max.
PWR
Err
L
R
Reset
ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2
2,4A
M2
EN
EN
EN
SWD
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1,63
2,4
0,87
0,18
URL
E
AUTRES
MAN
97 9695
S
max.
PWR
Err
L
R
Reset
ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2
2,4A
M3
EN
EN
EN
SWD
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1,63
2,4
0,87
0,18
URL
E
AUTRES
MAN
97 9695
S
max.
PWR
Err
L
R
Reset
ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
9A
M4
EN
EN
EN
SWD
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
6,5
9,0
4,0
1,5
URL
E
AUTRES
MAN
97 9695
S
max.
PWR
Err
L
R
Reset
ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
9A
M5
EN
EN
EN
SWD
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
6,5
9,0
4,0
1,5
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current
Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage 500 V 500 V 500 V
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 -
Dimensions (including adapter) W / H / D 22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm
Safety data
EC-type examination certificate according to ATEX
Description
Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor protection +
SmartWire-DT™ adapter as a set
30 PHOENIX CONTACT
Switch and reverse motors safely and reli-
ably with CONTACTRON compact hybrid
motor starters. The CONTACTRON “4 in
1” combines all the functions of a conven-
tional reversing contactor circuit in a single
device – for motors up to 4kW, with a
design width of just 22.5 mm.
The SmartWire-DT™ communication
system makes the complex cabling of the
control and signal levels easier and clearer.
You can also combine the hybrid motor
starters with standard fieldbus systems.
The hybrid motor starters, as well as the
command and signaling devices, are directly
connected to the controller with
SmartWire-DT™ via a gateway. Safe
shutdown is implemented with a PSR safety
relay. Thanks to SmartWire-DT™, the
amount of wiring is significantly reduced.
You benefit from clearly arranged and com-
pact control cabinets.
Notes:
Switching device technical data
You can download the SmartWire-DT™ Assist software for easy
creation of SmartWire-DT™ networks free of charge at
www.phoenixcontact.com
SmartWire-DT™ is a registered trademark of Eaton Corporation.
Controller
SmartWireDT line
TM
Emergency stop
Start
Hybrid motor starters
with SmartWireDT connection
TM
Stop Reset
Network termination
plug
PSR safety relays
Ethernet connection
Gateway
CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters
with SmartWire-DT™ support
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
MAN.
AUTO
SmartWire-DT
Us
L
R
RESET
Logic
& μP
RESET
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
& Error
I
EN+
EN-
TM
+
-
EM-SWD CONTACTRON n in 1"
"
MAN.
AUTO
SmartWire-DT
Us
L
R
RESET
Logic
& μP
RESET
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
& Error
I
EN+
EN-
TM
+
-
EM-SWD CONTACTRON n in 1"
"
MAN.
AUTO
SmartWire-DT
Us
L
R
RESET
Logic
& μP
RESET
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
& Error
I
EN+
EN-
TM
+
-
EM-SWD CONTACTRON n in 1"
"
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data Technical data
24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25
40 mA 40 mA 40 mA
R/L 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25
5 mA 5 mA 5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA (see derating curve) max. 2.4 A (see derating curve) max. 9 A (see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA 180 mA 1.5 A
< 0.2 V < 0.3 V < 0.5 V
Surge protection Surge protection Surge protection
Rated insulation voltage 500 V 500 V 500 V
6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions (including adapter) W / H / D 22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm
II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145 II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145 II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-0,6 2903116 1ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-2 2903117 1ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-9 2903118 1
31PHOENIX CONTACT
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor
protection + SmartWire-DT™ adapter, as a set
550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A
Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor
protection + SmartWire-DT™ adapter, as a set
550 V AC/3 x 2.4 A
Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor
protection + SmartWire-DT™ adapter, as a set
550 V AC/3 x 9 A
H
W
D
H
W
D
H
W
D
32 PHOENIX CONTACT
SmartWire-DT™ accessories
With the “EM SWD-ADAPTER”
SmartWire-DT™ adapter for the
CONTACTRON 24 V DC “n in 1” devices,
the device concerned can be seamlessly in-
tegrated into the fieldbus environment using
SmartWire-DT™. Corresponding gateways
are available for the following bus systems:
–PROFIBUS-DP
–CANopen
–Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP
Technical data
Input data
Supply voltage UAUX -
Rated current IAUX -
Supply voltage UPOW -
Rated current IPOW -
Input data
Description Enable input
Input voltage 24 V DC
Input current 5 mA
Output data
Description -
Output supply -
Output current -
SmartWire-DT interface
Connection method Pin strip, 8-pos.
Data rate 125 kBd / 250 kBd
Current consumption IAUX 120 mA
Current consumption IPOW 25 mA
General data
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 55°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 EN 50178 EN 50178 EN 50178
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529 IP20
Mounting position Any
Mounting On CONTACTRON hybrid motor starter - - -
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 1 mm² / 0.14 - 1 mm² / 26 - 18 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 0.2 - 1.5 mm²
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm 35 mm / 90 mm / 127 mm 35 mm / 90 mm / 101 mm 35 mm / 90 mm / 124 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
SmartWire-DT™ adapter
EM SWD-ADAPTER 2902776 1
Gateways
CANopen®
PROFIBUS
Ethernet
I/O modules
Digital, 4 inputs, 4 outputs
Digital, 4 inputs
Digital, 8 outputs
Analog, 2 inputs, 2 outputs
Power feed module for supplying further SmartWire-DT™
devices
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
SmartWire DT adapter Gateways Input/output modules Power feed
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

33PHOENIX CONTACT
H
W
D
H
W
D
H
W
D
Technical data Technical data Technical data
- -
24 V DC -15% ... +20% - - 24 V DC -15% ... +20%
3 A - - 3 A
24 V DC -15% ... +20% - - 24 V DC -15% ... +20%
700 mA - - 700 mA
- -
- Digital inputs Analog inputs -
-24 V DC--
-Typ. 4 mA--
- -
- Digital outputs Analog outputs -
- 24 V DC -15% ... +20% - -
- Typ. 500 mA - -
- -
Pin strip, 8-pos. Pin strip, 8-pos. Pin strip, 8-pos. Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd 125 kBd / 250 kBd 125 kBd / 250 kBd 125 kBd / 250 kBd
----
----
-25°C ... 55°C - -
Standards/regulations IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 EN 50178 EN 50178 EN 50178
IP20 IP20 IP20
Any Any Any
Mounting On CONTACTRON hybrid motor starter - - -
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 1 mm² / 0.14 - 1 mm² / 26 - 18 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm 35 mm / 90 mm / 127 mm 35 mm / 90 mm / 101 mm 35 mm / 90 mm / 124 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
EU5C-SWD-CAN PXC 2903098 1
EU5C-SWD-DP PXC 2903100 1
EU5C-SWD-EIP-MODTCP PXC 2903244 1
EU5E-SWD-4D4D PXC 2903101 1
EU5E-SWD-4DX PXC 2903102 1
EU5E-SWD-X8D PXC 2903103 1
EU5E-SWD-2A2A PXC 2903104 1
EU5C-SWD-PF2-1 PXC 2903113 1
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
SmartWire DT adapter Gateways Input/output modules Power feed
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Color Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pliers for device plugs
SWD4-CRP-1 PXC 2903110 1
Pliers for flat plugs
SWD4-CRP-2 PXC 2903114 1
Flat-ribbon cable, 8-pos., 100 m
SWD4-100LF-8-24 PXC 2903111 1
Flat-ribbon cable, assembled with 2 flat plugs, 8-pos., 3 m
SWD4-3LF8-24-2S PXC 2903112 1
SmartWire-DT™ accessories
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Plug tools Flat-ribbon cable, 8-pos.
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Color Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug and coupling
Network dummy plug SWD4-RC8-10 PXC 2903106 1
Device plug, 8-pos. SWD4-8SF2-5 PXC 2903107 10
Flat plug, 8-pos. SWD4-8MF2 PXC 2903108 10
Coupling for 8-pos. flat plug SWD4-8SFF2-5 PXC 2903109 1
Programming adapter
EU4A-RJ45-USB-CAB1 PXC 2903465 1
34 PHOENIX CONTACT
Accessories for SmartWire-DT™ and
SmartWire-DT™ devices for connecting
digital and analog input and output signals.
SmartWire-DT™ accessories
Plug and coupler Programming adapter
L1
L2
L3
+24V DC
GND
F1
F2
F3
S11
S21
S12
S22
13
14
23
24
A1 S33A2 S34
M
3~
PE
EM SWD-ADAPTER
CONTACTRON N in1
EU5C SWD-DP PXC
PSR-SCP-24UC/ESA4/2x1/1x2
2/T1 1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
4/T2
6/T3
969597
USGND R
+–
L
EN+ EN–
GND_E
MAN RESAUT
SWD
SWD EN
SWD
S1
AUX
Config.
PROFIBUS-DP
POW
SWD
L1
L2
L3
F1
F2
F3
M
3~
PE
EM SWD-ADAPTER
CONTACTRON N in1
EU5C SWD-DP PXC
2/T1 1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
4/T2
6/T3
969597
USGND R
+–
L
EN+ EN–
GND_E
MAN RESAUT
SWD
SWD EN
SWD
AUX
Config.
PROFIBUS-DP
POW
SWD
0,18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
010203040506070
1
2
2
10203040506070
0,3
0,2
0,1
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
0
1
2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
35PHOENIX CONTACT
Emergency stop wiring example (two-channel)
Wiring example without emergency stop
Intended use
The SmartWire-DT™ adapter is approved exclusively for use in
conjunction with the following CONTACTRON hybrid motor start-
ers. If other switching devices are used, correct operation, in par-
ticular of the safety function, cannot be ensured.
Motor protection and safe shutdown
2900582 ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
2900414 ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2
2900421 ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
2900566 ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
2900567 ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2
2900569 ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
2297031 ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-2I
2297057 ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-9I
2902952 ELR H51-0,6-DINRAIL-SET
2902953 ELR H51-2,4-DINRAIL-SET
2902954 ELR H51-9-DINRAIL-SET
2902746 ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06
2902744 ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2
2902745 ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9
Motor protection only
2900573 ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
2900574 ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2
2900576 ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9
2900542 ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
2900543 ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2
2900545 ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9
Ambient temperature [°C]
Output current [A]
Derating curve for ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-2 and
ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-9
100% operating time
Ambient temperature [°C]
Output current [A]
Derating curve for ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-0,6
100% operating time
1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
123
22,5 mm≤
≤55 mm
4 10
...
Technical data
General data
Nominal voltage UN575 V AC
Nominal current at UN25 A
Cross section 2.5 mm²
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
3-phase loop bridge
2-way BRIDGE- 2 2900746 1
3-way BRIDGE- 3 2900747 1
4-way BRIDGE- 4 2900748 1
5-way BRIDGE- 5 2900749 1
6-way BRIDGE- 6 2900750 1
7-way BRIDGE- 7 2900751 1
8-way BRIDGE- 8 2900752 1
9-way BRIDGE- 9 2900753 1
10-way BRIDGE-10 2900754 1
36 PHOENIX CONTACT
CONTACTRON bridge
The flexible CONTACTRON loop bridge
(BRIDGE-) simplifies the supply and loop-
ing through of phases L1, L2, and L3.
It is available in 2- to 10-way versions for
modules in the CONTACTRON family with
22.5 mm housing width.
Features of the 3-phase loop bridge:
– Saves considerable wiring
– Suitable for CONTACTRON series
- ELR H3
- ELR H5
- ELR (W)3
- EMMIFS
– Bridging of 2 to 10 devices with maximum
module spacing of 22.5 mm
– Up to 575 V AC/3 x 25 A
– Additional bridge versions available on
request
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
0.3 m connecting cable
with ferrules
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
575 V AC
25 A
2.5 mm²
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
BRIDGE- 2-3M 2901543 1
BRIDGE- 3-3M 2901656 1
BRIDGE- 4-3M 2901659 1
BRIDGE- 5-3M 2901545 1
BRIDGE- 6-3M 2901697 1
BRIDGE- 7-3M 2901698 1
BRIDGE- 8-3M 2901700 1
BRIDGE- 9-3M 2901701 1
BRIDGE-10-3M 2901702 1
37PHOENIX CONTACT
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
3 m connecting cable
without ferrules
604020
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
10
ELR ...-16
ELR ...-37
604020
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10
ELR ...-2
ELR ...-9
L
T
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
R

Technical data
Input data
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated actuating current IC at UC12.7 mA 11.2 mA 12.7 mA 11.2 mA 12.7 mA 11.2 mA 12.7 mA 11.2 mA
Input circuit
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator - / Yellow LED / Red LED - / Yellow LED / Red LED - / Yellow LED / Red LED - / Yellow
Output data load side
Output voltage range 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC
Periodic peak reverse voltage 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V
Load current max. 2 A
(see derating curve)
max. 2 A
(see derating curve)
Surge current 200 A (t = 10 ms) 200 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 1300 A (t =
Minimum load current 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 200 mA 200 mA
Residual voltage < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V
Leakage current 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA
Maximum load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) 250 A2s250 A
2s580 A
Output protection RCV circuit
General data
Rated insulation voltage 500 V
Rated surge voltage 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/b
Reversing frequency max. 10 Hz max. 2 Hz max. 10 Hz max. 2 Hz max. 10 Hz max. 2 Hz max. 10 Hz max. 2 Hz
Switching frequency max. 5 Hz max. 1 Hz max. 5 Hz max. 1 Hz max. 5 Hz max. 1 Hz max. 5 Hz max. 1 Hz
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Power station requirements DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d DWR 1300
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529 IP20
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal
Mounting Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm Can be aligned
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
- Control side 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 2
- Load side 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 -
Dimensions W / H / D 40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
3-phase solid-state reversing contactor
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2 2297293 1
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2 2297303 1
Accessories
Thermal fuse THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1
38 PHOENIX CONTACT
Three-phase solid-state reversing
contactors
The three-phase solid-state reversing
contactor with an integrated locking circuit
and load wiring are intended for applications
such as control valves, slides, separating fil-
ters, ship steering gears, etc. The scope of
performance ranges from 575 V AC/3 x 2 A
to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A.
Advantages of three-phase solid-state re-
versing contactors:
– Noise-free and wear-free switching
– Integrated protective circuit
– Stable and short switching times
– Long service life
– High switching frequency
– Integrated locking and load wiring
– Thermal fuse optional
Ambient temperature [°C]
Output current [A]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
Ambient temperature [°C]
Output current [A]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
H
W
D
Notes:
Type of insulation housing:
ELR W 3...2, ELR W 3...9
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green
ELR W 3...16, ELR W 3...37
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to575VAC/3 x 2A
L
T
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
R
L
T
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
R
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
L
T
R
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
  
Technical data Technical data Technical data
R/L 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC
0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
12.7 mA 11.2 mA 12.7 mA 11.2 mA 12.7 mA 11.2 mA 12.7 mA 11.2 mA
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator - / Yellow LED / Red LED - / Yellow LED / Red LED - / Yellow LED / Red LED - / Yellow LED / Red LED
Output voltage range 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC
Periodic peak reverse voltage 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
max. 16 A
(see derating curve)
max. 16 A
(see derating curve)
max. 37 A
(see derating curve)
max. 37 A
(see derating curve)
Surge current 200 A (t = 10 ms) 200 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 1300 A (t = 10 ms) 1300 A (t = 10 ms)
Minimum load current 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 200 mA 200 mA
Residual voltage < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V
Leakage current 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA
s580 A
2s 580 A2s580 A
2s 580 A2s 9000 A2s 9000 A2s
RCV circuit RCV circuit RCV circuit
500 V 500 V 500 V
Rated surge voltage 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation
Reversing frequency max. 10 Hz max. 2 Hz max. 10 Hz max. 2 Hz max. 10 Hz max. 2 Hz max. 10 Hz max. 2 Hz
Switching frequency max. 5 Hz max. 1 Hz max. 5 Hz max. 1 Hz max. 5 Hz max. 1 Hz max. 5 Hz max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Power station requirements DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20 IP20 IP20
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Mounting Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm
- Control side 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
- Load side 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6 0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6
Dimensions W / H / D 40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9 2297316 1ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-16 2297332 1ELR W2+1- 24DC/500AC-37 2297374 1
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9 2297329 1ELR W3-230AC/500AC-16 2297345 1ELR W2+1-230AC/500AC-37 2297387 1
Accessories Accessories Accessories
THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1
39PHOENIX CONTACT
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
H
W
D
H
W
D
H
W
D
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to575VAC/3 x 9A
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to575VAC/3 x 16A
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to575VAC/3 x 37A
604020
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
10
ELR ...-16
ELR ...-37
604020
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10
ELR ...-2
ELR ...-9
ON
T
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Technical data
Input data
Rated actuation voltage UC ON 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated actuating current IC at UC8.3 mA 12.5 mA 8.3 mA 12.5 mA 8.3 mA 12.5 mA 8.3 mA 12.5 mA
Input circuit
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator - / Yellow LED / Red LED - / Yellow LED / Red LED - / Yellow LED / Red LED - / Yellow
Output data load side
Output voltage range 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC
Periodic peak reverse voltage 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V
Load current max. 2 A
(see derating curve)
max. 2 A
(see derating curve)
Surge current 200 A (t = 10 ms) 200 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 1300 A (t =
Minimum load current 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 200 mA 200 mA
Residual voltage < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V
Leakage current 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA
Maximum load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) 250 A2s250 A
2s580 A
Output protection RCV circuit
General data
Rated insulation voltage 500 V
Rated surge voltage 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/b
Switching frequency max. 10 Hz max. 1 Hz max. 10 Hz max. 1 Hz max. 10 Hz max. 1 Hz max. 10 Hz max. 1 Hz
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Power station requirements DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d DWR 1300
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529 IP20
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal
Mounting Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm Can be aligned
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
- Control side 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 2
- Load side 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 -
Dimensions W / H / D 40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Three-phase semiconductor contactor
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 2 2297196 1
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 2 2297206 1
Accessories
Thermal fuse THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1
40 PHOENIX CONTACT
Three-phase semiconductor contactor
Motors of mixers, machine tools, convey-
ing systems, pumps, and fans up to
575 V AC/3 x 37 A (equivalent to 1 kW to
18.5 kW) can be controlled using the
CONTACTRON three-phase semiconduc-
tor contactors.
Advantages of three-phase semiconduc-
tor contactors:
– Noise-free and wear-free switching
– Integrated protective circuit
– Stable and short switching times
– Long service life
– High switching frequency
– Thermal fuse optional
Ambient temperature [°C]
Output current [A]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
Ambient temperature [°C]
Output current [A]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
H
W
D
Notes:
Type of insulation housing:
ELR 3...2, ELR 3...9
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green
ELR 3...16, ELR 3...37
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For switching 3~ AC motors
up to575VAC/3 x 2A
ON
T
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
ON
T
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
ON
T
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
  
Technical data Technical data Technical data
ON 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC
0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
8.3 mA 12.5 mA 8.3 mA 12.5 mA 8.3 mA 12.5 mA 8.3 mA 12.5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator - / Yellow LED / Red LED - / Yellow LED / Red LED - / Yellow LED / Red LED - / Yellow LED / Red LED
Output voltage range 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC
Periodic peak reverse voltage 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
max. 16 A
(see derating curve)
max. 16 A
(see derating curve)
max. 37 A
(see derating curve)
max. 37 A
(see derating curve)
Surge current 200 A (t = 10 ms) 200 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 1300 A (t = 10 ms) 1300 A (t = 10 ms)
Minimum load current 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 200 mA 200 mA
Residual voltage < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V
Leakage current 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA
s580 A
2s 580 A2s580 A
2s 580 A2s 9000 A2s 9000 A2s
RCV circuit RCV circuit RCV circuit
500 V 500 V 500 V
Rated surge voltage 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation
Switching frequency max. 10 Hz max. 1 Hz max. 10 Hz max. 1 Hz max. 10 Hz max. 1 Hz max. 10 Hz max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Power station requirements DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20 IP20 IP20
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Mounting Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm
- Control side 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
- Load side 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6 0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6
Dimensions W / H / D 40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 9 2297219 1ELR 3- 24DC/500AC-16 2297235 1ELR 2+1- 24DC/500AC-37 2297277 1
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 9 2297222 1ELR 3-230AC/500AC-16 2297248 1ELR 2+1-230AC/500AC-37 2297280 1
Accessories Accessories Accessories
THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1
41PHOENIX CONTACT
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
H
W
D
H
W
D
H
W
D
For switching 3~ AC motors
up to575VAC/3 x 9A
For switching 3~ AC motors
up to575VAC/3 x 16A
For switching 3~ AC motors
up to575VAC/3 x 37A
605040302010
8
3
2
1
0
4
5
6
7
24V DC
24V DC
24V DC UIN
&
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
Technical data
Input data
Supply nominal voltage UVN 24 V DC
Supply voltage range with reference to UVN 0.8 ... 1.2
Quiescent current 85 mA
Control voltage UST right/left 24 V DC
Control voltage range in reference to UST 0.8 ... 1.2
Typ. input current at UN5 mA
Input circuit Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
Output data load side
Maximum switching voltage 440 V AC (L1/T1)
440 V AC (L2/T2)
440 V AC (L3/T3)
Output voltage range 110 V AC ... 433 V AC
Periodic peak reverse voltage 1000 V
Load current < 8 A (IL1, at 20°C Tu, see derating)
< 8 A (IL2, at 20°C Tu, see derating)
< 8 A (IL3, at 20°C Tu, see derating)
Surge current 230 A (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C)
Minimum load current 150 mA
Residual voltage Typ. 1.5 V (For IL)
Leakage current 5 mA (IL1, in switched-off state)
Output protection RC element, surge protection
General data
Test voltage input/output 2.5 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / Safe isolation
Power station requirements DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
EMC regulations EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529 IP20
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Mounting Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10
Dimensions W / H / D 62 mm / 94 mm / 122 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Electronic reversing load relay, with an integrated soft switch
ELR W3/ 9-400 S1) 2963569 1
42 PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate PC, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
Electronic reversing load relay,
with integrated soft switch
The ELR W 3/9-400 S soft switch can be
used to increase the service life of a 3-phase
induction motor.
– Parameterization is performed directly on
the device via display and keyboard
–Friction time
–Torque, start
–Start time
–Stop time
– Torque, stop
–Braking time
– Braking torque
– Drive can be controlled locally via
keyboard
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current [A]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Alarm
Parameterization
L
R
Memory
Logic
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
The figure shows the control of the
reversing load relay with a soft starter and
the operation of a three-phase current load.
43PHOENIX CONTACT
Friction time
Friction time
Start time
Start time
Switch
operation
Switch
operation
Stop time
Torque,stop
Braking time
100%operation positive
100%operation positive
100%operation negative
ON
delay
OFF
delay
Switch-off procedure
Operation
Torque,start
Torque,start
Torque,stop
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
+U
M+
M-
GND
R
L
605040302010
3
2
1
0
4
5
6
2
1
L
L
M+
24V
R
R
U
M-
GND
M
+-
24 V DC
Technical data
Input data
Control voltage UST right/left 24 V DC 24 V DC
Control voltage range in reference to UST 0.8 ... 1.2 0.8 ... 1.2
Typ. input current at UN3 mA 3 mA
Input circuit Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / LED yellow, forward running (R), LED yellow,
reverse running (L) / -
PWM option
Maximum clock frequency of the PWM at the control inputs 1000 Hz 1000 Hz
Pulse width repetition rate of the PWM 0% ... 100% 0% ... 100%
Output data load side
Output voltage range 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 10 V DC ... 30 V DC
Load current 2 A
(Mounted in rows with
zero spacing)
6 A
(see derating curve)
Quiescent current Approx. 7 mA
(When switched off)
Approx. 7 mA
(When switched off)
Current limitation at short-circuits 15 A 20 A
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / - / -
General data
Test voltage input/output 2.5 kV AC
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor
Standards/regulations EN 50178 / Basic insulation
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529 IP20
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
3-phase solid-state reversing contactor,
for controlling DC motors
ELR W1/ 2-24DC1) 2963598 1
ELR W1/ 6-24DC1) 2982090 1
44 PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate PC, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
PWM = Pulse Width Modulation
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
Electronic reversing load relay for DC
motors
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Logic
Application example
Status table
Input Output
Right Left M + M –
00
High resistance High resistance
10+24 VGND
0 1 GND +24 V
11GNDGND
Load current depending on ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% OT
1 Single device
2 Aligned without spacing
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current [A]
The ELR-DC electronic reversing load
relays allow mechanically commutated DC
motors to be switched. They reverse and
reduce the speed of DC motors up to 24
V/6 A in a wear-free manner. A short-circuit,
surge-voltage, and overload-proof output
guarantees reliable use in the plant.
If a 24 V DC signal is applied to the “left”
input, the ELR-DC is interconnected so that
the output supplies the motor with voltage.
If the “right” input is triggered, the polarity
of the voltage is inverted on the output. By
triggering both inputs, i.e., “right” and
“left”, the motor is short-circuited internal-
ly via the ELR-DC and reduces the speed.
Thanks to the internal interlocking circuit
and load wiring, wiring expense is reduced
to a minimum.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
45PHOENIX CONTACT
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
604020
30
20
1011
16
28,5
10
40
50
A1
+
A2
-
1/L1
2/T1

Technical data
Input data
Input voltage range 4 V DC ... 32 V DC 24 V AC ... 275 V AC 4 V DC ... 32 V DC 24 V AC ... 275 V AC 4 V DC ... 32 V DC 24 V AC ... 27
Typ. input current at UNApprox. 12 mA Approx. 17 mA Approx. 12 mA Approx. 17 mA Approx. 12 mA Approx. 17 mA
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) 4 V DC 22 V AC
0 signal (“L”) 1 V DC 6 V AC
Transmission frequency flimit 25 Hz 6 Hz 25 Hz 6 Hz 25 Hz 6 Hz
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / - / -
Output data load side
Output voltage range 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 42 V AC ... 66
Periodic peak reverse voltage 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V
Load current 20 A (see derating curve) 20 A (see derating curve) 30 A (see derating curve) 30 A (see derating curve) 50 A (see derat
Surge current 250 A (t = 10 ms) 250 A (t = 10 ms) 400 A (t = 10 ms) 400 A (t = 10 ms) 1900 A (t = 10 ms) 1900 A (t = 10 ms)
Minimum load current 350 mA 350 mA 150 mA 150 mA 150 mA 150 mA
Residual voltage < 1.6 V < 1.6 V < 1.6 V < 1.6 V < 1.6 V < 1.6 V
Leakage current < 3 mA (In off state) < 3 mA (In off state) < 3 mA (In off state) < 3 mA (In off state) < 3 mA (In off state) < 3 mA
Phase angle (cos ) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Maximum load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) 525 A2s525 A
2s 1800 A
Output protection RCV circuit
General data
Test voltage input/output 4 kVrms
Ambient temperature (operation) -30°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /
EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 / Basic insulation
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Mounting Can be aligned with 22.5 mm spacing Can be aligned with
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
- Control side 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12
- Load side 0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12 0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12 4 - 25 mm² / 4 - 25 mm² / 12 - 3
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm 22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm 45 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Single-phase electronic load relay
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-20 2297138 1
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-20 2297141 1
46 PHOENIX CONTACT
Single-phase solid-state contactors
Single-phase solid-state contactors are
used in AC voltage networks wherever
silent switching, high switching frequencies,
and a practically unlimited service life are
required.
The sturdy power semi-conductors
switch in zero voltage crossing and thus
produce no additional high-frequency inter-
ferences. The modules are insensitive to
shock loads and vibrations – even use in ag-
gressive, polluted environments is unprob-
lematic.
They offer the following advantages:
– High switching frequency
– Wear-free and output-free
– Input voltage versions 24 V DC and
230 V AC
Common areas of application are:
–Production machines
– Temperature controllers
– Conveyor equipment
– Light and lighting systems.
Ambient temperature [°C]
Output current [A]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Zero voltage
switch
H
W
D
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate PC, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For switching 1~ AC motors
up to660VAC/20A
A1
+
A2
-
1/L1
2/T1
A1
+
A2
-
1/L1
2/T1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data Technical data
Input voltage range 4 V DC ... 32 V DC 24 V AC ... 275 V AC 4 V DC ... 32 V DC 24 V AC ... 275 V AC 4 V DC ... 32 V DC 24 V AC ... 275 V AC
Approx. 12 mA Approx. 17 mA Approx. 12 mA Approx. 17 mA Approx. 12 mA Approx. 17 mA
4 V DC 22 V AC 4 V DC 22 V AC
1 V DC 6 V AC 1 V DC 6 V AC
25 Hz 6 Hz 25 Hz 6 Hz 25 Hz 6 Hz
Green LED / - / - Green LED / - / -
Output voltage range 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
Periodic peak reverse voltage 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V
Load current 20 A (see derating curve) 20 A (see derating curve) 30 A (see derating curve) 30 A (see derating curve) 50 A (see derating curve) 50 A (see derating curve)
Surge current 250 A (t = 10 ms) 250 A (t = 10 ms) 400 A (t = 10 ms) 400 A (t = 10 ms) 1900 A (t = 10 ms) 1900 A (t = 10 ms)
Minimum load current 350 mA 350 mA 150 mA 150 mA 150 mA 150 mA
Residual voltage < 1.6 V < 1.6 V < 1.6 V < 1.6 V < 1.6 V < 1.6 V
Leakage current < 3 mA (In off state) < 3 mA (In off state) < 3 mA (In off state) < 3 mA (In off state) < 3 mA (In off state) < 3 mA (In off state)
) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
s 1800 A2s 1800 A2s 18,000 A2s 18,000 A2s
RCV circuit RCV circuit
4 kVrms 4 kVrms
-30°C ... 70°C -30°C ... 70°C
EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /
EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 / Basic insulation
EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /
EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 / Basic insulation
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
22.5 mm spacing Can be aligned with 22.5 mm spacing Can be aligned with 22.5 mm spacing
- Control side 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12
- Load side 0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12 0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12 4 - 25 mm² / 4 - 25 mm² / 12 - 3
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm 22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm 45 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-30 2297154 1ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-50 2297170 1
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-30 2297167 1ELR 1-230AC/600AC-50 2297183 1
47PHOENIX CONTACT
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Zero voltage
switch
Zero voltage
switch
H
W
D
H
W
D
For switching 1~ AC motors
up to660VAC/30A
For switching 1~ AC motors
up to660VAC/50A
PROFIBUS
48 PHOENIX CONTACT
PROFINET motor starter
Motor starters in robust stainless steel
housing (IP67) can be used directly in the
system as a compact function unit. This
eliminates the complex wiring of individual
functions in the control cabinet.
The motor starter can be used to control
three-phase asynchronous motors in two
directions of rotation, completely via
PROFINET. Distributed sensors and actua-
tors can be directly connected to
PROFINET without the need for further in-
termediate stations or additional cabling.
A complete PROFINET motor starter con-
sists of three products. For example:
– ELR 5011 IP PN
– IBS IP 400 MBH-F
–IBS PG SET
Additional features:
– Performance classes: 0.06 kW to 3.0 kW
– Simple assembly
– Plug-in connection system
– Exchangeable module electronics
– Status and diagnostic indicators on the
module
– 10 digital inputs for connecting sensors
– 4 digital outputs for connecting actuators
– One- and two-motor reversing starters
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Technical data
ELR 5011 IP PN ELR 5011-2 IP PN ELR 5030 IP PN ELR 5030-2 IP PN IBS IP 400 MBH -F
Interface
Fieldbus system PROFINET
Connection method 8-pos. RJ45 socket on motor starter 8-pos. RJ45 socket on motor starter -
Power supply for module electronics
Supply voltage 24 V DC (US1 / US2)
Supply voltage range 20 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) 20 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) -
Power supply for sensors
Minimum voltage UINI = US1 minus 1 V
Nominal current per sensor 500 mA
Type of protection Short-circuit/overload protection Short-circuit/overload protection -
Digital inputs
Number of inputs 10
Connection method M12 plug-in connector M12 plug-in connector -
Connection method 2, 3, 4-conductor
Digital outputs
Number of outputs 4
Connection method M12 plug-in connector M12 plug-in connector -
Connection method 2-conductor
Output current max. 500 mA (per channel) max. 500 mA (per channel) -
Motor starter, output
Connection method POWER-COMBICON POWER-COMBICON -
Operating voltage 360 V AC ... 550 V AC (line voltage 50/60 Hz) 360 V AC ... 550 V AC (line voltage 50/60 Hz) -
Nominal current range 0.18 A ... 2.4 A
Frequency range 50 Hz ... 60 Hz (mains frequency) 50 Hz ... 60 Hz (mains frequency) -
Nominal motor power 1.1 kW (at Umains= 400 V AC) 3 kW (at U
Motor monitoring
Parameterization range 0.2 A ... 2.4 A
Tripping class Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947 Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947 -
General data
Weight 2115 g 2425 g 2115 g 2425 g 1130 g -
Degree of protection IP67 according to IEC 60529 IP67
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 50°C (no condensation) -25°C ... 50°C (no condensation) -
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PROFINET motor starter
- 1-channel reversing starter, 1.1kW ELR 5011 IP PN 2700745 1
- 2-channel reversing starter, 1.1kW ELR 5011-2 IP PN 2701007 1
PROFINET motor starter
- 1-channel reversing starter, 3.0kW
- 2-channel reversing starter, 3.0kW
Lower part of the housing, stainless steel
- Standard version IBS IP 400 MBH -F1) 2732868 1
Pg screw connection, plastic (IP67), for INTERBUS and
PROFINET motor starters and variable frequency drives.
IBS PG SET 2836599 1
Accessories
RJ45 connector, shielded, with bend protection sleeve, x 2
- gray for straight cables FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2 2744856 1
- green for crossed cables FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2 2744571 1
Bus system cable VS-937/... 1402611 1
Crimping pliers, for assembling the RJ45 connectors FL CRIMPTOOL 2744869 1
Electronic switchgear and motor control
IP67 motor starters
Electronic motor starters,
1 x 1.1 kW and 2 x 1.1 kW
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
49PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data Technical data
ELR 5011 IP PN ELR 5011-2 IP PN ELR 5030 IP PN ELR 5030-2 IP PN IBS IP 400 MBH -F1)
PROFINET -
Connection method 8-pos. RJ45 socket on motor starter 8-pos. RJ45 socket on motor starter -
24 V DC (US1 / US2)-
Supply voltage range 20 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) 20 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) -
UINI = US1 minus 1 V -
500 mA -
Type of protection Short-circuit/overload protection Short-circuit/overload protection -
10 -
M12 plug-in connector M12 plug-in connector -
2, 3, 4-conductor -
4-
M12 plug-in connector M12 plug-in connector -
2-conductor -
max. 500 mA (per channel) max. 500 mA (per channel) -
POWER-COMBICON POWER-COMBICON -
Operating voltage 360 V AC ... 550 V AC (line voltage 50/60 Hz) 360 V AC ... 550 V AC (line voltage 50/60 Hz) -
2.4 A ... 6 A -
Frequency range 50 Hz ... 60 Hz (mains frequency) 50 Hz ... 60 Hz (mains frequency) -
= 400 V AC) 3 kW (at Umains= 400 V AC) -
2.4 A ... 6 A -
Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947 Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947 -
2115 g 2425 g 2115 g 2425 g 1130 g -
Degree of protection IP67 according to IEC 60529 IP67 according to IEC 60529 IP67 according to IEC 60529 -
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 50°C (no condensation) -25°C ... 50°C (no condensation) -
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
ELR 5030 IP PN 2701006 1
ELR 5030-2 IP PN 2701008 1
IBS IP 400 MBH -F1) 2732868 1IBS IP 400 MBH -F1) 2732868 1
IBS PG SET 2836599 1IBS PG SET 2836599 1
Accessories Accessories
FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2 2744856 1FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2 2744856 1
FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2 2744571 1FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2 2744571 1
VS-937/... 1402611 1VS-937/... 1402611 1
FL CRIMPTOOL 2744869 1FL CRIMPTOOL 2744869 1
Electronic switchgear and motor control
IP67 motor starters
Electronic motor starters,
1 x 3.0 kW and 2 x 3.0 kW
High-grade steel lower part,
IP67 degree of protection
50 PHOENIX CONTACT
Inline frequency inverters
Inline frequency inverters for the control
cabinet are the compact solution for ex-
tending your Easy Automation solution to
include electronic speed regulation for asyn-
chronous motors. The devices seamlessly
integrate into the Inline system and have
IP20 protection. Depending on the drive
task, you can select frequency inverters
from various performance classes, up to a
maximum of 4 kW. In order to connect to
the Inline system via the Fieldline local bus,
you just need the IB IL 24 FLM-PAC Inline
module. The Inline frequency inverter can
be connected to a Phoenix Contact con-
troller via the Inline module.
Additional features:
–Maximum motor power
0.75 kW, 1.5 kW, 2.2 kW, and 4.0 kW
– 3 x 400V mains input (±15%) 50/60Hz
– DTM for parameterization and diagnos-
tics
– 8 freely programmable parameter records
–PTC evaluation for
2.2 kW and 4.0 kW versions
– Integrated line filter
– U/f linear and U/f square operating modes
– S-ramp function
– Motor protection function (It)
– Connection of a braking resistor
–DC braking
– Evaluation of the temperature switch in
the motor
– Voltage boost
– 1 x analog input, 1 x analog output,
1 x relay output
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Technical data
Interface
Name Fieldline local bus
Connection method 9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket 9-pos. D-SUB pl
Power supply for module electronics
Supply voltage 24 V DC ±15%
Supply voltage range 20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15% 20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15% 20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15% 20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC
Digital inputs
Number of inputs 5
Connection method COMBICON
Connection method Spring-cage connection Spring-cage co
Digital outputs
Number of outputs 1
Connection method COMBICON
Connection method Spring-cage connection Spring-cage co
Motor starter, output
Connection method PCB terminal block
Nominal current range
2.6 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s;
permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range)
Frequency range 0 Hz ... 400 Hz
Nominal motor power 0.75 kW
Tripping class 5.6 A OC tripping current 8.8 A OC tripping current 12.5 A OC tripping current 21 A OC tripping current
General data
Weight 1400 g
Degree of protection IP20
Width 86.8 mm
Height 184 mm
Depth 132.9 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Inline frequency inverters for the control cabinet
VFD 5007 IL IB 2701054 1
Accessories
Inline Modular branch terminal for coupling one
Fieldline Modular M8 local bus at the end of an Inline station
IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1)2736903 1
Remote bus cable, highly stranded, 3 x 2 x 0.25 mm² IBS RBC/F-T/ 2740151 1
Electronic switchgear and motor control
IP20 frequency inverters
0.75 kW Frequency inverter for a max. motor power of
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
51PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data Technical data Technical data
Fieldline local bus Fieldline local bus Fieldline local bus
Connection method 9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket 9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket 9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket 9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket
24 V DC ±15% 24 V DC ±15% 24 V DC ±15%
Supply voltage range 20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15% 20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15% 20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15% 20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15%
555
COMBICON COMBICON COMBICON
Connection method Spring-cage connection Spring-cage connection Spring-cage connection Spring-cage connection
111
COMBICON COMBICON COMBICON
Connection method Spring-cage connection Spring-cage connection Spring-cage connection Spring-cage connection
PCB terminal block PCB terminal block PCB terminal block
4.1 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s;
permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range)
5.8 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s;
permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range)
9.1 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s;
permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range)
0 Hz ... 400 Hz 0 Hz ... 400 Hz 0 Hz ... 400 Hz
1.5 kW 2.2 kW 4 kW
Tripping class 5.6 A OC tripping current 8.8 A OC tripping current 12.5 A OC tripping current 21 A OC tripping current
1400 g 2006 g 2006 g
IP20 IP20 IP20
86.8 mm 114 mm 114 mm
184 mm 184 mm 184 mm
132.9 mm 153 mm 153 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VFD 5015 IL IB 2701055 1VFD 5022 IL IB 2701057 1VFD 5040 IL IB 2701058 1
Accessories Accessories Accessories
IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1)2736903 1IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1)2736903 1IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1)2736903 1
IBS RBC/F-T/ 2740151 1IBS RBC/F-T/ 2740151 1IBS RBC/F-T/ 2740151 1
Electronic switchgear and motor control
IP20 frequency inverters
0.75 kW Frequency inverter for a max. motor power of
up to 1.5 kW
Frequency inverter for a max. motor power of
up to 2.2 kW
Frequency inverter for a max. motor power of
up to 4.0 kW
52 PHOENIX CONTACT
Product range overview
Product overview 54
Selection guide for isolating amplifiers 56
Basics 58
Highly compactisolating amplifiers–
MINIAnalog 64
Analog IN/Analog OUT 66
Te m pe r a tu re 76
Frequency 82
Potentiometers 84
Limit values 85
Digital IN 86
Accessories 87
Isolating amplifiers with
SIL functional safety – MACXAnalog 100
Analog IN/Analog OUT 102
Temperature potentiometers/limit values 110
Digital IN 120
Accessories 126
Isolating amplifiers, special designs, and
digital displays – MCR Analog 130
Analog IN/Analog OUT 131
Temperature potentiometers/limit values 136
Frequency 144
Limit values 146
Accessories 149
Digital displays 150
EXi isolating amplifiers with
SILfunctional safety – MACXAnalog Ex 152
Analog IN 160
Analog OUT 164
Te m pe r a tu re 165
Digital IN 172
Digital OUT 179
Accessories 182
Multiplexers for HART signals 186
Ex i 2-conductor field devices 187
Accessories 190
53PHOENIX CONTACT
The modular analog converters for mea-
surement and control technology prevent
analog signals from being distorted by dis-
turbance variables. With accurate conver-
sion, isolation, filtering or amplification of
analog signals, they secure and increase
transmission quality and therefore the qual-
ity of closed-loop control circuits.
We offer the following product ranges:
Highly compact isolating amplifiers –
MINI Analog
For significant space savings and efficiency
– Design width of just 6.2 mm
– System cabling and multiplexer solutions
– 3-way electrical isolation
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional
safety – MACX Analog
Formaximumsignal safety
– Consistent SIL certification
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
Isolating amplifiers, special types, and
digital displays – MCR Analog
For special applications in signal processing
– Electrical isolation
– Record and convert temperatures directly
in the field
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL
functional safety – MACX Analog Ex
For intrinsically safe circuits in the Ex area
– Maximum explosion protection for all
Ex zones and gas groups
– Design width of just 12.5 mm for all
single- and two-channel devices
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
Measurement and control technology
54 PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Product overview
Highly compact isolating amplifiers
MINI Analog
Page 64
Supply components, feed-through terminal
blocks, marking material Page 88
System cabling, termination carriers
Page 92
Surge protection
Page 98
Digital displays Ex i isolating amplifiers with functional safety
For standard signals, setpoint adjusters
Page 150
MACX Analog Ex
Page 152
Supply components, marking material
Page 182
System cabling, termination carriers
Page 184
Energy and power measuring technology 
EMpro energy meters
Page 200
EMpro special function and communication
modules Page 202
PSK data logger kits
Page 206
PSK compressed air meters
Page 208
Current protectors, AC
Page 235
Voltage transducers
Page 236
SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring
Page 134
EMD-BL
compact monitoring relays Page 250
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
55PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Product overview
Isolating amplifiers with functional safety Isolating amplifiers
Special designs
MACX Analog
Page 100
Supply components, marking material
Page 126
System cabling, termination carriers
Page 128
MCR Analog
Page 130
Multiplexers Ex i 2-cond. field devices Accessories
Multiplexers for HART signals
Page 186
Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Page 187
Shield fast connection
Page 191
Test plugs
Page 191
Current transformers Test disconnect
terminal blocks
Current and voltage measuring technology
PACT current transformers
Page 212
Test disconnect terminal blocks
See Catalog 3
Current transducers, AC/DC
Page 229
Current transducers, AC
Page 232
Controllers Surge protection
EMD
multifunctional monitoring relays Page 252
Controllers
See Catalog 8
Surge protection for measurement and
control technology
See Catalog 6
Highly compact isolating amplifiers -
MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT Page
3-way isolating amplifiers Configurable From 66
Fixed signal combinations 71
4-way signal duplicators Configurable 72
3-way repeater power supplies 1-channel 73
Signal duplicators
2-channel
2-way passive isolators Supplied by an input loop 74
Supplied by an output loop 75
3-way output isolators Fixed signal combinations
Digital displays Standard signals
Setpoint adjuster
Temperature
Temperature transducers Universal
Universal, supplied by an output loop
For resistance thermometers (RTD) 76
For resistance thermometers (RTD), passive
For Pt 100 From 77
For Pt 100, supplied by an output loop 79
For thermocouples 80
For thermocouples, type J and K 81
Temperature head transmitters Universal, supplied by an output loop
Pt 100, supplied by an output loop
Frequency
Frequency transducers Universal 82
Analog frequency transducers 83
Potentiometer/resistor
Potiposition transducers 84
Setpoint potentiometers
Limit values
Threshold value switches Standard analog signals, universal
Standard analog signals 85
Temperature
Digital IN
Isolation amplifiers NAMUR sensors, floating contacts 86
NAMUR sensors, floating contacts, 2-channel
NAMUR sensors, floating contacts, wide range
NAMUR sensors on NAM
Digital OUT
Solenoid drivers Loop-powered
With line fault detection
Accessories
Configuration Configuration software
Cables 119
Display unit and operator interface, removable
Holder module for display unit and operator interface
Constant voltage source Constant voltage source 87
Setpoint potentiometers
System cabling System components 94
1:1 feed-through terminal block 88
Termination carriers 97
Multiplexers Analog multiplexers 95
Multiplexers for HART signals
Supply components Power terminal block/error message modules/
T-Connectors/system power supply From 89
Marking material 88
Surge protection 98
Shield fast connection 191
Test plugs
Resistance circuit For line fault detection 183
56 PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Selection guide for isolating amplifiers
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Isolating amplifiers with
functional safety - MACX Analog
Special types of isolating amplifiers
and digital displays
Ex i isolating amplifiers with
functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Page Page Page
From 102
131 160
132
106 160
107 161
162
134
109 164
150
151
From 114 136 From 168
140 187
110 165
138
141
112 166
142 188
143 189
144
From 114 From 168
148
146
147
116 139
146 170
120
124
172
176
122
125
174
177
123 175
178
From 179
179
149 149
119 149 149
118
118
148
129 184
186
From 126 126
127 127
191 191 191
191 191
183 183
57PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Selection guide for isolating amplifiers
Input
Maximum input signal
The maximum input signal describes the
value achieved before any damage occurs to
the module and the signal generator. If these
values are exceeded, suppresser diodes can
be triggered to short circuit this input when
a surge voltage is detected. The transmis-
sion range of the analog signals is located
exclusively within the specified input ranges.
Input resistance
The input resistance of an isolating ampli-
fier or measuring transducer is determined
in such a way as to ensure that the input sig-
nal is loaded only slightly. This results in a
low-resistance input for current inputs and
a high-resistance input for voltage inputs.
Vol tage dro p
In the case of passive isolators, the input
voltage drop occurs as a result of the volt-
age drop of the operational load and the
auxiliary power requirements of the mod-
ule. The greater the auxiliary power re-
quirements of the passive isolator, the
smaller the operational output load is al-
lowed to be. Low auxiliary power require-
ments are regarded as an indicator of device
quality.
Common mode rejection
In the case of isolating amplifiers, opera-
tional amplifiers are used internally for
transmission purposes. In theory, opera-
tional amplifiers should display ideal trans-
mission and amplification behavior. Howev-
er, it is a different matter in practice. When
both input voltages are changed in the same
direction, i.e., exactly the same voltage to
ground is applied to both input terminal
blocks, this leads to an unintended output
signal. Theoretically, if the operational am-
plifier is ideal, no output signal should ap-
pear since the differential input signal is
“0 V”. Common mode rejection indicates
the factor (in dB) by which the common in-
put voltage at both inputs is amplified to a
lesser extent than the difference in voltage
between the two inputs.
Analog output
Maximum output signal
If the devices operate without fault condi-
tions, an overload at the input cannot cause
greater values than this maximum to occur
at the output.
Zero/span adjustment
When the zero point is set, the zero point
of an analog output is adjusted and set in re-
lation to the input signal.
When the “amplification” span is set, the
analog output is adjusted in relation to the
input signal. In this case, the output charac-
teristic is increased or decreased by an am-
plification factor.
Load
The load on the output side indicates the
load-carrying capacity of a measuring trans-
ducer or an isolating amplifier. Current out-
puts can usually drive a maximum of 500 ,
voltage outputs can be loaded with a mini-
mum of up to 10 k.
Residual ripple/ripple
A superimposed ripple can appear on the
output signal due to signal conditioning re-
quired by the circuit. The residual ripple is
indicated in mVPP or mVrms.
Open circuit response
With some measuring transducers, the
input signal is permanently monitored for
possible open circuits in the signal cable. If
the signal exceeds or falls below a tolerance
limit, an open circuit is detected and a de-
fined output signal is sent. With program-
mable devices, the output signals can be
freely selected.
Digital output
Relays
Many of the products with a relay output
that are shown in the catalog feature hard
gold-plated relay contact material. The volt-
age range has an important role to play in
terms of how this contact material can be
used. Up to 50 mA can be transmitted with
voltage ranges of up to 30 V AC/36 V DC.
Even very small currents are transmitted
perfectly. If the aforementioned voltage
range is exceeded and values of 250 V
AC/DC are processed, currents of up to 2
A can flow. However, in this case the subse-
quent transmission of small currents can no
longer be guaranteed.
Transistor
A PNP transistor switching output can be
used to transmit 24 V DC switching signals
up to approximately 100 mA.
General data
Supply voltage
The product range includes DC and AC
power supply units for specific products.
There is a standard power supply unit avail-
able in the form of a 24 V DC version that
operates within a voltage range of
20 ... 30 V DC. For other supply voltages,
please refer to the technical data.
Current consumption
The value specified here describes the
auxiliary power requirements of the devic-
es. It also includes the output current and,
where applicable, the switching output load.
Transmission errors
The transmission precision is a gauge of
the quality of a measuring transducer. It is
the deviation from the ideal transmission
characteristic curve and includes linearity,
span, and offset errors.
Non-linearity
Non-linearity is the deviation from the
ideal transmission precision without includ-
ing span and offset errors.
The non-linearity of a signal makes it pos-
sible to evaluate the course from zero to
end point. Normally, the linearity errors are
expressed as a percentage that indicates the
extent of deviation from the ideal transmis-
sion characteristic curve.
58 PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Basics
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Temperature coefficient
The temperature coefficient provides an
assessment of the extent to which precision
deviates when the ambient temperature
around an isolating amplifier or measuring
transducer changes. In most cases this is
specified as a percentage. An alternative
definition is ppm/K (parts per million/Kel-
vin). Example:
250 ppm/K = 0.025%/K.
Limit frequency
Isolating amplifiers are basically designed
to transmit DC signals. However, signal
changes call for a dynamic form of behavior
so that small AC quantities (normally:
30 Hz) can also be transmitted. This is
achieved by defining a limit frequency. At the
same time, a low limit frequency can be
used to suppress higher-frequency AC com-
ponents.
Step response
The step response indicates the response
time of the output signal when an input sig-
nal step occurs (10 ... 90%). The step re-
sponse is inversely proportional to the limit
frequency. This means that the response
time decreases as the limit frequency in-
creases.
Te s t v o l t a g e
The test voltage indicates the dielectric
strength of an isolated distance and is deter-
mined by type tests. In this test, a 50 Hz
voltage is applied for one minute; it de-
scribes the value achieved before a disrup-
tive discharge is able to move to another
potential level in the device.
Safe isolation
“Safe isolation” is defined as protection
against hazardous shock currents. When
module specifications are provided in accor-
dance with EN 61010, a distinction is made
between faultless operation and operation
under fault conditions. Nominal supply volt-
ages of 30 V AC/60 V DC are deemed valid
for faultless operation.
Ambient temperature range
The temperature limits specified here re-
late exclusively to operation. These limits
do not apply to storage and transport. It is
here where the temperature limits of the
materials used are the decisive factor. If the
devices are outside of the specified temper-
ature range during assembly, they must be
brought back within the specified tempera-
ture range prior to system startup. It is im-
portant to make sure that no condensation
occurs during this process.
Protective circuit
In order to protect the measurement and
control modules against surge voltages, sup-
pressor diodes are connected upstream of
the signal and supply paths. These diodes
behave in a similar manner to conventional
Zener diodes, except for the fact that sup-
pressor diodes have faster response times
and a higher maximum current.
Directives EU International
EMC Directive (electromagnetic compatibility) 2004/108/EC -
Low Voltage Directive (LVD) 2006/95/EC -
Ex Directive (ATEX) 94/9/EC -
Product standards
Electronic equipment for use in power installations EN 50178:1997 -
Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory
use -
Part 1: General requirements
EN 61010-1:2001 IEC 61010-1:2004
Programmable controllers -
Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests EN 61131-2:2007 IEC 61131-2:2007
EMC
EMC - Part 6-2: Generic standards - Immunity for industrial environments EN 61000-6-2:2005 IEC 61000-6-2:2005
EMC - Part 6-4: Generic standards - Emission standard for industrial environments EN 61000-6-4:2007 IEC 61000-6-4:2006
Electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use
EMC requirements EN 61326-1:2006 IEC 61326-1:2005
ATEX
Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres -
Part 0: General requirements EN 60079-0:2006 IEC 60079-0:2007
Explosive atmospheres -
Part 11: Equipment protection by intrinsic safety “i” EN 60079-11:2007 IEC 60079-11:2006
Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres -
Part 15: Construction, test and marking of type of protection “n” electrical apparatus EN 60079-15:2005 IEC 60079-15:2005
Environmental tests
Environmental testing -
Part 2-1: Tests - Test A: Cold EN 60068-2-1:2007 IEC 60068-2-1:2007
Environmental testing -
Part 2-2: Tests - Test B: Dry heat EN 60068-2-2:2007 IEC 60068-2-2:2007
Environmental testing -
Part 2-6: Tests - Test Fc: Vibration (sinusoidal) EN 60068-2-6:2008 IEC 60068-2-6:2008
Information on directives and stan-
dards
When carrying out further processing of non-independent items of equip-
ment (components), the applicable regulations pertaining to installation
must be observed.
The relevant device-specific regulations also apply with regard to installa-
tion in devices.
(Standards applicable at the time of going to print)
59PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Basics
OUT
IN
OUTIN OUTIN OUTIN
OUT
IN
I
R
E
I
R
E
RE
RE
Passive isolation, supplied on the
input side
The modules draw the power needed for
signal transmission and electrical isolation
from the active input circuit. On the output
side, a conditioned current signal is provid-
ed to the controller or to actuators.
This passive isolation allows signal condi-
tioning (interruption of ground loops) and
filtering without an additional power supply.
Input signal
Output
signal
Power
via signal
3-way isolation
In the case of modules with this isolation
method, all components that are connected
to the input, output or power supply are
protected against interference from each
other. All three directions (input, output,
and power supply) are electrically isolated
from one another accordingly.
The 3-way isolation provides electrical
isolation between the measurement sensor
and the controller as well as between the
controller and the actuator.
On the input side, the modules need ac-
tive signals. On the output side, they pro-
vide a filtered and amplified signal.
Input signal Output sig-
nal
POWER
Input isolation
In the case of modules with this isolation
method, the electronics connected on the
output side (e.g., the controller) are to be
protected from interference from the field.
For this reason, only the input is electrically
isolated from the output and the power
supply that are at the same potential.
On the input side, the modules need ac-
tive signals (e.g., from measurement sen-
sors). On the output side, they provide a fil-
tered and amplified signal (e.g., from the
controller).
Input signal Output
signal
POWER
Repeater power supply
Repeater power supplies use the signal in-
put side not only for measured value acqui-
sition, but also to provide the necessary
power to the passive measurement sensors
connected on the input side.
On the output side, they provide a fil-
tered and amplified signal (e.g., from the
controller).
The isolation method used by these mod-
ules is input isolation.
Input signal
Output
signal
POWER
Power for measuring
transducer
Passive isolation, supplied on the
output side (loop-powered)
The modules draw the power needed for
signal transmission and electrical isolation
from the active output circuit, ideally from a
PLC input board that supplies power.
On the output side, the loop-powered
modules operate with a 4 ... 20 mA stan-
dard signal. On the input side, the passive
isolator processes active signals.
When this isolation method is used, it is
important to make sure that the active sig-
nal source connected on the output side
(e.g., an active PLC input board) is able to
supply the passive isolator with power, as
well as operate its load.
Input signal
Output
signal
Power
via signal
Active isolation
Applications
Problem: disruptive radiation
Solution:
Problem: voltage difference in the ground potential
Solution:
No ground current
loop
Ground current loop
PGround 1 PGround 2
PGround 1 PGround 2
Passive isolation
60 PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Basics
0
100
500
200
400
600
800
300
700
-100
-200
100
1000
10000
Pt 10
Pt 100
Pt 1000
i
RL1
RL2
i
RL1
RL2
RL3
Fe
CuNi
Cu
Cu
0
200
1000
400
800
600
-200
1200
1400
1600
1800
Typ T
Typ N
Typ K
Typ J
Typ E
Typ B
Typ S
Typ R
80
60
40
20
0
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Three-conductor connection technology
Three-conductor technol-
ogy is normally used to mini-
mize the effect of cable resis-
tances. An additional cable is
connected to the resistance
thermometer, so that the latter can be mea-
sured using two measuring circuits, one of
which acts as a reference. In this way, it is
possible to compensate for the cable resis-
tance.
If the same temperature
prevails at the measuring
junction (1) and the cold
junction (2), no current will
flow because the generated
partial voltages cancel each other out. How-
ever, if the temperatures at the measuring
junction and the cold junction are different,
different voltages are produced. These volt-
ages do not completely cancel each other
out, and so current flows.
A thermocouple therefore always mea-
sures only one temperature difference. This
is derived from the difference between the
thermal voltages at the measuring junction
and at the cold junction.
The voltage produced by the thermoelec-
tric effect is very low; only a few microvolts
per Kelvin.
Example: if a type J thermocouple (FE-CuNi) is connected to a copper
terminal block, thermal voltages with opposite polarity will be generated
(at the iron-copper and copper-constantan transitions) and cancel each
other out.
Therefore, only the difference in the ther-
mal voltages between constantan (Cu-Ni)
and iron is of relevance.
A role is also played by the temperature
at the terminal point. If it is known, the tem-
perature at the measuring junction can be
derived by adding the thermal voltage mea-
sured at the same junction.
The MCR temperature transducers for
thermocouples therefore detect the tem-
perature at the terminal points and com-
pensate this value, which is also referred to
as the reference junction or the cold junc-
tion.
This process is sometimes called cold
junction compensation.
Four-conductor connection technology
Four-conductor connection technology is
an ideal connection technology for resis-
tance thermometers.
The measurement result is affected nei-
ther by cable resistances nor by their tem-
perature-dependent fluctuations. The volt-
age drop on the supply and return lines can
therefore be measured and compensated
for separately. Line compensation is not
necessary.
Two-conductor connection technology
The resistance thermome-
ter is connected to the MCR
measuring transducer using a
two-core cable. Please note
that the supply cable resistances are added
to the measured resistance and conse-
quently distort the result.
A distance of 10 m should not be exceed-
ed.
Example: a 50 m long copper cable with a cross section of 0.5 mm2 has
a specific resistance of 3.4 . A Pt 100 sensor has a resistance change of
0.384 per 1 K temperature change. This corresponds to an error of
8.8°C.
Resistance thermometers (e.g., Pt 100,
Ni 1000) change their resistance value de-
pending on the temperature. The MCR
temperature transducers detect this change
and convert it into a proportional analog
signal.
To avoid unwanted self-heating of the
sensor, the constant measured current
used is kept as low as possible
(MCR-T-UI... 250 A).
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouples
In contrast to resistance thermometers,
thermocouples are active sources that gen-
erate a voltage in the microvolt range. The
temperature difference measured between
the measurement junction and the cold
junction is converted into an absolute tem-
perature with the help of cold junction
compensation.
Operating principle:
If different metals are joined together, a
thermal voltage is produced in the metal at-
oms as a result of the different binding en-
ergies of the electrons. This voltage is de-
pendent firstly on the metals themselves
and secondly on the temperature.
Identical cable lengths and an identical
ambient temperature are essential here.
Since this is more or less the case in the
majority of applications, three-conductor
technology is the most commonly encoun-
tered today. Line compensation is not nec-
essary.
Temperature [°C]
Resistance thermometers:
Resistance change as a function of the temperature
Resistance []
Temperature [°C]
Thermocouple voltage [mV]
Thermocouples:
Thermocouple voltage change as a function of the temperature
61PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Basics
bar
4...20 mA
Switching behavior of relay or
transistor outputs:
A different kind of switching behavior can
be defined for each relay or each transistor
when it reaches a preset switching point.
All the possible settings for the switching
behavior are shown and explained in the list:
– The first two options include hysteresis,
i.e., the behavior of the relay depends on
the direction from which a switching point
is reached.
– For the remaining options, with the excep-
tion of the last two (“on” and “off”), a
switching tolerance is taken into account
to prevent the relay contact from “chat-
tering”. The relay is not switched until the
switching point plus switching tolerance
has been reached.
– In the “on” state, the relay is permanently
picked up. It only responds if there is an
open circuit and it has been set to drop
out when this happens.
– In the “off” state, the relay only responds
if there is an open circuit and it has been
set to pick up when this happens.
Digital displays
Use of the freely programmable
characteristic curve
The freely programmable characteristic
curve, i.e., the assignment of the displayed
value to the input value, is important in pro-
cess applications for indicating flow rates or
liquid levels.
The purpose of level measurements is
very often not to determine how much liq-
uid is still inside the tank, but rather to es-
tablish how much has been drawn out of it.
In this case, the characteristic curve can
simply be inverted in order to display the re-
quired value.
Parameterization of the characteristic
curve using interpolation points
With non-linear input signals, the re-
ceived analog values can be assigned to the
value to be displayed by means of a pro-
grammable characteristic curve. This curve
can consist of up to 24 interpolation points.
This allows flow sensors with a non-linear
characteristic curve to be adapted, for in-
stance. The analog signal digital displays in
the Function Line additionally feature a sum-
ming function which - to take a typical ex-
ample from bottling technology - allows you
to switch over at the touch of a button from
the instantaneous value (= flow rate in
l/min) to the total flow integrated in the
background, which can be displayed in any
unit. This saves space and money, because
there is no need for a second digital display.
Limit values can also be called at the
touch of a button. Limit values 1 and 2 can
be assigned to either the actual value or the
cumulative value. If the latter value is ex-
ceeded, one of the two output relays is ac-
tivated.
Other applications include indicating liq-
uid levels, pressures, and temperatures.
With servo motors, the analog output sig-
nals (0 ... 10 V) generated by the tachome-
ter can be supplied to the input of the digital
display in order to indicate the motor
speed.
Application:
Pressure measurement and display on MCR-SL-D-U-I
Table: Analog signal Display value
Interpolation
point 1
4 mA 15 bar
Interpolation
point 2
20 mA 30 bar
Pressure [bar]
Measured value [mA]
Interpolation point 1
Interpolation point 2
Characteristic curve:
Relay picks up when the value is below SPL,
hysteresis active
Relay picks up when SPH is exceeded,
hysteresis active
Relay picks up when the value is below SPL
Relay picks up when SPL is exceeded
Relay picks up when the value is below SPH
Relay picks up when SPH is exceeded
Relay picks up when value is between SPL and SPH
Relay picks up when value is outside SPL and SPH
Relay is permanently dropped
Relay is permanently picked up
Possible settings for the switching behavior
SPL = Set Point Low (lower switching point)
SPH = Set Point High (upper switching point)
62 PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Basics
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Non-intrinsically safe signal transmission in potentially explosive
areas
Electrical equipment operated in systems
with potentially explosive areas is subject to
different usage requirements, depending on
the application.
For example, electrical equipment could
be used in the following locations when an-
alog signals are being transmitted:
– Sensors and actuators can be located in
zone 0, zone 1 or zone 2.
– Signal transmitters can be located in
zone 1, zone 2 or the safe area.
– The controller, e.g., PLC, is in the safe area.
For examples of the kinds of electrical de-
vices that can be installed for the purpose of
transmitting signals, please see the figure.
Devices must be designed to offer a suit-
able protection type if they are to be used
in zone 2. The MINI Analog and
MACX Analog ranges are designed to pro-
vide protection type “n” for this purpose
and must be installed in zone 2 in suitable
and approved housing (EN 60079-15 and
EN 60079-0) with IP54 protection mini-
mum.
Example:
A sensor/actuator with protection type
“n” can be connected to an isolator from
the MINI Analog or MACX Analog ranges
in zone 2.
When selecting suitable devices for zone
2, it must be ensured that the electrical data
of the sensors/actuators is not exceeded.
If the sensors/actuators are mounted in
explosion-proof housing or if they have
their own explosion-proof housing, they
can also be installed in zone 1.
Installation requirements
The figure shows a range of options for
installing electrical devices in areas with a
danger of gas explosions. Special require-
ments regarding the configuration, selec-
tion, and installation of electrical systems in
areas with a danger of gas explosions can be
found in EN 60079-14.
In the 2008 edition, the relevant contents
of EN 61241-14 were incorporated in
EN 60079-14.
EN 61241-14 must still be observed when
installing electrical equipment in areas con-
taining combustible dust. Other important
factors when it comes to running systems in
potentially explosive areas are inspection,
maintenance, and repairs. Stipulations re-
garding these matters can be found in
EN 60079-17 and EN 60079-19.
Zone 2
Zone 1
Sensor/
actuator
Ex n
Housing
IP54*
MACX
Ex n
MACX
Ex n
Housing
IP54*
MINI
Ex n
MINI
Ex n
Housing
e.g., Ex d
Sensor/
actuator
Safe area
Housing
e.g., Ex d
Sensor/
actuator
Sensor/
actuator
Ex n
Sensor/
actuator
Ex n
MINI
Ex n
Sensor/
actuator
Ex n
MACX
Ex n
Installation of electrical devices for signal transmission
*Use of suitable housing approved for use in zone 2
63PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Basics
64 PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Highly compact and efficient
MINI Analog isolating amplifiers isolate,
convert, filter, and amplify your analog sig-
nals – with a design width of just 6.2 mm.
The isolating amplifiers from the MINI
Analog range offer the full spectrum of ana-
log signal conditioning. They are therefore
extremely efficient with regard to saving
costs, space, and energy.
The comprehensive approval package
means that they can be used in a variety of
areas.
Choose the right MINI Analog isolating
amplifier for your application:
Analog IN/OUT
– Universal and standard 3-way isolating
amplifiers
– 3-way repeater power supplies
– 4-way signal duplicators
– 2-way passive isolators
– Output loop-powered isolators
Te m p e r a t u r e
– Universal measuring transducers for resis-
tance thermometers and thermocouples
– Active measuring transducers for Pt 100
and thermocouples
– Output loop-powered Pt 100 measuring
transducers
Frequency
– Frequency transducer up to 80 kHz
– Analog frequency transducers
Potentiometer/resistor
– Potentiometer measuring transducers
with automatic potentiometer detection
Limit values
– Threshold value switches with PDT relay
Digital IN
– NAMUR isolating amplifiers with relay
output
Accessories
– Supply components
–Fault monitoring module
– System cabling
–Marking material
– Surge protection
Fault monitoring
Fault monitoring is a modular solution for
convenient error evaluation in multi-chan-
nel applications.
Depending on the module type, the fol-
lowing errors can be indicated by means of
a group error message:
– Overrange
– Underrange
– Open circuit
– Short circuit
–Module error
It is also possible to detect and indicate
the failure of a supply voltage at the power
terminal block.
The modularity is characterized by the
ability to freely adjust error evaluation, both
on the device side and in the evaluation
module.
Fault monitoring is compatible with and
can be used for the following isolating ampli-
fier ranges:
– MINI Analog
– MACX Analog
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
65PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Space savings of up to 65%
– Compared to other isolating amplifiers
on the market with design widths up to
17.5 mm.
Fault monitoring and power bridging
– The DIN rail connector simplifies supply
and enables group error monitoring.
Clearly arranged wiring
– Eight connections, with a choice of screw
or spring-cage terminal blocks.
Low power consumption
– The resulting minimal self-heating results
in a long service life and a high degree of
operational reliability.
High operational reliability
– 3-way electrical isolation increases the
operational reliability against system
disturbances.
Easy configuration
– Can be configured easily via DIP switches
or software, for extended functionality
and monitoring.
Reduction in analog inputs on controllers
– The MINI Analog multiplexer reduces up to
eight analog signals to a single 4
20 mA
signal.
Time-saving system cabling
– Plug and play – for eight channels on the
isolating amplifier and controller side.
Fast and error-free signal connection
– Compact termination carriers connect
MINI Analog devices to the automation
system – plug and play and hot-swappable.
POWER
U,I U,I OUT
IN
Zone 2
Div. 2
passive
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
4-wire
–
+
–
–
+
+
+
–
+24V
+24V
+24V
GND 3
GND 3
GND 2
active
GND 3
GND 1
OUT U,IIN U,I
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
OUT
U,I
GND
US
5
6
1
2
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data U input I input
Input signal 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
Input resistance Approx. 100 kApprox. 50
Output data U output I output
Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
Maximum output signal Approx. 12.5 V 28 mA
No-load voltage Approx. 12.5 V
Short-circuit current Approx. 22 mA
Load RB 10 k< 500 (at 20 mA)
Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 k) < 20 mVPP (at 500 )
General data U output I output
Supply voltage UB19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption < 9 mA (Voltage output,
at 24 V DC incl. load)
< 19 mA (Current output,
at 24 V DC incl. load)
Power consumption < 200 mW (Voltage output) < 450 mW (Current output)
Maximum transmission error 0.1% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Limit frequency (3 dB) Approx. 100 Hz
Step response (10 - 90%) Approx. 3.2 ms
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Mounting Any
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI1) 2864383 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP1) 2864710 1
Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC1) 2864150 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC1) 2864163 1
66 PHOENIX CONTACT
– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplifica-
tion, and filtering of standard analog sig-
nals
– Up to 36 signal combinations can be con-
figured using DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
0 ... 10 V input, 0 ... 20 mA output
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
DW
H
Configurable, up to 36 signal combinations
0...20mA
24V
0...10V
24V
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI
51
2
3
4
6
7
8
GND3
GND1
IN
GND2
OUT
UB+ UB+
GND3
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
67PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI (Standard configuration entered as example)
Combination table for input and output signals
Application example: Level measurement
DIP switch SW 2 DIP switch SW 1
Input Output DIP 1 DIP 2 DIP 3 DIP 4 DIP 5 DIP 6 DIP 1 DIP 2
0 - 10 V 0 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
4 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
0 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
2 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
0 - 5 V ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
1 - 5 V ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
2 - 10 V 0 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF
4 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
0 - 10 V ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF
2 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
0 - 5 V ON ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF
1 - 5 V ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
0 - 5 V 0 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
4 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF
0 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
2 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF
0 - 5 V ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
1 - 5 V ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF
1 - 5 V 0 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF
4 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
0 - 10 V ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON OFF
2 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
0 - 5 V ON ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF
1 - 5 V ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
0 - 20 mA 0 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
4 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON
0 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
2 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON
0 - 5 V ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
1 - 5 V ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON
4 - 20 mA 0 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON
4 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
0 - 10 V ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON
2 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
0 - 5 V ON ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON
1 - 5 V ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
NONE =Without factory
2864383 =IN01 =0...20 mA OUT01 =0...20 mA YES =With factory
calibration
certificate (fee)
...-UI-UI IN02 =4...20 mA OUT02 =4...20 mA
IN03 =0...10 V OUT03 =0...10 V
2864710 =IN04 =2...10 V OUT04 =2...10 V YESPLUS =
Factory calibration
certificate with
5measuring points
(fee)
...-UI-UI-SP IN05 =0...5 V OUT05 =0...5 V
IN06 =1...5 V OUT06 =1...5 V
Order No.
Input Output Factory calibration
certificate
2864383 / IN03 / OUT01 / NONE
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
POWER
U U,I OUT
IN
Zone 2
passive
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
4-wire
–
+
–
–
+
+
+
–
+24V
+24V
+24V
GND3
GND3
GND2
active
GND3
GND1
OUT U,IINU
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
OUT U
GND
US
5
6
1
2
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) 0 ... 50 mV
Maximum input signal Approx. 30 V DC
Input resistance Approx. 10 k
Output data U output I output
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
-5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V
( The bi-polar output can be used
only for bi-polar input signals.)
Maximum output signal 12.5 V 28 mA
Load RB 10 k< 500 (at 20 mA)
Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 k) < 20 mVPP (at 500 )
General data
Supply voltage UB19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC
Power consumption < 450 mW (Current output)
Maximum transmission error 0.2%
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Limit frequency (3 dB) (100 Hz / 30 Hz switchable)
Step response (10 - 90%) 3.5 ms (At 100 Hz)
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Mounting Any
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for realization of mV voltages in
standard signals,
Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI 2810858 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP 2810874 1
Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC1) 2810780 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC1) 2810793 1
68 PHOENIX CONTACT
– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplifica-
tion, and filtering of mV signals to create
standard analog signals
– Ideal for converting signals in the case of
shunt measurements
– Up to 280 signal combinations can be
configured using DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
0 ... 50 mV input, 0 ... 20 mA output
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
DW
H
Configurable, for shunt measurements
G
M
1
2
5
73
6
84
IN OUT
GND2
UB+
GND3
GND1
UB+
GND3
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI
±...mVU/I
24V
+–
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
69PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Combination table for input and output signals
Application example: Monitoring of loading and unloading currents
Voltage output Current output
Input -10...+10 V 0...10 V 2...10 V -5...+5 V 0...5 V 1...5 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA
0...50 mV x x x x x x
0...60 mV x x x x x x
0...75 mV x x x x x x
0...80 mV x x x x x x
0...100 mV x x x x x x
0...120 mV x x x x x x
0...150 mV x x x x x x
0...200 mV x x x x x x
0...240 mV x x x x x x
0...300 mV x x x x x x
0...500 mV x x x x x x
0...600 mV x x x x x x
0...750 mV x x x x x x
0...800 mV x x x x x x
0...1 V x x x x x x
0...1.2 V x x x x x x
0...1.5 V x x x x x x
0...2 V x x x x x x
0...2.4 V x x x x x x
0...3 V x x x x x x
-50...50 mV x x x x x x x x
-60...60 mV x x x x x x x x
-75...75 mV x x x x x x x x
-80...80 mV x x x x x x x x
-100...100 mV x x x x x x x x
-120...120 mV x x x x x x x x
-150...150 mV x x x x x x x x
-200...200 mV x x x x x x x x
-240...240 mV x x x x x x x x
-300...300 mV x x x x x x x x
-500...500 mV x x x x x x x x
-600...600 mV x x x x x x x x
-750...750 mV x x x x x x x x
-800...800 mV x x x x x x x x
-1...1 V x x x x x x x x
-1.2...1.2 V x x x x x x x x
-1.5...1.5 V x x x x x x x x
-2...2 V x x x x x x x x
-2.4...2.4 V x x x x x x x x
-3...3 V x x x x x x x x
IN40 =0...50 mV IN28 =0...500 mV IN53 =-50...+50 mV IN17 =-500...+500 mV OUT01 =0...20 mA 30 =30 Hz NONE =without FCC
2810858 = IN24 =0...60 mV IN46 =0...600 mV IN13 =-60...+60 mV IN59 =-600...+600 mV OUT02 =4...20 mA 100 =100 Hz YES =with FCC (a fee is
charged)
...-SHUNT-UI IN41 =0...75 mV IN47 =0...750 mV IN54 =-75...+75 mV IN60 =-750...+750 mV OUT03 =0...10 V
IN42 =0...80 mV IN48 =0...800 mV IN55 =-80...+80 mV IN61 =-800...+800 mV OUT04 =2...10 V
IN25 =0...100 mV IN29 =0...1.0 V IN14 =-100...+100 mV IN18 =-1.0...+1.0 V OUT05 =0...5 V YESPLUS =Factory calibration
certificate with
5measuring points
(a fee is charged)
2810874 = IN43 =0...120 mV IN49 =0...1.2 V IN56 =-120...+120 mV IN62 =-1.2...+1.2 V OUT06 =1...5 V
...-SHUNT-UI-SP IN44 =0...150 mV IN50 =0...1.5 V IN57 =-150...+150 mV IN63 =-1.5...+1.5 V
IN26 =0...200 mV IN30 =0...2.0 V IN15 =-200...+200 mV IN19 =-2.0...+2.0 V OUT13 =-5...+5 V
IN45 =0...240 mV IN51 =0...2.4 V IN58 =-240...+240 mV IN64 =-2.4...+2.4 V OUT14 =-10...+10 V
IN27 =0...300 mV IN52 =0...3.0 V IN16 =-300...+300 mV IN65 =-3.0...+3.0 V
Note:
A bipolar output (-5...+5 V, -10...+10 V) can only be used for a bipolar input signal.
Order No.
Input Output Limit frequency Factory calibration certificate
FCC
2810858 / IN40 / OUT01 / 100 / NONE
Supply
Battery
Shunt
resistor
Controller
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
0...10V0...24V
24V
IN U
GND1
UB+
GND3
OUT
GND2
UB +
GND3
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI
51
2
3
4
6
7
8
Zone 2
Div. 2
passive
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
4-wire
–
+
–
–
+
+
+
–
+24V
+24V
+24V
GND3
GND3
GND2
active
GND3
GND1
OUT U,IINU
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
OUT U
GND
US
5
6
1
2
POWER
U U,I OUT
IN
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 0 ... 24 V / 0 ... 30 V
Input resistance Approx. 125 k (0 ... 24 V)
Output data U output I output
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
Maximum output signal 12.5 V 28 mA
No-load voltage 12.5 V
Short-circuit current 22 mA
Load RB> 10 k< 500 (at 20 mA)
Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 k) < 20 mVPP (at 500 )
General data
Supply voltage UB19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Power consumption < 450 mW
Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Limit frequency (3 dB) Approx. 100 Hz
Step response (10 - 90%) Approx. 3.5 ms
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-U-UI1) 2864053 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP1) 2811213 1
Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC1) 2865007 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC1) 2810078 1
70 PHOENIX CONTACT
2864053 = ...-U-UI IN38 =0...24 V OUT01 =0...20 mA
IN39 =0...30 V OUT02 =4...20 mA
OUT03 =0...10 V
2811213 = ...-U-UI-SP OUT04 =2...10 V
OUT05 =0...5 V
OUT06 =1...5 V
Order key MINI MCR-SL-U-UI (standard configuration entered as example)
Order No. Input Output
2864053 / IN39 / OUT01
Signal conversion to uninterruptible power supply (UPS)
Mains voltage
DW
H
– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplifica-
tion, and filtering of 24 V or 30 V DC
signals to create standard analog signals
– Up to 12 signal combinations can be con-
figured using DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
0 ... 30 V input, 0 ... 20 mA output
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Configurable,
for 0 ... 24 V / 0 ... 30 V input signals
POWER
U,I U,I OUT
IN
Zone 2
passive
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
4-wire
–
+
–
–
+
+
+
–
+24V
+24V
+24V
GND3
GND3
GND2
active
GND3
GND1
OUT IINU
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
OUT U
GND
US
5
6
1
2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ex:
Technical data
Input data U input I input
Input resistance Approx. 100 kApprox. 50
Output data U output I output
Maximum output signal 12.5 V 28 mA
No-load voltage Approx. 12.5 V
Short-circuit current Approx. 2 mA
Load RB 10 k 500
Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 k)< 20 mV
PP (at 500 )
General data
Supply voltage UB19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption < 20 mA
Maximum transmission error 0.1% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Limit frequency (3 dB) Approx. 100 Hz
Step response (10 - 90%) Approx. 3.5 ms
Degree of protection IP20
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description Input signal Output signal Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Screw connection 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-SL-U-I-01) 2813512 1
Spring-cage conn. 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP1) 2813570 1
Screw connection 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-SL-U-I-41) 2813525 1
Spring-cage conn. 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP1) 2813583 1
Screw connection 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V MINI MCR-SL-I-U-01) 2813541 1
Spring-cage conn. 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP1) 2813554 1
Screw connection 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V MINI MCR-SL-I-U-41) 2813538 1
Spring-cage conn. 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP1) 2813567 1
Screw connection 0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
MINI MCR-SL-I-I1) 2864406 1
Spring-cage conn. 0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
MINI MCR-SL-I-I-SP1) 2864723 1
Screw connection 0 ... 10 V
-10 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V
-10 ... 10 V
MINI MCR-SL-U-U1) 2864684 1
Spring-cage conn. 0 ... 10 V
-10 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V
-10 ... 10 V
MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP1) 2864697 1
71PHOENIX CONTACT
– Highly compact isolating amplifier for elec-
trical isolation, conversion, amplification,
and filtering of standard analog signals
– Fixed signal combinations
– Entry-level alternative to configurable
isolating amplifiers
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
DW
H
With fixed signal combinations
Zone 2
Div. 2
passive
passive
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
4-wire
–
+
–
–
+
+
+
–
+24V
OUT 2I
+24V
GND4
GND4
GND1
active
active
GND2
GND3
OUT 1IINU,I
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
OUT
U,I
GND
US
5
3
6
4
1
2
POWER
U,I I OUT2
IN
I
OUT1
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data U input I input
Input signal 0 ... 10 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum input signal 30 V 50 mA
Input resistance Approx. 100 kApprox. 50
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 2x ; 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal 22 mA
No-load voltage 9 V
Load RB 250 (at 20 mA)
Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 250 )
General data
Supply voltage UB19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 30 mA (at 24 V DC incl. load)
Power consumption < 600 mW
Maximum transmission error 0.2% (of final value), typ. < 0.1%
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.004%/K
Limit frequency (3 dB) Approx. 35 Hz
Step response (0 - 99%) Approx. 10 ms
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR signal duplicator, for duplication and electrical isolation of
analog signals
Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I1) 2864794 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP1) 2864804 1
Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC1) 2864176 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC1) 2864189 1
72 PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key for MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I (standard configuration entered as an example)
Explanation for output combination:
Output 1 Output 2
A 0...20 mA 0...20 mA
B 0...20 mA 4...20 mA
C 4...20 mA 4...20 mA
NONE =without FCC
2864794 =IN01 =0...20 mA A 0 =Analog behavior YES =with FCC (a fee
is charged)
...-UI-2I IN02 =4...20 mA B
IN03 =0...10 V C 1 =Limitation
2864804 =IN06 =1...5 V YESPLUS =FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)
...-UI-2I-SP
1) For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Order No.
Input Output combi-
nation 1)
Behavior of the analog out-
puts
Factory calibration certifi-
cate (FCC)
2864794 / IN03 / A / 0 / NONE
DW
H
– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplifica-
tion, filtering, and duplication of standard
analog signals
– Duplication of a standard analog signal on
two current outputs
– Up to 8 signal combinations can be config-
ured using DIP switches
– 4-way isolation
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
Input: 0 ... 10 V, output 1: 0 ... 20 mA,
output 2: 0 ... 20 mA
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Analog IN/Analog OUT
signal duplicators
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Configurable,
with two current output signals
4...20mA
24V
IN I
GND1
GND1
OUT I
GND2
UB +
GND3
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I
51
2
3
4
6
7
8
PWR OUT
POWER
II OUT
IN
POWER
Zone 2
passive
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
2-wire
3-wire
4-wire
–
+–
–
+
+
–
–
+24V
+24V
GND3
GND3
GND2
active
GND1
GND1
OUT IINI
PWR OUT
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
PWR
IN
PWR
IN
OUT I
OUT I
OUT I
GND
GND
US
5
6
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I1)MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I1)
Input signal 0 ... 20 mA,
isolator operation / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA,
isolator operation / 4 ... 20 mA
Input resistance Approx. 50 Approx. 50
Transmitter supply voltage 16.5 V 14.7 V DC ... 25.5 V DC
(UB - max. 4.5 V for load
0 mA ... 20 mA)
Output data
Output signal 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal 21 mA 28 mA
No-load voltage Approx. 12.5 V Approx. 12.5 V
Load RB 500 (at I = 20 mA) 500 (at I = 20 mA)
Ripple < 20 mVrms (at 500 )< 20 mV
rms (at 500 )
General data
Supply voltage UB20.4 V DC ... 30 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC
Current consumption
Power consumption
< 900 mW (at 24 V DC and in
repeater power supply operation)
< 900 mW (at 24 V DC and in
repeater power supply operation)
Maximum transmission error 0.2% (of final value),
typ. 0.1% (of final value)
0.2% (of final value),
typ. 0.1% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient < 0.005%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Limit frequency (3 dB) 175 Hz (typ.) Approx. 100 Hz
Communication
HART specification in both
operating modes (RPSS isolator /
RPSS repeater power supply)
-
Step response (10 - 90%) < 2 ms (typ.) Approx. 3.5 ms
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 60°C
Mounting Any Any
Housing material PBT PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
T5 applied for
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
T5
GL GL EMC 2 D GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR repeater power supplies
with HART® protocol Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I1) 2864079 1
with HART® protocol Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP1) 2810230 1
Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I1) 2864422 1
Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP1) 2864752 1
Control system
Mains voltage
73PHOENIX CONTACT
– Highly compact repeater power supplies
for electrical isolation, amplification, and
filtering of standard analog signals
– Supply of 2-conductor and passive 3-con-
ductor sensors
– Can also be used as an isolator without
supply
– 3-way isolation
– Alternatively bidirectional HART trans-
mission
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 73
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies
Repeater power supply operation with a passive sensor
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
DW
H
Optionally available with HART transmission
I
MINIMCR-SL-1CP-I-I
UE
U= 1,7 V
V
I
I
I
RB
UB
IIOUT
IN
Zone 2
passive
passive
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
4-wire
4-wire
–
–
+
+
+
+
–
–
GND2
GND4
active
active
GND1
GND3
OUT I1
OUT I2
INI1
INI2
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
OUT I
OUT I
GND
GND
US
US
5
7
6
8
1
3
2
4
PWR
max.18 VDC
PWR
max.18 VDC
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Voltage drop 1.7 V (at I = 20 mA)
Response current Approx. 190 µA
Maximum input current / overload 40 mA
Maximum input voltage 18 V
Output data
Output signal 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Load RB< 600 (at I = 20 mA output signal)
Ripple < 10 mVrms (at 600 )
General data
Maximum transmission error 0.1% (of final value)
Additional error per 100 load 0.03% (of measured value / 100 load)
Temperature coefficient 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 load)
Limit frequency (3 dB) 75 Hz
Step response (10 - 90%) 5 ms (At 600 load)
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage input/output 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Mounting Any
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA II T6 X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals
without auxiliary power
two-channel Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I 2864655 1
two-channel Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP 2864781 1
single-channel Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I 2864419 1
single-channel Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP 2864749 1
74 PHOENIX CONTACT
– Highly compact 2-conductor passive iso-
lators for electrical isolation and filtering
of standard analog signals
– Input loop-supplied
– Does not require any additional auxiliary
voltage
– 2 channels in conj. with a design width of
just 6.2 mm
– Voltage drop on isolating amplifier of
just 1.7 V
Notes:
When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing
voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the
maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with a voltage
drop UV = 1.7 V and load RB.
This means:
UB ≥ UE = 1.7 V + 20 mA x RB
Information on components for power bridging, system cabling,
and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Analog IN / Analog OUT
passive isolators
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
DW
H
Either 1- or 2-channel
IN
I
U, I
POWER
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
–
++
+
–
–
passive
OUT IGND
IN I
IN U
GND
PWR IN
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
3
4
Zone 2
4-wire
4-wire
OUT
I
OUT
U
GND
GND
US
US
1
2
PWR
active
5
6
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Applied for:
cUL / UL
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data U input I input
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 2 ... 10 V, additional areas can be configured, see table
Maximum input signal < 40 V < 50 mA
(Dielectric strength up to 30 V)
Input resistance Approx. 100 k (At 1 V,
otherwise approximately 1 M)
50
Output data
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal 35 mA
Load RB((UB - 8 V) / 22 mA)
Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 500 )
General data
Supply voltage UB8 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 3.5 mA (without signal current)
Power consumption 28 mW (without signal)
Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K
ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±2% / ±2%
Limit frequency (3 dB) Approx. 30 Hz
Step response (10 - 90%) Approx. 16 ms
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage input/output 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C
Mounting Any
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR loop-powered isolator
Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-NC1) 2902829 1
Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-SP-NC1) 2902830 1
75PHOENIX CONTACT
– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, and filter-
ing of standard analog signals
– Supplied by an output loop
– Does not require any additional auxiliary
voltage
– Up to 74 signal combinations can be
configured using DIP switches
– Voltage input from mV voltages right up
to 30volts
– Current input from 2mA right up to
40mA
– 2-way isolation
– Standard configuration:
Input 2...10 V, output 4...20 mA
Notes:
Other input signals that have not been listed can be provided on re-
quest.
Information on components for power bridging, system cabling,
and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Analog IN/Analog OUT
loop-powered isolator
Possible input signal ranges (configurable via DIP switch)
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
DW
H
Configurable,
up to 74 signal combinations,
loop-powered
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
–
–
+
+
+24V
+24V
GND 2
GND 2
active
GND 1
OUT U,I
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
ϑϑϑ
Zone 2
passive
FM
S-Port
OUT
IN
POWER
U,I
FM
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2, 3, 4-conductor
Temperature range -200°C ... 850°C (Range depending on the sensor type)
Measuring range span min. 50 K
Linear resistance measuring range 0 ... 4000 (Minimum measuring span: 10% of the selected
measuring range)
Output data U output I output
Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Maximum output signal Approx. 12.3 V 24.6 mA
Load RB10 k500 (at 20 mA)
Ripple < 20 mVPP < 20 mVPP (at 500 )
General data
Supply voltage UB9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 27 mA (at 24 V DC)
Power consumption 700 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 )
Transmission error
0.1% * 350 K / set measuring range; 0.1% > 350 K (Pt/Ni) 0.3% * 200 K /
set measuring range; 0.3% > 200 K (Cu)
Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K
Step response (0 - 99%) Typ. 200 ms (2-conductor)
Typ. 500 ms (3-conductor)
Typ. 500 ms (4-conductor)
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL GL applied for
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Temperature transducers for resistance thermometers
Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-RTD-UI-NC1) 2902849 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-RTD-UI-SP-NC1) 2902850 1
Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)2811271 1
76 PHOENIX CONTACT
Sensor type Standard Measuring range Smallest measuring range span
Pt100 IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200°C ... +850°C 50 K
Pt200 IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200°C ... +850°C 50 K
Pt500 IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200°C ... +850°C 50 K
Pt1000 IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200°C ... +850°C 50 K
Pt100 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391) -200°C ... +850°C 50 K
Pt1000 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391) -200°C ... +850°C 50 K
Pt100 JIS C1604-1997 -200°C ... +850°C 50 K
Pt1000 JIS C1604-1997 -200°C ... +850°C 50 K
Ni100 DIN 43760 -60°C ... +250°C 50 K
Ni1000 DIN 43760 -60°C ... +250°C 50 K
Cu50 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428) -180°C ... +200°C 50 K
Cu100 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428) -180°C ... +200°C 50 K
Cu53 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.426) -50°C ... +180°C 50 K
Customer-specific characteristic curves
DW
H
Universal temperature transducer for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplifica-
tion, and filtering of resistance thermome-
ters and remote resistance-type sensors
– High level of accuracy over the entire
measuring range
– For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor sensors accord-
ing to IEC 751, JIS, GOST
– Configurable via DIP switches and soft-
ware
– Software available free of charge on the
Internet
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Supports fault monitoring
– Standard configuration: Pt 100 sensor
IEC 751; 3-conductor; -50 ... 150°C; 4 ...
20 mA output; error evaluation according
to NE43 (downscale); fault monitoring
contact responds on any error
Notes:
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Te m p e r a t u r e
Temperature transducers
for resistance thermometers
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Universal measuring transducer
for resistance thermometers
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
–
–
+
+
+24V
+24V
GND2
GND2
active
GND1
OUT U,I
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
ϑϑϑ
PT100
Zone 2
Div. 2
passive
OUT
IN
POWER
U,I
PT100
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor
Temperature range -50°C ... 200°C (configurable)
Measuring range span min. 50 K
Output data U output I output
Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Maximum output signal Approx. 12.5 V 23 mA
Load RB> 10 k< 500 (at 20 mA)
Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 k)< 20 mV
PP (at 500 )
General data
Supply voltage UB19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 21 mA (at 24 V DC)
Power consumption < 500 mW
Transmission error for the full/set measurement range 0.25% ; ((50 K / Temp) + 0.05)%
Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K
Step response (0 - 99%) < 200 ms
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, for
Pt 100 temperature sensors
Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200 2864309 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP1) 2864192 1
Unconfigured Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC1) 2864370 1
Unconfigured Spring-cage conn.
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC
1
)
2864202 1
77PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200 (standard configuration entered as an example)
Failure information (depends on the output signal range):
Overrange Open circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
A 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
B 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
C 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
D 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 0 mA 4 mA 0 V
Underrange Short circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
A 0 mA 4 mA 0 V 0 mA 4 mA 0 V
B 0 mA 3.5 mA 0 V 0 mA 3 mA 0 V
C 0 mA 4 mA 0 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
D 0 mA 4 mA 0 V 0 mA 4 mA 0 V
2=2-con-
ductor
0Range
(increment)
OUT01 =0...20 mA A NONE =without FCC
2864309 =-5 OUT02 =4...20 mA B YES =with FCC (a fee
is charged)
...-PT100-UI-200 3 =3-con-
ductor
-10 OUT03 =0...10 V C
-15 0...200 (5 K) OUT05 =0...5 V D
2864192 =4=4-con-
ductor
-20 OUT06 =1...5 V YESPLUS =FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)
...-PT100-UI-200-SP -30 OUT07 =20...0 mA
-40 OUT08 =20...4 mA
-50 OUT09 =10...0 V
1) For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Order No.
Connection
technology
Measuring range [°C] Output Failure in-
formation 1)
Factory calibration
certificate (FCC)
Start End
2864309 / 3 / 0 / 100 / OUT01 / A / NONE
DW
H
– Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, ampli-
fication, and filtering of Pt 100 signals to
create standard signals
– Optimized temperature measuring range
of -50°C to +200°C for increased accuracy
– For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors
according to IEC 60751
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and an-
alog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Te m p e r a t u r e
Temperature transducer for Pt 100
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -50°C ... +200°C
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
–
–
+
+
+24V
+24V
GND2
GND2
active
GND1
OUT U,I
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
ϑϑϑ
PT100
Zone 2
Div. 2
passive
OUT
IN
POWER
U,I
PT100
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor
Temperature range -150°C ... 850°C (configurable)
Measuring range span min. 50 K
Output data U output I output
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Maximum output signal Approx. 12.5 V 23 mA
Load RB 10 k< 500 (at 20 mA)
Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 k) < 20 mVPP (at 500 )
General data
Supply voltage UB19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 21 mA (at 24 V DC)
Power consumption < 500 mW
Transmission error for the full/set measurement range 0.2% ; ((100 K / set measurement range [K]) + 0.1%)
Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K
Step response (0 - 99%) < 160 ms
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, for
Pt 100 temperature sensors
Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI1) 2864435 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP 2864736 1
Unconfigured Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC1) 2864273 1
Unconfigured Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC1) 2864286 1
78 PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI (standard configuration entered as an example)
Failure information (depends on the output signal range):
Overrange Open circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
A 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
B 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
C 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
D 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 0 mA 4 mA 0 V
Underrange Short circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
A 0 mA 4 mA 0 V 0 mA 4 mA 0 V
B 0 mA 3.5 mA 0 V 0 mA 3 mA 0 V
C 0 mA 4 mA 0 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
D 0 mA 4 mA 0 V 0 mA 4 mA 0 V
2=2-conduc-
tor
0Range
(increment)
OUT01 =0...20 mA A NONE =without FCC
2864435 =-10 OUT02 =4...20 mA B YES =with FCC (a fee
is charged)
...-PT100-UI 3 =3-conduc-
tor
-20 OUT03 =0...10 V C
-30 0...100 (5 K) OUT05 =0...5 V D
2864736 =4=4-conduc-
tor
-40 110...300 (10 K) OUT06 =1...5 V YESPLUS =FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)
...-PT100-UI-SP -50 320...700 (20 K) OUT07 =20...0 mA
-100 750...850 (50 K) OUT08 =20...4 mA
-150 OUT09 =10...0 V
1) For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet:
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Order No.
Connection
technology
Measuring range [°C] Output Failure in-
formation 1)
Factory calibration certifi-
cate (FCC)
Start End
2864435 / 3 / 0 / 100 / OUT01 / A / NONE
DW
H
– Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, ampli-
fication, and filtering of Pt 100 signals to
create standard signals
– Temperature measuring range of
-150°C to +850°C
– For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors
according to IEC 60751
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and
analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Te m p e r a t u r e
Temperature transducer for Pt 100
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -150°C ... +850°C
PWR
active
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
7
8
–
+
passive
OUT I
PWRIN
1 5
26
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
ϑϑϑ
PT100
Zone 2
INI
PT100
POWER
OUT
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor
Temperature range -150°C ... 300°C (configurable)
Measuring range span min. 50 K
Output data
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Maximum output signal 23 mA
Load RB((Usupply - 12 V) / 22 mA)
Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 500 )
General data
Supply voltage UB12 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 3.5 mA (without signal current)
Power consumption < 42 mW (without signal current)
Transmission error for the full/set measurement range 0.25% ; ((90 K / set measuring range [K]) + 0.05%)
Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K
Step response (0 - 99%) < 200 ms
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Mounting Any
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, for
Pt 100 temperature sensors, loop-powered
Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP 2810298 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-SP 2810382 1
Unconfigured Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC1) 2810308 1
Unconfigured Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC-SP1) 2810395 1
79PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP (standard configuration entered as an example)
Failure information
Overrange Open circuit
1- Start of range
2 21.5 mA 21.5 mA
33.5 mA 3.5 mA
4 21.5 mA 21.5 mA
Underrange Short circuit
1- Start of range
2 21.5 mA 21.5 mA
33.5 mA 3.5 mA
43.5 mA 3.5 mA
2=2-conductor 0 Range
(increment)
NONE =without FCC
2810298 =-10 OUT02 =4...20 mA 1 YES =with FCC (a fee
is charged)
...-PT100-LP 3 =3-conductor -20 OUT08 =20...4 mA 2
-30 0...300 (5 K) 3
2810382 =4=4-conductor -40 4 YESPLUS =FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)
...-PT100-LP-SP -50
-100
-150
1) For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Order No.
Connection
technology
Measuring range [°C] Output Failure in-
formation 1)
Factory calibration certifi-
cate (FCC)
Start End
2810298 / 3 / 0 / 100 / OUT02 / 1 / NONE
DW
H
– Highly compact loop-powered tempera-
ture transducer for electrical isolation,
conversion, amplification, and filtering of
Pt 100 signals to create standard signals
– Supplied by an output loop
– Does not require any additional auxiliary
voltage
– Temperature measuring range of
-150°C to +300°C
– 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors
– Input signals can be configured via DIP
switches
– 2-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and
analog signal
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Te m p e r a t u r e
Temperature transducer for Pt 100
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -150°C ... +300°C, loop-powered
Zone 2
passive
+
–
–
+
+
–
+24V
+24V
GND 2
GND 2
GND 1
active
OUT U,I
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
5
6
1
2
TC
FM
S-Port
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
OUT
IN
POWER
U,I
FM
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, A-1, A-2, A-3, M, L
Temperature range -250°C ... 2500°C (Range depending on the sensor type)
Measuring range span min. 50 K
Output data U output I output
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Maximum output signal Approx. 12.3 V 24.6 mA
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB 10 k< 500 (at 20 mA)
Ripple < 20 mVPP < 20 mVPP (at 500 )
General data
Supply voltage UB9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 27 mA (at 24 V DC)
Power consumption 700 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 )
Transmission error
0.1% * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.1% > 600 K (E, J, K, N, T, L, U,
M Gost, L Gost) 0.2% * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.2% > 600 K
(B, R, S, A1, A2, A3)
Cold junction errors < 3 K ( typ. < 2 K )
Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K
Step response (0 - 99%) Typ. 400 ms
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL GL applied for
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Universal temperature transducer for thermocouples
Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-TC-UI-NC1) 2902851 1
Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)2811271 1
80 PHOENIX CONTACT
Sensor type Standard Measuring range Sensor type Standard Measuring range
BIEC 584-1 +500°C ... +1820°C LDIN 43710 -200°C ... +900°C
E IEC 584-1 -230°C ... +1000°C U DIN 43710 -200°C ... +600°C
JIEC 584-1 -210°C ... +1200°C A-1 GOST 8.585 0°C ... +2500°C
K IEC 584-1 -250°C ... +1372°C A-2 GOST 8.585 0°C ... +1800°C
NIEC 584-1 -200°C ... +1300°C A-3 GOST 8.585 0°C ... +1800°C
R IEC 584-1 -50°C ... +1768°C M GOST 8.585 -200°C ... +100°C
SIEC 584-1 -50°C ... +1768°C LGOST 8.585 -200°C ... +800°C
T IEC 584-1 -200°C ... +400°C Customer-specific characteristic curves
DW
H
Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, amplifi-
cation, and filtering of thermocouple signals.
– For thermocouples according to IEC 584
and GOST
– Internal cold junction compensation
– Configurable via DIP switches and soft-
ware
– Software available free of charge on the
Internet
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Supports fault monitoring
– Standard configuration: TC sensor type J
IEC584 TC; cold junction compensation
“ON”; -200 ... 1200°C; 4 ... 20 mA out-
put; error evaluation according to NE43
(downscale); fault monitoring contact re-
sponds on any error.
Notes:
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Te m p e r a t u r e
Temperature transducers for
thermocouples
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Universal measuring transducer
for thermocouples
Zone 2
Div. 2
passive
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
+–
–
+
+
–
+24V
+24V
GND2
GND2
GND1
active
OUT U,I
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
TC
OUT
IN
POWER
U,I
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Thermocouples type J, K (IEC 584-1)
Temperature range Typ J : -150°C ... 1200°C (configurable)
Typ K : -150°C ... 1350°C
Measuring range span min. 50 K
Output data U output I output
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Maximum output signal Approx. 12.5 V 23 mA
No-load voltage Approx. 12.5 V
Short-circuit current Approx. 10 mA
Load RB 10 k< 500 (at 20 mA)
Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 k)< 20 mV
PP (at 500 )
General data
Supply voltage UB19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 25 mA (at 24 V DC)
Power consumption < 500 mW
Transmission error for the full/set measurement range 0.2% ; ((150 K / set measurement range [K]) + 0.1%)
Cold junction errors < 3 K ( typ. < 2 K )
Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K
Step response (0 - 99%) < 30 ms
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, for thermocouples
Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI1) 2864448 1
Unconfigured Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI-NC1) 2864299 1
81PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key for MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI (standard configuration entered as an example)
Failure information (depends on the output signal range):
Overrange Open circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
A 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
B 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
C 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
D 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 0 mA 4 mA 0 V
Underrange
0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
A0 mA 4 mA 0 V
B 0 mA 3.5 mA 0 V
C0 mA 4 mA 0 V
D0 mA 4 mA 0 V
J=Type J 0 Range
(increment)
OUT01 =0...20 mA A NONE =without FCC
-10 OUT02 =4...20 mA B YES =with FCC (a fee
is charged)
K=Type K -20 OUT03 =0...10 V C
-30 OUT05 =0...5 V D
-40 0 ... 300 (10 K) OUT06 =1...5 V YESPLUS =FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)
-50 320 ... 700 (20 K) OUT07 =20...0 mA
-100 750...1350 (50 K) OUT08 =20...4 mA
-150 OUT09 =10...0 V
1) For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Order No.
Sensor type Measuring range [°C] Output Failure in-
formation 1)
Factory calibration certifi-
cate (FCC)
Start End
2864448 / J / 0 / 1000 / OUT01 / A / NONE
DW
H
– Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, ampli-
fication, and filtering of thermocouple sig-
nals to create standard signals
– Temperature measuring range of
-150°C to +1350°C
– For J and K thermocouples according to
IEC 584-1
– Internal cold junction compensation
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and
analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Te m p e r a t u r e
Temperature transducer for
J- and K-type thermocouples
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -150°C ... +1350°C
OUT
INU,I
NPN
PNP
POWER
FM
Zone 2
–
–
+
+
+24V
+24V
GND 2
GND 3
GND 2
active
OUT U,INAMUR
NPN
PNP
GND 1
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
passive
5
6
1
4
2
4
4
3
FM
Teach In
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input sources NPN/PNP transistor outputs
NAMUR initiators
Floating relay contact (dry contact)
Frequency measuring range 0.002 Hz ... 20 kHz (DIP switch)
0.002 Hz ... 80 kHz (Teach-in wheel)
Maximum input signal 30 V (incl. DC voltage)
Output data U output I output
Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Maximum output signal Approx. 12.3 V 24.6 mA
Load RB 10 k500 (at 20 mA)
Ripple < 20 mVPP < 20 mVPP (at 500 )
General data
Supply voltage UB9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
Power consumption < 800 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 )
Transmission error of the full measuring span 0.1%
Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K
Step response (0 - 99%) < 35 ms (At f > 500 Hz)
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Mounting Any
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL GL applied for
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR frequency transducers
Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-NC1) 2902832 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-SP-NC1) 2902833 1
82 PHOENIX CONTACT
Configurable 3-way isolated frequency
transducer.
– Suitable for the connection of NAMUR
proximity sensors (IEC 60947-5-6 and
EN 50227) as well as for sensors with
NPN and PNP outputs that generate a
frequency signal
– The device is configured via DIP switches
– Frequency range is freely adjustable via a
press/slide button (“teach-in wheel”)
– Supports fault monitoring
– Standard configuration: NAMUR sensor;
mean-value generation “OFF”;
0.002 Hz ... 20 kHz frequency range;
4 ... 20 mA output; error evaluation NE43
(downscale); fault monitoring contact
responds on any error
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Frequency
Frequency transducers
For up to 80 kHz
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
DW
H
Frequency transducer for up to 80 kHz
TTTTTT
T T TT T T
OUT
IN
POWER
U,I f
Zone 2
max. 20mA
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
4-wire
OUT
U,I
GND
GND – OUT +
US
5
6
1
2
supply
max. 30VDC
+–
RL
–
+
–
–
+
+
+
–
+24V
+24V
+24V
GND 3
GND 3
GND 2
passive
GND 3
GND 1
OUTIN U,I
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data U input I input
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 mA / 2 ... 10 mA -
Maximum input signal 30 V DC 100 mA
Input resistance Approx. 110 kApprox. 50
Output data Frequency output PWM output
Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches) 0 Hz ... 10 kHz / 0 Hz ... 5 kHz 7.8 kHz (10 bit) / 3.9 kHz (10 bit)
0 Hz ... 2.5 kHz / 0 Hz ... 1 kHz 1.9 kHz (12 bit) / 977 Hz (12 bit)
0 Hz ... 500 Hz / 0 Hz ... 250 Hz 488 Hz (14 bit) / 244 Hz (14 bit)
0 Hz ... 100 Hz / 0 Hz ... 50 Hz 122 Hz (16 bit) / 61 Hz (16 bit)
Minimum load 4 mA (UL / RL) 20 mA 12 mA (UL / RL) 20 mA
Maximum load current 20 mA
Maximum switching voltage 30 V
Overrange/underrange Can be set (via DIP switch)
Protective circuit Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
General data
Supply voltage UB19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption < 10 mA (at 24 V DC)
Power consumption < 200 mW
Maximum transmission error 0.1% (> 7 kHz 0.2%)
Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K
Step response (0 - 99%) < 15 ms (+ (1/f) smallest filter)
< 1 s (+ (1/f) largest filter)
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Mounting Any
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR frequency transducer
Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-F1) 2864082 1
Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP1) 2810243 1
PWM output (pulse width modulation)
Variable pulse-pause ratio / Fixed period duration T
Frequency output
Variable frequency / Period duration T
83PHOENIX CONTACT
– Highly compact analog-to-frequency
transducer for electrical isolation, amplifi-
cation, conversion, and filtering of stan-
dard signals to create frequencies or
PWM signals
– Configurable interference filter
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and
analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– PWM output of 5 ... 95%
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Frequency
Analog-frequency transducer
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
DW
H
Configurable,
frequency and PWM output
24V
OUT
GND1
UB +
GND2
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI
51
2
3
4
6
7
8
M
POWER
RU,I OUT
IN
IN
Zone 2
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
–
–
+
+
+24V
+24V
GND2
GND2
GND1
active
OUT U,IIN
IN
IN
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
passive
5
6
1
2
3
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data
Potentiometer 100 ... 100 k
Reference voltage source < 3.6 V
Output data U output I output
Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Maximum output signal 12.5 V 23 mA
No-load voltage Approx. 12.5 V
Short-circuit current Approx. 10 mA
Load RB> 10 k< 500 (20 mA)
Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 k) < 20 mVPP (at 500 )
Behavior in the event of a sensor error 0% ... 105% (configurable)
General data
Supply voltage UB19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption < 25 mA (at 24 V DC)
Power consumption < 500 mW
Maximum transmission error < 0.2%
Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K
Step response (0 - 99%) < 30 ms
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Mounting Any
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR potiposition transducer
Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-R-UI1) 2864095 1
Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP1) 2810256 1
Control system
Lifting platform
Potentiometer
Actuator motor
Mains voltage
Controller
TARGET
0...10 V
ACTUAL
0...10 V
84 PHOENIX CONTACT
– Highly compact potiposition transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, ampli-
fication, and filtering of potentiometer
signals to create standard signals
– Automatic potentiometer detection
without manual adjustment
– For potentiometers from 100  to 100 k
– Configurable measuring range and output
signals
– A potentiometer sub-range can be linear-
ized via the “teach-in” switch on the de-
vice
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and an-
alog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Potentiometer
Potiposition transducer
Height adjustment of a lifting platform with setpoint and actual
value control
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
DW
H
Configurable,
automatic potentiometer detection
POWER
OUT
IN U,I
4-wire
OUT
U,I
GND14
11
12
US
2
3
4
5
6
–
+
+
–
+24V
+24V
GND2
GND2
GND1
INU,I
5 1
62
3
4
7
8
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
Zone 2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data U input I input
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA
Maximum input signal 30 V 100 mA
Input resistance > 100 k50
Specification of the switching point With 25-speed potentiometer
Switching output
Relay output 1 PDT
Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC
Limiting continuous current 2 A
Hysteresis (configurable using the DIP switch) (0.1%; 1%; 2.5%; 5%)
Operating and closed circuit current behavior Switchable using DIP switch
Setting range of the response delay (configurable using the DIP
switch)
0 s ... 10 s (0 s; 1 s; 2 s; 3 s; 4 s; 6 s; 8 s; 10 s)
General data
Supply voltage UB19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption < 14 mA (at 24 V DC)
Power consumption < 330 mW (at 24 V DC)
Linearity error < 0.05% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K
Step response (0 - 99%) < 35 ms
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage input/power supply 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Mounting Any
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
UL, USA Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6
UL, Canada Class I, Zone 2, Ex nC IIC T6
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR threshold value switch
Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL1) 2864480 1
Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP1) 2864493 1
85PHOENIX CONTACT
– Highly compact threshold value switch for
switching analog limit values
– Input signal, hysteresis, and delay time can
be configured via DIP switches
– Limit value can be freely adjusted via po-
tentiometer on front
– 3-way isolation
–PDT relay at output
– Operating current/quiescent current
switchover
– Status and error signaling via two diagnos-
tic LEDs
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Limit values
Threshold value switch
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
DW
H
Configurable, with relay PDT output
POWER
OUT
IN
Zone 2
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
5
3
6
4
1
1
1
2
2
2
–
+
+
–
+24V
OUT 2
OUT 2
+24V
GND
GND
OUT 1
OUT 1IN
IN
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
13
13
14
14
DI 1
DI 2
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Open circuit switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
Control circuit
No-load voltage 8.2 V DC ±10%
Switching points (according to IEC 60947-5-6) < 1.2 mA (blocking)
> 2.1 mA (conductive)
Line error detection > 6 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)
< 0.35 mA (With wire break)
Switching output
Relay output 2 N/O contacts
Contact material Hard gold plated AgNi
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC
Maximum switching current 2 A
Minimum contact current 1 mA (for 5 V DC)
Switching frequency 0.5 Hz (240 V AC / 30 V DC / 2 A)
10 Hz (without load)
General data
Supply voltage UB19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption < 25 mA
Power consumption < 600 mW
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Mounting Any
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR NAMUR switching amplifier
Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO1) 2864105 1
Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP1) 2810269 1
86 PHOENIX CONTACT
– Highly compact isolation amplifier for
electrical isolation, amplification, and du-
plication of proximity sensor signals
– For proximity sensors in accordance with
IEC 60947-5-6 and EN 50227
– Floating contacts and contacts with resis-
tance circuit can be connected
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– N/O contacts at output
– Second output can be used as a doubler
or error signaling output
– 3-way isolation
– Switchover between operating current
and quiescent current (inverted switching
behavior)
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and an-
alog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
DW
H
Configurable, for NAMUR sensors and
floating contacts
IN
U
CV
POWER
OUT
Zone 2
OUT
–
+
–
–
+
+
+
–
+24V
+24V
+24V
GND 2
GND 2
GND 1
GND 2
GND 1
OUT UOUT U
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
OUT
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ex:
Applied for: cUL / UL
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 9.6 ... 30 V
Output data
Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches) 10 V DC
7.5 V DC
5 V DC
2.5 V DC
Short-circuit current Approx. 32 mA
Ripple < 20 mVPP
General data
Supply voltage UB9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
Power consumption < 600 mW (at 24 V IN)
Maximum transmission error 0.1% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage input/output 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR constant voltage source
With screw connection Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-NC1) 2902822 1
With spring-cage connection Spring-cage conn.
MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-SP-NC
1
)
2902823 1
Accessories
Setpoint potentiometer, to set setpoints individually
Resistance value 4.7 kEMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN 2940252 10
Resistance value 10 kEMG 30-SP-10K LIN 2942124 10
87PHOENIX CONTACT
– Constant voltage source for potentiome-
ters, measuring bridges, encoders
–Highly precise
– Input signal corresponds to power supply
– Input signal and, in turn, the power supply
can be provided via the foot element
(T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
Output 10 V DC
Notes:
Information on components for power bridging, system cabling,
and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Accessories
Constant voltage source
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
DW
H
Configurable,
output signals 2.5 V / 5 V / 7.5 V / 10 V
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
OUT
OUTIN
IN
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
1:1
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
Technical data
General data
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Mounting Any
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MINI Analog feed-through terminal block
Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-TB 2811420 1
DW
H
– Feed-through terminal block for 1:1 for-
warding of signals in the MINI Analog
group
– For plugging gaps in system cabling with
the V8 system adapter, e.g., when there
are fewer than eight signals
– Used in conjunction with the
MINI Analog multiplexer
– For direct mounting in the case of applica-
tions without signal conversion and with-
out electrical isolation
Accessories
Feed-through terminal blocks
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
1:1 connection
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Fold-up transparent cover, for labeling MINI Analog modules
with insert strips
MINI MCR DKL 2308111 10
Accessories
Insert strips, stamped, for transparent cover MINI MCR-DKL-LABEL 2810272 10
Zack marker strip, flat ZBF 6 (see Catalog 5)
UniCard sheets, for marker groove UC-TMF 6 (see Catalog 5)
88 PHOENIX CONTACT
– Flexible labeling system with pivoting
transparent cover and matching insert
strips
– Transparent cover that can be snapped
onto the module instead of the standard
cover
– Insert strips on pre-punched paper sheets
– Marking option for standard cover in the
form of ZBF 6 zack marker strip marking
labels
Accessories
Marking material
Transparent cover with insert strips
Zone 2
IN
PWR 1
IN+24V
PWR 2
IN+24V
+24V
PWR 2
IN / OUT-FM
+24V
PWR 1
IN / OUT-FM
IN
OUT FM
PWR OUT
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
–
–
–
+
+
+
–
+
–
+
4321
+24V
IN
PWR 1
IN
FAULT
CONTACT
+24V
+24V
Zone 2
–
–
+
+
+24V
OUT RC
OUT RC
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
OUT
21
PWR
OUT
+24V
PWR 1
IN
–
–
+
+
FM
–
+
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Input data
Input voltage range 0 V DC ... 30 V DC
Output data
Output voltage (Input voltage - 0.8 V)
Output current 2 A
General data
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL GL applied for
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MINI Analog power terminal blocks
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM1) 2902958 1
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM-SP1) 2902959 1
DW
H
– For up to 80 MINI Analog modules
– The MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM(-SP) power
terminal block is used to supply the sup-
ply voltage to the DIN rail connector
– Monitoring of supplies in combination
with the fault monitoring module
– Flexible redundant supply from one or
both module sides
– Extended supply voltage range from
0 ... 30 V DC
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Accessories
Power terminals
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Power terminal block, can be monitored
Technical data
Input data/output data
Input signal 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
Output signal 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
Output signal maximum current 2 A
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC
Maximum switching current 50 mA
Test voltage input/output 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL GL applied for
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MINI Analog error message modules
Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC1) 2902961 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-SP-NC1) 2902962 1
89
PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
Fault monitoring module for evaluating
and reporting group errors from the fault
monitoring system.
– Monitoring of supply voltages of
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM(-SP) power ter-
minal blocks
– Drawing off the supply is possible
– The error is reported via an N/C contact
– Standard configuration: group error de-
tection “ON”; redundancy monitoring
“ON”; relay “active”
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Accessories
Error message modules
Group error message and
Supply monitoring
ININ
PWR1INPWR2IN
PWR OUT
+24V+24V
+24V
1 5
26
7
8
3
4
–
–
–
+
+
+
Zone 2
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
DIN rail connector (TBUS),
for bridging the supply voltage, can be
snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval
ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN 2869728 10
– For bridging the supply voltage
– Reduces wiring costs
– Module can be replaced without inter-
rupting the supply to the remaining mod-
ules (hot swap)
– One T-Connector for two MINI Analog
modules
– Current carrying capacity of 2 A to
MINI Analog modules
Accessories
ME 6,2 TBUS... T-Connector
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
For bridging the supply voltage
Technical data
Input data
Input voltage range 20 V DC ... 30 V DC
Output data
Output voltage (Input voltage - 0.8 V)
Output current 2 A
General data
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Housing material PBT
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR power terminal block
MINI MCR-SL-PTB1) 2864134 1
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-SP1) 2864147 1
90 PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
– For supplying the supply voltage via the
foot element (T-Connector) where DC
voltages of up to 30 V are already available
– Option of redundant supply decoupled
from diode
– For up to 80 MINI analog modules
– For up to 2 A
– Status and error signaling via diagnostic
LEDs
Notes:
Recommended fuse for power terminal block:
Fuse according to IEC 60127-2/V
Nominal current: 2.5 A
Characteristics: Slow-blow
(e.g., Wickmann 5 x 20 mm/No. 195 - glass fuse)
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Accessories
Power terminals
Redundant supply for existing 24 V
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
DIN rail connector, for bridging the supply voltage, can be
snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval,
two pieces are required per system power supply
ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 10
– For bridging the supply voltage when us-
ing a MINI POWER system power supply
Notes:
If the system power supply is used, you need two ME 17,5 TBUS
T-Connectors to establish the connection with the ME 6,2 TBUS T-
Connectors of the MINI Analog system and provide an effective
power supply.
Accessories
ME 17,5 TBUS-...T-Connector
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
For system power supply
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
System power supply unit,
primary-switched with zone 2 approval.
More information is given in the INTERFACE Power Supply catalog
part.
MINI-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5/EX 2866653 1
System power supply unit, primary-switched (not for zone 2).
More information is given in the INTERFACE Power Supply catalog
part.
MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 1
91
PHOENIX CONTACT
H
W
D
– For supplying the supply voltage via the
foot element (T-Connector) where AC
voltages are available
– 100 ... 240 V AC nominal input voltage
range
– 24 V DC output voltage
– For up to 60 MINI Analog modules
– For up to 1.5 A, secondary
– Status and error signaling via diagnostic
LEDs
Accessories
System power supply
For applications with local voltages of
over 100 V
Accessories
System cabling
A high number of channels enables ana-
log signal transmission across 6 mm in a
confined space for many applications. In
this kind of context, in particular, it is real-
ly important to have access to wiring solu-
tions that avoid errors and are time-effi-
cient, thereby cutting costs.
The MINI Analog system cabling solution
allows you to wire up to eight channels
quickly, easily, and without errors.
System cabling can take various forms.
System cabling with a front adapter
This includes:
– A 16-pos. FLK cable
– The V8 system adapter for MINI Analog
modules
– A front adapter that needs to be specifi-
cally selected based on the analog card of
the controller
With this solution, all you need to do is
connect the components together. There
is virtually no wiring effort involved.
What's more, it completely rules out wir-
ing errors, as the pre-assembled compo-
nents ensure correct assignment by virtue
of their design.
System cabling without a front adapter
The version that does not require the
use of a front adapter is the ideal addition.
This solution involves using a 16-pos.
FLK cable with open ends on one side. The
open ends are fitted with ferrules and are
numbered. This allows you to create a sys-
tem cabling connection to virtually any
module without having to fit a front adapt-
er. The other advantage is that you can im-
plement system cabling on the module side
quickly, easily, and without errors.
The tables below are designed to serve as
a configuration aid. Details of other solu-
tions are available on the Internet or on re-
quest.
Configuration aid for MINI Analog system cabling
Controller Analog card Front adapter FLK cable V8 system adapter for MINI Analog
Siemens
SIMATIC S7-300 /
ET 200 M
6ES7-331-7KF02-0AB0
FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR
(in the catalog on page 454)
FLK 16/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK
(non-molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 506)
MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 94)
6ES7-331-7KB02-0AB0
6ES7-331-7KB81-0AB0
6ES7-331-7TF00-0AB0
6ES7-332-8TF01-0AB0
6ES7-331-1KF01-0AB0
(for current signals)
FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR
(in the catalog on page 455)
6ES7-331-5HF00-0AB0
(for current signals)
FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR
(in the catalog on page 455)
Yokogawa
Centum CS 3000 R3
AAI 141
Not required
CABLE-40/2/FLK16/.../YUC
(non-molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 467)
2 x MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 94)
AAI 143
Miscellaneous controllers /
actuators / sensors All cards Not required
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...M
(non-molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 502)
MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 94)
or alternatively
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/...M
(molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 502)
System cabling with a front adapter
V8 system adapter
for MINI Analog
16-pos. FLK cable
Front adapter for analog card
92 PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
V8 system adapter
for MINI Analog
16-pos. VIP or FLK cable with
open ends
Innovative concept
Thanks to its innovative design concept,
the MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16 A MINI Ana-
log system adapter can be used on both
the input and output side. Consequently,
there is nothing at all to prevent you from
using the same components for system ca-
bling on both output and input modules.
Complete flexibility
The proven FLK cable series offers com-
plete flexibility in terms of selection and is
the ideal solution for system cabling with a
front adapter. The flat and flexible plug
connections mean that the products can
be easily installed in any analog module.
Increased protection
Complete flexibility
Innovative concept
Plug-in connection
Addition
Increased protection
The new VIP cables with molded FLK
plugs offer enhanced protection in harsh
industrial environments. If you opt for sys-
tem cabling without a front adapter, you
can enjoy all the advantages of the new VIP
cables on the system adapter side.
Addition
If the application demands a form of sys-
tem cabling with fewer than eight channels,
the MINI MCR-SL-TB feed-through termi-
nal block (page 88) represents the perfect
addition.
System cabling without a front adapter
93PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Ex:
Housing width 50.4 mm
Technical data
General data
Contact resistance < 10 m
Current carrying capacity 1 A
Test voltage 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min. from channel to channel)
Vibration resistance 0.7 g
Surge voltage category / Pollution degree III / 2
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 50.4 / 46.2 / 45.5 mm
Connection to the signal level Flat-ribbon cable plug connector according to IEC 60603-13
Insertion/withdrawal cycles ( System adapter / FLK 16 ) 10 / 200
Conformance / approvals
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
System adapter, for MINI analog modules with screw connection
MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A 2811268 1
94 PHOENIX CONTACT
– Time-saving wiring solution thanks to
unique plug-in concept
– System cabling on PLC side
–Plug and play
– For up to eight channels
– Reduces wiring costs and errors
Accessories
MINI Analog system adapter
MINI Analog system cabling
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
System adapter
4...20 mA
Power
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-MUX..
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
DO
DO
DO
AO
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
....
8xIIN
1xIOUT
3xDO
POWER
OUT
IN
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
BIT3BIT2BIT1
AO
I
Out
D1+D2+D3+D1-D2
-D
3-
PWR
In
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ex:
Housing width 50.4 mm
Technical data
Input data
Description 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel (can be switched over)
Can be configured/parameterized Via DIP switches
Input signal 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum input signal < 30 mA
Switching cycles 2 or 1 sec. (can be selected)
Output data
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal < 30 mA
Load RB((Usupply - 7 V) / I max)
Status indication Active input 1, 2, 3-bit digital output (can be selected)
Switching output 3 x PNP optocouplers
Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC
General data
Supply voltage UB7 V DC ... 30 V DC (Loop-powered)
Current consumption < 3.5 mA (without signal current)
Power consumption < 24 mW (without signal current)
Maximum transmission error 0.3% (0.1%, typical)
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 50.4 / 45.5 / 46.2 mm
Connection to control level Flat-ribbon cable plug connector according to IEC 60603-13
Insertion/withdrawal cycles ( System adapter / FLK 16 ) 10 / 200
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Multiplexer for MINI Analog modules with screw connection
MINI MCR-SL-MUX-V8-FLK 161) 2811815 1
Accessories
MINI Analog feed-through terminal block MINI MCR-SL-TB 2811420 1
For round cable with one open end, see
“System cabling for controllers” section
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/...
For round cable with one open end, see
“System cabling for controllers” section
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...
Controller
1xAnalogIN
8 x Analog IN
3 x Digital IN
Controller
Bit 000
Channel 1
Active
95PHOENIX CONTACT
– Generates an analog output from up to
eight analog input signals – parallel analog
signals are transmitted serially via a cable
– The desired number of channels is select-
ed via DIP switches (8, 6, 4 or 2 channels)
– The channel currently switched is indicat-
ed as a bit pattern via three digital outputs
– Two clock cycles for execution can be se-
lected via DIP switches (one- or two-sec-
ond clock)
– Supplied by an output loop
– For 4 ... 20 mA current signals
– Can be easily snapped onto MINI Analog
modules with screw connection method
– Huge reduction in analog inputs at con-
trollers
– System cabling on the output side using
pre-assembled FLK cables with open
ends.
Notes:
For six, four or two channels you will also need the corresponding
number of feed-through terminal blocks (i.e., two, four or six).
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Accessories
MINI Analog multiplexer
Monitoring of eight motor temperatures with just one
analog control input
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
FLK pin strip assignment
TC... termination carriers are com-
pact solutions for conveniently and smooth-
ly connecting standard DIN rail isolating
amplifiers from the MINI Analog series to
input/output cards of automation systems
using system cables.
The most compact isolating amplifiers
combined with the most compact and flex-
ible module carriers on the market enable
you to achieve a hitherto unparalleled pack-
ing density in your control cabinet together
with professional system cabling.
Compact
– The compact design associated with
MINI Analog saves up to 65% of space in
the control cabinet
Robust and reliable
– Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum car-
rier device profile
– PCB is completely decoupled from isolat-
ing amplifiers
– PCB without active electronics
– Redundant supply via separate DIN rail
module
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
Flexible
– Profile sections without pitch markings
– Quick and safe module connection with
plug-in cable sets
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
– Can be flexibly adapted to suit any con-
troller or higher-level control system
– Solutions tailored to your requirements
on request
– Available pre-assembled with modules
and wired, or for self-assembly
96 PHOENIX CONTACT
Termination carrier for
MINIAnalog isolating amplifier
Solutions are also available for MACX Analog,
MACX Analog Ex, and Safety
Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable
Select module carrier
Select standard DIN rail device
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
1
3 (+)
5 (+)
Alarm
PW1
PW2
2
4 (-)
6 (-)
MINI TB
2811420
MINI PTB
2864134
X20 COMBICON
X1 DSUB 37
PTSM
1
3 (+)
2
CH1
CH3
CH5
CH7
CH9
CH11
CH13
CH15
1
17
20
18
CH2
CH4
CH6
CH8
CH10
CH12
CH14
CH16
2
36
21
37
3
22
4
23
5
24
6
25
7
26
8
27
9
28
10
29
11
30
12
31
13
32
14
33
15
34
16
35
PW1
+-F1
F2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
T-BUS
FM
PTB
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Housing width 136 mm
Technical data
General data
Connection to the control system level D-SUB pin strip
Number of positions 37
Maximum operating voltage < 50 V DC (Per signal/channel)
Maximum permissible current 1 A (Signal/channel)
Rated insulation voltage 50 V
Surge voltage category II
Pollution degree 2
Rated surge voltage 0.5 kV
Air and creepage distances DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation )
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature range -40°C ... 80°C (Please observe module specifications)
Shock 15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27
Vibration (operation) 2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 136 / 170 / 160 mm
Power supply via power module
Input voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Redundant supply yes, decoupled from diodes
Polarization and surge protection Yes
Fuse 2.5 A Slow-blow
Status indication 2 x red LED (error)
1 x green LED (PWR)
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Module carrier for 16 MINI Analog channels, power and
feed-through module
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI 2902933 1
- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI1) 2902934 1
Accessories
MINI Analog power terminal blocks MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM1)2902958 1
MINI Analog error message modules MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC1) 2902961 1
HART multiplexer, 32-chanel, including two 14-wire flat-ribbon
cables
MACX MCR-S-MUX 2865599 1
97PHOENIX CONTACT
The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI
universal termination carrier is a compact
solution which connects isolating amplifiers
from the MINI Analog series to input/out-
put cards of automation systems.
The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI
termination carrier version also enables the
coupling and decoupling of HART signals.
– Connection of up to 16 channels
– Can be universally connected, thanks to
37-pos. D-SUB cable with open ends. This
enables flexible connection to automa-
tion systems
– Redundant power supply, decoupled from
diode via separate MINI MCR-PTB power
module and MINIMCR-SL-TB feed-
through terminal block
Notes:
Contact us: together, we can develop optimum solutions for your
automation system with the termination carrier for MINI Analog.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Termination carrier for
MINIAnalog isolating amplifier
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
V8 system adapters
for MINI Analog
LINETRAB LIT
LINETRAB LIT surge protection
modules
Assembled 16-pos. round cable
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR...
Accessories
Surge protection
LINETRAB LIT
The ideal addition to MINI Analog - the
innovative surge protection solution in
6.2 mm housing.
Because the LINETRAB LIT and
MINI Analog housing is the same shape,
you can benefit from the numerous advan-
tages of system cabling. The advantage of
combining MINI Analog and LINETRAB
LIT products is that it enables you to set
up a space-saving, protected, and optimally
coordinated signal chain from the sensor
right up to the controller.
The tables below are designed to serve
as configuration aids for combining
MINI Analog and LINETRAB products.
On the left, you will find a list of the
components and combination options for
setting up system cabling between
MINI Analog and LINETRAB.
For details of system cabling solutions
that can be used between MINI Analog and
the controller side, please refer to
page 92.
For more detailed information on
LINETRAB LIT surge protection modules,
please see the TRABTECH catalog.
Reliable and systematic measurements - LINETRAB LIT and MINI Analog
Configuration aid for LINETRAB LIT - MINI Analog
Cabling via MINI Analog system adapter (8 modules)
LINETRAB LIT (surge protection) MINI Analog
Type Order No. Type Order No.
LIT 1X2-24 2804610
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI 2864383
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC 2864150
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC 2865007
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0 2813512
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4 2813525
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0 2813541
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4 2813538
MINI MCR-SL-I-I 2864406
MINI MCR-SL-U-U 2864684
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I 2864794
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC 2864176
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I 2864422
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I 2864079
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I 2864419
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F 2864082
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO 2864105
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL 2864480
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI 2810858
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC 2810780
VIP... round cables are available in special lengths on request.
Components required for system cabling
Available 16-pos. VIP... round cables V8 system adapter for MINI Analog
Type Length Order No. Type
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/0,5M 0.5 m 2900154 2 x MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 94)
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/1,0M 1.0 m 2900155
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/2,0M 2.0 m 2900156
98 PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Surge protection
Increased protection
Innovative concept
VIP system cable
Configuration aid for LINETRAB LIT - MINI Analog
Manual cabling
LINETRAB LIT (surge protection) MINI Analog
Type Order No. Type Order No.
LIT 1X2-24 2804610
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI 2864383
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC 2864150
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP 2864710
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC 2864163
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP 2810874
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC 2810793
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP 2811213
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC 2810078
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP 2813570
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP 2813583
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP 2813554
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP 2813567
MINI MCR-SL-I-I-SP 2864723
MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP 2864697
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP 2864804
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC 2864189
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP 2864752
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP 2810230
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP 2864749
LIT 2X2-24 2804623 MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I 2864655
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP 2864781
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200 2864309
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC 2864370
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP 2864192
LIT 2-12
(for 2-conductor connection
technology)
2804665 MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC 2864202
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI 2864435
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC 2864273
LIT 4-12
(for 3- and 4-conductor connection
technology)
2804678 MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP 2864736
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC 2864286
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP 2810298
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-NC 2810308
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-SP 2810382
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-SP-NC 2810395
LIT 1X2-24 2804610
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP 2810243
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP 2810269
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP 2864493
LIT 4-24 2804678 MINI MCR-SL-R-UI 2864095
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP 2810256
VIP system cable
The new VIP cables provide a way of set-
ting up secure and robust connections,
even in harsh industrial environments.
Innovative concept
The MINI Analog system adapter does
not just support system cabling on the in-
put and output sides. It also allows cabling
to be installed with LINETRAB surge pro-
tection modules quickly, easily, and with-
out errors.
Increased protection
In addition to all the advantages associat-
ed with electrical isolation, filtering, ampli-
fication, and the conversion of standard
analog signals using MINI Analog, there is
now also the option of effective surge pro-
tection.
Surge protection
Surge protection is a reliable means of ac-
tively preventing and protecting against sys-
tem damage and downtimes. LINETRAB is
able to limit transient surge voltages safely
and without affecting the signal - all in a
compact device with a design width of just
6.2 mm.
99PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
100 PHOENIX CONTACT
Reliable and safe
MACX Analog - safe and high-perfor-
mance signal isolating amplifiers. This prod-
uct range enables you to safely isolate, con-
dition, filter, and amplify all the signals of
your system.
In all phases of the product life cycle, the
MACX Analog range has been consistently
developed and produced according to stan-
dards for functional safety. Save planning and
operating costs – by combining high signal
flexibility with safe isolation and SIL evalua-
tion.
The universal nature of the product range
provides you with a solution for all applica-
tions using analog signal transmission. You
are free to choose between either multi-
functional high-end devices or reasonably-
priced standard modules with exactly the
right functions.
Choose the right MACX Analog iso-
lating amplifier for your application:
Analog IN/OUT
– Configurable 3-way isolating amplifiers
– Repeater power supplies with HART sig-
nal transmission for supplying 2-conduc-
tor transmitters
– Output isolating amplifiers with HART
signal transmission
Te m p e r a t u r e
– Universal temperature transducers for re-
sistance thermometers, resistance-type
sensors, potentiometers, thermocouples,
and mV sources – also with safe limit val-
ue relays as an option
– Configurable temperature transducer for
resistance thermometers and resistance-
type sensors
– Configurable temperature transducer for
thermocouples and mV sources
Digital IN
– Isolation amplifiers with input for
NAMUR proximity sensor or switch
– Single-channel with PDT or passive tran-
sistor output
– Single-channel with double N/O contact
output
– Two-channel with one N/O contact out-
put per channel
– Two-channel with one PDT or passive
transistor output per channel
Functional safety – from the initial
idea to the finished product
Phoenix Contact meets the requirements
of functional safety according to IEC 61508
in a standardized development process.
Here, all fault avoidance and fault control
measures are taken into consideration,
from the very development and production
of a device right up to device operation.
These measures are audited within the
scope of a full assessment by an indepen-
dent test center.
Phoenix Contact therefore makes a signif-
icant contribution to high system safety and
availability.
Wide-range power supply
The modules featuring a wide-range
power supply (...-UP) can be used in
all power supply networks the
world over without the need for ad-
ditional power supply units.
DIN rail connector-compatible
The DIN rail connector enables the
modular bridging of the 24 V supply
voltage.
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
101PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Safe and reliable functions
– Consistent SIL certification. This ensures
the highest level of reliability and safety
for your systems.
Precise transmission and high
operational reliability
– Thanks to patented transmission concept
Easy configuration
– Without software via DIP switches on the
device front or with the operator inter-
face and display unit.
Easy configuration and monitoring
– Either via FDT/DTM or user-friendly
stand-alone software – with integrated
monitoring function.
Flexible power bridging
– The DIN rail connector simplifies wiring,
system expansion or module replacement
during operation.
Easy-maintenance connection
technology
– Plug-in connection terminal blocks with
screw connection or fast push-in technol-
ogy – coded, with integrated sockets.
Precise transmission, long service life
– Patented circuit concepts ensure precise
signal transmission and minimal self-heat-
ing.
Even for the Ex area
– Maximum explosion protection for all Ex
zones with the MACX Analog Ex range.
Fast and error-free signal connection
– Compact termination carriers connect
MACX Analog devices to the automation
system – plug and play.
POWER
U,I U,I OUT
IN
Zone 2
Div. 2
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
±±
±1 ±
50 mV... 1000 mV
mA... 5 mA
±10 mA... ±100 mA +
-
±1 V... ±100 V
GND
active
passive
+24 V
GND
4.2 3.2
5.2 2.2
1.2
4.1 3.1
5.1 2.1
1.1
+24 V
GND
4-wire
[mA]
US
4.1
5.2
4-wire
[mV]
US
4.2
5.2
4-wire
[V]
US
5.1
5.2
passive
-
+
3.2
3.1
active
-
+
2.2
2.1
Functional safety
Ex: // Applied for: cUL / UL
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data U input I input
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 10 V, please indicate if different setting when ordering
Maximum input signal ±100 V ±100 mA
Input resistance Approx. 1 M
(±1 V DC ... ±100 V DC)
Approx. 10
(±10 mA DC ... ±100 mA DC)
Output data U output I output
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 20 mA, please indicate if different setting when ordering
Load RB 1 k (10 V) 600 (20 mA; active)
(passive: (UB-2 V) / Ioutmax)
General data
Supply voltage UB12 V DC ... 24 V DC (-20% / +25%)
Power dissipation < 0.7 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
Maximum transmission error 0.1% (Compared to the final value)
Temperature coefficient 0.0075%/K
ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±4% / ±4%
Limit frequency (3 dB) 10 kHz (Can be switched to 30 Hz)
Step response (10 - 90%) 35 µs (at 10 kHz)
11 ms (at 30 Hz)
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 70°C
Mounting Any
Housing material PA 66-FR
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
IECEx Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
UL, USA / Canada UL applied for
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2
GL -
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-UI-UI1) 2811284 1
Order configuration Spring-cage connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP1) 2811572 1
Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-NC1) 2811446 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP-NC1) 2811556 1
102 PHOENIX CONTACT
Universal isolating amplifier for operating
4-conductor measuring transducers
– Analog isolating amplifier for isolating, fil-
tering, amplifying, and converting stan-
dard analog signals
– Configurable input and output signals, in-
cluding bipolar current and voltage signals
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Over 1600 signal conversions can be set
via DIP switches on the front
– 10 kHz limit frequency for time-critical
applications
– Output active or passive
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con-
nection method
– Power supply via DIN rail connector pos-
sible
– Status indicator for supply voltage
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Universal,
more than 1600 signal combinations
24 V0...20 mA
IN OUT
MACXMCR-UI-UI
±±
±1±
50 mV... 1000 mV
mA... 5mA
±10 ±100mA... mA+
–
±1V... ±100 V
GND
active
passive
4.2 3.2
5.2 2.2
1.2
4.13.1
5.1 2.1
1.1
24 V
+24 V
GND
+24 V
GND
M
mV
+–
12
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
D
AI2
IN OUT
MACXMCR-UI-UI
±±
±1±
50 mV... 1000 mV
mA... 5mA
±10 ±100mA... mA+
–
±1V... ±100 V
GND
active
passive
+24 V
GND
4.2 3.2
5.2 2.2
1.2
4.13.1
5.1 2.1
1.1
24 V
+24 V
GND
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
103PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Application example: level measurement and active analog input card
Application example: shunt measurement and Inline terminal with passive analog input channels within an Inline station
(Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact can be found in Catalog 8 or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products)
Order No.
Input Output Limit frequency Factory calibration certifi-
cate (FCC)
2811284 / IN03 / OUT01 / 10K / NONE
IN40 =0...50 mV IN53 =-50...+50 mV IN70 =0...1.0 mA OUT19 =0...2.5 V OUT15 =0...5 mA 30 =30 Hz NONE =without FCC
2811284 = IN24 =0...60 mV IN13 =-60...+60 mV IN71 =0...1.5 mA OUT05 =0...5 V OUT16 =0...10 mA 10K =10 kHz YES =with FCC (a fee
is charged)
...-UI-UI IN41 =0...75 mV IN54 =-75...+75 mV IN72 =0...2.0 mA OUT03 =0...10 V OUT01 =0...20 mA
IN25 =0...100 mV IN14 =-100...+100 mV IN73 =0...3.0 mA
IN43 =0...120 mV IN56 =-120...+120 mV IN36 =0...5 mA OUT20 =-2.5...+2.5 V OUT21 =-5...+5 mA YESPLUS =FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)
2811572 = IN44 =0...150 mV IN57 =-150...+150 mV IN37 =0...10 mA OUT13 =-5...+5 V OUT22 =-10...+10 mA
...-UI-UI-SP IN26 =0...200 mV IN15 =-200...+200 mV IN74 =0...15 mA OUT14 =-10...+10 V OUT23 =-20...+20 mA
IN27 =0...300 mV IN16 =-300...+300 mV IN01 =0...20 mA
IN28 =0...500 mV IN17 =-500...+500 mV IN75 =0...30 mA OUT24 =0.5...+2.5 V OUT25 =1...5 mA
IN66 =0...1000 mV IN78 =-1000...+1000 mV IN76 =0...50 mA OUT06 =1...5 V OUT26 =2...10 mA
IN29 =0...1.0 V IN18 =-1.0...+1.0 V IN77 =0...100 mA OUT04 =2...10 V OUT02 =4...20 mA
IN50 =0...1.5 V IN63 =-1.5...+1.5 V
IN30 =0...2.0 V IN19 =-2.0...+2.0 V IN83 =-1.0...+1.0 mA OUT27 =2.5...0 V OUT28 =5...0 mA
IN52 =0...3.0 V IN65 =-3.0...+3.0 V IN84 =-1.5...+1.5 mA OUT11 =5...0 V OUT29 =10...0 mA
IN05 =0...5 V IN21 =-5...+5 V IN85 =-2.0...+2.0 mA OUT09 =10...0 V OUT07 =20...0 mA
IN03 =0...10 V IN22 =-10...+10 V IN86 =-3.0...+3.0 mA
IN67 =0...15 V IN79 =-15...+15 V IN33 =-5...+5 mA
IN32 =0...20 V IN23 =-20...+20 V IN34 =-10...+10 mA
IN39 =0...30 V IN80 =-30...+30 V IN87 =-15...+15 mA
IN68 =0...50 V IN81 =-50...+50 V IN35 =-20...+20 mA
IN69 =0...100 V IN82 =-100...+100 V IN88 =-30...+30 mA
IN89 =-50...+50 mA
IN90 =-100...+100 mA
IN06 =1...5 V IN91 =1...5 mA
IN04 =2...10 V IN92 =2...10 mA
IN02 =4...20 mA
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
POWER
U,I U,I OUT
IN
Zone 2
Div. 2
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
4-wire
[mA]
US
4.1
5.2
4-wire
[mV]
US
4.2
5.2
4-wire
[V]
US
5.1
5.2
passive
-
+
3.2
3.1
active
-
+
2.2
2.1
±±
±1 ±
50 mV... 1000 mV
mA... 5 mA
±10 mA... ±100 mA +
-
±1 V... ±100 V
GND
active
passive
Power
24V ...230V AC/DC
4.2 3.2
5.2 2.2
1.2
4.1 3.1
5.1 2.1
1.1
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data U input I input
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 10 V, please indicate if different setting when ordering
Maximum input signal ±100 V ±100 mA
Input resistance Approx. 1 M
(±1 V DC ... ±100 V DC)
Approx. 10
(±10 mA DC ... ±100 mA DC)
Output data U output I output
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 20 mA, configurable via DIP switches
Maximum output signal 15 V 35 mA
Load RB 1 k (10 V) 600 (20 mA; active)
(passive: (UB-2 V) / Ioutmax)
General data
Supply voltage UB24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
Power dissipation < 0.8 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.9 W (At 230 V AC / 20 mA)
Maximum transmission error 0.1% (Compared to the final value)
Temperature coefficient 0.0075%/K
ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±4% / ±4%
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 70°C
Housing material PA 66-FR
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
IECEx Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
UL, USA / Canada -
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2
GL -
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals
with long-range power supply
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP1) 2811459 1
Order configuration Spring-cage connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP1) 2811585 1
Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-NC1) 2811297 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP-NC1) 2811569 1
104 PHOENIX CONTACT
– Analog isolating amplifier for isolating,
filtering, amplifying, and converting stan-
dard analog signals
– Configurable input and output signals, in-
cluding bipolar current and voltage signals
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Over 1600 signal conversions can be set
via DIP switches on the front
– Output active or passive
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con-
nection method
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Universal, more than 1600 signal combinations,
wide-range power supply
Power
24V ...230VAC/DC
24V0...20mA
IN OUT
MACXMCR-UI-UI-UP
±±
±1±
50mV... 1000mV
mA... 5mA
±10 ±100mA... mA+
–
±1V... ±100V
GND
active
passive
Power
24V ...230VAC/DC
4.2 3.2
5.2 2.2
1.2
4.13.1
5.1 2.1
1.1
≃
M
mV
+–
12
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
D
AI2
Power
24V ...230VAC/DC
IN OUT
MACXMCR-UI-UI-UP
±±
±1±
50mV... 1000mV
mA... 5mA
±10 ±100mA... mA+
–
±1V... ±100V
GND
active
passive
Power
24V ...230VAC/DC
4.2 3.2
5.2 2.2
1.2
4.13.1
5.1 2.1
1.1
≃
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
105PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Application example: level measurement and active analog input card
Application example: shunt measurement and Inline terminal with analog input channels within an Inline station
(Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact can be found in Catalog 8 or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products)
Order No.
Input Output Limit frequency Factory calibration certifi-
cate (FCC)
2811459 / IN03 / OUT01 / 10K / NONE
IN40 =0...50 mV IN53 =-50...+50 mV IN70 =0...1.0 mA OUT19 =0...2.5 V OUT15 =0...5 mA 30 =30 Hz NONE =without FCC
2811459 = IN24 =0...60 mV IN13 =-60...+60 mV IN71 =0...1.5 mA OUT05 =0...5 V OUT16 =0...10 mA 10K =10 kHz YES =with FCC (a fee
is charged)
...-UI-UI-UP IN41 =0...75 mV IN54 =-75...+75 mV IN72 =0...2.0 mA OUT03 =0...10 V OUT01 =0...20 mA
IN25 =0...100 mV IN14 =-100...+100 mV IN73 =0...3.0 mA
IN43 =0...120 mV IN56 =-120...+120 mV IN36 =0...5 mA OUT20 =-2.5...+2.5 V OUT21 =-5...+5 mA YESPLUS =FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)
2811585 = IN44 =0...150 mV IN57 =-150...+150 mV IN37 =0...10 mA OUT13 =-5...+5 V OUT22 =-10...+10 mA
...-UI-UI-UP-SP IN26 =0...200 mV IN15 =-200...+200 mV IN74 =0...15 mA OUT14 =-10...+10 V OUT23 =-20...+20 mA
IN27 =0...300 mV IN16 =-300...+300 mV IN01 =0...20 mA
IN28 =0...500 mV IN17 =-500...+500 mV IN75 =0...30 mA OUT24 =0.5...+2.5 V OUT25 =1...5 mA
IN66 =0...1000 mV IN78 =-1000...+1000 mV IN76 =0...50 mA OUT06 =1...5 V OUT26 =2...10 mA
IN29 =0...1.0 V IN18 =-1.0...+1.0 V IN77 =0...100 mA OUT04 =2...10 V OUT02 =4...20 mA
IN50 =0...1.5 V IN63 =-1.5...+1.5 V
IN30 =0...2.0 V IN19 =-2.0...+2.0 V IN83 =-1.0...+1.0 mA OUT27 =2.5...0 V OUT28 =5...0 mA
IN52 =0...3.0 V IN65 =-3.0...+3.0 V IN84 =-1.5...+1.5 mA OUT11 =5...0 V OUT29 =10...0 mA
IN05 =0...5 V IN21 =-5...+5 V IN85 =-2.0...+2.0 mA OUT09 =10...0 V OUT07 =20...0 mA
IN03 =0...10 V IN22 =-10...+10 V IN86 =-3.0...+3.0 mA
IN67 =0...15 V IN79 =-15...+15 V IN33 =-5...+5 mA
IN32 =0...20 V IN23 =-20...+20 V IN34 =-10...+10 mA
IN39 =0...30 V IN80 =-30...+30 V IN87 =-15...+15 mA
IN68 =0...50 V IN81 =-50...+50 V IN35 =-20...+20 mA
IN69 =0...100 V IN82 =-100...+100 V IN88 =-30...+30 mA
IN89 =-50...+50 mA
IN90 =-100...+100 mA
IN06 =1...5 V IN91 =1...5 mA
IN04 =2...10 V IN92 =2...10 mA
IN02 =4...20 mA
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
POWER
II OUT
IN
POWER
Sensor / Field
4.2
4.1
2-wire
5.2
5.1
4-wire
US
Zone 2
Div. 2
INOUT
4.2
4.1
3.2
3.1
+
-
GND
+24V
Power
250 W
GND+24V
5.2
5.1
+
-
2.2
2.1
1.2
1.1
PLC / DCS
3.2
3.1
passive
-
+
active
-
+
3.2
2.2
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
Transmitter supply voltage > 16 V (at 20 mA)
Voltage drop < 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
Output data
Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
Load < 600
Output ripple < 20 mVrms
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 60 mA (at 24 V DC)
Power dissipation < 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K
Step response (10 - 90%) < 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
Transmission error, typical < 0.05% (of final value)
Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value)
Under-/overload range as per NE 43
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
SMART communication Yes
Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications
Protocols supported HART
Housing material PA 66-FR
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL applied for
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol
Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I1) 2865955 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-SP1) 2924207 1
106 PHOENIX CONTACT
Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of 2-conductor
measuring transducers, 4-conductor mea-
suring transducers, and mA current sources
– Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding)
– 0/4...20 mA output (active or passive)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con-
nection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– Terminal point with 250  resistor to in-
crease the HART impedance in the case
of low-impedance systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier
POWER
IIOUT2
I
OUT1
IN
POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2
4.2
5.2
4.1
5.1
3.2
3.1
2.2
2.1
1.2
1.1
GND
OUT 1
OUT 2
+24V
GND+24V
Power
+
+
-
-
+
-
INOUT
PLC / DCS
passive
-
+
3.2
3.1
passive
-
+
2.2
2.1
Sensor / Field
4.2
4.1
2-wire
5.2
5.1
4-wire
US
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 4 mA ... 20 mA / 0 mA ... 20 mA
Transmitter supply voltage > 21.5 V (at 20 mA)
Voltage drop < 3.9 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
Output data
Output signal (Per output) 0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
Load < 450 (at 20 mA)
Output ripple < 20 mVrms
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
Current consumption < 75 mA (at 24 V DC)
Power dissipation < 1.45 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K
Step response (10 - 90%) < 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
Transmission error, typical < 0.05% (of final value)
Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value)
Under-/overload range as per NE 43
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Output 1/output 2 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Status indication Green LED (PWR supply voltage)
SMART communication (Per output) Yes
Protocols supported HART
Housing material PA 66-FR
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol
Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I1) 2924825 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP1) 2924838 1
107PHOENIX CONTACT
Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of 2-conductor
measuring transducers, 4-conductor mea-
suring transducers, and mA current sources
– Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding)
– Two electrically isolated 0/4 ... 20 mA
(active) outputs
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals (both outputs)
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con-
nection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier,
with two electrically isolated outputs
POWER
II OUT
IN
POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2
INOUT
4.3
4.2
3.3
3.2
Power
24V ...230V AC/DC
250 W
4.1 3.1
1.2
1.1
250 W
S2
S1
–
~
–
~
–
~
PLC / DCS
passive
3.2
3.1
-
+
active
-
+
3.3
3.2
1.2
1.1
Sensor / Field
4.2
4.1
2-wire
4.3
4.2
4-wire
US
+
-
+
-
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
Transmitter supply voltage > 16 V (at 20 mA)
Voltage drop < 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
Output data
Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
0 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 , 0.1%)
1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 , 0.1%)
Load < 600 (I output)
Output ripple < 20 mVrms
General data
Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
Current consumption < 75 mA (at 24 V DC)
Power dissipation < 1.8 W
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K
Step response (10 - 90%) < 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
Transmission error, typical < 0.05% (of final value)
Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value)
Under-/overload range as per NE 43
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
SMART communication Yes
Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications
Protocols supported HART
Housing material PA 66-FR
Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL applied for
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol
Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP1) 2865968 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP1) 2924210 1
108 PHOENIX CONTACT
Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of 2-conductor
measuring transducers, 4-conductor mea-
suring transducers, and mA current sources
– Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding)
– Output 0/4...20 mA (active or passive),
0/1...5 V, can be switched via the DIP
switch
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con-
nection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– 250  resistor that can be activated via
DIP switches to increase the HART im-
pedance in the case of low-impedance
systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier,
wide-range power supply
POWER
II
OUT IN
PLC / DCS
active
-
+
3.2
3.1
Sensor / Field
4.2
4.1
4.2
4.1
+
-
+
-
P
4.2
4.1
+
-
Zone 2
Div. 2
INOUT
4.2
4.1
3.2
3.1
1.2
1.1
GND
+24V
GND+24V
Power
+
-
+
-
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
Input voltage 5.4 V (at 20 mA)
Input impedance in the event of a cable break at the output > 100 k (If there is a line fault)
Output data
Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
Load < 800 (at 20 mA)
Output ripple < 20 mVrms
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 46 mA (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
Power dissipation < 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K
Step response (10 - 90%) < 140 µs
Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value)
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
SMART communication Yes
Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications
Protocols supported HART
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Output isolating amplifier
Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I1) 2865971 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I-SP1) 2924223 1
109PHOENIX CONTACT
Output isolating amplifier for controlling
I/P transducers, control valves, and displays
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input
– 0/4 ... 20 mA output
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con-
nection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– Line fault detection (LF)
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Analog OUT
output isolating amplifier
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
OUT
IN
POWER
I
Zone 2
Div. 2
INOUT
PLC / DCS
passive
-
+
3.2
3.1
GND
+24V
GND+24V
+
-
μC μC
Power
4.2
5.2
4.1
5.1
3.2
3.1
1.2
1.1
Sensor / Field
4.2
4.1
5.2
5.1
ϑϑϑ
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
Resistor 0 ... 2000
Cable resistance 50 per line
Sensor input current (200 A ... 1 mA)
Measuring range span min. 50 K
Output data
Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
Load 500
Behavior in the event of a sensor error As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
Output ripple < 50 µAPP
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 40 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation < 1 W
Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K
Step response (0 - 99%) Typ. 800 ms (With SIL)
max. 1200 ms (With SIL)
Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL)
max. 1100 ms (Without SIL)
Transmission error, total 0.05% x 100 [K] / measuring range span [K] + 0.05%
ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±5% / ±5%
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Temperature transducer
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I1) 2865065 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP1) 2924317 1
Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-NC1) 2865078 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC1) 2924320 1
Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)2811271 1
110 PHOENIX CONTACT
Programmable temperature transducer
for operating resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors. The measured val-
ues are converted into a linear 0 ... 20 mA
or 4 ... 20 mA signal.
– Input for resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):
Sensor type, connection method, mea-
suring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm
signal, and output range
– Programming during operation and also volt-
age-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
programming adapter
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Te m p e r a t u r e
Temperature transducer
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
For resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
111PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key for MACX-MCR-SL-RTD-I(-SP) temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order key and temperature ranges
for MACX-MCR-SL-RTD-I(-SP) tem-
perature transducer
Alarm signal Alarm signal
Factory calibration certificate = FCC
Short circuit/
overrange
Sensor break/
underrange
... / I035 / I215 / NONE Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
9
T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5
I000 =0 mA I000 =0 mA NONE =without FCC
I035 =3.5 mA I035 =3.5 mA YES =with FCC (a fee is charged)
I215 =21.5 mA I215 =21.5 mA YESPLUS =FCC with 5 measuring points (a
fee is charged)
I035 only with output range = OUT02
Alarm signals can also be configured individually using soft-
ware.
Order No. Sensor type Safety integrity level
(SIL)
Connection
technology
Measuring range: Measuring
unit
Output range Filter Filter
Start End Oversampling Moving average value
2865065 / PT100 / ON / 3 / 0 / 100 / C / OUT02 / 10 / 1 / ...
2865065 =
MACX MCR-
SL-RTD-I
see below ON =active 2 =2-conductor see be-
low
see be-
low
C=°C OUT01 = 0...20 mA 1 =1 value 1 =1 value
NONE =not active F =°F 3 =3 values 2 =2 values
3=3-conductor O =OUT02 = 4...20 mA 5 =5 values 3 =3 values
ON only with output range
=OUT02
7=7 values 4 =4 values
2924317 =
MACX MCR-
SL-RTD-I-SP
4=4-conductor 10 =10 values
20 =20 values
Smallest measuring
range span
RES01 =Resistor 0 2000 25
PT50 =Pt 50 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K
PT100 =Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K
PT200 =Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K
PT500 =Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K
PT100S =Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 600 °C 50 K
PT500S =Pt 500 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 600 °C 50 K
NI100DIN =Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760 -60 250 °C 50 K
NI500DIN =Ni 500 acc. to DIN 43760 -60 250 °C 50 K
CU50 =
Cu 50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 (
= 0.00428)
-50 200 °C 50 K
CU53 =
Cu 53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 (
= 0.00426)
-50 180 °C 50 K
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
OUT
IN
POWER
I
PLC/DCS
passive
-
+
3.2
3.1
Zone 2
Div. 2
IN OUT
GND
+24V
GND +24V
+
-
µC µC
Power
4.2
4.1
3.2
3.1
1.2
1.1
+
-
Sensor / Field
4.2
4.1
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Thermocouple sensors E, J, K, N as per IEC / EN 60584, L as per DIN 43760
Voltage -20 mV ... 70 mV
Measuring range span (Min. 50 K for thermocouples, 3 mV for mV sources)
Output data
Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
Load max. 500
Behavior in the event of a sensor error As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
Output ripple < 50 µAPP
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 40 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation < 1 W
Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K
Step response (0 - 99%) Typ. 800 ms (With SIL)
max. 1200 ms (With SIL)
Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL)
max. 1100 ms (Without SIL)
Transmission error, total 0.05% x 200 [K]/Measuring range span [K] + 0.05%
Cold junction errors ±1 K
ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±5% / ±5%
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Temperature transducer
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-TC-I1) 2924333 1
Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-TC-I-NC1) 2924346 1
Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)2811271 1
112 PHOENIX CONTACT
Programmable temperature transducer
for operating thermocouples and mV sourc-
es. The measured values are converted into
a linear 0 ... 20 or 4 ... 20 mA signal.
– Input for thermocouples and mV sources
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):
Sensor type, connection method, mea-
suring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm
signal, and output range
– Programming during operation and also volt-
age-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
programming adapter
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Te m p e r a t u r e
Temperature transducer
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
For thermocouples and mV sources
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
113PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key for MACX-MCR-SL-TC-I temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order key and temperature ranges
for MACX-MCR-SL-TC-I tempera-
ture transducer
Order No. Sensor type Safety integrity level
(SIL)
Cold junction
compensation
Measuring range: Measuring
unit
Output range Filter Filter
Start End Oversampling Moving average value
2924333 / J / ON / 1 / 0 / 1000 / C / OUT02 / 10 / 1 / ...
MACX MCR-
SL-TC-I
see below ON =active 1 =switched on see be-
low
see be-
low
C=°C OUT01 = 0...20 mA 1 =1 value 1 =1 value
NONE =not active F =°F 3 =3 values 2 =2 values
0=switched off
(e.g., for mV volt-
age measure-
ment)
V=mV OUT02 = 4...20 mA 5 =5 values 3 =3 values
7=7 values 4 =4 values
10 =10 values
ON only with output range
=OUT02
20 =20 values
Smallest measuring
range span
V03 =Voltage (mV) -20 +70 mV 3 mV
E=acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) -250 1000 °C 50 K
J =acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi) -210 1200 °C 50 K
K=acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni) -250 1372 °C 50 K
N=acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi) -250 1300 °C 50 K
L=acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi) -200 900 °C 50 K
Alarm signal Alarm signal
Factory calibration certificate = FCC
Overrange Sensor break/
underrange
... / I035 / I215 / NONE Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
9
T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5
I000 =0 mA I000 =0 mA NONE =without FCC
I035 =3.5 mA I035 =3.5 mA YES =with FCC (a fee is charged)
I215 =21.5 mA I215 =21.5 mA YESPLUS =FCC with 5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)
I035 only with output range = OUT02
Alarm signals can also be configured individually using
software.
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
OUT
IN
POWER
U,I
PLC / DCS
passive
-
+
3.3
3.2
-
+
3.3
3.1
DI
11
12
14
2.3
2.1
2.2
Zone 2
Div. 2
INOUT
Power
24V ...230V AC/DC
3.3
3.1
1.2
3.2
1.1
2.3
2.1
2.2
1.3
4.3
4.1
4.2
5.3
5.1
5.2
µC
S-PORT
GND
I
U
OUT
OUT
NC
Sensor / Field
4.3
4.1
4.2
TC
-
+
ϑ
RTD
ϑ
4.3
4.1
4.2
5.3
5.1
5.2
ϑ
Poti
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
Thermocouple sensors B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG
Resistor 0 ... 50 k
Potentiometer 0 ... 50 k
Voltage -1000 mV ... 1000 mV
Output data U output I output
Output signal
4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)
Maximum output signal ±11 V 22 mA
Load RB 10 k 600 (20 mA)
Behavior in the event of a sensor error According to NE 43 or freely configurable
Switching output Relay output
Contact type 1 PDT
Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching voltage 30 V AC (30 V DC)
Maximum switching current 0.5 A (30 V AC) / 1 A (30 V DC)
General data
Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
Power consumption < 1.5 W
Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K
Transmission error, total < 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV 1 (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/switching output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C
Humidity Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2, PL d
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Temperature transducer
Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-T-UI-UP1) 2811394 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP1) 2811860 1
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-C1) 2811873 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP-C1) 2811970 1
Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)2811271 1
114 PHOENIX CONTACT
Universal temperature transducer with
freely configurable properties
– Input for resistance thermometers, ther-
mocouples, resistance-type sensors, po-
tentiometers, and mV sources
– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
–Relay switching output
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit
– Programming during operation and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-
ADAPTER programming adapter
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con-
nection method
– Cold junction compensation with sepa-
rate connector
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on
page 118
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Te m p e r a t u r e
Temperature transducer
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Universal, with switching output,
wide-range power supply
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
115PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key for MACX-MCR-T-UI-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No. Safety integrity level
(SIL)
Sensor type Connection
technology
Cold junction com-
pensation
Measuring range: Measuring
unit
Output range Factory calibration certificate
= FCC
Start End
2811873 / ON / PT100 / 4 / 0 / -50 / 150 / C / OUT02 / NONE
2811873 =
MACX MCR-
T-UI-UP-C
ON =active see below 2 =2-conductor 0 =off, e.g., with
RTD, R, potenti-
ometer, mV
see be-
low
see be-
low
C=°C OUT15 =0...5 mA NONE =without FCC
F=°F OUT16 =0...10 mA
NONE =not active O=OUT01 =0...20 mA
3=3-conductor P =%OUT15=0...5 mA YES =with FCC (a fee is
charged)
2811970 =
MACX MCR-
T-UI-UP-SP-C
V=mV OUT25 =1...5 mA
ON only with output
range = OUT02
1=on, e.g., with TC OUT26 =2...10 mA
4=4-conductor OUT02 =4...20 mA
OUT05 =0...5 V YESPLUS =FCC with
5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)
OUT03 =0...10 V
OUT06 =1...5 V
OUT04 =2...10 V
OUT13 =-5...+5 V
OUT14 =-10...+10 V
Others can be freely
configured in the soft-
ware
Smallest measuring
range span
Other setting options can be configured
with the IFS-CONF software:
- Freely configurable user characteristic curve
with 30 interpolation points
- Output behavior in the event of a short circuit,
sensor break or overrange/underrange can be
freely configured or set according to NE43
(standard configuration: NE43 upscale)
- Filter setting (standard configuration: 1)
- Restart after failsafe (standard configuration:
ON)
- Switching behavior: switching output ?
(limit values, times, etc.) (standard configura-
tion: OFF)
Resistance thermometers (RTD)
Others can be selected or freely config-
ured in the software.
PT100 =Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT200 =Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT500 =Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT1000 =Pt 1000 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT100S =
Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
-200 850 °C 20 K
PT1000S =
Pt 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
-200 850 °C 20 K
PT100G =Pt 100 acc. to
GOST 6651-2009 (
= 0.00385)
-200 850 °C 20 K
PT1000G =Pt 1000 acc. to
GOST 6651-2009 (
= 0.00385)
-200 850 °C 20 K
PT100J =Pt 100 acc. to JIS C1604/1997 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT1000J =Pt 1000 acc. to JIS C1604/1997 -200 850 °C 20 K
NI100 =Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751 -60 250 °C 20 K
NI1000 =Ni 1000 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751 -60 250 °C 20 K
NI100S =Ni 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -60 180 °C 20 K
NI1000S =Ni 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -60 180 °C 20 K
NI1000L =Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr) -50 160 °C 20 K
CU10 =Cu 10 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -70 500 °C 100 K
CU50 =
Cu50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 (
= 0.00428)
-50 200 °C 100 K
CU100 =
Cu100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 (
= 0.00428)
-50 200 °C 100 K
CU53 =
Cu53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 (
= 0.00426)
-50 180 °C 100 K
KTY81 =KTY81-110 (Philips) -55 150 °C 20 K
KTY84 =KTY84-130 (Philips) -40 300 °C 20 K
Thermocouples (TC)
Others can be selected in the software.
B =acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh) 500 1820 °C 50 K
E=acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) -230 1000 °C 50 K
J =acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi) -210 1200 °C 50 K
K=acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni) -250 1372 °C 50 K
N=acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi) -250 1300 °C 50 K
R=acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt) -50 1768 °C 50 K
S=acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt) -50 1768 °C 50 K
T=acc. to IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi) -200 400 °C 50 K
L=acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi) -200 900 °C 50 K
U=acc. to DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi) -200 600 °C 50 K
CA =C ASTM JE988 (2002) 02315 °C 50 K
DA =D ASTM JE988 (2002) 0 2315 °C 50 K
A1G =A-1 GOST 8.585-2001 02500 °C 50 K
A2G =A-2 GOST 8.585-2001 0 1800 °C 50 K
A3G =A-3 GOST 8.585-2001 01800 °C 50 K
MG =M GOST 8.585-2001 -200 100 °C 50 K
LG =L GOST 8.585-2001 -200 800 °C 50 K
Remote resistance-type sensors (R)
(2, 3, 4-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.
RES03 =0...150 resistor 0150
10% of the selected
measuring range
RES05 =0...600 resistor 0 600
RES06 =0...1200 resistor 01200
RES09 =0...6250 resistor 0 6250
RES10 =0...12500 resistor 012500
RES12 =0...50000 resistor 0 50000
Potentiometers
(3-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.
POT03 =0...150 potentiometer 0100 %
10% of the selected
measuring range
POT05 =0...600 potentiometer 0 100 %
POT06 =0...1200 potentiometer 0100 %
POT09 =0...6250 potentiometer 0 100 %
POT10 =0...12500 potentiometer 0100 %
POT12 =0...50000 potentiometer 0 100 %
Voltage signals (mV)
Others can be selected in the software.
V04 =Voltage (mV) -1000 +1000 mV 10% of nominal
span
9
T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5
Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
OUT
IN
POWER
U,I
3x
3x
Zone 2
Div. 2
IN OUT
Power
24V ...230V AC/DC
3.3
3.1
1.2
3.2
1.1
1.3
4.3
4.1
4.2
5.3
5.1
5.2
GND
I
U
OUT
OUT
NC
PLC / DCS
passive
-
+
3.3
3.2
-
+
3.3
3.1
11
21
31
12
22
32
14
24
34
3.6
3.4
3.5
2.6
2.4
2.5
1.6
1.4
1.5
DI
DI
DI
Sensor / Field
4.3
4.1
4.2
ϑ
RTD
4.3
4.1
4.2
5.3
5.1
5.2
ϑ
Poti
TC
-
+
ϑ
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 35 mm
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
Thermocouple sensors B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG
Resistor 0 ... 50 k
Potentiometer 0 ... 50 k
Voltage -1000 mV ... 1000 mV
Output data U output I output
Output signal
4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)
Maximum output signal ±11 V 22 mA
Load RB 10 k 600 (20 mA)
Behavior in the event of a sensor error According to NE 43 or freely configurable
Switching output Relay output
Contact type 3 PDTs
Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (250 V DC)
Maximum switching current 2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC)
General data
Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
Power consumption < 2.4 W
Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K
Transmission error, total < 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/switching output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C
Humidity Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 35 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2, PL d
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Temperature transducer
Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP1) 2811378 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP1) 2811828 1
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-C1) 2811514 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP-C1) 2811831 1
Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)2811271 1
116 PHOENIX CONTACT
Universal temperature transducer with
freely configurable properties
– Input for resistance thermometers, ther-
mocouples, resistance-type sensors, po-
tentiometers, and mV sources
– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
– Three limit value relays, can be used in
combination as a safe limit value relay
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit
– Programming during operation and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-
ADAPTER programming adapter
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con-
nection method
– Cold junction compensation with sepa-
rate connector
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on
page 118
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Te m p e r a t u r e
Temperature transducer
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Universal, with three limit value relays,
wide-range power supply
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
117PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key for MACX-MCR-T-UIREL-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No. Safety integrity level
(SIL)
Sensor type Connection
technology
Cold junction
compensation
Measuring range: Measuring
unit
Output range Factory calibration
certificate = FCC
Start End
2811514 / ON / PT100 / 4 / 0 / -50 / 150 / C / OUT02 / NONE
2811514 =
MACX MCR-
T-UIREL-UP-C
ON =active see below 2 =2-conductor 0 =off, e.g., with
RTD, R, potenti-
ometer, mV
see be-
low
see be-
low
C=°C OUT15 =0...5 mA NONE =without FCC
F=°F OUT16 =0...10 mA
NONE =not active O=OUT01 =0...20 mA
3=3-conductor P =%OUT15=0...5 mA YES =with FCC (a fee is
charged)
2811831 =
MACX MCR-
T-UIREL-UP-SP-C
V=mV OUT25 =1...5 mA
ON only with output
range = OUT02
1=on, e.g., with TC OUT26 =2...10 mA
4=4-conductor OUT02 =4...20 mA
OUT05 =0...5 V YESPLUS =FCC with
5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)
OUT03 =0...10 V
OUT06 =1...5 V
OUT04 =2...10 V
OUT13 =-5...+5 V
OUT14 =-10...+10 V
Others can be freely
configured in the soft-
ware
Smallest measuring
range span
Other setting options can be configured
with the IFS-CONF software:
- Freely configurable user characteristic curve
with 30 interpolation points
- Output behavior in the event of a short circuit,
sensor break or overrange/underrange can be
freely configured or set according to NE43
(standard configuration: NE43 upscale)
- Filter setting (standard configuration: 1)
- Restart after failsafe (standard configuration:
ON)
- Switching behavior: switching output ?
(limit values, times, etc.) (standard configura-
tion: OFF)
Resistance thermometers (RTD)
Others can be selected or freely config-
ured in the software.
PT100 =Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT200 =Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT500 =Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT1000 =Pt 1000 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT100S =Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT1000S =Pt 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT100G =
Pt 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 (
= 0.00385)
-200 850 °C 20 K
PT1000G =
Pt 1000 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 (
= 0.00385)
-200 850 °C 20 K
PT100J =Pt 100 acc. to JIS C1604/1997 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT1000J =Pt 1000 acc. to JIS C1604/1997 -200 850 °C 20 K
NI100 =Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751 -60 250 °C 20 K
NI1000 =Ni 1000 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751 -60 250 °C 20 K
NI100S =Ni 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -60 180 °C 20 K
NI1000S =Ni 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -60 180 °C 20 K
NI1000L =Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr) -50 160 °C 20 K
CU10 =Cu 10 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -70 500 °C 100 K
CU50 =
Cu 50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 (
= 1.428)
-50 200 °C 100 K
CU100 =
Cu 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 (
= 1.428)
-50 200 °C 100 K
CU53 =Cu 53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.426) -50 180 °C 100 K
KTY81 =KTY81-110 (Philips) -55 150 °C 20 K
KTY84 =KTY84-130 (Philips) -40 300 °C 20 K
Thermocouples (TC)
Others can be selected in the software.
B =acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh) 500 1820 °C 50 K
E=acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) -230 1000 °C 50 K
J =acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi) -210 1200 °C 50 K
K=acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni) -250 1372 °C 50 K
N=acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi) -250 1300 °C 50 K
R=acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt) -50 1768 °C 50 K
S=acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt) -50 1768 °C 50 K
T=acc. to IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi) -200 400 °C 50 K
L=acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi) -200 900 °C 50 K
U=acc. to DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi) -200 600 °C 50 K
CA =C ASTM JE988 (2002) 02315 °C 50 K
DA =D ASTM JE988 (2002) 0 2315 °C 50 K
A1G =A-1 GOST 8.585-2001 02500 °C 50 K
A2G =A-2 GOST 8.585-2001 0 1800 °C 50 K
A3G =A-3 GOST 8.585-2001 01800 °C 50 K
MG =M GOST 8.585-2001 -200 100 °C 50 K
LG =L GOST 8.585-2001 -200 800 °C 50 K
Remote resistance-type sensors (R)
(2, 3, 4-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.
RES03 =0...150 resistor 0150
10% of the selected
measuring range
RES05 =0...600 resistor 0 600
RES06 =0...1200 resistor 01200
RES09 =0...6250 resistor 0 6250
RES10 =0...12500 resistor 012500
RES12 =0...50000 resistor 0 50000
Potentiometers
(3-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.
POT03 =0...150 potentiometer 0100 %
10% of the selected
measuring range
POT05 =0...600 potentiometer 0 100 %
POT06 =0...1200 potentiometer 0100 %
POT09 =0...6250 potentiometer 0 100 %
POT10 =0...12500 potentiometer 0100 %
POT12 =0...50000 potentiometer 0 100 %
Voltage signals (mV)
Others can be selected in the software.
V04 =Voltage (mV) -1000 +1000 mV 10% of nominal
span
9
T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5
Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Technical data
General data
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F)
Humidity 90% (at 25°C, no condensation)
Housing material PA 6.6
Dimensions W / H / D 35 / 99 / 20 mm
Connection method PC side S port (socket)
Measuring transducer side S port (plug)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Operating and display unit
IFS-OP-UNIT1) 2811899 1
– Local display of actual values
– Copy function
– Easy guided operation
– Easy configuration without PC software
– Operating and display unit can be snapped
directly onto compatible devices with a
housing width of 35 mm
– DIN rail mounting possible for thinner
devices in conjunction with cradle unit
–Backlighting
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Accessories
Operating and display unit
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Can be snapped directly onto
compatible 35 mm devices
Technical data
General data
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F)
Humidity 90% (at 25°C, no condensation)
Housing material PA 6.6
Dimensions W / H / D 35.2 / 29 / 99 mm
Connection method
IFS-OP-UNIT operator interface
S port (socket)
Measuring transducer side S port (plug)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Cradle unit, for snapping the operating and display unit onto the
DIN rail
IFS-OP-CRADLE1) 2811886 1
118 PHOENIX CONTACT
H
W
D
– For snapping onto the DIN rail
– For control cabinet mounting of the oper-
ating and display unit
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Accessories
Cradle unit
Cradle for operating and display unit
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Applied for:
cUL / UL
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) 2811271 1
119PHOENIX CONTACT
The IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER program-
ming adapter is used for configuring
Phoenix Contact INTERFACE modules
with S-PORT interface.
The adapter is used with FDT/DTM soft-
ware or ANALOG-CONF software.
For programming MACX Analog and
MINI Analog.
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Accessories
Programming adapter
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
POWER
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
4.2
4.1
4.2
4.1
+
-
4.2
4.1
Zone 2
Div. 2
IN OUT
GND
+24V
+
-
4.2
4.1
3.2
3.1
1.2
1.1
+
-
Power
Faultsignal
GND
+24VLFD
2.2
PLC / DCS
3.2
3.1
2.2
DI
11
12
14
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10%
Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Switching hysteresis < 0.2 mA
Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 < RSensor < 360
Switching output Relay output
Contact type 1 PDT
Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
Maximum switching capacity 500 VA
Recommended minimum load 5 V / 10 mA
Mechanical service life 107 cycles
Switching behavior Can be inverted via slide switch
Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz (without load)
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption 21 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation < 650 mW
Electrical isolation
Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R1) 2865997 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R-SP1) 2924252 1
120 PHOENIX CONTACT
NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or con-
tacts with resistance circuit
– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat-
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possi-
ble via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Signal output: PDT relay
POWER
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
4.2
4.1
4.2
4.1
+
-
4.2
4.1
OUT2
Zone 2
Div. 2
IN OUT
GND
+24V
4.2
4.1
3.2
3.1
1.2
1.1
+
-
Power
Faultsignal
GND
+24VLFD
2.2
2.1
OUT1
PLC / DCS
3.2
3.1
DI
2.2
2.1
DI
13
14
13
14
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10%
Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Switching hysteresis < 0.2 mA
Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 < RSensor < 360
Switching output Relay output
Contact type 2 N/O contacts
Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
Maximum switching capacity 500 VA
Recommended minimum load 5 V / 10 mA
Mechanical service life 107 cycles
Switching behavior Can be inverted via slide switch
Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz (without load)
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption 30 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation < 950 mW
Electrical isolation
Input/supply, T connector 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO1) 2865010 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO-SP1) 2924265 1
121PHOENIX CONTACT
NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or con-
tacts with resistance circuit
– Two relay signal outputs (N/O contact);
output 2 can be used as an error message
output
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat-
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possi-
ble via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
2 signal outputs: N/O contact relay
POWER
OUT1
IN1
IN2 OUT2
Zone 2
Div. 2
IN OUT
GND
+24V
4.2
4.1
3.2
3.1
1.2
1.1
+
-
Power
Faultsignal
GND
+24VLFD
2.2
2.1
5.2
5.1
+
-
PLC / DCS
3.2
3.1
2.2
2.1
13
13
14
14
DI
DI
Sensor / Field
CH1
CH2
+
+
+
-
-
-
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10%
Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Switching hysteresis < 0.2 mA
Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 < RSensor < 360
Switching output Relay output
Contact type 2 N/O contacts
Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
Maximum switching capacity 500 VA
Recommended minimum load 5 V / 10 mA
Mechanical service life 107 cycles
Switching behavior Can be inverted via slide switch
Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz (without load)
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption 35 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation < 1 W
Electrical isolation
Input/supply, T connector 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO1) 2865049 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO-SP1) 2924294 1
122 PHOENIX CONTACT
NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsical-
ly safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or con-
tacts with resistance circuit
– Relay signal output (N/O contact)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behav-
ior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat-
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possi-
ble via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
2-channel, signal output: N/O contact relay
POWER
OUT1
IN1
IN2 OUT2
PLC / DCS
3.3
2.3
3.2
2.2
3.1
2.1
IN
Zone 2
Div. 2
OUT
4.3
4.1
3.3
2.3
3.2
2.2
3.1
2.1
1.2
1.1
+
-
5.3
5.1
+
-
CH1
CH2
24...230 V
AC/DC –
~
12
12
11
11
14
14
Sensor / Field
DI
DI
+
+
+
-
-
-
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
open circuit switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10%
Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Switching hysteresis Approx. 0.2 mA
Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 < RSensor < 360
Switching output Relay output
Contact type 2 PDT
Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A, 60 Hz) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
Maximum switching capacity 500 VA
Recommended minimum load 5 V / 10 mA
Mechanical service life 107 cycles
Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch
Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz (Load-dependent)
General data
Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20% ... +10%, 50 ... 60 Hz)
Current consumption < 80 mA ; < 42 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation max. 1.3 W
Electrical isolation
Input/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Output 1/output 2/input, power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C
Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP1) 2865052 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP1) 2924304 1
123PHOENIX CONTACT
NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or con-
tacts with resistance circuit
– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behav-
ior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat-
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information on resistance circuits and marking material can be
found on page 183
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
2-channel, signal output: PDT relay,
wide-range power supply
POWER
IN
OUT1
OUT2
Sensor / Field
4.2
4.1
4.2
4.1
+
-
4.2
4.1
PLC / DCS
3.2
3.1
DI
2.2
2.1
DI
-
+
-
+
OUT2
Zone 2
Div. 2
IN OUT
GND
+24V
4.2
4.1
3.2
3.1
1.2
1.1
+
-
Power
Faultsignal
GND
+24VLFD
2.2
2.1
OUT1
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10%
Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 < RSensor < 360
Switching output 2 transistor outputs, passive
Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC (per output)
Maximum switching current 50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
Drop (U) < 1.4 V
Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch
Maximum switching frequency 5 kHz
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 28 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation 800 mW
Electrical isolation
Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Output 1/output 2 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T1) 2865023 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T-SP1) 2924278 1
124 PHOENIX CONTACT
NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or con-
tacts with resistance circuit
– 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive); up
to 5 kHz
– Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault
signaling output
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behav-
ior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat-
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transis-
tor output
– Power supply and error indication possi-
ble via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
2 signal outputs: transistor (passive)
POWER
IN1
IN2
OUT1
OUT2
Sensor / Field PLC / DCS
3.2
3.1
2.2
2.1
Zone 2
Div. 2
IN OUT
GND
+24V
4.2
4.1
3.2
3.1
1.2
1.1
+
-
Power
Faultsignal
GND
+24VLFD
2.2
2.1
5.2
5.1
+
-
DI
DI
CH1
CH2
+
+
+
-
-
-
+
+
-
-
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10%
Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 < RSensor < 360
Switching output Transistor output, passive
Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC (per output)
Maximum switching current 50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
Drop (U) < 1.4 V
Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch
Maximum switching frequency 5 kHz
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 34 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation 1000 mW
Electrical isolation
Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Output 1/output 2 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T1) 2865036 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T-SP1) 2924281 1
125PHOENIX CONTACT
NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or con-
tacts with resistance circuit
– Signal output transistor (passive); up to
5kHz
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behav-
ior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat-
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transis-
tor output
– Power supply and error indication possi-
ble via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
2-channel, signal output transistor (passive)
1.2
2.2
3.2
12
3.3
14
1.1
2.1
3.1
11
Fault out
PWR 2
PWR 1
–
–
+
+
Faultsignal
GND
+24VLFD
Ex: // Applied for: cUL / UL
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Redundant supply yes, decoupled from diodes
Polarization and surge protection Yes
Output data
Maximum output signal 3.75 A
Output voltage (Input voltage - max 0.8 V at 3.75 A)
Switching output Relay
Contact type 1 PDT
Contact material Gold (Au)
Maximum switching voltage 50 V AC (2 A)
General data
Current consumption
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
Fuse 5 A (replaceable), slow-blow 250 V AC
Status indication 1 x red LED (error)
2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
Housing material Polyamide (PA 6.6)
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 61010
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Supply and error message module, including the relevant
DIN rail connector ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN
Screw connection MACX MCR-PTB 2865625 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-PTB-SP 2924184 1
126 PHOENIX CONTACT
Power and error message module
Power and error message module for
feeding the 24 V supply voltage to the DIN
rail connectors and signaling line faults and
power supply failures.
– One-time or redundant supply, decoupled
from diode, protected against polariza-
tion
– Supply current up to 3.75 A
– Relay output (PDT) and flashing LED for
error messages
– Error message in the event of a power
supply failure or fuse fault
– Bus cable fault message for
MACX MCR-...(2)NAM... devices
connected via DIN rail connectors
– Replaceable fuse
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
Accessories
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
H
W
D
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
DIN rail connector (TBUS),
for bridging the supply voltage, can be
snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval
ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN 2869728 10
ME 6,2 TBUS... T-Connector
DIN rail connector (5-pos.) for bridging
the supply voltage of 12.5 mm wide MACX
analog modules
– Reduces wiring costs
– System can be extended or module
replaced even while process is active
– Inter-extendable
Accessories
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Ordering data
Description Color Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels
10-part, lettering field size: 11x9mm white UC-EMLP (11X9) 0819291 10
UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels,
marked according to customer specifications
For ordering details, see Catalog 5 or
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
10-part, lettering field size: 11x9mm white UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS 0824547 1
127
PHOENIX CONTACT
Marking material for device marking
– For device marking inside the control cab-
inet and in the field
– Self-adhesive with high adhesive strengths
– Large temperature range
Accessories
TC... termination carriers are com-
pact solutions for quickly and smoothly con-
necting DIN rail devices from the MACX
Analog Ex series to input/output cards of
automation systems using system cabling.
The termination carriers combine the ad-
vantages of modular DIN rail devices with
those offered by plug and play rapid cabling
solutions to provide a consistent solution
for system technology.
Compact
– Saves up to 30% of space due to compact
design
Robust and reliable
– Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum car-
rier device profile
– PCB is completely decoupled from mod-
ules
– PCB without active components
– Redundant supply and monitoring in sep-
arate DIN rail module
Easy maintenance
– Use of standard DIN rail devices
– Easy access to connection points
– Quick and safe module connection with
plug-in and coded cable sets
Flexible
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
– Profile section without pitch markings for
I/O cards with specific number of chan-
nels
– Can be specifically adapted for I/O cards
of various automation systems with dif-
ferent system plug types
128 PHOENIX CONTACT
Termination carrier for
MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers
Solutions are also available for MINI Analog,
MACX Analog Ex, and Safety
Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable
Select module carrier
Select standard DIN rail device
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
1
3 (+)
5 (+)
Alarm
PWR1
PWR2
2
4 (-)
6 (-)
MACX
MCR-
PTB
X20 COMBICON
X1 DSUB 37PTSM
1
3 (+)
2
+
+
CH1
PW2
PW1
1
20
+
-
CH2
2
21
+
-
CH3
3
22
+
-
CH4
4
23
+
-
CH5
5
24
-
CH6
6
25
+
-
CH7
7
26
-
CH8
8
27
+
-
CH9
9
28
+
-
CH10
10
29
+
-
CH11
11
30
+
-
CH12
12
31
+
-
CH13
13
32
+
-
CH14
14
33
+
-
CH15
15
34
+
-
CH16
16
35
-
+
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
1.1
1.2
3.2
2.1
2.2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Housing width 244 mm
Technical data
General data
Connection to the control system level D-SUB pin strip
Number of positions 37
Maximum operating voltage < 50 V DC (Per signal/channel)
Maximum permissible current 1 A (Signal/channel)
Rated insulation voltage 50 V
Surge voltage category II
Pollution degree 2
Rated surge voltage 0.5 kV
Air and creepage distances DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation )
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature range -40°C ... 80°C (Please observe module specifications)
Shock 15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27
Vibration (operation) 2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 244 / 170 / 160 mm
Power supply via power module
Input voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Redundant supply yes, decoupled from diodes
Polarization and surge protection Yes
Fuse 5 A Slow-blow (can be exchanged)
Status indication 1 x red LED (error)
2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
Switching output 1 PDT
Contact material Au
Maximum switching voltage 50 V DC (0.3 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) / 33 V AC (2 A)
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Universal termination carrier for 16 MACX MCR-EX isolators
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI 2924854 1
- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI1) 2902932 1
Accessories
Supply and error message module MACX MCR-PTB 2865625 1
MACX MCR-PTB-SP 2924184 1
HART multiplexer, 32-channel MACX MCR-S-MUX 2865599 1
129PHOENIX CONTACT
The
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI
universal termination carrier is a compact
solution which connects isolating amplifiers
from the MACX Analog series to analog or
binary input/output cards of automation sys-
tems.
The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI
termination carrier design, when combined
with the MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multi-
plexer, also enables communication be-
tween HART-capable field devices and a
management system.
– Connection of up to 16 single-channel
(Exi-)isolating amplifiers
– Universal 1:1 signal routing to a 37-pos.
D-SUB plug-in connector
– For system cables with D-SUB socket and
open ends for universal connection
– Redundant supply and monitoring in sep-
arate DIN rail module
Notes:
Contact us: specific termination carrier designs for I/O modules of
various automation systems are available, planned or can be im-
plemented according to your specifications.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Termination carrier for
MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
130 PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Also for special applications
MCR Analog isolating amplifiers and digi-
tal displays – for special applications using
signal processing.
Isolating amplifiers in the MCR Analog
range can be used to record temperatures
directly in the field, for example, or to con-
vert digital signals into analog signals. You
can monitor your process values using digi-
tal displays.
Choose the right MACX Analog
isolating amplifier for your application:
Analog IN/Analog OUT
– Configurable signal multipliers to double
standard analog signals
– Configurable loop-powered isolators and
standard passive isolators for tempera-
ture
– Programmable temperature transducers
– Configurable temperature transducers
for Pt 100
– Temperature relay for Pt 100
– Programmable loop-powered tempera-
ture transducers.
Frequency
– Programmable frequency transducers for
frequencies of up to 120kHz
Limit value switches
– Limit value switches for standard analog
signals
Digital displays
– Programmable digital displays for
standard signals
– Setpoint adjuster
Your advantages:
– High operational reliability in the event of
disturbances, thanks to electrical isolation
– User-friendly wiring, thanks to plug-in
connection terminal blocks
– Easy configuration via software,
DIP switches or display keypad
– Digital displays can be programmed with-
out software: via the keypad on the front
– The digital displays are easy to read,
thanks to the large five-digit display
POWER
U,I U,I OUT
IN
U
U,
1
2
IN I/U
GND 1
IN OUT
5
6
OUT I/U
GND 2
7
8
+20...30V
GND 3
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data U input I input
Input signal 0 ... 10 V / -10 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum input signal 30 V 50 mA
Input resistance 100 k50
Output data U output I output
Output signal 0 ... 10 V / -10 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal 15 V 30 mA
Load RB 10 k 500
Linear transmission range
(in reference to the output range end value)
0% ... 105%
-110% ... 110%
(Bipolar signals)
-5% ... 105%
General data
Supply voltage UB20 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 15 mA (without load)
Maximum transmission error 0.3% (of final value), typ. < 0.2% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient < 0.015%/K
Limit frequency (3 dB) 30 Hz
Step response (10 - 90%) 11 ms
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 60°C
Mounting Any
Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Input signal Output signal
0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA MCR-C-U-I- 4-DC1) 2814537 5
4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V MCR-C-I-U- 4-DC1) 2814511 5
0 ... 10 V, -10 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... 10 V MCR-C-U-U-DC1) 2814469 5
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA MCR-C-I-I-00-DC1) 2814508 5
131PHOENIX CONTACT
– Processing standard signals
– Fixed setting of input and output signals
– 3-way isolation
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
DW
H
With fixed signal combinations
POWER
U,I U,I OUT2
IN
U,I
OUT1
5
D
1
3
OUT I2
GND 2
IN
OUT
7
8
9
OUT I1
OUT U1
GND 1
10
11
12
+24V DC
GND 4
GND 4
2OUT U2 A
A
D
D
4
6
IN I
GND 3
IN U A
OUT
Ex:
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data
Input data U input I input
Input signal 0 V ... 12 V
(freely selectable in 0.1 V steps)
0 mA ... 24 mA
(freely selectable in 0.1 mA
steps)
Measuring range span min. 4 V min. 8 mA
Maximum input signal 30 V 50 mA
Input resistance 200 k50
Output data U output I output
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) refer to the order key refer to the order key
Maximum output signal 15 V 35 mA
Load RB 10 k 600
General data
Supply voltage UB20 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 25 mA
Maximum transmission error 0.15% (of final value), typ. 0.05% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient < 0.015%/K, typ. 0.0075%/K
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 55°C
Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced
Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D or non-hazardous locations
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR signal multiplier, for multiplication and electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Order configuration MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI1) 2814854 1
Standard configuration MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI-NC1) 2814867 1
132 PHOENIX CONTACT
– 4-way isolation
– Calibrated reversible input and output
signals
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Analog IN/Analog OUT
signal multiplier
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
DW
H
With freely configurable input and two outputs
24V 0...20mA 1
2
3
I2
U2
MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI
POWER
OUT 1
I
U1
GND 1
7
8
9
10
11
12
POWER
+24V
GND 4
GND 4
24V
0...20mA
3
15m
0...10V
OUT 2
4
5
6
I
U
GND 3
IN
GND 2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
133PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key for MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI (standard configuration entered as an example)
Combination table for input and output signals that can be set via DIP switches
Application example: level measurement with subsequent signal multiplication
Order No.
Input signal (standard and special signals) Output signal (standard signals) Factory calibration
certificate (FCC)Input signal Initial value Final value Output 1 Output 2
2814854 / I / 0.0 / 20.0 / OUT01 / OUT01 / NONE
I=Current 0.0 =0.0 mA 20.0 =20.0 mA OUT01 =0...20 mA OUT01 =0...20 mA NONE =without FCC
U=Voltage I : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 24.0 mA
I : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 24.0 mA
OUT02 =4...20 mA OUT02 =4...20 mA YES =with FCC (a fee
is charged)
OUT03 =0...10 V OUT03 =0...10 V
OUT04 =2...10 V OUT04 =2...10 V
U : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 12.0 V
U : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 12.0 V
OUT05 =0...5 V OUT05 =0...5 V YESPLUS =FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)
OUT06 =1...5 V OUT06 =1...5 V
OUT16 =0...10 mA OUT16 =0...10 mA
8.0 mA/4.0 V min. measuring range span
0.1 mA/0.1 V increment
Ordering examples: Input signal (standard and special signals) Output signal (standard signals) Factory calibration certifi-
cate (FCC)
Initial value Final value Output 1 Output 2
2814854 / I / 5.3 / 13.3 / OUT01 / OUT01 / NONE
I=Current I =5.3 mA I =13.3 mA OUT01 =0...20 mA OUT01 =0...20 mA NONE =without FCC
8.0 mA measuring range span, i.e., order is possible.
2814854 / U / 7.8 / 11.8 / OUT01 / OUT03 / NONE
U=Voltage U =7.8 V U =11.8 V OUT01 =0...20 mA OUT03 =0...10 V NONE =without FCC
4.0 V measuring range span, i.e., order is possible.
Output 1 Output 2
Input 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 mA 0...10 V 0...5 V 1...5 V 2...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 mA 0...10 V 0...5 V 1...5 V 2...10 V
0...20 mA xxxxxxxxxxxxxx
4...20 mA xxxxxxxxxxxxxx
0...10 mA xxxxxxxxxxxxxx
2...10 mA xxxxxxxxxxxxxx
0...10 V xxxxxxxxxxxxxx
2...10 V xxxxxxxxxxxxxx
0...5 V xxxxxxxxxxxxxx
1...5 V xxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
I
MCR-1CLP
UE
U=2,5V
V
I
I
I
RB
UB
U=2,5V
V
25
20
15
10
5
0
0200 400 600 800 1000
U[V]
E
U[]
EΩ
1
2
(+) 0-20mA
(-) GND
IN OUT
5
6
(+) 20mA
(-) GND
IIOUT
IN
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Voltage drop 2.5 V (at I = 20 mA)
Response current < 50 µA
Maximum input current 50 mA (100 mA overload)
Maximum input voltage 30 V (30 V overload)
Input voltage limitation 33 V 5% (with Zener diode)
Output data
Output signal 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal < 50 mA
Load RB 1375 (at I = 20 mA output signal)
Ripple < 5 mV (rms)
General data
Maximum transmission error 0.1% (of final value)
Additional error per 100 load 0.02% (of measured value / 100 load)
Temperature coefficient 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 load)
Test voltage input/output 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Protection against electric shock Increased insulation according to DIN EN 61 010 part 1 and safe iso-
lation according to VDE 0100 part 410 along the lines of VDE 0106
part 101 up to 300 V AC/DC for surge voltage category II and pollu-
tion degree 2 between all isolated distances.
Ambient temperature (operation) -10°C ... 70°C
Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals
without auxiliary power
MCR-SL-1CLP-I-I-00-4KV 2814841 1
134 PHOENIX CONTACT
The diagram shows input voltage UI in relation to load RB taking
into account voltage failure UV.
If the load is known, the minimum voltage the sensor must sup-
ply in order to drive the maximum current of 20 mA via the passive
isolator and the load can be read on the Y-axis.
Input voltage in relation to load for IA=20mA
DW
H
– Electrical isolation without additional
auxiliary power supply
– Current signals 0(4)...20 mA
– Safe isolation
Notes:
When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing
voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the
maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with the voltage
drop UV = 2.5 V and the load RB.
This means:
UB ≥ UE = 2.5 V + 20 mA x RB
Analog IN / Analog OUT
passive isolators
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
1-channel,
with safe isolation
24V
0...20mA
1
2
I
GND 1
MCR-1CLP-I-I-00
IN OUT
I5
GND 2 6
0...20mA
I
MCR-1CLP
UE
U=2,5V
V
I
I
I
RB
UB
1
2
(+) 0-20mA
(-) GND
IN OUT
5
6
(+) 20mA
(-) GND
IIOUT
IN
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Voltage drop 2.5 V (at I = 20 mA)
Response current < 50 µA
Maximum input current 50 mA (100 mA overload)
Maximum input voltage 30 V (30 V overload)
Input voltage limitation 33 V (with Zener diode)
Output data
Output signal 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal < 50 mA
Load RB 1375 (at I = 20 mA output signal)
Ripple < 5 mV (rms)
General data
Additional error per 100 load 0.02% (of measured value)
Temperature coefficient 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 load)
Test voltage input/output 510 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -10°C ... 70°C
Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced
Dimensions H / D 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals
without auxiliary power
1-channel 12.5 mm wide MCR-1CLP-I-I-00 2814016 1
2-channel 12.5 mm wide MCR-2CLP-I-I-00 2814029 1
4-channel 22.5 mm wide MCR-4CLP-I-I-00 2814045 1
135PHOENIX CONTACT
Flow measurement
Magnetic inductive flow sensor
Controller
DW
H
– Electrical isolation without additional
auxiliary power supply
– Current signals 0(4)...20 mA
– Alternatively 1-, 2- or 4-channel version
Notes:
When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing
voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the
maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with the voltage
drop UV = 2.5 V and the load RB.
This means:
UB ≥ UE = 2.5 V + 20 mA x RB
Analog IN / Analog OUT
passive isolators
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
1-, 2- or 4-channel options
OUT
IN
POWER
U,I
=
=
IN OUT
1
2
3
4
5
6
NC
NC
DCD
A
7
8
9
(+) 24VDC
SP
(-) GND
10
11
12
Ex:
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2, 3, 4-conductor
Thermocouple sensors U, T, L, J, E, K, N, S, R, B, C, W, HK
Resistor 0 ... 8000 (freely adjustable, min. measuring range 100 )
Voltage -20 mV ... 2400 mV
(freely adjustable, minimum measuring range span of 10 mV)
Temperature range (Depending on sensor type used)
Sensor input current 250 µA (resistance thermometer)
Output data U output I output
Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
-5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V -
Maximum output signal ±12 V 24 mA
D/A resolution ±12 bit ±12 bit
Load RB 10 k 500
Ripple < 20 mVPP
Output signal with open circuit -12 V ... 12 V 0 A ... 24 mA
Measuring range overrange/underrange -12 V ... 12 V 0 A ... 24 mA
Switching output Transistor output, pnp
Can carry a load of 100 mA, switches supply voltage (not protected
against short-circuit); locked in case of order-specific configuration,
otherwise freely programmable through MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
General data
Supply voltage UB18 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption 60 mA, typ. 40 mA
Maximum transmission error 0.1% (of maximum range, ±6 mV or ±12 µA at output)
Cold junction errors 3 K, typ. 1.5 K
Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K
Test voltage input/output 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Test voltage input/power supply 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Mounting Any
Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced
Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D or non-hazardous locations
GL Germanischer Lloyd
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature measuring transducers, for resistance
thermometers and thermocouple sensors, with electrical isolation
of input/output and input/supply voltage
Order configuration MCR-T-UI-E1) 2814113 1
Standard configuration MCR-T-UI-E-NC1) 2814126 1
Order configuration, without electrical isolation MCR-T-UI1) 2814090 1
Standard configuration, without electrical isolation MCR-T-UI-NC1) 2814100 1
136 PHOENIX CONTACT
– For resistance thermometers and
thermocouples
– Measure differential temperatures
– With transistor switching output
– Freely programmable via
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
Further information about the configuration software can be found
on page 149
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Te m p e r a t u r e
Temperature transducer
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
DW
H
For resistance thermometers, thermocouples,
resistance-type sensors, and mV sources
MCR-T-UI-E
Mode Power
1
39
10
12
R,
+24 V DC
GND
OUT I
GND
7
RL1
RL2
MCR-T-UI-E
Mode Power
1
2
39
10
12
+24 V DC
GND
OUT U
GND
8
RL1
RL2
RL3
MCR-T-UI-E
Mode Power
1
2
3
4
9
10
11
12
+24 V DC
GND
SP
RL1
RL2
RL3
RL4
11
8
MCR-T-UI-E
Mode Power
1
2
39
10
12
7
+24 V DC
GND
OUT I
GND
RL1
RL2
R
11
8
MCR-T-UI-E
Mode Power
1
2
9
10
12
+
mV / TC
7
-
+24 V DC
GND
OUT I
GND
11
8
MCR-T-UI-E
Mode Power
1
2
9
10
12
+
TC
7
-
+
-
TC
6
+24 V DC
GND
OUT I
GND
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
137PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key for MCR-T-UI(-E)... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Ordering examples with different input versions:
Application examples:
See tables
under “Sen-
sor type”
D=DIN 2 =2-conductor for 0 mA
(e.g., -
200.0°C)
for 20 mA
(e.g.,
+850.0°C)
C=°C OUT01 =0...20 mA N = Normal NONE =without FCC
2814113 = S=SAMA (see table) 3 =3-conductor F =°F OUT02 =4...20 mA I = Inverse YES =with FCC (a fee
is charged)
MCR-T-UI-E 4 =4-conductor V =mV OUT03 =0...10 V
0=for Ni1000 (Landis & Gyr),
Cu10, Cu50, Cu53,
KTY81-110,
thermocouple,
resistor,
potentiometer,
voltage
0=for
thermocouple,
resistor,
potentiometer,
voltage
O=WOUT05=0...5 V
2814090 = P=%OUT13=-5...+5 V YESPLUS =FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)
MCR-T-UI OUT14 =-10...+10 V
Resistance thermometers
Temperature ranges according to IEC 60751/EN 60751 and
DIN 43760 SAMA RC 21-4-1966 with 2, 3 or 4-conductor circuit.
1) Note: Pt sensors in increments of 10, 20, ...100 and
100, 200, ...1000, 2000.
KTY81 = KTY81-110.
Other types or characteristic curves available on request.
Sensor type
1
)
Standard
(input charac-
teristic curve)
Measuring
range
Smallest
measuring
range span
PT... DIN/SAMA -200°C ... 850°C 0.4 K
NI... DIN/SAMA -60°C ... 180°C 0.4 K
Ni1000 Landis & Gyr -50°C ... 160°C 0.4 K
CU10 SAMA -70°C ... 500°C 0.4 K
CU50 – -50°C ... 200°C 0.4 K
CU53 – -50°C ... 180°C 0.4 K
KTY81 Philips -55°C ... 150°C 0.4 K
KTY84 – -40°C ... 300°C 0.4 K
Thermocouples
2) Thermocouples according to IEC 60584/EN 60584.
Other types or characteristic curves available on request.
Sensor
type
Thermocou-
ple
Measuring range Smallest
measuring
range span
U Cu-CuNi -200°C ... 600°C > 1 K
T2) Cu-CuNi -200°C ... 400°C > 1 K
L Fe-CuNi -200°C ... 900°C > 1 K
J2) Fe-CuNi -210°C ... 1200°C > 1 K
E2) NiCr-CuNi -226°C ... 1000°C > 1 K
K2) NiCr-Ni -200°C ... 1372°C > 1 K
N2) NiCrSi-NiSi -200°C ... 1300°C > 1 K
S2) Pt10Rh-Pt -50°C ... 1768°C > 4 K
R2) Pt13Rh-Pt -50°C ... 1768°C > 4 K
B2) Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh 500°C ... 1820°C > 10 K
C -18°C ... 2316°C > 4 K
W -18°C ... 2316°C > 4 K
HK -200°C ... 800°C > 1 K
Resistors, potentiometers, mV voltages
Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
9
T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5
Sensor
type
Input Measuring range Smallest
measuring
range span
RES Resistor 0 ... 8000
(2-conductor)
2
POT Potentiometer
(max. 8 k)
0 ... 100%
(3-conductor)
0.2%
V01 Voltage -20 mV ...+2400 mV 2 mV
Order No.
Sensor type Input characteristic curve Connection
technology
Measuring range: Measur-
ing unit
Output Output charac-
teristic curve
Factory calibration
certificate (FCC)
Start End
2814113 / PT100 / D / 3 / -200.0 / +850.0 / C / OUT02 / N / NONE
Resistance thermometer 2814113 / PT100 / D / 3 / -200.0 / +850.0 / C / OUT02 / N / NONE
(Configuration for 3-conductor Pt 100 sensor; according to DIN from -200.0°C to +850.0°C with 4 ... 20 mA output characteristic curve)
Thermocouple 2814113 / J / 0 / 0 / -346 / +2192 / F / OUT02 / I / NONE
(Configuration for type J thermocouple from -346°F to +2192°F with 20 ... 4 mA output characteristic curve)
Voltage 2814113 / V01 / 0 / 0 / -10 / 1200 / V / OUT03 / I / NONE
(Configuration for voltage input from -10 mV to +1200 mV with 10 ... 0 V output characteristic curve)
Resistor 2814113 / RES / 0 / 0 / 0 / 7500 / O / OUT05 / N / NONE
(2-conductor connection) (Configuration for connecting a resistor varying between 0 and 7500 . The output signal is 0 ... 5 V.)
Potentiometer 2814113 / POT / 0 / 0 / 10 / 90 / P / OUT02 / N / NONE
(3-conductor connection) (Configuration for connecting a 3-conductor potentiometer, where 10 … 90% of the range is used. The output signal is 4 … 20 mA.)
Output: 0(4) ... 20 mA current signal
Application:
• For short distances (< 10 m)
Please note:
• Cable resistances RL1 and RL2 are incorporated in the measure-
ment result directly and falsify the result accordingly (example
for Pt 100: 0.385 = 1 K).
Compensation of 5% is possible.
Resistance thermometer: 2-conductor connection tech-
nology
Output:
0 ... (5)10 V, (5)10 V voltage signal
Application:
• For long distances between the Pt 100 sensor and the MCR
module (RL1, RL2, RL3 25 )
Please note:
• To compensate the cable resistance, all cable resistances must
have exactly the same values (RL1 = RL2 = RL3)
Resistance thermometer: 3-conductor connection tech-
nology
Output: switching output
Application:
• For long distances between the Pt 100 sensor and the MCR
module and different cable resistances (RL1 RL2 RL3 RL4)
Please note:
• The cable resistance (RL2 + RL4) must not exceed a value of
50 .
Resistance thermometer: 4-conductor connection tech-
nology
Potentiometer
Application:
• For short distances and gradual changes.
Please note:
• Cable resistances RL1 and RL2 are incorporated in the measure-
ment result directly and falsify the result accordingly. Compen-
sation of 5% is possible.
Application:
• Connecting a thermocouple or an mV signal.
Note:
• Activate cold junction compensation for the device in the case
of thermocouple measurements.
Thermocouple: absolute temperature measurement
Application:
• Differential temperature measurement with thermocouples.
• Deactivate cold junction compensation for the device.
Thermocouple: differential temperature measurement
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
IN OUT
=
=
U
U
1
2
3
4
5
6
Shield
Shield
MM
Power
7
8
9
10
11
12
OUT U/I
GND 1
(+) 24VDC
GND 2
GND 2
OUT
IN
POWER
U,I
PT100
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor
Temperature range 0°C ... 300°C (0 ... 100/150/200/300) /
-50°C ... 250°C (-50 ... 50/100/150/250)
Sensor input current Approx. 1 mA
Output data U output I output
Output signal 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal 15 V 30 mA
Load RB 10 k 500
Output signal with open circuit > 11 V > 22 mA
General data ...-U-DC ...-I-DC ...-U ...-I
Supply voltage UB20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC
Current consumption 35 mA 60 mA 20 mA 45 mA
Maximum transmission error 0.4% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient 0.02%/K
ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±5% / ±5%
Step response (10 - 90%) 11 ms
Test voltage power supply/signal 750 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced
Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature measuring transducer
, for Pt 100 temperature
sensors with 2, 3, 4-conductor technology with electrically isolated
supply voltage
Output: 0..0.10 V MCR-PT100-U-DC1) 2810311 1
Output: 0...(4)20 mA MCR-PT100-I-DC1) 2810337 1
Output: 0...10 V, without electrical isolation MCR-PT100-U1) 2810340 1
Output: 0...(4)20 mA, without electrical isolation MCR-PT100-I1) 2810353 1
138 PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key MCR-PT100-...(-DC) (standard configuration entered as example)
2=2-conductor TR01 =-50...+50°C OUT01 =0...20 mA NONE =
Without certificate
2810311 = MCR-PT100-U-DC TR02 =-50...+100°C OUT02 =4...20 mA YES =With factory
calibration
certificate (fee)
2810337 = MCR-PT100-I-DC 3 =3-conductor TR03 =-50...+150°C
2810340 = MCR-PT100-U TR04 =-50...+250°C With the devices:
2810311 MCR-PT100-U-DC
2810340 MCR-PT100-U
The output signal is 0...10 V. No details
are necessary.
2810353 = MCR-PT100-I 4 =4-conductor TR05 =0...100°C YESPLUS =Factory
calibration
certificate with
5 measuring
points (fee)
TR06 =0...150°C
TR07 =0...200°C
TR08 =0...300°C
Order No.
Connection
method
Temperature range Output Factory calibration
certificate
2810337 / 3 / TR05 / OUT02 / NONE
DW
H
– Temperature range adjustable via
DIP switch
–ZERO/SPAN adjustment
– Open circuit detection
– Alternatively with galvanically isolated
supply voltage
Notes:
When ordering, you must use the order key to specify the desired
configuration.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Te m p e r a t u r e
Temperature transducer
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
For Pt 100, either voltage or current output
Pt 100
MCR-SL-PT100-SP
SP
ERROR
SETPOINT
010
50 40
30
K
20
12
IN
+24V
GND
34
24V
OUT
IN
POWER
PT100
15
6
7
8
2
3
4
IN OUT
U
DC
DC
SETPOINT
Pt 100
+24 VDC
GND
11
12
11
14
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2-conductor
Temperature range -100°C ... 700°C
Sensor input current Approx. 1 mA
Switching output Relay output
Contact type 1 PDT
Contact material AgSnO, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching current 50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
Operate delay time Approx. 6 ms
Off delay time Approx. 200 ms
Switching hysteresis Adjustable using DIP switches (0.5 K, 2 K, 3 K, 5 K)
Error/status indicator Red LED (short-circuit/wire break) / Yellow LED (relay active)
General data
Supply voltage UB20 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 30 mA
Linearity error < 0.1%
Setting accuracy < 1%, typ. < 0.5%
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Mounting Any
Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature relay, for Pt 100 in 2-conductor system
MCR-SL-PT100-SP1) 2814948 1
139PHOENIX CONTACT
– Switching point in the temperature range
from -100°C ... +700°C freely selectable
– Changeover relay output
– Galvanically isolated
– Adjustable switch hysteresis
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Te m p e r a t u r e
Temperature relay
Application example - Temperature control of a heated medium
1 = mains voltage
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
DW
H
For Pt 100
IPOWER
IN
OUT
DC
DA
D
DC
OUT I
IN
POWER
6
5
IN OUT
-
+
1
2
3
4
C
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000);
minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor
Thermocouple sensors B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U;
minimum measurement range 50 K/500 K
Resistor
(Resistance-type sensor from 10 to 400 and from 10 to 2000 ;
minimum measurement range 10 /100 )
Voltage -10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)
Output data
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Load RB(Max (Vsupply -12 V) / 0.023 A (current output))
Output signal with short-circuit 3.6 mA or 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)
Output signal with open circuit 3.6 mA or 21 mA (adjustable)
Measuring range overrange/underrange 20.5 mA / 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)
General data
Supply voltage UB12 V DC ... 35 V DC
Current consumption < 3.5 mA
Transmission error Resistance thermometers
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)
Thermocouple sensors Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
Resistance-type sensors ±0.1 (10...400 ), ±1.5 (10...2000 )
Voltage sensor ±20 µV (-10...100 mV)
Step response (10 - 90%) < 2 s
Pickup delay 4 s
Test voltage input/output 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C
Mounting Any
Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, loop-powered
for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type, and
voltage sensors
MCR-FL-T-LP-I 2864561 1
140 PHOENIX CONTACT
– Two-wire transmitter for resistance
thermometers, thermocouples,
resistance-type, and voltage sensors
– Freely programmable via
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection.
You can implement your own measuring range settings, lineariza-
tion, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149
Te m p e r a t u r e
Temperature transducer
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
DW
H
Loop-powered,
programmable
IN I
PT100
POWER
OUT
DC
DA
D
DC 6
5
IN OUT
1
2
3
4
C
OUT I
IN
POWER
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt 100 ; minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor
Output data
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Load RB(Max (Vsupply -12 V) / 0.023 A (current output))
Output signal with short-circuit 3.6 mA or 21 mA (adjustable)
Output signal with open circuit 3.6 mA or 21 mA (adjustable)
Measuring range overrange/underrange 20.5 mA / 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)
General data
Supply voltage UB12 V DC ... 35 V DC
Current consumption < 3.5 mA
Transmission error Resistance thermometers 0.2 K
Step response (10 - 90%) < 2 s
Pickup delay 4 s
Test voltage input/output 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C
Mounting Any
Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, loop-powered
for Pt 100 resistance thermometer MCR-SL-PT100-LP-I 2864558 1
141PHOENIX CONTACT
–Two-wire transmitter for
Pt 100 resistance thermometers
– Freely programmable via
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection.
You can implement your own measuring range settings, lineariza-
tion, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149
Te m p e r a t u r e
Temperature transducer
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
DW
H
Loop-powered,
programmable
21
3
4
5
6
2
1
∅33
∅44
∅5
∅7
IPOWER
IN
OUT
3
4
6
DC
DA
D
DC 2
1
5
IN OUT
C
OUT I
IN
POWER
Ex:
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000);
minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor
Thermocouple sensors B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U;
minimum measurement range 50 K/500 K
Resistor
(Resistance-type sensor from 10 to 400 and from 10 to 2000 ;
minimum measurement range 10 /100 )
Voltage -10 mV ... 75 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)
Output data
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Load RB(Max (Vsupply - 8 V) / 0.025 A (current output))
Output signal with short-circuit 3.6 mA or 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)
Output signal with open circuit 3.6 mA or 21 mA (adjustable)
Measuring range overrange/underrange 20.5 mA / 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)
General data
Supply voltage UB8 V DC ... 35 V DC
Current consumption < 3.5 mA
Transmission error Resistance thermometers
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)
Thermocouple sensors Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
Resistance-type sensors ±0.1 (10...400 ), ±1.5 (10...2000 )
Voltage sensor ±20 µV (-10...100 mV)
Step response (10 - 90%) < 2 s
Pickup delay 6 s
Test voltage input/output 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP00, IP66 (integrated in the connecting head)
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C
Mounting Any
Housing material Polycarbonate, PC
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 24 - 15
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, loop-powered
for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type, and
voltage sensors
MCR-FL-HT-T-I 2864529 1
142 PHOENIX CONTACT
– Two-wire transmitter for resistance
thermometers, thermocouples, resis-
tance-type, and voltage sensors
– For mounting in the connecting head,
form B
– Freely programmable via
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection.
You can implement your own measuring range settings, lineariza-
tion, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149
Te m p e r a t u r e
Temperature head transmitter
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Loop-powered,
programmable
21
3
4
5
6
2
1
∅33
∅44
∅5
∅7
IN I
PT100
POWER
OUT
3
4
6
DA
D
2
1
5
IN OUT
C
OUT I
IN
POWER
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ex:
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt 100 ; minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor
Output data
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Load RB(Max (Vsupply - 10 V) / 0.023 A (current output))
Output signal with short-circuit 3.6 mA or 21 mA (adjustable)
Output signal with open circuit 3.6 mA or 21 mA (adjustable)
Measuring range overrange/underrange 20.5 mA / 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)
General data
Supply voltage UB10 V DC ... 35 V DC
Current consumption < 3.5 mA
Transmission error Resistance thermometers 0.2 K
Step response (10 - 90%) < 2 s
Pickup delay 4 s
Degree of protection IP00, IP54 (integrated in the connecting head)
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C
Mounting Any
Housing material Polycarbonate, PC
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, loop-powered
for Pt 100 resistance thermometer MCR-SL-HT-PT 100-I 2864516 1
143PHOENIX CONTACT
– Two-wire transmitter for Pt 100
resistance thermometers
– For mounting in the connecting head,
form B
– Freely programmable via
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond.connection.
You can implement your own measuring range settings, lineariza-
tion, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149
Te m p e r a t u r e
Temperature head transmitter
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Loop-powered,
programmable
POWER
f,U,I
U,I
OUT
IN
m
NPN
PNP
Dry
Contact
0-10 V
0-20 mA
A
D
A
D
C
A
D
A
D
DC
DC
DC 9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
+8,2 V
Namur
IN
f in
GND 1
NPN
PNP
+15 V
U in
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
+24 V
GND
SW
GND
NC
I OUT
U OUT
GND 2
I in
Ex:
Housing width 45 mm
Technical data
Input data Frequency input
Frequency range 0.1 Hz ... 120 kHz
Input sources NPN/PNP transistor outputs
NAMUR initiators
Floating relay contact (dry contact)
Frequency generator
Transducer supply Approx. 15 V DC / max. 25 mA (constant)
Signal level 2 VPP (In case of rectangle 0.1 Hz ... 120 kHz)
2 VPP (In case of sine 8 Hz ... 120 kHz)
13 VPP (In case of sine 1 Hz ... 120 kHz)
Maximum input signal 30 V (incl. DC voltage)
Signal form Any
Pulse length 1 µs
Resolution > 12 bit
Signal conversion time 32 ms
Input data Isolating amplifier function
Input signal 0 V ... 10 V (freely adjustable)
0 mA ... 20 mA (freely adjustable)
Maximum input signal 12 V 24 mA
Input resistance 95 k200
Resolution 14 bit (full-scale) 14 bit (full-scale)
Output data U output I output
Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal 12.5 V 25 mA
Load RB 500  500
Ripple < 20 mVPP
Switching output Transistor output, pnp
Switches supply voltage to terminal block SW, can carry a load of
100 mA, not protected against short-circuit
General data
Supply voltage UB20 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 60 mA (without load, without switching output)
Maximum transmission error 0.15% (of measured value), typ. 0.1%
Temperature coefficient 0.015%/K, typ. 0.01%/K
ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±25% / ±25%
Step response (10 - 90%) < 25 ms
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C (for specified data)
Status indication LC display
Operating elements Membrane keypad with 3 keys and LCD display
Housing material ASA-PC (V0)
Dimensions W / H / D 45 / 75 / 110 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D or non-hazardous locations
GL Germanischer Lloyd
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR frequency measuring transducer, for conversion of
frequencies into analog signals 0(4)...20 mA, 0...(5)10 V and
their inverse signals
MCR-F-UI-DC1) 2814605 1
144 PHOENIX CONTACT
– Frequencies up to 120 kHz
– For NAMUR sensors, floating contacts,
frequency generators, and NPN/PNP
transistor outputs
– Analog and switching output
– 3-way isolation
– Programmable using membrane keypad or
software
– Display of input or output signal
Notes:
Further information about the configuration software can be found
on page 149
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Frequency
Frequency transducer
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
DW
H
Programmable,
for frequencies of up to 120 kHz
1
bn
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
bu
+8,2 V
NAMUR
IN
f IN
GND1
NPN
PNP
+15 V
U IN
I IN
MCR-f-UI-DC
1
bn
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
bu
+8,2 V
NAMUR
IN
f IN
GND1
NPN
PNP
+15 V
U IN
I IN
MCR-f-UI-DC
1
bu
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
bn
+8,2 V
NAMUR
IN
f IN
GND1
NPN
PNP
+15 V
U IN
I IN
MCR-f-UI-DC
bk
npn
1
bn
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
bu
+8,2 V
NAMUR
IN
f IN
GND1
NPN
PNP
+15 V
U IN
I IN
MCR-f-UI-DC
bk
pnp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
+8,2 V
NAMUR
IN
f IN
GND1
NPN
PNP
+15 V
U IN
I IN
MCR-f-UI-DC
bn
bu
bk
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
+8,2 V
NAMUR
IN
f IN
GND1
NPN
PNP
+15 V
U IN
I IN
MCR-f-UI-DC
bn
bu
bk
1
bn
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
bu
+8,2 V
NAMUR
IN
f IN
GND1
NPN
PNP
+15 V
U IN
I IN
MCR-f-UI-DC
bk
pnp wh
1
bu
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
bn
+8,2 V
NAMUR
IN
f IN
GND1
NPN
PNP
+15 V
U IN
I IN
MCR-f-UI-DC
bk
npn wh
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
+8,2 V
NAMUR
IN
f IN
GND1
NPN
PNP
+15 V
U IN
I IN
MCR-f-UI-DC
UB = 5-30 V DC
UB = 0 V DC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
+8,2 V
NAMUR
IN
f IN
GND1
NPN
PNP
+15 V
U IN
I IN
MCR-f-UI-DC
15 V/25 mA
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
+8,2 V
NAMUR
IN
f IN
GND1
NPN
PNP
+15 V
U IN
I IN
MCR-f-UI-DC
U
B
= 24 V DC
K1, K2, K0
K1, K2, K0
U
B
= 0 V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
+8,2 V
NAMUR
IN
f IN
GND1
NPN
PNP
+15 V
U IN
I IN
MCR-f-UI-DC
15 V/25 mA
K1, K2, K0
K1, K2, K0
24 V
NPN
PNP
Dry
Contact
0-10V
0-20mA
A
D
A
D
μC
DC
DC
DC
D
A
D
A
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
+8,2V
Namur
IN
Fin
GND1
NPN
PNP
+15 V
U in
Iin
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
+24 V
GND
SW
GND
NC
IOUT
U OUT
GND2
24 V
NPN
PNP
Dry
Contact
0-10V
0-20mA
A
D
A
D
μC
DC
DC
DC
D
A
D
A
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
+8,2V
Namur
IN
Fin
GND1
NPN
PNP
+15 V
U in
Iin
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
+24 V
GND
SW
GND
NC
IOUT
U OUT
GND2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
145PHOENIX CONTACT
Connection examples for common frequency transmitters
2-wire DC (mechanical contact)
Terminal block 1
also possible instead
of terminal block 6.
2-wire DC NAMUR sensor
3-wire DC
• With PNP transistor output
• With NPN transistor output
3-wire DC
• PNP transistor with pull-down resistance
• NPN transistor with pull-up resistance
4-wire DC
• With PNP transistor output
• With NPN transistor output
Incremental rotary transducer with push-pull:
• Supply of the external signaling encoder
• Supply of the signaling encoder from the module
The external supply can
be picked off by
terminal blocks 9
+24VDC and 0 GND
as well.
Any 3-way isolation
then no longer applies.
Incremental rotary transducer with HTL logic:
• Supply of the external signaling encoder
• Supply of the signaling encoder from the module
NAMUR
Actuated: 1.2 mA
Not actuated: 2.1 mA
Control system
Mains voltage
Application example:
Measurement of revolutions of a drive
Application examples:
The MCR-F-UI-DC frequency
transducer converts the pulse signal into an
analog standard signal that provides
information about the numbers of bottles in
filling systems recorded in a defined time
unit.
For speed measurements, it is possible
to enter the measuring range in revolutions
per minute (rpm) and to display the current
measured value on the device.
The frequency measuring transducer has
an automatic measuring range selection
function (autorange) to ensure the best
possible resolution. This permits response
times to be reduced to a minimum and the
measured value is optimally adapted to the
input value.
NAMUR sensor
Control system
Mains voltage
Application example:
Flow measurement
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
45
75
110
OUT
IN
POWER
,U,I,R
μC
-
-
E
0000
D
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
(+)
(-)
12
11
14
22
21
24
24 VDC
GND
POWER
IN
OUT
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
MM
shield
I(
±)
U(±)
GND (±)
U(-)
U(+)
I
Technical data
Input data
Input sources Resistance thermometer 2, 3 or 4-conductor system (according to
DIN 43760/DIN IEC 751 or SAMA RC 21-4-1966), e.g., PT sensors,
Ni sensors, etc.
Thermocouple sensors (according to DIN IEC 584-1/DIN 43710):
B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U
Resistance: 0 k ... 8 k (only 2-conductor connection)
Current: - 30 mA...+30 mA
Voltage: - 30 V...+30 V
Measuring rate 2 Hz
Input resistance Current / voltage 50 / 200 k
Discontinuous control resolution 0.1°C / 0.01 V / 0.01 mA / 0.1
Switching output
Contact type 2 x PDT contact, / 2 switching points each, pick-up/drop-out
(can be switched)
Contact material AgNi 0,15 + HTV (hard gold-plated)
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC
Maximum switching current 2 A AC
Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles
Response delay 0 s ... 2 s (adjustable)
Status indication LED display
General data
Supply voltage UB20 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 60 mA
Maximum transmission error 0.1% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K
Test voltage input/power supply 1 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Status indication 5-position 7-segment display and LEDs
Mounting Any
Housing material ABS
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada cULus
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR threshold value switch, with two relay contacts
With electrically isolated input MCR-PSP-DC1) 2811925 1
MCR-PSP1) 2811912 1
146 PHOENIX CONTACT
– For thermocouple sensors, resistance
thermometers, and linear resistors
– For current or voltage signals
– Four independently adjustable switching
thresholds
– With or without electrical isolation of
input signals
– Programming via membrane keypad or
MCR-PICONF-WIN software
– Continuous measured value display
Further information about the configuration software can be found
on page 149
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Programmable limit value switch
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
MCR-PSP-DC
OUT
IN
POWER
3x
U,I
0ABCIN
1
2
3
4
5
6
IN
GND 1
GND 1
12
11
14
I/U 7
8
9
10
11
12
OUT A
OUT B
OUT C
+ 24VDC
GND 2
GND 2
IN OUT
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data
Input data MCR-SWS-U1)MCR-SWS-I1)
Input signal 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum input signal 11 V 22 mA
Input resistance 100 k 120
Limit value setting Setting potentiometer, scaled 270° potentiometer
Setting range of the limit value 0 V ... 10 V 0 A ... 20 mA
Setting range for the hysteresis 0.1 V ... 10 V
(setting accuracy: ±30 mV)
0.2 mA ... 20 mA
(setting accuracy: ±60 µA)
Internal hysteresis ±30 mV (around the lower/upper
switching point)
±60 µA (around the lower/upper
switching point)
Switching output Transistor output, pnp
Number of outputs 3
Output voltage 20 V DC ... 30 V DC
Continuous load current 100 mA
Switching output Relay output
Contact type 1 PDT
Contact material AgNi 0,15 + HTV (hard gold-plated)
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (30 V DC)
Maximum switching current 2 A
Mechanical service life 107 cycles
Error/status indicator
General data
Supply voltage UB20 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption Typ. 60 mA
Temperature coefficient 0.02%/K
Step response (10 - 90%) < 25 ms
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Mounting Any
Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced
Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR threshold value switch, with adjustable hysteresis and
relay/transistor output
Input: 0..0.10 V MCR-SWS-U1) 2766465 1
Input: 0(4) - 20 mA MCR-SWS-I1) 2766478 1
147PHOENIX CONTACT
– 0 ... 10 V or 0 ... 20 mA input
–Relay/transistor output
– Limit indicator
– Adjustable hysteresis
– Monitoring of three signal statuses
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Limit values,
threshold value switch
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
DW
H
For either standard voltage or
standard current signals
OUT
IN
U
ref
U
10 V Sw 0V 0V
Housing width 30 mm
Technical data
Input data EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN EMG 30-SP-10K LIN
Resistance value 4.7 k ±20% 10 k ±20%
Linearity 5% (of final value) 5% (of final value)
Load capacity 1 W 0.5 W
General data
Ambient temperature (operation) 0°C ... 40°C
Mounting Any
Housing material Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F
Dimensions W / H / D 30 / 75 / 68 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Setpoint potentiometer, to set setpoints individually
Resistance value 4.7 kEMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN 2940252 10
Resistance value 10 kEMG 30-SP-10K LIN 2942124 10
Accessories
MCR constant voltage source
With screw connection MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-NC1)2902822 1
With spring-cage connection
MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-SP-NC
1
)
2902823 1
148 PHOENIX CONTACT
– For direct setpoint definition in combina-
tion with a constant voltage source
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Setpoint value potentiometer
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
DW
H
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR configuration software, for programming MCR-T-...-,
MCR-...-LP-...-, MCR-...-HT-...-, MCR-S-...-, MCR-F-..., and
MCR-PSP-... modules, CD-ROM
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN 2814799 1
Accessories
Labels, for labeling MCR-T and MCR-S modules, four sheets
DIN A4 marking labels (112 pieces.)
MCR-ET 38X35 WH 2814317 1
The MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configura-
tion software package is used to config-
ure and visualize all parameters for the pro-
grammable MCR measuring transducers.
– Straightforward menu interface
– Rapid programming
Notes:
The software runs under the following operating systems:
Windows NT™, 2000™, and XP™.
Accessories
Configuration software package
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
USB adapter cable,
D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB
CM-KBL-RS232/USB 2881078 1
Software adapter cable (stereo jack plug/25-pos. D-SUB),
1.2 m long, for programming MCR-T-..., MCR-S-..., and
MCR-F-... modules
MCR-TTL-RS232-E 2814388 1
Software adapter cable (6-pos./D-SUB 25-pos.), 1.5 m length,
for programming MCR-PSP modules
MCR-TTL-RS232 2814391 1
Software adapter cable, 2.4 m length, with USB connection,
for programming MCR-...-LP-... and MCR-...-HT-... modules
MCR-PAC-T-USB 2309000 1
Accessories
Adapter cable, stranded,
9-pos. D-SUB socket on 25-pos. D-SUB pin
PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS 2761295 1
149
PHOENIX CONTACT
The following adapter cables are available
for programming:
– USB adapter cable
– Interface converter
The following modules are supported:
– MCR-T-UI(-E)...
–MCR-F-UI-DC
–MCR-PSP...
– MCR-FL-T-LP-I
– MCR-SL-PT100-LP-I
– MCR-FL-HT-T-I
– MCR-SL-HT-PT100-I
USB adapter cable
Software adapter cable
Data cable
max. 19,3
59
48
24
IN
POWER
00000
U,I
μC
A
D
LATCH
GND 1
10 VDC/30 mA
GND 1
U
GND 2
I
0000
IN
1
2
3
4
6
5
-
-
7
Housing width 48 mm
Technical data
Input data U input I input
Input signal 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum input signal 30 V DC 50 mA
Input resistance > 1 M(approx. 100 with 5 mA /
approx. 70 with 20 mA)
Resolution 1 mV 2 µA
Measuring rate 0.5 to 2 measurements/second
Input latch signal Display stop
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) 4 V DC ... 30 V DC
0 signal (“L”) 0 V DC ... 2 V DC
Output data
Display 7-segment LED; 8 mm; red
Number of the displayed positions 5
Accuracy < 0.1% ±1 digit (At an ambient temperature of 20°C)
General data
Supply voltage UB10 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption 50 mA
Data memory EEPROM 1 mil. memory cycles or 10 years
Resolution A/D 14 bit
System hum suppression Digital filtering 50/60 Hz
Test voltage input/power supply 500 Vrms (50/60 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP65 from the front
Ambient temperature (operation) -10°C ... 50°C
Housing material Macrolon 2405
Dimensions W / H / D 48 / 24 / 68 mm
Control panel cutout 22(+0.6)x45(+0.8) mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR digital display, for measurement and display of
standard signals
MCR-SL-D-U-I 2864011 1
Accessories
MCR DIN rail adapter for digital displays in a 24 x 48 mm housing MCR-SL-D-RA 2810081 1
150 PHOENIX CONTACT
– For 0 ... 10 V and 0(4) ... 20 mA standard
analog signals
– Programmable
– 5 positions displayed
– 8 mm LED, 7-segment
– Galvanically isolated
– Min./max. value saving
– Freely programmable decimal point
display
– Latch/hold function for storing the display
value
– Display 48 x 24 mm
Analog IN
standard signals
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
For standard analog signals, programmable
max.19,3
59 24
48
OUT
POWER
Uref
Iref
0000
GND 2
0...24 mA
HOLD
0...12 V
GND 3
+10...30 V
GND 1
DC
DC
0000
µ
C
D
A
1
2
4
3
U OUT
I OUT
IN
7
6
5
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Housing width 48 mm
Technical data
Input data
Display 7-segment, 8 mm, red
Number of the displayed positions 4
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) 4 V DC ... 30 V DC
0 signal (“L”) 0 V DC ... 2 V DC
Output data U output I output
Output signal 0 ... 12 V 0 ... 24 mA
Length of step 10 mV 10 µA
Load RB 2 k 500 (Up to 20 mA)
400 (> 20 mA)
Ripple 10 mVPP
General data
Supply voltage UB10 V DC ... 30 V DC
Power consumption 1 W (With 24 mA/12 V)
Maximum transmission error < 0.2% ((full-scale) at rated voltage)
Test voltage output/power supply 500 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP65 from the front
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Housing material Macrolon 2405
Dimensions W / H / D 48 / 24 / 68 mm
Control panel cutout 45(+0.6)x22.2(+0.3) mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR digital setpoint encoder, for presetting current and
voltage signals
MCR-SL-D-SPA-UI 2710314 1
Accessories
MCR DIN rail adapter for digital displays in a 24 x 48 mm housing MCR-SL-D-RA 2810081 1
151PHOENIX CONTACT
– Manual setpoint definition with step
width setting
– Manual setpoint definition via direct input
– Automatic setpoint definition with hold
function and 20 support points
– Highly adjustable 0 ... 12 V or 0 ... 24 mA
signal ranges
– Data backup in case of a power failure
– Display value parameterization
– Electrical isolation between output and
supply
Analog OUT
setpoint adjuster
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
With manual and automatic ramp function
152 PHOENIX CONTACT
Highly compact – leading technology
MACX Analog Ex – single- and two-chan-
nel signal isolating amplifiers for intrinsically
safe circuits in the Ex area.
MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers en-
sure maximum system safety and explosion
protection within a minimum amount of
space. With a design width of just 12.5 mm,
this comprehensive range for analog signal
conditioning is approved according to ATEX
and IECEx and consistently SIL-certified.
Maximum explosion protection for all
Ex zones and gas groups
Many process technology systems have
areas where potentially explosive atmo-
spheres may occur. As such, measuring and
control circuits are usually designed with in-
trinsic safety protection type Ex i.
MACX Analog Ex i isolating amplifiers and
measuring transducers isolate intrinsically
safe circuits from non-intrinsically safe cir-
cuits and safely limit the energy supplied to
the Ex area. Furthermore, they handle ex-
tensive signal conditioning tasks.
All MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers
are approved in accordance with the appli-
cable ATEX and IECEx standards:
– [Ex ia] – for intrinsically safe circuits up to
Ex zone 0 and Ex zone 20
– Ex n – for installing devices in Ex zone 2
– In addition, relevant national approvals
such as UL and GOST are available.
Choose the right MACX Analog Ex
isolating amplifier for your applica-
tion:
Analog IN
Measuring transducer repeater power
supply and input isolating amplifier for the
intrinsically safe operation of 2-wire trans-
mitters, 4-conductor measuring transduc-
ers, and current sources.
Analog OUT
Output isolating amplifiers for the intrin-
sically safe operation of control valves, I/P
converters, and displays.
Te m p e r a t u r e
Configurable temperature transducers
for the intrinsically safe operation of resis-
tance thermometers, remote resistance-
type sensors, thermocouples, and mV
sources – with safe limit value relays as an
option.
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifiers for the intrin-
sically safe operation of proximity sensors
and switches.
Digital OUT
Solenoid drivers for the intrinsically safe
operation of solenoid valves and alarm
transmitters.
Wide-range power supply
The modules featuring a wide-range
power supply (...-UP) can be used in
all power supply networks the
world over without the need for ad-
ditional power supply units.
DIN rail connector-compatible
The DIN rail connector enables the
modular bridging of the 24 V supply
voltage.
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
153PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Significant space savings
– Housing width of just 12.5 mm for all sin-
gle- and two-channel 24V devices. Saves
up to 45% of space, when compared to
design widths up to 22.5 mm.
Easy-maintenance connection method:
– Plug-in connection terminal blocks with
screw connection or fast push-in technol-
ogy – coded, with integrated sockets.
Flexible power bridging and diagnostics
– Supply voltage bridging and the option of
redundant, diode-decoupled supply and
error indication.
Easy configuration and monitoring
– Either via FDT/DTM or user-friendly
stand-alone software – with integrated
monitoring function.
Easy configuration
– Without software via DIP switches on the
device front or with the operator inter-
face and display unit.
Precise transmission, long service life
– Patented circuit concepts ensure precise
transmission and minimal self-heating.
High operational reliability
– High operational reliability, thanks to safe
3-way electrical isolation.
Safe and reliable functions
– Consistent SIL certification. This ensures
the highest level of reliability and safety
for your systems.
Fast and error-free signal connection
– Compact termination carriers connect
MACX Analog Ex devices to the automa-
tion system – plug and play.
Facts about explosion protection
The chemical and petrochemical indus-
tries involve industrial processes which pro-
duce explosive atmospheres. They are
caused, for example, by gases, fumes or va-
pors. Explosive atmospheres are also likely
to occur in mills, silos, and sugar and fodder
factories due to the dust present there.
Therefore, electrical devices in potentially
explosive areas are subject to special direc-
tives.
Devices and protective systems in po-
tentially explosive areas
European Parliament directive 94/9/EC of
March 23, 1994 (ATEX manufacturer direc-
tive) is of particular importance within
CENELEC (European Community and
Western European EFTA states). It is de-
signed to facilitate the harmonization of le-
gal provisions in the member states of the
European Union for devices and protective
systems in terms of ensuring correct use in
potentially explosive areas. Directive
94/9/EC must be applied to all explosion-
protected devices and protective systems
placed on the market in the European
Union.
The scope of this directive also includes
safety, monitoring, and control devices
which are used outside of potentially explo-
sive areas, but which are necessary for, or
contribute towards, the safe operation of
devices and protective systems with respect
to explosion hazards.
The term device includes machines,
equipment, stationary or mobile devices,
control components, and system accesso-
ries. The directive also covers alarm and
protection systems which are meant to be
used, either individually or in combination,
for the generation, transmission, storage,
measurement, control, and conversion of
energy as well as for processing materials
and which have the potential to ignite and
cause an explosion.
Protective systems are devices de-
signed to stop an incipient explosion imme-
diately and/or restrict the area affected by
the explosion, and which are placed on the
market separately as autonomous systems.
Components are defined as those parts
that are necessary for ensuring the safe op-
eration of devices and protective systems,
but do not perform an autonomous func-
tion in themselves.
European directives are implemented in
ordinances or laws at a national level.
Systems in potentially explosive areas
Directive 1999/92/EC (ATEX Operator
Directive) was passed in Europe to regulate
the operation of systems in potentially ex-
plosive areas.
Classification into groups
The general stipulations of EN 60079-0
divide electrical devices for potentially ex-
plosive areas into three groups.
Group I:
Electrical devices for firedamp areas
(mines) which are susceptible to pit gases
(methane) and/or combustible dusts (coal
dust).
Group II:
Electrical devices for operation in areas
where explosive gas atmospheres are likely
to occur, excluding mines susceptible to
firedamp.
This also includes devices for the chemi-
cal, petrochemical, and pharmaceutical in-
dustries as well as for waste water treat-
ment.
Electrical devices are further divided into
subcategories according to the properties
of the explosive atmosphere.
In the case of the intrinsic safety protec-
tion type, classification is based on the min-
imum ignition energy of the gas or vapor.
Group III:
Electrical devices for operation in areas
where explosive dust atmospheres are likely
to occur, excluding mines susceptible to
firedamp.
This includes devices for areas associated
with the food industry (mills, silos), for ex-
ample.
Electrical devices are further divided into
subcategories according to the properties
of the explosive atmosphere.
Terminology associated with the Ex area
Explosive atmosphere
A mixture of combustible gases, steam, vapors or dust and air in atmo-
spheric conditions that allow the entire mixture to combust once ig-
nited.
Potentially explosive area
An area where the atmosphere has the potential to explode due to lo-
cal or operational conditions (“Ex area”).
Electrical equipment
The entire set of components, electric circuits or parts of electric cir-
cuits that are usually located within a single housing.
Intrinsically safe electrical equipment
An electrical device in which all circuits are intrinsically safe.
Note: these devices may be used directly in the Ex area.
Associated equipment
Electrical devices that contain both intrinsically safe and non-intrinsical-
ly safe circuits and that are designed in such a way that the non-intrin-
sically safe circuits cannot influence the intrinsically safe ones.
Note: associated electrical equipment must not be used directly in po-
tentially explosive areas without additional protection defined by a fur-
ther protection type.
Designation Typical gas Ignition energy/J
Intrinsic safety
II A Propane > 180
II B Ethylene 60 ... 180
II C Hydrogen < 60
Designation Dusts
III A Combustible flyings
III B Non-conductive dust
III C Conductive dust
154 PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Classification into temperature classes
Simply dividing the various gases into ex-
plosion or gas groups according to their
minimum ignition energy is not sufficient to
describe the gases adequately with regard
to their explosive properties.
A gas may explode either when the igni-
tion energy is exceeded or where there is
an excessively high temperature caused by a
hot surface. This ignition temperature is,
however, not usually linked to the ignition
energy, i.e., a gas with a low ignition energy
does not necessarily explode at a low tem-
perature. Consequently, devices that are
used directly in potentially explosive atmo-
spheres are divided into temperature class-
es. Temperature classes define the maxi-
mum surface temperature even in the event
of errors. Parallel to this, the gases are clas-
sified according to their different ignition
temperatures.
The following table provides an overview
of the ignition energies and ignition temper-
atures for certain gases:
Zone classification
Potentially explosive areas are divided
into zones according to the probability of
their occurrence. The EN 60079-10-1 stan-
dard defines the zones containing explo-
sive atmospheres as follows:
Zone 0:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
present for continuous or long periods.
These conditions are usually present in-
side containers, pipelines, apparatus, and
tanks.
Zone 1:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
to be expected only occasionally during
normal operation.
This includes the immediate area sur-
rounding zone 0, as well as areas close to
filling and emptying equipment.
Zone 2:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
not expected during normal operation;
however, if it does occur, then it does so
only rarely and for a short period.
Zone 2 includes areas that are used exclu-
sively for storage, areas around pipe con-
nections that can be disconnected, and gen-
erally the immediate area surrounding
zone 1.
Areas that are potentially explosive as a
result of combustible dusts are divided
into the following zones according to EN
60079-10-2 (formerly: EN 61241-10):
Zone 20:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
present for continuous, frequent or long pe-
riods in the form of an airborne cloud of
combustible dust.
Zone 21:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere in
the form of an airborne cloud of combusti-
ble dust is to be expected only occasionally
during normal operation.
Zone 22:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere in
the form of an airborne cloud of combusti-
ble dust is not expected during normal op-
eration. However, if it does occur, then it
does so only for a short period.
Categories
The ATEX Directive assigns devices for
use in potentially explosive areas to catego-
ries. In IEC 60079-0, “Equipment Protection
Level (EPL)” is the term used instead of
“category”.
In the same way that there are different
zones, there are also different device cate-
gories. These consist of categories M1 and
M2 for Group I and categories 1, 2, and 3 for
Group II. The categories for equipment
group II are described in more detail be-
low:
Category 1:
Devices constructed to guarantee a very
high degree of safety.
Devices in this category must guarantee
the required degree of safety even in the un-
likely event of a device failure and therefore
be provided with measures to protect
against explosion, so that:
– In the event of one integrated protection
measure failing, a second, independent
protection measure is able to guarantee
the necessary safety.
– In the event of two independent errors,
the necessary safety is guaranteed.
Category 2:
Devices constructed to guarantee a very
high degree of safety.
The explosion protection measures asso-
ciated with this category guarantee the re-
quired degree of safety, even in the case of
frequent device failures or common error
states.
Category 3:
Devices constructed to guarantee a stan-
dard degree of safety.
Devices in this category guarantee an ad-
equate degree of safety in normal opera-
tion.
The table below shows which categories
are assigned to which zones:
Temperature class Maximum permis-
sible surface
temperature of
equipment
Ignition tempera-
tures of combustible
substances
°C °C
T 1 450 > 450
T 2 300 > 300 450
T 3 200 > 200 300
T 4 135 > 135 200
T 5 100 > 100 135
T 6 85 > 85 100
Substance Tign
Tempera-
ture
class
Emin Group
Ethoxyethane 170 T 4 190 II B
Ethylene 425 T 2 82 II B
Ammonia 630 T 1 14000 II A
Butane 365 T 2 250 II A
Methane 595 T 1 280 I
Propane 470 T 1 250 II A
Carbon disulfide 95 T 6 9 II C
Hydrogen 560 T 1 16 II C
Category For Zone Also possible
10
20
1 and 2
21 and 22
21
21
2
22
32
22
155PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
[Ex ia Ga] IIC
Ex e IIC T6 Gb

10 II (1) G

10 II 2 G
IBExU 08 ATEX 1069
Designation according to
EN 60079-0
Associated electrical
equipment
Intrinsic safety
Increased safety
Equipment protection level (EPL)
(Ga, Gb, Gc, Da, Db, Dc)
Temperature class,
for equipment used directly
in the Ex area (T1 ... T6)
Gas group
(IIA, IIB, IIC) or
Dust group
(IIIA, IIIB, IIIC)
Protection type
(ia, ib, ic, e, d, ...)
Explosion-protected
Protection types
Protection principle Protection type Area of application (selection) Standard
Isolation
Oil immersion o Transformers, relays, startup controls, switching devices EN 60079-6
Sand filling q Transformers, relays, capacitors EN 60079-5
Molded encapsulation m*
Coils of relays and motors, electronics, solenoid valves, connection systems
EN 60079-18
Exclusion Pressurized enclosure p Control cabinets, motors, measuring and analysis devices, computers EN 60079-2
Special mechanical design Flameproof enclosure d Motors, switching devices, power electronics EN 60079-1
Clearance from electrically
conductive parts Increased safety e Terminal blocks, housing, lights, motors EN 60079-7
Energy limitation
Intrinsic safety
i*
Electronics, measurement and control EN 60079-11
Intrinsically safe systems Electronic systems EN 60079-25
Intrinsically safe fieldbus systems Fieldbus systems EN 60079-27
Improved industrial quality
nA: non-sparking
nC: sparking equipment
nR: restricted breathing housing
nL: energy-limited
nP: simplified pressurized enclosures
Protection type “n” n** Motors, housing, lights, electronics EN 60079-15
* ia, ma: application in zone 0, 1, 2 / ib, mb: application in zone 1, 2 / ic, mc: application in zone 2 only ** Application in zone 2 only
Marking according to
AT E X D i rec t i ve
EC-type examination certificate
Current year of manufacture
Conformity assessment ac-
cording to ATEX Directive
94/9/EC
Associated electrical equip-
ment
0344
0344
Atmosphere
(G = Gas, D = Dust)
Equipment category
(1, 2, 3)
Equipment group
(I, II)
Notified body, production
monitoring (e.g., KEMA)
mark does not apply to components.
Certificate number
Type-tested according to
94/9/EC
Year of EC-type examination
certificate
Notified body
156 PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Solenoid drivers for controlling sole-
noid valves
In order to control intrinsically safe Ex i
solenoid valves, you have to have an intrin-
sically safe control circuit. This is provided
by the solenoid drivers that are available
from Phoenix Contact.
The following must be taken into account
when dimensioning your intrinsically safe
control circuit:
–Valve
– Cable with corresponding resistance
– Solenoid driver
As a result, it may be the case that not all
valves are compatible with the solenoid
drivers.
Associated equipment, e.g.,
MAC MCR-EX-SL-SD-...
II (1) GD [Ex ia] IIC
PLC
Ex area Safe area
Intrinsically safe
equipment
II 1 G
Ex ia IIB T6
Below is an extract from a table showing
possible combinations of valves and sole-
noid drivers.
A complete and updated list (along with
details of the technical data of suitable
valves, the maximum cable lengths, and the
maximum cable resistances of the individual
combinations) can be found on the Internet
at:
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Valves overview INTERFACE Ex solenoid driver
Manufacturer Type designation Ex certificate Condition MACX MCR-EX-
SL-SD-21-25-LP
MACX MCR-EX-
SL-SD-21-40-LP
MACX MCR-EX-
SL-SD-24-48-LP
MACX MCR-EX-
SL-SD-21-60-LP
ASCO Coil 195 LCIE 08 ATEX 6083
Coil 302 (12 V) INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X
Coil 302 (24 V) INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X
Bürkert Coil AC 10, standard PTB 01 ATEX 2101
Coil AC 10, high-resistance PTB 01 ATEX 2101
Coil AC 21, standard PTB 01 ATEX 2175 700 mW / 65°C
Coil AC 21, high-resistance PTB 01 ATEX 2175 700 mW / 65°C
Coil AC 21, standard PTB 01 ATEX 2175 900 mW / 45°C
Coil AC 21, high-resistance PTB 01 ATEX 2175 900 mW / 45°C
Coil AC 21, standard PTB 01 ATEX 2175 900 mW / 60°C
Coil AC 21, high-resistance PTB 01 ATEX 2175 900 mW / 60°C
Coil G1 642735, standard 600 mW / 50°C
Coil G1 642735, high-resistance 600 mW / 50°C
Coil G1 642735, standard PTB 01 ATEX 2173 800 mW / 40°C
Coil G1 642735, high-resistance PTB 01 ATEX 2173 800 mW / 40°C
Coil G1 642735, standard PTB 01 ATEX 2173 1000 mW / 40°C
Coil G1 642735, high-resistance PTB 01 ATEX 2173 1000 mW / 40°C
FESTO Coil MFH-...IA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03 PTB 03 ATEX 2097
Coil (J)MFH-...BIA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03 PTB 03 ATEX 2097
Norgren Herion Coil 2050 PTB 07 ATEX 2019
Coil 2051 PTB 07 ATEX 2019
Coil 2052 PTB 07 ATEX 2019
Coil 2053 PTB 07 ATEX 2019
Coil 2085 PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U
Coil 2086 PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U
Coil 3039 PTB 03 ATEX 2134
Coil 2003 PTB 04 ATEX 2010
Hörbiger Piezo P8 38x RF-Nx-SPN65 DMT 01 ATEX E026X 30 V type
Piezo P20 381RF-NG-CPN61 DMT 01 ATEX E025X 30 V type
Parker Coil VZ07 488650.01 LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
Coil VZ33 494035.10 LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
Coil VZ08 488660.01 LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
Coil VZ09 488670.01 LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
Coil VZ95 482160.01 LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X EEx ia IIB T6
Coil VZ23 482870.01 LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
Samson Coil 3701-11 (6 V) PTB 02 ATEX 2178
Coil 3701-12 (12 V) PTB 02 ATEX 2178
Coil 3701-13 (24 V) PTB 02 ATEX 2178
Coil 3963-11 (6 V) PTB 01 ATEX 2085
Coil 3963-12 (12 V) PTB 01 ATEX 2085
Coil 3963-13 (24 V) PTB 01 ATEX 2085
Coil 3964-11 (6 V) PTB 02 ATEX 2047
Coil 3964-12 (12 V) PTB 02 ATEX 2047
Coil 3964-13 (24 V) PTB 02 ATEX 2047
Coil 3965-11 (6 V) PTB 05 ATEX 2044X
Coil 3965-12 (12 V) PTB 05 ATEX 2044X
Coil 3965-13 (24 V) PTB 05 ATEX 2044X
Coil 3967-11 (6 V) PTB 06 ATEX 2027
Coil 3967-12 (12 V) PTB 06 ATEX 2027
Coil 3967-13 (24 V) PTB 06 ATEX 2027
Seitz Pilot valve PV 12F73 Ci oH PTB 99 ATEX 2146
Pilot valve PV 12F73 Xi oH PTB 00 ATEX 2030
Pilot valve PV 12F73 Xi oH-2 PTB 00 ATEX 2030
Solenoid 11 G 52 PTB 01 ATEX 2020
Example circuit
157PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
SIL marking on devices
Safety-related function for the Ex
area
The term SIL (safety integrity level) is be-
coming more and more significant in the
field of process technology. It defines the re-
quirements that a device or a system is ex-
pected to fulfill so that the failure probabili-
ty can be specified. The aim is to achieve
maximum possible operational reliability. If a
device or system fails, a defined state is at-
tained. Standard-based inspections are car-
ried out to determine statistical probability.
Application of SIL on the basis of
EN 61508 and EN 61511
The SIL standard is used for a wide range
of industries within the process industry, in-
cluding the chemical industry, refineries, oil
and gas production, paper manufacturing,
and conventional power generation. In addi-
tion to functional safety requirements, sys-
tems in potentially explosive areas are also
subject to Ex standards EN 60079-0 ff.
EN 61508: “Functional safety of elec-
trical/electronic/programmable elec-
tronic safety-related systems”
This standard describes the requirements
that the manufacturer has to bear in mind
when producing devices or systems.
EN 61511: “Functional safety - Safety
instrumented systems for the process
industry sector”
Standard EN 61511 describes the require-
ments for achieving systems with functional
safety.
Compliance with the standard is deter-
mined by operators, owners, and planners
on the basis of safety plans and national reg-
ulations. In addition, the standard also de-
scribes the requirements for using a device
in an application on the basis of its proven
effectiveness (proven in use).
The products in the MACX range from
Phoenix Contact, which have been devel-
oped in accordance with EN 61508, are
marked with the designation SIL 2 or SIL 3.
This indicates clearly that the devices may
be suitable for safety instrumented func-
tions (SIF).
To determine whether they can actually
be used, you need to calculate the sum of
the probability failure values for all the de-
vices in the signal circuit. The values re-
quired for this can be found in the safety
manual accompanying any SIL product.
Overview of terms from SIL standards EN 61508 and EN 61511
SIL Safety integrity level
One of four discrete levels for the specification of re-
quirements for the safety integrity of safety instrument-
ed functions, which are assigned to the E/E/PE safety
instrumented systems, where SIL 4 is the highest and SIL
1 the lowest level.
EUC Equipment under control
Equipment, machines, devices or systems used in pro-
duction, materials processing or transport.
MTBF Mean Time Between Failures
The expected mean time between failures.
PFD Probability of failure on demand
The probability of a failure on demand.
Describes the probability of a safety instrumented sys-
tem failing to perform its function when required.
PFDavg Average probability of failure on demand
The average probability of the function failing on de-
mand.
E/E/PES
Electrical/electronic/programmable electronic
systems
This term is used for all electrical devices or systems
which can be used to execute a safety instrumented
function. It includes simple electrical devices and all types
of programmable logic controllers (PLCs).
PFH Probability of dangerous failure per hour
Describes the probability of a dangerous failure occur-
ring per hour.
SFF Safe failure fraction
Describes the proportion of harmless failures. This is the
ratio of the rate of safe failures plus the rate of diagnosed
or detected faults in relation to the total failure rate of
the system.
SIF Safety instrumented function
Describes the safety instrumented functions of a system.
SIS Safety instrumented system
An SIS (safety instrumented system) consists of one or
more safety instrumented functions. An SIL requirement
is applicable for each of these safety instrumented func-
tions.
158 PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
SIL inspection
The complete signal path must be taken
into account during the SIL inspection. The
example shows how in a typical safety appli-
cation the calculation is based on average
failure probabilities of individual devices.
Table 2 of standard EN 61508-1 describes
the relationship between the average failure
probability and the attainable SIL. Here, the
level required determines the overall budget
for the sum of all PFD values.
A system with a single-channel structure
with a low demand rate is used as an exam-
ple; for SIL 2 the average PFD value is be-
tween 10-3 and < 10-2.
Safety integrity level: failure limit values for a safety function which is op-
erated in an operating mode with a low demand rate.
The INTERFACE Analog and INTERFACE
Ex product ranges include products that
meet the requirements for explosion pro-
tection as well as functional safety.
Safety integrity
level
SIL
Operating mode with a low demand rate
(average probability of the specified function failing
on demand)
4 10-5 to < 10-4
3 10-4 to < 10-3
2 10-3 to < 10-2
1 10-2 to < 10-1
Example:
A sensor and actuator are assembled in
the field and are exposed to chemical and
physical loads (process medium, pressure,
temperature, vibration, etc.). Accordingly,
these components have a high risk of failure:
– The sensor accounts for 25% of the overall
PFD
– The actuator accounts for 40% of the
overall PFD
Neither the failsafe controller nor the in-
terface modules come into contact with the
process medium and both are usually locat-
ed in a protected control cabinet:
– The failsafe controller accounts for 15% of
the overall PFD
– Each of the interface modules accounts for
10% of the overall PFD
Typically, the values form the basis for a
calculation.
Error distribution in the closed-loop control circuit
PFD1
35%
Sensors and signal path
15%
SPLC
50%
Actuator and signal path
10%
Signal path
10%
Signal path
PFD2PFD4PFD5
PFD3
Digital
input
Sensor Digital
output Actuator
Sensor Analog
input
Analog
output
ActuatorController
159PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
POWER
II OUT
IN
POWER
PLC / DCS
AI
Sensor / Field
4.2
5.2
4.1
5.1
Zone 2
Div. 2
4.2
5.2
4.1
5.1
3.2
3.1
2.2
2.1
1.2
1.1
GND
+24V
GND +24V
Power
+
+
-
-250 W
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
passive
3.2
3.1
2.1
+
-
-
active
3.2
2.2
2.1
-
+
+
IN OUT
Functional safety
Ex: // Applied for: GL
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
Transmitter supply voltage > 16 V (at 20 mA)
Voltage drop < 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
Output data
Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
Load < 600
Output ripple < 20 mVrms
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 60 mA (at 24 V DC)
Power dissipation < 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K
Step response (10 - 90%) < 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
Transmission error, typical < 0.05% (of final value)
Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value)
Under-/overload range as per NE 43
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
SMART communication Yes
Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications
Protocols supported HART
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo25.2 V
Maximum current Io93 mA
Maximum power Po587 mW
Maximum voltage Um253 V AC (125 V DC)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I1) 2865340 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-SP1) 2924016 1
160 PHOENIX CONTACT
Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of intrinsically
safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transduc-
ers, 4-conductor measuring transducers,
and mA current sources installed in Ex ar-
eas.
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia]
(powered or not powered)
– 0/4...20 mA output (active or passive)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con-
nection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– Terminal point with 250  resistor to in-
crease the HART impedance in the case
of low-impedance systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier
POWER
IIOUT2
I
OUT1
IN
POWER
PLC / DCS
Sensor / Field
4.2
5.2
4.1
5.1
Zone 2
Div. 2
4.2
5.2
4.1
5.1
3.2
3.1
2.2
2.1
1.2
1.1
GND
OUT 1
OUT 2
+24V
GND +24V
Power
+
+
-
-
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
IN OUT
3.2
3.1 +
-
2.2
2.1 +
-
passive
passive
AI
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 4 mA ... 20 mA / 0 mA ... 20 mA
Transmitter supply voltage > 16 V (at 20 mA)
Voltage drop < 3.9 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
Output data
Output signal (Per output) 4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
Load < 450 (at 20 mA)
Output ripple < 20 mVrms
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
Current consumption < 75 mA (24 V DC/ 20 mA)
Power dissipation < 1.45 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA)
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K
Step response (10 - 90%) < 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
Transmission error, typical < 0.05% (of final value)
Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value)
Under-/overload range as per NE 43
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Output 1/output 2 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Status indication Green LED (PWR supply voltage)
SMART communication (Per output) Yes
Protocols supported HART
Housing material PA 66-FR
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo25.2 V
Maximum current Io93 mA
Maximum power Po587 mW
Maximum voltage Um253 V AC (125 V DC)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I1) 2865366 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP1) 2924236 1
161PHOENIX CONTACT
Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of intrinsically
safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transduc-
ers, 4-conductor measuring transducers,
and mA current sources installed in Ex ar-
eas.
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia]
(powered or not powered)
– Two electrically isolated 0/4 ... 20 mA
(active) outputs
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals (both outputs)
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con-
nection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier,
with two electrically isolated outputs
POWER
OUT
OUT
IN
POWER
IN
POWER
II
II
PLC / DCS
AI
Sensor / Field
Zone 2
3.2
3.1
2.2
2.1
GND
1.2
1.1
+24V
GND +24V
Power
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
passive
3.2
3.1 +
-
HHT
IN OUT
CH1
CH2
active
active
passive
2.1
2.2 -
+
HHT
5.2
5.1
5.2
5.1
+
-
CH2
HHT
4.2
4.1
4.2
4.1
+
-
CH1
HHT
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data Per channel
Input signal 4 mA ... 20 mA
Transmitter supply voltage > 16 V (at 20 mA)
Underload/overload signal range 0 mA ... 24 mA
Output data Per channel
Output signal 4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
Load 450 (at 20 mA)
Underload/overload signal range 0 mA ... 24 mA
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
Current consumption < 100 mA (24 V / 20 mA)
Power dissipation < 1.4 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K
Step response (10 - 90%) < 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
Transmission error, typical < 0.05% (of final value)
Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value)
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Output 1/output 2 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
SMART communication Yes
Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications
Protocols supported HART
Housing material PA 66-FR
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo25.2 V
Maximum current Io93 mA
Maximum power Po587 mW
Maximum voltage Um253 V AC (125 V DC)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2, PL d
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Repeater power supply, 2-channel, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I 2865382 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP 2924676 1
162 PHOENIX CONTACT
Repeater power supply for the operation
of intrinsically safe (Ex i) 2-conductor mea-
suring transducers installed in the Ex area.
– 2-channel
– 4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia] (powered)
– 4 ... 20 mA output (active)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con-
nection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail
connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found
from page 182
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
2-channel repeater power supply
POWER
II OUT
IN
POWER
PLC / DCS
Sensor / Field
4.3
4.2
Zone 2
Div. 2
+
+
-
-4.2
4.1
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
passive
3.2
3.1 +
-
active
3.3
3.2 +
-
IN OUT
24...230 V
AC/DC
4.3
4.2
3.3
3.2
250 W
4.1 3.1
1.2
1.1
250 W
S2
S1
–
~
AI
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Functional safety
Ex: // Applied for: GL
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
Transmitter supply voltage > 16 V (at 20 mA)
Voltage drop < 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
0 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 , 0.1%)
1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 , 0.1%)
Load < 600 (I output)
Output ripple < 20 mVrms
General data
Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
Current consumption < 80 mA (at 24 V DC)
Power dissipation < 1.6 W
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K
Step response (10 - 90%) < 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
Transmission error, typical < 0.05% (of final value)
Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value)
Under-/overload range as per NE 43
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
SMART communication Yes
Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications
Protocols supported HART
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo25.2 V
Maximum current Io93 mA
Maximum power Po587 mW
Maximum voltage Um253 V AC (125 V DC)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP1) 2865793 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP1) 2924029 1
163PHOENIX CONTACT
Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of intrinsically
safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transduc-
ers, 4-conductor measuring transducers,
and mA current sources installed in Ex ar-
eas.
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia]
(powered or not powered)
– Output 0/4...20 mA (active or passive),
0/1...5 V, can be switched via the
DIP switch
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con-
nection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– 250  resistor that can be activated via
DIP switches to increase the HART im-
pedance in the case of low-impedance
systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information on marking material can be found on page 127
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Analog IN
Repeater power supply with wide
range power supply, Ex i
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier,
wide-range power supply
POWER
II
OUT IN
PLC/DCS
Sensor / Field
4.2
4.1
4.2
4.1
+
-
+
-
P
4.2
4.1
+
-
Zone 2
Div. 2
INOUT
4.2
4.1
3.2
3.1
1.2
1.1
GND
+24V
GND+24V
Power
+
-
-
+
3.2
3.1
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
AO
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
Input voltage 5.4 V (at 20 mA)
Input impedance in the event of a cable break at the output > 100 k (If there is a line fault)
Output data
Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
Load < 800 (at 20 mA)
Output ripple < 20 mVrms
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 46 mA (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
Power dissipation < 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K
Step response (10 - 90%) < 140 µs
Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value)
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Output/input 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Output/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
SMART communication Yes
Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications
Protocols supported HART
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo27.7 V
Maximum current Io92 mA
Maximum power Po633 mW
Maximum voltage Um253 V AC (125 V DC)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Output isolating amplifier, smart, output intrinsically safe
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I 2865405 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I-SP 2924032 1
164 PHOENIX CONTACT
Output isolating amplifier for controlling
intrinsically safe (Ex-i) I/P converters,
control valves, and indicators installed in
Ex areas.
– 0/4...20 mA input
– 0/4...20 mA output, [Ex ia] IIC
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con-
nection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– Line fault detection (LF)
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
Analog OUT
Output isolating amplifier, Ex-i
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
OUT
IN
POWER
I
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
IN
Zone 2
Div. 2
OUT
PLC / DCS
passive
-
+
3.2
3.1
GND
+24V
GND +24V
μCμC
Power
4.2
5.2
4.1
5.1
3.2
3.1
1.2
1.1
Sensor / Field
4.2
4.1
5.2
5.1
ϑϑϑ
AI
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
Resistor 0 ... 2000
Cable resistance 50 per line
Sensor input current (200 A ... 1 mA)
Measuring range span min. 50 K
Output data
Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
Load max. 500
Behavior in the event of a sensor error As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
Output ripple < 50 µAPP
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
Current consumption < 40 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation < 1 W
Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K
Step response (0 - 99%) Typ. 800 ms (With SIL)
max. 1200 ms (With SIL)
Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL)
max. 1100 ms (Without SIL)
Transmission error, total 0.05% x 100 [K] / measuring range span [K] + 0.05%
ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±5% / ±5%
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
Status indication Green LED (supply voltage, PWR)
Red LED, flashing (line, sensor error, ERR)
Red LED (module error, ERR)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo6 V
Maximum current Io6.3 mA
Maximum power Po9.4 mW
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3(1) G Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 TÜV Rheinland 968/EZ374.00/09
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Temperature measuring transducers for
resistance thermometers, intrinsically safe input
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I1) 2865939 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP1) 2924142 1
Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-NC1) 2865573 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC1) 2924168 1
Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)2811271 1
165PHOENIX CONTACT
Programmable temperature transducer
for intrinsically safe operation of resistance
thermometers and resistance-type sensors
installed in Ex areas. The measured values
are converted into a linear 0 ... 20 mA or
4 ... 20 mA signal.
– Input for resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors, [Ex ia]
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):
Sensor type, connection method, mea-
suring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm
signal, and output range
– Programming during operation with Ex
measuring circuit connected and also volt-
age-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
programming adapter
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key, see page 167
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Temperature transducer, Ex i
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
For resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors
OUT
IN
POWER
I
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
IN
PLC/DCS
passive
-
+
3.2
3.1
Zone 2
Div. 2
OUT
GND
+24V
GND+24V
μCμC
Power
4.2
4.1
3.2
3.1
1.2
1.1
+
-
Sensor / Field
4.2
4.1
AI
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Thermocouple sensors E, J, K, N as per IEC / EN 60584, L as per DIN 43760
Voltage -20 mV ... 70 mV
Measuring range span (Min. 50 K for thermocouples, 3 mV for mV sources)
Output data
Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
Load max. 500
Behavior in the event of a sensor error As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
Output ripple < 50 µAPP
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 40 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation < 1 W
Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K
Step response (0 - 99%) Typ. 800 ms (With SIL)
max. 1200 ms (With SIL)
Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL)
max. 1100 ms (Without SIL)
Transmission error, total 0.05% x 200 [K]/Measuring range span [K] + 0.05%
Cold junction errors ±1 K
ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±5% / ±5%
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
Status indication Green LED (supply voltage, PWR)
Red LED, flashing (line, sensor error, ERR)
Red LED (module error, ERR)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo6 V
Maximum current Io4.7 mA
Maximum power Po7 mW
Maximum voltage Um253 V AC (125 V DC)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3(1) G Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 TÜV Rheinland 968/EZ374.00/09
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Temperature measuring transducers for thermocouples,
intrinsically safe input
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I1) 2865942 1
Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I-NC1) 2865586 1
Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)2811271 1
166 PHOENIX CONTACT
Programmable temperature transducer
for intrinsically safe operation of thermo-
couples and mV sources installed in Ex ar-
eas. The measured values are converted
into a linear 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA signal.
– Input for thermocouples and mV sources,
[Ex ia]
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):
Sensor type, connection method, mea-
suring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm
signal, and output range
– Programming during operation with Ex
measuring circuit connected and also volt-
age-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
programming adapter
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key, see page 167
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Temperature transducer, Ex i
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
For thermocouples and mV sources
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
167PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I(-SP) temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-TC-I temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order key and temperature ranges
for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I(-SP)
temperature transducer
Order key and temperature ranges
for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-TC-I
temperature transducer
Alarm signal Alarm signal
Factory calibration certificate = FCC
Short circuit/
overrange
Sensor break/
underrange
... / I035 / I215 / NONE Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
9
T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5
I000 =0 mA I000 =0 mA NONE =without FCC
I035 =3.5 mA I035 =3.5 mA YES =with FCC (a fee is charged)
I215 =21.5 mA I215 =21.5 mA YESPLUS =FCC with 5 measuring points (a
fee is charged)
I035 only with output range = OUT02
Alarm signals can also be configured individually using soft-
ware.
Order No. Sensor type Safety integrity level
(SIL)
Connection
technology
Measuring range: Measuring
unit
Output range Filter Filter
Start End Oversampling Moving average value
2865939 / PT100 / ON / 3 / 0 / 100 / C / OUT02 / 10 / 1 / ...
2865939 =
MACX MCR-EX-
SL-RTD-I
see below ON =active 2 =2-conductor see be-
low
see be-
low
C=°C OUT01 = 0...20 mA 1 =1 value 1 =1 value
NONE =not active F =°F 3 =3 values 2 =2 values
3=3-conductor O =OUT02 = 4...20 mA 5 =5 values 3 =3 values
ON only with output range
=OUT02
7=7 values 4 =4 values
2924142 =
MACX MCR-EX-
SL-RTD-I-SP
4=4-conductor 10 =10 values
20 =20 values
Smallest measuring
range span
RES01 =Resistor 0 2000 25
PT50 =Pt 50 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K
PT100 =Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K
PT200 =Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K
PT500 =Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K
PT100S =Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 600 °C 50 K
PT500S =Pt 500 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 600 °C 50 K
NI100DIN =Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760 -60 250 °C 50 K
NI500DIN =Ni 500 acc. to DIN 43760 -60 250 °C 50 K
CU50 =
CU50 acc. to GOST 6651 (
= 1.428)
-50 200 °C 50 K
CU53 =CU53 acc. to GOST 6651 ( = 1.426) -50 180 °C 50 K
Order No. Sensor type Safety integrity level
(SIL)
Cold junction com-
pensation
Measuring range: Measuring
unit
Output range Filter Filter
Start End Oversampling Moving average value
2924942 / J / ON / 1 / 0 / 1000 / C / OUT02 / 10 / 1 / ...
MACX MCR-EX-
SL-TC-I
see below ON =active 1 =switched on see be-
low
see be-
low
C=°C OUT01 = 0...20 mA 1 =1 value 1 =1 value
NONE =not active F =°F 3 =3 values 2 =2 values
0=switched off
(e.g., for mV volt-
age measure-
ment)
V=mV OUT02 = 4...20 mA 5 =5 values 3 =3 values
7=7 values 4 =4 values
10 =10 values
ON only with output range
=OUT02
20 =20 values
Smallest measuring
range span
V03 =Voltage (mV) -20 +70 mV 3 mV
E=acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) -250 1000 °C 50 K
J =acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi) -210 1200 °C 50 K
K=acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni) -250 1372 °C 50 K
N=acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi) -250 1300 °C 50 K
L=acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi) -200 900 °C 50 K
Alarm signal Alarm signal
Factory calibration certificate = FCC
Overrange Sensor break/
underrange
... / I035 / I215 / NONE Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
9
T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5
I000 =0 mA I000 =0 mA NONE =without FCC
I035 =3.5 mA I035 =3.5 mA YES =with FCC (a fee is charged)
I215 =21.5 mA I215 =21.5 mA YESPLUS =FCC with 5 measuring points (a
fee is charged)
I035 only with output range = OUT02
Alarm signals can also be configured individually using soft-
ware.
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
OUT
IN
POWER
U,I
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
PLC/DCS
passive
-
+
3.3
3.2
-
+
3.3
3.1
DI
11
12
14
2.3
2.1
2.2
Zone 2
INOUT
Power
24V ...230VAC/DC
3.3
3.1
1.2
3.2
1.1
2.3
2.1
2.2
1.3
4.3
4.1
4.2
5.3
5.1
5.2
μC
S-PORT
GND
I
U
OUT
OUT
NC
Sensor / Field
4.3
4.1
4.2
TC
-
+
ϑ
RTD
ϑ
4.3
4.1
4.2
5.3
5.1
5.2
ϑ
Poti
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
Thermocouple sensors B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG
Resistor 0 ... 50 k
Potentiometer 0 ... 50 k
Voltage -1000 mV ... 1000 mV
Output data U output I output
Output signal
4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)
Maximum output signal ±11 V 22 mA
Load RB 10 k 600 (20 mA)
Behavior in the event of a sensor error According to NE 43 or freely configurable
Switching output Switching output
Contact type 1 PDT
Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching voltage 30 V AC (30 V DC)
Maximum switching current 0.5 A (30 V AC) / 1 A (30 V DC)
General data
Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
Power consumption < 1.5 W
Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K
Transmission error, total < 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/switching output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Output/power supply 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C
Humidity Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo6 V
Maximum current Io7.4 mA
Maximum power Po11 mW
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2, PL d
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Temperature transducer, intrinsically safe input
Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP1) 2865654 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP1) 2924689 1
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-C1) 2811763 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP-C1) 2924692 1
Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)2811271 1
168 PHOENIX CONTACT
Universal temperature transducer with
freely configurable properties for intrinsical-
ly safe operation of resistance thermome-
ters, thermocouples, resistance-type
sensors, and potentiometers installed in
Ex areas
– Input for resistance thermometers, ther-
mocouples, resistance-type sensors, po-
tentiometers, and mV sources, [Ex ia]
– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
–Relay switching output
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit
– Programming during operation with
Ex measuring circuit connected and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-
ADAPTER programming adapter
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con-
nection method
– Cold junction compensation with sepa-
rate connector
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on
page 118
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Temperature transducer, Ex i
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Universal, with switching output,
wide-range power supply
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
169PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-T-UI-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No. Safety integrity level
(SIL)
Sensor type Connection
technology
Cold junction
compensation
Measuring range: Measuring
unit
Output range Factory calibration
certificate = FCC
Start End
2811763 / ON / PT100 / 4 / 0 / -50 / 150 / C / OUT02 / NONE
2811763 =
MACX MCR-EX-
T-UI-UP-C
ON =active see below 2 =2-conductor 0 =off, e.g., with
RTD, R, potenti-
ometer, mV
see be-
low
see be-
low
C=°C OUT15 =0...5 mA NONE =without FCC
F=°F OUT16 =0...10 mA
NONE =not active O=OUT01 =0...20 mA
3=3-conductor P =%OUT15=0...5 mA YES =with FCC (a fee is
charged)
2924692 =
MACX MCR-EX-
T-UI-UP-SP-C
V=mV OUT25 =1...5 mA
ON only with output
range = OUT02
1=on, e.g., with TC OUT26 =2...10 mA
4=4-conductor OUT02 =4...20 mA
OUT05 =0...5 V YESPLUS =FCC with
5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)
OUT03 =0...10 V
OUT06 =1...5 V
OUT04 =2...10 V
OUT13 =-5...+5 V
OUT14 =-10...+10 V
Others can be freely
configured in the soft-
ware
Smallest measuring
range span
Other setting options can be configured
with the IFS-CONF software:
- Freely configurable user characteristic curve
with 30 interpolation points
- Output behavior in the event of a short circuit,
sensor break or overrange/underrange can be
freely configured or set according to NE43
(standard configuration: NE43 upscale)
- Filter setting (standard configuration: 1)
- Restart after failsafe (standard configuration:
ON)
- Switching behavior: switching output ?
(limit values, times, etc.) (standard configura-
tion: OFF)
Resistance thermometers (RTD)
Others can be selected or freely config-
ured in the software.
PT100 =Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT200 =Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT500 =Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT1000 =Pt 1000 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT100S =Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT1000S =Pt 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT100G =
Pt 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 (
= 0.00385)
-200 850 °C 20 K
PT1000G =
Pt 1000 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 (
= 0.00385)
-200 850 °C 20 K
PT100J =Pt 100 acc. to JIS C1604/1997 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT1000J =Pt 1000 acc. to JIS C1604/1997 -200 850 °C 20 K
NI100 =Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751 -60 250 °C 20 K
NI1000 =Ni 1000 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751 -60 250 °C 20 K
NI100S =Ni 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -60 180 °C 20 K
NI1000S =Ni 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -60 180 °C 20 K
NI1000L =Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr) -50 160 °C 20 K
CU10 =Cu 10 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -70 500 °C 100 K
CU50 =
Cu 50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 (
= 0.00428)
-50 200 °C 100 K
CU100 =
Cu 100 acc. to GOST 6651-20091 (
= 0.00428)
-50 200 °C 100 K
CU53 =
Cu 53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 (
= 0.00426)
-50 180 °C 100 K
KTY81 =KTY81-110 (Philips) -55 150 °C 20 K
KTY84 =KTY84-130 (Philips) -40 300 °C 20 K
Thermocouples (TC)
Others can be selected in the software.
B =acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh) 500 1820 °C 50 K
E=acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) -230 1000 °C 50 K
J =acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi) -210 1200 °C 50 K
K=acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni) -250 1372 °C 50 K
N=acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi) -250 1300 °C 50 K
R=acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt) -50 1768 °C 50 K
S=acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt) -50 1768 °C 50 K
T=acc. to IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi) -200 400 °C 50 K
L=acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi) -200 900 °C 50 K
U=acc. to DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi) -200 600 °C 50 K
CA =C ASTM JE988 (2002) 02315 °C 50 K
DA =D ASTM JE988 (2002) 0 2315 °C 50 K
A1G =A-1 GOST 8.585-2001 02500 °C 50 K
A2G =A-2 GOST 8.585-2001 0 1800 °C 50 K
A3G =A-3 GOST 8.585-2001 01800 °C 50 K
MG =M GOST 8.585-2001 -200 100 °C 50 K
LG =L GOST 8.585-2001 -200 800 °C 50 K
Remote resistance-type sensors (R)
(2, 3, 4-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.
RES03 =0...150 resistor 0150
10% of the selected
measuring range
RES05 =0...600 resistor 0 600
RES06 =0...1200 resistor 01200
RES09 =0...6250 resistor 0 6250
RES10 =0...12500 resistor 012500
RES12 =0...50000 resistor 0 50000
Potentiometers
(3-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.
POT03 =0...150 potentiometer 0100 %
10% of the selected
measuring range
POT05 =0...600 potentiometer 0 100 %
POT06 =0...1200 potentiometer 0100 %
POT09 =0...6250 potentiometer 0 100 %
POT10 =0...12500 potentiometer 0100 %
POT12 =0...50000 potentiometer 0 100 %
Voltage signals (mV)
Others can be selected in the software.
V04 =Voltage (mV) -1000 +1000 mV 10% of nominal
span
9
T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5
Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
OUT
IN
POWER
U,I
3x
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
3x
Zone 2
IN OUT
Power
24V ...230V AC/DC
3.3
3.1
1.2
3.2
1.1
1.3
4.3
4.1
4.2
5.3
5.1
5.2
GND
I
U
OUT
OUT
NC
PLC / DCS
passive
-
+
3.3
3.2
-
+
3.3
3.1
11
21
31
12
22
32
14
24
34
3.6
3.4
3.5
2.6
2.4
2.5
1.6
1.4
1.5
DI
DI
DI
Sensor / Field
4.3
4.1
4.2
ϑ
RTD
4.3
4.1
4.2
5.3
5.1
5.2
ϑ
Poti
TC
-
+
ϑ
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 35 mm
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
Thermocouple sensors B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG
Resistor 0 ... 50 k
Potentiometer 0 ... 50 k
Voltage -1000 mV ... 1000 mV
Output data U output I output
Output signal
4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)
Maximum output signal ±11 V 22 mA
Load RB 10 k 600 (20 mA)
Behavior in the event of a sensor error According to NE 43 or freely configurable
Switching output Relay output
Contact type 3 PDTs
Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (250 V DC)
Maximum switching current 2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC)
General data
Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
Power consumption < 2.4 W
Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K
Transmission error, total < 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/switching output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Output/power supply 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C
Humidity Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 35 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo6 V
Maximum current Io7.4 mA
Maximum power Po11 mW
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2, PL d
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Temperature transducer, intrinsically safe input
Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP1) 2865751 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP1) 2924799 1
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-C1) 2865722 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP-C1) 2924809 1
Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT
interface
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)2811271 1
170 PHOENIX CONTACT
Universal temperature transducer with
freely configurable properties for intrinsical-
ly safe operation of resistance thermome-
ters, thermocouples, resistance-type
sensors, and potentiometers installed in
Ex areas
– Input for resistance thermometers, ther-
mocouples, resistance-type sensors, po-
tentiometers, and mV sources, [Ex ia]
– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
– Three limit value relays, can be used in
combination as a safe limit value relay
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit
– Programming during operation with
Ex measuring circuit connected and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-
ADAPTER programming adapter
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con-
nection method
– Cold junction compensation with sepa-
rate connector
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on
page 118
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Temperature transducer, Ex i
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Universal, with three limit value relays,
wide-range power supply
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
171PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No. Safety integrity level
(SIL)
Sensor type Connection
technology
Cold junction
compensation
Measuring range: Measuring
unit
Output range Factory calibration
certificate = FCC
Start End
2865722 / ON / PT100 / 4 / 0 / -50 / 150 / C / OUT02 / NONE
2865722 =
MACX MCR-EX-
T-UIREL-UP-C
ON =active see below 2 =2-conductor 0 =off, e.g., with
RTD, R, potenti-
ometer, mV
see be-
low
see be-
low
C=°C OUT15 =0...5 mA NONE =without FCC
F=°F OUT16 =0...10 mA
NONE =not active O=OUT01 =0...20 mA
3=3-conductor P =%OUT15=0...5 mA YES =with FCC (a fee is
charged)
2924809 =
MACX MCR-EX-
T-UIREL-UP-SP-C
V=mV OUT25 =1...5 mA
ON only with output
range = OUT02
1=on, e.g., with TC OUT26 =2...10 mA
4=4-conductor OUT02 =4...20 mA
OUT05 =0...5 V YESPLUS =FCC with
5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)
OUT03 =0...10 V
OUT06 =1...5 V
OUT04 =2...10 V
OUT13 =-5...+5 V
OUT14 =-10...+10 V
Others can be freely
configured in the soft-
ware
Smallest measuring
range span
Other setting options can be configured
with the IFS-CONF software:
- Freely configurable user characteristic curve
with 30 interpolation points
- Output behavior in the event of a short circuit,
sensor break or overrange/underrange can be
freely configured or set according to NE43
(standard configuration: NE43 upscale)
- Filter setting (standard configuration: 1)
- Restart after failsafe (standard configuration:
ON)
- Switching behavior: switching output ?
(limit values, times, etc.) (standard configura-
tion: OFF)
Resistance thermometers (RTD)
Others can be selected or freely config-
ured in the software.
PT100 =Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT200 =Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT500 =Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT1000 =Pt 1000 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT100S =Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT1000S =Pt 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT100G =
Pt 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 (
= 0.00385)
-200 850 °C 20 K
PT1000G =Pt 1000 acc. to
GOST 6651-2009 (
= 0.00385)
-200 850 °C 20 K
PT100J =Pt 100 acc. to JIS C1604/1997 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT1000J =Pt 1000 acc. to JIS C1604/1997 -200 850 °C 20 K
NI100 =Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751 -60 250 °C 20 K
NI1000 =Ni 1000 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751 -60 250 °C 20 K
NI100S =Ni 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -60 180 °C 20 K
NI1000S =Ni 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -60 180 °C 20 K
NI1000L =Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr) -50 160 °C 20 K
CU10 =Cu 10 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -70 500 °C 100 K
CU50 =
Cu 50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 (
= 0.00428)
-50 200 °C 100 K
CU100 =
Cu 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 (
= 0.00428)
-50 200 °C 100 K
CU53 =
Cu 53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 (
= 0.00426)
-50 180 °C 100 K
KTY81 =KTY81-110 (Philips) -55 150 °C 20 K
KTY84 =KTY84-130 (Philips) -40 300 °C 20 K
Thermocouples (TC)
Others can be selected in the software.
B =acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh) 500 1820 °C 50 K
E=acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) -230 1000 °C 50 K
J =acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi) -210 1200 °C 50 K
K=acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni) -250 1372 °C 50 K
N=acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi) -250 1300 °C 50 K
R=acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt) -50 1768 °C 50 K
S=acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt) -50 1768 °C 50 K
T=acc. to IEC 584 (Cu-CuNi) -200 400 °C 50 K
L=acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi) -200 900 °C 50 K
U=acc. to DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi) -200 600 °C 50 K
CA =C ASTM JE988 (2002) 02315 °C 50 K
DA =D ASTM JE988 (2002) 0 2315 °C 50 K
A1G =A-1 GOST 8.585-2001 02500 °C 50 K
A2G =A-2 GOST 8.585-2001 0 1800 °C 50 K
A3G =A-3 GOST 8.585-2001 01800 °C 50 K
MG =M GOST 8.585-2001 -200 100 °C 50 K
LG =L GOST 8.585-2001 -200 800 °C 50 K
Remote resistance-type sensors (R)
(2, 3, 4-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.
RES03 =0...150 resistor 0150
10% of the selected
measuring range
RES05 =0...600 resistor 0 600
RES06 =0...1200 resistor 01200
RES09 =0...6250 resistor 0 6250
RES10 =0...12500 resistor 012500
RES12 =0...50000 resistor 0 50000
Potentiometers
(3-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.
POT03 =0...150 potentiometer 0100 %
10% of the selected
measuring range
POT05 =0...600 potentiometer 0 100 %
POT06 =0...1200 potentiometer 0100 %
POT09 =0...6250 potentiometer 0 100 %
POT10 =0...12500 potentiometer 0100 %
POT12 =0...50000 potentiometer 0 100 %
Voltage signals (mV)
Others can be selected in the software.
V04 =Voltage (mV) -1000 +1000 mV 10% of nominal
span
9
T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5
Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
POWER
OUT
IN
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
IN
Sensor / Field
4.2
4.1
4.2
4.1
+
-
4.2
4.1
Zone 2
Div. 2
OUT
GND
+24V
4.2
4.1
3.2
3.1
1.2
1.1
+
-
Power
Faultsignal
GND
+24VLFD
2.2
PLC / DCS
3.2
3.1
2.2
11
12
14
DI
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10%
Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Switching hysteresis < 0.2 mA
Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 < RSensor < 360
Switching output Relay output
Contact type 1 PDT
Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
Maximum switching capacity 500 VA
Recommended minimum load 5 V / 10 mA
Mechanical service life 107 cycles
Switching behavior Can be inverted via slide switch
Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz (without load)
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption 21 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation < 650 mW
Number of channels 1
Electrical isolation
Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
basic insulation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo9.6 V
Maximum current Io10 mA
Maximum power Po25 mW
Maximum voltage Um253 V AC (125 V DC)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
NAMUR isolating amplifier, 1-channel, input intrinsically safe,
output: PDT contact
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R1) 2865434 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R-SP1) 2924045 1
172 PHOENIX CONTACT
NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsical-
ly safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behav-
ior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat-
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possi-
ble via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Signal output: PDT relay
POWER
IN
OUT1
OUT2
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
IN
Sensor / Field
4.2
4.1
4.2
4.1
+
-
4.2
4.1
OUT2
Zone 2
Div. 2
OUT
GND
+24V
4.2
4.1
3.2
3.1
1.2
1.1
+
-
Power
Faultsignal
GND
+24VLFD
2.2
2.1
OUT1
PLC / DCS
3.2
3.1
2.2
2.1
13
14
13
14
DI
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10%
Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Switching hysteresis < 0.2 mA
Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 < RSensor < 360
Switching output Relay output
Contact type 2 N/O contacts
Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
Maximum switching capacity 500 VA
Recommended minimum load 5 V / 10 mA
Mechanical service life 107 cycles
Switching behavior Can be inverted via slide switch
Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz (without load)
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption 30 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation < 950 mW
Number of channels 1
Electrical isolation
Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/supply, T connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
basic insulation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo9.6 V
Maximum current Io10 mA
Maximum power Po25 mW
Maximum voltage Um253 V AC (125 V DC)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
NAMUR isolating amplifier, 1-channel, input intrinsically safe,
output: 2 N/O contacts
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO1) 2865450 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO-SP1) 2924061 1
173PHOENIX CONTACT
NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsical-
ly safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Two relay signal outputs (N/O contact);
output 2 can be used as an error message
output
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behav-
ior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat-
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possi-
ble via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
2 signal outputs: N/O contact relay
POWER
OUT1
IN1
IN2 OUT2
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
Sensor / Field PLC / DCS
3.2
3.1
CH1
2.2
2.1
CH2
IN
Zone 2
Div. 2
OUT
GND
+24V
4.2
4.1
3.2
3.1
1.2
1.1
+
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
Power
Faultsignal
GND
+24VLFD
2.2
2.1
5.2
5.1
+
-
CH1
CH2
13
13
14
14
DI
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10%
Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Switching hysteresis < 0.2 mA
Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 < RSensor < 360
Switching output Relay output
Contact type 2 N/O contacts
Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
Maximum switching capacity 500 VA
Recommended minimum load 5 V / 10 mA
Mechanical service life 107 cycles
Switching behavior Can be inverted via slide switch
Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz (without load)
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption 35 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation < 1 W
Number of channels 2
Electrical isolation
Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/supply, T connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
basic insulation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo9.6 V
Maximum current Io10.3 mA
Maximum power Po25 mW
Maximum voltage Um253 V AC (125 V DC)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
NAMUR isolating amplifier, 2-channel, input intrinsically safe,
output: N/O contact
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO1) 2865476 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO-SP1) 2924087 1
174 PHOENIX CONTACT
NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsical-
ly safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Relay signal output (N/O contact)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behav-
ior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat-
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possi-
ble via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
2-channel, signal output: N/O contact relay
POWER
OUT1
IN1
IN2 OUT2
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
Sensor / Field PLC / DCS
3.3
2.3
3.2
2.2
3.1
2.1
CH1
CH2
IN
Zone 2
Div. 2
OUT
4.3
4.1
3.3
2.3
3.2
2.2
3.1
2.1
1.2
1.1
+
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
5.3
5.1
+
-
CH1
CH2
24...230 V
AC/DC –
~
12
12
11
11
14
14
DI
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Functional safety
Ex: // Applied for: cUL / UL
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
open circuit switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10%
Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Switching hysteresis Approx. 0.2 mA
Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 < RSensor < 360
Switching output Relay output
Contact type 2 PDT
Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A, 60 Hz) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
Maximum switching capacity 500 VA
Recommended minimum load 5 V / 10 mA
Mechanical service life 107 cycles
Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch
Max. switching frequency 20 Hz (Load-dependent)
General data
Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20% ... +10%, 50 ... 60 Hz)
Current consumption < 80 mA ; < 42 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation max. 1.3 W
Electrical isolation
Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Output 1/output 2/input, power supply 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C
Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo9.6 V
Maximum current Io10.3 mA
Maximum power Po25 mW
Maximum voltage Um253 V AC/DC (Supply terminals)
250 V AC (Output terminals)
120 V DC (Output terminals)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3(1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
NAMUR isolating amplifier, 2-channel, input intrinsically safe,
output: Changeover contact
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP1) 2865984 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP1) 2924249 1
175PHOENIX CONTACT
NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsical-
ly safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behav-
ior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat-
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information on resistance circuits and marking material can be
found on page 183
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
2-channel, signal output: PDT relay,
wide-range power supply
POWER
IN
OUT1
OUT2
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
IN
Sensor / Field
4.2
4.1
4.2
4.1
+
-
4.2
4.1
OUT2
Zone 2
Div. 2
OUT
GND
+24V
4.2
4.1
3.2
3.1
1.2
1.1
+
-
Power
Faultsignal
GND
+24VLFD
2.2
2.1
OUT1
PLC / DCS
3.2
3.1
2.2
2.1
-
-
+
+
DI
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10%
Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 < RSensor < 360
Switching output 2 transistor outputs, passive
Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC (per output)
Maximum switching current 50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
Drop (U) < 1.4 V
Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch
Maximum switching frequency 5 kHz
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 28 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation 800 mW
Number of channels 1
Electrical isolation
Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/supply, T-Connector 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Output 1/output 2 50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo9.6 V
Maximum current Io10 mA
Maximum power Po25 mW
Maximum voltage Um253 V AC (125 V DC)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
NAMUR isolating amplifier, input intrinsically safe,
output: Transistor, passive
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T1) 2865463 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T-SP1) 2924074 1
176 PHOENIX CONTACT
NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsical-
ly safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive);
up to 5 kHz
– Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault
signaling output
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behav-
ior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat-
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transis-
tor output
– Power supply and error indication possi-
ble via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
2 signal outputs: transistor (passive)
POWER
IN1
IN2
OUT1
OUT2
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
Sensor / Field PLC / DCS
3.2
3.1
CH1
2.2
2.1
CH2
IN
Zone 2
Div. 2
OUT
GND
+24V
4.2
4.1
3.2
3.1
1.2
1.1
+
--
-
+
+
-
-
-
+
+
+
Power
Faultsignal
GND
+24VLFD
2.2
2.1
5.2
5.1
+
-
CH1
CH2
DI
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10%
Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 < RSensor < 360
Switching output Transistor output, passive
Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC (per output)
Maximum switching current 50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
Drop (U) < 1.4 V
Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch
Maximum switching frequency 5 kHz
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 34 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation 1000 mW
Number of channels 2
Electrical isolation
Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/supply, T-Connector 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Output 1/output 2 50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo9.6 V
Maximum current Io10.3 mA
Maximum power Po25 mW
Maximum voltage Um253 V AC (125 V DC)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
NAMUR isolating amplifier, 2-channel, input intrinsically safe,
output: Transistor, passive
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T1) 2865489 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T-SP1) 2924090 1
177PHOENIX CONTACT
NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsical-
ly safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Signal output transistor (passive); up to
5kHz
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behav-
ior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat-
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transis-
tor output
– Power supply and error indication possi-
ble via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
2-channel, signal output transistor (passive)
POWER
IN
OUT
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
IN
Sensor / Field
4.2
4.1
4.2
4.1
+
-
4.2
4.1
Zone 2
OUT
3.2
3.1
4.2
4.1
+
-
Power
GND
+24VLFD
GND
+24V
1.2
1.1
Faultsignal
PLC / DCS
3.2
3.1
-
+
DI-NAM
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10%
Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 < RSensor < 360
Switching output Resistive (transistor, passive)
Switching voltage Typ. 8.2 V DC ±10% (according to EN60947-5-6)
Switching frequency 5 kHz (Ohmic load)
Impedance 0-signal 11 k ±5%
Impedance 1-signal 1.4 k ±5%
Impedance fault > 100 k
Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch
General data
Supply voltage range 12 V DC ... 24 V DC -20% ... +25%
Current draw 25 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation < 0.6 W
Electrical isolation
Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/supply, T-Connector 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo9.6 V
Maximum current Io10 mA
Maximum power Po25 mW
Maximum voltage Um253 V AC (125 V DC)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx Yes
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
NAMUR isolation amplifier, intrinsically safe input, output with
line fault transparency
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM 2866006 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM-SP 2924883 1
178 PHOENIX CONTACT
NAMUR isolation amplifiers for the in-
trinsically safe operation of proximity sen-
sors or mechanical contacts installed in the
Ex area.
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Signal output with resistive behavior
(transistor)
– Signal output with line fault transparency:
line error message directly via output to
PLC or PCS. The output responds in ac-
cordance with EN 60947-5-6.
– Up to 5 kHz
– Direction of operation can be selected
– Line fault detection can be activated/deac-
tivated
– Power supply and error indication possi-
ble via the DIN rail connector
– LED indicators for supply voltage, status,
and fault according to NAMUR NE 44
– Plug-in screw or spring-cage connection
technology
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
Notes:
Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail
connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found
from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
With line fault transparency
POWER
OUT IN
+
-
+
-
Sensor / Field
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
4.2
4.1
+
-4.2
4.1
PLC / DCS
+
-
3.2
3.1
DO
2.1
2.2
DI
Zone 2
INOUT
3.2
3.1
4.2
4.1
LFD
Faultsignal
GND
+24V
GND
+24V
1.2
1.1
2.2
2.1
Faultsignal
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Switching level 0 signal (“L”) 0 V DC ... 5 V DC (Open)
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) 15 V DC ... 30 V DC
Input current < 12 mA
Input impedance in the event of a line fault at the output 3 M (High resistance (Mega ))
Transparent for test pulses Yes
Output data
Output voltage 9.5 V DC (At 48 mA)
Current limitation > 48 mA (With cable error detection)
No-load voltage > 23 V DC
Internal resistance 269 (Internal resistance Ri)
Immunity to short-circuiting Yes
Response time tA< 30 ms
Line error detection < 50 (short circuit on the line)
> 10 k (line break)
Error message output
Switch contact N/C contact
Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC
Maximum switching current 50 mA
Short-circuit-proof Yes
General data
Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
Current draw < 90 mA
Power dissipation < 1.5 W
Electrical isolation
Input/output, supply, error message output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
Degree of protection IP20
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo25.3 V
Maximum current Io94 mA
Maximum power Po595 mW
Maximum voltage Um253 V
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
ATEX II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx Yes
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 3 (applied for)
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Solenoid driver, logic input, intrinsically safe output, line fault
detection
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD 2924867 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD-SP 2924870 1
179PHOENIX CONTACT
Solenoid driver for the intrinsically safe
control of Ex i solenoid valves, alarm trans-
mitters or indicators installed in the
Ex area.
– Input: logic (low/high signal)
– Output: 48 mA current limitation at 9.5 V,
[Ex ia]
– Line fault detection (can be activated/de-
activated)
- Directly via signal channel
- Or via switching output
– Transparent for test pulses
– Power supply and error indication possi-
ble via the DIN rail connector
– LED indicators for supply voltage, status,
and fault according to NAMUR NE 44
– Plug-in screw or spring-cage connection
technology
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
Notes:
Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail
connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found
from page 182
Digital OUT
Solenoid driver, Ex i
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Current limitation 48 mA,
with line fault detection
OUT IN
+
-
+
-
0
10
20
30
03020104050 60
21,9V
5,5V
PLC / DCS
Sensor / Field
4.2
4.1
+
+
-
-4.2
4.1
Zone 2
Div. 2
INOUT
4.2
4.1
3.2
3.1
+
-
+
-
3.2
3.1
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
DO
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm Housing width 12.5 mm Housing width 12.5 mm Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 20 V DC ... 30 V DC
Input current 10 mA DC ... 70 mA DC (45 mA for Ue = 24 V DC) 10 mA ... 95 mA (65 mA for U
Output data
Output voltage 5.5 V DC (At 25 mA)
Current limitation 25 mA
No-load voltage 21.9 V DC
Internal resistance 641 (Internal resistance Ri)287
Immunity to short-circuiting Yes
Response time tA20 ms
General data
Power dissipation < 1 W
Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K
Electrical isolation
Output/input 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounti
Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Status indication Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is
active)
Degree of protection IP20
Housing material PA 66-FR
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 -
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo25.1 V
Maximum current Io39 mA
Maximum power Po245 mW
Maximum voltage Um253 V AC (125 V DC)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 CE-compliant, additi
ATEX II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia
UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Class I Div 2; IS for C
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 3
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Solenoid driver, loop-powered, output intrinsically safe
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP 2865492 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP-SP 2924113 1
180 PHOENIX CONTACT
Digital OUT
Solenoid driver, Ex i
Solenoid drivers for controlling intrinsi-
cally safe solenoid valves, alarm transmit-
ters, and indicators installed in Ex areas.
– 20 ... 30 V DC input
– Output [Ex ia]
– Various output characteristic curves com-
patible with the commercial solenoid
valves
– Loop-powered: The required power is
supplied via the control signal on the in-
put side.
– Mechanically compatible with DIN rail
connector
– Galvanic 2-way isolation
– Up to SIL 3 as per EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
A list of suitable valves and notes for calculating a valve circuit
are available from the download center at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Information on marking material can be found on page 127
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
output current I [mA]
V
output voltage U [V]
V
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Current limitation 25 mA Current limitation 40 mA Current limitation 48 mA Current limitation 58 mA,
0
10
20
30
03020104050 60
21,9V
10,0V
0
10
20
30
0 302010 40 50 60
24 V
10,5 V
0
10
20
30
03020104050 60
21,9V
12,9V
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Functional safety
Ex: Functional safety
Ex: Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm Housing width 12.5 mm Housing width 12.5 mm Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data Technical data Technical data
20 V DC ... 30 V DC 20 V DC ... 30 V DC 20 V DC ... 30 V DC
= 24 V DC) 10 mA ... 95 mA (65 mA for Ue = 24 V DC) 10 mA ... 95 mA (75 mA for Ue = 24 V DC) 10 mA ... 105 mA (95 mA for Ue = 24 V DC)
10 V DC (At 40 mA) 10.5 V DC (At 48 mA) 12.9 V DC (At 58 mA)
40 mA 48 mA 58 mA
21.9 V DC 24 V DC 21.9 V DC
)287 (Internal resistance Ri)276 (Internal resistance Ri) 133 (Internal resistance Ri)
Yes Yes Yes
20 ms 30 ms 30 ms
< 1.2 W < 1.4 W < 1.4 W
0.01%/K 0.01%/K 0.01%/K
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollu-
tion degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is
active)
Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is
active)
Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is
active)
IP20 IP20 IP20
PA 66-FR PA 66-FR PA 66-FR
V0 V0 V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
25.1 V 27.7 V 25.1 V
87 mA 101 mA 188 mA
550 mW 697 mW 1.18 W
253 V AC (125 V DC) 253 V AC (125 V DC) 253 V AC (125 V DC)
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIB/IIA
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 3 SIL 3 SIL 3
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP 2865764 1MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP 2865609 1MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP 2865515 1
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP-SP 2924139 1MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP-SP 2924126 1MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP-SP 2924100 1
181PHOENIX CONTACT
output current I [mA]
V
output voltage U [V]
V
output current I[mA]
V
output voltage U [V]
V
output current I [mA]
V
output voltage U [V]
V
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Current limitation 25 mA Current limitation 40 mA Current limitation 48 mA Current limitation 58 mA,
[Ex ia] IIB
1.2
2.2
3.2
12
3.3
14
1.1
2.1
3.1
11
Fault out
PWR 2
PWR 1
–
–
+
+
Faultsignal
GND
+24VLFD
Ex: // Applied for: cUL / UL
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Redundant supply yes, decoupled from diodes
Polarization and surge protection Yes
Output data
Maximum output signal 3.75 A
Output voltage (Input voltage - max. 0.8 V at 3.75 A)
Switching output Relay
Contact type 1 PDT
Contact material Gold (Au)
Maximum switching voltage 50 V AC (2 A)
General data
Current consumption
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
Fuse 5 A (replaceable), slow-blow 250 V AC
Status indication 1 x red LED (error)
2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
Housing material Polyamide (PA 6.6)
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 61010
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Supply and error message module, including the relevant
DIN rail connector ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN
Screw connection MACX MCR-PTB 2865625 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-PTB-SP 2924184 1
Accessories
DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage,
can be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715,
with UL approval
ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN 2869728 10
182 PHOENIX CONTACT
Power and error message module
Power and error message module for
feeding the 24 V supply voltage to the DIN
rail connectors and signaling line faults and
power supply failures.
– One-time or redundant supply, decoupled
from diode, protected against polariza-
tion
– Supply current up to 3.75 A
– Relay output (PDT) and flashing LED for
error messages
– Error message in the event of a power
supply failure or fuse fault
– Bus cable fault message for
MACX MCR-...(2)NAM... devices con-
nected via DIN rail connectors
– Replaceable fuse
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
ME 6,2 TBUS... T-Connector
DIN rail connector (5-pos.) for bridging
the supply voltage of 12.5 mm wide MACX
analog Ex modules.
– Reduces wiring costs
– System can be extended or module re-
placed even while process is active
– Inter-extendable
Accessories
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
H
W
D
Power and error message module
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ordering data
Description Color Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels
10-part, lettering field size: 11x9mm white UC-EMLP (11X9) 0819291 10
UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels,
marked according to customer specifications
For ordering details, see Catalog 5 or
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
10-part, lettering field size: 11x9mm white UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS 0824547 1
Marking material for device marking
– For device marking inside the control cab-
inet and in the field
– Self-adhesive with high adhesive strengths
– Large temperature range
Accessories
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Ordering data
Description Color Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Double-level terminal block, with preassembled resistors
With screw connection UKK 5-2R/NAMUR 2941662 50
Cover, width 2.5 mm
gray D-UKK 3/5 2770024 50
blue D-UKK 3/5 BU 2770105 50
183
PHOENIX CONTACT
Resistance circuit
Double-level terminal block with resis-
tance circuit according to NAMUR for line
fault detection in the case of mechanical
contacts
Important:
– For intrinsically safe circuits, only in com-
bination with D-UKK 3/5 cover
Accessories
TC... termination carriers are
compact solutions for quickly and smoothly
connecting DIN rail devices from the
MACX Analog Ex series to input/output
cards of automation systems using system
cables.
The termination carriers combine the ad-
vantages of modular DIN rail devices with
those offered by plug and play rapid cabling
solutions to provide a consistent solution
for system technology.
Compact
– Saves up to 30% of space due to compact
design
Robust and reliable
– Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum
carrier device profile
– PCB is completely decoupled from
modules
– PCB without active components
– Redundant supply and monitoring in
separate DIN rail module
Easy maintenance
– Use of standard DIN rail devices
– Easy access to connection points
– Quick and safe module connection with
plug-in and coded cable sets
Flexible
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
– Profile section without pitch markings for
I/O cards with specific number of chan-
nels
– Can be specifically adapted for I/O cards
of various automation systems with dif-
ferent system plug types
184 PHOENIX CONTACT
Termination carrier for
MACX Analog Ex-isolating amplifiers
Solutions are also available for MINI Analog,
MACX Analog Ex, and Safety
Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable
Select module carrier
Select standard DIN rail device
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
1
3 (+)
5 (+)
Alarm
PWR1
PWR2
2
4 (-)
6 (-)
MACX
MCR-
PTB
X20 COMBICON
X1 DSUB 37PTSM
1
3 (+)
2
+
+
CH1
PW2
PW1
1
20
+
-
CH2
2
21
+
-
CH3
3
22
+
-
CH4
4
23
+
-
CH5
5
24
-
CH6
6
25
+
-
CH7
7
26
-
CH8
8
27
+
-
CH9
9
28
+
-
CH10
10
29
+
-
CH11
11
30
+
-
CH12
12
31
+
-
CH13
13
32
+
-
CH14
14
33
+
-
CH15
15
34
+
-
CH16
16
35
-
+
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
1.1
1.2
3.2
2.1
2.2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Housing width 244 mm
Technical data
General data
Connection to the control system level D-SUB pin strip
Number of positions 37
Maximum operating voltage < 50 V DC (Per signal/channel)
Maximum permissible current 1 A (Signal/channel)
Rated insulation voltage 50 V
Surge voltage category II
Pollution degree 2
Rated surge voltage 0.5 kV
Air and creepage distances DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation )
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature range -40°C ... 80°C (Please observe module specifications)
Shock 15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27
Vibration (operation) 2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 244 / 170 / 160 mm
Power supply via power module
Input voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Redundant supply yes, decoupled from diodes
Polarization and surge protection Yes
Fuse 5 A Slow-blow (can be exchanged)
Status indication 1 x red LED (error)
2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
Switching output 1 PDT
Contact material Au
Maximum switching voltage 50 V DC (0.3 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) / 33 V AC (2 A)
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Universal termination carrier for 16 MACX MCR-EX isolators
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI 2924854 1
- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI1) 2902932 1
Accessories
Supply and error message module MACX MCR-PTB 2865625 1
MACX MCR-PTB-SP 2924184 1
HART multiplexer, 32-channel MACX MCR-S-MUX 2865599 1
185PHOENIX CONTACT
The
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI
universal termination carrier is a compact
solution which connects isolating amplifiers
from the MACX Analog Ex series to analog
or binary input/output cards of automation
systems.
The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI
termination carrier design, when combined
with the MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multi-
plexer, also enables communication be-
tween HART-capable field devices and a
management system.
– Connection of up to 16 single-channel
(Exi-)isolating amplifiers
– Universal 1:1 signal routing to a
37-pos. D-SUB plug-in connector
– For system cables with D-SUB socket and
open ends for universal connection
– Redundant supply and monitoring in
separate DIN rail module
Notes:
Contact us: specific termination carrier designs for I/O modules of
various automation systems are available, planned or can be im-
plemented according to your specifications.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Termination carrier for
MACX Analog Ex-isolating amplifiers
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Housing width 35.2 mm
Technical data
Field devices interface (HART)
Channels 16 or 32; adjustable using a switch
Connection method Flat-ribbon cable, 14-pos. (inclusive)
Signal HART FSK
HART specification
HART Field Communication Protocol Rev. 6.0 (downward compatible
up to Rev 4.0); FSK Physical Layer Specification (Rev. 8.1)
Data transmission display Two yellow “Tx” and “Rx” “HART” LEDs
Display error Red “ERR” LED (flashes in case of an error in the HART bus)
RS-485 interface
Connection method D-SUB-9 socket
Signal RS-485
Data flow control/protocols Compatible with OPC HART server, PDM, PRM, and FDT/DTM
Number of HART multiplexers per bus segment Max. 31
Address setting 0...127; using a rotary switch at the front
Data rate 9600 / 19200 / 38400 / 57600 [bps]; via rotary switch at the front
Transmission length 1200 m
Display Two yellow “Tx” and “Rx” “RS-485” LEDs
General data
Supply voltage range 18 V ... 31.2 V
Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption 55 mA
Power consumption 1.35 W
Operating voltage display Green “PWR” LED
Undervoltage monitoring Yes (no faulty devices / output states)
Galvanic isolation of HART signal/RS-485 350 V AC
Galvanic isolation of HART signals between each other 100 V DC (Capacitive)
Galvanic isolation of HART signal/supply 350 V AC
Galvanic isolation of RS-485/supply 350 V AC
Error monitoring Processor error: The “PWR” LED flashes;
error in the HART communication: the “ERR” LED flashes
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C
Humidity 95% (no condensation)
Dimensions W / H / D 35.2 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
HART multiplexer, 32-channel including two 14-wire flat-ribbon
cables
MACX MCR-S-MUX 2865599 1
Accessories
Universal termination carrier for 16 MACX MCR-EX isolators
- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI1)2902932 1
Universal termination carrier for 16 MINI MCR isolators
- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI1) 2902934 1
HART connection board MACX MCR-S-MUX-TB 2308124 1
Interface converter, for conversion from RS-232 (V.24) to
RS-485, with electrical isolation, rail-mountable, changeover of
data direction self-controlling or through RTS/CTS
PSM-ME-RS232/RS485-P1) 2744416 1
Repeater, for electrical isolation and increased range PSM-ME-RS485/RS485-P1)2744429 1
186 PHOENIX CONTACT
Multiplexer for digital connection of
HART-capable field devices (such as measur-
ing transducers or control valves) to a PC
or management system.
– Supports online configuration and diag-
nostics for the connected HART-capable
field devices
– Constant documentation of process vari-
ables and states
– 32 HART channels per multiplexer
– Up to 128 HART multiplexers at one
PC interface
– Communication via software tool
(e.g., HART OPC Server) using RS-485 in-
terface
– Electrical isolation between auxiliary en-
ergy, RS-485 bus and the HART channels
– HART field devices are accessed at the
same time that the measurement signal is
transmitted without affecting measured
value processing
– HART field devices connected via univer-
sal HART connection boards; direct con-
nection if processing non-Ex signals, with
separate Ex i signal isolator connected
upstream if processing Ex signals
– Power supplied via HART connection
board
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Multiplexers for HART signals
Measurement and control technology
Multiplexers for HART signals
H
W
D
1
2
3
4
6
5
DC
DA
D
DC
OUT 1
GND 1
-
+
1
2
3
4
6
5
DC
DA
D
DC
OUT 1
GND 1
-
+
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Measuring input
Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measurement range 10 K
Thermocouple sensors B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measurement range 50 K/500 K
Resistor 10 ... 400 (min. measurement range 10 )
10 ... 2000 (min. measurement range 100 )
Voltage -10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)
Configuration Yes, programmable
Measuring output
Output signal range 4 mA ... 20 mA / 20 mA ... 4 mA
Maximum output signal 23 mA
Load 520 (At UV = 24 V; Usupply - 12 V / 0.023 A)
Line monitoring NE 43
Short-circuit current 3.6 mA or 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)
Output current with open circuit 3.6 mA or 21 mA (adjustable)
Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange 3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA
General data
Supply voltage range 12 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 3.5 mA
Step response (10 - 90%) < 2 s
Transmission error Resistance thermometers
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)
Thermocouple sensors Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
Resistance-type sensors ±0.1 (10...400 ), ±1.5 (10...2000 )
Voltage sensor ±20 µV (-10...100 mV)
Test voltage input/output 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Switch on delay time 4 s
Standards/regulations NAMUR recommendation NE 21
Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Connection method Plug-in screw connection
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Safety data as per ATEX MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX
Maximum voltage Ui30 V 30 V
Maximum current Ii100 mA 100 mA
Maximum power Pi750 mW 750 mW
Maximum voltage Uo5 V DC 4.4 V DC
Maximum current Io5.9 mA 9.6 mA
Maximum power Po7.2 mW 10.6 mW
Gas group II A II B II C II A II B II C
- max. external inductivity Lo [mH] 100 100 100 100 100 100
- max. external capacity Co [µF] 10 10 2 12 12 2.4
Maximum ambient temperature
T4 = 85°C, T5 = 70°C,
T6 = 55°C
T4 = 85°C, T5 = 65°C,
T6 = 50°C
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
ATEX II 2(1) G Ex ia IIC T6 II 2(1) G Ex ia IIC T4...T6
UL, USA / Canada cULus cULus
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 -
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature transducer, for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, and voltage sensors
HART-compatible MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX 2864587 1
MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX 2864574 1
187PHOENIX CONTACT
– 1-channel
– Loop-powered
– Input for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, and linear mV signals,
Ex ia IIC
– Output 4...20 mA/20...4 mA
– Can be installed in zone 1
– Galvanic 2-way isolation
– HART-capable (MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX)
– Configuration using software
Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection.
To configure the MCR-FL-TS-LPI-EX HART-capable device
(2864587), you need a HART modem.
To configure the MCR-FL-T-LP-EX device (2864574), you
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN software, see page 190
Programmable loop-powered
temperature measuring transducer,
Ex i
Block diagram MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX
Measurement and control technology
Ex i 2-conductor field devices
DW
H
Loop-powered,
programmable
Block diagram MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX
21
3
4
5
6
2
1
∅33
∅44
∅5
∅7
3
4
5
6
2
1
DC
DA
D
DC
OUT 1
GND 1
Ex:
Technical data
Measuring input
Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measurement range 10 K
Thermocouple sensors B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measurement range 50 K/500 K
Resistor 10 ... 400 (min. measurement range 10 )
10 ... 2000 (min. measurement range 100 )
Voltage -10 mV ... 75 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)
Configuration Yes, programmable
Measuring output
Output signal range 4 mA ... 20 mA / 20 mA ... 4 mA
Maximum output signal 23 mA
Load 630 (At UV = 24 V; Usupply - 10 V / 0.023 A)
Line monitoring NE 43
Short-circuit current 3.6 mA or 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)
Output current with open circuit 3.6 mA or 21 mA (adjustable)
Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange 3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA (linear increase/decrease)
General data
Supply voltage range 12 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 3.5 mA
Step response (10 - 90%) < 2 s
Transmission error Resistance thermometers
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)
Thermocouple sensors Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
Resistance-type sensors ±0.1 (10...400 ), ±1.5 (10...2000 )
Voltage sensor ±20 µV (-10...75 mV)
Test voltage input/output 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Switch on delay time 6 s
Degree of protection IP00, IP66 (integrated in the connecting head)
Mounting position Connecting head according to DIN 43729 form B
Connection Installation in connection head according to DIN 43729 form B
Standards/regulations NAMUR recommendation NE 21
Housing material Polycarbonate, PC
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 24 - 15
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Ui30 V
Maximum current Ii100 mA
Maximum power Pi750 mW
Maximum voltage Uo5 V DC
Maximum current Io5.4 mA
Maximum power Po6.6 mW
Gas group II A II B II C
- max. external inductivity Lo [mH] 100 100 100
- max. external capacity Co [µF] 9.9 9.9 2
Maximum ambient temperature Category 1: T4 = 60°C, T5 = 50°C, T6 = 40°C
Category 2: T4 = 85°C, T5 = 70°C, T6 = 55°C
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 1 G and II 2 G Ex ia IIC T6/T5/T4
UL, USA / Canada cULus
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, smart, for
resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
and voltage sensors
MCR-FL-HT-TS-I-EX 2864545 1
188 PHOENIX CONTACT
– 1-channel
– Loop-powered
– Input for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, and linear mV signals,
Ex ia IIC
– Output 4...20 mA/20...4 mA
– Can be installed in zone 0
– Galvanic 2-way isolation
– HART-compatible
Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-conductor connection.
To configure the MCR-FL-TS-LPI-EX HART-capable device,
you need a HART modem.
Programmable loop-powered
temperature measuring transducers
with connection heads, Ex i
Measurement and control technology
Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Loop-powered,
programmable
Block diagram MCR-FL-HT-TS-I-EX
21
3
4
5
6
2
1
∅33
∅44
∅5
∅7
3
4
5
6
2
1
DC
DA
D
DC
OUT 1
GND 1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ex:
Technical data
Measuring input
Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measurement range 10 K
Thermocouple sensors B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measurement range 50 K/500 K
Resistor 10 ... 400 (min. measurement range 10 )
10 ... 2000 (min. measurement range 100 )
Voltage -10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)
Configuration Yes, programmable
Measuring output
Output signal range 4 mA ... 20 mA / 20 mA ... 4 mA
Maximum output signal 25 mA
Load 720 (For UV = 24 V; Usupply - 8 V / 0.025 A)
Line monitoring NE 43
Short-circuit current 3.6 mA or 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)
Output current with open circuit 3.6 mA or 21 mA (adjustable)
Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange 3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA (linear increase/decrease)
General data
Supply voltage range 8 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 3.5 mA
Step response (10 - 90%) < 2 s
Transmission error Resistance thermometers
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)
Thermocouple sensors Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
Resistance-type sensors ±0.1 (10...400 ), ±1.5 (10...2000 )
Voltage sensor ±20 µV (-10...100 mV)
Test voltage input/output 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Switch on delay time 6 s
Degree of protection IP00, IP66 (integrated in the connecting head)
Mounting position Connecting head according to DIN 43729 form B
Connection Installation in connection head according to DIN 43729 form B
Standards/regulations NAMUR recommendation NE 21
Housing material Polycarbonate, PC
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 24 - 15
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Ui30 V
Maximum current Ii100 mA
Maximum power Pi750 mW
Maximum voltage Uo8.2 V DC
Maximum current Io4.6 mA
Maximum power Po9.35 mW
Gas group II B II C
- max. external inductivity Lo [mH] 8.5 4.5
- max. external capacity Co [µF] 1.9 0.974
Maximum ambient temperature Category 1: T4 = 60°C, T5 = 50°C, T6 = 40°C
Category 2: T4 = 85°C, T5 = 70°C, T6 = 55°C
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T5/T4
UL, USA / Canada cULus
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, for
resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
and voltage sensors
MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX 2864532 1
189PHOENIX CONTACT
– 1-channel
– Loop-powered
– Input for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, and linear mV signals,
Ex ia IIC
– Output 4...20 mA/20...4 mA
– Can be installed in zone 0
– Galvanic 2-way isolation
– Configuration using software
Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection.
You can implement your own measuring range settings, lineariza-
tion, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 190
Programmable loop-powered
temperature measuring transducers
with connection heads, Ex i
Measurement and control technology
Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Loop-powered,
programmable
Block diagram MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR configuration software, for programming MCR-T-...-,
MCR-...-LP-...-, MCR-...-HT-...-, MCR-S-...-, MCR-F-..., and
MCR-PSP-... modules, CD-ROM
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN 2814799 1
Configuration software package
The MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configura-
tion software package is used to config-
ure and visualize all parameters for the pro-
grammable loop-powered temperature
transducers.
– For temperature transducers
MCR-FL-T(S)-LP-I-EX and
MCR-FL-HT-T(S)-I-EX
– Galvanically isolated
– Configuration possible during operation
– Straightforward menu interface
– Rapid programming
The computer and the measuring trans-
ducer communicate with one another via a
software adapter cable and a serial inter-
face.
Notes:
The software runs under the following operating systems:
Windows NT™, 2000™, and XP™.
Accessories
Measurement and control technology
Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
USB adapter cable,
D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB
CM-KBL-RS232/USB 2881078 1
Software adapter cable, 2.4 m length, with USB connection, for
programming MCR-...-LP-... and MCR-...-HT-... modules
MCR-PAC-T-USB 2309000 1
Accessories
Adapter cable,
stranded, 9-pos. D-SUB socket on 25-pos. D-SUB
pin
PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS 2761295 1
190 PHOENIX CONTACT
USB adapter cable
Software adapter cable
For connecting the programmable
MCR-/PI modules to the USB interface of a
computer, the USB adapter cable
CM-KBL-RS232/USB
can be used togeth-
er with the relevant adapter cables. Pro-
gramming with the MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
software is possible under the operating sys-
tems Windows 98™, Windows 2000™ and
Windows XP™.
The following modules are supported:
– MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX
– MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX
Accessories
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Shield fast connection
For Ø 3-6 mm SSA 3-6 2839295 10
For Ø 5-10 mm SSA 5-10 2839512 10
Shield fast connection
– For connecting cable shielding to cable
terminal points
– Can be connected to PLUGTRAB PT
– Easy assembly
Accessories
Measurement and control technology
Accessories
Ordering data
Description Color Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and MPS-MT 0201744 10
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part red MPS-IH RD 0201676 10
white MPS-IH WH 0201663 10
blue MPS-IH BU 0201689 10
yellow MPS-IH YE 0201692 10
green MPS-IH GN 0201702 10
gray MPS-IH GY 0201728 10
black MPS-IH BK 0201731 10
191
PHOENIX CONTACT
Te s t p l u g
Accessories
192 PHOENIX CONTACT
Product range overview
Product overview 194
Energy and
power measuring technology 196
EMpro energy meters 200
Extension modules 202
Complete packages for data logging 206
Compressed air meters 208
Current transformers 210
Selection guide 212
PACT current transformers 213
Accessories 223
Current and
voltage measuring technology 226
Current transducers 229
Voltage transducers 236
Accessories 237
Solar and
PV system monitoring 238
SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring 240
Residual current monitoring 242
Residual current monitoring - RCM 244
Components for E-Mobility 246
EV Charge Control charging controller 247
Monitoring relays, timer relays,
special function modules 248
EMD electronic monitoring relays 250
ETD electronic timer relays 258
EMG special function modules 262
193PHOENIX CONTACT
Energy and power measuring technology
EMpro energy meters measure, analyze,
and communicate important electrical sys-
tem parameters.
PSK DL data logger kits monitor and log
operating states.
PSK meters record compressed air con-
sumption.
Current transformers
PACT current transformers convert cur-
rents up to 4000 A into secondary currents
of 1 and 5 A.
Current and voltage measuring technology
MCR current and voltage transducers
convert currents and voltages into standard
analog signals.
Solar and PV system monitoring
The SOLARCHECK modular monitoring
system is used for string monitoring in
photovoltaic systems.
Residual current monitoring
RCM devices provide residual current
monitoring in grounded power supply
systems. They detect residual currents at an
early stage before they result in forced
shutdown.
Components for E-Mobility
EV Charge Control is the charging con-
troller used to charge electric vehicles on
the AC mains according to IEC 61851-1.
Electronic monitoring relays
EMD monitoring relays detect and indi-
cate deviations in important system param-
eters at an early stage.
Electronic timer relays
ETD timer relays are used for straightfor-
ward time control functions.
Special function modules
EMG special function modules enable
simple components such as diodes to be
used in an industrial context. These prod-
ucts feature professional housing and con-
nection technology.
Monitoring
194 PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Product overview
Energy and power measuring technology
EMpro energy meters for
front-panel installation Page 200
EMpro energy meters for
DIN rail mounting Page 201
Special function and
communication modules Page 202
DIN rail adapters
Page 205
Current and voltage measuring technology
PACT winding current transformers
Page 222
Mounting accessories, shock protection
Page 223
MCR current transducers for AC/DC and
distorted currents up to 600 A Page 229
MCR current transducers for AC/DC and
distorted currents up to 55 A, programmable
Page 230
Solar and PV system monitoring
Accessories
Configuration software and
USB adapter cable Page 149
SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring
Communication module Page 240
SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring
Current measuring modules Page 241
SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring
Voltage measuring modules Page 241
Monitoring relays Timer relays
EMD-BL
Compact monitoring relays Page 250
EMD
Multifunctional monitoring relays Page 252
ETD-BL
Ultra-narrow timer relays Page 258
ETD
Multifunctional timer relays Page 260
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
195PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Product overview
Current transformers
Complete packages for data logging
Page 206
Compressed air meters
Page 208
PACT bus-bar current transformers
Page 212
Can be calibrated Page 224
PACT plug-in current transformers
Page 214
Can be calibrated Page 224
MCR current transducers for AC currents,
sinusoidal up to 12 A Page 232
Passive, up to 5 A Page 234
MCR current transducers for AC currents, si-
nusoidal and distorted, up to 200 A
Page 233
MCR current protectors for AC currents,
sinusoidal up to 16 A Page 235
MCR voltage transducers
for DC voltages up to 660 V Page 236
For AC voltages up to 444 V Page 236
Residual current monitoring Components for E-Mobility
RCM type B+ for DC residual currents and
pulsating DC and AC residual currents
Page 244
RCM type A for pulsating DC and
AC residual currents Page 245
EV Charge Control
Charging controller Page 247
EV Charge Lock Release
Mains failure plug release Page 247
Special function modules Lightning current
measuring system
HMIs Signal towers
EMG
Diode modules, lamp testing modules,
display modules Page 262
Lightning current measuring system
See Catalog 6
HMIs
See Catalog 8
Signal towers
See Catalog 8
196 PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Energy costs at a glance
Within industry, energy is viewed as a
variable cost factor. As a result, lower ener-
gy costs are becoming increasingly impor-
tant in terms of providing companies with a
major competitive advantage in the areas of
production, process, and industrial engi-
neering.
Alongside energy consumption, the quali-
ty of the energy supplied, the reliability of
supply, and effective system utilization also
play an important role in ensuring profitabil-
ity. This calls for continuous measurement
and analysis of all sources of energy.
Advantages of energy data acquisition
Continuously recorded energy flow pro-
vides the basis for a target-oriented energy
management system.
Access comprehensive information re-
garding the characteristic electrical data of
your machinery and benefit from the advan-
tages of this:
– Reduce your energy costs by identifying
potential energy savings.
– Optimize your system capacity: through
intelligent switching of system parts, uni-
form network load, and reduced harmon-
ics.
– Reduce peak loads using forward-looking
trend calculation and load management.
– Safeguard your production processes and
minimize downtimes by continuously
monitoring important system parame-
ters.
Measurement – monitoring – commu-
nication
Efficient energy management – network-
capable EMpro energy meters can be used
to acquire and monitor the characteristic
electrical data of your machines and sys-
tems.
They can be freely extended with commu-
nication modules and special function mod-
ules, enabling your energy meters to keep
pace with your growing requirements. Fu-
ture-proof planning and investment is there-
fore ensured.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
197PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
The communication expert
The EMpro MA600 is capable of perform-
ing all measurement tasks associated with
power supply applications up to 700VAC –
from straightforward current and power
measurement and detection of harmonics
to spectral analysis and trend calculation.
– Flexible network connection
– Can be extended with plug-in communi-
cation modules and special function mod-
ules
– Remote access via web server
The universal solution on the front panel
The EMpro MA400 is capable of all stan-
dard measurement tasks in the main distri-
bution up to 500 V AC.
– Plug-in RS-485 extension module for inte-
gration in JBUS and MODBUS systems
The compact starter for use in the
sub-distribution
The EMpro MA200 energy meter is ideal
for simple measurement tasks where on-
site analysis of the measured values is suffi-
cient.
The highly communicative device for
use on DIN rails
The EMpro MA250 performs simple mea-
suring tasks in small control cabinets direct-
ly on the machine.
– With built-in RS-485 interface for integra-
tion in JBUS and MODBUS systems
Data logger kits
PSK DL data logger kits monitor the op-
erating state of your plant and inform you of
any change in state by SMS.
The complete package is available in two
versions:
– PSKDLBASIC with all basic functions
– PSKDLFLEX allows programming di-
rectly in SQL and supports modular ex-
pansion. Sends e-mails via GPRS or DSL.
Sensors and meters
Use of resources at a glance - determine
all relevant states using sensors and meters.
– Detailed procurement measurement,
thanks to precise sensor and meter tech-
nology
– Intelligent sensor communication, thanks
to IO-Link technology
Inline power measurement terminal
The Inline power measurement terminal
enables analysis of AC networks.
– For measuring current, voltage, and
power, as well as identifying distortion
and harmonics
The power measurement terminal can be
found in Catalog 8, control technology, I/O
systems, and network structure.
720,2 kW
350,6 kvar
801,0 kVA
EMpro
470,8 kW
101,2 kvar
481,6 kVA
EMpro
87,2 kW
1,5 kvar
87,2 kVA
EMpro
692,1 V
U 689,9
2-3
F 50,00 Hz
C 000217683 kWh
3-1690,3
50
100
50
100
50
100
EMpro
UL
FD
100
TD
RD
VCC
DIAG
PSI-MODEM-SHDSL/ETH
Ord.-No.2313 643
DSLADSLB
LINK
ETH
USB
ACT
STAT
LINK LINK
ERR
STAT
ETH
VCC
DIAG
PSI-MODEM-SHDSL/ETH
Ord.-No.2313 643
DSLADSLB
LINK
ETH
USB
ACT
STAT
LINK LINK
ERR
STAT
ETH
Ethernet
Ethernet
RS-485
RS-485
Ethernet-
Gateway
RS-485
COM-Server
SHDSL modem
Energy meter
EMpro MA400
Energy meter
EMpro MA400
Energy meter
EMpro MA600
Energy meter
EMpro MA400
SHDSL modem
DSL (up to 20 km)
Measurement – monitoring – commu-
nication
In order to achieve efficient energy man-
agement, all energy data that has been de-
termined is acquired and analyzed centrally
in the control center.
For data transmission, integrate the EM-
pro measuring devices flexibly into your
network structures.
The network components from Phoenix
Contact offer interference-free and high-
performance communication of energy da-
ta, even in harsh industrial environments:
– Copper-based and fiber optic data trans-
mission
– Ethernet and modem communication
– Industrial wireless transmission
Direct access to measured values
Analyze your system parameters quickly
on site. At the touch of a button, you can
access precisely those measured values that
are of relevance.
You can also use the user-friendly web
server function to request measured values
directly from the control center.
Planning reliability and investment se-
curity
EMpro extension modules, special func-
tion modules, and communication modules
enable you to remain flexible and extend
your EMpro measuring devices at any time:
– Digital inputs and outputs
– Pulse outputs
– Analog outputs
– Communication interfaces
– Measured data memory
– Temperature measurement
Remote access to multiple meters -
with just one IP address
The web server that has been integrated
into the Ethernet communication modules
allows you to conveniently configure key pa-
rameters online. It also allows remote ac-
cess to key electrical characteristics such as
current, voltage, power, energy, and har-
monics.
Energy meters
198 PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
You can easily select the right device for
your application by referring to the table be-
low:
Product type The compact starter The highly communicative
device for use on DIN rails
The universal solution
on the front panel The communication expert
EEM-MA200 EEM-MA250
with RS-485
EEM-MA400 EEM-MA600
EEM-MA600-24DC
Mounting
DIN rail ∙ ∙
Front panel ∙ ∙
Measurement
Currents
I1, I2, I3, 3∙ ∙ ∙
I1, I2, I3, IN (calculation) ∙ ∙
Maximum values ∙ ∙ ∙ ∙
Average values ∙ ∙
Supports current measurement without an external transformer ∙
Voltages
U12, U23, U31, V1, V2, V3 ∙ ∙ ∙ ∙
Maximum values ∙
Average values ∙
Voltage measurement via voltage transducer ∙
Voltage measurement, direct, up to 500 V ∙ ∙ ∙ ∙
Voltage measurement, direct, up to 700 V ∙
Frequency ∙ ∙ ∙ ∙
Power
P, Q, S (±) ∙ ∙ ∙ ∙
P, Q, S per phase (±) ∙ ∙
Maximum values P, Q, S ∙ ∙ ∙ ∙
Average values P, Q, S ∙ ∙
Trend power ∙
Power factor
PF ∙ ∙ ∙ ∙
PF per phase ∙ ∙
THD (Total Harmonic Distortion)
I1, I2, I3, U12, U23, U31, V1, V2, V3 Up to 51st harmonic Up to 51st harmonic Up to 51st harmonic Up to 63rd harmonic
Temperature
Temperature measurement (internal) ∙ ∙
Metering
Active and reactive energy (kWh+, kvarh+) ∙ ∙ ∙ ∙
Active and reactive energy (kWh±, kvarh±) ∙
Two-tariff meter ∙ ∙
Operating hours ∙ ∙ ∙ ∙
Analysis
Harmonics analysis Up to 63rd harmonic
Outputs
One configurable pulse output (kWh+, kvarh+) or alarm (threshold value) ∙ ∙
Inputs
One configurable input for tariff switch-over ∙ ∙
Special function modules (optional)
Memory ∙
Two digital I/Os ∙
One pulse output or one threshold value ∙
Two pulse outputs ∙
Two analog outputs ∙
Temperature measurement ∙
Communication modules (optional)
JBUS/Modbus RTU (RS-485) ∙ ∙
PROFIBUS DP ∙
PROFIBUS (D-SUB) ∙
Ethernet ∙
RS-485/Ethernet gateway ∙
Key
I1, I2, I3 Conductor currents PReal power
IN Neutral conductor current QReactive power
U12, U23, U31 Phase conductor voltages SApparent power
V1, V2, V3 Conductor voltages to N PF Power factor
THD Total harmonic distortion
199PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Housing width 96 mm
200 PHOENIX CONTACT
H
W
D
Energy meters
EMpro energy meters are capable of ac-
quiring, monitoring, and displaying all elec-
trical system and machine parameters local-
ly.
EEM-MA600
– Can be extended with special function
and communication modules
– Remote access via web server, integrated
into Ethernet communication module
– Acquisition of individual harmonic com-
ponents up to 63rd order
– Trend calculation for active and reactive
power
EEM-MA400
– Can be extended with a pulse module
– Can be extended with RS-485 communi-
cation module (JBUS/MODBUS)
– Acquisition of total harmonic content up
to harmonic of 51st order
EEM-MA250
– Two-tariff measurement via pulse input
– Pulse output
– RS-485 interface (JBUS/MODBUS)
EEM-MA200
– Two-tariff measurement via pulse input
– Pulse output
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Technical data
Input data
Measuring principle True r.m.s. value measurement True r.m.s. value measurement True r.m.s. value measurement True r.m.s. value mea
Acquisition of harmonics up to 63rd harmonic
Measured value ACsine (50/60 Hz)
Voltage measuring input V1, V2, V3
Input voltage range 18 V AC ... 700 V AC (Phase/Phase)
11 V AC ... 404 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor)
500 kV AC (Primary, via external voltage transducers)
(Secondary, 60, 100, 110, 115, 120, 173, 190 V AC)
Accuracy 0.2%
Current measuring input I1, I2, I3
Input current range ( Via external transformers ) 9999 A (primary)
(1 A and 5 A, secondary)
Overload capacity 6 A (Permanent)
Operate threshold 10 mA
Accuracy 0.2%
Power measurement
Measuring range 0 MW ... 8000 MW / 0 Mvar ... 8000 Mvar / 0 MVA ... 8000 MVA 0 MW ... 8000 MW / 0 Mvar ... 8000 Mvar / 0 MVA ...
Accuracy 0.5%
Active energy (IEC 62053-22) Class 0.5S
Reactive power (IEC 62053-23) Class 2
Digital input
Voltage input signal (Via extension module) (Via extension module) - 230 V AC
Switching output
Output description Via extension module
Maximum switching voltage -
Current carrying capacity -
Serial port
Output description Via extension module
Serial transmission speed -
Display
Type LCD display, backlighting LCD display, backlighting LCD display, backlighting LCD display, backlighting
Measuring rate approximately
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption 10 VA
20 VA (With maximum number of extension modules)
Degree of protection IP52 (front), IP30 (back) IP52 (front), IP30 (back) IP52 (front), IP30 (back) IP51 (front), IP20 (back)
Ambient temperature range -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F) -10°C ...
Dimensions W / H / D 96 / 96 / 82 mm
Dimensions W / H / D With extension module 96 / 96 / 80 mm
Connection cross section (solid / stranded / AWG)
Voltage and other connections 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5
Current connection 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 20 - 8 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 20 - 8 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 2
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada UL 61010-1
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Energy meter, for installation in front panel
EEM-MA6001) 2901366 1
Energy meter, for front-panel installation, 24 V DC
Energy meter, for mounting on a DIN rail
Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Measuring voltage of up to 700 V AC,
extendable
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Housing width 96 mm Housing width 96 mm Housing width 72 mm
201PHOENIX CONTACT
H
W
D
H
W
D
H
W
D
Technical data Technical data Technical data
Measuring principle True r.m.s. value measurement True r.m.s. value measurement True r.m.s. value measurement True r.m.s. value measurement
up to 63rd harmonic up to 51st harmonic up to 51st harmonic
ACsine (50/60 Hz) ACsine (50/60 Hz) ACsine (50/60 Hz)
18 V AC ... 700 V AC (Phase/Phase)
11 V AC ... 404 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor)
50 V AC ... 500 V AC (Phase/Phase)
28 V AC ... 289 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor)
50 V AC ... 519 V AC (Phase/Phase)
28 V AC ... 300 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor)
500 kV AC (Primary, via external voltage transducers)
(Secondary, 60, 100, 110, 115, 120, 173, 190 V AC)
--
0.2% 0.2% 0.2%
9999 A (primary)
(1 A and 5 A, secondary)
9999 A (primary)
5 A (secondary)
9999 A (primary)
5 A (secondary)
6 A (Permanent) 6 A (Permanent) 6 A (Permanent)
10 mA 5 mA 5 mA
0.2% 0.2% 0.2%
Measuring range 0 MW ... 8000 MW / 0 Mvar ... 8000 Mvar / 0 MVA ... 8000 MVA 0 MW ... 8000 MW / 0 Mvar ... 8000 Mvar / 0 MVA ... 8000 MVA 0 MW ... 11 MW / 0 Mvar ... 11 Mvar / 0 MVA ... 11 MVA 0 kW ... 9999 kW / 0 kvar ... 9999 kvar / 0 kVA ... 9999 kVA
0.5% 0.5% 0.5%
Class 0.5S Class 0.5S Class 0.5S
Class 2 Class 2 Class 2
Voltage input signal (Via extension module) (Via extension module) - 230 V AC 10% (Tariff switchover: e.g., day/nighttime tariff)
Via extension module - Transistor output, active
--30 V DC
--27 mA
EEM-MA2501)EEM-MA2001)
Via extension module Via extension module Modbus RTU/JBUS RS-485 None
- - 2,4 ... 38.4 kbps
Type LCD display, backlighting LCD display, backlighting LCD display, backlighting LCD display, backlighting
approximately approximately approximately
10 VA
20 VA (With maximum number of extension modules)
5 VA
10 VA (With maximum number of extension modules)
5 VA
Degree of protection IP52 (front), IP30 (back) IP52 (front), IP30 (back) IP52 (front), IP30 (back) IP51 (front), IP20 (back)
Ambient temperature range -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F) -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F) -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F) -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
96 / 96 / 82 mm 96 / 96 / 82 mm 72 / 90 / 64 mm
96 / 96 / 80 mm 96 / 96 / 80 mm
Voltage and other connections 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
Current connection 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 20 - 8 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 20 - 8 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 20 - 8 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10
CE-compliant CE-compliant CE-compliant
- UL 61010-1 UL 61010-1
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
EEM-MA4001) 2901364 1
EEM-MA600-24DC 2902352 1
EEM-MA2501) 2901363 1
EEM-MA2001) 2901362 1
Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Measuring voltage of up to 700 V AC,
supply voltage 24 V DC
Measuring voltage of up to 500 V AC,
can be extended with RS-485 interface
Measuring voltage of up to 500 V AC,
with DIN rail mounting,
also with RS-485 interface
Technical data Technical data
Digital input
Voltage input signal 10 V DC ... 30 V DC -
Input pulse length 10 ms -
Output
Output description Relay output Current output
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC/DC -
General data
Supply voltage 9 V (via EEM-MA600) 9 V (via EEM-MA600)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature range -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F) -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada UL 61010-1 UL 61010-1
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Special function module (for EEM-MA600)
With two digital I/Os EEM-2DIO-MA6001) 2901371 1
With two analog outputs EEM-2AO-MA6001) 2901475 1
Plug-in special function module for the
EEM-MA600 energy meter
EEM-2DIO-MA600
– Two digital inputs and outputs
– Configurable threshold values
EEM-2AO-MA600
– Two 0 ... 20 mA/4 ... 20 mA analog out-
puts, configurable
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Extension modules
Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Two digital inputs and outputs Two analog outputs
Technical data
Digital input
Voltage input signal 10 V DC ... 30 V DC
General data
Supply voltage 9 V (via EEM-MA600)
Memory size 512 kByte
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature range -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada UL 61010-1
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Memory module (for EEM-MA600)
EEM-MEMO-MA6001) 2901370 1
202 PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in special function module for the
EEM-MA600 energy meter
EEM-MEMO-MA600
– Stores the last ten alarms together with
the time and date
– Stores the real and reactive power, e.g.,
for 45 days with a 15-minute synchroniza-
tion pulse
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Extension modules
Memory module
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
Serial port EEM-PB-MA6001)EEM-PB12-MA6001)
Output description Modbus RTU/JBUS RS-485 PROFIBUS DP RS-485 PROFIBUS DP RS-485
Serial transmission speed 2.4 ... 38.4 kbps 9.6 kbps ... 1.5 Mbps 9.6 kbps ... 12 Mbps
General data
Supply voltage 9 V (via EEM-MA400) 9 V (via EEM-MA600)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature range -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F) -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada UL 61010-1 UL 61010-1
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Communication module (for EEM-MA400)
JBUS/Modbus RTU (RS-485) EEM-RS485-MA4001) 2901365 1
Communication module (for EEM-MA600)
JBUS/Modbus RTU (RS-485) EEM-RS485-MA6001)2901367 1
PROFIBUS DP (1.5 Mbps) EEM-PB-MA6001)2901368 1
PROFIBUS DP (12 Mbps) EEM-PB12-MA6001)2901418 1
Communication modules
EEM-RS485-MA...
– JBUS/Modbus RTU (RS-485)
EEM-PB...-MA600
– PROFIBUS DP, with transmission speeds
of 1.5 or 12 Mbps
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Extension modules
Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
RS-485 PROFIBUS
Technical data Technical data
Serial port
Output description Modbus TCP Ethernet (RJ45) Modbus TCP Ethernet (RJ45)
Serial transmission speed 10/100 Mbps 10/100 Mbps
General data
Supply voltage 9 V (via EEM-MA600) 9 V (via EEM-MA600)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature range -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F) -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada UL 61010-1 UL 61010-1
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Communication module (for EEM-MA600)
Ethernet EEM-ETH-MA6001) 2901373 1
RS-485/Ethernet gateway EEM-ETH-RS485-MA6001) 2901374 1
203
PHOENIX CONTACT
EEM-ETH-MA600
–Ethernet
– Integrated web server
EEM-ETH-RS485-MA600
– Ethernet/RS-485 gateway
–MODBUS RTU master for up to
246 slaves
– Integrated web server
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Communication modules
Ethernet
(MODBUS TCP)
Ethernet/RS-485 gateway
(MODBUS TCP/MODBUS RTU)
Technical data
Input data
Description of the input Pt 100 input: 2, 3, 4-conductor
Temperature range -20°C ... 150°C (Connected sensors)
-10°C ... 55°C (in the immediate vicinity)
Transmission error 0.5 K/m (2-conductor)
0.25 K/m (3-conductor)
0 K/m (4-conductor)
Basic accuracy ±1 K
General data
Supply voltage 9 V (via EEM-MA600)
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature range -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Special function module (for EEM-MA600)
EEM-TEMP-MA6001) 2901949 1
Plug-in special function module for the
EEM-MA600 energy meter
EEM-TEMP-MA600
– Temperature recording for up to three
PT100 temperature sensors
–Temperature measur-
ingrange20°C...+150°C
– Internal temperature recording of the am-
bienttemperature10°C...+55°C
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Extension module
Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Temperature module
Technical data Technical data
Digital input
Voltage input signal - -
Input pulse length - -
Output
Output description Relay output Relay output
Maximum switching voltage 100 V DC 100 V DC
General data
Supply voltage 9 V (via EEM-MA400) 9 V (via EEM-MA600)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature range -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F) -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Special function module (for EEM-MA600)
With two digital I/Os EEM-IMP-MA400 2904314 1
With two analog outputs EEM-IMP-MA600 2904313 1
204 PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in special function modules for the
EEM-MA400 and EEM-MA600 energy me-
ters.
EEM-IMP-MA400
– One configurable pulse output
– One configurable threshold value
EEM-IMP-MA600
– Two configurable pulse outputs
Extension modules
Pulse module Pulse module
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
General data
Vibration resistance 57 Hz ... 150 Hz (2 g)
Weight 265 g
DIN rail clip material Aluminum, natural anodized
Fixing sheet material Stainless steel VA
Dimensions W / H / D 116 / 112 / 115 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
DIN rail adapter for EEM-MA600 and EEM-MA400 energy meters
EEM-MKT-DRA 2902078 1
205PHOENIX CONTACT
– For mounting the EEM-MA600 or
EEM-MA400 energy meters on a
35 mm DIN rail according to EN60715
Measuring instrument bracket
Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
H
W
D
For mounting on DIN rails
Technical data
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Parameterizable data logger kit with Ethernet interface and
GSM modem, including power supply unit with 8 digital outputs
and 16 digital inputs, plus accessories and patch cable
PSK DL BASIC 2700726 1
206 PHOENIX CONTACT
BASIC data logger kit
Optimize your use of energy and resourc-
es. Data loggers from Phoenix Contact can
be used to monitor and log the supply of
wa ter, com pressed ai r, and electricity to
your system. This enables efficient cost con-
trol. No additional software or operator
panels are needed to parameterize data log-
gers – simply use a web browser on your
PC.
The BASIC data logger kit features:
– Low installation and energy costs, thanks
to parameterization via web interface
without programming knowledge
– Comprehensive solution – complete
package available under one order num-
ber
– Flexible communication, thanks to the in-
tegrated GSM/GPRS modem and Ether-
net interface
– Maximum system availability, thanks to
limit value monitoring
– Standardized data routing, thanks to SQL
interface
– Process information sent to the user via
e-mail or SMS
– Set digital outputs on the data logger via
SMS
– Integrated FTP and web server
Complete packages for data logging
Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Extendable
parameterizable
data logger kit
with Ethernet interface
and GSM/GPRS modem, including power supply unit with 8 digital
outputs, 24 digital inputs, and 8 analog inputs, plus accessories and
patch cable
PSK DL FLEX 2700727 1
Accessories
Inline digital input terminal, complete with accessories
(connector and labeling field)
- 2 inputs IB IL 24 DI 2-PAC1)2861221 1
- 4 inputs IB IL 24 DI 4-PAC1)2861234 1
- 8 inputs IB IL 24 DI 8-PAC1)2861247 1
- 16 inputs IB IL 24 DI 16-PAC1)2861250 1
- S0 counter IB IL DI 8/S0-PAC1)2897020 1
Inline analog input terminal, complete with accessories
(connector and labeling field)
- 2 inputs IB IL AI 2/SF-PAC1) 2861302 1
- 8 inputs IB IL AI 8/SF-PAC1) 2861412 1
- 8 inputs, initiator with supply outputs IB IL AI 8/IS-PAC1) 2861661 1
207PHOENIX CONTACT
FLEX data logger kit
The PSK DL FLEX data logger kit is the
extended version of the PSK DL BASIC ba-
sic package. A maximum of three digital in-
put terminals and four analog input terminals
from the Inline I/O system can also be con-
nected to the FLEX kit. The mounted termi-
nals are automatically detected and started
up. The PSK DL FLEX can be used to send
digital and analog status information via SMS
or e-mail or via mobile phone networks or
Ethernet. In addition, the PSK DL FLEX can
write the information directly to an SQL da-
tabase that is provided.
In addition to all the properties of the
BASIC version, the FLEX extended
solution kit also offers the following:
– Direct SQL connection via SQL interface
– Process information via e-mail and SMS
– Flexible extension with additional
I/O modules
Complete packages for data logging
Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
 
208 PHOENIX CONTACT
Sensors and meters
Compressed air meters
Use meters from Phoenix Contact to
monitor the use of compressed air, an ex-
pensive production resource. By using com-
pressed air efficiently, you can decrease
compressor usage and therefore reduce en-
ergy costs. The calorimetric measuring pro-
cedure records even the smallest consump-
tion rates. You can therefore detect wear or
leaks based on the amount of air consumed.
Use compressed air meters to acquire
the following values:
– The current volumetric flow according to
ISO2533 and DIN1343
– The total volume used
– The temperature of the compressed air in
the monitored operating processes
The compressed air meters impress
thanks to their:
– Detailed reference measurement with
flow rate, total volume, and temperature
display
– Intelligent sensor communication, thanks
to IO-Link technology
– Measuring range from 0.06Nm3/h to
700.0Nm3/h
– Flexible use, thanks to IP65 protection:
resistant to dust and splash water
Technical data
PSK AFS6050IOL PSK AFS6000IOL
Flow monitoring
Measuring range 0 Nm³/h ... 75 Nm³/h 0 Nm³/h ... 15 Nm³/h 0 Nm³/h ... 225 Nm³/h 2 Nm³/h ... 700 Nm³/h
Display area 0 Nm³/h ... 90 Nm³/h 0 Nm³/h ... 18 Nm³/h 0 Nm³/h ... 270 Nm³/h 0 Nm³/h ... 840 Nm³/h
Repeatability (±1.5% of the measured value) (±1.5% of the measured value) (±1.5% of the measured value) (±1.5% of the measured value)
Response time < 0.1 s ((dAP = 0)) < 0.1 s ((dAP = 0)) < 0.1 s ((dAP = 0)) < 0.1 s ((dAP = 0))
Measured value error ±15% of the measured value
+1.5% of the measuring range fi-
nal value
Depending on the air quality:
±3% of the measured value
+0.3% of the measuring range fi-
nal value; ±6% of the measured
value +0.6% of the measuring
range final value
Temperature monitoring
Measuring range 0°C ... 60°C 0°C ... 60°C 0°C ... 60°C 0°C ... 60°C
Display area -12°C ... 72°C -12°C ... 72°C -12°C ... 72°C -12°C ... 72°C
Response time 30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h) 30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm
Resolution 0.5°C 0.5°C 0.5°C 0.5°C
Accuracy ±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h) ±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm
Supply for module electronics
Connection method M12 plug-in connector M12 plug-in connector M12 plug-in connector M12 plug-in connector
No. of pos. 4444
Supply voltage range 19 V DC ... 30 V DC 19 V DC ... 30 V DC 19 V DC ... 30 V DC 19 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current draw < 100 mA < 100 mA < 100 mA < 100 mA
Digital outputs
Pulse value 0.0010 m³ ... 1000000 m³ 0.0010 m³ ... 1000000 m³ 0.0030 m³ ... 3000000 m³ 0.0100 m³ ... 4000000 m³
Pulse length min. 0.04 s min. 0.2 s min. 0.02 s min. 0.043 s
Delay time 0.5 s (Operational readiness) 0.5 s (Operational readiness) 1 s (Operational readiness) 0.5 s (Operational readiness)
Analog outputs
Type of protection Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection S
Current output signal 4 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA
Load/output load current output 500 
General data
Weight 581 g 961 g 887 g 2.053 kg 4.332 kg
Width 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm 133 mm
Height 111 mm 300 mm 193.3 mm 475 mm 475 mm
Depth 79.5 mm 76.8 mm 74.5 mm 88.5 mm -
Degree of protection IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65
Protection class III III III III
Ambient temperature (operation) 0°C ... 60°C 0°C ... 60°C 0°C ... 60°C 0°C ... 60°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 85°C -20°C ... 85°C -20°C ... 85°C -20°C ... 85°C
Vibration resistance according to IEC 60068-2-6 5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz) 5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz) 5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz) 5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz)
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Compressed air meter: G1/2 process connection,
measuring range up to 75 Nm3/h
PSK AFS6050IOL 2700704 1
Compressed air meter: G1/2 process connection,
measuring range up to 75 Nm3/h
PSK AFS6000IOL 2700707 1
Compressed air meter: R1/4 process connection,
measuring range up to 15 Nm3/h
Compressed air meter: R1 process connection,
measuring range up to 225 Nm3/h
Compressed air meter: R2 process connection,
measuring range up to 700 Nm3/h
Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Compressed air counter up to 75 Nm3/h Compressed air counter up to 15 Nm
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
 
209PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data Technical data Technical data
0 Nm³/h ... 75 Nm³/h 0 Nm³/h ... 15 Nm³/h 0 Nm³/h ... 225 Nm³/h 2 Nm³/h ... 700 Nm³/h
0 Nm³/h ... 90 Nm³/h 0 Nm³/h ... 18 Nm³/h 0 Nm³/h ... 270 Nm³/h 0 Nm³/h ... 840 Nm³/h
(±1.5% of the measured value) (±1.5% of the measured value) (±1.5% of the measured value) (±1.5% of the measured value)
< 0.1 s ((dAP = 0)) < 0.1 s ((dAP = 0)) < 0.1 s ((dAP = 0)) < 0.1 s ((dAP = 0))
Depending on the air quality: ±3% of the measured value +0.3% of
the measuring range final value; ±6% of the measured value +0.6%
of the measuring range final value
Depending on the air quality: ±3% of the measured value +0.3% of
the measuring range final value; ±6% of the measured value +0.6%
of the measuring range final value
Depending on the air quality: ±3% of the measured value +0.3% of
the measuring range final value; ±6% of the measured value +0.6%
of the measuring range final value
0°C ... 60°C 0°C ... 60°C 0°C ... 60°C 0°C ... 60°C
-12°C ... 72°C -12°C ... 72°C -12°C ... 72°C -12°C ... 72°C
/h) 30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h) 30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h) 30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
0.5°C 0.5°C 0.5°C 0.5°C
/h) ±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h) ±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h) ±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
M12 plug-in connector M12 plug-in connector M12 plug-in connector M12 plug-in connector
4444
19 V DC ... 30 V DC 19 V DC ... 30 V DC 19 V DC ... 30 V DC 19 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 100 mA < 100 mA < 100 mA < 100 mA
0.0010 m³ ... 1000000 m³ 0.0010 m³ ... 1000000 m³ 0.0030 m³ ... 3000000 m³ 0.0100 m³ ... 4000000 m³
min. 0.04 s min. 0.2 s min. 0.02 s min. 0.043 s
0.5 s (Operational readiness) 0.5 s (Operational readiness) 1 s (Operational readiness) 0.5 s (Operational readiness)
Type of protection Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
4 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA
 500  500  500
581 g 961 g 887 g 2.053 kg 4.332 kg
45 mm 45 mm 45 mm 133 mm
111 mm 300 mm 193.3 mm 475 mm 475 mm
79.5 mm 76.8 mm 74.5 mm 88.5 mm -
IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65
III III III III
Ambient temperature (operation) 0°C ... 60°C 0°C ... 60°C 0°C ... 60°C 0°C ... 60°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 85°C -20°C ... 85°C -20°C ... 85°C -20°C ... 85°C
Vibration resistance according to IEC 60068-2-6 5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz) 5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz) 5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz) 5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz)
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PSK AFS5000IOL 2700705 1
PSK AFS8000IOL 2700708 1
PSK AFS2000IOL 2700709 1
Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
/h Compressed air counter up to 15 Nm3/h Compressed air counter up to 225 Nm3/h Compressed air counter up to 700 Nm3/h
210 PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Current transformers
Extremely versatile
PACT current transformers offer a com-
plete product range for converting alternat-
ing currents up to 4000 A into secondary
currents of 1 A and 5 A. Depending on re-
quirements, bus-bar, plug-in, and winding
current transformers are available. PACT
current transformers are available in differ-
ent transformation ratios, accuracy classes,
and rated powers - in 3000 versions, for
your current measurement requirements.
Also available for higher accuracy classes
For standard applications, such as in ma-
chine building or system manufacturing,
PhoenixContact offers current transform-
ers with accuracy classes 0.5 and 1 in a ver-
sion that cannot be calibrated.
For higher accuracy or for billing purposes
in energy supply, type-tested transformers
that can be calibrated as well as calibrated
transformers are available - with classes
0.2/0.2S/0.5 and 0.5S.
MACX MCR-SL-CAC-S-I
PWR
ERR
1
2
ON OFF
1.11.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
OUT GND GND GND
0,5 nc D0,5
MACX MCR-SL-CAC-S-I
PWR
ERR
1
2
ON OFF
1.11.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
OUT GND GND GND
0,5 nc D0,5
PACT MCR V2
12020-1 59
RUN
FAIL
RUN/PROG
MRESET
STP
RDY/ RUN
BSA
FAIL
PF
PRG
LNK
ACT
100
10/100
RESET
INLINECONTROL
ILC370 ETH 2TX-IB
Ord.No.: 2876999
PLC
IL
ETH
LNK
ACT
100
RC
BA
RD
TR
RBIN RBOUT
IB
RUN
FAIL
RUN/PROG
MRESET
STP
RDY/ RUN
BSA
FAIL
PF
PRG
LNK
ACT
100
10/100
RESET
INLINECONTROL
ILC370 ETH 2TX-IB
Ord.No.: 2876999
PLC
IL
ETH
LNK
ACT
100
RC
BA
RD
TR
RBIN RBOUT
IB
120 %
100 %
t
I
PN
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
211PHOENIX CONTACT
Fast and secure installation
The current transformer quick-action
mechanism offers the following advantages:
– Tool-free mounting
– Considerable reduction in installation
time
– Easy handling and secure fastening by
pressing with finger
– Current transformers align themselves –
no need for subsequent alignment
Variable and space-saving mounting
In addition to the vertical and horizontal
mounting position, the optional accessories
offer further installation options such as
mounting on the DIN rail or on the control
cabinet panel.
All PACT current transformers are just
30 mm wide. This saves space – for example
flat mounting when measuring branch out-
lets.
Safe detection of current peaks
PACT current transformers can be used
to safely detect current peaks greater than
the rated nominal current strength – with-
out resulting in any damage: the transform-
ers are designed for a continuous thermal
nominal current that is 120% of the primary
rated current strength.
Example: a PACT transformer with a
specified rated power of 10 VA does indeed
deliver 14.4 VA on a continual basis.
PLC PLC
Current trans-
ducer
Current trans-
ducer
Current transformer
According to EN 60044-1
PACT current transformer
Safe isolation
PACT current transformers are manu-
factured in accordance with EN 50178. This
is relevant for electronic equipment for use
in power installations.
EN 50178 differs considerably from
EN 60044, the usual standard for trans-
formers, with regard to safety.
Your advantages:
– PACT current transformers offer safe iso-
lation, thanks to greater air and creepage
distances
– PACT current transformers ensure that
there is no sparkover on the secondary
side of the transformer and human life is
protected inside and outside the control
cabinet
– Up to 1000 V (L-N) operating voltage
possible
– Routine testing with 12 kV (1.2/50 s)
– Surge voltage category 3 is met
Monitoring
Current transformers
Technical data
Input data
Thermal rated short-time current Ith = 60 * In
Rated surge current Idyn = 2.5 * Ith
Rated frequency 50 Hz ... 60 Hz
Surge current limitation factor FS 5
General data
Rated insulation voltage 1 kV
Test voltage 3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Impulse withstand voltage 12 kV (1.2 /50 s)
Insulating material class E
Connection capacity of secondary terminals 2 x (2.5 x 4) mm
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 40°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60044-1, EN 50178
Housing material Polyamide PA fiberglass reinforced
– Complete range consisting of winding,
bus-bar, and plug-in current transformers
– Popular types available from stock; alter-
natively, order key can be used for custom
dimensioning
– Versions available to support official cali-
bration
Selection
– Select your converter in accordance with
the dimensions of the copper rail
– Specify the four electrical characteristics
of the converter:
1.The primary rated current
strength Ipn - the maximum amperage
occurring in the path to be measured
2.The secondary rated current Isn -
supplied to the downstream measuring
devices
3. Class - accuracy for adherence to the
specified tolerances
4. Rated power Sn [VA] - takes ac-
count of all the loads occurring in the
measuring circuit
Selection guide
Monitoring
Current transformers
Calculation guide
Order key - example for PACT MCR-V2-3015-60
Preferred types that can be ordered directly are marked in green in the selection table.
Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class Rated power Sn
2277271 / IP02000 / IS05 / C10 / P750
IP00600 =60 A P125 =1.25 VA
IP00750 =75 A IS01 =1 A C02 =0.2 P250 =2.5 VA
IP00800 =80 A IS05 =5 A C05 =0.5 P375 =3.75 VA
IP01000 =100 A C10 =1P500 =5.0 VA
IP01250 =125 A P750 =7.5 VA
IP02000 =200 A P1000 =10 VA
IP02500 =250 A
Selection table (extract)
Isn Cl. Primary rated current strength Ipn [A]
60 75 80 100 125 150 200 250
1A
0.5
1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Rated power Sn [VA]
3.75 5
1
1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
3.75 5 55
7.5
5A
0.5
2.5 2.5
3.75 5
1
1.25 1.25 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
1.5 2 3.75 3.75 55
57.5 7.5
10
1. 2. 3. 4.
Determination of the secondary side rated power Sn
All the occurring loads must be added:
– Calculate the power requirement of the copper cable (forward and
return line)
– Take into account the power requirement of the connected devices
(measuring devices)
– Add a reserve requirement
Sn total = Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device + Sn reserve
Power requirement of copper cables with a different diameter
Conductor cross
section in mm2
Rated power in VA/m
(consider the forward and return line)
Secondary current Isn
5 A
Secondary current Isn
1 A
1.5 0.2917 0.0117
2.5 0.1750 0.0070
40.1094 0.0044
6 0.0729 0.0029
Example:
Sn copper cable = cable length x 2 x rated power
Sn copper cable = 10 m x 2 x 0.1750 VA/m = 3.50 VA
Sn measuring device = 2 VA
Sn reserve < 0.5 x (Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device)
Sn reserve = 2 VA
Sn total = Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device + Sn reserve
Sn total = 3.5 VA + 2 VA + 2 VA = 7.5 VA
Determination of the secondary side rated power Sn
All the occurring loads must be added:
– Calculate the power requirement of the copper cable (forward and
return line)
– Take into account the power requirement of the connected devices
(measuring devices)
– Add a reserve requirement
Sn total = Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device + Sn reserve
212 PHOENIX CONTACT
21
16
26
50
44 30
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ordering data
Description Rated power
Sn
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 50 A 1.25 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 50-5A-1 2277019 1
- 75 A 2.5 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 75-5A-1 2277611 1
- 100 A 2.5 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44-100-5A-1 2277022 1
- 125 A 3.75 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44-125-5A-1 2277763 1
- 150 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44-150-5A-1 2277035 1
- 200 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44-200-5A-1 2277776 1
- 250 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44-250-5A-1 2277048 1
- 300 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44-300-5A-1 2277789 1
- 400 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44-400-5A-1 2277051 1
- 500 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44-500-5A-1 2277792 1
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
PACT MCR-V1-21-44 2277268 1
213PHOENIX CONTACT
PACT MCR-V1-21-44
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(50...500) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 21 mm
Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
Current transformers
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Monitoring
Current transformers
Bus-bar curr. transf.,
official calibration as an option
30
28
60
1664
33x16
23x23
16x33
Ordering data
Description Rated power
Sn
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 60 A 1.25 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 60-5A-1 2277815 1
- 75 A 1.25 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 75-5A-1 2277828 1
- 75 A 1.5 VA PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60- 75-5A-1 2276502 1
- 80 A 1.25 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 80-5A-1 2277831 1
- 100 A 2.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 100-5A-1 2277064 1
- 125 A 3.75 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 125-5A-1 2277624 1
- 150 A 3.75 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1 2277844 1
- 150 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1 2277077 1
- 200 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1 2277637 1
- 200 A 7.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1 2277857 1
- 250 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-250-5A-1 2276544 1
- 250 A 7.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1 2277860 1
- 250 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1 2277080 1
- 300 A 7.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 300-5A-1 2277640 1
- 400 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 400-5A-1 2277093 1
- 500 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 500-5A-1 2277653 1
- 600 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 600-5A-1 2277103 1
- 750 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 750-5A-1 2277666 1
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60 2277271 1
Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40 2276638 1
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
Fixing pin length 65 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65 2276641 1
214 PHOENIX CONTACT
PACT MCR-V2-3015-60
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(50...750) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 28 mm
– Rail dimensions:
30x15 mm; 20x20 mm
Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
Current transformers
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Monitoring
Current transformers
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
30
40,5x13
74 16
31x31
13x40,5
70
33
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ordering data
Description Rated power
Sn
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 250 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 250-5A-1 2277116 1
- 300 A 7.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 300-5A-1 2277679 1
- 400 A 7.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 400-5A-1 2277129 1
- 500 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 500-5A-1 2277682 1
- 600 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 600-5A-1 2277132 1
- 750 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 750-5A-1 2277695 1
- 800 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 800-5A-1 2277145 1
- 1000 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70-1000-5A-1 2277158 1
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
PACT MCR-V2- 4012- 70 2277284 1
Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40 2276612 1
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm
Fixing pin length 65 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65 2276625 1
215PHOENIX CONTACT
PACT MCR-V2-4012-70
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(75...1000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 33 mm
– Rail dimensions:
40x12 mm; 2x 30x10 mm
Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
Current transformers
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Monitoring
Current transformers
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
30
42
92
50,5x13
41x31
31x41
13x50,5
16
85
Ordering data
Description Rated power
Sn
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 150 A 3.75 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 150-5A-1 2276117 1
- 200 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 200-5A-1 2276120 1
- 250 A 7.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 250-5A-1 2276133 1
- 300 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 300-5A-1 2276146 1
- 400 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 400-5A-1 2277161 1
- 500 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 500-5A-1 2276159 1
- 600 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1 2277174 1
- 600 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1 2276162 1
- 750 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 750-5A-1 2276175 1
- 800 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 800-5A-1 2277187 1
- 1000 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1 2276463 1
- 1000 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1 2277190 1
- 1250 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1250-5A-1 2277200 1
- 1500 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1500-5A-1 2276188 1
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
PACT MCR-V2- 5012- 85 2277297 1
Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40 2276612 1
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm
Fixing pin length 65 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65 2276625 1
216 PHOENIX CONTACT
PACT MCR-V2-5012-85
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(100...1500) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 42 mm
– Rail dimensions:
50x12 mm; 2x 40x10 mm
Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
Current transformers
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Monitoring
Current transformers
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
52
30
92
60,5x16
52x32
42x42
32x52
16x60,5
16
85
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ordering data
Description Rated power
Sn
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 200 A 2.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 200-5A-1 2277873 1
- 250 A 2.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 250-5A-1 2277886 1
- 300 A 2.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 300-5A-1 2277899 1
- 400 A 2.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 400-5A-1 2277909 1
- 500 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 500-5A-1 2277912 1
- 600 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 600-5A-1 2277925 1
- 750 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 750-5A-1 2277938 1
- 800 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 800-5A-1 2277941 1
- 1000 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1000-5A-1 2277954 1
- 1250 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1250-5A-1 2277967 1
- 1500 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1500-5A-1 2277970 1
- 1600 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1600-5A-1 2277983 1
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
PACT MCR-V2- 6015- 85 2277336 1
Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40 2276638 1
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
Fixing pin length 65 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65 2276641 1
217PHOENIX CONTACT
PACT MCR-V2-6015-85
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(200...1600) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 52 mm
– Rail dimensions:
60x15 mm; 2x 50x10 mm; 40x40 mm
Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
Current transformers
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Monitoring
Current transformers
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
53
95 30
16x64
32x54
42x42
54x32
64x16
105 16
30
61
96
44x64
54x54
105 16
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Rated power
Sn
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 600 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 600-5A-1 2276191 1
- 750 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 750-5A-1 2276201 1
- 800 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95- 800-5A-1 2277213 1PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 800-5A-1 2276214 1
- 1000 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1000-5A-1 2277226 1PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1000-5A-1 2277705 1
- 1250 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1250-5A-1 2277239 1
- 1250 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1250-5A-1 2276227 1
- 1500 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1500-5A-1 2277242 1PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1500-5A-1 2277718 1
- 1600 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1600-5A-1 2277255 1
- 1600 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1600-5A-1 2276230 1
- 2000 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-2000-5A-1 2276243 1
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
PACT MCR-V2- 6315- 95 2277307 1PACT MCR-V2- 6040- 96 2277349 1
Accessories Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40 2276638 1PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40 2276638 1
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
Fixing pin length 65 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65 2276641 1PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65 2276641 1
218 PHOENIX CONTACT
PACT MCR-V2-6315-95
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(200...2500) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 53 mm
– Rail dimensions:
63x15 mm
2x 50x10 mm
40x40 mm
PACT MCR-V2-6040-96
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(200...2000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 61 mm
– Rail dimensions:
60x40 mm; 50x50 mm
Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 225
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
Current transformers
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No. Primary current Ipn
Secondary current I
sn
Class Rated power Sn
2277307 / IP25000 / IS05 / C05 / P500
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6315-95 (Order No.: 2277307) Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6040-96 (Order No.: 2277349)
Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000
IS01
= 1 A
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Rated power Sn [VA]
IS01
= 1 A
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Rated power Sn [VA]
5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 55555 5 5
7.5 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 7.5 7.5 7.5 10 10
20
C10
= 1
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10
C10
= 1
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
3.75 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 3.7555555555 5 5
7.5 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 20 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 10 10
15 20
IS05
= 5 A
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
IS05
= 5 A
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5
3.75 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 555555 5 5 510
7.5 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 7.5 7.5 10 10 7.5 10 10 10 15
15 15 20 20 30 20 30 30 30 30 15
C10
= 1
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 10 5 5 10 10 10
C10
= 1
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 52.5 5 5
3.75 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 15 10 10 15 15 15 3.75 3.75 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 5 10 10
10 10 15 15 15 15 30 15 15 30 30 30 7.5 7.5 10 10 10 10 15 10 15 15
15 20 20 30 30 30 30 15
Monitoring
Current transformers
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
30
61
105
16116
53x53
33x63
16x83
30
70
105
16116
64x53
60x64
31x81
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Rated power
Sn
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 400 A 7.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 400-5A-1 2276256 1
- 500 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 500-5A-1 2276269 1
- 600 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 600-5A-1 2276272 1
- 750 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 750-5A-1 2276285 1
- 800 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 800-5A-1 2276298 1
- 1000 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1 2277721 1PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1000-5A-1 2277747 1
- 1000 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1 2276308 1
- 1250 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1250-5A-1 2276311 1
- 1500 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1500-5A-1 2277734 1PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1500-5A-1 2277750 1
- 1600 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1600-5A-1 2276324 1
- 2000 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-2000-5A-1 2276382 1
- 2000 A 20 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2000-5A-1 2276337 1
- 2500 A 20 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2500-5A-1 2276340 1
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
PACT MCR-V2- 8015-105 2277352 1PACT MCR-V2- 8020-105 2277365 1
219PHOENIX CONTACT
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...2500) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 61 mm
– Rail dimensions:
80x15 mm; 2x 60x10 mm; 3x 50x10 mm
PACT MCR-V2-8020-105
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(500...2000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 70 mm
– Rail dimensions:
2x 80x10 mm; 60x60 mm
Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 225
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
Current transformers
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No. Primary current Ipn
Secondary current I
sn
Class Rated power Sn
2277352 / IP25000 / IS05 / C10 / P3000
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-8015-105 (Order No.: 2277352) Selection table PACT MCR-V2-8020-105 (Order No.: 2277365)
Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000
IS01
= 1 A
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5
Rated power Sn [VA]
IS01
= 1 A
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Rated power Sn [VA]
5555555510 5555 55
10 10 7.5 10 10 10 15 10
15 15 20
C10
= 1
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 10
C10
= 1
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5555555101015 55555555
7.5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 20 7.5 7.5 7.5 10
15 15 20 20 25 15
IS05
= 5 A
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 52.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5
IS05
= 5 A
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5555510555510 555555555
10 10 10 15 10 10 10 10 15 7.5 7.5 7.5 10 10 10 10 10
15 15 20 15 15 20 15
C10
= 1
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 2.5 2.5 5 5 10
C10
= 1
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5
55551010 5 5 10 10 15 55555551010
7.5 10 10 10 15 15 10 10 15 15 20 7.5 7.5 10 10 10 10 15
15 20 15 20 30 15
Monitoring
Current transformers
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
30
85
129
16140
81x54
64x84
31x101
30
129
16140
56x101
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Rated power
Sn
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 2500 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-10020-129-2500-5A 2276395 1
- 3000 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-10036-129-3000-5A 2276405 1
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
PACT MCR-V2-10020-129 2277378 1PACT MCR-V2-10036-129 2277381 1
220 PHOENIX CONTACT
PACT MCR-V2-10020-129
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 85 mm
– Rail dimensions:
2x 100x10 mm; 80x64 mm
PACT MCR-V2-10036-129
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Rail dimensions:
3x 100x12 mm
Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 225
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
Current transformers
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No. Primary current Ipn
Secondary current I
sn
Class Rated power Sn
2277378 / IP40000 / IS05 / C05 / P2500
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-10020-129 (Order No.: 2277378) Selection table PACT MCR-V2-10036-129 (Order No.: 2277381)
Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
IS01
= 1 A
C05
= 0.5
2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Rated power Sn [VA]
IS01
= 1 A
C05
= 0.5
2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Rated power Sn [VA]
5 10101010101010101010 5 10101010101010101010
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
20 20 20 20
C10
= 1
2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
C10
= 1
2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
25 30 25 30
IS05
= 5 A
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 5555555555
IS05
= 5 A
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
20 20 25 25 20 20 25 25
C10
= 1
2.5 2.5 55555555555
C10
= 1
2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
20 25 30 30 30 20 25 30 30 30
Monitoring
Current transformers
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
159 30
16172
83x83
55x103
34x126
96
159 30
16172
72x122
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Rated power
Sn
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 4000 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-12040-159-4000-5A 2276418 1
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
PACT MCR-V2-12020-159 2277394 1PACT MCR-V2-12040-159 2277404 1
221PHOENIX CONTACT
PACT MCR-V2-12020-159
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 96 mm
– Rail dimensions:
2x 120x10 mm; 3x 100x10 mm;
80x80 mm
PACT MCR-V2-12040-159
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Rail dimensions:
4x 120x10 mm
Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
Current transformers
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No. Primary current Ipn
Secondary current I
sn
Class Rated power
2277404 / IP08000 / IS01 / C05 / P250
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-12020-159 (Order No.: 2277394) Selection table PACT MCR-V2-12040-159 (Order No.: 2277404)
Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
IS01
= 1A
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10
Rated power Sn [VA]
IS01
= 1A
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10
Rated power Sn [VA]
5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 5 5 5 5 5 5 10101010101015
10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 30 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 30
15 20 30 30 30 30 30 45
C10
= 1
2.5 5 5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10
C10
= 1
2.5 5 5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10
5 1010 5 5 1010101010101515 5 1010 5 5 1010101010101515
10 15 15 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 10 15 15 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 30 30
15 20 20 15 20 30 30 30 30 30 45 45
IS05
= 5 A
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 10 5 5 5 10 10
IS05
= 5 A
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 10 5 5 5 10 10
5 5 5 5 5 1010151010101515 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 15 10 10 10 15 15
10 10 10 10 10 15 15 30 15 15 15 30 30 10 10 15 15 30 15 15 15 30 30
15 15 30 30 45 30 30 30 45 45
C10
= 1
2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 5 5 10 10 10
C10
= 1
2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 5 5 10 10 10
5 101010101010151010151515 5 101010101010151010151515
10 15 15 15 15 15 15 30 15 15 30 30 30 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 30 15 15 30 30 30
15 20 20 20 30 30 30 45 30 30 45 45 45
Monitoring
Current transformers
Plug-in current transformer Plug-in current transformer
30
60
1664
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
PACT MCR-V3-60 2277417 1
222 PHOENIX CONTACT
PACT MCR-V3-60
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(1...40) A
– Current-carrying copper lines connected
directly to the screw terminal blocks on
the primary side
Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
Current transformers
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Monitoring
Current transformers
Winding current transformer
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
General data
Material PA 6 PA 6
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 120°C -25°C ... 120°C
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm
Fixing pin length 65 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65 2276625 1
Fixing pin length 40 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40 2276612 1
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
Fixing pin length 65 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65 2276641 1
Fixing pin length 40 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40 2276638 1
– No tools necessary for mounting
– Extremely easy handling, thanks to secure
fastening by pressing with finger
– Set consisting of two fixing pins and a
holding latch
Notes:
The 16 mm wide quick-action mechanism can also be used for
larger current transformers if the length of the fixing pins is suffi-
cient.
Quick-action mechanism for
PACT current transformers
Monitoring
Current transformers
for: ...-V2-4012-70..., ...-V2-5012-85... for: ...-V2-3015-60..., ...-V2-6015-85...,
...-V2-6315-95...
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Copper sleeves, for establishing a conductive connection during
the horizontal assembly of PACT analog current transformers. The
size of the copper sleeve depends on the diameter of the inner hole
of the current transformer.
- for PACT MCR-V1-21-44-... Ø 21/8 mm PACT MCR-CB-21- 8 2277569 1
- for PACT MCR-V1-21-44-... Ø 21/12 mm PACT MCR-CB-21-12 2277556 1
- for PACT MCR-V2-3015-60-... Ø 28/12 mm PACT MCR-CB-28-12 2277543 1
- for PACT MCR-V2-5012-85-... Ø 42/12 mm PACT MCR-CB-42-12 2277530 1
DIN rail adapter
PACT MCR-RA 2277598 12
Secondary terminal cover, for increasing the clearances and
creepage distances
Length: 60 mm PACT MCR-ETC-60 2277572 9
Length: 75 mm PACT MCR-ETC-75 2277585 9
Insulating caps, for protection against unintended contact with
mounting screws of the primary rail
PACT MCR-ICAP 2277608 18
223
PHOENIX CONTACT
–Copper sleeves
–DIN rail adapter
– Secondary terminal cover
– Insulating caps
Accessories
Copper sleeves
DIN rail adapter
Secondary terminal cover
Insulating caps
224 PHOENIX CONTACT
Calibratable current transformers - order key and selection tables
Add order key from the relevant selection table (ordering examples are marked in orange)
Order No. Primary current Ipn
Secondary current I
sn
Class Rated power SnCalibration Calibration certificate
//// / /
IP01500 =150 A
IP02000 =200 A IS05 = 5 A C02S = 0.2S P250 =2.5 VA NONE =not calibrated NONE =no calibration certificate
IP02500 =250 A C02 = 0.2 P500 =5.0 VA YES =calibrated YES =calibration certificate (a fee is
charged)
IP03000 =300 A C05S = 0.5S P1000 =10 VA
IP04000 =400 A C05 = 0.5 P1500 =15 VA
IP05000 =500 A P2000 =20 VA
IP06000 =600 A P3000 =30 VA YESPLUS =Calibration certificate with catalog
of errors (5 measuring points) (a fee
is charged)
IP07500 =750 A
IP08000 =800 A
IP10000 =1000 A
IP12000 =1200 A
IP12500 =1250 A
IP15000 =1500 A
IP16000 =1600 A
IP20000 =2000 A
IP25000 =2500 A
PACT MCR-V2C-3015-60 (Order No.: 2277433)
You will find information about the product on page 214.
Add order key from the selection table
2277433 / IP02000 /IS05 /C05 /P250 /NONE /NONE
Selection table
Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
200 250 300 400 500 600 750
IS05
= 5 A
C02S
=
0.2S
2.5 2.5
Rated power Sn [VA]
55
10 10
C02
= 0.2
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
555
10 10
C05S
=
0.5S
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
55555
10 10 10 10
15
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
555555
10 10 10 10
15
PACT MCR-V1C-21-44 (Order No.: 2277420)
You will find information about the product on page 213.
Add order key from the selection table
2277420 / IP03000 /IS05 /C02 /P250 /NONE /NONE
Selection table
Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
150 200 250 300 400 500
IS05
= 5 A
C02S
=
0.2S
2.5 2.5
Rated power Sn [VA]
5
C02
= 0.2
2.5 2.5 2.5
555
C05S
=
0.5S
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5555
10 10
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
55555
10 10
PACT MCR-V2C-4012-70 (Order No.: 2277446)
You will find information about the product on page 215.
Add order key from the selection table
2277446 / IP06000 /IS05 /C02 /P1000 /NONE /NONE
Selection table
Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000
IS05
= 5 A
C02S
=
0.2S
2.5 2.5 2.5 5
Rated power Sn [VA]
55510
10 10
C02
= 0.2
2.5 2.5 2.5 52.5 5
5 5 510510
10 10 10
C05S
=
0.5S
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 2.5 5
5551010510
10 10 10
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 2.5 5
55551010510
10 10 10
PACT MCR-V2C-5012-85 (Order No.: 2277459)
You will find information about the product on page 216.
Add order key from the selection table
2277459 / IP10000 /IS05 /C05 /P1500 /NONE /NONE
Selection table
Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200
IS05
= 5 A
C02S
=
0.2S
2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5
Rated power Sn [VA]
5551010
10 10 15 15
20 30
C02
= 0.2
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5
555551010
10 10 10 15 15
30 30
C05S
=
0.5S
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5
5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10
10 10 15 15
30 30
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5
5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10
10 10 15 15
30 30
PACT MCR-V2C-6015-85 (Order No.: 2277462)
You will find information about the product on page 217.
Add order key from the selection table
2277462 / IP02500 /IS05 /C05 /P250 /NONE /NONE
Selection table
Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200
IS05
= 5 A
C02S
=
0.2S
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Rated power Sn [VA]
5555
10 10
C02
= 0.2
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5555
10 10
15
C05S
=
0.5S
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
555555
10 10 10 10
15 15
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
555555
10 10 10 10
15 15
Monitoring
Current transformers
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
225PHOENIX CONTACT
Calibratable current transformers - order key and selection tables
Add order key from the relevant selection table (ordering examples are marked in orange)
Order No. Primary current Ipn
Secondary current I
sn
Class Rated power SnCalibration Calibration certificate
//// / /
IP01500 =150 A
IP02000 =200 A IS05 = 5 A C02S = 0.2S P250 =2.5 VA NONE =not calibrated NONE =no calibration certificate
IP02500 =250 A C02 = 0.2 P500 =5.0 VA YES =calibrated YES =calibration certificate (a fee is
charged)
IP03000 =300 A C05S = 0.5S P1000 =10 VA
IP04000 =400 A C05 = 0.5 P1500 =15 VA
IP05000 =500 A P2000 =20 VA
IP06000 =600 A P3000 =30 VA YESPLUS =Calibration certificate with catalog
of errors (5 measuring points) (a fee
is charged)
IP07500 =750 A
IP08000 =800 A
IP10000 =1000 A
IP12000 =1200 A
IP12500 =1250 A
IP15000 =1500 A
IP16000 =1600 A
IP20000 =2000 A
IP25000 =2500 A
PACT MCR-V2C-8015-105 (Order No.: 2277491)
You will find information about the product on page 219.
Add order key from the selection table
2277491 / IP05000 /IS05 /C05 /P500 /NONE /NONE
Selection table
Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500
IS05
= 5 A
C02S
=
0.2S
2.5
Rated power Sn [VA]
5
C02
= 0.2
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5555555
10 10 10 10 10 10
15 15
C05S
=
0.5S
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
55510555
10 10 15 10 10 10
15 20 15
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 52.5 2.5 2.5
5555510555
10 10 10 15 10 10 10
15 15 20 15
PACT MCR-V2C-6040-96 (Order No.: 2277488)
You will find information about the product on page 218.
Add order key from the selection table
2277488 / IP12000 /IS05 /C02 /P1000 /NONE /NONE
Selection table
Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500
IS05
= 5 A
C02S
=
0.2S
2.5 2.5 2.5
Rated power Sn [VA]
555
10
15
C02
= 0.2
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
555555
10 10
15
C05S
=
0.5S
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5555555
10 10 10 10 10
15 15
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
55555555
10 10 10 10 10 10
15 15
PACT MCR-V2C-8020-105 (Order No.: 2277501)
You will find information about the product on page 219.
Add order key from the selection table
2277501 / IP15000 /IS05 /C05S /P1000 /NONE /NONE
Selection table
Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500
IS05
= 5 A
C02S
=
0.2S
2.5 2.5
Rated power Sn [VA]
55
C02
= 0.2
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5555
10 10 10
C05S
=
0.5S
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5555555
10 10 10 10 10
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
555555555
10 10 10 10 10
PACT MCR-V2C-10036-129 (Order No.: 2277527)
You will find information about the product on page 220.
Add order key from the selection table
2277527 / IP16000 /IS05 /C05 /P500 /NONE /NONE
Selection table
Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500
IS05
= 5 A
C02S
=
0.2S
Rated power Sn [VA]
C02
= 0.2
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5555555
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
15 15 15 15
C05S
=
0.5S
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5555 5 5 5 5 555
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
15 15 15 15 15
PACT MCR-V2C-10020-129 (Order No.: 2277514)
You will find information about the product on page 220.
Add order key from the selection table
2277514 / IP08000 /IS05 /C05 /P1500 /NONE /NONE
Selection table
Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500
IS05
= 5 A
C02S
=
0.2S
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Rated power Sn [VA]
5555
10
C02
= 0.2
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5555555
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
15 15 15 15 15
C05S
=
0.5S
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
55555555555
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
15 15 15 15 15 15
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
55555555555
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
PACT MCR-V2C-6315-95 (Order No.: 2277475)
You will find information about the product on page 218.
Add order key from the selection table
2277475 / IP15000 /IS05 /C05 /P3000 /NONE /NONE
Selection table
Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500
IS05
= 5 A
C02S
=
0.2S
2.5 5 5 5
Rated power Sn [VA]
5 101010
10 15 15 15
20 20 20
C02
= 0.2
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5
5555510101010
10 10 10 15 15 15 15
15 15 20 20 20 30
C05S
=
0.5S
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5
5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10
10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15
15 20 20 20 30 30
C05
= 0.5
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5
5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10
10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15
15 15 15 20 30 30 20 30 30
Monitoring
Current transformers
226 PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
With flexible power supply – current
transducers up to 12 A AC
Active current transducers convert sinu-
soidal alternating currents up to 12A. The
integrated wide-range power supply unit en-
ables use in various different countries.
With hinged Rogowski sensor – cur-
rent transducers up to 200 A AC
The AC current transducers measure si-
nusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating cur-
rents up to 200 A. The hinged Rogowski
sensor ensures very easy installation, as ca-
bles that are to be measured do not have to
be isolated. This enables mounting to be
carried out without interruptions.
Limit value monitoring with the
current protector
At the current protector, a desired am-
perage is specified at which a PDT contact
switches a load on or off.
Flexible signal conditioning – current
transducers up to 55AAC/DC
Current transducers up to 55 A offer an
infinitely adjustable measuring range. This
range is mapped over the entire output sig-
nal range. This ensures extremely accurate
resolution of measured values. Basic config-
uration can be performed quickly via the
DIP switches. Additional useful device func-
tions can be set via the software.
For high currents – current
transducers up to 600AAC/DC
The universal current transducers are the
ideal solution for measuring high currents
with any waveform up to 600 A AC/DC.
The product range offers various different
devices in graded measuring ranges with
current or voltage output.
Voltage transducers, AC and DC
Voltage transducers convert AC and DC
voltages into standard analog signals.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
227PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
For sinusoidal alternating currents up
to 12 A
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Wide-range version from 19.2 ... 253 V
AC/DC
– Voltage bridging with DIN rail connector
– Input/output can be configured via DIP
switches
– Suitable for potentially explosive areas,
thanks to ATEX approval for Ex zone 2
For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
alternating currents up to 200 A
– Distorted alternating currents up to
6000 Hz can be also acquired, thanks to
true r.m.s. value measurement (RMS)
– Uninterrupted installation and lossless
current measurement thanks to hinged
Rogowski sensor
– Measuring range selection with slide
switch
Limit value monitoring
The current protector converts sinusoi-
dal alternating currents to binary switching
signals.
– Switching point can be freely selected in
the measuring range of 0 ... 16 A AC
– Changeover relay output
– Adjustable switch hysteresis
– 3-way isolation
– Settable operating current/quiescent
current behavior
With flexible measuring ranges for all
waveforms up to 55 A
– Lossless true r.m.s. value measurement
without shunt via Hall sensor (TRMS)
– Optimum mapping of the measuring
range up to 55 A, thanks to software-pro-
grammable upper and lower limits
– Limit value alarm in the event of threshold
value overrange or underrange up to 55 A
– via relay or transistor output
For high currents – current transduc-
ers up to 600AAC/DC
– Lossless true r.m.s. value measurement
without shunt via Hall sensor (TRMS)
– Compact dimensions also enable distrib-
uted use
– Variable mounting on DIN rail and
mounting plate
– COMBICON plug-in connection terminal
blocks
– 3-way isolation
– For a conductor diameter of up to 32 mm
Voltage transducers, AC and DC
– For DC voltages from 0 ... ±660 V DC and
AC voltages from 0 ... 444 V AC
– Bidirectional output signals
– Adjustable voltage ranges
– ZERO/SPAN adjustment ±20%
– 3-way isolation
228 PHOENIX CONTACT
Current acquisition
If purely ohmic loads (incandescent
lamps, heaters, etc.) are operated on a
conventional 230 V network, no distor-
tions are produced on the power grid.
As non-linear loads increase as a result
of phase angle-controlled regulation mod-
ules, pure sinusoidal waves gradually take
on a trapezoidal waveform.
The majority of current and voltage
transducers are calibrated for sinusoidal al-
ternating currents, which means that they
can only indicate the r.m.s. value of an al-
ternating current by mean-value genera-
tion.
True r.m.s. measuring transducers do
not rely on specific form factors and ac-
cept all waveforms.
r.m.s. value acquisition according to
the transformer principle (RMS)
According to Faraday's law of induction,
a magnetic flux which changes over time
produces an induced voltage at the termi-
nals of a coil. A circuit arrangement con-
sisting of two electrically isolated but mag-
netically coupled circuits is known as a
transformer. This is one of the simplest
and most commonly used methods of cur-
rent transfer.
True r.m.s. value acquisition according
to the Rogowski principle (TRMS)
The Rogowski measuring principle is
used to measure sinusoidal and non-sinu-
soidal alternating currents. A non-ferrous
induction coil (air-core coil), known as the
Rogowski coil, measures the magnetic
voltage along a closed circumference
around a live conductor.
The output signal of the Rogowski coil is
then conditioned so as to obtain an exact
replica of the primary current.
True r.m.s. value acquisition with a
Hall sensor (TRMS)
The magnetic flux generated by the pri-
mary current IP is condensed in the mag-
netic circuit and measured in the air gap
using a Hall sensor. The output signal of
the Hall sensor is then conditioned so as
to obtain an exact replica of the primary
current.
Mean-value generation
r.m .s . val ue
(root mean square value)
The r.m.s. value of an alternating current
corresponds to the steady-state value that
results from the instantaneous values of this
current. This steady-state value generates
the same thermal work in an ohmic resistor
as a direct current of identical magnitude.
The term “true r.m.s. value” simply means
that distorted, direct, and pulsating currents
can be acquired. Here, the measuring trans-
ducer is compatible with any waveform.
For a sinusoidal AC current this means:
Arithmetic average value
The arithmetic average value is used to
measure direct currents or filter a DC com-
ponent out from a pulsating current. Apply-
ing the arithmetic average value to a sym-
metrical alternating current would result in
a measured value of “0”.
The arithmetic average value enables di-
rect currents to be made available at the
output in the form of standard analog sig-
nals. The polarity can be evaluated by means
of a bipolar output signal.
For a 230 V/50 Hz power grid, this results
in the following with regard to the voltage
levels:
Irm =ISUr=US
22Urms =230 V
US=325 V
Uavg =0 V
IS
Irms
Iavg
True r.m.s. value acquisition according to the
Rogowski principle (TRMS)
r.m.s. value acquisition according to the trans-
former principle (RMS)
Arithmetic average value
Analog
OUT
True r.m.s. value acquisition with a Hall sensor
(TRMS)
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
IN
1.3
1.4
1.2
1.1
GND
OUT U
NC
+24 V DC
ADC
μC
DAC
U
IN
1.3
1.4
1.2
1.1
GND
NC
OUT I
+24 V DC
ADC
µC
DAC
I
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Housing width 90 mm Housing width 90 mm
Technical data Technical data
Input data
Frequency range 20 Hz ... 6000 Hz (0 Hz) 20 Hz ... 6000 Hz (0 Hz)
Curve type AC, DC or distorted currents AC, DC or distorted currents
Connection method Cable design: 32 mm diameter Cable design: 32 mm diameter
Output data
Output signal 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal < 25 mA
Load RB 10 k< 300
General data
Supply voltage UB20 V DC ... 30 V DC 20 V DC ... 30 V DC
Maximum transmission error <±1% (of final value) <±1% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient typ. 0.02%/K (0 ... 60°C) 0.04%/K (-40 ... 65°C) typ. 0.02%/K (0 ... 60°C) 0.04%/K (-40 ... 65°C)
Step response (10 - 90%) 150 ms 150 ms
Safe isolation acc. to EN 61010 acc. to EN 61010
Rated insulation voltage 300 V AC 300 V AC
Surge voltage category / pollution degree III / 2 III / 2
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature range -40°C ... 65°C -40°C ... 65°C
Dimensions W / H / D 90 / 33.8 / 85 mm 90 / 33.8 / 85 mm
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada UL/C-UL listed UL 508 UL/C-UL listed UL 508
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Overload ca-
pacity Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Universal current transducer
Input current range: 0 ... 100 A 6 x IIN MCR-SL-CUC-100-U 2308108 1MCR-SL-CUC-100-I 2308027 1
Input current range: 0 ... 200 A 3 x IIN MCR-SL-CUC-200-U 2308205 1MCR-SL-CUC-200-I 2308030 1
Input current range: 0 ... 300 A 3.33 x IIN MCR-SL-CUC-300-U 2308302 1MCR-SL-CUC-300-I 2308043 1
Input current range: 0 ... 400 A 2.5 x IIN MCR-SL-CUC-400-I 2308072 1
Universal current transducer without UL approval
Input current range: 0 ... 500 A 3.6 x IIN MCR-SL-CUC-500-I 2308085 1
Input current range: 0 ... 600 A 3 x IIN MCR-SL-CUC-600-I 2308098 1
229PHOENIX CONTACT
The MCR-SL-CUC-... current transduc-
ers measure DC, AC, and distorted cur-
rents of 0 ... 600 A.
– Universal current measurement, no shunt
required
– Compact dimensions also enable distrib-
uted use
– Variable mounting on DIN rail and
mounting plate
– Simple connection method thanks to
COMBICON plug-in connection terminal
blocks
– 3-way isolation
AC/DC current transducers and
distorted currents
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
For DC, AC, and distorted currents of
0 ... 300 A,
voltage output
For DC, AC, and distorted currents of
0 ... 600 A,
current output
OUT
µC
ADC DAC
DAC
OUT
U
SPAN
9
OUT U
GND 2
GND 2
10
11
12
OUT I
Po
wer
=
12
10A
11
5A
14
1A
1
5
2
6
3
7
4
8
NC
ZEROTIME
24VDC
GND 1
SW
13
14
15
GND 1
16
IN
I
SET
POINT
OUT
µC
ADC DAC
DAC
OUT
U
SPAN
9
OUT U
GND 2
GND 2
10
11
12
OUT I
Po
wer
=
12
11
14
1
2
3
4
NC
ZEROTIME
24VDC
GND 1
SW
13
14
15
GND 1
16
IN I
SET
POINT
Ex:
Ex:
Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm
Technical data Technical data
Input data
Input current 0 A ... 11 A (AC/DC) 0 A ... 55 A (AC/DC)
Operate threshold 2% (of measuring range nominal value 1/5/10 A) 0.8% (of measuring range nominal value 50 A)
Frequency range 15 Hz ... 400 Hz 15 Hz ... 400 Hz
Curve type AC, DC or distorted currents AC, DC or distorted currents
Overload capacity 2 x IN (continuous) Depending on through connected conductor
Surge strength 20 x IN (1 s) Depending on through connected conductor
Connection method Screw connection Through connection, diameter 10.5 mm
Output data U output I output U output I output
Output signal (normal and inverse) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
2 ... 10 V / -5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V 2 ... 10 V / -5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V
Load RB> 10 k< 500 > 10 k< 500
Switching output
Relay output Contact material 1 PDT / AgSnO, hard gold-plated 1 PDT / AgSnO, hard gold-plated
Max. switching current 50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
Transistor output pnp Output voltage 19 V ... 29 V (supply voltage - 1 V) 19 V ... 29 V (supply voltage - 1 V)
Continuous load current 80 mA (Not short-circuit proof) 80 mA (Not short-circuit proof)
Setting range of the threshold value 1% ... 110% 1% ... 110%
Response delay 0.1 s ... 20 s 0.1 s ... 20 s
Status indication Yellow LED Yellow LED
General data
Supply voltage UB20 V DC ... 30 V DC 20 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 50 mA (without load) < 50 mA (without load)
Maximum transmission error < 0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions) < 0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions)
Temperature coefficient typ. < 0.025%/K typ. < 0.025%/K
Step response (10 - 90%) 330 ms (with AC) 40 ms (with DC) 330 ms (with AC) 40 ms (with DC)
Safe isolation as per EN 50178, EN 61010 as per EN 50178, EN 61010
Rated insulation voltage 300 V AC (to ground) 300 V AC (to ground)
Surge voltage category / pollution degree III / 2 III / 2
Test voltage input/output 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Test voltage input/power supply 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Test voltage output/power supply 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.) 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 60°C
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6, Ex nC IIC T6 Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6, Ex nC IIC T6
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR current measuring transducer for measuring AC, DC, and
distorted currents with relay and transistor switching output
Configurable product MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI1) 2814650 1MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI1) 2814663 1
Standard product MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI-NC1) 2814731 1MCR-S10-50-UI-SW-DCI-NC1) 2814744 1
Configurable product, without switching output MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI1) 2814634 1MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI1) 2814647 1
Standard product, without switching output MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI-NC1) 2814715 1MCR-S10-50-UI-DCI-NC1) 2814728 1
230 PHOENIX CONTACT
The MCR-S-...-UI(-SW)-DCI current
transducers measure direct, alternating and
distorted currents.
– Device can be set via DIP switches or
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration soft-
ware
– True r.m.s. value measurement
– 3-way isolation
– With optional relay and transistor output
Notes:
To order a configurable product, enter the required configuration
by referring to the adjacent order key.
Further information about the configuration software can be found
on page 237
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
DW
H
AC/DC current transducers and
distorted currents
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
For DC, AC, and distorted currents
0 ... 11 A
For DC, AC, and distorted currents
0 ... 55 A
t1
t1
t1
t1
IIN
t
( L)
(H)
t
t
t
t1
t1
I
IN
t
t
t
t
( L)
(H)
t1
t1
I
IN
t
( L)
(H)
t
t
t
t1
t1
t1
IIN
t
t
t
t
( L)
(H)
t1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
231PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key for the current transducers (standard configuration entered as example)
Function diagrams: Switching behavior of relay and transistor output:
Order No.
Measuring range: Output Threshold value Suppression
time
Operating behavior of relay and transistor
Start End
2814634 / 0.00 / 5.00 / OUT01
2814650 / 0.00 / 5.00 / OUT01 / 50 / 3.0 / A / O
2814634 = Measuring range
starting value is
between
0.00…7.50 A
0.00 = 0.00 A
Measuring range
final value
between
0.2...11 A
5.00 = 5.00 A
OUT01 =0...20 mA Switching threshold
between 1 ... 110%
between
0.1 ... 20 s
A=Operating
current
controlled
O=Overrange
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI OUT02 =4...20 mA
OUT03 =0...10 V
2814650 = OUT04 =2...10 V 50 =50% of set upper
measuring range
value (here: 2.5 A)
3.0 = 3 s
MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI OUT05 =0...5 V
OUT06 =1...5 V R =Closed-circuit
current
controlled
U=Underrange
OUT07 =20...0 mA
OUT08 =20...4 mA
OUT09 =10...0 V
OUT10 =10...2V
OUT11 =5...0 V
OUT12 =5...1 V
OUT13 =-5...+5 V
OUT14 =-10...+10 V
OUT17 =+10...-10 V
OUT18 =+5...-5 V
Order No.
Measuring range: Output Threshold value Suppression
time
Operating behavior and transistor
Start End
2814647 / 0.0 / 50.0 / OUT01
2814663 / 0.0 / 50.0 / OUT01 / 50 / 3.0 / A / O
2814647 = Measuring range
start value is
between
0.00…37.5 A
0.0 = 0.0 A
Measuring range
final value
between
9.5...55 A
50.0 = 50.0 A
OUT01 =0...20 mA Switching threshold
between 1 ... 110%
between
0.1 ... 20 s
A=Operating
current
controlled
O=Overrange
MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI OUT02 =4...20 mA
OUT03 =0...10 V
2814663 = OUT04 =2...10 V 50 =50% of set upper
measuring range
value (here: 25 A)
3.0 = 3 s
MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI OUT05 =0...5 V
OUT06 =1...5 V R =Closed-circuit
current
controlled
U=Underrange
OUT07 =20...0 mA
OUT08 =20...4 mA
OUT09 =10...0 V
OUT10 =10...2V
OUT11 =5...0 V
OUT12 =5...1 V
OUT13 =-5...+5 V
OUT14 =-10...+10 V
OUT17 =+10...-10 V
OUT18 =+5...-5 V
(1)
(0)
(0)
(1)
(1)
(0)
(0)
(1)
(0) = N/O contact and transistor open / N/C contact closed
(1) = N/O contact and transistor closed / N/C contact open
1) Operating current-controlled when threshold value is exceeded
Operating voltage UB
SW condition
Relay N/O contact and
transistor output
Relay N/C contact
3) Quiescent current-controlled when threshold value is exceeded 4) Quiescent current-controlled when below the threshold value
Operating voltage UB
SW condition
Relay N/O contact and
transistor output
Relay N/C contact
(1)
(0)
(0)
(1)
Operating voltage UB
SW condition
Relay N/O contact and
transistor output
Relay N/C contact
2) Operating current-controlled when below the threshold value
(1)
(0)
(0)
(1)
Operating voltage UB
SW condition
Relay N/O contact and
transistor output
Relay N/C contact
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
OUT
IN
4.1
3.1
1.1
4.2
3.2
1.2
4.3
3.3
1.3
4.4
3.4
1.4
5A
1A
GND
L(+) OUT1
L(+)
NC
GND
N(-)
GND
N(-)
OUT
IN
4.1
3.1
1.1
4.2
3.2
1.2
4.3
3.3
1.3
4.4
3.4
1.4
5A
12A
GND
L(+) OUT1
L(+)
NC
GND
N(-)
GND
N(-)
Ex:
Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm
Technical data Technical data
Input data
Input current (configurable) 0 A AC ... 1 A AC (configurable) /
0 A AC ... 5 A AC (configurable)
0 A AC ... 5 A AC (configurable) /
0 A AC ... 12 A AC (configurable)
Nominal frequency 50 Hz 50 Hz
Frequency range 45 Hz ... 65 Hz 45 Hz ... 65 Hz
Curve type Sine Sine
Overload capacity 2 x IN (continuous) 1 x IN (continuous)
Surge strength 20 x IN (1 s) 8 x IN (1 s)
Connection method Screw terminal block Screw terminal block
Output data
Output signal (configurable) 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal 25 mA 25 mA
Load RB< 500 (at 20 mA) < 500 (at 20 mA)
Ripple < 10 mVPP (for 500 at 20 mA) < 10 mVPP (for 500 at 20 mA)
General data MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I1)MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP1)MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP1)
Supply voltage UB19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC 19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC
Current consumption < 32 mA
(at UB=24 V DC, IOUT=20 mA)
< 30 mA
(at UB=24 V DC, IOUT=20 mA)
< 33 mA
(at 24 V DC)
Maximum transmission error 0.5% (of nominal range value
under nominal conditions)
0.5% (of nominal range value
under nominal conditions)
0.5% (of nominal range value
under nominal conditions)
Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K < 0.02%/K < 0.02%/K
Step response (10 - 90%) max. 300 ms Typ. 200 ms max. 300 ms Typ. 200 ms < 300 ms
Safe isolation acc. to EN 61010 acc. to EN 61010 acc. to EN 61010
Rated insulation voltage - - 300 V AC (to ground)
Surge voltage category Input/output - - III
Pollution degree 2 2 2
Test voltage input/output 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Test voltage output/power supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F) -20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F) -20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F)
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm 22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm 22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² /
24 - 14
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² /
24 - 14
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² /
24 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA II T4 X II 3 G Ex nA II T4 X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized -
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR current measuring transducers for sinusoidal alternating
currents
Supply voltage 19.2 ... 30 V DC MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I1) 2810612 1
Supply voltage 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP1) 2810625 1MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP1) 2810638 1
Accessories Accessories
DIN rail connector,
for bridging the supply voltage (19.2...30 V DC),
can be snapped on to 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715
ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2707437 50
232 PHOENIX CONTACT
The MCR-SL-CAC-... current transduc-
ers measure sinusoidal alternating currents
within the range 0 ... 1/5/12 A.
– Wide-range version from
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– 3-way isolation
– Input/output can be configured using the
DIP switch
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
H
W
D
H
W
D
AC current transducers,
sinusoidal
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
For sinusoidal alternating currents
0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A
For sinusoidal alternating currents
0 ... 5 A/0 ... 12 A
OUT
+24V
GND
=
=
IN
OUT
OUT
+24V
U
I
IN
OUT
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ex:
Ex:
Housing width 55 mm Housing width 55 mm
Technical data Technical data
Input data ...-S-100-U ...-S-200-U ...-S-100-I-LP ...-S-200-I-LP
Input current (configurable) 0 A ... 100 A (0...50/75/100 A) 0 A ... 200 A (0..100/150/200 A) 0 A ... 100 A (0...50/75/100 A) 0 A ... 200 A (0...100/150/200 A)
Operate threshold 1% (of final value) 1% (of final value)
Frequency range 30 Hz ... 6000 Hz 30 Hz ... 6000 Hz
Curve type Sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal Sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
Overload capacity Depending on laid conductor Depending on laid conductor
Surge strength Depending on through connected conductor Depending on through connected conductor
Connection method Clamp-on cable design, diameter 18.5 mm Clamp-on cable design, diameter 18.5 mm
Output data
Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal ((0 V ... 10 V) 14 V, (0 V ... 5 V) 7 V) < 25 mA
Load RB 10 k((UB - 12 V) x 350 / 12 A)
General data
Supply voltage UB20 V DC ... 30 V DC 20 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 30 mA
Maximum transmission error < 1% (of final value) < 1% (of final value)
Cable position error < 0.63% < 0.63%
Temperature coefficient < 0.035%/K < 0.025%/K
Step response (10 - 90%) < 340 ms < 340 ms
Safe isolation As per IEC 61010-1 and IEC 61326 As per IEC 61010-1 and IEC 61326
Rated insulation voltage 300 V AC (to ground) 300 V AC (to ground)
Surge voltage category / pollution degree III / 2 III / 2
Test voltage input/output 5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 60°C
Dimensions W / H / D 55 / 85 / 70.5 mm 55 / 85 / 70.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada cULus cULus
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR current measuring transducers for sinusoidal and
non-sinusoidal alternating currents
Input current range: 0...50/75/100 A MCR-SL-S-100-U 2813457 1MCR-SL-S-100-I-LP 2813486 1
Input current range: 0..0.100/150/200 A MCR-SL-S-200-U 2813460 1MCR-SL-S-200-I-LP 2813499 1
233PHOENIX CONTACT
The MCR-SL-S-...00-... current trans-
ducers measure sinusoidal and non-sinusoi-
dal alternating currents within the range
0 ... 200 A.
– True/r.m.s. value measurement from
30...6000 Hz
– Measuring range selection with slide
switch
– Loop-powered
– Can be retrofitted with the open-up
Rogowski coil
DW
H
DW
H
AC current transducers,
sinusoidal and distorted
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating
currents, 0 ... 200 A,
voltage output
For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating
currents, 0 ... 200 A,
current output (loop-powered)
OUT
IN
4
2
19
12
11
10
3
5A
1A
OUT U
OUT I
IOUT
NC
GND
500
GND
J
Housing width 22.5 mm
Technical data
Input data 1 A input 5 A input
Input current 0 A AC ... 5 A AC 0 A AC ... 0.005 A AC
Frequency range 45 Hz ... 60 Hz 45 Hz ... 60 Hz
Curve type Sine Sine
Overload capacity 2 x IN (5 min. at 60°C ambient
temperature)
-
Surge strength 50 A (1 s) 100 A (1 s)
Permissible output range 1.2 x IN1.2 x IN
Connection method Screw connection Screw connection
Output data U output I output
Output signal 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal 20 V 30 mA
Load RB> 100 k< 750
< 250 (when current and
voltage outputs are used
simultaneously)
Ripple < 50 mVPP < 50 mVPP
General data
Maximum transmission error < 0.5% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient < 0.015%/K
Step response (10 - 90%) < 200 ms
Safe isolation as per EN 50178, EN 61010
Rated insulation voltage 300 V AC (to ground)
Surge voltage category / pollution degree III / 2
Test voltage input/output 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature range -25°C ... 60°C
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR passive current measuring transducers for sinusoidal
alternating currents
MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-01) 2814359 1
234 PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
The MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-0 passive current
transducer measures sinusoidal alternating
currents within the range 0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A.
– Loop-powered
– Measuring ranges 1 A and 5 A AC, recon-
nectable
Passive AC current transducers,
sinusoidal
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
For sinusoidal alternating currents
0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A
MCR-SL-S-16-SP-24
+ 24V
NC
RELAY ACTIV
DELAY TIME
NC
SETPOINT
GND
24V
L1
N
N
14
11
12
NC
50
0
10
20
K
30
40
L2
OUT
IN
5
7
6
8
12
15
14
14
13
11
16
NC
NC
GND
NCNC
24V DC
=
=
SETPOINT
Delay
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Housing width 22.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input current 0 A AC ... 16 A AC
Frequency range 45 Hz ... 65 Hz
Curve type Sine
Overload capacity 2 x IN (continuous)
Connection method Through connection, diameter 4.2 mm
Switching output Relay output
Contact type 1 PDT
Contact material AgSnO, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching current 50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
Switching hysteresis Adjustable using a DIP switch (0.5%, 5%, 10%, 15%)
Response delay Typ. 0.1 s ... 10 s (Adjustable using a potentiometer)
Operating and closed circuit current behavior Adjustable using a DIP switch
Relay status display Yellow LED (relay active)
General data
Supply voltage UB20 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 30 mA
Setting accuracy < 0.5%
Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K
Step response (10 - 90%) 40 ms
Safe isolation as per EN 50178, EN 61010-1
Rated insulation voltage 300 V AC (to ground)
Surge voltage category / pollution degree III / 2
Test voltage input/output 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Test voltage input/power supply 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR current protector for sinusoidal alternating currents
MCR-SL-S- 16-SP- 241) 2864464 1
235PHOENIX CONTACT
Emergency lighting
Lighting system
Mains voltage
Lighting system with emergency lighting
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
The MCR-SL-S-16-SP-24 current
protector converts sinusoidal 50 Hz/60 Hz
alternating currents into binary switching
signals.
– Switching point can be freely selected in
the measuring range of 0...16 A AC
– Changeover relay output
– Adjustable switch hysteresis
– 3-way isolation
– Settable operating current/quiescent
current behavior
AC current protectors, sinusoidal
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
For sinusoidal alternating currents,
0 ... 16 A AC
+ 24VDC
+ 24VDC
OUT
IN
GND2
GND3
GND2
GND3
OUT U
OUT I
9
1
5
13
11
3
7
15
10
2
6
14
12
4
8
16
GND 1
±24V
±170V
±36V
±250V
±54V
±370V
±80V
±550V
±120V
J
J
J
+ 24VDC
+ 24VDC
OUT
IN
GND2
GND3
GND2
GND3
OUT U
OUT I
9
1
5
13
11
3
7
15
10
2
6
14
12
4
8
16
GND 1
0-24V
0-120V
0-170V
0-36V
0-250V
0-54V
0-370V
0-80V
J
J

Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm
Technical data Technical data
Input data
Input voltage range / resistor -550 V DC ... 550 V DC
-370 V DC ... 370 V DC
-250 V DC ... 250 V DC
-170 V DC ... 170 V DC
-120 V DC ... 120 V DC
-80 V DC ... 80 V DC
-54 V DC ... 54 V DC
-36 V DC ... 36 V DC
-24 V DC ... 24 V DC
550 k
370 k
250 k
170 k
120 k
80 k
54 k
36 k
24 k
0 V ... 370 V AC
0 V ... 250 V AC
0 V ... 170 V AC
0 V ... 120 V AC
0 V ... 80 V AC
0 V ... 54 V AC
0 V ... 36 V AC
0 V ... 24 V AC
370 k
250 k
170 k
120 k
80 k
54 k
36 k
24 k
ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±20% / ±20% ±20% / ±20%
Frequency range - 45 Hz ... 400 Hz
Output data U output I output U output I output
Output signal -10 ... 10 V -20 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal ±15 V ±30 mA 15 V 30 mA
Load RB> 10 k< 500 > 10 k< 500
Ripple < 50 mVPP < 50 mVPP < 50 mVPP < 50 mVPP
General data
Supply voltage UB18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC 18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC
Current consumption < 50 mA < 45 mA
Maximum transmission error < 1% (of final value) < 1.5% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient < 0.015%/K -
Limit frequency (3 dB) 40 Hz -
Step response (10 - 90%) 12 ms 250 ms
Safe isolation acc. to EN 50178 acc. to EN 50178
Rated insulation voltage - 300 V DC
Surge voltage category / pollution degree II / 2 III / 2
Test voltage input/output 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 3.3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature range -25°C ... 50°C -25°C ... 60°C
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR voltage measuring transducer, for DC voltages from
0...±20 V DC to 0...±660 V DC
MCR-VDC-UI-B-DC1) 2811116 1
MCR voltage transducer, for sinusoidal AC voltages from
0...20 V AC to 0...440 V AC
MCR-VAC-UI-O-DC1)2811103 1
236 PHOENIX CONTACT
The MCR-VDC-UI-B-DC voltage
transducer measures DC voltages within
the range 0 ... ±660 V DC.
The MCR-VAC-UI-O-DC voltage
transducer measures sinusoidal AC voltages
from 0 ... 444 V AC.
– Bidirectional output signals
– Adjustable voltage ranges
– ZERO/SPAN adjustment ±20%
– 3-way isolation
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
DW
H
Voltage transducers
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
For DC voltages
0 ... ±660 V DC
For sinusoidal AC voltages
0...444 V AC
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR configuration software, for programming
MCR-T-...-, MCR-...-LP-...-, MCR-...-HT-...-, MCR-S-...-, MCR-F-...,
and MCR-PSP-... modules, CD-ROM
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN 2814799 1
Accessories
Labels, for labeling MCR-T and MCR-S modules, four sheets
DIN A4 marking labels (112 pieces)
MCR-ET 38X35 WH 2814317 1
The MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configura-
tion software package is used to config-
ure and visualize all parameters for the pro-
grammable MCR measuring transducers.
– Straightforward menu interface
– Rapid programming
Notes:
The software runs under the following operating systems:
Windows NT™, 2000™, and XP™.
Accessories
Configuration software package
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
For MCR-S-... current transducer
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
USB adapter cable,
D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB
CM-KBL-RS232/USB 2881078 1
Software adapter cable
(stereo jack plug/25-pos. D-SUB), 1.2 m long,
for programming MCR-T-..., MCR-S-..., and MCR-F-... modules
MCR-TTL-RS232-E 2814388 1
Accessories
Adapter cable, stranded,
9-pos. D-SUB socket on 25-pos. D-SUB pin
PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS 2761295 1
237
PHOENIX CONTACT
The following adapter cables are available
for programming the MCR-S... current
transducers:
– USB adapter cable
– Software adapter cable
USB adapter cable
Software adapter cable
For MCR-S-... current transducer
238 PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Solar and PV system monitoring
Utilize solar electricity efficiently
Detect errors – increase efficiency: pho-
tovoltaic systems should achieve maximum
energy yield within the shortest possible
time.
SOLARCHECK provides reliable informa-
tion regarding the performance of your
photovoltaic system. It can be used to de-
tect faults, which may be caused by damaged
panels, defective contacts or damage in the
cabling. This allows you to implement coun-
termeasures quickly, thereby increasing the
efficiency of your system.
Current topic: reliable monitoring
Whether a small roof-top system on a
family home or a megawatt outdoor system:
for reliable operation, the photovoltaic mar-
ket requires monitoring systems where sta-
tus information is continuously available and
visualization is easy. PhoenixContact offers
a comprehensive portfolio of hardware and
software products specifically designed for
this purpose.
Energy of the future
From installation to monitoring - in the
“Components and systems for photovolta-
ics” brochure you will find further innova-
tive solutions for your photovoltaic system,
such as:
– Connection technology
– Surge protection
– Hardware and software solutions
– Generator connection boxes
– Tools and marking
1....8 x SCK-M-...
SCK-C-MODBUS
Modbus RTU slave
1....8 x SCK-M-...
SCK-C-MODBUS
Modbus RTU slave
MRESET
STOP
RUN/PROG
LNK ACT
GSM
AV TR
US
UL
UM
E
RDY
FAIL
BSA
PF
I5
I7
I2
I6
I8
I13
I15
I10
I14
I16
1 x 1500 V
≤8 x 0...20 A DC
≤8 x 0...20 A DC
≤8 x 0...20 A DC
≤8 x 0...20 A DC
≤4 x 0...20 A DC
≤4 x 0...20 A DC
SCK-M-U-1500V
SCK-M-I-8S-... SCK-M-I-8S-... SCK-M-I-4S-...
1 x 1500 V
SCK-M-U-1500V
SCK-M-I-8S-... SCK-M-I-8S-... SCK-M-I-4S-...
P_OUT
SCK-M-I-4S-20A
Order No. 2903242
P
SCK BUS D_IN
TX
0...10V
U
OUT
UIN
0...10V
GND2GND1
STRING
CURRENT
P_OUT
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241
P
SCK BUS D_IN
TX
0...10V
U
OUT
UIN
0...10V
GND2GND1
STRING
CURRENT
P_OUT
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241
P
SCK BUS D_IN
TX
0...10V
U
OUT
UIN
0...10V
GND2GND1
STRING
CURRENT
P_OUT
SCK-M-I-8S-4A
Order No. 2903239
P
SCK BUS D_IN
TX
0...10V
U
OUT
UIN
0...10V
GND2GND1
STRING
CURRENT
P_OUT
SCK-M-I-8S-4A
Order No. 2903239
P
SCK BUS D_IN
TX
0...10V
U
OUT
UIN
0...10V
GND2GND1
STRING
CURRENT
P_OUT
SCK-M-I-8S-4A
Order No. 2903239
P
SCK BUS D_IN
TX
0...10V
U
OUT
UIN
0...10V
GND2GND1
STRING
CURRENT
P_OUT
SCK-M-I-4S-20A
Order No. 2903242
P
SCK BUS D_IN
TX
0...10V
U
OUT
UIN
0...10V
GND2GND1
STRING
CURRENT
P_OUT
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241
P
SCK BUS D_IN
TX
0...10V
U
OUT
UIN
0...10V
GND2GND1
STRING
CURRENT
P_OUT
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241
P
SCK BUS D_IN
TX
0...10V
U
OUT
UIN
0...10V
GND2GND1
STRING
CURRENT
SCK-M-U-1500V
Order No. 2903591
!
-+
+-24V 0V
VOLTAGE INPUT MAX 1500V DC
2...10 V OUT P - In
PE
SCK-M-U-1500V
Order No. 2903591
!
-+
+-24V 0V
VOLTAGE INPUT MAX 1500V DC
2...10 V OUT P - In
PE
T7
T8
T5T6
COM
GND2 GND2 BA
+24V GND1GND1
T7
T8
T5T6
COM
GND2 GND2 BA
+24V GND1GND1
1500 V DC
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
239PHOENIX CONTACT
Contact-free current measurement
Contact-free measurement using Hall
sensors offers many advantages:
– Safe isolation is already ensured by the ca-
ble insulation.
– No contact resistance due to additional
contact points.
– The current is forwarded safely as the line
circuit is not directly accessed.
Space-saving installation without an
additional power supply unit
With a width of just 22.5 mm, the nar-
row measuring module bundles the cables in
a confined space.
– The 2-conductor communication cable is
also used to supply the measuring mod-
ules.
– This means that one communication
module supplies up to eight measuring
modules – without an additional power
supply unit.
Flexible expansion
Optional extension of voltage measure-
ment up to 1500 V DC.
– Also suitable for grounded systems.
– Suitable for PV systems with extra high
system voltages.
– Flexible use, even outside the Solarcheck
system.
Easy integration in monitoring sys-
tems
The modular Solarcheck monitoring sys-
tem consists of various measuring modules
for current and voltage measurement and
an associated communication module.
The communication module collects the
measured values from the current measur-
ing modules and forwards them to a higher-
level controller. You can acquire up to eight
or four string currents with one current
measuring module each. A maximum of
eight current measuring modules of any
type can be connected to one communica-
tion module. The 2-conductor communica-
tion cable is also used to supply the measur-
ing modules with power. This means that no
additional power supply unit is required in
the field.
The voltage measuring module is usually
connected to and also supplied via the ana-
log input provided on the 8-channel current
measuring modules.
Monitoring
Solar and PV system monitoring
A
+24 V
B
GND1
GND2
GND2
GND1
+24 V
DC
DC
RS-485
C
INPUT
SCK-MODBUS
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
T7
T8
Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm
Technical data
Supply
Supply voltage 24 V DC -10% ... +25% - - 24 V DC -10% ... +25% (or via SCK-M-I-8S-...)
Own current consumption 12 mA
Measuring input
Current measuring range -
Maximum transmission error -
Temperature coefficient -
Reverse current detection -
Number of measuring channels -
Voltage measuring range -
Connection method -
Digital input
Controlled by external floating contact -
Analog input
Input voltage range -
Analog output
Output voltage range -
SCK-C-MODBUS data interface
Cable length (for 0.15 mm2)-
Communication protocol -
Serial port RS-485
Serial transmission speed 9.6/14.4/19.2/38.4 kbps - - -
Cable length 1200 m
Communication protocol Modbus RTU
General data
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 70°C
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 / 102 / 106 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 -
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Communication module
SCK-C-MODBUS1) 2901674 1
Current measuring module, 8-channel
Current measuring module, 4-channel for extension
Voltage measuring module
240 PHOENIX CONTACT
PV string monitoring
Solarcheck
The modular Solarcheck monitoring sys-
tem consists of various devices for current
and voltage measurement and an associated
communication module.
Communication module:
– For connecting and collecting measured
values from up to eight measuring mod-
ules
– Provision of data for transfer to higher-
level controllers
Current measuring modules:
– 8-channel current measurement up
to20ADC
– Detection of reverse currents
up to-1A
– 4-channel extension modules
for20ADC
– Internal temperature monitoring
– Digital input for monitoring, e.g., the re-
mote indication contacts of surge protec-
tion modules
– Supply via the communication module
Vol tage measu ring modul e
– Voltage measurement up to 1500 V DC in
any grounded PV system
– Connection and supply is usually via the
analog input provided (0 ... 10 V) on the
8-channel Solarcheck current measuring
module
– Output of the voltage measured value as
a 2 ... 10 V analog signal
– As an option, can also be removed from
the Solarcheck group and used separately
Monitoring
Solar and PV system monitoring
H
W
D
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Communication module
RS-485 (Modbus RTU)
SCK-
BUS
OUT
U-IN
Digital
IN
1
+
–
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
I-IN
μ
C
COM
8x
0...10V
1
2
3
4
I-IN
m
C
SCK-
BUS
OUT
COM
4x
Digital
IN
U
1
U
2
U_OUT
P_IN 0 V
24 V
0...1500 V DC
R
X
R
X
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm
Technical data Technical data Technical data
Supply voltage 24 V DC -10% ... +25% - - 24 V DC -10% ... +25% (or via SCK-M-I-8S-...)
45 mA 45 mA 35 mA
0 A ... 20 A 0 A ... 20 A -
±1% (From the measuring range final value) ±1% (From the measuring range final value) 1% (After additional adjustment)
0.02%/K (From T > 25°C) 0.02%/K (From T > 25°C) < 0.03%/K
-1 A ... 0 A -1 A ... 0 A -
841
- - 0 V DC ... 1500 V DC
Through connection, 9.5 mm diameter Through connection, 9.5 mm diameter Screw connection
Floating switch contacts - -
0 V ... 10 V - -
- - 2 V ... 10 V
max. 300 m max. 300 m max. 0.5 m
Proprietary Proprietary -
Serial transmission speed 9.6/14.4/19.2/38.4 kbps - - -
---
---
IP20 IP20 IP20
-20°C ... 70°C -20°C ... 70°C -20°C ... 70°C
22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm 22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm 22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
CE-compliant CE-compliant CE-compliant
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
SCK-M-I-8S-20A 2903241 1
SCK-M-I-4S-20A 2903242 1
SCK-M-U-1500V 2903591 1
241PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Solar and PV system monitoring
H
W
D
H
W
D
H
W
D
Current measuring module, 20 A DC,
8-channel
Extension module, 4-channel
Current measurement 20 A DC
Voltage measuring module,
0...1500 VDC
RCM devices provide residual current
monitoring in grounded power supply sys-
tems. They detect residual currents at an
early stage, such as those that occur as a re-
sult of insulation errors. They can therefore
be used to prevent forced system shut-
down. Plans can be made to remove errors
outside of operating hours. RCM devices
also act as a form of fire prevention.
Detect errors before they actually occur
Increasing use is being made of equipment
such as frequency inverters. In the event of
an error, residual currents with a frequency
of up to 50 kHz can be generated. Type B+
RCM devices from Phoenix Contact are al-
ready able to detect residual currents with
frequencies up to 100 kHz. This far exceeds
present-day requirements of 20 kHz for
type B+ devices.
Single-phase Single-phase
with smoothing
Three-phase
star circuit
Circuit
Correct load current
Residual current to ground potential
Solution
Type A – –
Type B Type B Type B
242 PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Residual current monitoring
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Residual currents can increase continually
due to gradual processes. This can be attrib-
uted to humidity or conductive dirt on live
parts, for example. Residual current circuit
breakers trip at different rated residual cur-
rents In, depending on their type. Addition-
ally installed residual current monitoring de-
vices prevent sudden system downtimes
thanks to early warnings. The continuous
supply of information about gradually in-
creasing residual currents allows timely in-
tervention. Unplanned system failures can
be avoided.
Full bridge circuit Semi-controlled
full bridge circuit
Full bridge circuit
between phase
conductors
Three-phase
full bridge circuit
Phase-controlled modula-
tor Burst control
Type A Type A – – Type A Type A
Type B Type B Type B Type B Type B Type B
t
Normal operation Warning range Normal operation
following intervention
System failure
In
Ialarm
243PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Residual current monitoring
A1
12 14
11
A2
Alarm
Pre-alarm
12 14
11
U
RJ 45
I
U
RJ 45
I
kHz
Total width 71.6 mm Total width 65.5 mm
Technical data Technical data
Electrical data ...SCT-35 ...SCT-70 ...SCT-105
Nominal voltage range 85 V AC ... 264 V AC - - - 85 V AC ... 264 V AC
Nominal frequency fN50 Hz (60 Hz) --- 50 Hz (60 Hz) ---- ---
Rated current In- 125 A 200 A 300 A - 50 A 100 A 125 A 200 A 250 A 350 A 400 A
Max. required back-up fuse 16 A (B) --- 16 A (B) ---- ---
RCM data
Rated response differential current Idyn 3 A 3 A3 A3 A 3 A 3 A3 A3 A3 A 3 A3 A3 A
Differential current acquisition characteristic Type B+ (DC up to 100 kHz) Type B+ (DC
up to 100 kHz)
Type B+ (DC
up to 100 kHz)
Type B+
(DC up to 100 kHz)
Response differential current In30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000 mA (adjustable) 0.03 A ... 3 A 0.03 A ... 3 A 0.1 A ... 3 A 30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000 mA (adjustable) 0.03 A
Discrimination threshold main alarm 80% ... 100% (of the set response differential current In) - - - 80% ... 100% (of the set response differential current I
Discrimination threshold pre-alarm 10% ... 90% (of the main alarm threshold, adjustable) - - - 10% ... 90% (of the main alarm thresh
Response time for 2 x In0.1 s ... 1 s (adjustable) --- 0.1 s ... 1 s (adjustable) ---- ---
Thermal permanent differential current Icth -150 A (50
Hz/20 kHz)
150 A (50
Hz/20 kHz)
150 A (50 Hz/20 kHz) - 1.5 x I
Thermal rated short-time differential current Ith - 3 kA for 1 s (50
Hz/20 kHz)
3 kA for 1 s (50
Hz/20 kHz)
3 kA for 1 s (50 Hz/20 kHz) - 10 x I
Rated surge voltage resistance Uimp 4 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 4 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV
General data
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 - 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 .
Maximum permissible outside diameter of cables - 23.00 mm 46.00 mm 70.00 mm - 13.00 mm 20.00 mm 23.00 mm 46.00 mm 70.00 mm 93.00 mm 140.00
Housing material polycarbonate polycarbonate polycarbonate
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 65°C -20°C ... 65°C -25°C ... 65°C
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20
Test standards DIN EN 62020 / DIN EN 60664 / DIN VDE 0664-110 DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 / DIN EN 62020 / DIN EN 606
Test standards - VDE 0414 / DIN V VDE V 0664-110 -
Pollution degree 2 222 2 2222 222
Surge voltage category III IV IV IV III IV IV IV IV IV IV IV
Mounting
Mounting type DIN rail: 35 mm Screw mount-
ing
Screw mount-
ing
Screw mounting DIN rail: 35 mm DIN rail: 35
Remote indication contact PDT contact -
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / - - 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / - - -
Max. operating voltage 230 V AC -230 V AC
Max. operating current 5 A (cos phi > 0.9) - 5 A (cos phi > 0.9)
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Evaluation unit
RCM-B/50/85-264V 2806210 1
Current transformer
20 mm Ø
30 mm Ø
35 mm Ø RCM-B-SCT- 35 2806223 1
70 mm Ø RCM-B-SCT- 70 2806236 1
105 mm Ø RCM-B-SCT-105 2806249 1
140 mm Ø
210 mm Ø
244 PHOENIX CONTACT
– Adjustable residual response current of
30 mA to 3 A
– Adjustable pre-alarm threshold and delay
time
– Actual differential current can be read via
LED display
– Remote signaling for main and pre-alarm
Notes:
Cables for type B+ converter connection (RJ45, 4-pair, 1:1 line)
can be found in the accessories section by entering the order num-
ber (RCM/converter) at: www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Residual current monitoring - RCM
Monitoring
Residual current monitoring
RCM type B+ for smooth and pulsating DC and
AC residual currents up to 100 kHz
Converter for RCM type B+ RCM type A for pulsating DC and
A1
=
l
k
A2
12 14
11
Alarm
Pre-alarm
12 14
11
l
kl
k
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Total width 71.6 mm Total width 32 mm Total width 33 mm
Technical data Technical data Technical data
...SCT-20 ...SCT-30 ...SCT-35 ...SCT-70 ...SCT-105 ...SCT-140 ...SCT-210
Nominal voltage range 85 V AC ... 264 V AC - - - 85 V AC ... 264 V AC ---- ---
50 Hz (60 Hz) --- 50 Hz (60 Hz) ---- ---
- 125 A 200 A 300 A - 50 A 100 A 125 A 200 A 250 A 350 A 400 A
Max. required back-up fuse 16 A (B) --- 16 A (B) ---- ---
3 A 3 A3 A3 A 3 A 3 A3 A3 A3 A 3 A3 A3 A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000 mA (adjustable) 0.03 A ... 3 A 0.03 A ... 3 A 0.1 A ... 3 A 30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000 mA (adjustable) 0.03 A ... 3 A 0.03 A ... 3 A 0.03 A ... 3 A 0.03 A ... 3 A 0.03 A ... 3 A 0.03 A ... 3 A 0.03 A ... 3 A
) - - - 80% ... 100% (of the set response differential current In)---- ---
Discrimination threshold pre-alarm 10% ... 90% (of the main alarm threshold, adjustable) - - - 10% ... 90% (of the main alarm threshold, adjustable) ---- ---
0.1 s ... 1 s (adjustable) --- 0.1 s ... 1 s (adjustable) ---- ---
150 A (50 Hz/20 kHz) - 1.5 x In1.5 x In1.5 x In1.5 x In1.5 x In1.5 x In1.5 x In
3 kA for 1 s (50 Hz/20 kHz) - 10 x In (for 1 s) 10 x In (for 1 s) 10 x In (for 1 s) 10 x In (for 1 s) 10 x In (for 1 s) 10 x In (for 1 s) 10 x In (for 1 s)
4 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 4 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 - 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Maximum permissible outside diameter of cables - 23.00 mm 46.00 mm 70.00 mm - 13.00 mm 20.00 mm 23.00 mm 46.00 mm 70.00 mm 93.00 mm 140.00 mm
polycarbonate polycarbonate polycarbonate polycarbonate
-20°C ... 65°C -25°C ... 65°C -20°C ... 65°C -20°C ... 65°C
IP20 IP20 IP20 (terminal blocks) IP20 (terminal blocks)
Test standards DIN EN 62020 / DIN EN 60664 / DIN VDE 0664-110 DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 / DIN EN 62020 / DIN EN 60664 DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 / DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 /
VDE 0414 / DIN V VDE V 0664-110 - VDE 0414 VDE 0414
Pollution degree 2 222 2 2222 222
Surge voltage category III IV IV IV III IV IV IV IV IV IV IV
Screw mounting DIN rail: 35 mm DIN rail: 35
mm
DIN rail: 35
mm
Screw mount-
ing
Screw mount-
ing
Screw mount-
ing
Screw mount-
ing
Screw mounting
PDT contact - -
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / - - 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / - - -
-230 V AC --
- 5 A (cos phi > 0.9) --
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
RCM-A/50/85-264V 2806016 1
RCM-A-SCT- 20 2806045 1
RCM-A-SCT- 30 2806058 1
RCM-A-SCT- 35 2806061 1
RCM-A-SCT- 70 2806074 1
RCM-A-SCT-105 2806087 1
RCM-A-SCT-140 2806090 1
RCM-A-SCT-210 2806100 1
245PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Residual current monitoring
Converter for RCM type B+ RCM type A for pulsating DC and
AC residual currents with 50/60 Hz
Converter for RCM type A Converter for RCM type A
01
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
EV Charge Control
IEC G195
Mode 3
M
1.12.1
1.22.2
1.32.3
1.42.4
1.12.1
1.22.2
1.32.3
1.42.4
1.12.1
1.22.2
1.32.3
1.42.4
1.12.1
1.22.2
1.32.3
1.42.4
1.12.1
1.22.2
1.32.3
1.42.4
1.12.1
1.22.2
1.32.3
1.42.4
1.12.1
1.22.2
1.32.3
1.42.4
1.12.1
1.22.2
1.32.3
1.42.4
1.12.1
1.22.2
1.32.3
1.42.4
1.12.1
1.22.2
1.32.3
1.42.4
1.12.1
1.22.2
1.32.3
1.42.4
1.12.1
1.22.2
1.32.3
1.42.4
1.12.1
1.22.2
1.32.3
1.42.4
01
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
01
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
LNK1 ACT1
01
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
EV Charge Control
IEC G195
Mode 3
246 PHOENIX CONTACT
EV Charge Control charging controller
EV Charge Control is the charging con-
troller used to charge electric vehicles on
the AC mains according to IEC 61851-1.
The control and monitoring functions that
are defined here for charging mode 3 serve
as the basis for the equipment.
– Control Pilot evaluation and control
– Monitoring of the PE protective ground
connection
– Evaluation of the proximity
– Control of the charge contactor and lock-
ing actuators
Plug-in charging systems
For information on plug-in charging sys-
tems, see Catalog 2, connection technology
for field devices.
Additional functions:
All necessary control functions are inte-
grated in a single device. No additional con-
troller is required.
– Easy configuration directly at the device
or via the integrated web server
– Adjustable charging current limitation of
6 ... 80 A
– Parameterizable automatic rejection of
charging cables with low current carrying
capacity
– Automatic or manual locking as well as
selection of DC motor or magnetic lock-
ing actuators
– Optional locking confirmation and exter-
nal enabling as a switching requirement
– Integration into your charging infrastruc-
ture via Ethernet interface (Modbus/TCP)
– Charging process enabling, status re-
quests, and dynamic load management via
remote access
– 4 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs
– Two digital outputs configurable via web
server
–4 relay outputs
Charging
controller
Charging
contactor
Simple charging point with permanently connected cable
Central
controller
Charging
controller
DC motor
Lock
Charging contactor
EV Charge Control charging controller in conjunction with
a central controller
Monitoring
Components for E-Mobility
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Housing width 71.6 mm Housing width 35.6 mm
Technical data Technical data
Input
Description of the input Digital input Signal input
Nominal input voltage UN24 V 12 V
Input current 8 mA (24 V) Approx. 5 mA (at 12 V)
Input ranges -3 V ... 5 V (Off)
15 V ... 30 V (On)
-3 V ... 3 V (Off)
-30 V ... -10 V (Locking ON)
10 V ... 30 V (Unlocking ON)
Switching output
Output description Relay output C1.2 and V1.2 Relay output
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC Approx. 11.5 V (Operating/capacitor voltage minus the diode volt-
age of ~ 0.5 V)
Maximum switching current 6 A 4 A
Switching output
Output description Relay output R1.3 and R2.4 -
Maximum switching voltage 30 V AC/DC -
Maximum switching current 6 A -
Switching output
Output description Digital output -
Maximum output voltage 30 V -
Maximum output current 0.6 A -
Ethernet interface
Connection method RJ45 socket -
Transmission speed 10/100 Mbps -
Transmission length 100 m (with shielded, twisted-pair data cable) -
General data
Supply voltage 12 V DC ±5%
Supply voltage range 110 V AC ... 240 V AC (nominal voltage range)
95 V AC ... 264 V AC
-
Maximum current consumption 40 mA -
Own current consumption - 4 A (4 mA in idle state)
Frequency range 45 Hz ... 65 Hz -
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature range -25°C ... 60°C -25°C ... 60°C
Dimensions W / H / D 71.6 / 61 / 90 mm 35.6 / 61 / 90 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
EV Charge Control charging controller
EM-CP-PP-ETH 2902802 1
Mains failure plug release EV Charge Lock Release
EM-EV-CLR-12V 2903246 1
247PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Components for E-Mobility
Charging controller Mains power failure plug enable
EV Charge Control
– Charging controller for charging electric
vehicles on AC mains according to
IEC 61851-1.
EV Charge Lock Release
– Optional extension module for plug re-
lease in the event of mains failure.
Notes:
For information on plug-in charging systems, see
Catalog 2, connection technology for field devices.
H
W
D
EV Charge Control charging control-
ler
248 PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
For high system availability
EMD monitoring relays can be used to de-
tect deviations in important system param-
eters at an early stage. These can be indicat-
ed or system parts can be shut down
selectively. EMD monitoring relays ensure
error-free and cost-effective operation of
your system. They are an inexpensive solu-
tion for numerous monitoring functions.
– Surge voltage and undervoltage
– Overcurrent and undercurrent
– Phase failure, phase sequence, and phase
asymmetry
– Power factor and real power
– Motor winding temperature
–Levels
For system monitoring, choose from two
product ranges: compact or multifunctional
monitoring relays.
Perfect timing
ETD timer relays ensure optimum time
sequences.
The modules are the cost-effective alter-
native to a PLC: with easy configuration and
fast wiring.
Choose from two product ranges for
your ideal time control application:
– Ultra-narrow timer relays each with one
time range and one function
– Multifunctional timer relays with select-
able time ranges and functions
Professionally packaged components
Special function modules with profession-
al housing and connection technology can
be used to integrate electronic components
in your system. They can be used to per-
form a variety of tasks:
– Diode modules provide protection
against polarity reversal. In addition, they
decouple messages in fault reporting sys-
tems.
– Lamp testing modules decouple signals in
isolation in the field of fault reporting
technology.
– Display modules simplify troubleshooting
and provide help for monitoring process-
es.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
249PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Compact monitoring relays
Ideal for simple monitoring tasks – from
series production to building installation.
– Compact installation housing
– Quick and tool-free wiring with push-in
technology
– Parameters can be adjusted easily using
rotary switches
– Clear diagnostics, thanks to color status
LED
Multifunctional monitoring relays
– Parameters can be adjusted easily using
rotary switches
– Fast error detection, thanks to fine tuning
and short response times
– Worldwide use, thanks to wide-range
power supply unit or plug-in transformer
– Space saving – with two PDT outputs in
22.5mm wide housing
– Electrically isolated measuring and supply
circuits
– Clear diagnostics, thanks to color status
LEDs
Ultra-narrow timer relays
The space-saving and inexpensive solution
for simple time control applications.
– Each with one time range and one func-
tion
– Design width of just 6.2mm - saves up
to70% space compared to conventional
timer relays
– Precise time setting using the illuminated
thumbwheel
– Fast wiring through the use of plug-in
bridges
Multifunctional timer relays
For universal use thanks to wide range of
functions.
– Just three versions for all conventional
time control applications.
– Two floating PDT outputs on a design
width of just 22.5 mm
– Supply voltage via wide-range power sup-
ply unit
– Optimum setting of times ranging from
milliseconds to several days
Special function modules
Special function modules transform com-
ponents such as diodes into a shock-proof
and dust-proof electronics module.
– Easy installation, thanks to electronics
housing with IP20 protection that can be
installed in a control cabinet
– Fast mounting on DIN rails, thanks to the
foot catch
– User-friendly wiring, thanks to practical
connection technology
Li
Lk
N
16
15
18
U =230 V AC GND
U1 24 V DC
U2 24 V AC
U3 230 V AC
16
15
18
Housing width 17.5 mm Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data Technical data
Functions
Overcurrent, undercurrent, window Undervoltage, window
Input
Input ranges 0 V DC ... 24 V DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
0 V AC ... 24 V AC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
0 V AC ... 230 V AC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
Input ranges 0 A ... 5 A AC
0 A ... 10 A AC
(Configurable via rotary switches)
-
Input resistance 3 m-
Min. setting range 5% ... 95% (From IN) 75% ... 115% (From UN)
Max. setting range 10% ... 100% (From IN) 80% ... 120% (From UN)
Setting range for response delay 0.1 s ... 10 s 0.1 s ... 10 s
Basic accuracy 5% (of the nominal value) 5% (of scale end value)
Setting accuracy ±5% (of the nominal value) ±5% (of scale end value)
Repeat accuracy 2% 2%
Relay output
Contact type 1 floating PDT 1 floating PDT
Switching capacity 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
Electrical service life 1 x 105 cycles 1 x 105 cycles
Mechanical service life 15 x 106 cycles 15 x 106 cycles
Output fuse 5 A (fast-blow) 5 A (fast-blow)
General data
Supply voltage 230 V AC ±15% -25% ... +20% (= measuring voltage)
Nominal power consumption 5 VA (0.8 W) 10 VA (At 230 V AC (0.6 W))
1.3 VA (At 24 V AC (0.8 W))
0.6 W (at 24 V DC)
Degree of protection IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
Ambient temperature range -25°C ... 55°C -25°C ... 55°C
Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm 17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Compact monitoring relays with push-in connection
EMD-BL-C-10-PT 2903522 1EMD-BL-V-230-PT 2903524 1
Compact monitoring relays with screw connection
EMD-BL-C-10 2903521 1EMD-BL-V-230 2903523 1
250 PHOENIX CONTACT
Single-phase current monitoring
The EMD-BL-C-10 monitors AC cur-
rents from 0 ... 10 A.
– Adjustable response delay
– 0 ... 5 A or 0 ... 10 A measuring range
– Adjustable via rotary switch on the front
Single-phase voltage monitoring
The EMD-BL-V-230 monitors DC and
AC voltages.
– 24 V AC/DC or 230 V AC
– Separately adjustable response delay
– Adjustable monitoring range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on the
front
H
W
D
H
W
D
Single-phase current and voltage
monitoring
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Current monitoring, 1-phase
Overcurrent, undercurrent, window
Voltage monitoring, 1-phase
Undervoltage, window
L1
L2
L3
16
15
18
L1
L2
L3
16
15
18
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Housing width 17.5 mm Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data Technical data
Functions
Window, phase sequence Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry
Input
Monitoring range 280 V AC ... 519 V AC 187 V AC ... 519 V AC
Input ranges 3~ 400/230 V 3~ 208 ... 480 V/120 ... 277 V
Input resistance - -
Min. setting range 70% ... 120% (From UN)-
Max. setting range 80% ... 130% (From UN)-
Setting range for response delay 0.1 s ... 10 s 0.1 s ... 10 s
Asymmetry - 5% ... 25% / OFF
Basic accuracy 5% (of the nominal value) 5% (of scale end value)
Setting accuracy ±5% (of scale end value) ±5% (of scale end value)
Repeat accuracy 2% 2%
Relay output
Contact type 1 floating PDT 1 floating PDT
Switching capacity 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
Electrical service life 1 x 105 cycles 1 x 105 cycles
Mechanical service life 15 x 106 cycles 15 x 106 cycles
Output fuse 5 A (fast-blow) 5 A (fast-blow)
General data
Supply voltage ±30% (= measuring voltage) ±10% (= measuring voltage)
Nominal power consumption 10 VA (1 W) 10 VA ((1 W) at 400 V/50 Hz)
16 VA ((1.5 W) at 480 V/60 Hz)
Degree of protection IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
Ambient temperature range -25°C ... 55°C -25°C ... 55°C
Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm 17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Compact monitoring relays with push-in connection
EMD-BL-3V-400-PT 2903526 1EMD-BL-PH-480-PT 2903528 1
Compact monitoring relays with screw connection
EMD-BL-3V-400 2903525 1EMD-BL-PH-480 2903527 1
251PHOENIX CONTACT
Three-phase voltage monitoring
The EMD-BL-3V-400 monitors three-
phase AC voltages.
– 3~ 400 V AC/230 V AC ±30%
– Separately adjustable response delay
– Adjustable monitoring range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on the
front
– Supply from the measuring circuit
Phase monitoring
The EMD-BL-PH-400 monitors three-
phase AC voltages.
– 3~ 208 ... 480 V AC/120 ... 277 V AC
– Adjustable response delay
– Adjustable asymmetry: 5 ... 25%/OFF
– Adjustable via potentiometer on the
front
– Supply from the measuring circuit
H
W
D
H
W
D
Three-phase voltage monitoring,
phase monitoring
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Voltage monitoring, 3-phase
Window, phase sequence
Phase monitoring
Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry
I1
I2
I3
GND
100 mA
1A
10 A
A1 A2
16 26
15 25
18 28
U = 24...240 V AC/DC
I1
I2
I3
GND
100 mA
1A
10 A
A1
A2
16
15
18
POWER
MODULE
U=24VDC
24...230 V AC

Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm
Technical data Technical data
Functions EMD-SL-C-OC-10 EMD-SL-C-UC-10
Overcurrent, undercurrent, window, error memory Overcurrent Undercurrent
Input
Input ranges 0 mA ... 100 mA AC/DC (Connection terminals: I1 and GND)
0 A ... 1 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I2 and GND)
0 A ... 10 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I3 and GND)
0 mA ... 100 mA AC/DC (Connection terminals: I1 and GND)
0 A ... 1 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I2 and GND)
0 A ... 10 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I3 and GND)
Input resistance 470 m (at IN = 100 mA) ; 47 m (at IN = 1 A) ; 5 m (at IN = 10 A) 470 m (at IN = 100 mA) ; 47 m (at IN = 1 A) ; 5 m (at IN = 10 A)
Min. setting range 5% ... 95% (From IN) 5% ... 95% (From IN)
Max. setting range 10% ... 100% (From IN) 10% ... 100% (From IN)
Setting range for response delay 0.1 s ... 10 s 0.2 s ... 10 s
Setting range for starting delay 0 s ... 10 s -
Basic accuracy ±5% (of scale end value) ±5% (of scale end value)
Setting accuracy 5% (of scale end value) 5% (of scale end value)
Repeat accuracy 2% 2%
Relay output
Contact type 2 floating PDT contacts 1 floating PDT
Switching capacity 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, 5 mm spacing)
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, 5 mm spacing)
Electrical service life 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Mechanical service life Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Output fuse 5 A (fast-blow) 5 A (fast-blow)
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption 4.5 VA (1.5 W) 2 VA (1.5 W)
Degree of protection IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
Ambient temperature range -25°C ... 55°C -25°C ... 55°C
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada UL/C-UL listed UL 508 UL/C-UL listed UL 508
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Electronic monitoring relay
EMD-FL-C-101) 2866022 1EMD-SL-C-OC-10 2866019 1
EMD-SL-C-UC-10 2867937 1
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC EMD-SL-PS- 24DC 2885359 1
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC EMD-SL-PS- 24AC 2866103 1
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC EMD-SL-PS-110AC 2866116 1
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC EMD-SL-PS-120AC 2885731 1
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC EMD-SL-PS-230AC 2866129 1
252 PHOENIX CONTACT
EMD-...C... monitoring relays monitor
DC and AC currents within the range
0 ... 10 A.
– Separately adjustable startup and release
delays
– Variable supply voltage range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
H
W
D
H
W
D
Single-phase current monitoring
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring Overcurrent or undercurrent monitoring
U1
U2
U3
GND
30 V
60 V
300 V
A1 A2
16 26
15 25
18 28
U = 24...240 V AC/DC
U1
U2
U3
GND
30 V
60 V
300 V
A1
A2
16
15
18
POWER
MODULE
U=24VDC
24...230 V AC
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm
Technical data Technical data
Functions
Undervoltage, overvoltage, window, error memory Undervoltage
Input
Input ranges 0 V ... 30 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
0 V ... 60 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
0 V ... 300 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
0 V ... 30 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
0 V ... 60 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
0 V ... 300 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
Input resistance 47 k (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
100 k (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
470 k (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
47 k (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
100 k (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
470 k (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
Min. setting range 5% ... 95% (From UN) 5% ... 95% (From UN)
Max. setting range 10% ... 100% (From UN) 10% ... 100% (From UN)
Setting range for response delay 0.1 s ... 10 s 0.2 s ... 10 s
Setting range for starting delay 0 s ... 10 s -
Basic accuracy ±5% (of scale end value) ±5% (of scale end value)
Setting accuracy 5% (of scale end value) 5% (of scale end value)
Repeat accuracy 2% 2%
Relay output
Contact type 2 floating PDT contacts 1 floating PDT
Switching capacity 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, 5 mm spacing)
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, 5 mm spacing)
Electrical service life 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Mechanical service life Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Output fuse 5 A (fast-blow) 5 A (fast-blow)
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption 4.5 VA (1.5 W) 2 VA (1.5 W)
Degree of protection IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
Ambient temperature range -25°C ... 55°C -25°C ... 55°C
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada UL/C-UL listed UL 508 UL/C-UL listed UL 508
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Electronic monitoring relay
EMD-FL-V-3001) 2866048 1EMD-SL-V-UV-300 2866035 1
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC EMD-SL-PS- 24DC 2885359 1
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC EMD-SL-PS- 24AC 2866103 1
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC EMD-SL-PS-110AC 2866116 1
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC EMD-SL-PS-120AC 2885731 1
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC EMD-SL-PS-230AC 2866129 1
253PHOENIX CONTACT
EMD-...V... monitoring relays monitor
DC and AC voltages within the range
0 ... 300 V.
– Separately adjustable startup and release
delays
– Variable supply voltage range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
H
W
D
H
W
D
Single-phase voltage monitoring
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Undervoltage and overvoltage monitoring Undervoltage monitoring
L1
L2
L3
N
A1 N 15
16 18 A2
25 26 28
15 25
16 18 26 28
24 V~
0V
L1 L2 L3
max. 20 A
L1
L2
L3
(N)
A1 A2
16 26
15 25
18 28
U = 24...240 V AC/DC
 
Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 45 mm Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm
Technical data
Functions EMD-FL-3V-4001)EMD-FL-3V-2301)
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure
Input
Monitoring range 280 V AC ... 520 V AC 161 V AC ... 299 V AC 483 V AC ... 897 V AC 350 V AC ... 650 V AC 280 V AC ... 520 V AC 280 V
Input ranges 3 N ~ 400/230 V 3 N ~ 230/132 V 3 ~ 690 V 3 ~ 500 V 3 ~ 400 V 3 N ~ 400/230 V 3 N ~ 400/230 V
Input resistance 1 M470 k
Min. setting range -30% ... 20% (From UN) -30% ... 20% (From U
Max. setting range -20% ... 30% (From UN) -20% ... 30% (From U
Setting range for response delay 0.1 s ... 10 s
Asymmetry 5% ... 25% / OFF 5% ... 25% / OFF 5
Basic accuracy ±5% (of scale end value) ±5% (of scale end value) ±5% (of scale end value) -
Setting accuracy 5% (of scale end value)
Repeat accuracy 2%
Relay output
Contact type 2 floating PDT contacts 2 floating PDT contacts 1 floating PDT 2 floating PDT contacts
Switching capacity 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, 5 mm spacing)
Electrical service life 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA 2 x 10
Mechanical service life Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 10
Output fuse 5 A (fast-blow)
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption 4.5 VA (1.5 W)
Degree of protection IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) IP40 (h
Ambient temperature range -25°C ... 55°C
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada UL/C-UL listed UL 508 UL/C-UL listed UL 508 UL/C-UL listed UL 508 UL/C-UL listed UL 508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Electronic monitoring relay
EMD-FL-3V-4001) 2866064 1
EMD-FL-3V-2301) 2885773 1
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC
Supply voltage 323 ... 456 V AC
254 PHOENIX CONTACT
Three-phase voltage monitoring
EMD-...-3V... monitoring relays monitor
three-phase AC voltages of 160 ... 897 V AC
(depending on the device concerned).
– Adjustable response delay
– Variable supply voltage range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front
–Adjustable asymmetry
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Connection example
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
H
W
D
Undervoltage and phase monitoring,
400 V or 230 V
L1
L2
L3
A1
A2
26
16
2515
2818
POWER
MODULE U = 110...500 V AC
L1
L2
L3
A1
A2
16
15
18
POWER
MODULE
U=24VDC
24...230 V AC
L1
L2
L3
22
12
2111
2414
(N)
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
 
Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 45 mm Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm
Technical data Technical data Technical data
EMD-FL-3V-690 EMD-FL-3V-500 EMD-SL-3V-400 EMD-SL-3V-400-N
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure
Window, without neutral
conductor connection
Window, with neutral
conductor connection
Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry
Monitoring range 280 V AC ... 520 V AC 161 V AC ... 299 V AC 483 V AC ... 897 V AC 350 V AC ... 650 V AC 280 V AC ... 520 V AC 280 V AC ... 520 V AC 342 V AC ... -
Input ranges 3 N ~ 400/230 V 3 N ~ 230/132 V 3 ~ 690 V 3 ~ 500 V 3 ~ 400 V 3 N ~ 400/230 V 3 N ~ 400/230 V
1 M1 M1 M1 M15 k
) -30% ... 20% (From UN) -30% ... 20% (From UN)-
) -20% ... 30% (From UN) -20% ... 30% (From UN)-
0.1 s ... 10 s 0.2 s ... 10 s 350 ms (fixed setting)
% ... 25% / OFF 5% ... 25% / OFF 5% ... 25% / OFF Fixed, approx. 30%
Basic accuracy ±5% (of scale end value) ±5% (of scale end value) ±5% (of scale end value) -
5% (of scale end value) 5% (of scale end value) -
2% 2% -
Contact type 2 floating PDT contacts 2 floating PDT contacts 1 floating PDT 2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, 5 mm spacing)
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, 5 mm spacing)
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, 5 mm spacing)
cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow) 5 A (fast-blow) 5 A (fast-blow)
(From the measured voltage)
4.5 VA (1.5 W) 2 VA (1.5 W) 9 VA
Degree of protection IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C -25°C ... 55°C -25°C ... 55°C
45 / 90 / 113 mm 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
CE-compliant CE-compliant CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada UL/C-UL listed UL 508 UL/C-UL listed UL 508 UL/C-UL listed UL 508 UL/C-UL listed UL 508
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
EMD-FL-3V-690 2885249 1EMD-SL-3V-400 2866051 1EMD-SL-PH-400 2866077 1
EMD-FL-3V-500 2867979 1EMD-SL-3V-400-N 2885278 1
EMD-SL-PS- 24DC 2885359 1
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC 2866103 1
EMD-SL-PS45-110AC 2885281 1EMD-SL-PS-110AC 2866116 1
EMD-SL-PS45-120AC 2885744 1EMD-SL-PS-120AC 2885731 1
EMD-SL-PS45-230AC 2885294 1EMD-SL-PS-230AC 2866129 1
EMD-SL-PS45-400AC 2885304 1
255PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
H
W
D
H
W
D
H
W
D
Undervoltage and phase monitoring,
500 V or 690 V
Undervoltage/overvoltage monitoring,
400 V with/without neutral conductor
Phase monitoring, 400 V
L3
T1
T2
A1
A2
16
26
15
25
18
28
POWER
MODULE
supply≤500 V AC
L2
L1
k
i
Y2Y1
L1I
L2
L3
L1K
A1 A2
16 26
15 25
18 28
U = 24...240 V AC/DC
Housing width 45 mm Housing width 22.5 mm
Technical data Technical data
Functions
Underload, overload, window, winding temperature monitoring Underload, overload, Window
Input
Description of the input Voltage input -
Measured value AC sine (10 Hz ... 400 Hz) AC sine (10 ... 100 Hz)
Measuring ranges PNCan be switched between 0.75 kW, 1.5 kW, 3 kW and 6 kW -
Nominal input voltage UN480 V (3 N ~ 480/277 V) (3 N ~ 415/240 V)
Input ranges 0 V AC ... 480 V AC (1(N) ~, single-phase load)
0 V AC ... 480 V AC (3(N) ~, 3-phase load)
40 V AC ... 415 V AC (1(N) ~, single-phase load)
40 V AC ... 415 V AC (3(N) ~, 3-phase load)
Input ranges 0.15 A ... 6 A (Range: 0.75 kW and 1.5 kW)
0.3 A ... 12 A (Range: 3 kW and 6 kW)
0.5 A ... 10 A (Connection terminal blocks: L1i and L1k)
Min. setting range 5% ... 110% (of PN)-
Max. setting range 10% ... 120% (of PN)-
Switching threshold cos Min. - 0.1 ... 0.99
Max. - 0.2 ... 1
Relay output
Contact type 2 floating PDT contacts 2 floating PDT contacts
Switching capacity 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, 5 mm spacing)
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, 5 mm spacing)
Electrical service life 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Mechanical service life Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Output fuse 5 A (fast-blow) 5 A (fast-blow)
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption 3.5 VA (3 W) 4.5 VA (1.5 W)
Rated insulation voltage 300 V (According to EN 50178) 300 V (According to EN 50178)
Degree of protection IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
Ambient temperature range -25°C ... 55°C -25°C ... 55°C
Dimensions W / H / D 45 / 90 / 113 mm 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada UL applied for UL/C-UL listed UL 508
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Electronic monitoring relay
EMD-FL-RP-480 2900177 1EMD-FL-PF-4001) 2885809 1
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC EMD-SL-PS45-110AC 2885281 1
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC EMD-SL-PS45-120AC 2885744 1
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC EMD-SL-PS45-230AC 2885294 1
Supply voltage 323 ... 456 V AC EMD-SL-PS45-400AC 2885304 1
Supply voltage 425 ... 550 V AC EMD-SL-PS45-500AC 2885317 1
256 PHOENIX CONTACT
Effective power monitoring
The effective power in single- and 3-phase
networks can be monitored with the
EMD-FL-RP-480 effective power moni-
toring relay.
– Monitoring range up to 7.2 kW
– Separately adjustable startup and release
delays
– Temperature monitoring of the motor
winding
– Variable supply voltage range
– Detection of switched off loads
Load monitoring (cos φ)
The EMD-FL-PF-400 monitoring relay
is a cos φ monitor for load monitoring in
single- or three-phase networks.
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
H
W
D
H
W
D
Effective power monitoring,
load monitoring (cos φ)
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Effective power monitoring Load monitoring (cos φ)
T1
T2
R
A1
A2
22
12
2111
2414
POWER
MODULE
U=24VDC
24...230 V AC
E1
E2
E3
A1 A2
16 26
15 25
18 28
U=230VAC
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm
Technical data Technical data
Functions
Winding temperature monitoring Pumping up (minimum monitoring),
pumping down (maximum monitoring)
Input
Total cold resistance < 1.5 k-
Response value 3.6 k (Relay drops out) -
Release value 1.8 k (Relay picks up) -
Basic accuracy ±10% (of scale end value) -
Repeat accuracy 2% -
Measuring input - Conductive probe, type: SK1, SK2, SK3
Max. probe voltage - 16 V AC
Max. probe current - 7 mA
Length of probe cable - < 1000 m Set value < 50% (Capacity 100 nF/km)
< 100 m Set value 100% (Capacity 100 nF/km)
Switching threshold - 0.25 k ... 100 k (4 mS ... 1 S)
Relay output
Contact type 2 floating PDT contacts 2 floating PDT contacts
Switching capacity 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, 5 mm spacing)
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, 5 mm spacing)
Electrical service life 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Mechanical service life Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Output fuse 5 A (fast-blow) 5 A (fast-blow)
General data EMD-SL-LL-230 EMD-SL-LL-110
Supply voltage 230 V AC -15% ... +15% AC 110 V AC -10% ... +15% AC
Nominal power consumption 2 VA (1.5 W) 2 VA (1.5 W)
Degree of protection IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
Ambient temperature range -25°C ... 55°C -25°C ... 55°C
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada UL/C-UL listed UL 508 UL/C-UL listed UL 508
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Electronic monitoring relay
EMD-SL-PTC 2866093 1EMD-SL-LL-230 2885906 1
EMD-SL-LL-110 2901137 1
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC EMD-SL-PS- 24DC 2885359 1
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC EMD-SL-PS- 24AC 2866103 1
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC EMD-SL-PS-110AC 2866116 1
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC EMD-SL-PS-120AC 2885731 1
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC EMD-SL-PS-230AC 2866129 1
257PHOENIX CONTACT
Temperature monitoring
(motor winding)
The monitoring relay EMD-SL-PTC
monitors the motor winding temperatures
by means of PTC (PTC thermistor resis-
tance) as per DIN 44081.
– Test function with integrated test/reset
button
– Variable supply voltage range
– Short-circuit and open-circuit monitoring
Filling level monitoring
The EMD-SL-LL-... monitoring relay
monitors the level of electrically conductive
liquids with the help of conductive probes
(not supplied as standard).
– Adjustable response delay
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front
H
W
D
H
W
D
Temperature monitoring,
filling level monitoring
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Temperature monitoring (motor windings) Filling level monitoring
L1
24 VDC
N
A2-
A1+
14
12
11
B1
+–
1
2
L1
24 VDC
N
A2-
A1+
14
12
11
B1
+–
1
2
A1 +
t
A2 –
12 14
11
U=24VDC

Technical data
Functions
ON: With switch-on delay ON-CC: With switch-on delay with control contact OFF-CC: Off delay with control contact F: Flashing begin
Control contact
Connection -
Control pulse length min. 50 ms
Relay output
Contact type 1 floating PDT
Switching capacity 1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC) 1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC) 1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC) 1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC)
Mechanical service life Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 10
General data
Supply voltage 24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC) 24 V DC (19.2 V DC ...30 V DC) 24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC) 24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...3
Nominal current typ. 15 mA (Relay ON)
7 mA (Relay OFF)
Impulse withstand voltage 6 kV (According to EN 50178) 6 kV (According to EN 50178) 6 kV (According to EN 50178) 6 kV (According to
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C
Housing material Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing Polyamide PA, se
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 80 / 86 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 -
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 2
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Compact timer relay, with screw connection
Time range 0.1...10 s ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S 2917379 1
Time range 3...300 s ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S 2917382 1
Time range 0.3...30 min ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN 2917395 1
Time range 3...300 min ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN 2917405 1
Compact timer relay, with push-in technology
Time range 0.1...10 s ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S-PT 2901476 1
Time range 3...300 s ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S-PT 2901477 1
Time range 0.3...30 min ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN-PT 2901478 1
Time range 3...300 min ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN-PT 2901479 1
258 PHOENIX CONTACT
Ultra-narrow timer relays
The ETD-BL-1T-... ultra-narrow timer
relays show their strengths in applications
that involve set parameters for functionality
and time range.
– Purposeful device selection: one function,
one time range
– High level of setting accuracy thanks to la-
beled and illuminated thumbwheel
– 6.2 mm slim design width
Conveyor belt 2 starts with a time delay
Conveyor belt 1 starts immediately
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
DW
H
Timer relay with switch-on delay,
voltage controlled
A1 +
t
A2 –
12 14
B1
11
U=24VDC
A1 +
t
A2 –
12 14
B1
11
U=24VDC
A1 +
t
A2 –
12 14
11
U=24VDC
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
  
Technical data Technical data Technical data
ON: With switch-on delay ON-CC: With switch-on delay with control contact OFF-CC: Off delay with control contact F: Flashing beginning with pulse
Non-floating, terminals A1-B1 Non-floating, terminals A1-B1 -
min. 50 ms min. 50 ms min. 50 ms
1 floating PDT 1 floating PDT 1 floating PDT
Switching capacity 1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC) 1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC) 1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC) 1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC)
cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Supply voltage 24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC) 24 V DC (19.2 V DC ...30 V DC) 24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC) 24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC)
15 mA (Relay ON)
7 mA (Relay OFF)
15 mA (Relay ON)
7 mA (Relay OFF)
15 mA (Relay ON)
7 mA (Relay OFF)
Impulse withstand voltage 6 kV (According to EN 50178) 6 kV (According to EN 50178) 6 kV (According to EN 50178) 6 kV (According to EN 50178)
IP20 IP20 IP20
-20°C ... 65°C -20°C ... 65°C -20°C ... 65°C
Housing material Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
6.2 / 80 / 86 mm 6.2 / 80 / 86 mm 6.2 / 80 / 86 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
CE-compliant CE-compliant CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S 2917418 1ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S 2917450 1ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S 2917492 1
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S 2917421 1ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S 2917463 1ETD-BL-1T-F-300S 2917502 1
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN 2917434 1ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN 2917467 1ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN 2917515 1
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN 2917447 1ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN 2917489 1ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN 2917528 1
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S-PT 2901480 1ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S-PT 2901485 1ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S-PT 2901489 1
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S-PT 2901481 1ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S-PT 2901486 1ETD-BL-1T-F-300S-PT 2901490 1
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN-PT 2901483 1ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN-PT 2901487 1ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN-PT 2901491 1
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN-PT 2901484 1ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN-PT 2901488 1ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN-PT 2901492 1
259PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
DW
H
DW
H
DW
H
Timer relay with switch-on delay,
with control contact
Timer relay with off delay,
with control contact
Timer relay with flashing indic. function,
beginning with the pulse
A125
1618
Y2
26
WATCHDOG
25 28
Y1
A2
T<T1 T T1>
A125
1618
Y2
26
WATCHDOG
25 28
Y1
A2
T<T1
A1
t
A2
Y1 16 2618 28Y2
Z2 Z1 15 25
U = 24...240 V AC/DC

Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm
Technical data
Functions
lp: Switched-mode beginning with the pause
li: Switched-mode beginning with the pulse
ER: With switch-on and release delay with control contact
EWu: With switch-on delay and single shot leading edge, voltage
controlled
EWs: With switch-on delay and single shot leading edge with control
contact
WsWa: With single shot leading edge and single shot trailing edge
with control contact
Wt: Pulse sequence evaluation (retriggerable release delay)
Time ranges
Setting range 50 ms ... 10 h (10 time end ranges) 50 ms ... 100
Control contact
Connection Floating, basic isolation between connection and
input/output/bridge Y1-Y2
Load capacity Cannot carry load
Cable length max. 10 m
Control pulse length min. 50 ms (Only with Wt function: > 7 ms) min. 70 ms -
Relay output
Contact type 2 floating PDT contacts 2 floating PDT contacts 2 floating PDT contacts
Switching capacity 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, 5 mm spacing)
Mechanical service life Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 10
General data
Supply voltage 24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20% ... +25%
24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15% ... +10%
Nominal power consumption 2.5 VA (1 W)
Degree of protection IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) IP40 (h
Ambient temperature range -25°C ... 55°C
Housing material Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada UL/C-UL listed UL 508 UL/C-UL listed UL 508 UL/C-UL listed UL 508
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Electronic timer relay with adjustable functions and times
ETD-FL-2T-DTI1) 2866187 1
260 PHOENIX CONTACT
Multifunctional timer relays
The full range of conventional applications
can be accommodated by the three versions
of the ETD multifunctional timer relay.
– Suitable for universal use thanks to varied
functions and selectable time ranges
– Time ranges from a few milliseconds to
several days
– Variable supply voltage range
– 2 floating PDT outputs
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Message for incorrect pulse
Function: Pulse sequence evaluation
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
H
W
D
Multifunctional timer relay,
two adjustable times
A1
t
A2
16 2618 28B1
15 25
U = 24...240 V AC/DC
A1
t
A2
16 2618 28
15 25
U = 24...240 V AC/DC
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm
Technical data Technical data
E: With switch-on delay
R: With release delay and control contact
Es: With switch-on delay and control contact
Wu: With single shot leading edge, voltage controlled
Ws: With single shot leading edge and control contact
Wa: With single shot trailing edge and control contact
Bi: Flashing beginning with pulse
Bp: Flashing beginning with pause
lp: Switched-mode beginning with the pause
li: Switched-mode beginning with the pulse
Setting range 50 ms ... 10 h (10 time end ranges) 50 ms ... 100 h (7 time end ranges) 50 ms ... 100 h (7 time end ranges)
Non-floating, terminals A1-B1 -
Parallel switched minimum load current 1 VA (0.5 W), terminals A2-B1
-
max. 10 m -
Control pulse length min. 50 ms (Only with Wt function: > 7 ms) min. 70 ms -
Contact type 2 floating PDT contacts 2 floating PDT contacts 2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, 5 mm spacing)
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, 5 mm spacing)
cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20% ... +25%
24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15% ... +10%
24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20% ... +25%
24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15% ... +10%
2.5 VA (1 W) 2.5 VA (1 W)
Degree of protection IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C -25°C ... 55°C
Housing material Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
CE-compliant CE-compliant
UL, USA / Canada UL/C-UL listed UL 508 UL/C-UL listed UL 508 UL/C-UL listed UL 508
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
ETD-SL-1T-DTF1) 2866161 1ETD-SL-2T-I1) 2866174 1
261PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
H
W
D
H
W
D
Multifunctional timer relay,
one adjustable time
Impulse encoder,
adjustable pulse and pause times
7531
8642
7531
8642

Technical data Technical data
Diodes 4E / 8E / 17E / 7P / 7M 14P / 14M / 32P / 32M 4E-... / 4P-... / 4M-... / 8E-... 8P-... / 8M-...
Max. operating voltage Umax 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC
Peak reverse voltage per diode 1300 V 1300 V 1000 V 1000 V
Reverse current per diode 5 µA 5 µA 10 µA 10 µA
Conducting state voltage per diode Approx. 0.8 V Approx. 0.8 V Approx. 0.8 V Approx. 0.8 V
Conducting state current per diode
with single load 0.7 A 0.7 A 1.5 A 1.5 A
with simultaneous loads 0.5 A 0.2 A 1 A 0.3 A
General data
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Rated insulation voltage 300 V (According to EN 50178)
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178) III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178)
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2 (according to EN 50178) 2 (according to EN 50178)
Mounting position Any Any
Mounting In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing
Dimensions H / D 75 / 55 mm 75 / 55 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Housing width Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Diode module, can be individually wired
4 diodes 22.5 mm EMG 22-DIO 4E 2950048 10 EMG 22-DIO 4E-1N5408 2952790 10
8 diodes 45 mm EMG 45-DIO 8E 2950103 5EMG 45-DIO 8E-1N5408 2949389 5
17 diodes 90 mm EMG 90-DIO 17E 2954895 5
Diode module, with P-polarity (common cathode)
4 diodes 22.5 mm EMG 22-DIO 4P-1N5408 2952198 10
7 diodes 22.5 mm EMG 22-DIO 7P 2950064 10
8 diodes 45 mm EMG 45-DIO 8P-1N5408 2954879 5
14 diodes 45 mm EMG 45-DIO14P 2950116 5
32 diodes 90 mm EMG 90-DIO 32P 2954918 5
Diode module, with M polarity (common anode)
4 diodes 22.5 mm EMG 22-DIO 4M-1N5408 2952211 10
7 diodes 22.5 mm EMG 22-DIO 7M 2950077 10
8 diodes 45 mm EMG 45-DIO 8M-1N5408 2954882 5
14 diodes 45 mm EMG 45-DIO14M 2950129 5
32 diodes 90 mm EMG 90-DIO 32M 2954934 5
Accessories Accessories
Equipment marker EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50 EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50
262 PHOENIX CONTACT
Diode circuits perform various tasks in
electrical control systems, particularly in
electronic ones:
– Electrical decoupling of messages in fault
signaling systems
– Spark-suppression diodes for limiting
surge voltages of inductive loads, (sole-
noid valves, DC relays or similar)
– Can be supplied as “diode gates” com-
bined with anode or cathode or as freely
assignable diodes
Notes:
Further circuit diagrams can be found in the data sheet at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
DW
H
DW
H
Diode modules
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
with diode type 1 N 4007 with diode type 1 N 5408
10741
11852 12963
3241
7605
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data Technical data
Diodes 8E/16E 14M/32M LA 7S LED 7S/LED 14S
Max. operating voltage Umax 250 V AC 250 V AC
Peak reverse voltage per diode 1300 V 1300 V
Reverse current per diode 5 µA 5 µA
Conducting state voltage per diode Approx. 0.8 V Approx. 0.8 V
Conducting state current per diode
with single load 0.7 A 0.7 A
with simultaneous loads 0.4 A 0.2 A
Input
Current required per light indicator Approx. 1 mA Approx. 3 mA
General data
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 45°C
Rated insulation voltage 300 V (According to EN 50178)
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178) III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178)
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2 (according to EN 50178) 2 (according to EN 50178)
Mounting position Any Any
Mounting In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing
Dimensions H / D 75 / 55 mm 75 / 47.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Housing width Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Lamp testing module, for individual wiring
4-pair 45 mm EMG 45-DIO 8E/LP 2954798 5
8-pair 90 mm EMG 90-DIO 16E/LP 2954808 5
Lamp testing module, with common control
7-pair 45 mm EMG 45-DIO14M/LP 2950132 5
16-pair 90 mm EMG 90-DIO 32M/LP 2954785 5
Light indicator module, 110 ... 230 V AC input voltage
7 glow lamps 22.5 mm EMG 22-LA 7S/230 2949677 10
Light indicator module, 24 V DC input voltage
7 LEDs 22.5 mm EMG 22-LED 7S/24 2952305 10
14 LEDs 45 mm EMG 45-LED 14S/24 2952334 5
Accessories Accessories
Equipment marker EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50 EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50
263PHOENIX CONTACT
Lamp testing modules
Lamp testing modules for checking lamps
that are installed and ready for operation:
– Individual checking of separate lamps
(EMG...-E/LP)
– Centrally controlled checking of lamps
(EMG...-M/LP)
Display modules
– Light indicator modules facilitate the
monitoring of processes on electronic
control systems during troubleshooting
Notes:
Further circuit diagrams can be found in the data sheet at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
DW
H
DW
H
Lamp testing modules,
display modules
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Lamp testing module,
groups of 2 diodes with common cathode
Light indicator module,
with common return line
264 PHOENIX CONTACT
Product range overview
Product overview 266
Basics of relay technology 268
Basics of
solid-state relay technology 272
RIFLINE complete 274
PLC series 320
PR series 370
DEK series 396
Special relay and
solid-state relay modules 402
265PHOENIX CONTACT
The importance of the reliability of indus-
trial automation equipment is growing with
the increase in use of electronic modules.
Modern relay or solid-state relay interfac-
es perform a wide range of tasks. Whether
in production engineering, for the electrical
equipment of machines or in control engi-
neering for energy distribution, building au-
tomation and materials processing – the
main aim is to guarantee the exchange of
signals between the process peripherals and
the superior, central control systems. This
exchange must provide reliable operation,
be floating and electrically unambiguous.
Safe electrical interface modules that meet
the requirements of modern system con-
cepts must include the following features:
– Coupling of different signal levels
– Safe electrical isolation between input and
output
– High interference insensitivity.
In practice, a relay interface comes into
use with a flexible interface configuration
with a large switching capacity range and the
possibility of combining different types of
contact. Further important features of relay
interfaces are:
– Electrical isolation between open con-
tacts
– Switching of independent switching cur-
rent types
– High short-term overload resistance in
the event of a short circuit or voltage
peaks
– Practically impervious to electromagnetic
fields
– Easy handling.
Solid-state relay modules are used when
an interface between the process peripher-
als and electronics is subject to the follow-
ing requirements:
– Low control power
– High switching frequencies
– Wear-free switching with no contact
bounce
– Resistance to vibration and impacts
–Long service life.
Relay modules
266 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Product overview
RIFLINE complete
RIF-0 for miniature and solid-state relays
Page 276
RIF-1 for miniature and solid-state relays
Page 282
RIF-2 for industrial relays
Page 290
RIF-3 for octal relays
Page 294
PLC series
With relay/solid-state relay
Page 322
As sensor/actuator version
Page 326
For high inrush/continuous currents
Page 332
Resistant to interference currents/voltages
Page 334
With switch
Page 350
For railway applications
Page 359
For NAMUR initiators
Page 364
Types of electronics
Page 365
DEK series
With miniature relay
Page 397
Actuator series with miniature relays
Page 399
Sensor series with miniature relays
Page 399
With solid-state relay
Page 400
Safety devices Monitoring relays Timer relays
Safety devices
See Catalog 8
Monitoring relays
Page 250
Timer relays
Page 258
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
267PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Product overview
RIF-4 for high-power relays
Page 298
Accessories
Page 304
PR series
PR1 for miniature or solid-state relays
Page 372
PR2 for industrial relays
Page 378
PR3 for octal relays
Page 382
Accessories
Page 373
Special relay and solid-state relay modules
Relay terminal blocks with switch
Page 403
Interference-free relays and
solid-state relays Page 404
Relays for switching lamp loads
Page 407
Solid-state power relays with
400 V AC/400 V AC/3 A output Page 408
In the case of a pure DC input, the most
important addition to the circuit is a free-
wheeling diode. This limits the voltages in-
duced on the coil on circuit interruption to
a value of approximately 0.7 V, which does
not pose a danger to any connected control
electronics.
As the freewheeling diode can only per-
form its required function if the polarity of
the voltage connection is correct, a reverse
polarity protection diode is also integrated
into the input circuit.
To allow DC or AC voltage operation, a
bridge rectifier is connected in the input cir-
cuit. The diodes are simultaneously respon-
sible for performing rectification, freewheel-
ing, and polarity reversal protection
functions. The interrupting voltage of the
coil is limited to approximately 1.4 V.
To protect the input circuit against over-
voltages, a varistor is also connected (de-
pending on the type) upstream of the bridge
rectifier.
Basic construction of a relay with AC input
Basic construction of a relay with DC input
Basic construction of a relay with AC/DC input
General
Electromechanical relays are used as in-
terface modules between the process I/O
devices, on the one hand, and the open-
loop/closed-loop control and signaling
equipment, on the other, for level and pow-
er adjustment purposes.
Essentially, electromechanical relays can
be divided into two main groups: monosta-
ble and bistable relays.
With monostable DC or AC relays, the
contacts automatically return to the release
state as soon as they are de-energized.
In the case of bistable relays, the con-
tacts remain in their present switch position
when the excitation current is switched off.
Coil side
Input circuits and voltage types
There are various kinds of input circuit
depending on the type of relay used and the
nature of the control voltage.
If pure AC relays are used (AC input),
the input circuit is generally nothing more
than a visual switching status indicator.
Unless otherwise specified, the frequen-
cy of the control voltage is 50/60 Hz.
Bistable remanence relays with a double
winding are only ever operated with DC
voltage.
With these types of relay, there are
three coil connections on the coil side. In
addition to the common connection, there
are separate connections for “setting” and
“resetting”; these are controlled by short
pulses only. As a result, the relays hardly
heat up at all. Simultaneous control of both
control inputs is not permitted.
A distinction is made between negative
switching (M) and positive switching (P)
types, depending on the polarity of the free-
wheeling and reverse polarity protection di-
odes.
Block diagram of a bistable relay, negative switching type
Block diagram of bistable relay, positive switching type
I: Maximum permissible voltage with 100%
operating time (OT) and assuming com-
pliance with the coil temperature limit
II: Minimum operate voltage
Basic curve of a relay operating voltage
Operating voltage range
The ambient temperature prevailing at
the location of use has a major impact on
certain relay operating parameters.
As the ambient temperature increases,
the coil winding heats up, causing the oper-
ate and release voltages to rise. At the same
time, the maximum permissible coil voltage
decreases, which means that the usable
Interference voltages and interfer-
ence currents on the coil side
When inductive or capacitive interfer-
ence voltages are coupled into the long sup-
ply lines of a relay, this can prevent the relay
from operating safely.
If the coupled-in voltage exceeds the re-
lease voltage required by the IEC 61810-1
“relay standard”, in extreme cases the relay
may fail to release. In the case of DC relays,
this release voltage is 0.05 x UN and for
purely AC relays, it is 0.15 x UN.
The same disturbances can occur when
a relay with a low input power is controlled
by an electronics module with an AC volt-
age output featuring an RC circuit. The typ-
ical leakage current from RC elements of
this kind (generally in the region of several
mA) provides sufficient control power to
prevent the downstream relay from releas-
ing or even enough power to excite it.
The disturbance level of any interfer-
ence voltages that are present can be re-
duced by connecting an RC element parallel
to the relay coil. This measure also subjects
the interference voltage to a capacitive load,
causing it to collapse.
working range becomes restricted as a re-
sult.
The diagram below illustrates how the
operating voltage behaves as a function of
the ambient temperature.
Ambient temperature in °C
Operating voltage
268 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Basics of relay technology
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
External RC interference suppression filter to prevent interfer-
ence voltage coupling
The following values are recommended
for the purpose of dimensioning the RC el-
ement:
– R = 100 ... 220
– C = 220 ... 470 nF
The SO46 series have been developed
to provide even higher levels of immunity to
interference. These products already con-
tain an integrated RCZ filter. See, for exam-
ple, PLC...SO46.
Contact side, contact materials
Given the wide variety of potential appli-
cations in the different industrial sectors,
the relays used must be matched to the var-
ious tasks that need to be performed by se-
lecting the right kind of contact material.
The voltage, current, and power values
play an important role when determining
the suitability of contact materials. Other
criteria include:
– Contact resistance
– Erosion resistance
– Material migration
– Welding tendency
– Chemical influences
In this way, the various contact materials
(generally noble metal alloys) can be
matched to the relevant areas of applica-
tion.
The adjacent table provides details of
some of the key materials.
Contact protection circuit
Every electrical load constitutes a mixed
load with ohmic, capacitive, and inductive
components.
When these loads are switched, the
switching contact is in turn subjected to a
load, to either a lesser or greater extent.
This load can be reduced by including a suit-
able contact protection circuit.
In view of the fact that loads with a large
inductive component are predominantly
used in practice (e.g., contactors, solenoid
valves, motors, etc.), these application sce-
narios are worth considering in more detail.
On interruption, voltage peaks with val-
ues of up to several thousand volts occur
due to the energy stored in the coil.
These high voltages cause an arc on the
switching contact which can destroy the
contact due to material vaporization and
material migration. The electrical service
life is reduced considerably as a result. In ex-
treme cases, the relay may fail in the very
first cycle with DC voltage and a static arc.
A protective circuit must be used to
suppress the formation of an arc. With op-
timum dimensioning, almost the same num-
ber of cycles can be achieved as with an
ohmic load.
Contact material Typ. properties Typ. applications Guide values
for the area of
application*
Gold Au Largely insensitive to industrial atmospheres; low
and constant contact resistances in the range of
small switching capacities with nickel (AuNi) or silver
(AuAg) alloys
Dry measuring and switching cir-
cuits, control inputs
A ... 0.2 A
V ... 30 V
Silver Ag High electrical conductivity; sensitive to sulfur, there-
fore often gold-flashed (approximately 0.2 m) as
protection; nickel (AgNi) or copper (AgCu) alloys in-
crease the mechanical resistance and erosion resis-
tance and reduce the welding tendency.
Universal; suitable for medium
loads; nickel alloys (AgNi 0.15)
for DC circuits with medium to
large loads.
12 V
10 mA
Silver, hard gold-
plated Ag+Au
Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads >
30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is de-
stroyed and the values and properties of the Ag con-
tact are applicable. However, a reduction in the
service life is then to be expected.
Suitable for control inputs and
other small loads.
100 mV
1 mA
Tungsten W Highest melting point; very high erosion resistance;
greater contact resistances; very low welding ten-
dency; susceptible to corrosion; often used as lead
contact.
Loads with very high inrush cur-
rents, e.g., glow lamps, fluores-
cent lamps.
60 V
1 A
Silver nickel
AgNi
High erosion resistance; low welding tendency; high-
er contact resistances than with pure silver.
Universal; suitable for medium to
high loads; DC circuits and induc-
tive loads.
12 V
10 mA
Silver nickel
AgNi+Au
Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads >
30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is de-
stroyed and the values and properties of the AgNi
contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the
service life is then to be expected.
Suitable for control inputs and
other small loads.
100 mV
1 mA
Silver tin oxide
AgSnO
Low welding tendency; very high erosion resistance
for high switching capacities; low material migration
Application depends heavily on
the relay type; switching circuits
with high make and break loads,
e.g., glow lamps and fluorescent
lamps, AC and DC circuits. Due to
different alloys and production
procedures, partly also suitable
for smaller loads.
12 V
100 mA
( 10 mA)
Silver tin oxide,
hard gold-plated
AgSnO+Au
Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads >
30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is de-
stroyed and the values and properties of the AgSnO
contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the
service life is then to be expected.
Suitable for control inputs and
other small loads.
100 mV
1 mA
* Values depend on the relay used and on further operating conditions.
UINTERF
269PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Basics of relay technology
Load wiring Additional
dropout de-
lay
Defined
induction voltage limi-
tation
Effective bi-
polar atten-
uation
Advantages/disadvantages
Diode Large Yes (UD)NoAdvantages:
• Good effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts
•Easy implementation
• Inexpensive
• Reliable
• Dimensioning not critical
• Low induction voltage
Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only via load resistor
• Long dropout delay
Diode/Zener diode
series connection
Medium to
small
Yes (UZD)NoAdvantages:
• Dimensioning not critical
Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only above UZD
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts
Suppressor diode Medium to
small
Yes (UZD)YesAdvantages:
• Inexpensive
• Dimensioning not critical
• Limitation of positive peaks
•Suitable for AC voltages
Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only above UZD
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts
Varistor Medium to
small
Yes (UVDR)YesAdvantages:
• High energy absorption
• Dimensioning not critical
•Suitable for AC voltages
Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only above UVDR
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts
R/C combination Medium to
small
No Yes Advantages:
• HF attenuation due to energy stor-
age
•Suitable for AC voltages
• Level-independent damping
Disadvantages:
• Precise dimensioning required
• High inrush current surge
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts
In principle, there are a number of pos-
sible ways of achieving an effective circuit:
1. Contact wiring
2. Load wiring
3. Combination of both wiring methods
In principle, protective measures should
intervene directly at the source of the inter-
ference.
Wiring a load should therefore be given
priority over wiring the contact.
The following points are advantageous
for the load circuit (image on right):
1. The circuit is only loaded with the induc-
tion voltage during interruption. By con-
trast, the sum of the operating voltage
and the induction voltage is applied to
the contact circuit.
2. When the contact is open, the load is
electrically isolated from the operating
voltage.
3. It is not possible for the load to be acti-
vated or to “stick” due to undesired op-
erating currents, e.g., from RC elements.
4. Cut-off peaks of the load cannot be cou-
pled into parallel control lines.
Nowadays, solenoid valves are usually
connected using valve plugs that are also
supplied with LEDs and components that
limit the induction voltage. Valve plugs with
an RC element, varistor or Zener diode of-
ten do not quench the arc and only serve to
comply with legislation governing EMC.
Only valve plugs with an integrated 1N4007
freewheeling diode quench the arc quickly
and safely, thereby increasing the service life
of the relay by a factor of 5 to 10. Valve
plugs with LED, integrated 1N4007, and
free cable end can be supplied on request as
part of the SAC range.
Contact wiring Inductive load wiring
Application example: measurement point changeover
Application example: PLC input signal
Switching small loads
Small loads must be processed mainly in
applications where signals must be forward-
ed to control inputs (e.g., of a PLC).
With these loads, no switching sparks
(arcs) occur on the contacts in the small
load range.
In addition to the constant cleaning ef-
fect due to contact friction, this switching
spark assumes the function of penetrating
non-conductive contamination layers that
are formed on the contact surfaces of pow-
er contacts.
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Evaluation
electronics
Limit switch
PLC
input
board
270 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Basics of relay technology
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
These contamination layers are usually
oxidation or sulfidation products of the
contact materials silver (Ag) or silver alloys
such as silver nickel (AgNi) or silver tin ox-
ide (AgSnO). As a result, the contact resis-
tance may rise so considerably within a
short time that reliable switching is no lon-
ger possible in the case of small loads.
Due to these properties, the high-per-
formance contact materials mentioned are
not suitable for small load applications.
Gold (Au) has become accepted as the
contact material of choice for these areas of
application mainly on account of its low and
constant contact resistances even with
small loads and its insensitivity to sulfurous
atmospheres.
For the smallest of loads and even great-
er contact reliability, double contact relays
with gold contacts are used.
The slotted contact spring in this design
provides two parallel contact points with
even lower contact resistances and consid-
erably higher contact reliability.
Switching large loads
A few important points also need to be
considered with regard to switching opera-
tions in the large load range that involve
power contacts made of either silver (Ag)
or silver tin oxide (AgSnO).
A basic distinction must be made be-
tween switching DC and AC loads.
Switching large AC loads
When switching large AC loads, the re-
lay can be operated up to the corresponding
maximum values for switching voltage, cur-
rent, and power. The arc that occurs during
interruption depends on the current, volt-
age, and phase angle. This cut-off arc usually
disappears automatically the next time the
load current passes through zero.
In applications with an inductive load, an
effective protective circuit must be provid-
ed, otherwise the service life of the system
will be reduced considerably.
Switching large DC loads
Conventional switching relays can only
switch off relatively small direct currents
(which contrasts with their ability to switch
off the maximum permissible AC current),
since there is no zero crossing to extinguish
the arc automatically. This maximum DC
value is also dependent to a large extent on
the switching voltage and is determined,
among other things, by constructional fea-
tures such as contact spacing and contact
opening speed.
The corresponding current and voltage
values are documented by relay manufactur-
ers in arc or load limit curves.
A non-attenuated inductive DC load fur-
ther reduces the values given for switchable
currents. The energy stored in the induc-
tance can cause an arc to occur, which for-
wards the current through the open con-
tacts.
With an effective contact protection cir-
cuit, preferably type 1N4007 freewheeling
diodes, the service life can be increased by a
factor of 5 to 10 compared with unprotect-
ed or poorly protected inductive loads (see
also “Contact protection circuits” section).
If higher DC loads than those docu-
mented are to be switched or if the electri-
cal service life is to be increased, several
contacts of a relay can be connected in se-
ries. See, for example, REL-IR... industrial
relays.
Alternatively, solid-state relays with DC
voltage output can also be used.
Example of a load limit curve (dependent on the type)
Switching lamps and capacitive loads
Regardless of the type of voltage, all
kinds of lamps and loads with a capacitive
component impose extreme requirements
on the switching contacts. The moment it is
switched on, in other words precisely in the
dynamic chattering phase of the relay, ex-
tremely powerful current peaks occur.
These are often in the region of several tens
of amps, and not infrequently are known to
exceed 100 A, which results in welding of
the contact. This can be remedied by using
specially optimized “lamp load relays” that
can cope with these inrush peaks. See, for
example, PLC...IC type.
Switching capacity in accordance with
utilization categories AC15 and DC13
(IEC 60947)
In practice, both the maximum inter-
rupting rating for AC loads and the DC in-
terruption values taken from the load limit
curves provide only a rough guide for the
choice of relay. In reality, this is insufficient,
since real loads in the vast majority of indus-
trial applications have inductive or capaci-
tive components and the wiring of the loads
can be totally different. As already de-
scribed, this sometimes leads to consider-
able variations in terms of service life.
The IEC 60947 contactor standard
seeks to avoid these disadvantages by divid-
ing the loads into various utilization catego-
ries (DC13, AC15, etc.). This standard is
also partly applied to relays. However, users
must be aware of the fact that these values
are only applicable in practice to a limited
extent as well, since all DC13 and AC15
test loads are highly inductive and are also
operated without any protective circuit at
all (see “Contact protection circuit” sec-
tion). Moreover, the switching capacity test
in accordance with IEC 60947 only requires
6060 cycles to be performed by way of a
minimum requirement.
A much more reliable way to determine
the switching capacity and the anticipated
service life is to refer to the specific applica-
tion data. Using a comprehensive data bank,
the service life can be accurately estimated
for most applications and, if necessary, sug-
gestions for improvement can be made. In
the case of critical applications, the user is
advised to gather service life information
based on empirical data.
271PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Basics of relay technology
Control side
Solid-state relays for various voltage and
power levels are available from Phoenix
Contact for use as interface modules de-
signed to match process I/O devices to con-
trol, signaling, and regulating devices. The
solid-state relay element which is actually
located in the module is limited to one de-
fined voltage range by virtue of its design.
The current consumption on the input side
fluctuates depending on the circuit architec-
ture and voltage level.
To accommodate all industrial voltages
between 5 V and 230 V, an input circuit is
provided. The inputs for DC voltage and AC
voltage must always be differentiated.
DC input
Adjustments are made in accordance
with the various voltage levels by adding
electronics which have been specially adapt-
ed to the desired voltage range. In the case
of most modules, a polarity protection di-
ode provides reliable protection against de-
struction in the event of a control voltage
being connected incorrectly. Specially coor-
dinated filters reliably suppress possible
high-frequency noise emissions.
Figure 4: 3-conductor outputFigure 1: block diagram for DC input
Figure 2: block diagram for AC input
Figure 3: 2-conductor output
Load side
Depending on the application and the
type of load, the solid-state relay output
must meet various requirements. The fol-
lowing are crucial:
– Power amplification
– Matching the switching voltage and the
switching current (AC/DC)
– Short-circuit protection
For these different applications, the sol-
id-state relay element must also be pro-
cessed using additional electronics on the
output side.
shows the maximum load current as a
function of the ambient temperature.
3. Output circuit
The 2-conductor output is similar to a
mechanical contact. Only the polarity of
the connections is specified and must be
observed.
The 3-conductor output is non-isolated
and requires both potentials from the volt-
age source on the output side to be con-
nected if it is to operate reliably.
When switched off, a permanent refer-
ence to ground (negative potential) is estab-
lished. In addition, this output circuit offers
the advantage of an almost constant internal
resistance.
The switching frequency always lies be-
low half the mains frequency. Due to the fil-
ter capacitor, a higher switching frequency
cannot be achieved. This would result in
continuous through-switching.
AC input
The solid-state relay element requires a
stable control voltage to ensure reliable op-
eration. In the case of the AC input, this is
achieved by connecting a rectifier and filter
capacitor upstream. Rectifying is followed,
in principle, by the same circuit architecture
as the DC input.
DC output
In order to achieve the necessary output
power, the solid-state relay element is sup-
plemented by one or more semiconductor
components.
The on-site user should nevertheless
simply regard the connection terminal
blocks of the output as conventional switch
connections. Observing the specified polar-
ity is the only essential requirement.
For practical reasons, the following cri-
teria should be taken into account when se-
lecting a suitable solid-state relay:
1. Operating voltage range
(e.g., 12 ... 60 V DC)
This determines the minimum or maxi-
mum voltage to be switched. The lower
value must be observed in order to en-
sure reliable operation. In order to pro-
tect the output transistor, the upper
value must not be exceeded.
2. Maximum continuous current (e.g., 1 A)
This value indicates the maximum con-
tinuous current. If this value is exceeded
continuously, the output semiconductor
will be destroyed. The dependence of
the output current on the ambient tem-
perature of the solid-state relay should
also be taken into consideration. A de-
rating curve is therefore generally speci-
fied for solid-state power relays. This
AC output
In order to control the switching and
control devices for AC voltage, a semicon-
ductor for AC voltage (TRIAC or thyristor)
is connected downstream of the solid-state
relay element.
As with the DC output, it is particularly
important to consider the maximum oper-
ating voltage range and the maximum con-
tinuous load current as a function of the am-
bient temperature.
272 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Basics of solid-state relay technology
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Figure 5: basic circuit diagram of AC output
Figure 6: protective circuit with DC voltage output
Figure 7: protective circuit with AC voltage output
Example: load contactor monitoring (DC contactor)
Example: load contactor monitoring (AC contactor)
Example: position indication with limit stop contact or initiator
Example: switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor
(DC load)
Example: switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor
(AC load)
In addition, the maximum peak reverse
voltage of the TRIAC (e.g., 600 V) is crucial
with AC outputs. This must not be exceed-
ed even in the case of voltage fluctuations
or interference voltage peaks in order to
prevent destruction. That is why the AC
outputs of all solid-state relays from Phoe-
nix Contact have an internal RC protective
circuit to protect against interference volt-
age peaks.
Protective circuits
The moment inductive loads (contac-
tors, solenoid valves, motors) are switched
off, surge voltages occur and these can
reach very high amplitudes. Electronic com-
ponents and switching elements are partic-
ularly susceptible to these. A protective cir-
cuit should therefore always be provided to
prevent destruction.
A parallel connection to the load effec-
tively reduces the switching surge voltage to
a harmless level. Depending on the solid-
state relay output and type of load:
– A freewheeling diode/suppressor diode
(DC only)
–A varistor (AC and DC)
– Or an RC element (AC only)
can provide the necessary protection.
Application notes
Input solid-state relays acting in the di-
rection from the I/O devices to the control-
ler (signaling, controlling, monitoring)
Plug-in version:
– PLC-O...
Modular version:
–DEK-OE...
–EMG 10-OE...
– SIM-EI...
– OPT...
Output (power) solid-state relays acting
in the direction from the controller to the
I/O devices (switching, amplifying, control-
ling)
Plug-in version:
– PLC-O...
Modular version:
–DEK-OV...
–EMG 10-OV
–EMG 12-OV
–EMG 17-OV
– OV...
– OPT...
Remarks:
1) Ground (negative) potential from the input and output of the solid-
state relay must not be connected.
2) DC loads must be provided with an effective protective circuit
(e.g., diode).
3) AC loads must be protected with a varistor or an RC element.
Zero voltage
switch
Protection
Load
Protection
Load
e.g., PLC
IN
e.g., PLC
IN
e.g., PLC
IN
e.g., PLC
OUT
e.g., PLC
OUT
273PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Basics of solid-state relay technology
274 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
RIFLINE complete is an inexpensive relay
system with various accessories. It consists
of DIN rail bases, electromechanical or sol-
id-state relays, plug-in input/interference
suppression modules, marking material, and
bridging material. The range of accessories
is rounded off with a timer module. This can
be used to transform a basic relay into a tim-
er relay with three different functions.
The RIFLINE complete relay range con-
sists of seven different base versions from
RIF-0 to RIF-4 – these range from one N/O
contact up to four PDT contacts. The field
of application of this product group ranges
from coupling relay applications with
switching currents of one milliamp to re-
placement for miniature contactors with
currents up to 16 A.
The relay bases feature push-in connec-
tion technology, which enables quick and
tool-free conductor contacting. The RIF-1
to RIF-4 bases offer double the contact op-
tions on both the input and output side.
On the input side of all bases, the negative
potential (A2) can be bridged – regardless of
the base size. On the output side, the
grouped contact (11) can be bridged within
the RIF-0 base version. This connection can
also be bridged within the RIF-1 base size.
To offer diverse marking options, the en-
gagement lever can be fitted with a zack
marker strip. In addition, marker carriers
can be mounted on the bases so that addi-
tional marking surfaces are available.
RIFLINE complete can be extended using
many elements from the CLIPLINE com-
plete accessories range. This includes mark-
ing material, bridges, and test adapters.
To make ordering and management easy,
RIFLINE complete modules are provided in
the most popular voltages as complete
modules with relay and input/interference
suppression module. For individual assem-
bly, tailored to the requirements of the ap-
plication, additional voltage levels are of-
fered in the modular system.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
275PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
RIF-0
The narrow 6.2 mm RIF-0 base series is
designed for miniature relays with one con-
tact. Switching currents up to 6 A are imple-
mented here. Two base versions are avail-
able: 1 N/O contact and 1 PDT contact.
RIF-0 is therefore a good choice for all cou-
pling applications.
RIF-1
The narrow 16 mm RIF-1 base series is
designed for miniature relays with 2 con-
tacts. Currents up to 13 A can be switched
when using the FBS 2-8 plug-in bridge. This
is the ideal relay for applications that require
coupling, power switching, and signal dupli-
cation.
RIF-2
The 31 mm wide RIF-2 base series is de-
signed for industrial relays with up to 4 con-
tacts. Currents up to 12 A are no problem
for these bases. This relay is ideal for appli-
cations that require power and signal multi-
plication.
RIF-3
The 40 mm wide RIF-3 base series is de-
signed for octal relays with up to 3 contacts.
Switching currents up to 10 A can be imple-
mented here. Two base versions are avail-
able: 2 PDT contacts and 3 PDT contacts.
RIF-3 bases are ideal for all applications that
require power and signal multiplication.
RIF-4
The 43 mm wide RIF-4 base series is de-
signed for power relays with up to 3 con-
tacts. Currents up to 16A can be switched.
RIF-4 bases are a good choice for applica-
tions that require power and signal multipli-
cation, e.g., in miniature contactor applica-
tions.
Accessories
A wide range of accessories are available
for the RIFLINE complete relay system that
round off the range. These include bridges,
professional marking material, special func-
tion modules, test plugs, and end brackets.
Technical data
Nominal voltage UN230 V AC (Contact side) 230 V AC
Nominal current at UNmax. 8 A (Depends on application/assembly) max. 8 A (Depends on application/assembly)
General data
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 1
Dimensions
Width 6.2 mm
Depth 78 mm
Height 93 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-0 relay base, PDT version, safe isolation I/O
With push-in connection
RIF-0-BPT/21 2900958 10
RIF-0 relay base, N/O contact version, safe isolation I/O
With push-in connection
Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red FBS 2-6 3030336 50
2-pos. blue FBS 2-6 BU 3036932 50
2-pos. gray FBS 2-6 GY 3032237 50
5-pos. red FBS 5-6 3030349 50
10-pos. red FBS 10-6 3030271 10
20-pos. red FBS 20-6 3030365 10
50-pos. red FBS 50-6 3032224 10
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with
ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and MPS-MT 0201744 10
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part red MPS-IH RD 0201676 10
white MPS-IH WH 0201663 10
blue MPS-IH BU 0201689 10
yellow MPS-IH YE 0201692 10
green MPS-IH GN 0201702 10
gray MPS-IH GY 0201728 10
black MPS-IH BK 0201731 10
Zack marker strip, 10-section, unprinted: pack contains enough
to label 100 terminal blocks
10-section ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT 1051003 10
276 PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
Modular RIF-0 relay base
Notes:
Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.
For further marking systems and mounting material,
see Catalog 5.
Relay base that can be fitted with minia-
ture power relays or solid-state relays with
a nominal voltage of 12 to 24 V DC.
The advantages:
– Integrated freewheeling diode for input
circuit and interference suppression cir-
cuit
– LED for status display
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Professional marking material
–Holders for test plugs
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules
saves wiring time (A2 and 11/13)
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input and
output side
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
1 PDT relay base for
miniature power relay
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
230 V AC (Contact side) 230 V AC
max. 8 A (Depends on application/assembly) max. 8 A (Depends on application/assembly)
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
6.2 mm
66 mm
93 mm
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-0-BPT/1 2901873 10
Accessories
FBS 2-6 3030336 50
FBS 2-6 BU 3036932 50
FBS 2-6 GY 3032237 50
FBS 5-6 3030349 50
FBS 10-6 3030271 10
FBS 20-6 3030365 10
FBS 50-6 3032224 10
CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50
MPS-MT 0201744 10
MPS-IH RD 0201676 10
MPS-IH WH 0201663 10
MPS-IH BU 0201689 10
MPS-IH YE 0201692 10
MPS-IH GN 0201702 10
MPS-IH GY 0201728 10
MPS-IH BK 0201731 10
ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT 1051003 10
277PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
1 N/O contact relay base for
miniature power relay
A2 A1 1112 14
278 PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in miniature power relays
Plug-in miniature power relays suitable for
RIF-0 and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Power contacts up to 6 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection RT III (compa-
rable with IP67)
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Can be soldered in on PCB
Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see
page 344
Technical data
Input data ① ② 
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 14 7
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 5 5
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 2.5 2.5
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT
Contact material AgSnO AgSnO, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current 6 A 50 mA
Max. inrush current (on request) 50 mA
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 24 V)
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing
Dimensions W / H / D 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in miniature power relays
with power contact ①12 V DC REL-MR- 12DC/21 2961150 10
with power contact ②24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21 2961105 10
Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact ①12 V DC REL-MR- 12DC/21AU 2961163 10
with gold contact ②24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21AU 2961121 10
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
1 PDT
0,5
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1000
1
1,5
2
2,5
3
UN
U
T[°C]
U
A
B
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
1
2
6
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
279PHOENIX CONTACT
REL-MR-.../21... (1 PDT)
Interrupting rating
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
A2 A1 13+ 14

280 PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in solid-state relays suitable for RIF-0
and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/3 A
– RT III wash tight (comparable to IP67)
– Vibration- and shock-resistant
– Wear-free and long-lasting
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Can be soldered in on PCB
Plug-in solid-state relays
Technical data
Input data ①       
Permissible range (with reference to UN)0.8 -
1.2
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) [V DC] 16
0 signal (“L”) [V DC] 10
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 7
Typ. switch-on time at UN[µs] 20
Typ. switch-off time at UN[µs] 300
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz] 300
Output data
Max. switching voltage 33 V DC
Min. switching voltage 3 V DC
Limiting continuous current 3 A (see derating curve) 100 mA 0.75 A (see derating curve)
Min. load current -
Max. inrush current 15 A (10 ms)
Leakage current in off state -
Phase angle (cos )-
Output circuit 2-conductor, floating
Max. load value -
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection RC
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current 150 mV
General data
Rated surge voltage Basic insulation
Test voltage input/output 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any
Dimensions W / H / D 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state power relays ①24 V DC OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966595 10
Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state input relays ①24 V DC
Notes:
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see
page 345
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Max. DC voltage output of 3 A Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA
0
300
750
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
0
1
2
3
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
A2 A1 13+ 14 A2 A1 13+ 14
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
 
281PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data Technical data
①        ①       
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
16 10
10 5
73
20 6000
300 500
300 10
48 V DC 253 V AC
3 V DC 24 V AC
Limiting continuous current 3 A (see derating curve) 100 mA 0.75 A (see derating curve)
-10 mA
- 30 A (10 ms)
-< 1 mA
-0.5
2-conductor, floating 2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch
-4.5 A
2s
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection RCV circuit
1 V < 1 V
Basic insulation Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C -25°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III 2 / III
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing
Dimensions W / H / D 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1 2967950 10
OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100 2966618 10
Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/1 and PLC-OS.../230AC/1
solid-state relays
Ambient temperature range [°C]
Load current [mA]
Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/2 and PLC-OS.../24DC/2
solid-state relays
Ambient temperature range [°C]
Load current [A]
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Max. DC voltage output of 3 A Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA
Technical data
Nominal voltage UN230 V AC
Nominal current at UNmax. 13 A (Depends on application/assembly) -
General data
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly) -
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 -
Dimensions
Width 16 mm
Depth with retaining bracket 75 mm
Height 93 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-1 relay base, plug-in option for input/interference suppression
module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection
RIF-1-BPT/2X21 2900931 10
Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and holder for
marking material, suitable for RIF-1 relay base
Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red FBS 2-6 3030336 50
2-pos. blue FBS 2-6 BU 3036932 50
2-pos. gray FBS 2-6 GY 3032237 50
2-pos. red FBS 2-8 3030284 10
2-pos. blue FBS 2-8 BU 3032567 10
2-pos. gray FBS 2-8 GY 7042 3032541 10
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with
ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and MPS-MT 0201744 10
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part red MPS-IH RD 0201676 10
white MPS-IH WH 0201663 10
blue MPS-IH BU 0201689 10
yellow MPS-IH YE 0201692 10
green MPS-IH GN 0201702 10
gray MPS-IH GY 0201728 10
black MPS-IH BK 0201731 10
Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT 1050004 10
5-section ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT 0811972 10
Double marker carrier for ZB 5 STP 5-2 0800967 100
282 PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
Modular RIF-1 relay base
Notes:
Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.
For further marking systems and mounting material,
see Catalog 5.
Relay base that can be fitted with
1 or 2 PDT relays or solid-state relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector func-
tion and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side
(A2)
– FBS 2-8 plug-in bridges for the output side
(11/21)
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
2 PDT relay base for
miniature power relay
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
-
max. 13 A (Depends on application/assembly) -
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly) -
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 -
-
-
-
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-RH-1 2900953 10
Accessories
283PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Relay retaining bracket
14
A1
1112
A2
24
14
A1
21
11
22
12
A2

284 PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in miniature power relays
Plug-in miniature power relays with 1 or 2
PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1, PR1, and
PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Power contacts up to 16 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection up to RT III
(comparable with IP67) depending on
type
Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
Technical data Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 33 17 8.7 8.2 4.1 32 7 3 33 17 8.7 8.2 4.1 32 7 3
Typ. response time at UN[ms]77777 77777
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
[ms] 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12
Typ. release time at UN[ms]33333 33333
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
[ms] 2 - 9 2 - 9 2 - 9 2 - 9 2 - 9 2 - 9
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT
Contact material AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Min. switching voltage 12 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current 16 A 50 mA 8 A 50 mA
Max. inrush current, AC 25 A (20 ms) 50 mA 12 A (20 ms) 50 mA
Max. inrush current, DC 50 A (20 ms) 50 mA 25 A (20 ms) 50 mA
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (At 5 V) 1 mA (at 24 V)
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Test voltage (contact/contact) - 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC -40°C ... 85°C -40°C ... 85°C
Ambient temperature (operation), DC -40°C ... 85°C -40°C ... 85°C
Mechanical service life, AC 1 x 107 cycles 1 x 107 cycles
Mechanical service life, DC 3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in miniature power relays
with power contact ①12 V DC REL-MR- 12DC/21HC 2961309 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21 2961257 10
with power contact ②24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 2961192 10
with power contact ③48 V DC REL-MR- 48DC/21HC 2834821 10 REL-MR- 48DC/21-21 2834834 10
with power contact ④60 V DC REL-MR- 60DC/21HC 2961325 10 REL-MR- 60DC/21-21 2961273 10
with power contact ⑤110 V DC REL-MR-110DC/21HC 2961338 10 REL-MR-110DC/21-21 2961202 10
with power contact ⑥24 V AC REL-MR- 24AC/21HC 2961406 10 REL-MR- 24AC/21-21 2961435 10
with power contact ⑦120 V AC REL-MR-120AC/21HC 2961419 10 REL-MR-120AC/21-21 2961448 10
with power contact ⑧230 V AC REL-MR-230AC/21HC 2961422 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21 2961451 10
Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact ①12 V DC REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU 2961532 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU 2961299 10
with gold contact ②24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU 2961545 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU 2961215 10
with gold contact ③48 V DC REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU 2834847 10
with gold contact ④60 V DC REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU 2961286 10
with gold contact ⑤110 V DC REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU 2961561 10 REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU 2961228 10
with gold contact ⑥24 V AC REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU 2961503 10 REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU 2961464 10
with gold contact ⑦120 V AC REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU 2961516 10 REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU 2961477 10
with gold contact ⑧230 V AC REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU 2961529 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU 2961480 10
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
1 PDT relay 2 PDT relay
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
2
2,2
2,4
2,6
2,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 8090 100
1
1
2
2
1
2
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
3
3
1
2
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,70,60,50,40,30,2
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
2
2,2
2,4
2,6
2,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 8090 100
1
2
2
1
1
2
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
3
4
3
1
42
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,70,60,50,40,30,2
014 812 16
107
106
105
104
2 3 5 6 7 11910 151413
1
2
21
014 812 16
107
106
105
104
2 3 5 6 7 11910 151413
1
2
2
1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
285PHOENIX CONTACT
REL-MR...21HC... (1 PDT)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils
AC coils
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC,L/R=40ms
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
COS j
Reduction factor
REL-MR...21-21... (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils
AC coils
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
COS j
Reduction factor
Electrical service life
Cycles
Switching current [A]
250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
Electrical service life
Cycles
Switching current [A]
250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
14
A1
1112
A2
24
14
A1
21
11
22
12
A2

286 PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in miniature power relays
Plug-in miniature power relays with 1 or 2
PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1 and PR1 re-
lay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– With lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
–Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling
diode
– Can be soldered in on PCB
Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
Technical data Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④  ① ② ③ ④  
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 18 32 7 3.5 18 32 7 3.5
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 9 9
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
[ms] 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 6 6
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
[ms] 2 - 8 2 - 8 2 - 8 2 - 8 2 - 8 2 - 8
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT
Contact material AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Min. switching voltage 12 V (at 10 mA) 12 V (At 1 mA) 12 V (at 10 mA) 12 V (At 1 mA)
Limiting continuous current 16 A 50 mA 8 A 50 mA
Max. inrush current, AC 32 A (20 ms) 50 mA 16 A (20 ms) 50 mA
Max. inrush current, DC 32 A (20 ms) 50 mA 16 A (20 ms) 50 mA
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 12 V) 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 12 V)
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Test voltage (contact/contact) - 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC -40°C ... 70°C -40°C ... 70°C
Ambient temperature (operation), DC -40°C ... 70°C°C -40°C ... 70°C
Mechanical service life, AC 5 x 106 cycles 5 x 106 cycles
Mechanical service life, DC 5 x 106 cycles 5 x 106 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103 DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2-
①24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS 2987888 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS 2987943 10
- Status LED ②24 V AC REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS 2987891 10 REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS 2987956 10
- Status LED ③120 V AC REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS 2987901 10 REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS 2987969 10
- Status LED ④230 V AC REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS 2987914 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS 2987972 10
Plug-in miniature power relays with manual test function, with
hard gold-plated multi-layer contacts, mechanical switch position
indicator
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2-
①24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS 2987927 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS 2987985 10
- Status LED ④230 V AC REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS 2987930 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS 2987998 10
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
1 PDT relay 2 PDT relay
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
2
2,2
2,4
2,6
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
100
1
2
20
10
5
2
1
0,5
0,2
0,1
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 400 500
1
2
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,70,60,50,40,30,2
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
2
2,2
2,4
2,6
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
100
3
4
1
2
2
3
4
1
1
20
10
5
2
1
0,5
0,2
0,1
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 400 500
2
3
1
2
3
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,70,60,50,40,30,2
01 4 8 12 16
107
106
105
104
2 3 5 6 7 119 10 151413
1
1
01 4 8 12 16
107
106
105
104
2 3 5 6 7 119 10 151413
1
1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
287PHOENIX CONTACT
REL-MR...21HC...MS (1 PDT)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils, 0 A contact current
AC coils, 0 A contact current
DC coils, 16 A contact current
AC coils, 16 A contact current
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmicload
DC, ohmicload
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
COS j
Reduction factor
REL-MR...21-21...MS (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils, 0 A contact current
AC coils, 0 A contact current
DC coils, 16 A contact current
AC coils, 16 A contact current
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
COS j
Reduction factor
Electrical service life
Cycles
Switching current [A]
250 V AC, ohmic load
Electrical service life
Cycles
Switching current [A]
250 V AC, ohmic load
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
A1
A2
13+ 14

288 PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in solid-state relays suitable for RIF-1,
PR1, and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/5 A
– RT III wash tight (comparable to IP67)
– Vibration- and shock-resistant
– Wear-free and long-lasting
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Can be soldered in on PCB
Plug-in solid-state relays
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③     
Permissible range (with reference to UN)0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.9 -
1.1
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) [V DC] 2.5 16 35
0 signal (“L”) [V DC] 0.8 10 20
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 9 7 3
Typ. switch-on time at UN[µs] 10 20 25
Typ. switch-off time at UN[µs] 400 400 400
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz] 300 300 300
Output data
Max. switching voltage 33 V DC
Min. switching voltage 3 V DC
Limiting continuous current 5 A (see derating curve) 2 A (see derating curve)
Min. load current -
Max. inrush current 15 A (10 ms)
Leakage current in off state -
Phase angle (cos )-
Output circuit 2-conductor, floating
Max. load value -
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection Surge protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current 200 mV
General data
Rated surge voltage Basic insulation
Test voltage input/output 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / See derating curve
Dimensions W / H / D 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in solid-state relays
①5 V DC OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5 2982113 10
②24 V DC OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5 2982100 10
③60 V DC OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5 2982126 10
Notes:
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly,
see page 345
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Max. DC voltage output of 5 A Max. AC voltage output of 2 mA
0
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6
0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
1
2
1
2
0
1
2
3
4
5
0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
A1 13 14
A2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

289PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
① ② ③     
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.9 -
1.1
31840
18.420
15 7 2.6
10000 10000 10000
10000 10000 10000
10 10 10
253 V AC
24 V AC
Limiting continuous current 5 A (see derating curve) 2 A (see derating curve)
25 mA
30 A (10 ms)
< 1 mA
-
2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch
4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C)
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection Surge protection
1 V
Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / See derating curve
Dimensions W / H / D 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2 2982168 10
OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2 2982171 10
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2 2982184 10
Ambient temperature range [°C]
Load current [A]
Aligned with > 10 mm spacing
Aligned without spacing
Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/5 solid-state relays
Ambient temperature range [°C]
Load current [A]
Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/2 solid-state relays
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Max. DC voltage output of 5 A Max. AC voltage output of 2 mA
Technical data
Nominal voltage UN250 V AC
Nominal current at UNmax. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly) -
General data
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly) -
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 -
Dimensions
Width 31 mm
Depth with retaining bracket 75 mm
Height 93 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-2 relay base, plug-in option for input/interference suppression
module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection
RIF-2-BPT/4X21 2900934 10
Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and holder for
marking material, suitable for RIF-2 relay base
Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red FBS 2-6 3030336 50
2-pos. blue FBS 2-6 BU 3036932 50
2-pos. gray FBS 2-6 GY 3032237 50
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled
with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and MPS-MT 0201744 10
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part red MPS-IH RD 0201676 10
white MPS-IH WH 0201663 10
blue MPS-IH BU 0201689 10
yellow MPS-IH YE 0201692 10
green MPS-IH GN 0201702 10
gray MPS-IH GY 0201728 10
black MPS-IH BK 0201731 10
Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT 1050004 10
5-section ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT 0811972 10
Double marker carrier for ZB 5 STP 5-2 0800967 100
290 PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
Modular RIF-2 relay base
Notes:
Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.
For further marking systems and mounting material,
see Catalog 5.
Relay base that can be fitted with
2 or 4 PDT relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector func-
tion and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side
(A2)
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
4 PDT relay base for
industrial relay
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
-
max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly) -
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly) -
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 -
-
-
-
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-RH-2 2900954 10
Accessories
291PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Relay retaining bracket
12
A1
11 14
4241 44
A2
12
A1
11 14
2221 24
3231 34
4241 44
A2

292 PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in industrial relays
Plug-in industrial relays with 2 or 4 PDT
contacts, suitable for RIF-2 and PR2 relay
bases.
The advantages:
– Detectable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
–Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling
diode
Notes:
For other voltages, see www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 78 41 22 18 8 70 13 6.5 78 41 22 18 8 70 13 6.5
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
[ms] 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
[ms] 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 4-PDT Single contact, 4-PDT
Contact material AgNi AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V (At 24 mA) 5 V (At 24 mA) 5 V (At 24 mA)
Limiting continuous current 12 A 6 A 50 mA
Max. inrush current, AC 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 mA
Max. inrush current, DC 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 mA
Min. switching current 5 mA (at 24 V) 5 mA (at 24 V) -
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 55°C
Ambient temperature (operation), DC -40°C ... 70°C -40°C ... 70°C
Mechanical service life, AC Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Mechanical service life, DC Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664 IEC 60664
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in industrial relays, with power contacts
With freewheeling diode ①12 V DC REL-IR2/LDP- 12DC/2X21 2903659 10 REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21 2903676 10
With freewheeling diode ②24 V DC REL-IR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21 2903660 10 REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21 2903677 10
With freewheeling diode ③48 V DC REL-IR2/LDP- 48DC/2X21 2903661 10 REL-IR4/LDP- 48DC/4X21 2903678 10
With freewheeling diode ④60 V DC REL-IR2/LDP- 60DC/2X21 2903662 10 REL-IR4/LDP- 60DC/4X21 2903679 10
With freewheeling diode ⑤110 V DC REL-IR2/LDP-110DC/2X21 2903663 10 REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21 2903680 10
⑥24 V AC REL-IR2/L- 24AC/2X21 2903666 10 REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21 2903686 10
⑦120 V AC REL-IR2/L-120AC/2X21 2903667 10 REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21 2903687 10
⑧230 V AC REL-IR2/L-230AC/2X21 2903668 10 REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21 2903688 10
Plug-in industrial relays, with multi-layer gold contacts
With freewheeling diode ①12 V DC REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU 2903669 10
With freewheeling diode ②24 V DC REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU 2903670 10
With freewheeling diode ③48 V DC REL-IR4/LDP- 48DC/4X21AU 2903671 10
With freewheeling diode ④60 V DC REL-IR4/LDP- 60DC/4X21AU 2903672 10
With freewheeling diode ⑤110 V DC REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21AU 2903673 10
⑥24 V AC REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21AU 2903683 10
⑦120 V AC REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21AU 2903684 10
⑧230 V AC REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21AU 2903685 10
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
2 PDT relay 4 PDT relay
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
2
2,2
2,4
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,70,60,50,40,30,2
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
2
2,2
2,4
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,70,60,50,40,30,2
0123
10
5
10
6
10
7
0123
10
5
10
6
10
7
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
293PHOENIX CONTACT
REL-IR2... (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils
AC coils
DC, ohmic load
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
Service life reduction factor
COS j
Reduction factor
REL-IR4... (4 PDTs)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils
AC coils
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Service life reduction factor
COS j
Reduction factor
Electrical service life
250 V AC, ohmic load
Cycles
Switching capacity [kVA]
Electrical service life
250 V AC, ohmic load
Cycles
Switching capacity [kVA]
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Technical data
Nominal voltage UN250 V AC
Nominal current at UNmax. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly) max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly) -
General data
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 1
Dimensions
Width 40 mm
Depth with retaining bracket 90 mm
Height 100 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-3 relay base
, 2 PDT version, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection
RIF-3-BPT/2X21 2900937 10
RIF-3 relay base
, 3 PDT version, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection
Relay retaining bracket, with holder for marking material, suitable
for RIF-3 relay base
Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red FBS 2-6 3030336 50
2-pos. blue FBS 2-6 BU 3036932 50
2-pos. gray FBS 2-6 GY 3032237 50
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled
with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and MPS-MT 0201744 10
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part red MPS-IH RD 0201676 10
white MPS-IH WH 0201663 10
blue MPS-IH BU 0201689 10
yellow MPS-IH YE 0201692 10
green MPS-IH GN 0201702 10
gray MPS-IH GY 0201728 10
black MPS-IH BK 0201731 10
Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT 1050004 10
5-section ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT 0811972 10
Double marker carrier for ZB 5 STP 5-2 0800967 100
294 PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
Modular RIF-3 relay base
Notes:
Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.
For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
Relay base that can be fitted with
2 or 3 PDT relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector func-
tion and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side
(A2)
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
2 PDT relay base for
octal relay
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
250 V AC -
max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly) max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly) -
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly) -
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16-
40 mm -
90 mm -
100 mm -
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-3-BPT/3X21 2900938 10
RIF-RH-3 2900955 10
Accessories Accessories
FBS 2-6 3030336 50
FBS 2-6 BU 3036932 50
FBS 2-6 GY 3032237 50
CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50
MPS-MT 0201744 10
MPS-IH RD 0201676 10
MPS-IH WH 0201663 10
MPS-IH BU 0201689 10
MPS-IH YE 0201692 10
MPS-IH GN 0201702 10
MPS-IH GY 0201728 10
MPS-IH BK 0201731 10
ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT 1050004 10
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT 0811972 10
STP 5-2 0800967 100
295PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
3 PDT relay base for
octal relay
Relay retaining bracket
(11)
2 3
4
5
67
8
1
(21)
(A1)
(14)
(12)
(22)
(A2)
(24)
34
5
6
7
8
1
9
11
2
10
(11)
(31)
(A1)
(14)
(22)
(24)
(A2)
(32)
(12)
(21)
(34)

296 PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in octal relays
Plug-in octal relays with 2 or 3 PDT con-
tacts, suitable for RIF-3 and PR3 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Detectable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
–Integrated status LED
– DC types with integrated freewheeling
diode
Technical data Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④  ① ② ③ ④  
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 60 108 23 13 60 108 23 13
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 18 18
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
[ms] 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15
Typ. release time at UN[ms]
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
[ms] 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, three PDTs
Contact material AgNi AgNi
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 10 V (At 24 mA) 10 V (At 24 mA)
Limiting continuous current 10 A 10 A
Max. inrush current, AC 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Max. inrush current, DC 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (at 24 V)
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 55°C
Ambient temperature (operation), DC -40°C ... 70°C -40°C ... 70°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life, AC Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Mechanical service life, DC Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664 IEC 60664
Mounting position/mounting Any Any
Dimensions W / H / D 35 mm / 54.4 mm / 35 mm 35 mm / 54.4 mm / 35 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in octal relays, with power contacts
With freewheeling diode ①24 V DC REL-OR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21 2903689 10 REL-OR3/LDP-24DC/3X21 2903693 10
②24 V AC REL-OR2/L- 24AC/2X21 2903690 10 REL-OR3/L- 24AC/3X21 2903694 10
③120 V AC REL-OR2/L-120AC/2X21 2903691 10 REL-OR3/L-120AC/3X21 2903695 10
④230 V AC REL-OR2/L-230AC/2X21 2903692 10 REL-OR3/L-230AC/3X21 2903696 10
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
2 PDT relay 3 PDT relay
0,6
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,70,60,50,40,30,2
0,6
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,70,60,50,40,30,2
00,20,40,60,81,01,21,41,61,82,02,22,42,6
10
4
10
5
10
5
10
6
10
7
00,20,40,60,81,01,21,41,61,82,02,22,42,6
10
4
10
5
10
5
10
6
10
7
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
297PHOENIX CONTACT
REL-OR2... (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils
AC coils
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Service life reduction factor
COS j
Reduction factor
REL-OR3... (3 PDTs)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils
AC coils
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Service life reduction factor
COS j
Reduction factor
Electrical service life
250 V AC, ohmic load
Cycles
Switching capacity [kVA]
Electrical service life
250 V AC, ohmic load
Cycles
Switching capacity [kVA]
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Technical data
Nominal voltage UN400 V AC
Nominal current at UNmax. 16 A (Depends on application/assembly) -
General data
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly) -
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Input side 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 -
Output side 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 -
Dimensions
Width 43 mm
Depth with retaining bracket 90 mm
Height 107 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-4 relay base, plug-in option for input/interference suppression
module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection
RIF-4-BPT/3X21 2900961 10
Relay retaining bracket, with holder for marking material, suitable
for RIF-4 relay base
Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red FBS 2-6 3030336 50
2-pos. blue FBS 2-6 BU 3036932 50
2-pos. gray FBS 2-6 GY 3032237 50
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled
with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and MPS-MT 0201744 10
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part red MPS-IH RD 0201676 10
white MPS-IH WH 0201663 10
blue MPS-IH BU 0201689 10
yellow MPS-IH YE 0201692 10
green MPS-IH GN 0201702 10
gray MPS-IH GY 0201728 10
black MPS-IH BK 0201731 10
Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT 1050004 10
5-section ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT 0811972 10
Double marker carrier for ZB 5 STP 5-2 0800967 100
298 PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
Modular RIF-4 relay base
Notes:
Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.
For further marking systems and mounting material,
see Catalog 5.
Relay base that can be fitted with
2 or 3 PDT relays or 3 N/O relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector func-
tion and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side
(A2)
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
3 PDT relay base for
high-power relay
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
-
max. 16 A (Depends on application/assembly) -
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly) -
Input side 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 -
Output side 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 -
-
-
-
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-RH-4 2900956 10
Accessories
299PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Relay retaining bracket
12
A1
11 14
3231 34
A2
12
A1
11 14
2221 24
3231 34
A2

300 PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in high-power relays
Plug-in high-power relays with 2 or 3 PDT
contacts for the RIF-4 relay base.
The advantages:
– Use in miniature contactor applications
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– Up to 440 V AC switching voltage
Technical data Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④  ① ② ③ ④  
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 56 116 23 12 56 116 23 12
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 20 20
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
[ms] 5 - 25 5 - 25 5 - 25 5 - 25 5 - 25 5 - 25
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 15 15
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
[ms] 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, three PDTs
Contact material AgNi AgNi
Max. switching voltage 440 V AC / 250 V DC 440 V AC / 250 V DC
Min. switching voltage 10 V (At 24 mA) 10 V (At 24 mA)
Limiting continuous current 16 A 16 A
Max. inrush current, AC 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Max. inrush current, DC 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (at 24 V)
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC 4000 VA 4000 VA
440 V AC 4000 VA 4000 VA
Motor load according to UL 508 1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 55°C
Ambient temperature (operation), DC -40°C ... 70°C -40°C ... 70°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life, AC Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 107 cycles
Mechanical service life, DC Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664 IEC 60664
Mounting position/mounting Any Any
Dimensions W / H / D 38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm 38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in high-power relays, 2 PDTs with power contacts
①24 V DC REL-PR2- 24DC/2X21 2903698 1
②24 V AC REL-PR2- 24AC/2X21 2903699 1
③120 V AC REL-PR2-120AC/2X21 2903700 1
④230 V AC REL-PR2-230AC/2X21 2903701 1
Plug-in high-power relays, 3 PDTs with power contacts
①24 V DC REL-PR3- 24DC/3X21 2903702 1
②24 V AC REL-PR3- 24AC/3X21 2903703 1
③120 V AC REL-PR3-120AC/3X21 2903704 1
④230 V AC REL-PR3-230AC/3X21 2903705 1
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
2 PDT relay 3 PDT relay
0,6
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200 500
1
2
5
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,70,60,50,40,30,2
0,6
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200 500
1
2
5
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,70,60,50,40,30,2
01234
10
4
10
5
10
5
10
6
10
7
01234
10
4
10
5
10
5
10
6
10
7
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
301PHOENIX CONTACT
REL-PR2... (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 16 A
Minimum operate voltage
For pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current = 16 A
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Service life reduction factor
COS j
Reduction factor
REL-PR3... (3 PDTs)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils
AC coils
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Service life reduction factor
COS j
Reduction factor
Electrical service life
250 V AC, ohmic load
Cycles
Switching capacity [kVA]
Electrical service life
250 V AC, ohmic load
Cycles
Switching capacity [kVA]
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
A1
11 14
21 24
31 34
A2
302 PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in high-power relays
Plug-in high-power relays with 3 N/O
contacts suitable for the RIF-4 relay base.
The advantages:0
– Use in miniature contactor applications
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– Up to 440 V AC switching voltage
– Full shutdown by means of ≥ 3 mm con-
tact opening
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ 
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 70 116 23 12
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 20
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
[ms] 5 - 25 5 - 25 5 - 25
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 15
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
[ms] 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 3 N/O contacts
Contact material AgNi
Max. switching voltage 440 V AC / 250 V DC
Min. switching voltage 10 V (At 24 mA)
Limiting continuous current 16 A
Max. inrush current, AC 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Max. inrush current, DC 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 24 V)
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC 4000 VA
440 V AC 4000 VA
Motor load according to UL 508 1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC -40°C ... 55°C
Ambient temperature (operation), DC -40°C ... 70°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life, AC Approx. 107 cycles
Mechanical service life, DC Approx. 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664
Mounting position/mounting Any
Dimensions W / H / D 38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in high-power relays, 3 N/O contacts with power contacts
①24 V DC REL-PR3- 24DC/3X1 2903706 1
②24 V AC REL-PR3- 24AC/3X1 2903707 1
③120 V AC REL-PR3-120AC/3X1 2903708 1
④230 V AC REL-PR3-230AC/3X1 2903709 1
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
3 N/O relay
0,6
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200 500
1
2
5
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,70,60,50,40,30,2
01234
10
4
10
5
10
5
10
6
10
7
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
303PHOENIX CONTACT
REL-PR2... (3 N/O contacts)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils
AC coils
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Service life reduction factor
COS j
Reduction factor
Electrical service life
250 V AC, ohmic load
Cycles
Switching capacity [kVA]
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in module, with LED status indicator and freewheeling diode
to effectively limit the coil induction voltage, polarity: A1+, A2-,
input voltage:
- 12-24 V DC ±20% RIF-LDP-12-24 DC 2900939 10
- 48-60 V DC ±20% RIF-LDP-48-60 DC 2900940 10
- 110 V DC ±20% RIF-LDP-110 DC 2900941 10
Plug-in module, with LED status indicator and varistor to limit the
coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor) RIF-LV-12-24 UC 2900942 10
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor) RIF-LV-48-60 UC 2900943 10
- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275-V-varistor) RIF-LV-120-230 AC/110 DC 2900944 10
Plug-in module, with varistor to limit the coil induction voltage
and/or external interference peaks,
input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor) RIF-V-12-24 UC 2900945 10
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor) RIF-V-48-60 UC 2900947 10
- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275-V-varistor) RIF-V-120-230 UC 2900948 10
Plug-in module, with RC element to limit the coil induction voltage
and/or external interference peaks,
input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/100 )RIF-RC-12-24 UC 2900949 10
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/220 )RIF-RC-48-60 UC 2900950 10
- 120 - 230 V AC/110 DC ±20% (100 nF/470 )RIF-RC-120-230 UC 2900951 10
304 PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in input modules/interference
suppression modules for optional fitting of
RIF-1 to RIF-4 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Attenuation of reverse voltage induced in
coil
– Mechanical coding to protect against in-
correct connection
Input modules/interference
suppression modules for
RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Input/interference suppression module
t
A1+
A2-
44
42
34
32
24
22
14
12
11 21 31 41
Tt<T t
U
LED
Tt<T t
U
LED
Tt<T
U
LED
T T t
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN24 V DC (AC operation only permitted for RIF-1)
Nominal input voltage range with reference to UN0.4 ... 1.2
Input circuit Varistor, Yellow LED
Output data
Limiting continuous current 250 mA (Relay coil current)
General data
Mounting position Any
Repeat accuracy 1%
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 50°C (RIF-1, AC coil, 2 PDTs at 6 A)
-25°C ... 50°C (RIF-1, DC coil, 2 PDTs at 5 A)
-25°C ... 40°C (RIF-2, DC coil, 2 PDTs at 8 A)
-25°C ... 40°C (RIF-2, DC coil, 4 PDTs at 5 A)
-25°C ... 40°C (RIF-3, DC coil, 3 PDTs at 6.75 A)
-25°C ... 40°C (RIF-3, DC coil, 2 PDTs at 8 A)
-25°C ... 35°C (RIF-4, DC coil, 3 PDTs at 8 A)
-25°C ... 25°C (RIF-4, DC coil, 3 N/O contacts at 8 A)
Standards/specifications DIN EN 50178
Rated insulation voltage 50 V DC
Rated surge voltage 0.4 kV
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Timer module, for mounting on RIF-1 to RIF-4, with LED status
indicator for extending a relay module to create a timer relay with an
input voltage of 24 V AC/DC
RIF-T3-24UC 2902647 1
305PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in timer module for
RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Time module
With switch-on delay
With passing make contact
Flasher/pulse generator
The multifunctional plug-in timer module
transforms the relay module into a timer re-
lay. The RIF-1 to RIF-4 bases can be fitted
with this module. Using DIP switches, you
can choose from three time ranges and se-
lect four time functions. Fine adjustments to
the time are made using a potentiometer.
Relays can be operated with an input volt-
age of 24 V AC/DC.
Functions:
–Switch-on delay
– Single shot leading edge
– Flasher/pulse generator
Time ranges:
– 0.5 s - 10 s
– 5 s - 100 s
– 0.5 min - 10 min
– 5 min - 100 min
12
A1+A2-
14
11
Technical data
Input data ① ②      
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 16 9
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 5 5
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 8 8
Input protection: Yellow LED, Damping diode Yellow LED, Damping diode
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Sin
Contact material AgSnO AgSnO, hard gold-plated AgSnO AgSnO, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current 6 A 50 mA 6 A 50 mA
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 12 V)
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 10
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 78 mm / 93 mm 6.2 mm / 78 mm / 93 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Coupling relay modules with
power contact relay
①12 V DC RIF-0-RPT-12DC/21 2903371 10
②24 V DC RIF-0-RPT-24DC/21 2903370 10
Coupling relay modules
with
power contact relay and gold contacts
①12 V DC RIF-0-RPT-12DC/21AU 2903369 10
②24 V DC RIF-0-RPT-24DC/21AU 2903368 10
306 PHOENIX CONTACT
DC coils
DW
H
Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules
Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules, con-
sisting of:
–Relay base
–1 N/O contact or 1 PDT relay
– Relay ejector lever on the housing
The advantages:
– Status LED integrated in the relay base
– Operational reliability thanks to sealed
relay
– Safe isolation between coil and contact
side
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules
saves wiring time
– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input
and output side, see page 318.
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
RIF-0 relay module with
1 PDT relay
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1,0
1,1
1,2
1,3
1,4
1,5
1,6
1,7
1,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
1
2
6
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,70,60,50,40,30,2
106
105
02468
104
1
1
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1,0
1,1
1,2
1,3
1,4
1,5
1,6
1,7
1,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
1
2
6
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,70,60,50,40,30,2
106
105
02468
104
1
1
A2- A1+
14
13
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
① ②      
refer to the diagram
16 9
55
88
Input protection: Yellow LED, Damping diode Yellow LED, Damping diode
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1 N/O contact Single contact, 1 N/O contact
Contact material AgSnO AgSnO, hard gold-plated AgSnO AgSnO, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current 6 A 50 mA 6 A 50 mA
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 12 V)
(50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 78 mm / 93 mm 6.2 mm / 78 mm / 93 mm
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-0-RPT-12DC/ 1 2903362 10
RIF-0-RPT-24DC/ 1 2903361 10
RIF-0-RPT-12DC/ 1AU 2903360 10
RIF-0-RPT-24DC/ 1AU 2903359 10
307PHOENIX CONTACT
RIF-0-RPT.../21... (1 PDT)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 6 A
Minimum operate voltage
For pre-excitation with U and limiting continuous current = 6 A
N
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
Service life reduction factor Electrical service life
COS j
Reduction factor
Cycles
Switching current [A]
250 V AC, ohmic load
RIF-0-RPT.../1... (1 N/O contact)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 6 A
Minimum operate voltage
For pre-excitation with U and limiting continuous current = 6 A
N
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
Service life reduction factor Electrical service life
COS j
Reduction factor
Cycles
Switching current [A]
250 V AC, ohmic load
DC coils
DW
H
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
RIF-0 relay module with
1 N/O relay
A2 A1
1222
1424
1121
A2- A1+
1222
1424
1121
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④    
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 18 33 8 6 18 33 8 6
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 8 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 8 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 10 3 - 20 3 - 20 3 - 20 10 3 - 20 3 - 20 3 - 20
Input circuit AC Yellow LED, Varistor
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Damping diode, Polarity protection diode Yellow LED, Damping diode, Polarity protection diode
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT
Contact material AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Min. switching voltage 12 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current (refer to the diagram) 50 mA 8 A (refer to the diagram) 50 mA
Max. inrush current, AC 25 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 mA 12 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 mA
Max. inrush current, DC 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 mA 25 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 mA
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (At 5 V) 1 mA (at 24 V)
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV
Ambient temperature (operation), AC -40°C ... 70°C
Ambient temperature (operation), DC -40°C ... 50°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life, AC Approx. 107 cycles
Mechanical service life, DC Approx. 3 x 107 cycles Approx. 3 x 10
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
Dimensions W / H / D 16 mm / 75 mm / 93 mm 16 mm / 75 mm / 93 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Coupling relay modules with
power contact relay
①24 V DC RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21 2903342 10
②24 V AC RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21 2903341 10
③120 V AC RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21 2903340 10
④230 V AC RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21 2903339 10
Coupling relay modules
with
power contact relay and gold contacts
①24 V DC RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21AU 2903338 10
②24 V AC RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21AU 2903337 10
③120 V AC RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21AU 2903336 10
④230 V AC RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21AU 2903335 10
308 PHOENIX CONTACT
DC coils AC coils DC coils
DW
H
Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules
Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules, con-
sisting of:
–1 or 2 PDT relays
–Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
The advantages:
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Operational reliability thanks to sealed
relay
– Safe isolation between coil and contact
side
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules
saves wiring time
– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input
side (A2), see page 318.
– For FBS 2-8 plug-in bridges for the output
side (11/21), see page 318.
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
RIF-1 relay module with
1 PDT relay
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1,0
1,1
1,2
1,3
1,4
1,5
1,6
1,7
1,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
3
1
2
3
20 30 40 50 60 70 80
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
2
014 812 16
107
106
105
104
23 56711910 151413
1
1
2
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1,0
1,1
1,2
1,3
1,4
1,5
1,6
1,7
1,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
3
4
3
1
42
20 30 40 50 60 70 80
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
014 812 16
107
106
105
104
23 56711910 151413
1
2
2
1
1222
A1+
A2-
1424
1121
1222
1424
1121
A2A1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
① ② ③ ④    
refer to the diagram
[mA] 18 33 8 6 18 33 8 6
[ms] 8 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 8 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12
[ms] 10 3 - 20 3 - 20 3 - 20 10 3 - 20 3 - 20 3 - 20
Yellow LED, Varistor
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Damping diode, Polarity protection diode Yellow LED, Damping diode, Polarity protection diode
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT
Contact material AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Min. switching voltage 12 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current (refer to the diagram) 50 mA 8 A (refer to the diagram) 50 mA
Max. inrush current, AC 25 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 mA 12 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 mA
Max. inrush current, DC 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 mA 25 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 mA
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (At 5 V) 1 mA (at 24 V)
(50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C
-40°C ... 50°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
cycles Approx. 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
Dimensions W / H / D 16 mm / 75 mm / 93 mm 16 mm / 75 mm / 93 mm
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21 2903334 10
RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21 2903333 10
RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 2903332 10
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 2903331 10
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21AU 2903330 10
RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21AU 2903329 10
RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21AU 2903328 10
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21AU 2903327 10
309PHOENIX CONTACT
RIF-1-RPT.../1X21... (1 PDT)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils
AC coils
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
Contact derating Electrical service life
Ambient temperature [°C]
Limiting continuous current per contact [A]
DC coil
AC coil
250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
Cycles
Switching current [A]
RIF-1-RPT.../2X21... (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils
AC coils
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
Contact derating Electrical service life
Ambient temperature [°C]
Limiting continuous current per contact [A]
DC coil
AC coil
Cycles
Switching current [A]
250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
DC coils AC coils DC coils
DW
H
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
RIF-1 relay module with
2 PDT relay
AC coils
12
42
14
44
11
41
A2A1
A2- A1+
12
42
14
44
11
41
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④    
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 41 70 13 6.5 41 70 13 6.5
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 13 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15 13 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 14 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 14 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Input circuit AC Yellow LED, Varistor
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Damping diode Yellow LED, Damping diode
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 4-PDT
Contact material AgNi
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V (At 24 mA)
Limiting continuous current (refer to the diagram)
Max. inrush current, AC 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Max. inrush current, DC 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Min. switching current 5 mA (at 24 V)
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV
Ambient temperature (operation), AC -40°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (operation), DC -40°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life, AC Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 10
Mechanical service life, DC Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 10
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
Dimensions W / H / D 31 mm / 75 mm / 93 mm 31 mm / 75 mm / 93 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
miniature power contact relay
①24 V DC RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21 2903315 10
②24 V AC RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21 2903313 10
③120 V AC RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 2903311 10
④230 V AC RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 2903310 10
310 PHOENIX CONTACT
DC coils AC coils DC coils
DW
H
Fully mounted RIF-2 relay modules
Fully mounted RIF-2 relay modules, con-
sisting of:
–1 or 2 PDT relays
–Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
(AC types only)
The advantages:
– Relay with lockable manual operation and
status LED
– With DC types, freewheeling diode is in-
tegrated into relay
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules
saves wiring time
– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input
side (A2), see page 318.
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
RIF-2 relay module with
2 PDT relay
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1,0
1,1
1,2
1,3
1,4
1,5
1,6
1,7
1,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
20 30 40 50 60 70 80
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
0123
10
5
10
6
10
7
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1,0
1,1
1,2
1,3
1,4
1,5
1,6
1,7
1,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
20 30 40 50 60 70 80
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
0123
10
5
10
6
10
7
A2- A1+
12
32 22
42
14
34 24
44
11
31 21
41
12
32 22
42
14
34 24
44
11
31 21
41
A2A1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
① ② ③ ④    
refer to the diagram
[mA] 41 70 13 6.5 41 70 13 6.5
[ms] 13 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15 13 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15
[ms] 14 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 14 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Yellow LED, Varistor
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Damping diode Yellow LED, Damping diode
Contact type Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 4-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (At 24 mA)
(refer to the diagram)
Max. inrush current, AC 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Max. inrush current, DC 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
5 mA (at 24 V)
(50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 50°C
-40°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / II
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
Dimensions W / H / D 31 mm / 75 mm / 93 mm 31 mm / 75 mm / 93 mm
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/4X21 2903308 10
RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/4X21 2903306 10
RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/4X21 2903305 10
RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/4X21 2903304 10
311PHOENIX CONTACT
RIF-2-RPT.../2X21 (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coil (observe contact derating)
AC coil (observe contact derating)
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Contact derating Electrical service life
Ambient temperature [°C]
Limiting continuous current per contact [A]
DC coil
AC coil
250 V AC, ohmic load
Cycles
Switching capacity [kVA]
RIF-2-RPT.../4X21 (4 PDTs)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coil (observe contact derating)
AC coil (observe contact derating)
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Contact derating Electrical service life
Ambient temperature [°C]
Limiting continuous current per contact [A]
DC coil
AC coil
250 V AC, ohmic load
Cycles
Switching capacity [kVA]
DC coils AC coils DC coils
DW
H
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
RIF-2 relay module with
4 PDT relay
AC coils
1222
1424
1121
A2A1
1222
A1+
A2-
1424
1121
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③     
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 60 23 13
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 18 5 - 15 5 - 15 18 5 - 15 5 - 15
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Input circuit AC Yellow LED, Varistor
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Damping diode Yellow LED, Damping diode
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, three PDTs
Contact material AgNi
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 10 V (At 24 mA)
Limiting continuous current (refer to the diagram)
Max. inrush current, AC 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Max. inrush current, DC 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 24 V)
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV
Ambient temperature (operation), AC -40°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (operation), DC -40°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life, AC Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 10
Mechanical service life, DC Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 10
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
Dimensions W / H / D 40 mm / 90 mm / 100 mm 40 mm / 90 mm / 100 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
miniature power contact relay
①24 V DC RIF-3-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21 2903297 5
②120 V AC RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 2903296 5
③230 V AC RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 2903295 5
312 PHOENIX CONTACT
DC coils AC coils DC coils
DW
H
Fully mounted RIF-3 relay modules
Fully mounted RIF-3 relay modules, con-
sisting of:
–Relay base
–2 or 3 PDT relays
–Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
(AC types only)
The advantages:
– Relay with lockable manual operation and
status LED
– With DC types, freewheeling diode is in-
tegrated into relay
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules
saves wiring time
– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input
side (A2), see page 318.
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
RIF-3 relay module with
2 PDT relay
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1,0
1,1
1,2
1,3
1,4
1,5
1,6
1,7
1,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
20 30 40 50 60 70 80
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
00,20,40,60,81,01,21,41,61,82,02,22,42,6
10
4
10
5
10
5
10
6
10
7
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1,0
1,1
1,2
1,3
1,4
1,5
1,6
1,7
1,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
20 30 40 50 60 70 80
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
00,20,40,60,81,01,21,41,61,82,02,22,42,6
10
4
10
5
10
5
10
6
10
7
A2- A1+
12
32 22
14
34 24
11
31 21
A2A1
12
32 22
14
34 24
11
31 21
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
① ② ③     
refer to the diagram
60 23 13
[ms] 18 5 - 15 5 - 15 18 5 - 15 5 - 15
[ms] 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Yellow LED, Varistor
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Damping diode Yellow LED, Damping diode
Contact type Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, three PDTs
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
10 V (At 24 mA)
(refer to the diagram)
Max. inrush current, AC 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Max. inrush current, DC 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)
(50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 50°C
-40°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
Dimensions W / H / D 40 mm / 90 mm / 100 mm 40 mm / 90 mm / 100 mm
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-3-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21 2903294 5
RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21 2903293 5
RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21 2903292 5
313PHOENIX CONTACT
RIF-3-RPT.../2X21 (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coil (observe contact derating)
AC coil (observe contact derating)
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Contact derating Electrical service life
Ambient temperature [°C]
Limiting continuous current per contact [A]
DC coil
AC coil
250 V AC, ohmic load
Cycles
Switching capacity [kVA]
RIF-3-RPT.../3X21 (3 PDTs)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coil (observe contact derating)
AC coil (observe contact derating)
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Contact derating Electrical service life
Ambient temperature [°C]
Limiting continuous current per contact [A]
DC coil
AC coil
250 V AC, ohmic load
Cycles
Switching capacity [kVA]
DC coils AC coils DC coils
DW
H
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
RIF-3 relay module with
3 PDT relay
AC coils
1222
1424
1121
A2A1
1222
A1+
A2-
1424
1121
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③     
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 56 24 14
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 20 5 - 25 5 - 25 20 5 - 25 5 - 25
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Input circuit AC Yellow LED, Varistor
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Damping diode, Polarity protection diode Yellow LED, Damping diode, Polarity protection diode
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, three PDTs
Contact material AgNi
Max. switching voltage 440 V AC / 250 V DC
Min. switching voltage 10 V (At 24 mA)
Limiting continuous current (refer to the diagram)
Max. inrush current, AC 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Max. inrush current, DC 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 24 V)
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC 2500 VA
440 V AC 4000 VA
Motor load according to UL 508 1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV
Ambient temperature (operation), AC -40°C ... 40°C
Ambient temperature (operation), DC -40°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life, AC Approx. 107 cycles
Mechanical service life, DC Approx. 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Input side 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
Output side 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 43 mm / 90 mm / 107 mm 43 mm / 90 mm / 107 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
miniature power contact relay
①24 V DC RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21 2903281 5
②120 V AC RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 2903280 5
③230 V AC RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 2903279 5
314 PHOENIX CONTACT
DC coils AC coils DC coils
DW
H
Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules
Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules, con-
sisting of:
–Relay base
–2 or 3 PDT relays
–Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
The advantages:
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules
saves wiring time
– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input
side (A2), see page 318.
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
RIF-4 relay module with
2 PDT relay
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1,0
1,1
1,2
1,3
1,4
1,5
1,6
1,7
1,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
20 30 40 50 60 70 80
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
01234
10
4
10
5
10
5
10
6
10
7
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1,0
1,1
1,2
1,3
1,4
1,5
1,6
1,7
1,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
20 30 40 50 60 70 80
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
01234
10
4
10
5
10
5
10
6
10
7
A2- A1+
12
32 22
14
34 24
11
31 21
A2A1
12
32 22
14
34 24
11
31 21
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
① ② ③     
refer to the diagram
56 24 14
[ms] 20 5 - 25 5 - 25 20 5 - 25 5 - 25
[ms] 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Yellow LED, Varistor
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Damping diode, Polarity protection diode Yellow LED, Damping diode, Polarity protection diode
Contact type Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, three PDTs
AgNi
440 V AC / 250 V DC
10 V (At 24 mA)
(refer to the diagram)
Max. inrush current, AC 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Max. inrush current, DC 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)
2500 VA
4000 VA
1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)
(50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 40°C
-40°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
Approx. 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing
Input side 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
Output side 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 43 mm / 90 mm / 107 mm 43 mm / 90 mm / 107 mm
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21 2903278 5
RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21 2903277 5
RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21 2903276 5
315PHOENIX CONTACT
RIF-4-RPT.../2X21 (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coil (observe contact derating)
AC coil (observe contact derating)
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Contact derating Electrical service life
Ambient temperature [°C]
Limiting continuous current per contact [A]
DC coil
AC coil
250 V AC, ohmic load
Cycles
Switching capacity [kVA]
RIF-4-RPT.../3X21 (3 PDTs)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coil (observe contact derating)
AC coil (observe contact derating)
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Contact derating Electrical service life
Ambient temperature [°C]
Limiting continuous current per contact [A]
DC coil
AC coil
250 V AC, ohmic load
Cycles
Switching capacity [kVA]
DC coils AC coils DC coils
DW
H
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
RIF-4 relay module with
3 PDT relay
AC coils
A2A1
14
34 24
11
31 21
A2- A1+
14
34 24
11
31 21
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③     
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 70 24 14
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 20 5 - 25 5 - 25
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Input circuit AC Yellow LED, Varistor
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Damping diode, Polarity protection diode
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 3 N/O contacts
Contact material AgNi
Max. switching voltage 440 V AC / 250 V DC
Min. switching voltage 10 V (At 24 mA)
Limiting continuous current (refer to the diagram)
Max. inrush current, AC 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Max. inrush current, DC 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 24 V)
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC 2500 VA
440 V AC 4000 VA
Motor load according to UL 508 1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC -40°C ... 40°C
Ambient temperature (operation), DC -40°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life, AC Approx. 107 cycles
Mechanical service life, DC Approx. 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Input side 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
Output side 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 43 mm / 90 mm / 107 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
miniature power contact relay
①24 V DC RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X1 2903275 5
②120 V AC RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X1 2903274 5
③230 V AC RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X1 2903273 5
316 PHOENIX CONTACT
DC coils AC coils
DW
H
Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules
Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules, con-
sisting of:
–Relay base
–3 N/O relays
–Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
The advantages:
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Full shutdown by means of ≥ 3 mm con-
tact opening
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules
saves wiring time
– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input
side (A2), see page 318.
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
RIF-4 relay module with
3 N/O relay
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1,0
1,1
1,2
1,3
1,4
1,5
1,6
1,7
1,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
20 30 40 50 60 70 80
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
01234
10
4
10
5
10
5
10
6
10
7
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
317PHOENIX CONTACT
RIF-4-RPT.../3X1 (3 N/O contacts)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coil (observe contact derating)
AC coil (observe contact derating)
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Contact derating Electrical service life
Ambient temperature [°C]
Limiting continuous current per contact [A]
DC coil
AC coil
250 V AC, ohmic load
Cycles
Switching capacity [kVA]
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Color Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red FBS 2-6 3030336 50
2-pos. blue FBS 2-6 BU 3036932 50
2-pos. gray FBS 2-6 GY 3032237 50
5-pos. red FBS 5-6 3030349 50
10-pos. red FBS 10-6 3030271 10
20-pos. red FBS 20-6 3030365 10
50-pos. red FBS 50-6 3032224 10
2-pos. red FBS 2-8 3030284 10
2-pos. blue FBS 2-8 BU 3032567 10
2-pos. gray FBS 2-8 GY 7042 3032541 10
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with
ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50
The plug-in bridges can be used for simple
potential distribution via all relay bases.
The end clamp is used for safe isolation
between adjacent modules and to visually
separate the various function groups.
RIFLINE complete accessories
Plug-in bridges
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Color Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section white ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT 1050004 10
10-section white ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT 1051003 10
5-section white ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT 0811972 10
Double marker carrier for ZB 5
gray STP 5-2 0800967 100
318 PHOENIX CONTACT
The ZB zack marker strip system offers
numerous marking options that can be at-
tached directly to the relay retaining brack-
ets. In addition, further markings can be
fixed to the relay base by means of double
marker carriers.
RIFLINE complete accessories
Marking material
5.2 mm, 6.2 mm, and 15.2 mm wide Double marker carrier
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Ordering data
Description Color Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and MPS-MT 0201744 10
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part red MPS-IH RD 0201676 10
white MPS-IH WH 0201663 10
blue MPS-IH BU 0201689 10
yellow MPS-IH YE 0201692 10
green MPS-IH GN 0201702 10
gray MPS-IH GY 0201728 10
black MPS-IH BK 0201731 10
319PHOENIX CONTACT
The two-piece test plug offers individual
plug color combinations. The test plug is in-
serted directly in the function shaft of the
push-in connection.
RIFLINE complete accessories
Te s t p l u g s
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
320 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PLC series
The PLC-INTERFACE relay system is
the interface between the controller and
system I/O devices.
The universal design is compact and
space-saving. While the narrow 6.2 mm
module has one contact, the 14 mm version
is available with two contacts. The modules
can be equipped with either an electrome-
chanical or a solid-state relay.
They are protected against environmental
influences by RTIII (IP67). The relays also
offer safe isolation according to
DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160).
PLC-INTERFACE is available with three
connection technologies. Depending on the
area of application, screw, spring-cage or
push-in connection can be selected.
In addition to the universal types,
PLC-INTERFACE is also available in numer-
ous special versions. These include:
– Sensor and actuator modules that can ac-
commodate all connections directly on
the interface
– Modules for high inrush or continuous
currents
– Railway modules, which meet specific rail-
way requirements
– Filter modules, which filter out interfer-
ence on the input side
Plug-in bridges are available for all mod-
ules for simple potential distribution. In ad-
dition, solutions from system cabling appli-
cations offer easy connection to the plant
control system. VARIOFACE adapters can
be used to reduce wiring effort consider-
ably. Installation is simplified significantly
thanks to the integrated input and protec-
tive circuit.
Standard marking material from CLIPLINE
complete modular terminal blocks can be
used to mark PLC-INTERFACE.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
321PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PLC series
Adapters for the system cabling
The PLC-V8... adapter is used to connect
8 PLC-INTERFACE modules to the PLC sys-
tem cabling for input and output functions.
For more details, see page 369
6.2 mm design width
PLC-R...21 and PLC-O... relay and solid-
state relay modules with PDT or N/O con-
tact, designed for universal use. Available
with screw, spring-cage or push-in connec-
tion.
14 mm design width
PLC-R...21-21 includes plug-in relays with
two PDT contacts for switching capacities
of up to 250 V AC/6 A. Available with screw,
spring-cage, and push-in connection.
Feed-through terminal block
PLC-VT... is the feed-through terminal
block for PLC-INTERFACE and the system
cabling for passive signal transfer. For more
details, see page 486
Sensors/actuators
PLC...SEN and PLC...ACT do not require
additional supply/output terminal blocks. All
connections are connected directly.
High currents
PLC...IC is ideal for high inrush currents,
e.g., from lamp loads. PLC...HC are the
modules to use for applications with high
continuous load currents.
Railway applications
PLC...RW relay or solid-state relay mod-
ules are suitable for railway requirements.
They are only available with spring-cage and
push-in connection.
Interference signals on the input side
PLC-B...SO46 basic terminal blocks are
used for filtering interference currents and
interference voltages on the input side.
Accessories
The entire PLC-INTERFACE system can
be extended with a wide range of accesso-
ries, such as power terminal blocks or plug-
in bridges. For more details, see page 368
A1
A2 11
14
12
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
3
4
3
1
42
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
1
2
6

Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦  
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 15.3 9 11 9.2 4.8 3.5 3.2 15.3 9 11 9.2 4.8 3.5 3.2 33 18 17.5 20 10 4.5 4.5 33 18 17.5 20 10 4.5 4.5
Response/release time at UN[ms] 5 / 8 5 / 8 6 / 15 5 / 8 5 / 8 6 / 15 7 / 15 5 / 8 5 / 8 6 / 15 5 / 8 5 / 8 6 / 15 7 / 15 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 7 / 10 7 / 10 8 / 1
Input circuit DC
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheel
Input circuit AC/DC Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge
Output data
Contact material AgSnO
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA)
Limiting continuous current 6 A
Max. inrush current (on request)
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V)
General data
Test voltage input/output 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 60°C1)
Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 -
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
①12 V DC PLC-RSC- 12DC/213) 2966906 10
②24 V DC PLC-RSC- 24DC/213) 2966171 10
③24 V AC/DC PLC-RSC- 24UC/213) 2966184 10
④48 V DC PLC-RSC- 48DC/213) 2966113 10
⑤60 V DC PLC-RSC- 60DC/213) 2966139 10
⑥120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-RSC-120UC/213) 2966197 10
⑦230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-RSC-230UC/213) 2966207 10
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①12 V DC PLC-RSP- 12DC/213)2967439 10
②24 V DC PLC-RSP- 24DC/213)2966472 10
③24 V AC/DC PLC-RSP- 24UC/213)2966485 10
④48 V DC PLC-RSP- 48DC/213)2966498 10
⑤60 V DC PLC-RSP- 60DC/213)2966511 10
⑥120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-RSP-120UC/213)2966524 10
⑦230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-RSP-230UC/213)2966537 10
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①12 V DC PLC-RPT- 12DC/213) 2900316 10
②24 V DC PLC-RPT- 24DC/213) 2900299 10
③24 V AC/DC PLC-RPT- 24UC/213) 2900300 10
④48 V DC PLC-RPT- 48DC/213) 2900301 10
⑤60 V DC PLC-RPT- 60DC/213) 2900303 10
⑥120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-RPT-120UC/213) 2900304 10
⑦230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-RPT-230UC/213) 2900305 10
322 PHOENIX CONTACT
Universal PLC series with
PDT relay
Relay modules
PLC series
DW
H
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 343
Note: for marking material (ZB 6), see “CLIPLINE industrial con-
nection technology, marking material for terminals, conductors,
and cables”.
1) 120 and 230 V types up to 55°C
2) 230 V types up to 55°C
3) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
1 PDT with power contact 1 PDT with multi-layer gold contact 2
Switching voltage [V]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21
with 1-PDT relay
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21-21
with 2-PDT relay
Switching current [A]
PLC-R... is the relay series that can be
used universally and consists of basic termi-
nal blocks and plug-in relays with PDT con-
tacts.
The advantages:
–Slim design
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
– Functional plug-in bridges
– Integrated input and interference sup-
pression circuit
– RT III sealed relay
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Efficient connection to system cabling us-
ing V8 adapter
A1
A2 11
14
12
A2
24
21
22
14
11
12
A1
A2
24
21
22
14
11
12
A1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
  
Technical data Technical data Technical data
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦   ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦   ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦  
[mA] 15.3 9 11 9.2 4.8 3.5 3.2 15.3 9 11 9.2 4.8 3.5 3.2 33 18 17.5 20 10 4.5 4.5 33 18 17.5 20 10 4.5 4.5
[ms] 5 / 8 5 / 8 6 / 15 5 / 8 5 / 8 6 / 15 7 / 15 5 / 8 5 / 8 6 / 15 5 / 8 5 / 8 6 / 15 7 / 15 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 7 / 10 7 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 7 / 10 7 / 10
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Input circuit AC/DC Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
AgSnO, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V AC/DC (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA 6 A 50 mA
50 mA 15 A (300 ms) 50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (At 5 V) 1 mA (at 24 V)
Test voltage input/output 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 60°C1) -40°C ... 60°C2) -40°C ... 60°C2)
2 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21AU3) 2966919 10 PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-213) 2967235 10 PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21AU3) 2967277 10
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21AU3) 2966265 10 PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-213) 2967060 10 PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21AU3) 2967125 10
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21AU3) 2966278 10 PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-213) 2967073 10 PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21AU3) 2967112 10
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21AU3) 2966126 10 PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-213) 2967248 10 PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21AU3) 2967280 10
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21AU3) 2966142 10 PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-213) 2967293 10 PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21AU3) 2967303 10
PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU3) 2966281 10 PLC-RSC-120UC/21-213) 2967086 10 PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21AU3) 2967138 10
PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU3) 2966294 10 PLC-RSC-230UC/21-213) 2967099 10 PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21AU3) 2967141 10
PLC-RSP- 12DC/21AU3)2967442 10 PLC-RSP- 12DC/21-213)2912497 10 PLC-RSP- 12DC/21-21AU3)2912565 10
PLC-RSP- 24DC/21AU3)2966540 10 PLC-RSP- 24DC/21-213)2912507 10 PLC-RSP- 24DC/21-21AU3)2912578 10
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21AU3)2966553 10 PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-213)2912510 10 PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21AU3)2912581 10
PLC-RSP- 48DC/21AU3)2966566 10 PLC-RSP- 48DC/21-213)2912523 10 PLC-RSP- 48DC/21-21AU3)2912594 10
PLC-RSP- 60DC/21AU3)2966579 10 PLC-RSP- 60DC/21-213)2912536 10 PLC-RSP- 60DC/21-21AU3)2912604 10
PLC-RSP-120UC/21AU3)2966582 10 PLC-RSP-120UC/21-213)2912549 10 PLC-RSP-120UC/21-21AU3)2912617 10
PLC-RSP-230UC/21AU3)2966647 10 PLC-RSP-230UC/21-213)2912552 10 PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU3)2912620 10
PLC-RPT- 12DC/21AU3) 2900317 10 PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-213) 2900329 10 PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-21AU3) 2900337 10
PLC-RPT- 24DC/21AU3) 2900306 10 PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-213) 2900330 10 PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21AU3) 2900338 10
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU3) 2900307 10 PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-213) 2900332 10 PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU3) 2900339 10
PLC-RPT- 48DC/21AU3) 2900308 10 PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-213) 2900333 10 PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-21AU3) 2900340 10
PLC-RPT- 60DC/21AU3) 2900309 10 PLC-RPT- 60DC/21-213) 2900334 10 PLC-RPT- 60DC/21-21AU3) 2900341 10
PLC-RPT-120UC/21AU3) 2900310 10 PLC-RPT-120UC/21-213) 2900335 10 PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21AU3) 2900342 10
PLC-RPT-230UC/21AU3) 2900311 10 PLC-RPT-230UC/21-213) 2900336 10 PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU3) 2900343 10
323PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PLC series
DW
H
DW
H
DW
H
1 PDT with power contact 1 PDT with multi-layer gold contact 2 PDT with power contact 2 PDT with multi-layer gold contact
A2
A1
13+
14

Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥  
Permissible range (with reference to UN)0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
Switching level (with reference to UN) 1 signal (“H”) 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.8
0 signal (“L”) 0.4 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 8.5 9 5 3 3.5 3.5 8.5 9 5 3 3.5 3.5 8 9 6 3.5 4 3.5
Typ. switch-on time at UN[ms] 0.02 0.03 0.04 1 3 3 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.04 3.5 4 10 10 10 10 10 10
Typ. switch-off time at UN[ms] 0.3 0.3 2 3 4 5 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.6 7 7 10 10 10 10 10 10
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz] 300 300 100 50 10 10 300 300 100 100 10 10 10 10 10 10 3 3
Input circuit DC
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheel
Input circuit AC/DC Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
Output data
Max. switching voltage 48 V DC
Min. switching voltage 3 V DC
Max. inrush current -
Min./max. switching current - / 100 mA
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection RC
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current 1 V
Leakage current in off state -
Phase angle (cos )-
Max. load value -
General data
Test voltage input/output 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 60°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 -
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
①24 V DC PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/1001) 2966728 10
②48 V DC PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 48DC/1001) 2966993 10
③60 V DC PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 48DC/1001) 2967455 10
④125 V DC PLC-OSC-125DC/ 48DC/1001) 2980047 10
⑤120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/1001) 2966744 10
⑥230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/1001) 2966757 10
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①24 V DC PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/1001)2967549 10
②48 V DC PLC-OSP- 48DC/ 48DC/1001)2967743 10
③60 V DC PLC-OSP- 60DC/ 48DC/1001)2967756 10
④120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-OSP-120UC/ 48DC/1001)2967552 10
⑤230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-OSP-230UC/ 48DC/1001)2967565 10
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①24 V DC PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/1001) 2900352 10
②48 V DC PLC-OPT- 48DC/ 48DC/1001) 2900353 10
③60 V DC PLC-OPT- 60DC/ 48DC/1001) 2900354 10
④120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/1001) 2900355 10
⑤230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/1001) 2900356 10
324 PHOENIX CONTACT
Universal PLC series with
solid-state relays
PLC-O... is the solid-state relay series that
can be used universally consisting of basic
terminal blocks and plug-in solid-state re-
lays.
The advantages:
–Slim design
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
– Functional plug-in bridges
– Integrated input circuit
– RT-III sealed solid-state relays
– High switching capacity
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Efficient connection to system cabling us-
ing V8 adapter
Relay modules
PLC series
DW
H
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
For derating curves see page 345
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA Max. DC voltage output of 3 A Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA
A2
A1
13+
14
13+
14
A2
A1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
 
Technical data Technical data
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥   ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥  
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.8 -
1.1
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.3 0.3 0.25 0.25
[mA] 8.5 9 5 3 3.5 3.5 8.5 9 5 3 3.5 3.5 8 9 6 3.5 4 3.5
[ms] 0.02 0.03 0.04 1 3 3 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.04 3.5 4 10 10 10 10 10 10
[ms] 0.3 0.3 2 3 4 5 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.6 7 7 10 10 10 10 10 10
[Hz] 300 300 100 50 10 10 300 300 100 100 10 10 10 10 10 10 3 3
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Input circuit AC/DC Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
33 V DC 253 V AC
3 V DC 24 V AC
15 A (10 ms) 30 A (10 ms)
- / 3 A (see derating curve) 10 mA / 0.75 A (see derating curve)
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection RCV circuit
200 mV < 1 V
-< 1 mA (in off state)
-0.5
-4.5 A
2s
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C -25°C ... 60°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III 2 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 21) 2966634 10 PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 11) 2967840 10
PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 24DC/ 21) 2967002 10 PLC-OSC- 48DC/230AC/ 11) 2967853 10
PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 24DC/ 21) 2967468 10 PLC-OSC- 60DC/230AC/ 11) 2967866 10
PLC-OSC-125DC/ 24DC/ 21) 2980050 10 PLC-OSC-125DC/230AC/ 11) 2980063 10
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 24DC/ 21) 2966650 10 PLC-OSC-120UC/230AC/ 11) 2967879 10
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 24DC/ 21) 2966663 10 PLC-OSC-230UC/230AC/ 11) 2967882 10
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 21)2967471 10 PLC-OSP- 24DC/230AC/ 11)2967895 10
PLC-OSP- 48DC/ 24DC/ 21)2967727 10 PLC-OSP- 48DC/230AC/ 11)2967905 10
PLC-OSP- 60DC/ 24DC/ 21)2967730 10 PLC-OSP- 60DC/230AC/ 11)2967918 10
PLC-OSP-120UC/ 24DC/ 21)2967484 10 PLC-OSP-120UC/230AC/ 11)2967921 10
PLC-OSP-230UC/ 24DC/ 21)2967497 10 PLC-OSP-230UC/230AC/ 11)2967934 10
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/21) 2900364 10 PLC-OPT- 24DC/230AC/11) 2900369 10
PLC-OPT- 48DC/ 24DC/21) 2900365 10 PLC-OPT- 48DC/230AC/11) 2900370 10
PLC-OPT- 60DC/ 24DC/21) 2900366 10 PLC-OPT- 60DC/230AC/11) 2900371 10
PLC-OPT-120UC/ 24DC/21) 2900367 10 PLC-OPT-120UC/230AC/11) 2900372 10
PLC-OPT-230UC/ 24DC/21) 2900368 10 PLC-OPT-230UC/230AC/11) 2900374 10 325PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PLC series
DW
H
DW
H
Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA Max. DC voltage output of 3 A Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA
A2
A1
13
BB
14
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
1
2
6
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
3
4
3
1
42

Technical data
Input data ②      
Permissible range (with reference to UN)See diagram
Switching level (with reference to UN) 1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 9
Typ. response time/switch-on time at UN[ms] 5
Typ. release time/switch-off time at Un[ms] 8
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz]
Input circuit DC
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheel
Output data
Contact material AgSnO
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA)
Limiting continuous current 6 A
Max. inrush current (on request)
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V)
Output protection -
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current -
Leakage current in off state -
Phase angle (cos )-
Max. load value -
General data
Test voltage input/output 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 60°C
Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 3 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 -
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
①5 V DC
②24 V DC PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1/ACT1) 2966210 10
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①5 V DC
②24 V DC PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1/ACT1)2967345 10
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①5 V DC
②24 V DC PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1/ACT1) 2900312 10
326 PHOENIX CONTACT
PLC actuator series for
output functions
Relay modules
PLC series
DW
H
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 343
For derating curves see page 345
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
1 N/O contact with power contact 2 N/O contacts with power contac
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Switching voltage [V]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...24DC/1/ACT
with 1-N/O relay
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...24DC/1-1/ACT
with 2-N/O relay
Switching current [A]
PLC actuator series for coupling control-
ler and actuators, such as motors, contac-
tors, valves, etc.
The advantages:
– Actuator connected directly to relay
module
– No need for additional modular terminal
blocks
– Space savings of up to 80%
– Time savings of up to 60%
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
– Relay modules with safe isolation accord-
ing to DIN EN 50178 between coil and
contact
– Functional plug-in bridges
– Efficient connection to system cabling us-
ing V8 adapter
A2
A1
13
BB
14
23
BB
24 A2
A1
13+
BB
14
A2
A1
13+
BB
14
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
  
Technical data Technical data Technical data
②       ① ②       ② 
See diagram 0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 0.8 0.8
0.25 0.4 0.25
18 9.5 8.5 9
8 0.02 0.02 3
10 0.3 0.3 9
300 300 10
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
AgNi - -
250 V AC/DC 33 V DC 253 V AC
5 V AC/DC 3 V DC 24 V AC
6 A 3 A (see derating curve) 0.75 A (see derating curve)
8 A 15 A (10 ms) 30 A (10 ms)
10 mA - 10 mA
- Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection RCV circuit
- 200 mV < 1 V
--< 1 mA (in off state)
--0.5
--4.5 A
2s
Test voltage input/output 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 60°C -25°C ... 60°C -25°C ... 60°C
3 x 107 cycles - -
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III 2 / III 2 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT1) 2980144 10
PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1- 1/ACT1) 2967109 10 PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT1) 2966676 10 PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1/ACT1) 2967947 10
PLC-OSP- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT1)2980157 10
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT1)2967507 10
PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/2/ACT1) 2900375 10
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/2/ACT1) 2900376 10
327PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PLC series
DW
H
DW
H
DW
H
1 N/O contact with power contact 2 N/O contacts with power contact Max. DC voltage output of 3 A Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA
A2
A1
13
BB
14
23
BB
24 A2
A1
13
BB
14
23
BB
24

Technical data Technical data
Input data ①        ①       
Permissible range (with reference to UN)0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
Switching level (with reference to UN) 1 signal (“H”) 0.8 0.8
0 signal (“L”) 0.4 0.4
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 9 9
Typ. switch-on time at UN[ms] 0.02 10
Typ. switch-off time at UN[ms] 0.4 10
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz] 300 10
Input circuit DC
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Output data
Max. / min. switching voltage 33 V DC / 3 V DC 253 V AC / 24 V AC
Max. inrush current 15 A (10 ms) 30 A (10 ms)
Min./max. switching current - / 5 A (see derating curve) 25 mA / 2 A (see derating curve)
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current 200 mV 1 V
Leakage current in off state - Typ. 1 mA
Phase angle (cos )- 0.5
Max. load value - 4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C)
General data
Rated insulation voltage 100 V DC 250 V AC
Rated surge voltage 1.5 kV, basic insulation 4 kV / basic insulation
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 60°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III 2 / III
Mounting position/mounting Refer to Derating / In rows with zero spacing Refer to Derating / In rows with zero spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
①24 V DC PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 5/ACT 2982786 10 PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 2/ACT 2982760 10
328 PHOENIX CONTACT
PLC actuator series with solid-state pow-
er relays for coupling the controller and ac-
tuators, such as motors, contactors, valves,
etc.
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
For derating curves see page 345
DW
H
DW
H
PLC actuator series for
output functions
Relay modules
PLC series
Max. DC voltage output of 5 A Max. AC voltage output of 2 mA
A2
A1
13
BB
14
A2
A1
13
BB
14
13
BB
14
A2
A1
DC AC
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN) 0.8 ... 1.2 0.8 ... 1.2
Typ. input current with UN (50 /60 Hz) 15.6 mA / 8.5 mA 15 mA / 8.3 mA
Typ. response time at UN5 ms 10 ms
Typ. release time at UN30 ms 20 ms
Input circuit LED yellow, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
Output data with: REL-MR-24DC/21AU REL-MR-24DC/21 OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/... OPT...230AC/...
Contact type Single contact, 1 N/O contact Single contact, 1 N/O contact - - -
Contact material AgSnO, hard gold-plated AgSnO - - -
Max. switching voltage 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 48 V DC 33 V DC 253 V AC
Min. switching voltage 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 100 mA) 3 V DC 3 V DC 24 V AC
Limiting continuous current 50 mA 6 A 100 mA 3 A
(see derating
curve)
0.75 A
(see derating curve)
Min. switching current 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (at 12 V) -
Output protection - -
Protection
against polarity
reversal, Surge
protection
Protection
against polarity
reversal, Surge
protection
RCV circuit
Voltage drop at limiting continuous current - - 1 V 150 mV 1 V
Leakage current in off state - - - - 1 mA
Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) - - --4.5 A
2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C)
General data
Rated insulation voltage 250 V AC 250 V AC
Rated surge voltage / insulation 6 kV / Safe isolation, increased insulation 6 kV / Safe isolation, increased insulation
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 60°C
Air and creepage distances EN 50178, IEC 62103 EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2 / III 2 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Voltage UNType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
24 V AC/DC PLC-BSC- 24UC/ 1/ACT 2982799 10 PLC-BSC- 24UC/ 1/ACT 2982799 10
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
24 V AC/DC PLC-BSP- 24UC/ 1/ACT 2982809 10 PLC-BSP- 24UC/ 1/ACT 2982809 10
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
24 V AC/DC PLC-BPT- 24UC/ 1/ACT1) 2900450 10 PLC-BPT- 24UC/ 1/ACT1) 2900450 10
Accessories Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays
with gold contact REL-MR- 24DC/21AU 2961121 10
with power contact REL-MR- 24DC/21 2961105 10
Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state input relays OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100 2966618 10
Solid-state power relays OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966595 10
Solid-state power relays OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1 2967950 10
329PHOENIX CONTACT
PLC actuator basic terminal blocks that
can be fitted with a mechanical or solid-
state relay. For coupling the controller and
actuators, such as motors, contactors,
valves, etc.
Notes:
Maximum interrupting rating diagrams, see page 346
For derating curves see page 345
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
DW
H
PLC actuator series for
output functions
Relay modules
PLC series
Basic terminal block
that can be fitted with mech. relay
Basic terminal block
that can be fitted with solid-state relay
A2
BB
A1
13
14

Technical data
Input data ① ② ③     
Permissible range (with reference to UN)See diagram
Switching level (with reference to UN) 1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 9 3.5 3.2
Typ. response time/switch-on time at UN[ms] 5 6 7
Typ. release time/switch-off time at Un[ms] 8 15 15
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz]
Input circuit DC
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheel
Input circuit AC/DC Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
Output data
Contact material AgSnO, hard gold-plated -
Max. switching voltage 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Min. switching voltage 100 mV (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current 50 mA
Max. inrush current 50 mA
Min. switching current 1 mA (at 24 V)
Output protection -
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current -
General data
Test voltage input/output 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 60°C1)
Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 3 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
①24 V DC PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN2) 2966317 10
②120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-RSC-120UC/ 1AU/SEN2) 2966320 10
③230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-RSC-230UC/ 1AU/SEN2) 2966333 10
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①24 V DC PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN2)2967374 10
②120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-RSP-120UC/ 1AU/SEN2)2967390 10
③230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-RSP-230UC/ 1AU/SEN2)2967413 10
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①24 V DC PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN2) 2900313 10
②120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-RPT-120UC/ 1AU/SEN2) 2900314 10
③230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-RPT-230UC/ 1AU/SEN2) 2900315 10
330 PHOENIX CONTACT
PLC sensor series for
input functions
PLC sensor series for coupling controller
and sensors, such as proximity switches,
limit switches or auxiliary contacts
The advantages:
– Direct connection of sensor to relay
module
– No need for additional modular terminal
blocks
– Space savings of up to 80%
– Time savings of up to 60%
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
– Relay modules with safe isolation accord-
ing to DIN EN 50178 between coil and
contact
– Functional plug-in bridges
– Efficient connection to system cabling us-
ing V8 adapter
Relay modules
PLC series
DW
H
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 343
1) 120 and 230 V types up to 55°C
2) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Relay module
1 N/O contact
A2
BB
A1
13+
14
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data
① ② ③     
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.1
0.8 -
1.1
0.8 0.8 0.8
0.4 0.3 0.3
8.5 3.5 3.5
0.02 6 3
0.3 10 5
300 10 10
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Input circuit AC/DC Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
Contact material AgSnO, hard gold-plated -
48 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
-
-
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
1 V
Test voltage input/output 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
-
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN2) 2966773 10
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN2) 2966799 10
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN2) 2966809 10
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN2)2967578 10
PLC-OSP-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN2)2967581 10
PLC-OSP-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN2)2967594 10
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN2) 2900358 10
PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN2) 2900359 10
PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN2) 2900361 10
331PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PLC series
DW
H
Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA
A2
13
BB
14
A1
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
t
Technical data
Input data ①       
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 18
Response/release time at UN[ms] 8 / 10
Input circuit DC
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Output data
Contact material AgSnO
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 12 V AC/DC (at 100 mA)
Max. inrush current 80 A (for 20 ms) / 130 A (peak, at capacitive load, 230 V AC, 24 F)
General data
Test voltage input/output 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 60°C
Mechanical service life 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
①24 V DC PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT1) 2967604 10
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①24 V DC PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT1)2912413 10
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①24 V DC PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT1) 2900298 10
332 PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 343
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
PLC-INTERFACE for
high inrush currents
Relay modules
PLC series
1 N/O contact of up to 130 A peak
Switching voltage [V]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
Basic behavior of capacitive loads:
- Very high input current
- Voltage increases with an e-function
Max. interrupting rating
Switching current [A]
PLC relay modules for high inrush cur-
rents due, for example, to capacitive loads
The advantages:
– Max. inrush current of 130 A
– Direct connection of load return line
thanks to actuator type
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Functional plug-in bridges
– Efficient connection to system cabling us-
ing V8 adapter
1
2
3
3
1
2
A2
11
14
12
A1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦  
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 33 18 17.5 20 10 4.5 4.5
Response/release time at UN[ms] 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 7 / 10 7 / 10
Input circuit DC
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Input circuit AC/DC Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
Output data
Contact material AgNi
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 12 V AC/DC
Limiting continuous current 10 A
Max. inrush current 30 A (300 ms)
Min. switching current 100 mA
General data
Test voltage input/output 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 60°C1)
Mechanical service life 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
①12 V DC PLC-RSC- 12DC/21HC2) 2967617 10
②24 V DC PLC-RSC- 24DC/21HC2) 2967620 10
③24 V AC/DC PLC-RSC- 24UC/21HC2) 2967633 10
④48 V DC PLC-RSC- 48DC/21HC2) 2967646 10
⑤60 V DC PLC-RSC- 60DC/21HC2) 2967659 10
⑥120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-RSC-120UC/21HC2) 2967662 10
⑦230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-RSC-230UC/21HC2) 2967675 10
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①12 V DC PLC-RSP- 12DC/21HC2)2912264 10
②24 V DC PLC-RSP- 24DC/21HC2)2912277 10
③24 V AC/DC PLC-RSP- 24UC/21HC2)2912280 10
④48 V DC PLC-RSP- 48DC/21HC2)2912293 10
⑤60 V DC PLC-RSP- 60DC/21HC2)2912303 10
⑥120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-RSP-120UC/21HC2)2912316 10
⑦230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-RSP-230UC/21HC2)2912329 10
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①12 V DC PLC-RPT- 12DC/21HC2) 2900290 10
②24 V DC PLC-RPT- 24DC/21HC2) 2900291 10
③24 V AC/DC PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC2) 2900293 10
④48 V DC PLC-RPT- 48DC/21HC2) 2900294 10
⑤60 V DC PLC-RPT- 60DC/21HC2) 2900295 10
⑥120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-RPT-120UC/21HC2) 2900296 10
⑦230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-RPT-230UC/21HC2) 2900297 10
333PHOENIX CONTACT
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
AC, ohmic load
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current[A]
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
Max. interrupting rating
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 343
1) 230 V types up to 55°C
2) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
PLC relay modules for high continuous
switching currents
The advantages:
– Max. continuous current of 10 A
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
– Functional plug-in bridges
– Efficient connection to system cabling us-
ing V8 adapter
– Long electrical service life thanks to
16 A relay
– All common input voltages of
12 V DC to 230 V AC
PLC-INTERFACE for
high continuous currents
Relay modules
PLC series
1 PDT up to 10 A
N
A1
U
A2
L1
L2
L3
L
230 VAC
(10m)>
VR
C
N
L
A1
U
A2
A2
A1
11
14
12

Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN120 V AC 230 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC
Permissible range (with reference to UN) 0.8 ... 1.4 0.78 ... 1.14 0.8 ... 1.4 0.78 ... 1.14 0.78 ... 1.4 0.78 ... 1.14 0.85 ... 1.4 0.78 ... 1.14
Typ. release voltage (with relay) 50 V AC 80 V AC 50 V AC 80 V AC 16 V AC 70 V AC 16 V AC 70 V AC
Typ. input current with UN (50 /60 Hz) 7 mA / 8 mA 8.8 mA / 10 mA 7 mA / 8 mA 8.8 mA / 10 mA 6 mA / 7 mA 8.5 mA / 10 mA 6 mA / 7 mA 8.5 mA / 10 mA
Typ. response time at UN7 ms 7 ms 7 ms 7 ms 7 ms 7 ms 7 ms 7 ms
Typ. release time at UN20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 10 ms 10 ms 20 ms 20 ms
Input circuit Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter Yellow LED, Brid
Output data with: REL-MR-60DC/21 REL-MR-60DC/21AU
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1 N/O contact Single contact, 1 N/O contact Single contact,
Contact material AgSnO AgSnO, hard gold-plated AgSnO AgSnO, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, + 5 µm Au AgNi
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V AC/DC 100 mV 12 V AC/DC
Limiting continuous current 6 A 50 mA 6 A 50 mA 6 A 50 mA 10 A
Max. inrush current (on request) 50 mA (on request) 50 mA 15 A (300 ms) 50 mA 30 A (300 ms)
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA 1 mA 100 mA
General data
Test voltage input/output 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 55°C
Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 3 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 -
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Description Voltage UNType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for
plug-in miniature relays or solid-state relays
With screw connection 120 V AC PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO461) 2980319 10
With screw connection 230 V AC PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO461) 2980335 10
With spring-cage connection 120 V AC PLC-BSP-120UC/21/SO461) 2980351 10
With spring-cage connection 230 V AC PLC-BSP-230UC/21/SO461) 2980377 10
With push-in connection 120 V AC PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO461) 2900453 10
With push-in connection 230 V AC PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO461) 2900455 10
Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays
with gold contact REL-MR- 60DC/21AU 2961134 10
with power contact REL-MR- 60DC/21 2961118 10
334 PHOENIX CONTACT
Basic terminal blocks with interference
current filter that can be fitted with
relays
PLC basic terminal blocks with integrated
filter to protect against interference voltag-
es or currents due, for example, to long
control lines
The advantages:
– Resistant to interference currents
– High relay release voltage
Typical applications:
– Applications with long control lines
– Use of AC output boards, resulting in re-
sidual AC currents
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
Parallel signal cables or load cables
Long signal cable
Leakage current Load
E.g.
Occurrence of interference signals
Scenario 2: long signal cables
Output
Leakage current
Load
Signal cable
Occurrence of interference signals
Scenario 1: controller - AC output card
Relay modules
PLC series
DW
H
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 343
Maximum interrupting rating diagrams, see page 346
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Universal design Sensor design 2 PDT universal design 1 PDT for high continuous currents
13
14
A2
BB
A1
A2
A1
11
14
12
21
24
22
11
14
12
A2
A1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
  
Technical data Technical data Technical data
120 V AC 230 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC
) 0.8 ... 1.4 0.78 ... 1.14 0.8 ... 1.4 0.78 ... 1.14 0.78 ... 1.4 0.78 ... 1.14 0.85 ... 1.4 0.78 ... 1.14
Typ. release voltage (with relay) 50 V AC 80 V AC 50 V AC 80 V AC 16 V AC 70 V AC 16 V AC 70 V AC
(50 /60 Hz) 7 mA / 8 mA 8.8 mA / 10 mA 7 mA / 8 mA 8.8 mA / 10 mA 6 mA / 7 mA 8.5 mA / 10 mA 6 mA / 7 mA 8.5 mA / 10 mA
7 ms 7 ms 7 ms 7 ms 7 ms 7 ms 7 ms 7 ms
20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 10 ms 10 ms 20 ms 20 ms
Input circuit Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter
REL-MR-60DC/21 REL-MR-60DC/21AU REL-MR-110DC/21-21 REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU REL-MR-110DC/21HC
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1 N/O contact Single contact, 1 N/O contact Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT
Contact material AgSnO AgSnO, hard gold-plated AgSnO AgSnO, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, + 5 µm Au AgNi
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V AC/DC 100 mV 12 V AC/DC
Limiting continuous current 6 A 50 mA 6 A 50 mA 6 A 50 mA 10 A
Max. inrush current (on request) 50 mA (on request) 50 mA 15 A (300 ms) 50 mA 30 A (300 ms)
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA 1 mA 100 mA
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 55°C -20°C ... 55°C -20°C ... 55°C
2 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III 3 / III 3 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2980322 10 PLC-BSC-120UC/21-21/SO461) 2980416 10 PLC-BSC-120UC/21HC/SO461) 2980432 10
PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2980348 10 PLC-BSC-230UC/21-21/SO461) 2980429 10 PLC-BSC-230UC/21HC/SO461) 2980445 10
PLC-BSP-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2980364 10
PLC-BSP-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2980380 10
PLC-BPT-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2900456 10
PLC-BPT-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2900457 10
Accessories Accessories Accessories
REL-MR- 60DC/21AU 2961134 10 REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU 2961228 10
REL-MR- 60DC/21 2961118 10 REL-MR-110DC/21-21 2961202 10 REL-MR-110DC/21HC 2961338 10
335PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PLC series
DW
H
DW
H
DW
H
Universal design Sensor design 2 PDT universal design 1 PDT for high continuous currents
A2
A1
11
14
12
AC
A2
A1
11
14
12
DC

Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN120 V AC 230 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC
Permissible range (with reference to UN) 0.85 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.1 0.85 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.1
Switching level (with optocoupler) 0 signal (“L”) 0.4 0.4
Typ. input current with UN (50 /60 Hz) 7 mA / 8 mA 8.8 mA / 10 mA 7 mA / 8 mA 8.8 mA / 10 mA
Typ. response time/switch-on time at UN6 ms 6 ms 6 ms 6 ms
Typ. switch-off time at UN10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms
Input circuit Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter
Output data with: OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/... OPT...230AC/...
Max. switching voltage 48 V DC 30 V DC 253 V AC 48 V DC 30 V DC 253 V AC
Min. switching voltage 3 V DC 3 V DC 24 V AC 3 V DC 3 V DC 24 V AC
Limiting continuous current 100 mA 3 A 0.75 A 100 mA 3 A 0.75 A
Max. inrush current 15 A (10 ms) 30 A (10 ms) 15 A (10 ms) 30 A (10 ms)
Output protection
Protection
against polarity
reversal, Surge
protection
Protection
against polarity
reversal, Surge
protection
RCV circuit
Voltage drop at limiting continuous current < 1 V DC < 200 mV < 1 V AC < 1 V < 200 mV < 1 V
Leakage current in off state - - < 1 mA - - < 1 mA
Max. phase shift (inductive consumer) - - 0.5 - - 0.5
Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) --4.5 A
2s--4.5 A
General data
Test voltage input/output 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 55°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Description Voltage UNType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for
plug-in miniature relays or solid-state relays
With screw connection 120 V AC PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO461) 2980319 10
With screw connection 230 V AC PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO461) 2980335 10
With spring-cage connection 120 V AC PLC-BSP-120UC/21/SO461) 2980351 10
With spring-cage connection 230 V AC PLC-BSP-230UC/21/SO461) 2980377 10
With push-in connection 120 V AC PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO461) 2900453 10
With push-in connection 230 V AC PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO461) 2900455 10
Accessories
Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state input relays OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100 2966621 10
Solid-state power relays OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966605 10
Solid-state power relays OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1 2967963 10
336 PHOENIX CONTACT
Basic terminal blocks with interference
current filter that can be fitted with
solid-state relays
PLC basic terminal blocks with integrated
filter to protect against interference voltag-
es or currents due, for example, to long
control lines
The advantages:
– Resistant to interference currents
– High relay release voltage
Typical applications:
– Applications with long control lines
– Use of AC output boards, resulting in re-
sidual AC currents
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
Relay modules
PLC series
DW
H
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
For derating curves see page 345
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Universal design Sensor design
ACDC
A2
BB
A1
13
14
13
14
A2
BB
A1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data
120 V AC 230 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC
) 0.85 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.1 0.85 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.1
0.4 0.4
(50 /60 Hz) 7 mA / 8 mA 8.8 mA / 10 mA 7 mA / 8 mA 8.8 mA / 10 mA
6 ms 6 ms 6 ms 6 ms
10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms
Filter Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter
OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/... OPT...230AC/...
Max. switching voltage 48 V DC 30 V DC 253 V AC 48 V DC 30 V DC 253 V AC
Min. switching voltage 3 V DC 3 V DC 24 V AC 3 V DC 3 V DC 24 V AC
Limiting continuous current 100 mA 3 A 0.75 A 100 mA 3 A 0.75 A
Max. inrush current 15 A (10 ms) 30 A (10 ms) 15 A (10 ms) 30 A (10 ms)
Protection
against polarity
reversal, Surge
protection
Protection
against polarity
reversal, Surge
protection
RCV circuit
Voltage drop at limiting continuous current < 1 V DC < 200 mV < 1 V AC < 1 V < 200 mV < 1 V
Leakage current in off state - - < 1 mA - - < 1 mA
Max. phase shift (inductive consumer) - - 0.5 - - 0.5
s--4.5 A
2s
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 55°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2980322 10
PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2980348 10
PLC-BSP-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2980364 10
PLC-BSP-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2980380 10
PLC-BPT-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2900456 10
PLC-BPT-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2900457 10
Accessories
OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100 2966621 10
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966605 10
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1 2967963 10
337PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PLC series
DW
H
Universal design Sensor design
A2 A1 1112 14

Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤   
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 38 14 9 7 3 33 17 8.2 4.1 17 33 17 8.2 4.1
Typ. response time at UN[ms]55555 7 777 8 7 777
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single cont
Contact material AgSnO AgSnO, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgSnO AgNi
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 12 V (at 100 mA) 12 V (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current 6 A 50 mA 8 A 50 mA 16 A 16 A
Max. inrush current (on request) (on request) 25 A (20 ms) 50 mA 80 A (20 ms) 30 A (300 ms)
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (At 5 V) 1 mA (at 24 V) 100 mA (at 12 V DC) 100 mA
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
24 V DC 140 W 1.2 W 190 W 1.2 W 384 W 384 W
48 V DC 20 W - 85 W - 58 W 58 W
60 V DC 18 W - 60 W - 48 W 48 W
110 V DC 23 W - 44 W - 50 W 50 W
220 V DC 40 W - 60 W - 80 W 80 W
250 V AC 1500 VA - 2000 VA - 4000 VA 4000 VA
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C
Dimensions W / H / D 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in miniature power relays
with power contact ①4.5 V DC REL-MR- 4,5DC/21 2961367 10
with power contact ②12 V DC REL-MR- 12DC/21 2961150 10
with power contact ③18 V DC REL-MR- 18DC/21 2961383 10
with power contact ④24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21 2961105 10
with power contact ⑤60 V DC REL-MR- 60DC/21 2961118 10
with power contact ⑥110 V DC
Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact ①4.5 V DC REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU 2961370 10
with gold contact ②12 V DC REL-MR- 12DC/21AU 2961163 10
with gold contact ③18 V DC REL-MR- 18DC/21AU 2961493 10
with gold contact ④24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21AU 2961121 10
with gold contact ⑤60 V DC REL-MR- 60DC/21AU 2961134 10
with gold contact ⑥110 V DC
338 PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in miniature power relays
Plug-in miniature power relays suitable for
PLC-INTERFACE and RIF-0, RIF-1, and PR1
relay bases.
The advantages:
– Power contacts up to 16 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection up to RT III
(comparable with IP67) depending on
type
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
Relay modules
PLC series
Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly,
see page 344
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 343
1 PDT 2 PDT 1 N/O contact, for high inrush currents 1 PDT for high continuous currents
24
14
A1
21
11
22
12
A2
14
A1
13
A2
14
A1
1112
A2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
  
Technical data Technical data Technical data
②   ④ ⑤ ⑥      ④     ②   ④ ⑤ ⑥  
refer to the diagram refer to the diagram refer to the diagram
[mA] 38 14 9 7 3 33 17 8.2 4.1 17 33 17 8.2 4.1
[ms]55555 7 777 8 7 777
[ms] 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 1 N/O contact Single contact, 1-PDT
Contact material AgSnO AgSnO, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgSnO AgNi
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 12 V (at 100 mA) 12 V (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current 6 A 50 mA 8 A 50 mA 16 A 16 A
Max. inrush current (on request) (on request) 25 A (20 ms) 50 mA 80 A (20 ms) 30 A (300 ms)
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (At 5 V) 1 mA (at 24 V) 100 mA (at 12 V DC) 100 mA
24 V DC 140 W 1.2 W 190 W 1.2 W 384 W 384 W
48 V DC 20 W - 85 W - 58 W 58 W
60 V DC 18 W - 60 W - 48 W 48 W
110 V DC 23 W - 44 W - 50 W 50 W
220 V DC 40 W - 60 W - 80 W 80 W
250 V AC 1500 VA - 2000 VA - 4000 VA 4000 VA
Test voltage (winding / contact) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C -40°C ... 85°C -40°C ... 85°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C 2.5 mm) Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C 2.5 mm) Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C 2.5 mm)
Dimensions W / H / D 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
REL-MR- 12DC/21-21 2961257 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21HC 2961309 10
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 2961192 10 REL-MR- 24DC/1IC 2961341 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21 2961273 10 REL-MR- 60DC/21HC 2961325 10
REL-MR-110DC/21-21 2961202 10 REL-MR-110DC/21HC 2961338 10
REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU 2961299 10
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU 2961215 10
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU 2961286 10
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU 2961228 10
339PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PLC series
1 PDT 2 PDT 1 N/O contact, for high inrush currents 1 PDT for high continuous currents
A2 A1 13+ 14 A2 A1 13+ 14
 
Technical data Technical data
Input data ① ② ③  ① ② ③     
Permissible range (with reference to UN)0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.9 -
1.1
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) [V DC] 2.5 16 35 2.5 16 52
0 signal (“L”) [V DC] 0.8 10 20 0.8 10 40
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 9 7 3 4 7 3
Typ. switch-on time at UN[µs] 20 20 40 20 20 50
Typ. switch-off time at UN[µs] 300 300 500 300 300 800
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz] 300 300 300 300 300 100
Output data
Max. switching voltage 33 V DC 48 V DC
Min. switching voltage 3 V DC 3 V DC
Limiting continuous current 3 A (see derating curve) 100 mA
Min. load current - -
Max. inrush current 15 A (10 ms) -
Leakage current in off state - -
Phase angle (cos )- -
Output circuit 2-conductor, floating 2-conductor, floating
Max. load value - -
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Pr
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current 150 mV 1 V
General data
Rated surge voltage Basic insulation Basic insulation
Test voltage input/output 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 60°C -25°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III 2 / III
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In
Dimensions W / H / D 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state power relays ①5 V DC OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2 2967989 10
Solid-state power relays ②24 V DC OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966595 10
Solid-state power relays ③60 V DC OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966605 10
Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state input relays ①5 V DC OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100 2967992 10
Solid-state input relays ②24 V DC OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100 2966618 10
Solid-state input relays ③60 V DC OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100 2966621 10
340 PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in solid-state relays suitable for
PLC-INTERFACE and RIF-0, RIF-1, and PR1
relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/5 A
– RT III wash tight (comparable to IP67)
– Vibration- and shock-resistant
– Wear-free and long-lasting
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Can be soldered in on PCB
Notes:
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly,
see page 345
Plug-in solid-state relays
Relay modules
PLC series
Max. DC voltage output of 3 A Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA Max.
A1
A2
13+ 14
A2 A1 13+ 14
A1 13 14
A2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
 
Technical data Technical data Technical data
① ② ③  ② ③      ① ② ③     
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.9 -
1.1
0.8 -
1.2
0.9 -
1.1
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.9 -
1.1
2.51635 1050 3 1840
0.8 10 20 5 15 1 8.4 20
973 33 1572.6
10 20 25 6000 9000 10000 10000 10000
400 400 400 500 700 10000 10000 10000
300300300 1010 101010
33 V DC 253 V AC 253 V AC
3 V DC 24 V AC 24 V AC
5 A (see derating curve) 0.75 A (see derating curve) 2 A (see derating curve)
- 10 mA 25 mA
15 A (10 ms) 30 A (10 ms) 30 A (10 ms)
- < 1 mA < 1 mA
-0.5-
2-conductor, floating 2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch 2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch
-4.5 A
2s4 A
2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C)
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection RCV circuit Surge protection
200 mV < 1 V 1 V
Basic insulation Basic insulation Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C -25°C ... 60°C -25°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664
2 / III 2 / III 2 / III
rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / See derating curve
Dimensions W / H / D 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5 2982113 10 OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2 2982168 10
OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5 2982100 10 OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1 2967950 10 OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2 2982171 10
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5 2982126 10 OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1 2967963 10 OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2 2982184 10
341PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PLC series
Max. DC voltage output of 3 A Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA Max. DC voltage output of 5 A Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA Max. AC voltage output of 2 mA
Screw connection
1 PDT basic terminal block
2980225
2966896
2966016
2966029
2966090
2966100
2966032
2980018
2966045
2 PDT basic terminal block
2967251
2967015
2967028
2967264
2967316
2967031
2967044
HC basic terminal block
2967769
2967772
2967785
2967798
2967808
2967811
2967824
Sensor basic terminal block
2980267
2966061
2966074
2966087
Actuator basic terminal block
2980241
2966058
2982799
IC basic terminal block
2967837
PLC-BSC-5DC/21
PLC-BSC-12DC/21
PLC-BSC-24DC/21
PLC-BSC-24UC/21
PLC-BSC-48DC/21
PLC-BSC-60DC/21
PLC-BSC-120DC/21
PLC-BSC-125DC/21
PLC-BSC-230DC/21
PLC-BSC-12DC/21-21
PLC-BSC-24DC/21-21
PLC-BSC-24UC/21-21
PLC-BSC-48DC/21-21
PLC-BSC-60DC/21-21
PLC-BSC-120DC/21-21
PLC-BSC-230DC/21-21
PLC-BSC-12DC/21HC
PLC-BSC-24DC/21HC
PLC-BSC-24UC/21HC
PLC-BSC-48DC/21HC
PLC-BSC-60DC/21HC
PLC-BSC-120DC/21HC
PLC-BSC-230DC/21HC
PLC-BSC-5DC/1/SEN
PLC-BSC-24DC/1/SEN
PLC-BSC-120UC/1/SEN
PLC-BSC-230UC/1/SEN
PLC-BSC-5DC/1/ACT
PLC-BSC-24DC/1/ACT
PLC-BSC-24UC/1/ACT
PLC-BSC-24DC/1IC/ACT
Spring-cage connection
2980238
2967426
2967219
2967222
2967329
2967332
2967167
2967183
2912426
2912439
2912442
2912455
2912468
2912471
2912484
2912332
2912345
2912358
2912361
2912374
2912387
2912390
2967206
2967154
2967170
2980254
2967196
2982809
2961396
2912400
PLC-BSP-5DC/21
PLC-BSP-12DC/21
PLC-BSP-24DC/21
PLC-BSP-24UC/21
PLC-BSP-48DC/21
PLC-BSP-60DC/21
PLC-BSP-120DC/21
PLC-BSP-230DC/21
PLC-BSP-12DC/21-21
PLC-BSP-24DC/21-21
PLC-BSP-24UC/21-21
PLC-BSP-48DC/21-21
PLC-BSP-60DC/21-21
PLC-BSP-120DC/21-21
PLC-BSP-230DC/21-21
PLC-BSP-12DC/21HC
PLC-BSP-24DC/21HC
PLC-BSP-24UC/21HC
PLC-BSP-48DC/21HC
PLC-BSP-60DC/21HC
PLC-BSP-120DC/21HC
PLC-BSP-230DC/21HC
PLC-BSP-24DC/1/SEN
PLC-BSP-120UC/1/SEN
PLC-BSP-230UC/1/SEN
PLC-BSP-5DC/1/ACT
PLC-BSP-24DC/1/ACT
PLC-BSP-24UC/1/ACT
PLC-BSP-24DC/21RW
PLC-BSP-24DC/1IC/ACT
Push-in connection
2900443
2900444
2900445
2900446
2900447
2900279
2900280
2900281
2900282
2900283
2900284
2900285
2900286
2900287
2900288
2900253
2900254
2900255
2900256
2900257
2900258
2900259
2900262
2900451
2900452
2900448
2900449
2900450
2900261
2900260
Relay and
solid-state relay
options
PLC-BPT-5DC/21
PLC-BPT-12DC/21
PLC-BPT-24DC/21
PLC-BPT-24UC/21
PLC-BPT-48DC/21
PLC-BPT-60DC/21
PLC-BPT-120DC/21
PLC-BPT-230DC/21
PLC-BPT-12DC/21-21
PLC-BPT-24DC/21-21
PLC-BPT-24UC/21-21
PLC-BPT-48DC/21-21
PLC-BPT-60DC/21-21
PLC-BPT-120DC/21-21
PLC-BPT-230DC/21-21
PLC-BPT-12DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-24DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-24UC/21HC
PLC-BPT-48DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-60DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-120DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-230DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-24DC/1/SEN
PLC-BPT-120UC/1/SEN
PLC-BPT-230UC/1/SEN
PLC-BPT-5DC/1/ACT
PLC-BPT-24DC/1/ACT
PLC-BPT-24UC/1/ACT
PLC-BPT-24DC/21RW
PLC-BPT-24DC/1IC/ACT
REL-MR-4,5DC/21 2961367 X X X
REL-MR-4,5DC/21AU 2961370 X X X
REL-MR-12DC/21 2961150 X X
REL-MR-12DC/21AU 2961163 X
REL-MR-24DC/21 2961105 X X X X X
REL-MR-24DC/21AU 2961121 XXX XXX
REL-MR-60DC/21 2961118 X X X X X X
REL-MR-60DC/21AU 2961134 XXXX XX
REL-MR-24DC/1IC 2961341 X
REL-MR-18DC/21 2961383 X
REL-MR-18DC/21AU 2961493 X
REL-MR-12DC/21-21 2961257 X
REL-MR-12DC/21-21AU 2961299 X
REL-MR-24DC/21-21 2961192 XXX
REL-MR-24DC/21-21AU 2961215 X X X
REL-MR-60DC/21-21 2961273 X
REL-MR-60DC/21-21AU 2961286 X
REL-MR-110DC/21-21 2961202 XX
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU 2961228 X X
REL-MR-12DC/21HC 2961309 X
REL-MR-24DC/21HC 2961312 X X X
REL-MR-60DC/21HC 2961325 X
REL-MR-110DC/21HC 2961338 X X
OPT-24DC/230AC/1 2967950 XX XXX
OPT-60DC/230AC/1 2967963 X X X X X
OPT-5DC/24DC/2 2967989 X X X
OPT-24DC/24DC/2 2966595 X X X X X
OPT-60DC/24DC/2 2966605 XX X XX
OPT-5DC/48DC/100 2967992 X X X
OPT-24DC/48DC/100 2966618 XX XXX
OPT-60DC/48DC/100 2966621 X X X X X
OPT-24DC/24DC/5 2982100 XX XX X
OPT-60DC/24DC/5 2982126 X X
OPT-24DC/230AC/2 2982171 XX XX X
OPT-60DC/230AC/2 2982184 X X
Relay options for PLC basic terminal blocks
342 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
0,7
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6520
1
1,3
0,8
0,9
1,1
1,2
1,4
U
U
N
T[
°
C]
U
A
B
U = 220 V DC
N
U = 230 V AC
N
U = 230 V AC
N
U = 220 V DC
N
0,7
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6520
1
1,3
0,8
0,9
1,1
1,2
1,4
U
U
N
T[
°
C]
U
A
B
U = 110 V DC
N
U = 120 V DC
N
U = 110 V DC
N
U = 120 V AC
N
0,7
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6520
1
1,3
0,8
0,9
1,1
1,2
1,4
U
U
N
T[
°
C]
U
A
B
U=60VDC
N
0,7
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6520
1
1,3
0,8
0,9
1,1
1,2
1,4
U
U
N
T[
°
C]
U
A
B
U=48VDC
N
0,7
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6520
1
1,3
0,8
0,9
1,1
1,2
1,4
U
U
N
T[
°
C]
U
A
B
U=24VDC/24VAC
N
0,7
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6520
1
1,3
0,8
0,9
1,1
1,2
1,4
U
U
N
T[
°
C]
U
A
B
U=24VDC
N
0,7
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6520
1
1,3
0,8
0,9
1,1
1,2
1,4
U
U
N
T[
°
C]
U
A
B
U=12VDC
N
0,7
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6520
1
1,3
0,8
0,9
1,1
1,2
1,4
U
U
N
T[
°
C]
U
A
B
U=220VDC/230VAC
N
0,7
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6520
1
1,3
0,8
0,9
1,1
1,2
1,4
U
U
N
T[
°
C]
U
A
B
U = 125 V DC
N
0,7
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6520
1
1,3
0,8
0,9
1,1
1,2
1,4
U
U
N
T[
°
C]
U
A
B
U=110VDC/120VAC
N
0,7
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6520
1
1,3
0,8
0,9
1,1
1,2
1,4
U
U
N
T[
°
C]
U
A
B
U=60VDC
N
0,7
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6520
1
1,3
0,8
0,9
1,1
1,2
1,4
U
U
N
T[
°
C]
U
A
B
U=48VDC
N
0,7
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6520
1
1,3
0,8
0,9
1,1
1,2
1,4
U
U
N
T[
°
C]
U
A
B
U=24VDC/24VAC
N
0,7
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6520
1
1,3
0,8
0,9
1,1
1,2
1,4
U
U
N
T[
°
C]
U
A
B
U=24VDC
N
0,7
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6520
1
1,3
0,8
0,9
1,1
1,2
1,4
U
U
N
T[
°
C]
U
A
B
U=12VDC
N
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
General conditions:
Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating time, horizontal
or vertical mounting.
Curve A
Maximum permissible continuous voltage Umax with limiting continuous
current on the contact side (see relevant technical data).
Curve B
Minimum permissible operate voltage Uop after pre-excitation1)
(see relevant technical data).
1)Pre-excitation: relay has been operated in a thermally steady
state at the ambient temperature TA with nominal voltage UN and
limiting continuous current on the contact side (see relevant tech-
nical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short time,
the relay must reliably pick up again at Uop. The Uop values for cold
coils (Tcoil =T
A= 20°C) indicated by other manufacturers yield
better values, but are not practical.
PLC-R...-120UC... PLC-R...-230UC...
PLC-R...-60DC...PLC-R...-48DC...PLC-R...-24UC...
PLC-R...-24DC...PLC-R...-12DC...
Operating voltage ranges for
PLC-INTERFACE, 14 mm versions,
equipped with relay
PLC-R...-230UC...PLC-R...-125DC...PLC-R...-120UC...
PLC-R...-48DC... PLC-R...-60DC...PLC-R...-24UC...
PLC-R...-24DC...PLC-R...-12DC...
Operating voltage ranges for
PLC-INTERFACE, 6.2 mm versions,
equipped with relay
343PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
0,5
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1000
1
1,5
2
2,5
3
UN
U
T [°C]
U
A
B
1,3 55 1,28
11,3
1,2
1,9
28
15
3,5
529
15,7
3,6
12,7
0,5
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1000
1
1,5
2
2,5
3
UN
U
T [°C]
U
A
B
Plug-in miniature power relays
REL-MR...21
Perforations for assembly: view of the connections
Pitch division: 1.25 mm and 1.27 mm
Perforations for assembly: view of the connections
Pitch division: 2.5 mm
Permissible input voltage range
for REL-MR...21
Permissible input voltage range
for REL-MR...21-21, REL-MR-24DC/1IC, REL-MR...21HC
5 mm design width 12.7 mm design width
General conditions:
Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating time, horizontal
or vertical mounting.
Curve A
Maximum permissible continuous voltage Umax with limiting continuous
current on the contact side (see relevant technical data).
Curve B
Minimum permissible operate voltage Uop after pre-excitation1) (see rel-
evant technical data).
1)Pre-excitation: relay has been operated in a thermally steady
state at the ambient temperature TA with nominal voltage UN and
limiting continuous current on the contact side (see relevant tech-
nical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short time,
the relay must reliably pick up again at Uop. The Uop values for cold
coils (Tcoil =T
A= 20°C) indicated by other manufacturers yield
better values, but are not practical.
REL-MR...21-21
344 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
0
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6
0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
1
2
1
2
0
300
750
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
0
1
2
3
4
5
0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
0
1
2
3
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
1,3 5 1,28
11,3
1,2
1,9
28
15
3,5
529
15,7
3,6
12,7
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
12.7 mm design width
Perforations for assembly: view of the connections
Ambient temperature range [°C]
Load current [A]
Pitch division: 1.25 mm and 1.27 mm
Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/1 and PLC-OS.../230AC/1
solid-state relays
Ambient temperature range [°C]
Load current [mA]
Aligned with > 10 mm spacing
Aligned without spacing
Plug-in solid-state relays
OPT...DC/24DC/2
OPT...DC/230AC/1
Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/5 and PLC-
OS.../24DC/5/ACT solid-state relays
Ambient temperature range [°C]
Load current [A]
Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/2 and PLC-OS.../24DC/2
solid-state relays
Ambient temperature range [°C]
Load current [A]
Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/2 and PLC-
OS.../230AC/2/ACT solid-state relays
Perforations for assembly: view of the connections
Pitch division: 2.5 mm
5 mm design width
OPT...DC/24DC/5
OPT...DC/230AC/2
345PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
1
2
6
1
2
3
3
1
2
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
3
4
3
1
42
106
105
0
2468
104
1
1
1
2
014 8
107
106
105
104
2 3 5 6 7 9 10
2
1
1
2
014 8
107
106
105
104
23 5679 10
2
1
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
PLC-INTERFACE for railway
applications
Switching current [A]
Cycles
250 V AC, ohmic load
Electrical service life for PLC-RSP...UC/21RW
Switching current [A]
Cycles
250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
Electrical service life for PLC-RSP...UC/21-21/RW
Switching current [A]
Cycles
250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
Electrical service life for PLC-RSP...UC/21HC/RW
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
Switching voltage [V]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
Electrical interrupting rating for
PLC-INTERFACE
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21
with 1 PDT relays
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21-21
with 2 PDT relays
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21HC
for high continuous currents
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...1IC/ACT
for high inrush currents
Switching current [A]
346 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
1
2
1
2
30
20
0
3
1
2
40 50 60
1000
100
10
1
0,1
I [A]80
604020
IN
1000
100
10
1
0,1
302010
INI [A]
30
20
0
4
3
2
1
40 50 60
UE
t0tEt
24 V
UA
t0t
24 V
UE
t0tEt
24 V
UA
t0t
24 V
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC...PRO
power circuit breaker solid-state relays
with signal logic
State diagram
Operating
state
Switching
level
Input
Light indi-
cator,
yellow LED
Light indi-
cator,
red LED
Alarm con-
tact/
CONTROL
Not activat-
ed LLL
Normal op-
eration H H L
Over-
load/short
circuit
H H H
Open circuit L L H
Time-current characteristic, 1 A version
Time-current characteristic, 4 A version
Current limitation
Switching time [ms]
Current limitation
Switching time [ms]
Derating curve for ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC...PRO
4 A type
1 A type
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current [A]
tAtA
tA
Set
Output pulse tO
UEGM-OE/AV logic pulse expansion
module
Time diagrams for UEGM-OE/AV-24DC/24DC/100
Operating voltage present
Scenario 2: input pulse tI output pulse tO set: tI = tO
Scenario 1: input pulse tI < output pulse tO set
Operating voltage present
DIP switches1)
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8
Length of
output puls-
es [ms]
(when in
“on” switch
position)
10 – – – – – – –
–20 – – – – – –
– – 50 – – – – –
– – – 100 – – – –
– – – – 200 – – –
– – – – – 500 – –
– – – – – – 1000 –
– – – – – – – 1500
1) If no switch is actuated, the output voltage is not defined.
If the input pulse is longer than the set time, the output is switched
off almost simultaneously with the input.
Intermediate values can be obtained by combining several DIP
switches according to the following formula:
Ttot = ––––––––––––
1
1 +
t1
1 + ... +
t2
1
tn
Table of adjustable output pulse lengths
Set
Output pulse tO
Derating curve for EMG 17-OV...48DC/2
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current [A]
EMG-OV solid-state power relays
Aligned without spacing
Stand-alone device
347PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
A1.1+
A2–
A1.2+
13
K1
K2
23
14
24
Technical data
Input data ①       
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 7
Response/release time at UN[ms] 4 / 6
Input circuit DC
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Output data
Contact material AgNi
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 24 V AC/DC
Limiting continuous current 3.5 A
Min. switching current 5 mA
General data
Test voltage input/output 3 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Test voltage output/output 3 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
①24 V DC PLC-2RSC-24DC/ 11) 2987309 10
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①24 V DC PLC-2RSP-24DC/ 11)2987312 10
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①24 V DC PLC-2RPT-24DC/11) 2901639 10
348 PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
Relay module with two permanently
soldered-in power relays
The advantages:
– 100% more channel density than the
conventional 6.2 mm relay
– Two switching channels in a 6.2 mm hous-
ing
– Integrated input circuit/protective circuit
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contacts and between
contacts
– Screw, spring-cage, and push-in technolo-
gy
PLC-INTERFACE with two integrated
relays
Relay modules
PLC series
Two integrated relays
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
1
V
CC
+-
A1.2
A2–
A1.1
14
13
23
24
A1.2
A2–
A1.1
14
13
23
24
y1y2y3y4
0,7
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6520
1
1,3
0,8
0,9
1,1
1,2
1,4
U
U
N
T[
°
C]
U
A
B
U=24VDC
N
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
349PHOENIX CONTACT
Application example for PLC-2RS...24DC/1
Interrupting rating
Operating voltage range
Ambient temperature
Input voltage
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
DC, ohmic load
Relay modules
PLC series
A1
A2
1(CTL)
M
2(CTL)
14
13
0
0,7
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6520
1
1,3
0,8
0,9
1,1
1,2
1,4
U
U
N
T[
°
C]
U
A
B
U=24VDC/24VAC
N
A
O
M
A1
A2
CTL2
CTL1
M
13
14
VCC
+-
Technical data
Input data ① ②      
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 11 11
Response/release time at UN[ms] 6 / 15 6 / 15
Input circuit AC/DC Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
Output data
Contact material AgSnO
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA)
Limiting continuous current 6 A
Max. inrush current (on request)
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V)
Feedback
Operating mode “Automatic” floating max. 30 V AC/DC / 50 mA
min. 2 V AC/DC / 1 mA
General data
Rated insulation voltage 250 V AC
Rated surge voltage 6 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 90 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
①24 V AC/DC PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/H 2982236 10
②24 V AC/DC PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/L1) 2834876 10
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①24 V AC/DC PLC-RSP- 24UC/ 1/S/H 2982249 10
②24 V AC/DC PLC-RSP- 24UC/ 1/S/L1)2834889 10
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①24 V AC/DC PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/H1) 2900328 10
②24 V AC/DC PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/L1) 2900327 10
350 PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: al-
ways at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages great-
er than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
Module height: PLC-...-S/H = 90 mm; PLC-...-S/L: = 86 mm
PLC...H - manual operation
PLC...L - operation using screwdriver
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
PLC-INTERFACE with
manual switch and relay
Relay modules
PLC series
Relay module with manual switch
and integrated relay
Application example PLC-RS...24UC/1/S...
Permissible input voltage range for PLC-RS...24UC/1/S...
Curve A
maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 6 A
Curve B
minimum operating voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting
continuous current = 6 A
Relay module with manual switch and in-
tegrated power relay for manual, zero, and
automatic functions
The advantages are:
– Max. switching current of 6 A
– Only 6.2 mm wide
– Floating confirmation contact
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
AUTO
MANUELL
I
A1
2(CTL)
0
OUT
1(CTL)
A
O
M
OUT
A1
I
1
2
A1
A2
12
14
11
VCC
+-
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Max. switching voltage 72 V DC
Min. switching voltage 2 V DC
Max. inrush current 50 mA
Min. switching current 1 mA
Cycles, max. 100 (At 72 V DC / 50 mA) / 10000 (at 12 V DC / 100 mA)
Feedback
Operating mode “Automatic” floating 72 V DC / 50 mA
General data
Rated insulation voltage 85 V AC
Rated surge voltage 0.5 kV / basic insulation
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 90 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
PLC-SC-S/H 2980733 10
PLC-SC-S/L 2980775 10
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
PLC-SP-S/H 2980746 10
PLC-SP-S/L 2980788 10
351PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: al-
ways at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages great-
er than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
Module height: PLC-...-S/H = 90 mm; PLC-...-S/L: = 86 mm
PLC...H - manual operation
PLC...L - operation using screwdriver
DW
H
PLC-INTERFACE with
manual switch without relay
Relay modules
PLC series
Module with manual switch without relay
Application example PLC-S...S...
Switching module without relay for manual,
zero, and automatic functions
The advantages:
– Only 6.2 mm wide
– Floating confirmation contact
– Screw and spring-cage connection tech-
nology
A1
A2
A2
14
14
13+
13+

352 PHOENIX CONTACT
The slim 6.2 mm PLC housing with inte-
grated electronics in various versions offers
the following advantages:
– Option of bridging adjacent modules
– Status display
– Protection circuits in input and output
– Wear-resistant and bounce-free switching
– Integrated protection circuit
– DC outputs of up to 300 V DC/1 A or up
to 24 V DC/10 A
– Electronic PDT output of up to
48 V DC/500 mA
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
PLC-INTERFACE with
an integrated solid-state relay
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧
Permissible range (with reference to UN)0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.1
0.8 -
1.1
Switching level (with reference to UN) 1 signal (“H”) 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
0 signal (“L”) 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 15 6 8 5 5 3 5.6 8.4 3 3
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz] 50 50 50 50 50 50 10 10 100 1000
Alarm output
Operating range - / -
Output data
Max. / min. switching voltage 300 V DC / 12 V DC
Limiting continuous current 1 A (see derating curve) 10 A (see derating curve) 500 mA (see derating curve)
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current < 500 mV
General data
Rated insulation voltage 300 V
Rated surge voltage 4 kV / basic insulation
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 60°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 -
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
①5 V DC PLC-OSC- 5DC/300DC/ 11) 2980652 10
②12 V DC PLC-OSC- 12DC/300DC/ 11) 2980665 10
③24 V DC PLC-OSC- 24DC/300DC/ 11) 2980678 10
48 V DC ... 60 V DC ④60 V DC PLC-OSC- 60DC/300DC/ 11) 2980681 10
⑤110 V DC PLC-OSC-110DC/300DC/ 11) 2980694 10
⑥220 V DC PLC-OSC-220DC/300DC/ 11) 2980704 10
⑦120 V AC PLC-OSC-120AC/300DC/ 11) 2980717 10
⑧230 V AC PLC-OSC-230AC/300DC/ 11) 2980720 10
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①5 V DC PLC-OSP- 5DC/300DC/ 11)2980814 10
②12 V DC PLC-OSP- 12DC/300DC/ 11)2980827 10
③24 V DC PLC-OSP- 24DC/300DC/ 11)2980830 10
48 V DC ... 60 V DC ④60 V DC PLC-OSP- 60DC/300DC/ 11)2980843 10
⑤110 V DC PLC-OSP-110DC/300DC/ 11)2980856 10
⑥220 V DC PLC-OSP-220DC/300DC/ 11)2980869 10
⑦120 V AC PLC-OSP-120AC/300DC/ 11)2980872 10
⑧230 V AC PLC-OSP-230AC/300DC/ 11)2980885 10
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①5 V DC PLC-OPT- 5DC/300DC/11) 2900381 10
②12 V DC PLC-OPT- 12DC/300DC/11) 2900382 10
③24 V DC PLC-OPT- 24DC/300DC/11) 2900383 10
48 V DC ... 60 V DC ④60 V DC PLC-OPT- 60DC/300DC/11) 2900384 10
⑤110 V DC PLC-OPT-110DC/300DC/11) 2900385 10
⑥220 V DC PLC-OPT-220DC/300DC/11) 2900387 10
⑦120 V AC PLC-OPT-120AC/300DC/11) 2900388 10
⑧230 V AC PLC-OPT-230AC/300DC/11) 2900389 10
DW
H
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: al-
ways at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages great-
er than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
The housings of the following modules are open on one side:
- PLC-OS...-...-300DC/1
- PLC-OS...-24DC/24DC/10/R
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Relay modules
PLC series
Power solid-state relay with
DC voltage output, max. 1 A
30
0
0,7
1
40 50 60
1
1
30
0
7
10
40 50 60
30
0
0,35
0,5
40 50 60
A1
A2
+24V
0
A
+
Err
A1
A2
A2
12
14
11
11
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
 
353PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data Technical data
③        ③     
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 0.8
0.4 0.4
[mA] 15 6 8 5 5 3 5.6 8.4 3 3
[Hz] 50 50 50 50 50 50 10 10 100 1000
3 V DC ... 33 V DC (High active) / 100 mA - / -
33 V DC / 5 V DC 48 V DC / 3 V DC
Limiting continuous current 1 A (see derating curve) 10 A (see derating curve) 500 mA (see derating curve)
50 mV < 1.2 V
300 V 300 V
4 kV / basic insulation 4 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 60°C -25°C ... 60°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R1) 2982702 10 PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W1) 2980636 10
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R1)2982715 10 PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W1)2980649 10
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/10/R1) 2900398 10 PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W1) 2900378 10
Derating curve for PLC-...24DC/24DC/10/R
Derating curve for PLC...300DC/1
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current [A]
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current [A]
Derating curve for PLC...24DC/48DC/500/W
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current [mA]
For input voltages 220 V DC and 230 V AC
DW
H
DW
H
Relay modules
PLC series
Power solid-state relay with
short-circuit-proof DC voltage output,
max. 10 A, with feedback
Input solid-state relay with
DC voltage output,
max. 500 mA, with electronic PDT
A1
+
A2
A2
–
–
+
+
0
A
Technical data
Input data ① ②      
Permissible range (with reference to UN)0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
Switching level with reference to UN1 signal (“H”) > 0.8 > 0.8
0 signal (“L”) < 0.4 < 0.4
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 7 6
Typ. switch-on time at UN[µs] 1.5 1.5
Typ. switch-off time at UN[µs] 2 2
Transmission frequency flimit [kHz] 100 100
Input protection: LED yellow, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection LED yellow, Protection against polarity reve
Output data
Operating voltage range 4 V DC ... 30 V DC
Limiting continuous current 50 mA
Quiescent current 4.3 mA
Residual voltage drop at “H” < 0.5 V
Output circuit 3-conductor, ground-referenced 3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced 3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Pr
General data
Test voltage input/output 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / II
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 -
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Input solid-state relay with push-in connection
①5 V DC PLC-OSC- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ1) 2902963 1
②24 V DC PLC-OSC- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ1) 2902964 1
Input solid-state relay with screw connection
①5 V DC PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ1)2902969 1
②24 V DC PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ1)2902970 1
354 PHOENIX CONTACT
PLC-INTERFACE
Solid-state relays up to 100 kHz
A solid-state relay for the safe acquisition
of short pulses.
– Status display
– Bridging options
– Limit frequency of up to 100 kHz
– Push-pull stage on output side
– Features a capacitor on the input side for
interference suppression
Relay modules
PLC series
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
with DC voltage output
Transmission frequency 100 kHz
A1
+
A2
A2
–
–
+
+
0
A
A1
+
A2
A2
–
–
+
+
0
A
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
① ②       ① ②      
0.5 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.5 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
> 0.5 > 0.8 > 0.5 > 0.8
< 0.3 < 0.4 < 0.3 < 0.4
88 88
11 11
22 22
100 100 100 100
Input protection: LED yellow, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection LED yellow, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection LED yellow, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
4 V DC ... 18 V DC 14 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA 50 mA
8.5 mA 15 mA
< 1.2 V < 2.2 V
Output circuit 3-conductor, ground-referenced 3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced 3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
(50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 60°C
DIN EN 50178 DIN EN 50178
2 / II 2 / II
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1) 2902965 1PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G1) 2902967 1
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1) 2902966 1PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G1) 2902968 1
PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1)2902971 1PLC-OPT- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ-G1)2902973 1
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1)2902972 1PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ-G1)2902974 1
355PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PLC series
with DC voltage output push-pull
Transmission frequency 100 kHz
with DC voltage output push-pull
Transmission frequency 100 kHz
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
1
2
6
GND
UVN
IN
13+
14
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage UVN 5 V DC
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN 0.9 ... 1.2
Rated control supply current IVN 41 mA
Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN) 5 V DC (TTL)
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC0.9 ... 1.2
Rated actuating current IC2.5 mA
Typ. response time at Uc4.5 ms
Typ. release time for Uc3.5 ms
Input circuit Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Output data with: REL-MR-4,5DC/21 AU REL-MR-4,5DC/21
Contact type Single contact, 1 N/O contact Single contact, 1 N/O contact
Contact material AgSnO, hard gold-plated AgSnO
Max. switching voltage 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 100 mA)
Limiting continuous current 50 mA 6 A
Max. inrush current 50 mA (on request)
Min. switching current 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (at 12 V)
General data
Rated insulation voltage 250 V
Rated surge voltage / insulation 6 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles
Air and creepage distances between the power circuits IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2 / III
Mounting position / Assembly Any / In rows with zero spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-INTERFACE
With screw connection PLC-BSC-TTL/11) 2982689 10
With spring-cage connection PLC-BSP-TTL/11) 2982692 10
With push-in connection PLC-BPT-TTL/11) 2900458 10
Accessories
Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU 2961370 10
with power contact REL-MR- 4,5DC/21 2961367 10
356 PHOENIX CONTACT
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current[A]
Max. interrupting rating
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
The PLC-BSTTL/1 basic terminal block
is controlled using a TTL (5 V) input signal
and can be equipped with a mechanical relay
or a solid-state relay as an option. The basic
terminal block equipped with a robust min-
iature relay offers the following advantages:
– 6.2 mm slim design width
– Bridging options
– Status display
– Screw and spring-cage connection
– RTIII degree of protection
– Safe isolation in accordance with
EN 50178 (VDE 0160)
–4 kV
rms electrical isolation between coil
and contact.
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
PLC-INTERFACE for
the TTL signal at the input
Relay modules
PLC series
Basic terminal block, for fitting
with relay for TTL(5 V)
GND
UVN
IN
13+
14
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage UVN 5 V DC
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN 0.9 ... 1.2
Rated control supply current IVN 11.5 mA
Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN) 5 V DC (TTL)
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) (TTL signal) > 2 V DC
Switching level 0 signal (“L”) (TTL signal) < 0.8 V DC
Rated actuating current IC2.5 mA
Typ. response time/switch-on time at Uc35 µs
Typ. switch-off time at UC320 µs
Input circuit Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Output data with: OPT-5DC/48DC/100 OPT-5DC/24DC/2
Max. switching voltage 48 V DC 33 V DC
Min. switching voltage 3 V DC 3 V DC
Limiting continuous current 100 mA 3 A
Output protection
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Voltage drop at limiting continuous current < 1 V < 200 mV
General data
Rated insulation voltage 250 V
Rated surge voltage / insulation 6 kV/basic isolation
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
Air and creepage distances between the power circuits IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-INTERFACE
With screw connection PLC-BSC-TTL/11) 2982689 10
With spring-cage connection PLC-BSP-TTL/11) 2982692 10
With push-in connection PLC-BPT-TTL/11) 2900458 10
Accessories
Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state input relays OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100 2967992 10
Solid-state power relays OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2 2967989 10
357PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For derating curves see page 345
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
The PLC-BSTTL/1 basic terminal block
is controlled using a TTL (5 V) input signal
and can be equipped with a mechanical relay
or a solid-state relay as an option. The basic
terminal block equipped with a solid-state
relay offers the following advantages:
– 6.2 mm slim design width
– Bridging options
– Status display
– Screw and spring-cage connection
– IP67-protected solid-state relay electron-
ic unit
– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/3 A
– Alternative input or power solid-state re-
lay
– Wear-free and output-free
– Integrated protection circuit
– Insensitive to vibrations and shocks
–2.5 kV
rms electrical isolation between in-
put and output
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
PLC-INTERFACE for
the TTL signal at the input
Relay modules
PLC series
Basic terminal block for fitting
with solid-state relay for TTL(5 V)
A1
A1
+
+
A2
A2
A2
–
–
–
+
+
+
A
0
0
0
20 35 40 50 60 70
3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
1
20 30 40 50 60 70
1,5
2
2,5
3
1
2
1
2
Technical data
Input data
Rated actuating voltage UC24 V DC
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC0.8 ... 1.2
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) > 0.8
Switching level 0 signal (“L”) < 0.4
Rated actuating current IC3.4 mA
Typ. switch-on time for Uc35 µs
Typ. switch-off time at UC35 µs
Transmission frequency flimit 1 kHz
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Output data with:
Rated control supply voltage US5 V DC
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US0.9 ... 1.2
Limiting continuous current (A TTL load (Fan out = 1)/50 mA for switching mode)
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current < 80 mV
General data
Rated insulation voltage 250 V DC
Rated surge voltage / insulation 4 kV / basic insulation
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 60°C
Air and creepage distances between the power circuits IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-INTERFACE
With screw connection PLC-OSC- 24DC/TTL1) 2982728 10
With spring-cage connection PLC-OSP- 24DC/TTL1) 2982731 10
With push-in connection PLC-OPT- 24DC/TTL1) 2900363 10
358 PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
PLC-INTERFACE for
the TTL signal at the output
Relay modules
PLC series
Input solid state relay
with TTL (5 V) output
Derating curve for PLC-OSP...24DC/3RW
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current [A]
Aligned without spacing
Aligned with 20 mm spacing
Derating curve for PLC-OSP...110DC/3RW
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current [A]
The PLC-OS24DC/TTL with a built-in
solid-state relay can be used for fast and
wear-free switching of TTL (5 V) signals.
The module offers the following advan-
tages:
– Switching capacity TTL (5 V), fan out = 1
– 6.2 mm slim design width
– Bridging options
– Status display
– Screw and spring-cage connection
– Integrated protection circuit
– Insensitive to vibrations and shocks
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
A1
A2
A2
14
14
13+
13+
A1
A2
A2
14
14
13+
13+
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data Technical data
Input data ①     ⑥   ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥  
Permissible range (with reference to UN)0.7 -
1.25
0.7 -
1.25
0.7 -
1.25
0.7 -
1.25
0.7 -
1.25
0.7 -
1.25
0.7 -
1.25
0.7 -
1.25
Switching level (with reference to UN) 1 signal (“H”) 0.6 0.6 > 0.6 > 0.6 > 0.6 > 0.6 > 0.6 > 0.6
0 signal (“L”) 0.3 0.3 < 0.4 < 0.4 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 8.5 3 12 12 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5
Typ. switch-on time at UN[ms] 0.04 0.08 0.4 0.4 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.4
Typ. switch-off time at UN[ms] 0.2 0.6 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz] 300 100 50 50 300 300 300 300
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Output data
Max. switching voltage 33 V DC 140 V DC
Min. switching voltage 3 V DC 12 V DC
Limiting continuous current 3 A (see derating curve) 3 A (see derating curve)
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current < 200 mV < 150 mV
General data
Rated insulation voltage 250 V 160 V DC
Rated surge voltage 4 kV / basic insulation 4 kV / basic insulation
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III 2 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①24 V DC PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3RW 2980513 10 PLC-OSP- 24DC/110DC/ 3RW1) 2982511 10
②36 V DC PLC-OSP- 36DC/110DC/ 3RW1) 2982524 10
③48 V DC PLC-OSP- 48DC/110DC/ 3RW1) 2982537 10
④72 V DC PLC-OSP- 72DC/110DC/ 3RW1) 2982540 10
⑤96 V DC PLC-OSP- 96DC/110DC/ 3RW1) 2982553 10
⑥110 V DC PLC-OSP-110DC/ 24DC/ 3RW 2980526 10 PLC-OSP-110DC/110DC/ 3RW1) 2982566 10
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①24 V DC PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/3RW1)2900379 10 PLC-OPT- 24DC/110DC/3RW1)2900391 10
②36 V DC PLC-OPT- 36DC/110DC/3RW1)2900392 10
③48 V DC PLC-OPT- 48DC/110DC/3RW1)2900393 10
④72 V DC PLC-OPT- 72DC/110DC/3RW1)2900394 10
⑤96 V DC PLC-OPT- 96DC/110DC/3RW1)2900395 10
⑥110 V DC PLC-OPT-110DC/ 24DC/3RW1)2900380 10 PLC-OPT-110DC/110DC/3RW1)2900396 10
359PHOENIX CONTACT
The PLC-OSP...RW interface modules are
intended for use as per DIN EN 50155
(VDE 0115 part 200) “Railway applications,
Part 200: Electronic devices in rail vehicles”.
The advantages:
– Temperature range -25°C to +70°C
– Input voltage range 0.7 - 1.25 x UN
– Shock resistance according to DIN 50155
(requirements according to EN 61373).
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For derating curves see page 358
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
DW
H
PLC-INTERFACE with solid-state re-
lays for railway applications
Relay modules
PLC series
Power solid-state relay
with DC voltage output, max. 3 A
Power solid-state relay
with DC voltage output, max. 3 A
A1
A2 11
14
12
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
1
2
6
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
A
B
U=24VDC
N
Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN24 V DC
Permissible range (with reference to UN)See diagram
Typ. input current at UN12 mA
Typ. response time at UN5 ms
Typ. release time at UN8 ms
Input circuit
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Output data with: REL-MR-18DC/21 REL-MR-18DC/21AU
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT
Contact material AgSnO AgSnO, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current 3 A 50 mA
Max. inrush current (on request) 50 mA
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 24 V)
General data
Test voltage input/output 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C
Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 3 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Description Voltage UNType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for
plug-in miniature relay
With spring-cage connection 24 V DC PLC-BSP- 24DC/21RW1) 2961396 10
With push-in connection 24 V DC PLC-BPT- 24DC/21RW1) 2900261 10
Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays
with power contact REL-MR- 18DC/21 2961383 10
with gold contact REL-MR- 18DC/21AU 2961493 10
360 PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications
Relay modules
PLC series
Basic terminal block that can be fitted
with 1 PDT relay
Permissible input voltage range for
PLC-BSP-24DC/21RW
(with REL-MR-18DC/21... relay)
Ambient temperature [°C]
Input voltage U/UN
Curve A
Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 3 A
Curve B
Minimum operate voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting con-
tinuous current = 3 A
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21
with 1 PDT relay
Relay modules with extended input volt-
age and temperature range, specifically for
use in railway applications
The advantages:
– Temperature range -25°C to +70°C
– Input voltage range 0.7 to 1.25 x UN
– Vibration and shock resistance to
EN 50155
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Spring cage and push-in connection meth-
od
A2
24
21
22
14
11
12
A1
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
1,1
1,2
1,3
1,4
A
B
U = 230 V AC
N
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN230 V AC
Input nominal frequency 16.67 Hz
Permissible range (with reference to UN) (refer to the diagram)
Typ. input current at UN4.8 mA (with AC)
Typ. response time at UN20 ms
Typ. release time at UN60 ms
Input circuit Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 2-PDT
Contact material AgNi, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V AC/DC )
Min. switching voltage 100 mV ( 5 V AC/DC )
Limiting continuous current 50 mA ( 6 A )
Max. inrush current 50 mA ( 8 A )
Min. switching current 1 mA ( 10 mA )
General data
Test voltage input/output 6 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 60°C
Mechanical service life Approx. 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Description Voltage UNType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-INTERFACE
With spring-cage connection 230 V AC PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF1) 2968001 10
With push-in connection 230 V AC PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU/RWF1) 2900345 10
361PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The values in parenthe-
ses then apply for further operation. This can result in a shorter ser-
vice life than with a pure power contact.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications
Relay modules
PLC series
For 16.7 Hz input frequency
with 2 PDTs
Permissible input voltage range
for PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF
Ambient temperature [°C]
Input voltage U/UN
Curve A
maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 6 A
Curve B
minimum operating voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting
continuous current = 6 A
Relay module for input voltages with a
nominal frequency of 16.7 Hz
The advantages:
– Input nominal frequency 16.7 Hz
– Vibration and shock resistance to
EN 50155
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Spring cage and push-in connection meth-
od
A1
A2 11
14
12

362 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules with extended input volt-
age and temperature range, specifically de-
signed for railway applications
The advantages:
– Certified to EN 50155
– Optimum relay operation thanks to wide-
range electronics
– Temperature range from -40°C to +70°C
(short-term 85°C)
– Input voltage range 0.7 to 1.25 x UN
(short-term 1.4 x UN)
– Vibration and shock resistance to
EN 50155
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Spring cage and push-in connection meth-
od
PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③     
Permissible range (with reference to UN)0.7 -
1.25
0.7 -
1.25
0.7 -
1.25
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 9 3 2
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 4 4 4
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 4 4 4
Input protection: Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Br
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Singl
Contact material AgSnO AgSnO, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV 5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV 12 V AC/DC
Limiting continuous current 6 A 50 mA 2x 6 A 50 mA 10 A (With inserted bridge 2967691)
Max. inrush current (on request) 50 mA 15 A (300 ms) 50 mA 30 A (300 ms)
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA 10 mA
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX) -40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX) -40°C ... 70°C (Temper
Mechanical service life Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 3 x 10
Standards/regulations
EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN61373,
EN50121
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 -
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-INTERFACE, with power contact
With spring-cage connection ①24 V DC PLC-RSP- 24UC/21/RW1) 2987011 10
②72 V DC PLC-RSP- 72UC/21/RW1) 2987037 10
③110 V DC PLC-RSP-110UC/21/RW1) 2987053 10
With push-in connection ①24 V DC PLC-RPT- 24UC/21/RW1) 2900318 10
②72 V DC PLC-RPT- 72UC/21/RW1) 2900319 10
③110 V DC PLC-RPT-110UC/21/RW1) 2900320 10
PLC-INTERFACE, with hard gold-plated contact
With spring-cage connection ①24 V DC PLC-RSP- 24UC/21AU/RW1)2987024 10
②72 V DC PLC-RSP- 72UC/21AU/RW1)2987040 10
③110 V DC PLC-RSP-110UC/21AU/RW1)2987066 10
With push-in connection ①24 V DC PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU/RW1)2900321 10
②72 V DC PLC-RPT- 72UC/21AU/RW1)2900322 10
③110 V DC PLC-RPT-110UC/21AU/RW1)2900323 10
DW
H
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
Electrical service life diagrams, see page 346
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Relay modules
PLC series
1 PDT 2 PDT 1 PDT up to 10 A
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
3
4
3
1
42
1
2
3
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
3
1
2
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
1
7060 65
55
5045403530
3
4
7
5
6
2
1
00
A2
24
21
22
14
11
12
A1
A2
11
14
12
A1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
 
363PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data Technical data
① ② ③      ① ② ③     
0.7 -
1.25
0.7 -
1.25
0.7 -
1.25
0.7 -
1.25
0.7 -
1.25
0.7 -
1.25
20 6 4.5 20 6 4.5
555 555
11 11 11 11 11 11
Input protection: Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT
Contact material AgSnO AgSnO, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV 5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV 12 V AC/DC
Limiting continuous current 6 A 50 mA 2x 6 A 50 mA 10 A (With inserted bridge 2967691)
Max. inrush current (on request) 50 mA 15 A (300 ms) 50 mA 30 A (300 ms)
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA 10 mA
(50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX) -40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX) -40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX)
cycles Approx. 3 x 107 cycles Approx. 3 x 107 cycles
EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN61373,
EN50121
EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN61373,
EN50121
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21/RW1) 2987105 10 PLC-RSP- 24UC/21HC/RW1) 2987079 10
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21/RW1) 2987121 10 PLC-RSP- 72UC/21HC/RW1) 2987082 10
PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21/RW1) 2987147 10 PLC-RSP-110UC/21HC/RW1) 2987095 10
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21/RW1) 2900346 10 PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC/RW1) 2900324 10
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21/RW1) 2900347 10 PLC-RPT- 72UC/21HC/RW1) 2900325 10
PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21/RW1) 2900348 10 PLC-RPT-110UC/21HC/RW1) 2900326 10
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21AU/RW1)2987118 10
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21AU/RW1)2987134 10
PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21AU/RW1)2987150 10
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU/RW1)2900349 10
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21AU/RW1)2900350 10
PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21AU/RW1)2900351 10
Derating curve for PLC-RSP...21/RW
PLC-RSP...21AU/RW
PLC-RSP...21-21/RW
PLC-RSP...21-21AU/RW
Ambient temperature [°C]
Switching current [A]
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
Ohmic load
Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21RW
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21-21/RW
Switching voltage [V]
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21HC/RW
DW
H
DW
H
Relay modules
PLC series
1 PDT 2 PDT 1 PDT up to 10 A
+
GND
-
U
VN
Out
ERR
U
VN
Out
ERR
24V
(M) (P)
UKK 5-2R/NAMUR
10k
1k
+
-
ERR
OUT
GND
UVN
ERR
OUT
GND
U
+
-
VN
Technical data
Supply
Input supply nominal voltage UVN 24 V DC ±20%
Typ. input current at UVN Approx. 14 mA
Transmission frequency flimit Approx. 350 Hz
Input circuit Green LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Control circuit
No-load voltage 8.2 V DC ±10%
Switching points in accordance with EN 60947-5-6: 2.1 mA (In conductive state)
1.2 mA (In blocking state)
6.3 mA ... 10 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)
0 mA ... 0.35 mA (In the event of a wire break)
Protective circuit Surge protection
Alarm output
Operating voltage range (positive switching) (UVN - URes)
Limiting continuous current 50 mA
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current 1.5 V (UR)
Output protection Red LED, Surge protection
Signal output
Limiting continuous current 50 mA
Voltage drop UR at max. limiting continuous current 1.5 V (UR)
Output protection Surge protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage 50 V DC
Rated surge voltage / insulation 0.4 kV / Basic isolation
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 50°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2 / I
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Switching amplifier electronic terminal block,
positive switching
With screw connection PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P1) 2982663 10
With spring-cage connection PLC-SP-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P1) 2982676 10
With push-in connection PLC-PT-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P1) 2900397 10
Accessories
Double-level terminal block, with preassembled resistors
With screw connection UKK 5-2R/NAMUR 2941662 50
364 PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: al-
ways at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages great-
er than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
PLC electronic sensor terminal block
for NAMUR proximity sensors
Relay modules
PLC series
For inductive proximity sensors according
to NAMUR, with light indicators
for sensor signal and faults
Application 1
Application 2
NAMUR initiator
Limit switch
Initiator state Switching level LED
OUT ERR Green Red
conductive LLOFFOFF
blocking HLONOFF
short circuit LHOFFON
open circuit LHOFFON
The PLC-...EIK 1-SVN electronic sensor
terminal block from Phoenix Contact con-
verts the changeable resistance of a
NAMUR sensor unit into a digital signal that
can be read by all PLCs.
In addition, the electronics unit monitors
the sensor side for short-circuits or wire
breaks and reports this error via an inte-
grated LED.
Due to a corresponding resistance circuit,
the PLC-...-EIK 1-SVN can be used to mon-
itor all mechanical switches (N/C contact or
N/O contact) for short-circuits and/or wire
break.
In addition to a high packing density, this
switching amplifier features the following:
– Regulated power supply for the NAMUR
proximity switch
– 24 V/50 mA digital output for directly
connecting programmable logic controls
– Connection option for PLC-V8 adapter
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
M+
UV
GND
T
R
LM-
R
T
L
L
R
U
GND
24V
M+
M-
VCC
+-M
30
20
1
2
1,5
40 50 60
1
2
1
2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Input data
Control voltage UST right/left 24 V DC ±20%
Control input current IST right/left Approx. 3 mA
Input protection: Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
PWM option
Max. clock frequency of the PWM at the control inputs 1000 Hz
Pulse width repetition rate of the PWM 0% ... 100%
Output data
Supply voltage range UV10 V DC ... 30 V DC
Quiescent current 10 mA
Output protection Green LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Motor switching output
Continuous current IA max. 2 A (see derating curve)
Current limitation at short-circuits 15 A (during braking)
General data
Rated insulation voltage 50 V DC
Rated surge voltage / insulation 0.5 kV / basic insulation
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 60°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2 / II
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Mounting In rows with zero spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Electronic reversing load relays, for driving DC motors,
with light indicator and protection circuit
With screw connection PLC-SC-ELR W1/ 2-24DC1) 2980539 1
With spring-cage connection PLC-SP-ELR W1/ 2-24DC1) 2980555 1
365PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: al-
ways at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages great-
er than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
PWM = Pulse Width Modulation
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
PLC series
Electronic reversing load relay for
DC motors
Relay modules
PLC series
With overload and short-circuit-proof output
Application example for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC
Status table
Input Output
Right Left M + M –
0 0 High resistance High resistance
1 0 +24 V GND
01GND+24 V
11GNDGND
Derating curve for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC
Aligned without spacing
Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
Load current [A]
Ambient temperature [°C]
The PLC-S...-ELR W 1/2-24DC electronic
reversing load relays are used to switch me-
chanically commutated DC motors up to
24 V/2 A.
– Wear-free reversing
– Braking by controlling both inputs
– Short-circuit and surge- and overload-
proof output
– Integrated locking circuit and load wiring
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
GNDUS
A1+
A2- 0
+
A
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US24 V DC
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US0.8 ... 1.2
Rated control supply current IS
Input low, output low 13 mA
Input high, output high 19 mA
Rated actuating voltage UC24 V DC
Rated actuating current IC3 mA
Switching threshold “0” signal in reference to UC< 0.4
Switching threshold “1” signal in reference to UC> 0.8
Status indication Yellow LED
Operating voltage display Green LED
Input circuit Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Output data
Output voltage range UE3 V DC ... 48 V DC
Limiting continuous current 100 mA
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current < 1 V DC
Output circuit 3-conductor, ground-referenced
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection, Free running
General data
Rated insulation voltage 50 V DC
Rated surge voltage 0.5 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 60°C
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
PLC-OSC-LPE-24DC/48DC/100 2903171 1
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
PLC-OPT-LPE-24DC/48DC/100 2903173 1
366 PHOENIX CONTACT
A solid-state relay for acquiring and ex-
tending short pulses.
– Pulse detection can be set from > 0.1 ms
or > 2 ms
– Status display
– Delay times of 10 to 2550, can be set via
DIP switches
– Bridging options
– Can be retriggered
– Screw and push-in connection technology
PLC-INTERFACE
Pulse expansion module
Relay modules
PLC series
With DC voltage output
Max. 100 mA
UC
t0tIN t
24 V
UE
t0t
24 V
UC
t0tIN t
24 V
UE
t0t
24 V
UC
t0t
24 V
tIN t0tIN
UE
t0t
24 V
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
367PHOENIX CONTACT
UC
t0tINt
24 V
UE
t0t
24 V
tDIP/OUT
Input pulse t1 < set output pulse t3
(no restart when triggered again)
Input pulse t1 ≥ set output pulse t3, then input pulse t1 = out-
put pulse t2
(no restart when triggered again)
Input pulse t1 < set output pulse t3
(restart when triggered again)
DIP
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8
10 - - - - - - -
-20 - - - - - -
- - 40 - - - - -
- - - 80 - - - -
- - - - 160 - - -
- - - - - 320 - -
- - - - - - 640 -
- - - - - - - 1280
UC
t0tINt
24 V
UE
t0t
24 V
tDIPtOUT
UC
t0t
24 V
tINt0tIN
UE
t0t
24 V
tDIPtOUT
Relay modules
PLC series
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Color Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Power terminal block, for supply of up to four potentials, with the
same shape as PLC standard series, max. 32 A/250 V AC
gray PLC-ESK GY 2966508 5
Separating plate
, thickness 2 mm, required at the start and end of a
PLC terminal strip. It is also used for visual separation of groups, safe
isolation of different voltages of neighboring PLC interfaces as per
DIN EN 50178/VDE0160, separation of neighboring bridges of differ-
ent potentials, and separation of PLC interfaces at voltages > 250 V
black PLC-ATP BK 2966841 25
Screwdriver
Blade: 0.6x3.5x100mm, length: 181mm SZF 1-0,6X3,5 1204517 10
Passive feed-through bridge, can be plugged in instead of relay
or solid-state relay, bridges terminal points A1 and 14
black PLC-BP A1-14 2980283 10
DW
H
The PLC-ESK power terminal helps with
supplying the bridge potentials; the PLC-
AT P partition plate helps with optical and
safe disconnection of the adjacent PLC
modules. The PLC-BP (A1-14) passive
feed-through bridge is used instead of a re-
lay and connects the A1 and 14 terminal
points.
PLC accessories
Relay modules
PLC series
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Color Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Cont. plug-in bridge, 500 mm long, isolated, can be cut to length,
for potential distribution
Nominal current: 32 A red FBST 500-PLC RD 2966786 20
blue FBST 500-PLC BU 2966692 20
gray FBST 500-PLC GY 2966838 20
Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 6 mm long,
for potential distribution
Nominal current: 6Ared FBST 6-PLC RD 2966236 50
blue FBST 6-PLC BU 2966812 50
gray FBST 6-PLC GY 2966825 50
Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 8 mm long,
for potential distribution with a partition plate
Nominal current: 6AgrayFBST 8-PLC GY 2967688 50
Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 14 mm long, insulated,
for potential distribution
Nominal current: 10 A black FBST 14-PLC BK 2967691 50
Zack marker strip, printed horizontally, 10-section,
with consecutive numbers, e.g., 1-10, 11-20, etc. up to 91-100
ZB 6,LGS:FORTL.ZAHLEN 1051016 10
368 PHOENIX CONTACT
The colored isolated FBST plug-in bridges
are not required for the PLC interface up to
70%. The 500 mm long FBST 500-PLC
“endless bridges” are especially effective.
The 2-pos. FBST 6 single plug-in bridges
are especially suited for bridging a smaller
number of PLC modules.
PLC accessories
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V DC ±25% 24 V DC ±25%
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A (per signal path) 1 A (per signal path)
Max total current (voltage supply) 3 A 3 A
Test voltage 500 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 70°C -40°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Power supply Screw connection Screw connection
Signal level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions H / D 100 mm / 94 mm 100 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with F
LK connection, for PLC system cabling, positive switching
OUTPUT 14 49.6 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT 2295554 1
INPUT 14 49.6 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/IN 2296553 1
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm),
with FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, negative switching
OUTPUT 14 49.6 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M 2304102 1
INPUT 14 49.6 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M 2304115 1
V8 output adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm),
with 15-pos. D-SUB connection
Pin strip 15 49.6 mm PLC-V8/D15S/OUT 2296058 1
Socket strip 15 49.6 mm PLC-V8/D15B/OUT 2296061 1
V8 input adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm),
with 15-pos. D-SUB connection
Pin strip 15 49.6 mm PLC-V8/D15S/IN 2296074 1
Socket strip 15 49.6 mm PLC-V8/D15B/IN 2296087 1
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with FLK connection,
for PLC system cabling, positive switching
14 112.3 mm PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT 2299660 1
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with FLK connection,
for PLC system cabling, negative switching
14 112.3 mm PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M 2304306 1
369PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PLC series
VARIOFACE adapter
for 6.2 mm PLC-INTERFACE
VARIOFACE adapter
for 14 mm PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-V8/... are VARIOFACE adapters
which connect the 6.2 mm wide PLC RELAY
modules to the VARIOFACE system cabling
Notes:
For cross-reference list with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules,
see page 488
Adapter for PLC-INTERFACE
370 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PR series
The PR series is a low-priced relay modu-
lar system, consisting of DIN rail bases, re-
lays, plug-in input/interference suppression
modules, engagement levers, and the
matching marking labels and universal bridg-
ing materials for all bases. The modules are
largely compatible with the usual standards
on the market, have the major international
approvals and are therefore accepted world-
wide.
Besides the familiar relay bases with the
screw connection method, relay bases with
the spring-cage connection method for min-
iature power relays with one or two PDT
contacts and for industrial relays with two
or four PDT contacts are available in the PR
series. The connections in these bases are
configured with double spring cages for free,
simple bridging of all potentials.
The PR series also boasts its own partic-
ular features:
– Relay retaining bracket: The EL... plastic
relay retaining bracket, with which the re-
lays can be held and, if necessary, ejected,
have an exposed, smooth, large equip-
ment marking area for standard self-adhe-
sive labels that can be printed easily and
inexpensively using standard printers.
When fitted, the engagement lever is se-
curely connected to the base, which
means that the labeling cannot be lost.
– Industrial relays: All REL-IR... industrial re-
lays have as standard an LED status display
and all DC types also have an integrated
freewheeling diode. In most cases, this
eliminates the plug-in input modules that
are otherwise also used.
– Plug-in input modules with RC element:
most standard input/interference sup-
pression modules with an RC element
used for compensation of interference
coupling on long lines or in the event of
leakage currents from electronic AC out-
puts have only low capacitance values.
This greatly limits the filter effect. In con-
trast, the RC-120-230UC and RC3-120-
230UC plug-in module series for mains
voltage applications have a filter function
that is improved up to a factor of 10. Un-
like with the discharge resistors that are
normally used for such applications, using
RC plug-in modules gives rise to no addi-
tional heating!
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
371PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PR series
PR1 series
The narrow 16 mm PR1 base series for
relays with one or two contacts is available
with a screw or spring-cage connection
method. Both the traditional 2/2-level bases
and two modern “logical” 1/3-level versions
with fully opposite coil and contact connec-
tions are available.
PR2 series
The PR2 base series accommodates plug-
in industrial relays with two or four PDT
contacts. Like the PR1 series, the bases are
available with screw and spring-cage con-
nection methods, as well as in the tradition-
al 2/2-level and modern “logical” 1/3-level
versions.
PR3 series
The robust octal relays with two or three
PDT contacts that are widely used in some
areas fit on the PR3 base with touch-pro-
tected screw connections. All the base con-
nections have a wide connection cross sec-
tion and are arranged on one level with
good accessibility.
The active components of the PR1 mod-
ular system include various miniature power
relays (optionally available with manual test
function) and electronic solid-state relays.
Matching relay retaining brackets with inte-
grated marking area prevent them from be-
ing shaken loose. Depending on require-
ments, input/interference suppression
modules with various functions can also be
plugged in. Marking labels and loop bridges
in various colors that are suitable for uni-
versal use with all PR bases complete the
range of accessories.
The PR2 modular system is specifically
designed for plug-in industrial relays. Indus-
trial relays from Phoenix Contact feature
the following as standard: a manual test but-
ton, switch position indicator, status LED,
and freewheeling diode (DC coils only). In-
terference suppression modules with a va-
ristor or RC element can also be plugged in
as an option. Relay retaining brackets with
integrated marking areas prevent the relays
from being shaken loose. Marking labels and
loop bridges in various colors that are suit-
able for universal use with all PR bases com-
plete the range of accessories.
The PR3 modular system is specifically
designed for the robust octal relays. The re-
lays have a switch position indicator and a
manual test button and there is a wire
bracket to prevent them from being shaken
loose. Input/interference suppression mod-
ules with various functions can also be
plugged in as an option. The base can be
marked with an 8 x 20 mm standard adhe-
sive label. Loop bridges in various colors for
universal use round off the range of acces-
sories.

Technical data
Nominal voltage UN300 V AC/DC
Nominal current at UN12 A
General data
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 85°C
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.5
Dimensions
Width 16 mm
Depth with retaining bracket 63 mm (EL1-P16)
71 mm (EL1-P25)
Height 75 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Relay base PR1
, 2/2-level design, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including ten MP1 marking
labels per pack
With screw connection PR1-BSC2/2X21 2833518 10
Relay base PR1
, 1/3-level design, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including ten MP1 marking
labels per pack
With screw connection
Relay base PR1
, 1/3-level design, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including ten MP1 marking
labels per pack
With spring-cage connection
Relay retaining bracket
, with ejector function and integrated equip-
ment marking area (7.5 x 15 mm), suitable for relay socket PR1
for 16 mm tall miniature power relay and solid-state relay EL1-P16 2833547 10
for 25 mm tall miniature switching relay and solid-state relay EL1-P25 2833550 10
Accessories
Equipment marking label, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm
MP 1 2833631 10
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface
6 x 15 mm
2500 labels per roll EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1
Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm,
0.5 mm2
blue DB 50- 90 BU 2821180 1
black DB 50- 90 BK 2820916 1
gray DB 50- 90 GY 2820929 1
372 PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
Modular PR1 relay base Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Range of relay bases that can be fitted
with 1 PDT or 2 PDT relay or solid-state
relay
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input modules/interference sup-
pression modules
– Relay retaining bracket with labeling field
and ejection function
– Marking labels
– Loop bridges
Relay modules
PR series
2/2-level design with
screw connection
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data Technical data Technical data
300 V AC/DC 300 V AC/DC -
12 A 10 A -
-25°C ... 85°C -25°C ... 85°C -
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.5 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 -
16 mm 16 mm -
71 mm (EL1-P16)
79 mm (EL1-P25)
72 mm (EL1-P16)
80 mm (EL1-P25)
-
78.5 mm 97 mm -
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR1-BSC3/2X21 2833521 10
PR1-BSP3/2X21 2833534 10
EL1-P16 2833547 10 EL1-P16 2833547 10 EL1-P16 2833547 10
EL1-P25 2833550 10 EL1-P25 2833550 10 EL1-P25 2833550 10
Accessories Accessories Accessories
MP 1 2833631 10 MP 1 2833631 10
EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1
DB 50- 90 BU 2821180 1DB 50- 90 BU 2821180 1
DB 50- 90 BK 2820916 1DB 50- 90 BK 2820916 1
DB 50- 90 GY 2820929 1DB 50- 90 GY 2820929 1
373PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
DW
H
Relay modules
PR series
1/3-level design with
screw connection
1/3-level design with
spring-cage connection
Relay retaining bracket
14
A1
1112
A2
24
14
A1
21
11
22
12
A2

374 PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in miniature power relays
Plug-in miniature power relays with
1 or 2 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1, PR1,
and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Power contacts up to 16 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection up to RT III
(comparable with IP67) depending on
type
Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
Technical data Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 33 17 8.7 8.2 4.1 32 7 3 33 17 8.7 8.2 4.1 32 7 3
Typ. response time at UN[ms]77777 77777
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
[ms] 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12
Typ. release time at UN[ms]33333 33333
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
[ms] 2 - 9 2 - 9 2 - 9 2 - 9 2 - 9 2 - 9
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT
Contact material AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Min. switching voltage 12 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current 16 A 50 mA 8 A 50 mA
Max. inrush current 25 A (20 ms) 50 mA 12 A (20 ms) 50 mA
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (At 5 V) 1 mA (at 24 V)
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC 4000 VA - 2000 VA -
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Test voltage (contact/contact) - 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C -40°C ... 85°C
Mechanical service life 1 x 107 cycles 1 x 107 cycles
Electrical service life See diagram See diagram
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in miniature power relays
with power contact ①12 V DC REL-MR- 12DC/21HC 2961309 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21 2961257 10
with power contact ②24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 2961192 10
with power contact ③48 V DC REL-MR- 48DC/21HC 2834821 10 REL-MR- 48DC/21-21 2834834 10
with power contact ④60 V DC REL-MR- 60DC/21HC 2961325 10 REL-MR- 60DC/21-21 2961273 10
with power contact ⑤110 V DC REL-MR-110DC/21HC 2961338 10 REL-MR-110DC/21-21 2961202 10
with power contact ⑥24 V AC REL-MR- 24AC/21HC 2961406 10 REL-MR- 24AC/21-21 2961435 10
with power contact ⑦120 V AC REL-MR-120AC/21HC 2961419 10 REL-MR-120AC/21-21 2961448 10
with power contact ⑧230 V AC REL-MR-230AC/21HC 2961422 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21 2961451 10
Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact ①12 V DC REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU 2961532 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU 2961299 10
with gold contact ②24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU 2961545 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU 2961215 10
with gold contact ③48 V DC REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU 2834847 10
with gold contact ④60 V DC REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU 2961286 10
with gold contact ⑤110 V DC REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU 2961561 10 REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU 2961228 10
with gold contact ⑥24 V AC REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU 2961503 10 REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU 2961464 10
with gold contact ⑦120 V AC REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU 2961516 10 REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU 2961477 10
with gold contact ⑧230 V AC REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU 2961529 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU 2961480 10
Relay modules
PR series
1 PDT relay 2 PDT relay
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
2
2,2
2,4
2,6
2,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
1
1
2
2
1
2
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
3
3
1
2
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
2
2,2
2,4
2,6
2,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
1
2
2
1
1
2
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
3
4
3
1
42
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
0 1 4 8 12 16
107
106
105
104
2 3 5 6 7 119 10 151413
1
2
21
0 1 4 8 12 16
107
106
105
104
2 3 5 6 7 119 10 151413
1
2
2
1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
375PHOENIX CONTACT
REL-MR...21HC... (1 PDT)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils
AC coils
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC,L/R=40ms
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
COS j
Reduction factor
REL-MR...21-21... (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils
AC coils
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
COS j
Reduction factor
Electrical service life
Cycles
Switching current [A]
250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
Electrical service life
Cycles
Switching current [A]
250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
Relay modules
PR series
14
A1
1112
A2
24
14
A1
21
11
22
12
A2

376 PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in miniature power relays
Plug-in miniature power relays with
1 or 2 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1 and
PR1 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– With lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
–Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling di-
ode
– Can be soldered in on PCB
Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
Technical data Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④  ① ② ③ ④  
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 18 32 7 3.5 18 32 7 3.5
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 9 9
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
[ms] 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 6 6
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
[ms] 2 - 8 2 - 8 2 - 8 2 - 8 2 - 8 2 - 8
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT
Contact material AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Min. switching voltage 12 V (at 10 mA) 12 V (At 1 mA) 12 V (at 10 mA) 12 V (At 1 mA)
Limiting continuous current 16 A 50 mA 8 A 50 mA
Max. inrush current 32 A (20 ms) 50 mA 16 A (20 ms) 50 mA
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 12 V) 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 12 V)
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC 4000 VA - 2000 VA -
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Test voltage (contact/contact) - 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 70°C -40°C ... 70°C
Mechanical service life 5 x 106 cycles 5 x 106 cycles
Electrical service life See diagram See diagram
Standards/regulations DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103 DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2-
①24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS 2987888 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS 2987943 10
- Status LED ②24 V AC REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS 2987891 10 REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS 2987956 10
- Status LED ③120 V AC REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS 2987901 10 REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS 2987969 10
- Status LED ④230 V AC REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS 2987914 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS 2987972 10
Plug-in miniature power relays with manual test function, with
hard gold-plated multi-layer contacts, mechanical switch position
indicator
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2-
①24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS 2987927 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS 2987985 10
- Status LED ④230 V AC REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS 2987930 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS 2987998 10
Relay modules
PR series
1 PDT relay 2 PDT relay
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
2
2,2
2,4
2,6
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
100
1
2
20
10
5
2
1
0,5
0,2
0,1
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 400 500
1
2
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
2
2,2
2,4
2,6
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
100
3
4
1
2
2
3
4
1
1
20
10
5
2
1
0,5
0,2
0,1
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 400 500
2
3
1
2
3
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
01 4 8 12 16
107
106
105
104
2 3 5 6 7 119 10 151413
1
1
01 4 8 12 16
107
106
105
104
2 3 5 6 7 119 10 151413
1
1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
377PHOENIX CONTACT
REL-MR...21HC...MS (1 PDT)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils, 0 A contact current
AC coils, 0 A contact current
DC coils, 16 A contact current
AC coils, 16 A contact current
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmicload
DC, ohmicload
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
COS j
Reduction factor
REL-MR...21-21...MS (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils, 0 A contact current
AC coils, 0 A contact current
DC coils, 16 A contact current
AC coils, 16 A contact current
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
COS j
Reduction factor
Electrical service life
Cycles
Switching current [A]
250 V AC, ohmic load
Electrical service life
Cycles
Switching current [A]
250 V AC, ohmic load
Relay modules
PR series

Technical data
Nominal voltage UN300 V AC/DC
Nominal current at UN12 A
General data
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 85°C
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.2
Dimensions
Width 27 mm
Depth with retaining bracket 84 mm (EL2-P35)
Height 75 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Relay base PR2-B, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four
PDTs, 2/2-level design, connection option for input/interference
suppression module, including ten MP2 marking labels per packag-
ing
With screw connection PR2-BSC2/4X21 2833563 10
Relay base PR2-B, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four
PDTs, 1/3-level design, connection option for input/interference
suppression module, including ten MP2 marking labels per packag-
ing
With screw connection
Relay base PR2-B, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four
PDTs, 1/3-level design, connection option for input/interference
suppression module, including ten MP1 marking labels per packag-
ing
With spring-cage connection
Relay retaining bracket, with eject function and integrated device
marking area (8 x 25 mm), to suit relay base PR2, for 35 mm high
industrial relay
EL2-P35 2833592 10
Accessories
Equipment marking label, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm
Equipment marking label, labeling surface 9 x 25 mm
MP 2 2833644 10
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface
6 x 15 mm
2500 labels per roll EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1
Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm,
0.5 mm2
blue DB 50- 90 BU 2821180 1
black DB 50- 90 BK 2820916 1
gray DB 50- 90 GY 2820929 1
378 PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
Modular PR2 relay base Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Range of relay bases that can be fitted
with 2 PDT or 4 PDT relays
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input modules/interference sup-
pression modules
– Relay retaining bracket with labeling field
and ejection function
– Marking labels
– Loop bridges
Relay modules
PR series
2/2-level design with
screw connection
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data Technical data Technical data
300 V AC/DC 300 V AC/DC -
12 A 10 A -
-25°C ... 85°C -25°C ... 85°C -
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 -
27 mm 31 mm -
86 mm (EL2-P35) 84 mm (EL2-P35) -
78.5 mm 95 mm -
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR2-BSC3/4X21 2833576 10
PR2-BSP3/4X21 2833589 10
EL2-P35 2833592 10 EL2-P35 2833592 10 EL2-P35 2833592 10
Accessories Accessories Accessories
MP 1 2833631 10
MP 2 2833644 10
EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1
DB 50- 90 BU 2821180 1DB 50- 90 BU 2821180 1
DB 50- 90 BK 2820916 1DB 50- 90 BK 2820916 1
DB 50- 90 GY 2820929 1DB 50- 90 GY 2820929 1
379PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
DW
H
Relay modules
PR series
1/3-level design with
screw connection
1/3-level design with
spring-cage connection
Relay retaining bracket
22
A1
21 24
1211 14
A2
42
A1
41 44
3231 34
2221 24
1211 14
A2

380 PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in industrial relays suitable for
PR2 relay base
Plug-in industrial relays with 2 or 4 PDT
contacts, suitable for PR2 and RIF-2 relay
bases.
The advantages:
– Lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
–Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling di-
ode
Notes:
For 48 V DC and 60 V DC types, see
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 75 38 10 7.2 3.6 54 11 5 75 38 10 7.2 3.6 54 11 5
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
Typ. response time at UN
( AC, depending on phase relation )
[ms] 4 - 10 4 - 10 4 - 10 4 - 10 4 - 10 4 - 10
Typ. release time at UN[ms]55555 55555
Typ. release time at UN
( AC, depending on phase relation )
[ms] 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 4-PDT
Contact material Ag AgNi, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V 1 V
Limiting continuous current 10 A 5 A
Min. switching current 1 mA 1 mA
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC 2500 VA 1250 VA
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Test voltage (contact/contact) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -55°C ... 70°C -55°C ... 70°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life 5 x 107 cycles 5 x 107 cycles
Electrical service life See diagram See diagram
Standards/regulations DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103 DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Mounting position/mounting Any / On relay base PR2 Any / On relay base PR2
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in industrial relay with a test button, status LED, mechanical
switch position indicator
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 - ①12 V DC REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/2X21 2834012 10 REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU 2834083 10
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 - ②24 V DC REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/2X21 2834025 10 REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU 2834096 10
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 - ③110 V DC REL-IR/LDP-110DC/2X21 2834041 10 REL-IR/LDP-110DC/4X21AU 2834119 10
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 - ④125 V DC REL-IR/LDP-125DC/2X21 2834960 10 REL-IR/LDP-125DC/4X21AU 2834313 10
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 - ⑤220 V DC REL-IR/LDP-220DC/2X21 2834957 10 REL-IR/LDP-220DC/4X21AU 2834973 10
⑥24 V AC REL-IR/L- 24AC/2X21 2834054 10 REL-IR/L- 24AC/4X21AU 2834122 10
⑦120 V AC REL-IR/L-120AC/2X21 2834067 10 REL-IR/L-120AC/4X21AU 2834135 10
⑧230 V AC REL-IR/L-230AC/2X21 2834070 10 REL-IR/L-230AC/4X21AU 2834148 10
Plug-in industrial relay with a test button, status LED, mechanical
switch position indicator (Japanese standard)
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 + ①12 V DC REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/2X21 2834151 10 REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/4X21AU 2834193 10
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 + ②24 V DC REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/2X21 2834164 10 REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/4X21AU 2834203 10
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 + ③48 V DC REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/2X21 2834177 10 REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/4X21AU 2834216 10
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 + ④110 V DC REL-IR/LDM-110DC/2X21 2834180 10 REL-IR/LDM-110DC/4X21AU 2834229 10
Relay modules
PR series
2 PDT relay with
power contacts
4 PDT relay with
multi-layer gold contact
0
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
20 40 60 8010 30 50 70
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
1
2
106
105
0
246810
104
2
1
1
2
1
0,3
0,4
0,6
0,8
1
0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2
0
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
20 40 60 8010 30 50 70
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
1
2
106
105
012345
104
2
1
1
2
1
0,3
0,4
0,6
0,8
1
0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
3
31
2
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
3
4
12
4
3
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
381PHOENIX CONTACT
REL-IR...2x21 (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range AC interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
Ohmic load
cos = 0.4j
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
Electrical service life Service life reduction factor
Cycles
Switching current [A]
250 V AC, ohmic load
30 V DC, ohmic load
COS j
Reduction factor
REL-IR...4x21AU (4 PDTs)
Operating voltage range AC interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
Ohmic load
cos = 0.4j
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
Electrical service life Service life reduction factor
Cycles
Switching current [A]
250 VAC, ohmicload
30 VDC, ohmicload
COS j
Reduction factor
DC interrupting rating
Ohmic load
ohmic load, contacts in series
L/R<7ms
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
DC interrupting rating
L/R<7ms
ohmic load
ohmic load, 2 contacts in series
ohmic load, 4 contacts in series
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
Relay modules
PR series

Technical data
Nominal voltage UN400 V AC/DC
Nominal current at UN10 A
General data
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 -
Dimensions
Width 38 mm
Depth with retaining bracket 84 mm (EL3-M52)
Height 75 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Relay base PR3, for octal relay REL-OR with two PDTs,
plug-in option for input/interference suppression modules
With screw connection PR3-BSC1/2X21 2833602 10
Relay base PR3, for octal relay REL-OR with three PDTs,
plug-in option for input/interference suppression modules
With screw connection
Relay retaining bracket, wiring to suit relay base PR3,
for 52 mm high octal relay
EL3-M52 2833628 10
Accessories
Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm,
0.5 mm2
blue DB 50- 90 BU 2821180 1
black DB 50- 90 BK 2820916 1
gray DB 50- 90 GY 2820929 1
382 PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
Modular PR3 relay base Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Range of relay bases that can be fitted
with 2 PDT or 3 PDT relays
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input modules/interference sup-
pression modules
–Relay retaining bracket
– Loop bridges
Relay modules
PR series
Relay base for
2 PDT octal relay
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data Technical data
400 V AC/DC -
10 A -
-40°C ... 85°C -
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 -
38 mm -
84 mm (EL3-M52) -
75 mm -
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR3-BSC1/3X21 2833615 10
EL3-M52 2833628 10 EL3-M52 2833628 10
Accessories Accessories
DB 50- 90 BU 2821180 1
DB 50- 90 BK 2820916 1
DB 50- 90 GY 2820929 1
383PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
Relay modules
PR series
Relay base for
3 PDT octal relay
Relay retaining bracket
(11)
2 3
4
5
67
8
1
(21)
(A1)
(14)
(12)
(22)
(A2)
(24)
34
5
6
7
8
1
9
11
2
10
(11)
(31)
(A1)
(14)
(22)
(24)
(A2)
(32)
(12)
(21)
(34)

384 PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in octal relays suitable for
PR3 relay base
Plug-in octal relays with 2 or 3 PDT con-
tacts, suitable for PR3 and RIF-3 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Extremely robust design
Technical data Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④  ① ② ③ ④  
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 56 110 22 10 56 110 22 10
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 12 12
Typ. response time at UN
( AC, depending on phase relation )
[ms] 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 6 6
Typ. release time at UN
( AC, depending on phase relation )
[ms] 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, three PDTs
Contact material AgSnIn AgSnIn
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 1 V 1 V
Limiting continuous current 10 A (N/O contact) 10 A (N/O contact)
Min. switching current 10 mA 10 mA
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC 2500 VA 2500 VA
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Test voltage (contact/contact) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 60°C -40°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life 10 x 106 cycles 10 x 106 cycles
Electrical service life See diagram See diagram
Standards/regulations IEC 60664 IEC 60664
Mounting position/mounting Any / On relay base PR3 Any / On relay base PR3
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in octal relay with power contacts, with a test button and
mechanical switch position indicator
①24 V DC REL-OR- 24DC/2X21 2834232 10 REL-OR- 24DC/3X21 2834274 10
②24 V AC REL-OR- 24AC/2X21 2834245 10 REL-OR- 24AC/3X21 2834287 10
③120 V AC REL-OR-120AC/2X21 2834258 10 REL-OR-120AC/3X21 2834290 10
④230 V AC REL-OR-230AC/2X21 2834261 10 REL-OR-230AC/3X21 2834300 10
Relay modules
PR series
2 PDT relay with
power contacts
3 PDT relay with
power contacts
1
3
5
7
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
1
2
10
4
10
5
10
6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
1
2
3
3
1
2
1
3
5
7
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
1
2
10
4
10
5
10
6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
1
2
3
3
1
2
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
385PHOENIX CONTACT
REL-OR...2x21 (2 PDTs)
Interrupting rating Electrical service life
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
250V AC, ohmic load
120VDC, ohmic load
28V DC, ohmic load
Switching current [A]
Cycles
REL-OR...3x21 (3 PDTs)
Interrupting rating Electrical service life
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
250V AC, ohmic load
120VDC, ohmic load
28V DC, ohmic load
Switching current [A]
Cycles
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
COS j
Reduction factor
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
COS j
Reduction factor
Relay modules
PR series
11
42
22
11
1A
A
3
33
2
2
2
1
42
4
1
(-)
(+)
11
42
22
11
1A
A
3
33
2
2
2
1
42
4
1

386 PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in octal relays for
high DC loads
Plug-in octal relays with two N/O con-
tacts connected in series suitable for PR3
and RIF-3 relay bases.
The relays are specially designed for
switching high DC loads.
Further advantages:
– Full shutdown by means of 2 x 1.7 mm
contact opening
– With lockable manual operation
–Integrated status LED
– Integrated freewheeling diode with
DC types
Technical data Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥   ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥  
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 55 13 7 100 22 11 55 13 7 100 22 11
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 20 20 20 20 20 20
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
[ms] 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 30 30 30 30 30 30
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
[ms] 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 1 N/O contact (series connection, 2 N/O contacts)
with blowout magnet
Single contact, 1 N/O contact (series connection, 2 N/O contacts)
Contact material AgNi AgNi
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC / 220 V DC 250 V AC / 220 V DC
Min. switching voltage 10 V (at 10 mA) 10 V (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current 10 A 10 A
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 10 V) 10 mA (at 10 V)
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC 2500 VA 2500 VA
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 60°C -40°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 61810, EN 60947 IEC 61810, EN 60947
Mounting position/mounting Any / On relay base PR3 Any / On relay base PR3
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in octal relay for high DC loads
①24 V DC REL-OR/LDP- 24DC/1/MB 2901901 10 REL-OR/LDP- 24DC/1 2901908 10
②110 V DC REL-OR/LDP-110DC/1/MB 2901902 10 REL-OR/LDP-110DC/1 2901909 10
③220 V DC REL-OR/LDP-220DC/1/MB 2901904 10 REL-OR/LDP-220DC/1 2901910 10
④24 V AC REL-OR/L- 24AC/1/MB 2901905 10 REL-OR/L- 24AC/1 2901911 10
⑤120 V AC REL-OR/L-120AC/1/MB 2901906 10 REL-OR/L-120AC/1 2901912 10
⑥230 V AC REL-OR/L-230AC/1/MB 2901907 10 REL-OR/L-230AC/1 2901913 10
Relay modules
PR series
1 N/O contact, with blow magnet 1 N/O contact
1
2
3
0,5
1,0
1,5
2,0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
0,5
1,0
1,5
2,0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
387PHOENIX CONTACT
REL-OR.../1/MB (1 N/O contact with blow magnet)
Operating voltage range of the relay DC interrupting rating
Maximum operating voltage without load current (0 A)
Maximum operating voltage at limiting continuous current (10 A)
Minimum pick-up voltage without pre-excitation
Ambient temperature [°C]
U/U
N
DC, ohmic load
L/R=40ms
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
REL-OR.../1 (1 N/O contact)
Operating voltage range of the relay DC interrupting rating
Maximum operating voltage without load current (0 A)
Maximum operating voltage at limiting continuous current (10 A)
Minimum pick-up voltage without pre-excitation
Ambient temperature [°C]
U/U
N
DC, ohmic load
L/R=40ms
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current[A]
Relay modules
PR series

Ordering data Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator
and freewheeling diode to limit the coil induction voltage effectively,
polarity: A1 +, A2 –,
Input voltage:
- 12-24 V DC ±20% LDP- 12- 24DC 2833657 10 LDP3- 12- 24DC 2833770 10
- 48-60 V DC ±20% LDP- 48- 60DC 2833660 10 LDP3- 48- 60DC 2833783 10
- 110 V DC ±20% LDP-110DC 2833673 10 LDP3-110DC 2833796 10
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator
and freewheeling diode to limit the coil induction voltage effectively,
polarity: A1 –, A2 + (Japanese standard),
Input voltage:
- 12-24 V DC ±20% LDM- 12- 24DC 2833686 10 LDM3- 12- 24DC 2833806 10
- 48-60 V DC ±20% LDM- 48- 60DC 2833699 10 LDM3- 48- 60DC 2833819 10
- 110 V DC ±20% LDM-110DC 2833709 10 LDM3-110DC 2833822 10
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator
and varistor to limit the coil induction voltage and/or external inter-
ference peaks,
Input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor) LV- 12- 24UC 2833712 10 LV3- 12- 24UC 2833835 10
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor) LV- 48- 60UC 2833725 10 LV3- 48- 60UC 2833848 10
- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275-V-varistor) LV-120-230AC/110DC 2833738 10 LV3-120-230AC/110DC 2833851 10
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with varistor to limit the coil
induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
Input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor) V- 12- 24UC 2833864 10 V3- 12- 24UC 2833929 10
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor) V- 48- 60UC 2833877 10 V3- 48- 60UC 2833932 10
- 120-230 V AC/DC ±20% (275-V-varistor) V-120-230UC 2833880 10 V3-120-230UC 2833945 10
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with RD-element to attenu-
ate the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
Input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/100 )RC- 12- 24UC 2833741 10 RC3- 12- 24UC 2833893 10
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/220 )RC- 12- 24UC 2833754 10 RC3- 48- 60UC 2833903 10
- 120-230 V AC/DC ±20% (100 nF/470 )RC-120-230UC 2833767 10 RC3-120-230UC 2833916 10
388 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PR series
Input/interference suppression module to
match PR1 and PR2
Input/interference suppression module to
match PR3
Plug-in input modules/interference sup-
pression modules for optional fitting of PR...
relay base
The advantages:
– Attenuation of reverse voltage induced in
coil
– Mechanical coding to protect against
incorrect connection
Input modules/interference suppression
modules for PR1, PR2, and PR3
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
389PHOENIX CONTACT
Terminal assignment PR1 base / Solid-state relay
Terminal blocks, PR1 base
A1 A2 11 12 14 21 22 24
Solid-state relays
SIM-EI...48DC/100 A2 (-) A1 (+) A +
SIM-EI...TTL/100 A2 (-) A1 (+) A + 0
SIM-EI...48DC/100RC A2 (-) A1 (+) A +
SIM-EI-OV-24DC/24DC/3 A2 (-) A1 (+) A +
OPT-...24DC/5 A1 (+) A2 (-) 13 14
OPT-...230AC/2 A1 (+) A2 (-) 13 14
The relay bases of the PR1 series can also be equipped with wear-free solid-state relays (OPT… or
SIM-EI...) as an alternative to the electromechanical relay.
LDP... and LV... plug-in modules cannot be used in conjunction with SIM-EI... solid-state relays
Relay modules
PR series
12
A1 A2
14
11
12
A1+ A2-
14
11
Technical data
Input data 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC
Permissible range (with reference to UN)See diagram
Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz) [mA] 19 34 / 26 9 / 7 6 / 5.5 19 34 / 26 9 / 7 6 / 5.5
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 8 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 8 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 3 ... 12
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 10 1.5 ... 14 1.5 ... 16 2 ... 22 10 1.5 ... 14 1.5 ... 16 2 ... 22
Input protection: 24 V DC Damping diode, Yellow LED Damping diode, Yellow LED
24, 120, 230 V AC Varistor, Yellow LED
Output data PR... PR...AU
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT
Contact material AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Minimum switching voltage 12 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current 12 A 50 mA 8 A 50 mA
Maximum inrush current 30 A (300 ms) 50 mA 15 A (300 ms) 50 mA
Min. switching current 100 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (At 5 V) 1 mA (at 24 V)
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. 3000 VA (for 250 V AC) - 2000 VA (for 250 V AC) -
For more data, see diagram For more data, see diagram
General data
Test voltage Winding to contact 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Contact/contact -
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life 3 x 107 cycles
Service life, electrical See diagram
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 3 / III
Mounting position / Mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 16 mm / 78.5 mm / 71 mm 16 mm / 78.5 mm / 71 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage UNType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
miniature power contact relay
24 V DC PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/211) 2834326 5
24 V AC PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/211) 2834339 5
120 V AC PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/211) 2834342 5
230 V AC PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/211) 2834355 5
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
multi-layer contact relay
24 V DC PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21AU1)2834368 5
24 V AC PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21AU1)2834371 5
120 V AC PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21AU1)2834384 5
230 V AC PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21AU1)2834397 5
Accessories
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer,
labeling surface 6 x 15 mm
EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1
390 PHOENIX CONTACT
DC coils AC coils DC coils
DW
H
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules
with screw connection
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules, con-
sisting of:
–Relay base
–1/2 PDT relay
–Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
– Marking labels
The advantages:
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Operational reliability thanks to sealed
relay
– Safe isolation between coil and contact
side
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
Other input voltages on request.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Relay modules
PR series
PR1 relay module with
1 PDT relay
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
2
2,2
2,4
2,6
2,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
1
1
2
2
1
2
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
2
0 1 4 8 12 16
107
106
105
104
23 567 119 10 151413
1
1
2
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
2
2,2
2,4
2,6
2,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
1
2
2
1
1
2
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
3
4
3
1
42
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
01 4 8 12 16
107
106
105
104
2 3 5 6 7 119 10 151413
1
2
2
1
2212
A1+ A2-
2414
2111
A1 A2
2212
2414
2111
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC
See diagram
(for AC: 50/60 Hz) [mA] 19 34 / 26 9 / 7 6 / 5.5 19 34 / 26 9 / 7 6 / 5.5
[ms] 8 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 8 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 3 ... 12
[ms] 10 1.5 ... 14 1.5 ... 16 2 ... 22 10 1.5 ... 14 1.5 ... 16 2 ... 22
Input protection: 24 V DC Damping diode, Yellow LED Damping diode, Yellow LED
Varistor, Yellow LED
PR... PR...AU
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT
Contact material AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Minimum switching voltage 12 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current 12 A 50 mA 8 A 50 mA
Maximum inrush current 30 A (300 ms) 50 mA 15 A (300 ms) 50 mA
Min. switching current 100 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (At 5 V) 1 mA (at 24 V)
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. 3000 VA (for 250 V AC) - 2000 VA (for 250 V AC) -
For more data, see diagram For more data, see diagram
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 16 mm / 78.5 mm / 71 mm 16 mm / 78.5 mm / 71 mm
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X211) 2834481 5
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X211) 2834494 5
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X211) 2834504 5
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X211) 2834517 5
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU1)2834520 5
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU1)2834533 5
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21AU1)2834546 5
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21AU1)2834559 5
Accessories
EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1
391PHOENIX CONTACT
PR1-RSC3.../21 (1 PDT)
Operating voltage range of the relay Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils
AC coils
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
Service life reduction factor Electrical service life
COS j
Reduction factor
250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
Cycles
Switching current [A]
PR1-RSC3.../2x21 (2 PDT)
Operating voltage range of the relay Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils
AC coils
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi Electrical service life
COS j
Reduction factor
Cycles
Switching current [A]
250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
DC coils AC coils DC coils
DW
H
Relay modules
PR series
PR1 relay module with
2 PDT contact relay
AC coils
12
A1 A2
14
11
12
A1+ A2-
14
11
Technical data
Input data 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC
Permissible range (with reference to UN)See diagram
Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz) [mA] 19 34 / 26 9 / 7 6 / 5.5 19 34 / 26 9 / 7 6 / 5.5
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 8 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 8 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 3 ... 12
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 10 1.5 ... 14 1.5 ... 16 2 ... 22 10 1.5 ... 14 1.5 ... 16 2 ... 22
Input protection: 24 V DC Damping diode, Yellow LED Damping diode, Yellow LED
24, 120, 230 V AC Varistor, Yellow LED
Output data PR... PR...AU
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT
Contact material AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Minimum switching voltage 12 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current 10 A 50 mA 8 A 50 mA
Maximum inrush current 30 A (300 ms) 50 mA 15 A (300 ms) 50 mA
Min. switching current 100 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (At 5 V) 1 mA (at 24 V)
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. 2500 VA - 2000 VA -
For more data, see diagram For more data, see diagram
General data
Test voltage Winding to contact 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Contact/contact -
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life 3 x 107 cycles
Service life, electrical See diagram
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 3 / III
Mounting position / Mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Dimensions W / H / D 16 mm / 97 mm / 72 mm 16 mm / 97 mm / 72 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage UNType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
miniature power contact relay
24 V DC PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/211) 2834407 5
24 V AC PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/211) 2834410 5
120 V AC PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/211) 2834423 5
230 V AC PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/211) 2834436 5
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
multi-layer contact relay
24 V DC PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/21AU1)2834449 5
24 V AC PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/21AU1)2834452 5
120 V AC PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/21AU1)2834465 5
230 V AC PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/21AU1)2834478 5
Accessories
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer,
labeling surface 6 x 15 mm
EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1
392 PHOENIX CONTACT
DC coils AC coils DC coils
DW
H
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules
with spring-cage connection
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules, con-
sisting of:
–Relay base
–1/2 PDT relay
–Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
– Marking labels
The advantages:
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Operational reliability thanks to sealed
relay
– Safe isolation between coil and contact
side
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
There is a double spring-cage for each terminal point.
Other input voltages on request.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Relay modules
PR series
PR1 relay module with
1 PDT relay
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
2
2,2
2,4
2,6
2,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
0 1 4 8 12 16
107
106
105
104
23 567 119 10 151413
1
1
2
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
2
2,2
2,4
2,6
2,8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
1
2
2
1
1
2
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
3
4
3
1
42
1
0,9
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
01 4 8 12 16
107
106
105
104
2 3 5 6 7 119 10 151413
1
2
2
1
2212
A1+ A2-
2414
2111
A1 A2
2212
2414
2111
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC
See diagram
(for AC: 50/60 Hz) [mA] 19 34 / 26 9 / 7 6 / 5.5 19 34 / 26 9 / 7 6 / 5.5
[ms] 8 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 8 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 3 ... 12
[ms] 10 1.5 ... 14 1.5 ... 16 2 ... 22 10 1.5 ... 14 1.5 ... 16 2 ... 22
Input protection: 24 V DC Damping diode, Yellow LED Damping diode, Yellow LED
Varistor, Yellow LED
PR... PR...AU
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT
Contact material AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Minimum switching voltage 12 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current 10 A 50 mA 8 A 50 mA
Maximum inrush current 30 A (300 ms) 50 mA 15 A (300 ms) 50 mA
Min. switching current 100 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (At 5 V) 1 mA (at 24 V)
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. 2500 VA - 2000 VA -
For more data, see diagram For more data, see diagram
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Dimensions W / H / D 16 mm / 97 mm / 72 mm 16 mm / 97 mm / 72 mm
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X211) 2834562 5
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X211) 2834575 5
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X211) 2834588 5
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X211) 2834591 5
PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU1)2834601 5
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU1)2834614 5
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21AU1)2834627 5
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X21AU1)2834630 5
Accessories
EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1
393PHOENIX CONTACT
PR1-RSP3.../21 (1 PDT)
Operating voltage range of the relay Electrical service life
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils
AC coils
250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
Cycles
Switching current [A]
Interrupting rating Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
COS j
Reduction factor
PR1-RSP3.../2x21 (2 PDT)
Operating voltage range of the relay Interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
DC coils
AC coils
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi Electrical service life
COS j
Reduction factor
Cycles
Switching current [A]
250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
DC coils AC coils DC coils
DW
H
Relay modules
PR series
PR1 relay module with
2 PDT contact relay
AC coils
A1 A2
22 123242
24 143444
21 113141
1222
A1+A2-
1424
1121
Technical data
Input data 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC
Permissible range (with reference to UN)See diagram
Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz) [mA] 38 54 / 46 11 / 9 5 / 4 38 54 / 46 11 / 9 5 / 4
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 13 4 ... 10 4 ... 10 4 ... 10 13 4 ... 10 4 ... 10 4 ... 10
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 5 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 5 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 3 ... 12
Input protection: 24 V DC Damping diode, Green LED Damping diode, Green LED
24, 120, 230 V AC Varistor, LED red
Output data PR... PR...AU
Contact type Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 4-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 4-PDT
Contact material Ag AgNi, hard gold-plated Ag AgNi, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC / 125 V DC 250 V AC / 125 V DC 250 V AC / 125 V DC 250 V AC / 125 V DC
Minimum switching voltage 5 V 1 V 5 V 1 V
Limiting continuous current 10 A 5 A 10 A 5 A
Maximum inrush current 20 A (15 ms) 12 A (15 ms) 20 A (15 ms) 12 A (15 ms)
Min. switching current 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. 2500 VA 1250 VA 2500 VA 1250 VA
For more data, see diagram For more data, see diagram
General data
Test voltage Winding to contact 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Contact/contact 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life 5 x 107 cycles
Service life, electrical See diagram
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 3 / II
Mounting position / Mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Dimensions W / H / D 27 mm / 78.5 mm / 86 mm 31 mm / 95 mm / 84 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage UNType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
2-PDT contact relay
24 V DC PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X211) 2834643 5
24 V AC PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X211) 2834656 5
120 V AC PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X211) 2834669 5
230 V AC PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X211) 2834672 5
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
4-PDT contact relay and additional hard gold-plating
24 V DC PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU1)2834724 5
24 V AC PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU1)2834737 5
120 V AC PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/4X21AU1)2834740 5
230 V AC PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/4X21AU1)2834753 5
Accessories
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer,
labeling surface 6 x 15 mm
EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1
394 PHOENIX CONTACT
DC coils AC coils DC coils
DW
H
Fully mounted PR2 relay modules
Fully mounted PR2 relay modules, con-
sisting of:
–Relay base
–2/4 PDT relay
–Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
(AC types only)
– Marking labels
The advantages:
– Relay with lockable manual operation and
status LED
– With DC types, freewheeling diode is in-
tegrated into relay
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Screw or spring-cage connection
– 4 PDT types with multi-layer gold con-
tacts
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
Other input voltages on request.
The DC types do not have a plug-in module because the status
LED and the freewheeling diode are integrated directly into the re-
lay.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Relay modules
PR series
PR2 relay module with
screw connection
0
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
20 40 60 8010 30 50 70
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
1
2
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
3
31
2
106
105
0
246810
104
2
1
1
2
0
0,6
0,8
1
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
20 40 60 8010 30 50 70
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
1
2
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
1
2
4
6
10
20
10 20 30 50 70 100 300200
1
2
3
4
12
4
3
106
105
012345
104
2
1
1
2
1222
A1+A2-
1424
1121
A1 A2
22 123242
24 143444
21 113141
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC
See diagram
(for AC: 50/60 Hz) [mA] 38 54 / 46 11 / 9 5 / 4 38 54 / 46 11 / 9 5 / 4
[ms] 13 4 ... 10 4 ... 10 4 ... 10 13 4 ... 10 4 ... 10 4 ... 10
[ms] 5 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 5 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 3 ... 12
Input protection: 24 V DC Damping diode, Green LED Damping diode, Green LED
Varistor, LED red
PR... PR...AU
Contact type Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 4-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 4-PDT
Contact material Ag AgNi, hard gold-plated Ag AgNi, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC / 125 V DC 250 V AC / 125 V DC 250 V AC / 125 V DC 250 V AC / 125 V DC
Minimum switching voltage 5 V 1 V 5 V 1 V
Limiting continuous current 10 A 5 A 10 A 5 A
Maximum inrush current 20 A (15 ms) 12 A (15 ms) 20 A (15 ms) 12 A (15 ms)
Min. switching current 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. 2500 VA 1250 VA 2500 VA 1250 VA
For more data, see diagram For more data, see diagram
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
5 x 107 cycles
See diagram
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / II
zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Dimensions W / H / D 27 mm / 78.5 mm / 86 mm 31 mm / 95 mm / 84 mm
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X211) 2834685 5
PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X211) 2834698 5
PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X211) 2834708 5
PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X211) 2834711 5
PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU1)2834766 5
PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU1)2834779 5
PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/4X21AU1)2834782 5
PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/4X21AU1)2834795 5
Accessories
EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1
395PHOENIX CONTACT
PR2-RS.../2x21 (2 PDT)
Operating voltage range of relay Tu=Tcoil AC interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
Ohmic load
cos = 0.4j
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
DC interrupting rating Electrical service life
Ohmic load
ohmic load, contacts in series
L/R<7ms
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
Cycles
Switching current [A]
250 V AC, ohmic load
30 V DC, ohmic load
PR2-RS.../4x21 (4 PDT)
Operating voltage range of relay Tu=Tcoil AC interrupting rating
Ambient temperature [°C]
Coil voltage U/U
N
Ohmic load
cos = 0.4j
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
DC interrupting rating Electrical service life
L/R<7ms
ohmic load
ohmic load, 2 contacts in series
ohmic load, 4 contacts in series
Switching voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
Cycles
Switching current [A]
250 VAC, ohmicload
30 VDC, ohmicload
DC coils AC coils DC coils
DW
H
Relay modules
PR series
PR2 relay module with
spring-cage connection
AC coils
396 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
DEK series
The Phoenix Contact DEK interface ter-
minal blocks provide complete interface
functions in modular terminal block housing
that is just 6.2 mm wide. In conjunction with
standard terminal block accessories, these
high-capacity interfaces have not only the
design but also the high level of user conve-
nience of modular terminal blocks.
The main common feature of all Phoenix
Contact interface terminal blocks is their
width of just 6.2 mm. This saves 60% space
in the control cabinet in comparison to con-
ventional 15 mm wide coupling relays from
modular systems.
The DEK range offers the best solution
for all industrial voltages both for signal in-
put and output.
High switching capacities are a matter
of course for the DEK-REL... relay terminal
block and the DEK-OV... solid-state relay
terminal block.
The wear-free DEK-OV... power solid-
state relay terminal block is used for appli-
cations that require a greater switching fre-
quency in which electromechanical relays
reach the end of their service life in a short
time.
Integrated LEDs clearly indicate the
switching status of the electronic terminal
blocks and provide an excellent overview of
the coupling level and the system.
Colored EB-DIK insertion bridges for the
supply and ground signals make it possible
to design the circuit simply and effectively.
Integrated protective circuits such as free-
wheeling diodes, polarity reversal protec-
tion diodes, and surge protection elements
protect the coupling modules and ensure
optimum availability of the system.
A1
+
A2
-
12 14
11
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Input data ①       
Permissible range (with reference to UN)0.8 -
1.1
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 9
Response/release time at UN[ms] 8 / 5
Input protection:
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT
Contact material AgSnO
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 12 V AC/DC
Limiting continuous current 6 A
Max. inrush current 6 A
Min. switching current 10 mA
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
24 V DC 140 W
48 V DC 20 W
60 V DC 18 W
110 V DC 23 W
220 V DC 40 W
250 V AC 1500 VA
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mechanical service life Approx. 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Relay terminal block with power relay
①24 V DC DEK-REL-G24/211) 2964500 10
Accessories
Cover
D-DEK 1,5 GN 2716949 10
Insertion bridge, for middle and
lower levels
No. of pos.
Color
80 blue EB 80- DIK BU 26 A 2715940 1
80 red EB 80- DIK RD 26 A 2715953 1
80 white EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 2715788 1
397PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
For further EB...DIK... insertion bridges, refer to page 403
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
The Phoenix Contact relay terminal block
with PDT contact offers the following ad-
vantages:
– Width of only 6.2 mm
– High switching capacity of 250 V AC/6 A
– Less storage, since PDT, N/O or
N/C contacts can be wired
– Little wiring expense due to the use of
EB-DIK insertion bridges
– IP67 protected relay housing
– Cadmium-free relay contacts
– 4 kV electrical isolation of input and out-
put
– Safe isolation according to
DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160)
– Light indicator for signaling the
switching status.
DEK-REL-... relay terminal block
Relay modules
DEK series
For medium to large power
1 PDT (21)
A
0
+
A1
A2
13
14
14

Technical data
Input data ① ②      
Permissible range (with reference to UN)0.9 -
1.1
0.8 -
1.1
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 23 6.5
Response/release time at UN[ms] 8 / 15 5 / 15
Input protection: Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge
Output data
Contact type Double contact, 1 N/O contact Double contact, 1 N/O contact Double contact, 1 N/O contact Double contact, 1 N/O contac
Contact material AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC / 125 V DC
Min. switching voltage 0.1 V
Limiting continuous current 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 3 A (5
Max. inrush current 5 A
Min. switching current 1 mA
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
24 V DC 72 W
48 V DC 60 W
60 V DC 50 W
110 V DC 50 W
250 V AC 750 VA
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mechanical service life Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 10
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 - 2.5 m
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Relay terminal block with miniature relay
①5 V AC/DC DEK-REL- 5/I/11) 2941183 10
②24 V AC/DC DEK-REL- 24/I/11) 2940171 10
Accessories
Terminal block, with three through contacts,
for mounting on NS 35...
For busbar feeding
Cover
D-DEK 1,5 GN 2716949 10
Insertion bridge, for middle and
lower levels
No. of pos.
Color
80 blue EB 80- DIK BU 26 A 2715940 1
80 red EB 80- DIK RD 26 A 2715953 1
80 white EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 2715788 1
398 PHOENIX CONTACT
DEK-REL-24/1/SEN input interface
and DEK-REL-24/1/AKT output
interface
In addition to the familiar advantages of
the DEK-REL... electronic terminal blocks,
such as
– 2-layer contact with hard gold-plating for
universal applications from 1 mA to 5 A
continuous current
–2 kV
rms electrical isolation of input and
output
– Integrated input circuit
With this terminal block, “ALL” connec-
tions for a sensor or actuator are provided
over a width of just 6.2 mm!
This means that 16 outputs take up a to-
tal constructional width of just 105.4 mm
(including the power terminal block).
Advantages:
– Lower costs as the N terminal block is no
longer required
– Wiring is reduced to a minimum
– Up to 73% more space
PLCIN
+PLC
Pin configuration, DEK-REL-...SEN
Load
Supply
(+)
Signalload PLCOUT
-PLC
Ground load
Pin configuration, DEK-REL-...AKT
Relay modules
DEK series
DW
H
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
For further EB...DIK... insertion bridges, refer to page 403
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
for small to medium loads
1 N/O contact (1)
A1
A2
A2
13
14
A1
A2
13
14
A1
A2
13
14
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
 
Technical data Technical data Technical data
① ②       ①        ① 
0.9 -
1.1
0.8 -
1.1
0.8 -
1.1
0.8 -
1.1
23 6.5 6.5 6.5
8 / 15 5 / 15 5 / 15 5 / 15
Input protection: Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
Contact type Double contact, 1 N/O contact Double contact, 1 N/O contact Double contact, 1 N/O contact Double contact, 1 N/O contact
Contact material AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC 250 V AC / 125 V DC 250 V AC / 125 V DC
0.1 V 0.1 V 0.1 V
Limiting continuous current 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC)
5 A5 A5 A
1 mA 1 mA 1 mA
72 W 72 W 72 W
60 W 60 W 60 W
50 W 50 W 50 W
50 W 50 W 50 W
750 VA 750 VA 750 VA
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
DEK-REL- 5/O/11) 2941170 10
DEK-REL- 24/O/11) 2941154 10 DEK-REL- 24/1/AKT1) 2964063 10 DEK-REL- 24/1/SEN1) 2964050 10
Accessories Accessories Accessories
DIKD 1,5 2715979 50 DIKD 1,5 2715979 50
D-DEK 1,5 GN 2716949 10 D-DEK 1,5 GN 2716949 10 D-DEK 1,5 GN 2716949 10
EB 80- DIK BU 26 A 2715940 1EB 80- DIK BU 26 A 2715940 1EB 80- DIK BU 26 A 2715940 1
EB 80- DIK RD 26 A 2715953 1EB 80- DIK RD 26 A 2715953 1EB 80- DIK RD 26 A 2715953 1
EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 2715788 1EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 2715788 1EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 2715788 1
399PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
DEK series
DW
H
DW
H
DW
H
for small to medium loads
1 N/O contact (1)
for small to medium loads
1 N/O contact (1)
for small to medium loads
1 N/O contact (1)
ACDC
A1
+
-
A2
+
A
0
A1
A2
+
A
0
10 20 30 40 50
0
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0
60
1
2
1
2
10 20 30 40 50
0
0
3
1
2
60
10
020 30 40 50 60
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥  
Permissible range (with reference to UN)0.9 -
1.1
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
Switching level with reference to UN1 signal (“H”) 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9
0 signal (“L”) 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 6.5 11 7 4 3.2 2.5 11 8.5 7 7 5.1 4.7 3.5 10.2 10.5 10.7
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz] 300 300 300 300 3 3 300 300 300 300 100 100 100 10 10 10
Input circuit AC Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal Yellow LED, Pro
Output data
Operating voltage range 3 V DC ... 48 V DC
Periodic peak reverse voltage -
Limiting continuous current 100 mA
Min. load current -
Surge current -
Leakage current in off state -
Max. load value -
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current 0.9 V
General data
Test voltage input/output 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 - 2.5 m
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Solid-state input relays
①5 V DC DEK-OE- 5DC/ 48DC/1001) 2940223 10
②12 V DC DEK-OE- 12DC/ 48DC/1001) 2964487 10
③24 V DC DEK-OE- 24DC/ 48DC/1001) 2940207 10
④60 V DC DEK-OE- 60DC/ 48DC/1001) 2941536 10
⑤120 V AC DEK-OE-120AC/ 48DC/100 2941659 10
⑥230 V AC DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100 2940210 10
Solid-state power relays
①5 V DC
②12 V DC
③24 V DC
Actuator principle ⑦24 V DC
Accessories
Insertion bridge, for middle and
lower levels
No. of pos.
Color
80 blue EB 80- DIK BU 26 A 2715940 1
80 red EB 80- DIK RD 26 A 2715953 1
80 white EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 2715788 1
400 PHOENIX CONTACT
DEK-OE... and DEK-OV... solid-state
relay terminal blocks
Relay modules
DEK series
DW
H
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
For further EB...DIK... insertion bridges, refer to page 403
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
with DC voltage output
max. = 100 mA
Derating curve for DEK-OV...240AC/800
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current [A]
Derating curve for
DEK-OV...24DC/3 and DEK-OV-24DC/24DC/3/AKT
Ambient temperature [°C]
Horizontal mounting
Vertical mounting
Load current [A]
Derating curve for DEK-OV-24DC/24DC/10
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current [A]
Phoenix Contact DEK-OE and DEK-OV
interface terminal blocks are only 6.2 mm
wide but still provide a complete input or
output interface with:
– Electrical isolation between input and
output at up to 2.5 kVrms
– Integrated input circuit
– Status display
– EB-DIK insertion bridges
– Labeling and mounting with modular
terminal block convenience
– Wear-free switching up to
24 V DC/10 A and 240 V AC/800 mA
– Integrated output protection circuit
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Actuator version available.
DEK-OV.../24DC/3/AKTDEK-OV.../24DC/3
A1+
A2-
14
13+
A1+
A2-
A2-
14
13+
A1
A2
A
+
0
A1
+
A2
-
13
13
14
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data Technical data Technical data
① ② ③   ⑦   ① ② ③      ① ② ③     
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
[mA] 6.5 11 7 4 3.2 2.5 11 8.5 7 7 5.1 4.7 3.5 10.2 10.5 10.7
[Hz] 300 300 300 300 3 3 300 300 300 300 100 100 100 10 10 10
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
3 V DC ... 30 V DC 5 V DC ... 30 V DC 10 V AC ... 253 V AC (50/60 Hz)
--600 V
3 A (see derating curve) 10 A (see derating curve) 0.8 A (see derating curve)
--10 mA
- 100 A (t = 20 ms) 30 A (t = 10 ms)
--1.2 mA
--4.5 A
2s
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection RCV circuit
0.2 V < 50 mV 1 V
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 60°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III 2 / III 2 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 31)2941361 10 DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 101)2961752 10 DEK-OV- 5DC/240AC/800 2964623 10
DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 31)2941387 10 DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 101)2961749 10 DEK-OV- 12DC/240AC/800 2964636 10
DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 31)2941374 10 DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 101)2964322 10 DEK-OV- 24DC/240AC/800 2964649 10
DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3/AKT 2964296 10
Accessories Accessories Accessories
EB 80- DIK BU 26 A 2715940 1EB 80- DIK BU 26 A 2715940 1EB 80- DIK BU 26 A 2715940 1
EB 80- DIK RD 26 A 2715953 1EB 80- DIK RD 26 A 2715953 1EB 80- DIK RD 26 A 2715953 1
EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 2715788 1EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 2715788 1EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 2715788 1
401PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
DEK series
DW
H
DW
H
DW
H
with DC voltage output
max. = 3 A
with DC voltage output
max. = 10 A
with AC voltage output
max. = 800 mA
402 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
DEK-REL-24/1/S switch/relay terminal
block
The functions “Manual”, “0”, “Automatic”
are provided in a 6.2 mm narrow relay ter-
minal block.
Interference-free relay and solid-state
relay interfaces
Coupled interference voltages on the coil
lines or leakage currents can cause malfunc-
tions in conventional modules. These spe-
cial interface modules, equipped with high
switching thresholds and/or effective filters,
ensure good functioning.
ST-REL... and EMG 17-REL... relay inter-
faces for switching lamp loads
Lamp loads and capacitive consumers pro-
duce extremely high inrush currents which
weld conventional relay contacts. To pre-
vent this, Phoenix Contact uses an arc-re-
sistant contact optimized for these applica-
tions, which keeps these peaks under
control.
ST-OV 3-24DC/400/3 plug-in solid-
state power relay
The output of this component, dimen-
sioned with a peak reverse voltage of 800 V,
allows, for example, 230 V motors to be
driven in simple reversible mode.
Power circuit breaker solid-state relay,
with signal logic
These modules combine the features of a
short-circuit-proof power solid-state relay
and those of a thermomagnetic protection
element.
DEK-OE-...100KHZ 100 kHz input
solid-state relay
Input solid-state relay for reliable trans-
mission of high frequency signals of the type
that occur with, for example, incremental
encoders.
Electronic sensor terminal block for
NAMUR proximity sensors
For converting the changeable resistance
of a NAMUR sensor into a digital signal that
can be read by a PLC.
DEK-TR/INV inverter module
Module for converting NPN outputs to
PNP outputs and PNP to NPN.
A
H
A2
13
14
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Input data ①       
Permissible range (with reference to UN)0.8 -
1.1
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 6.5
Response/release time at UN[ms] 5 / 15
Input protection: Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
Output data
Contact type Double contact, 1 N/O contact
Contact material AgNi, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC / 125 V DC
Min. switching voltage 0.1 V
Limiting continuous current 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC)
Max. inrush current 5 A
Min. switching current 1 mA
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
24 V DC 72 W
48 V DC 60 W
60 V DC 50 W
110 V DC 50 W
250 V AC 750 VA
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mechanical service life Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 61 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Relay module with power relay
①24 V AC/DC DEK-REL- 24/1/S1) 2964131 10
Accessories
Cover D-DEK 1,5 GN 2716949 10
Insertion bridge
No. of pos.
Color
2redEB 2- DIK RD 2716693 10
3redEB 3- DIK RD 2716745 10
4redEB 4- DIK RD 2716758 10
5redEB 5- DIK RD 2716761 10
10 red EB 10- DIK RD 2716774 10
2blueEB 2- DIK BU 2716648 10
3blueEB 3- DIK BU 2716651 10
4blueEB 4- DIK BU 2716664 10
5blueEB 5- DIK BU 2716677 10
10 blue EB 10- DIK BU 2716680 10
80 blue EB 80- DIK BU 2715940 1
80 red EB 80- DIK RD 2715953 1
80 white EB 80- DIK WH 2715788 1
403PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
Relay module with manual switch and in-
tegrated power relay for manual, zero, and
automatic functions
The advantages:
– Max. switching current of 5 A
– Only 6.2 mm wide
– Increased contact stability thanks to dou-
ble contact
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
Relay module with manual switch
Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
Relay module with manual switch
and integrated relay
12 11 14
A1 A2
A1
+
A1
A2
-
A2
12 14
11 11

Technical data Technical data
Input data ① ② ③        ③     
Permissible range (with reference to UN)0.9 -
1.1
0.85 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 26 19 18 18
Response/release time at UN[ms] 8 / 10 8 / 11 10 / 8 10 / 8
Input protection: Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Surge protection Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Surge protection
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Double contact, 1 PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Double contact, 1 PDT
Contact material AgNi Au AgNi AgPd60, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Limiting continuous current 6 A 0.5 A 6 A 0.5 A
Max. inrush current 8 A 0.2 A 8 A 0.2 A
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
24 V DC 140 W 5 W 95 W 5 W
48 V DC60 W- 50 W-
60 V DC45 W- 45 W-
110 V DC 35 W - 35 W -
220 V DC 55 W - 55 W -
250 V AC 1500 VA - 1500 VA -
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 40°C
Mechanical service life Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG - / - / - 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions W / H / D 20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm 22.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Relay module with power contact relay
①24 V AC ST-REL3-KG 24/21/SO46 2826091 10
②120 V AC ST-REL3-KG120/21/SO46 2833026 10
③230 V AC ST-REL3-KG230/21/SO46 2832027 10 EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/ SO46 2940760 10
Relay module with multi-layer contact relay
①24 V AC ST-REL3-KG 24/21/AU/SO46 2826981 10
②120 V AC ST-REL3-KG120/21/AU/SO46 2829797 10
③230 V AC ST-REL3-KG230/21/AU/SO46 2826266 10 EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/AU/SO46 2940061 10
Accessories Accessories
Basic terminal block, complete with end cover URELG 3 2820136 10
Equipment marker EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50
404 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay and solid-state relay modules with
integrated filter to protect against interfer-
ence voltages or currents due, for example,
to long control lines
The advantages:
– Resistant to interference currents
– High relay release voltage
Typical applications:
– Applications with long control lines
– Use of AC output boards, resulting in re-
sidual AC currents
Notes:
Load current diagrams, see page 347
DW
H
DW
H
Relay modules with
interference current filter
Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
1 PDT, plug-in relay 1 PDT, soldered-in relay
A1
A2
+
A
0ACDC
A1 A1
++
A2 A2
--
A2 A2
AA
++
00
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data Technical data
Input data ②  ①       
Permissible range (with reference to UN)0.9 -
1.1
0.8 -
1.2
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) [V DC] 207 16.8
0 signal (“L”) [V DC] 92 16
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 2.5 8
Typ. switch-on time at UN[ms] 4.4 0.02
Typ. switch-off time at UN[ms] 14 0.2
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz] 5 300
Input circuit AC Yellow LED, Surge protection, RC element
Input circuit DC Protection against polarity reversal
Output data
Max. switching voltage 48 V DC 48 V DC
Min. switching voltage 3 V DC 12 V DC
Limiting continuous current 100 mA 2 A (see derating curve)
Max. inrush current - 5 A (t = 1 s)
Output circuit 3-conductor, ground-referenced 3-conductor, ground-referenced
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Free running Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current 0.9 V 1.1 V
General data
Test voltage input/output 2.5 kV AC 3.5 kV AC
Ambient temperature (operation) 0°C ... 50°C -10°C ... 55°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III 2 / III
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing - / Mounted in rows with zero spacing: Horizontal/not in rows: Any
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 17.5 mm / 75 mm / 102 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Solid-state power relays
①24 V DC EMG 17-OV- 24DC/ 48DC/21) 2942810 10
②230 V AC DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100/SO 46 2964678 10
Accessories Accessories
Equipment marker EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50
405PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
ST-REL: Polyamide non-reinforced PA, color: bottom part gray,
hood green
EMG: Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
DEK: Polyamide non-reinforced PA, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For derating curve, refer to page 345
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
DW
H
Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
Solid-state input relay
100 mA, maximum
Solid-state power relay
Max. 2 A
13 14
A1 A2

Technical data
Input data ①       
Permissible range (with reference to UN)0.85 -
1.1
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 28
Response/release time at UN[ms] 13 /
15
Input protection: Yellow LED, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, freewheeling diode Automatic: Yellow LED, Manual: Red LED, freewheeli
Output data
Contact type 1 N/O contact with lead contact 1 N/O contact with lead contact Single contact, 1 N/O contact
Contact material AgCdO
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC
Limiting continuous current 10 A
Max. inrush current 80 A (20 ms)
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
24 V DC -
48 V DC -
60 V DC -
110 V DC -
220 V DC -
250 V AC 2500 VA
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mechanical service life Approx. 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Mounting position/mounting - / Horizontal with zero spacing, vertical with spacing Any Any
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG - / - / -
Dimensions W / H / D 20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm 17.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm 17.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Relay module with power contact relay + wolfram lead contact
①24 V DC ST-REL3-KG 24/ 1/SO38 2829564 10
Relay module with power contact relay, with two inputs for
manual, automatic
①24 V DC
Accessories
Basic terminal block, complete with end cover URELG 3 2820136 10
Equipment marker
406 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules for high inrush
currents
The Phoenix Contact relay modules of
the type SO 38 have been designed for
switching electrical equipment with high in-
rush currents.
Areas of application are:
– Inductive loads (motors, power contac-
tors, etc.)
– Inductive/capacitive loads (fluorescent
lamps, etc.)
– Ohmic loads (glow lamps, heaters).
The module is based on a relay with a spe-
cial arc-resistant tungsten lead contact. This
takes over the high inrush and interrupting
current capacitively. The inductive main
contact made of AgCdO takes over the
continuous current up to 10 A reliably.
With the EMG 17-REL...2E/SO38 model,
this switching capacity is reached using a
power relay with a set of silver tin oxide
(AgSnO) contacts.
The module is available in two versions:
– Modular EMG rail-mountable housing
with a design width of 17.5 mm
– Convenient ST-REL plug-in housing from
the Phoenix ST series for mounting on
the URELG or UDK-RELG basic terminal
blocks.
Further features are:
– Snap-on mounting on the common
EN rails
–Easy maintenance
– Clear labeling of the terminal blocks using
Phoenix Contact marking material.
Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
DW
H
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F, color: green or black.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
medium to large loads
1 N/O contact (1)
A1
+
A2
-
14
13
A
H
M
13
13
14
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
 
Technical data Technical data
①        ①       
0.85 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
28 23
13 /
15
9 / 10
Input protection: Yellow LED, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, freewheeling diode Automatic: Yellow LED, Manual: Red LED, freewheeling diode, Pro-
tection against polarity reversal
Contact type 1 N/O contact with lead contact 1 N/O contact with lead contact Single contact, 1 N/O contact
AgCdO AgSnO
250 V AC 250 V AC/DC
10 A 10 A
80 A (20 ms) 120 A (20 ms)
-240 W
-120 W
-85 W
-70 W
-90 W
2500 VA 2500 VA
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Approx. 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Mounting position/mounting - / Horizontal with zero spacing, vertical with spacing Any Any
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions W / H / D 20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm 17.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm 17.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/SO38 BK 2949994 10
EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/2E/SO38 2941646 10
Accessories Accessories
EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50 EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50
407PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
DW
H
DW
H
medium to large loads
1 N/O contact (1)
medium to large loads
1 N/O contact (1)
13 14
A1
+A2
-
1
2
1
2
30
20
0
3
1
2
40 50 60
Technical data
Input data ①       
Switching level with reference to UN1 signal (“H”) 0.8
0 signal (“L”) 0.4
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 7
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz] 10
Input protection: Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, RC element
Output data
Operating voltage 400 V AC
Operating voltage range 24 V AC ... 420 V AC
Periodic peak reverse voltage 800 V
Limiting continuous current 3 A (see derating curve)
Min. load current 50 mA
Surge current 125 A (t = 10 ms)
Residual voltage drop at “H” 1.2 V
Leakage current in off state Approx. 12 mA
Output protection Surge protection, RC element
General data
Test voltage input/output 2.5 kV AC
Ambient temperature (operation) 0°C ... 60°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III
Mounting position/mounting Horizontal DIN rail / -
Dimensions W / H / D 20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Solid-state power relays
①24 V DC ST-OV3- 24DC/400AC/3 2905417 10
Accessories
Basic terminal block, complete with end cover URELG 3 2820136 10
408 PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of insulating housing: polyamide PA non-reinforced, color:
bottom part gray, hood green
Ground (minus) potential from the input and output of the optocou-
pler should not be connected.
AC loads must be protected with a varistor or an RC element.
DW
H
ST-OV 3 plug-in solid-state power
relays
Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
with AC voltage output
max. = 3 A
Derating curve for ST-OV 3-24DC/400AC/3
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current [A]
Aligned without spacing
Aligned with 20 mm spacing
The plug-in version of the module pro-
vides all the advantages of the ST series,
such as:
– Switching of up to 400 V AC/3 A
– Control of 230 V motors in straightforward
reversing mode (e.g., synchronous motor in
single-phase operation, see illustration)
– Plug-in
A1
A2
+
T
+
A
0
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Input data ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/1-PRO ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/4-PRO
Operating voltage 24 V DC ±50%
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) 8.5 V DC
0 signal (“L”) 5 V DC
Typ. input current at UN6.5 mA
Transmission frequency flimit 100 Hz
Reset period after short-circuit / overload shut down 1 ms
Input circuit Yellow LED, Polarity protection diode
Output data signaling contact / CONTROL
Operating voltage range 5 V DC ... 36 V DC
Limiting continuous current 50 mA
Residual voltage drop at “H” 1.5 V
Output protection Polarity protection diode
Output circuit 3-conductor, ground-referenced
Output data load contact
Operating voltage range 18 V DC ... 36 V DC
Limiting continuous current 1 A (see derating curve) 4 A (see derating curve)
Min. load current 1 mA
Residual voltage drop at “H” 300 mV 200 mV
Open circuit alarm with load current < 100 µA
Overload disconnection (~ 1.4 x continuous current) 100 ms (See the time-current characteristic curve)
Short-circuit disconnection < 200 µs (See the time-current characteristic curve)
Current limitation at short-circuits Approx. 25 A Approx. 70 A
Switching time tin /tout 300 µs / 700 µs
Output protection Red LED, Damping diode
Output circuit 3-conductor, ground-referenced
General data
Test voltage input/output 2.5 kV AC
Test voltage output/output 2.5 kV AC
Rated surge voltage Basic insulation
Ambient temperature (operation) 0°C ... 60°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664 / EN 50178 / IEC 62103
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions W / H / D 27 mm / 63.5 mm / 114 mm
Ordering data
Description Output current Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Power circuit breaker solid-state relay, with signal logic
1 A ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/1-PRO 2905572 10
4 A ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/4-PRO 2905585 10
Accessories
Basic terminal block, complete with end cover UDK-RELG 4 2777056 10
409PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: bottom part gray, hood green
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For load current diagram, see page 347
Derating curve, time/current characteristic curves, and state dia-
gram, see page 347
DW
H
The ST-OV 4-...PRO provides protection
and monitoring functions that are other-
wise only known from thermomagnetic
protection elements.
The PROtect modules have the following
features:
– Fast disconnection with short-circuits
and simultaneous current limitation
– Time-dependent overload shutdown for
reliable protection against continuous
overloads
– Brief inrush peaks are ignored
– After an overload or short-circuit has
been triggered, a defined reset of the con-
trol voltage must be carried out
– Reliable recognition and indication of a
line break on the load side
– Feedback in the event of an error
ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC/...-PRO power
protection circuit solid-state relay
with signal logic
Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
with short-circuit-proof DC voltage output
max. = 1 A or 4 A
A1
+
A2
-
A
+
0

Technical data
Input data ① ②      
Permissible range (with reference to UN)0.8 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
Switching level with reference to UN1 signal (“H”) 0.8 0.8
0 signal (“L”) 0.4 0.4
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 7 6
Typ. switch-on time at UN[µs] 1.5 1.5
Typ. switch-off time at UN[µs] 2 2
Transmission frequency flimit [kHz] 100 100
Input protection: Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reve
Output data
Operating voltage range 4 V DC ... 30 V DC
Limiting continuous current 50 mA
Quiescent current 4.3 mA
Residual voltage drop at “H” 0.5 V DC
Output circuit 3-conductor, ground-referenced 3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced 3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
Output protection Surge protection
General data
Test voltage input/output 2.5 kV AC
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / II
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Solid-state input relays
①5 V DC DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ1) 2964270 10
②24 V DC DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ1) 2964283 10
410 PHOENIX CONTACT
DEK-OE 100 kHz input solid-state
relay
A solid-state relay for the reliable detec-
tion of short pulses
– Limit frequency of up to 100 kHz
– Push-pull stage on output side
– Includes signal inputs on PLC counter
boards
– Features a capacitor on the input side for
interference suppression
Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
DW
H
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
with DC voltage output
Transmission frequency 100 kHz
A1
+
A2
-
A
+
0
A1
+
A2
-
A
+
0
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data Technical data
① ②       ① ②      
0.5 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.5 -
1.2
0.8 -
1.2
0.5 0.8 0.5 0.8
0.3 0.4 0.3 0.4
88 88
11 11
22 22
100 100 100 100
Input protection: Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
4 V DC ... 18 V DC 14 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA 50 mA
8.5 mA 15 mA
1.2 V DC 2.2 V DC
Output circuit 3-conductor, ground-referenced 3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced 3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
Surge protection Surge protection
2.5 kV AC 2.5 kV AC
-20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 60°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / II 2 / II
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
DEK-OE- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1) 2964542 10 DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G1) 2964555 10
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1) 2964364 10 DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G1) 2964348 10
411PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
DW
H
DW
H
with DC voltage output push-pull
Transmission frequency 100 kHz
with DC voltage output push-pull
Transmission frequency 100 kHz
+
-
OUT
24V
0V
UKK 5-2R/NAMUR
10k
1k
+
-
ERR
OUT
GND
UVN
ERR
OUT
GND
U
+
-
VN
6050403020100-10
-20
28,8
24
25
26
27
28
Technical data
Supply
Input supply nominal voltage UVN 18.5 V DC ... 28.8 V DC (UVN, see derating curve)
Ripple according to DIN 19240
Current consumption IImax 70 mA (at 50 mA output current)
Input circuit Green LED, Polarity protection diode
Control circuit
Non-load voltage 8.2 V DC ±10%
Switching points in accordance with EN 60947-5-6: 2.1 mA (In conductive state)
1.2 mA (In blocking state)
6.3 mA ... 10 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)
0 mA ... 0.35 mA (In the event of a wire break)
Switching hysteresis Approx. 0.2 mA
Internal resistance Approx. 1 k
Output protection visual short-circuit and wire break control with LED (red), 12 V Zener
diode
Signal output
Max. output current IOmax 50 mA
Residual voltage UR with IOmax 1.5 V (UR)
Output voltage UO 100 mV (In conductive state)
(UVN - UR;in blocking state)
Output protection 36 V Zener diode as freewheeling diode
General data
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 50°C
Transmission frequency (INPUT/OUTPUT) 1 kHz
Input pulse length 0.5 ms
Input pause length 0.5 ms
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2 / III
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Switching amplifier electronic terminal block, for inductive
proximity initiators as per NAMUR, with light indicators for sensor
signal and faults
EIK1-SVN-24P1) 2940799 10
Accessories
Terminal block, with three through contacts,
for mounting on NS 35...
DIKD 1,5 2715979 50
Double-level terminal block, with pre-assembled resistors UKK 5-2R/NAMUR 2941662 50
Insertion bridge EB...-DIK...
Ordering data at DEK-REL...
412 PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
Electronic sensor terminal block for
NAMUR proximity sensors
Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
For inductive proximity sensors according to
NAMUR
Derating curve for EIK 1-SVN 24 P
Ambient temperature [°C]
Supply voltage UE [V]
Application 1
Application 2
NAMUR initiator
Limit switch
The EIK 1-SVN 24-P electronic sensor
terminal block from Phoenix Contact con-
verts the changeable resistance of a
NAMUR sensor unit into a digital signal that
can be read by all PLCs.
– Monitoring of initiator side for short cir-
cuits or strand breaks
– Suitable resistance circuit to enable mon-
itoring of mechanical switches (see appli-
cation 2)
–LED error display
– Status display (high signal) via green LED
– 24 V/50 mA digital output
– Bridging and marking with standard termi-
nal accessories.
NPN +
–
PNP
24V
0V
DEK-
TRN/INV
NPN
PNP
+
-
C
E
PNP
24V
0V
DEK-
TR/INV
NPN
+
-
C
E
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Supply voltage 20 V DC ... 30 V DC (UV)
Continuous current 200 mA
Residual voltage drop < 1 V
Leakage current < 1 mA
Max. transmission frequency 15 kHz
NPN input/PNP output
Switch-on threshold < 5 V (at UV = 24 V; < (UV - 19 V))
Switch-off threshold > 15 V (at UV = 24 V; > (UV - 9 V))
Min. limit values -2 V
Max. limit values 26 V (at UV = 24 V; UV + 2 V)
Control circuit
Switch-on threshold > 19 V
Switch-off threshold < 9 V
Min. limit values -2 V
Max. limit values 26 V (at UV = 24 V; UV + 2 V)
General data
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664
Basic insulation
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2 / II
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Inverter module DEK-TR/INV 2964319 10
413PHOENIX CONTACT
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
DW
H
DEK-TR/INV inverter module
Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
Connection examples:
PNP output Load
NPN output Load
The Phoenix Contact DEK-TR/INV in-
verter module inverts the signals of ground
switching NPN transistor outputs into pos-
itive switching PNP outputs, and vice versa
(see application example).
12 14
11
A1
+
B+
A2
-
A2

Technical data
Input data ① ② ③     
Relay supply voltage UN ±10% [V DC]242424
Min. control voltage [V DC] 2.7 5 15
Max. control voltage [V DC] 5.25 13.2 35
Min. control current [mA] 2.6 0.5 0.5
Max. control current [mA] 7.7 1 1
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 21 21 21
Response/release time at UN[ms] 9 / 10 9 / 10 9 / 10 9 / 10 9 / 10 9 / 10
Input protection:
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheel
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT
Contact material AgNi
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Limiting continuous current 5 A
Max. inrush current 8 A
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
24 V DC 120 W
48 V DC 60 W
60 V DC 50 W
110 V DC 50 W
220 V DC 80 W
250 V AC 1250 VA
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mechanical service life Approx. 5 x 107 cycles Approx. 5 x 10
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm 22.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm
Ordering data
Description Nominal con-
trol voltage Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Relay module with miniature power contact relay with
integrated NPN transistor control, for low control currents
①5 V DC EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN 51) 2949787 10
②12 V DC EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN121) 2952363 10
③24 V DC EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN351) 2952350 10
Relay module with miniature power contact relay with
integrated PNP transistor control, for low control currents
①5 V DC
②12 V DC
③24 V DC
Accessories
Equipment marker EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50
414 PHOENIX CONTACT
Hybrid relay modules
With its integrated transistor level, the
hybrid relay module is able to amplify weak
input signals. This serves as the basis for re-
liable relay operation.
The advantages:
– Low control current (terminal B), type-
dependent as of 0.5 mA
– Type-dependent positive or negative con-
trol current
– Integrated input and interference sup-
pression circuit
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
DW
H
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Positive switching hybrid relay Negative switching hybrid relay
A1
+
B-
A2
-
A2
12 14
11
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data
① ② ③     
24 24 24
-2.4 -6.9 -17.5
-5.25 -13.2 -38.5
1.2 0.6 0.6
1.7 1 1.4
21 21 21
[ms] 9 / 10 9 / 10 9 / 10 9 / 10 9 / 10 9 / 10
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 A
8 A
120 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
80 W
1250 VA
Test voltage (winding / contact) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
cycles Approx. 5 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm 22.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP 51)2949790 10
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP121)2952156 10
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP351)2952169 10
Accessories
EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50
415PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
DW
H
Positive switching hybrid relay Negative switching hybrid relay
416 PHOENIX CONTACT
Product range overview
Introduction to VARIOFACE system cabling 418
Overview of VARIOFACE system cabling 420
Front adapter
For ABB S800 I/O 422
For Allen-Bradley,
ControlLogix, PLC 5, SLC 500, and PlantScape 424
For Emerson DeltaV 432
For GE Fanuc RX3i and Series 90-30 436
For Honeywell C300 Series CI/O and PlantScape 438
For Mitsubishi A1S and Q, Melsec L, Honeywell ML 200 440
For Omron CJ1, CS1, and C200H 442
For Phoenix Contact Axioline and Inline 443
For Schneider Electric MODICON® 445
For Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300 450
For Siemens SIMATIC® S7-1500 456
For Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400 458
For Siemens SIMATIC® S5-S7 conversion 459
For Yokogawa CS3000 R3 466
Termination boards
With passive transfer 470
With relay 490
PLC-INTERFACE via V8 adapter
V8 adapter 484
Feed-through terminal blocks 486
Relays/solid-state relays 320
Cross-reference list 488
System cables
With flat-ribbon cable and D-SUB plug-in connectors 500
Introduction to VARIOFACE wiring interface 520
Overview of VIP - VARIOFACE Professional 522
Passive universal interface modules
VIP modules with flat-ribbon cable plug-in connectors 524
VIP modules with D-SUB plug-in connectors 532
VIP modules with high-density D-SUB plug-in connectors 539
With DIN strips 540
With ELCO plug-in connectors 542
With RJ45 plug-in connectors 546
With COMBICON connection 547
VIP potential distributors 548
Active interface modules
For relay couplers/optocouplers 550
For solid-state relays 553
Accessories (relays, optocouplers) 554
417PHOENIX CONTACT
Wiring I/O modules with individual wires
is an extremely time-consuming process.
Wiring errors and tedious troubleshooting
cannot be ruled out.
Interface cabling reduces assembly costs
by using plug-in components to carry out
wiring quickly, clearly, and without errors.
The new interface modules in the VIP -
VARIOFACE Professional series, which fea-
ture a modern housing design, offer the fol-
lowing advantages:
–Space-saving
– Vibration resistant up to 5g thanks to
metal feet
– Reliable connection technology, either
with screw or push-in connections
– Wide range of marking options
VIP modules are available for both prod-
uct segments:
VARIOFACE system cabling is a cabling
concept that has been specially developed
to allow connection to the I/O modules of
a wide range of automation devices.
The VIP series is rounded off by new front
adapters with encapsulated system cables
for the SIMATIC S7 300.
VARIOFACE wiring interfaces are suitable
for universal use. Various VIP - VARIOFACE
Professional modules with a 1:1 connection
from a high-position plug-in connector to a
different connection technology are avail-
able. The encapsulated system cables pro-
vide an effective and efficient means of es-
tablishing a connection to a control device
with protection against polarity reversal.
A variety of potential distributors are
available for splitting the control and oper-
ating voltage.
System cabling for controllers
418 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
A large part of the costs incurred in auto-
mation systems today results from the ca-
bling for the actuators and signaling units.
On top of this, machines and systems are
becoming more and more complex, which
means that the cabling costs for the input
and output stations are also steadily on the
increase. In addition to cabling material
costs, the costs associated with planning, as-
sembly, startup, and documentation must
also be considered.
VARIOFACE system cabling is a
system concept that reduces manufacturing
costs through fast, error-free, and uniform
wiring of the input and output signals of a
PLC.
The system design comprises three com-
ponents:
–VARIOFACE front adapters
– VARIOFACE system cables
– VARIOFACE termination board
VARIOFACE system cabling is available
for controllers from:
–ABB
–Allen-Bradley
–Emerson
–Honeywell
–GE Fanuc
– Mitsubishi Electric
–OMRON
–Schneider Electric
–Siemens
–Yokogawa
– Phoenix Contact
VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
The new front adapters with encapsulated
system cables for the S7 300 and new
compact termination boards make the sys-
tem cabling even more robust. VARIOFACE
Professional means:
New front adapters
– Optimized housing concept
– Power supplied via PCB terminal
blocks
– Plug-in bridges for electrical
isolation
– Directly connected system cables
with encapsulated plugs
New termination boards
–Space saving
– Vibration resistant up to 5g
– Optional marking
– New housing design
11
A1+
A2-
24
V
14
11
A1+
A2-
24
V
14
11
A1+
A2-
24
V
14
11
A1+
A2-
24
V
14
11
A1+
A2-
24
V
14
11
A1+
A2-
24
V
14
11
A1+
A2-
24
V
14
11
A1+
A2-
24
V
14
11
A1+
A2-
24
V
14
11
A1+
A2-
24
V
14
11
A1+
A2-
24
V
14
11
A1+
A2-
24
V
14
11
A1+
A2-
24
V
14
11
A1+
A2-
24
V
14
11
A1+
A2-
24
V
14
11
A1+
A2-
24
V
14
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
419PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
The conventional wiring of input and out-
put cards of programmable logic controls
requires a lot of time.
Signals are transferred from the control
system to modular terminal blocks or cou-
pling modules such as relays or optocou-
plers by means of single conductor wiring.
This requires a complex wiring process.
At the same time, errors in wiring are al-
ways possible with this connection method.
Wiring errors are often only noticed when
the system is put into operation and they
then cause additional costs.
Wiring with the system cabling consider-
ably reduces the assembly time and guaran-
tees protection against polarity reversal.
Front adapters with an integrated pin
strip (IEC 60603-13) are plugged onto the
PLC I/O cards. They replace connection
technologies such as those involving a screw
or crimp connection.
The controller boards are simply snapped
onto the DIN rail instead of modular termi-
nal blocks or coupling modules. On the con-
trol side they also have a multi-position pin
strip.
The controller boards are connected to
the front adapters using multi-position and
pre-assembled system cables.
Actuators and sensors from the field level
are connected to the termination boards by
means of screw or spring-cage connections
or knife disconnect terminal blocks. The
termination boards are marked on the field
side according to the application, so that the
signals can be clearly assigned.
The configuration cross-reference list
(a quick reference guide to the VARIOFACE
system components) is extremely useful
when selecting the required components.
What's more, matching components can be
configured using the INTERFACE search as-
sistant.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products.
Rationalize your application with the aid
of VARIOFACE system cabling:
– Easy planning with configuration
cross-reference list or online selector
– Cost reductions thanks to
time-saving wiring
– Fault minimization through
protection against polarity reversal
– Easy maintenance thanks to
modular system components
Product overview of VARIOFACE system cabling
Controller
ABB Allen-Bradley Emerson GE FANUC Honeywell
System component Ve rs io n S800 I/O Control
Logix PLC 5 SLC 500 DeltaV RX3i 90-30
C300
CI/O, ML 200
series
PlantScape
Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page
Front adapters
Not
required 424 426 428 Not
required 436 437 438 424
System cables
Standard 512 504 504 504 506 504 504 512 504
Controller-
specific 423 430 432 441
Termination boards
Passive
Standard 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 439 470
Passive
Controller-
specific
422 473 429 433
Active
Standard 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490
V8 adapter/
feed-through
terminal block
484 484 484 484 484 484 484 484 484
Relay/
optocoupler 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320
MINI Analog
system adapter
MINI Analog
420 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Mitsubishi OMRON CJ1 Phoenix
Contact Schneider Siemens Yo k o g a w a
MELSEC
A, A1S, Q, L
CS1, CQM1,
C200H
Axioline
Inline
TSX
Qantum M340 S7 300 S7 1500 S7 400 S5 to S7
conversion
Centum
CS3000
Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page
Not
required
Not
required 444 445 446 448 Not
required 458 459 Not
required
504 504 504 504 504
440 442 447 453 456 466
470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470
473 472 472 468
490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490
484 484 484 484 484 484 484 484 484
320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320
94 94
92 92
421PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VAR IOFAC E s ystem cabling
L1+
L1+
L1-
L1-
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2-
123456789
10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7C8C9C10C11
C12C13
C14C15C16
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6A7A8A9A10A11
A12
A13
A14A15A16
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6B7B8B9B10B11
B12B13
B14B15B16
L1+
L1+
L1-
L1-
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2-
123456789
10 11 12 13
25
2423
22
2110191817
16
1514
B1C1B2C2B3C3B4C4B5C5B6C6B7C7B8C8
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8
L1+
L1+
L1-
L1-
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2-
123456789
10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
B1C1B2C2B3C3B4C4B5C5B6C6B7C7B8C8
+1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8
422 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 50 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 2 A
Max total current (voltage supply) 4 A (8 A L1-/L2-)
Rated surge voltage 1.4 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Field level Screw connection with disconnect knife
Control system level D-SUB socket strip
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions H / D 90 mm / 61 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, with knife disconnect terminal blocks for:
- S800 I/O output modules 25 126.5 mm FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810 2304513 1
- S800 I/O input modules 25 126.5 mm FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810/P 2304539 1
- S800 I/O universal module 25 247.5 mm FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU830 2304526 1
FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU830 connection scheme
FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810 connection scheme FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810/P connection scheme
Connectable I/O modules
Card type FLKM-D25SUB...
Digital input DI 810
DI 811
DI 814
DI 830
DI 831
DI 885
Digital output DO 810
DO 814
Analog input AI 810
AI 820
AI 830
AI 835
Analog output AO 810
AO 820
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply
Explanation:
The ABB S800 I/O system offers the pos-
sibility of realizing the process wiring with
D-SUB plug-in connectors. ABB TU 812
Compact MTU are available for this pur-
pose.
The FLKM-D25SUB/B/KDS3-MT/... mod-
ules are connected to the I/O modules using
assembled D-SUB cables (refer to “System
cables” chapter).
In addition to screw connection with
knife disconnection for every channel and
ABB S800-specific labeling, the modules
have the following features:
– Eight negative terminals with knife discon-
nection (TU810)
– Eight positive terminals with knife discon-
nection (TU810/P)
– For each channel, there is a positive and
negative terminal with knife disconnec-
tion (TU830)
Passive interface modules can also be
used for signal transmission
(e.g., VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F, 2315188),
see page 533.
ABB S800 I/O
Termination boards with
knife disconnection
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
DW
H
Interface module with
knife disconnect terminal blocks
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
423PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Assembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
Conductor cross section AWG - / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated
Outside diameter
25 -position 6.3 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE system cable, for S800 I/O, with a 25-pos. D-SUB
socket strip and two 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable plugs, in standard
lengths
25 1 m CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/100/TU812 2304649 1
25 2 m CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/200/TU812 2304652 1
25 3 m CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/300/TU812 2304665 1
25 5 m CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/500/TU812 2304678 1
VARIOFACE system cable for S800 I/O, with a 25-pos. D-SUB
socket strip and two 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable plugs, in variable
lengths
25 CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/TU812/... 2304681 1
Color code and pin assignment
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14...TU812
D-SUB
connector
25-pos.
FLK 14
1. Connector
FLK 14
2. Connector
Conductor
color
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
9
10
1
3
5
7
NC
11
12
2
4
6
8
1
3
5
7
9
10
NC
2
4
6
8
11
12
Gray
White
Black
Red
Yellow
Blue
Black
Red
Yellow
Blue
Orange
White
–
White-black
White-brown
Brown
Orange
Green
Violet
Brown
Orange
Green
Violet
White-black
White-brown
Ordering example for system cable:
– Cable for ABB S800, 12.75 m long
Quantity Order No. Length [m]1)
1 2304681 /12.75
1)min. 0.20 m
The ABB S800 I/O system offers the pos-
sibility of realizing the process wiring with
D-SUB plug-in connectors. ABB TU 812
Compact MTU are available for this pur-
pose.
The CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/.../TU812
system cables convert from a D-SUB socket
strip to two flat-ribbon cable plugs. There-
fore, all 8-channel controller boards of the
system cabling can be connected to S800
I/O modules. Two controller boards are
used per module.
ABB S800 I/O
System cable
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
System cable
0-
0-
1-
1-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324
12345678 9 101112131415161718
2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950
NCNC
1920212223242526 27282930313233343536
0+
0-
1-
1+
12345678910
1112131415161718192021222324
12345678 9 101112131415161718
2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950
NCNC
1920212223242526 27282930313233343536
424 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. permissible current 1 A (per path)
8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16
Standards/regulations IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 / IEC 60664
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapters, for ControlLogix:
- A maximum of 1 x 32 channels can be connected 50 FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC 2302735 1
- IB 32 input board 50 FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC 2302748 1
Connection scheme: FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC
Connection scheme: FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC
Front adapters for I/O modules of
Allen-Bradley ControlLogix and Honeywell PlantScape au-
tomation devices
Card type FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC
Digital input 1756-IA 16 I* or TC-TDK 161*
1756-IB 16 D* or TC-TDX 161*
1756-IB 16 I* or TC-TDJ 161*
1756-IH 16 I*
Digital output 1756-OB 32 or TC-ODD 321
Analog input 1756-IF 8*
1756-IF 16 I* or TC-IAH 161*
1756-IF 8H* or TC-HAI 081*
Counter 1756-HSC*
Servo 1756-M02 AE*
Card type FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC
Digital input 1756-IB 32 or TC-IDD 321
* Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/AB-1756, Order No. 2322317.
There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter. Risk of short
circuit!
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply
Explanation:
I/O modules with 32 channels or with
this design
The front adapters are pushed into the
tall 1756-TBE covers (not supplied as stan-
dard, original accessories must be ordered
directly from manufacturer) of the control-
ler. A 50-pos. system cable can connect a
maximum of 32 channels to the field level.
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards round off this system concept.
Allen-Bradley ControlLogix,
Honeywell PlantScape
Front adapter
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
32-channel front adapter
with 50-pos. FLK strip
Notes:
Front adapters can also be used without cover.
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
0-
0-
1-
1-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617181920
12345678 9 1011
12
1314
12345678 9 10 11121314151617181920
12345678 9 1011
12
1314
0+
0-
1+
1-
12345678910
11121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617181920
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
425
PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. permissible current 1 A (per path)
8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16
Standards/regulations IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 / IEC 60664
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapters, for ControlLogix:
– Up to 2 x 8 channels can be connected 14 FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC 2302861 1
– IA 16, IB 16, IC 16, IN 16 input card 14 FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC 2302874 1
- IF6 I input card (only suitable for measuring
current; no power terminals on adapter)
14 FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC 2901037 1
Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC
Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC
Front adapter for I/O modules of
Allen Bradley ControlLogix and Honeywell PlantScape
automation devices
Card type FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC
Digital input 1756-IA 8 D** or TC-IDX 081**
Digital output 1756-OB 16 E
Analog input 1756-IF 6 CIS**
1756-IF 6 I** or TC-IAH 061**
1756-IR 6 I** or TC-IXR 061**
1756-IT 6 I** or TC-IXL 061**
Analog output 1756-OF 4 I**
1756-OF 6 CI** or TC-OAH 061**
1756-OF 6 VI** or TC-OAV 061**
1756-OF 8** or TC-OAV 081**
1756-OF 8 H**
Switch 1756-PLS**
Card type FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC
Digital input 1756-IN 16**
1756-IA 16 or TC-IDA 161**
1756-IB 16
1756-IC 16**
Card type FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC
Analog input IF6I**
** Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756, Order No.: 2322333.
There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter. Risk of short
circuit!!
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply
Explanation:
I/O modules with 16 channels or with
this design
The front adapters are pushed into the
tall 1756-TBE covers (not supplied as stan-
dard, original accessories must be ordered
directly from manufacturer) of the control-
ler. Two 14-pos. system cables are used to
connect up to 2 x 8 channels to the field lev-
el.
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards round off this system concept.
Allen-Bradley ControlLogix,
Honeywell PlantScape
Front adapter
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
16-channel front adapter
with two 14-pos. FLK strips
Notes:
Front adapters can also be used without cover.
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
21 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324
11121314151617181920
+-
21 345678910
+-
2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950
31323334353637383940
+-
252627282930
24232221
0+
1+
2+
3+
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324
NCNC NCNC
NCNC NCNC NCNC
12345678910
--
11121314151617181920
--
252627282930
31
32333435363738394041424344454647484950
21222324252627282930 31323334353637383940
426 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. permissible current 1 A (per path)
Max. perm. total current 2 A (Per Byte, for supply via connector)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 / IEC 60664
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapters, for Allen-Bradley PLC 5, 1771
- IBN 32 channels input 50 FLKM 50-PA-AB/IBN 2289816 2
- OBN 32 channels output 50 FLKM 50-PA-AB/OBN 2289829 2
Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-AB/OBN
Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-AB/IBN
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply
Explanation:
The front adapters mean that pre-assem-
bled system cables can be directly connect-
ed to I/O modules.
Up to 32 channels are connected via
50-pos. system cables.
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and con-
nection possibilities round off this system
concept.
Allen-Bradley, PLC 5 series 1771
Front adapter
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Front adapter for Allen-Bradley PLC 5, 1771
Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
427PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
123579
4 6 8 10 12 14
11 13 15 17
16 18 20 22 24 26 28
19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39
30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50
41 43 45 47 49
VAC1
01234567
VAC2
98
111013121514
X1 X2
123456789
1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
01234567 89
1011121314 15 COM COM
X1 X2
123456789
1011121314 123456789
1011121314
0123456 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 VDCVDC
X1 X2
12345678910
11121314 12345678910
11121314
VDC 0 12345 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 COM
428 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
FLKM 14-PA... FLKM 50-PA...
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. permissible current 1 A (per path) 2 A (per path)
Max. perm. total current 2 A (Per Byte, for supply via
connector)
7 A (Per Byte, for supply via
connector)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C -20°C ... 70°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 /
IEC 60664
IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 /
IEC 60664
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter, 2 x 8 channels can be connected for
Allen-Bradley SLC 500 for:
- 1746 OB16, OV16, OG16 and IG16 14 FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/OUT 2293459 1
- 1746 IA16, IB16, ITB16 and IN16 14 FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN 2293462 1
- 1746 IV16 and IVT16 14 FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN/M 2293475 1
VARIOFACE front adapter, 1 x 16 channels can be connected for
Allen-Bradley SLC 500 1746 OA16 and OW16
50 FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A 2293446 1
Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN
Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN/M Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/OUT
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply
Explanation:
The front adapters mean that pre-assem-
bled system cables can be directly connect-
ed to I/O modules.
– The FLKM 14-PA-SLC500... adapters con-
nect max. 2 x 8 channels via two 14-pos.
system cables. Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE
termination boards with a variety of func-
tions and connection possibilities round off
this system concept.
– With the FLKM50-PA-SLC500 OUT/2A
front adapters, the FLKM 50/16/SLC500
termination board and 50-pos. system ca-
bles, the VARIOFACE system cabling can
also be coupled to the OA16 and OW16
power output cards.
Allen-Bradley SLC 500
Front adapter
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Front adapter for SLC 500 1746,
2 x 8 channels can be connected
Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
135
246810
79 11 13 15 17 19 21
12 14 16 18 20 23 25 27 29 31 33
22 24 26 28 30 32 35 37 39 41 43 45
34 36 38 40 42 44 47 49
46 48 50
VAC1
012345679
VAC2
8111013121514
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 120 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A 1 A
Max total current (voltage supply) 2 A (per channel) 2 A (per channel)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 EN 50178,
Connection method Field level Screw connection Push-in connection
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions H / D 65.5 mm / 56 mm 72.1 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE controller board, for transfer of max. 16 channels,
only in connection with FLKM 50-PA-SLC500 OUT/2A
- with screw connection 90.8 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK50/16/SLC500 2322320 1
- with push-in connection 50 92.7 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK50/16/SLC500 2904287 1
Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/16/SLC500
429PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
VARIOFACE termination board for 16 channels
with screw connection
VARIOFACE termination board for 16 channels
with push-in connection
The VIP-2/.../FLK50/16/SLC500 VARIO-
FACE Professional (VIP) module has been
designed specifically for OA16 and OW16
output modules. When used in conjunction
with the FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A
front adapter, currents up to 2 A per chan-
nel can be transferred with the system ca-
bling.
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No, 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
DW
H
DW
H
VIP termination board for
Allen-Bradley SLC 500,
2 A output cards

430 PHOENIX CONTACT
Allen-Bradley SLC 500
System cable for 32 channels
The 32-channel I/O cards of the SLC 500
are connected using 40-pos. plug-in connec-
tors (already integrated into the I/O mod-
ules). Passive interface modules
(-3/SC/FLK40, etc.) are connected to the
I/O cards using the FLK 40/EZ-
DR/.../SLC system cables.
32 channels are split into 4x8 channels us-
ing the FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/... system
cables.
The following 8-channel system cabling
modules can be coupled:
–OB32 and IB32
passive and active modules plus V8 adapt-
er
– OV32 and IV32
passive modules without status indicator
Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Assembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated
Outside diameter
40 -position 10 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Assembled round cables, with two 40-pos. socket strips in fixed
lengths (50 cm steps) for connection with 32-channel I/O cards of
the SLC 500
40 0.5 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/SLC 2294610 1
40 1 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/SLC 2294623 1
40 1.5 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/SLC 2294636 1
40 2 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/SLC 2294649 1
40 3 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/SLC 2294652 1
Round cable sets, for connection to Allen-Bradley SLC500, OB32
and IB32, with one 40-pos. socket strip and four 14-pos. socket
strips, for splitting max. 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels.
for OB32 40 0.5 m
40 1 m
40 2 m
40 3 m
for IB32 40 0.5 m
40 1 m
40 2 m
40 3 m
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
System cable for
32-channel I/O cards of the SLC 500
(OB32, OV32, IB32, IV32)
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

431PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A
-20°C ... 50°C
2-4 Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
7.8 mm
Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/OB32 2296786 1
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/OB32 2298483 1
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/OB32 2298522 1
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/OB32 2298535 1
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/IB32 2296812 1
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/IB32 2296825 1
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/IB32 2296838 1
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/IB32 2296841 1
System cabling for controllers
VAR IOFAC E s ystem cabling
System cable for
splitting max. 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels
(OB32, IB32)
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Outside diameter
16 -position 6.8 mm
20 -position 7.6 mm
24 -position 6.5 mm
20 -position 10.3 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
System cable, for 16-pos. “mass termination blocks” with a
16-pos. and a 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable plug for connection with
PLC-INTERFACE
16 0.3 m FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 30 2304348 1
16 0.5 m FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 50 2304351 1
16 1 m FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/100 2300575 1
16 2 m FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/200 2300588 1
16 3 m FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/300 2304364 1
Variable cable length 16 FLK 16-14-DV-OUT/... 2304377 1
System cable, for 16-pos. “mass termination blocks” with a
16-pos. and a 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable plug for connection with
PLC-INTERFACE
16 0.5 m FLK 16/14/DV-IN/ 50 2304393 1
16 1 m FLK 16/14/DV-IN/100 2300559 1
16 2 m FLK 16/14/DV-IN/200 2300562 1
16 3 m FLK 16/14/DV-IN/300 2304403 1
16 4 m FLK 16/14/DV-IN/400 2305185 1
Variable cable length 16 FLK 16-14-DV-IN/... 2304416 1
System cable, for 40-pos. (2 x 20) “mass termination blocks” with
a 20-pos. and two 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable plugs for
connection with PLC-INTERFACE (two cables should be used per
32-channel I/O card)
20 1 m FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/100/KONFEK 2298470 1
20 2 m FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/200/KONFEK 2298438 1
20 3 m FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/300/KONFEK 2300818 1
Variable cable length 20 FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/... 2304487 1
System cable, for 24-pos. “mass termination blocks” with a
24-pos. and a 16-pos. flat-ribbon cable plug for connection with
UM-DELTAV/... modules
24 0.3 m FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 30 2304319 1
24 0.5 m FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 50 2304296 1
24 1 m FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/100 2301134 1
24 2 m FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/200 2301545 1
24 3 m FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/300 2304322 1
Variable cable length 24 FLK 16-24-DV-AI-EZ-DR/... 2304335 1
System cable, for 40-pos. “mass termination blocks” with two
20-pos. and one 50-pos. flat-ribbon cable plugs for connecting with
32-channel interface modules
20 0.5 m FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 50/DV 2304872 1
20 1 m FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 100/DV 2304898 1
20 2 m FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 200/DV 2304908 1
20 3 m FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 300/DV 2304911 1
20 6 m FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 600/DV 2304937 1
20 8 m FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 800/DV 2304940 1
20 10 m FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/1000/DV 2304953 1
Variable cable length 20 FLK 50-2FLK20-EZ-DR-DV/... 2304966 1
432 PHOENIX CONTACT
The DeltaV system allows you to install
the process wiring through “Mass termina-
tion blocks” (MTB) using flat-ribbon cable
connectors. Besides the 10-, 16-, and
20-pos. system cables of system cabling (re-
fer to the System cables chapter), the fol-
lowing system-specific lines are also avail-
able:
–FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/..., for digital as-
semblies with 16-pos. MTB for connec-
tion to PLC-INTERFACE
–FLK 16/14/DV-IN/..., for digital assem-
blies with 16-pos. MTB for connection to
PLC-INTERFACE
–FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/..., for digital
assemblies with 40-pos. MTB for connec-
tion to PLC-INTERFACE
–FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/..., for analog
assemblies with 24-pos. MTB
–FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/.../DV system
cables are specifically designed for
32-channel I/O modules with 40-pin MTB
for the purpose of connecting I/O mod-
ules to 32-channel VARIOFACE interface
modules
Emerson DeltaV
System cable
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
System cable for DeltaV
12 4 6 8 10 12 14 163579
11 13 15
CH1CH1CH2CH3CH4CH5CH6CH7CH8CH2CH3CH4CH5CH6CH7CH8
+-------
-+
++++++
12 4 6 8 10 12 14 163579
11 13 15
CH1
COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COMCOMCOMCOM
CH1CH2CH3CH4CH5CH6CH7CH8CH2CH3CH4CH5CH6CH7CH8
+-------
-+
++++++
12 4 6 8 10 12 14 163579
11 13 15
CH1CH1CH2CH3CH4CH5CH6CH7CH8CH2CH3CH4CH5CH6CH7CH8
+-------
-+
++++++ +-------
-+
++++++
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ch1 Ch1 Ch2 Ch2 Ch3 Ch3 Ch4 Ch4 Ch5 Ch5Ch6 Ch6 Ch7 Ch7 Ch8 Ch8
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
433PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
FLKM 16/.../DV FLKM 16/.../SI/.../DV
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC < 50 V AC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A (per signal path) 50 mA (In delivered state,
with one 50 mA fuse,
max. 1 A permitted)
Rated surge voltage 0.8 kV 0.8 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Field level Screw connection Screw connection
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions H / D 90 mm / 68 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Interface module, with 1:1 connection
16 45 mm FLKM 16/DV 2304432 1
Interface module, with 1:1 connection and separate
potential terminal blocks per channel
16 57 mm FLKM 16/AI/DV 2304429 1
Interface module, with fuses per channel
16 90 mm FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV 2304445 1
Interface module, with LED and fuses per channel
16 90 mm FLKM 16/DI/SI/LA/DV 2304458 1
FLKM 16/DI/SI/LA/DV connection scheme FLKM 16/AI/DV connection scheme
FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV connection scheme FLKM 16/DV connection scheme
These system-specific interface modules
for DeltaV assemblies are used in combina-
tion with the respective system cables. The
controller board is connected to 8-channel
modules through “mass termination blocks”
with flat-ribbon cable connection.
FLKM 16/DV
–Universal module
– 1:1 connection
FLKM 16/AI/DV
– 1:1 connection
– Separate equipotential terminals per
channel
FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV
– 1:1 connection
– Fuse 5 x 20, 50 mA T, IEC60127-2/3 per
channel
FLKM 16/DI/SI/LA/DV
– 1:1 connection
– Fuse 5 x 20, 50 mA T, IEC60127-2/3 per
channel
– LED status indicator per signal path
Emerson DeltaV
Controller board for eight channels
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
DW
H
Interface module for 8 channels
1
1
--------------------------------
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
357911 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 --
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50
1
1
--------------------------------
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
357911 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 --
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50
434 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
FLKM 50/32M/DV FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC 30 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A 1 A
Rated surge voltage 0.8 kV 0.8 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Field level Screw connection Screw connection
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions H / D 90 mm / 68 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE interface modules, for 32-channel I/O modules:
- Input/Output 50 169 mm FLKM 50/32M/DV 2304869 1
- Input with LED per signal 50 169 mm FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV 2304856 1
FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV connection scheme
FLKM 50/32M/DV connection scheme
These system-specific interface modules
for DeltaV assemblies are used in combina-
tion with the FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/.../DV
system cables. The controller board is con-
nected to 32-channel modules through
40-pos. “mass termination blocks” with flat-
ribbon cable connection.
FLKM 50/32M/DV
– Can be used for 32-channel input and
output cards
– Two-conductor connection with a sepa-
rate negative terminal per channel
FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV
– Can be used for 32-channel input
modules
– LED status display per channel
– Two-conductor connection with a
separate negative terminal per channel
(Dry Contact)
Emerson DeltaV
Controller board for 32 channels
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
DW
H
Interface module with two-conductor connec-
tion method for DeltaV
12 34 56 78 910 1112 1314 1516
1- 1+ 2- 2+ 3- 3+ 4- 4+ 5- 5+ 6- 6+ 7- 7+ 8- 8+
SHSHSHSHSHSHSHSHSHSH
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1314 1516
1- 1+ 2- 2+ 3- 3+ 4- 4+ 5- 5+ 6- 6+ 7- 7+ 8- 8+
SHSHSHSHSHSHSHSHSHSH
12 34 56 78 910 1112 1314 1516
1- 1+ 2- 2+ 3- 3+ 4- 4+ 5- 5+ 6- 6+ 7- 7+ 8- 8+
SHSHSHSHSHSHSHSHSHSH
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1314 1516
1- 1+ 2- 2+ 3- 3+ 4- 4+ 5- 5+ 6- 6+ 7- 7+ 8- 8+
SHSHSHSHSHSHSHSHSHSH
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
435
PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 50 mA
(in as-supplied state, with one 50 mAF fuse, max. 1 A permitted)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Field level Screw connection
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions H / D 126 mm / 71 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Interface modules for 16-pos. and 24-pos.
“mass termination blocks” with:
- Fuses 16 61 mm UM-DELTA V/D/SI 5603255 1
– Fuses and knife disconnect
terminal blocks
16 61 mm UM-DELTA V/D/SI/BFI/TP 5603257 1
– Fuses and fuse failure display 16 61 mm UM-DELTA V/A/SI 5603256 1
- Fuses, fuse failure display, and knife
disconnect terminal blocks
16 61 mm UM-DELTA V/A/SI/BFI/TP 5603258 1
Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/A/SI/BFI/TP Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/D/SI/BFI/TP
Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/A/SI Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/D/SI
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply
Explanation:
These system-specific interface modules
for DeltaV assemblies are used in combina-
tion with the respective system cables. The
controller board is connected to 8-channel
modules through 16-pos. or 24-pos. “mass
termination blocks” with flat-ribbon cable
connection.
UM-DELTA V/D/SI
– Fuse per channel
– Separate equipotential terminals per channel
UM-DELTA V/D/SI
– Fuse per channel
– Separate equipotential terminals per channel
– Knife disconnection for each channel
UM-DELTA V/D/SI/BFI/TP
– Fuse and LED status indicator per channel
– Separate equipotential terminals per channel
UM-DELTA V/D/SI
– Fuse and LED status indicator per channel
– Separate equipotential terminals per channel
– Knife disconnection for each channel
Emerson DeltaV
Controller boards with fuses for
8 channels
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
DW
H
Interface module with fuses for
16-pos. and 24-pos. “mass termination blocks”
123456789101112131415161718192021222324
NCNCNCNC
NC
1–
2–
3–
A
4–
B
NC
123456789101112131415161718
252627282930
31
32333435363738394041424344454647484950
21
20
19 22232425262731
30
29
28 3233343536
0+
0–
1–
1+
123456789101112131415161718192021222324
123456789101112131415161718
2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950
1920212223242526 27282930313233343536
A
B
436 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. permissible current 1 A (per path)
8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter, for PACSystems RX3i,
For digital output and analog modules 50 FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI 2321473 1
For digital input modules 50 FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI/IN 2321486 1
Connection scheme for FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI/IN
Connection scheme for FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI
Front adapter for I/O modules of RX3i series
Card type FLKM 50-PA/GE/TKFC/RXI
Digital output IC 694 MDL 754
Analog IC 695 ALG 608*
IC 695 ALG 616*
IC 695 ALG 626*
IC 695 ALG 629*
IC 695 ALG 704*
IC 695 ALG 708*
IC 695 ALG 728*
Card type FLKM 50-PA/GE/TKFC/RXI/IN
Digital input IC 694 MDL 660
* Only in connection with VIP-3/SC/FLK50, Order No. 2315081.
No voltage may be supplied through the slip-on connections on
the front adapter.
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply
Explanation:
The front adapters mean that pre-assem-
bled system cables can be directly connect-
ed to I/O modules.
– Transfer of max. 32 channels over one
50-pos. system cable
– Can be plugged onto I/O modules
– Connection via suitable VARIOFACE
termination boards
GE Fanuc/RX3i
Front adapters
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Front adapter for GE Fanuc
RX3i
Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
1
2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
-
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
0V
+24 V
1234567891011
121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
+-
1098765432 1
-+
14131211109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B1413121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 A
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
437
PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. permissible current 1 A (per path)
4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)
Max. perm. total current 3 A (Per Byte, for supply via connector)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 / IEC 60664
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter, for 90-30 series,
max. 2 x 8 channels can be connected, digital output
14 FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO 2290009 2
VARIOFACE front adapter, for 90-30 series,
max. 2 x 8 channels can be connected, digital input
14 FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI 2290038 5
Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI
Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO
Front adapter for 90-30 series I/O modules
Card type FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO
Digital output IC 693 MDL 732
IC 693 MDL 733*
IC 693 MDL 740
IC 693 MDL 741*
IC 693 MDL 742
Analog IC 693 ALG 220*
IC 693 ALG 221*
IC 693 ALG 222*
IC 693 ALG 223*
IC 693 ALG 390*
IC 693 ALG 391*
IC 693 ALG 392*
IC 693 ALG 442*
Card type FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI
Digital input IC 693 MDL 241
IC 693 MDL 634
IC 693 MDL 645
IC 693 MDL 646
* Only in conjunction with VIP-2/SC/2FLK14(1-20)/S7, Order No.:
2315230 and UM 45-2FLK14/ZFKDS/S7, Order No.: 2965156.
All wire bridges (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected.
There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter (flowing via
the slip-on connections)!
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply
Explanation:
The front adapters mean that pre-assem-
bled system cables can be directly connect-
ed to I/O modules.
Up to 2 x 8 channels are connected via
two 14-pos. system cables.
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and con-
nection possibilities round off this system
concept.
GE-FANUC, series 90-30
Front adapter
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Front adapter for GE-FANUC
series 90-30
Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
2
1
1
3
2
5
3
7
4
9
5
11
6
13
7
15
8
17
1
19
2
21
3
23
4
25
5
27
6
29
7
31
8
46810 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
9 10 Housing
D-SUB
Byte 0 Byte 1
Byte 0 + 1
Byte 0 + 1
2
1
1
3
2
5
3
7
4
9
5
11
6
13
7
15
8
17
1
19
2
21
3
23
4
25
5
27
6
29
7
31
8
46810 12 14 16
10
18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
10 Housing
D-SUB
Byte 0Byte 1
2
20
1
1
3
2
5
3
7
4
9
5
11
6
13
7
15
8
17
9
19
10
21
11
23
12
25
13
27
14
29
15
31
16
4
21
6
22
8
23
10
24
12
25
14
26
16
27
18
28
20
29
22
30
24
31
26
32
28
33
30
34
32
35 17
1-
SP
18 36 37
Housing
2-
3-
4-
D-SUB
2
20
1
1
3
2
5
3
7
4
9
5
11
6
13
7
15
8
17
9
19
10
21
11
23
12
25
13
27
14
29
15
31
16
4
21
6
22
8
23
10
24
12
25
14
26
16
27
18
28
20
29
22
30
24
31
26
32
28
33
30
34
32
35 Housing
D-SUB
438 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V DC
Max. permissible current 1 A (per path)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter for C I/O series,
with one D-SUB pin strip
- For digital I/O modules 37 FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300 2901423 1
- For analog I/O modules 37 FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300 2900622 1
VARIOFACE front adapter for C I/O series,
with two D-SUB pin strips
- For digital output modules 15 FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300 2900924 1
- For digital input modules 15 FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300 2901879 1
FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300 connection scheme Connection scheme: FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300
Connection scheme: FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300 Connection scheme: FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300
Front adapters for I/O modules of the C300 series, C I/O series
Card type FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300
Digital input TDIL 11*
TDIL 01*
Digital output TDOB 11*
TDOB 01*
Card type FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300
Analog input TAIX 01**
TAIX 11**
Analog output TAOX 01**
TAOX 11**
Card type FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300
Digital output TDOB 01*
TDOB 11*
Card type FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300
Digital input TDIL 01*
TDIL 11*
* Two front adapters are required for each module.
** For three-conductor operation (channels 13 - 16) of input modules:
only in conjunction with VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300, Order
No. 2900675.
Plug-in connector
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply
Explanation:
The front adapters mean that pre-assem-
bled system cables can be directly connect-
ed to I/O modules.
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300
– Front adapter with D-SUB plug-in con-
nector
– Connection of a maximum of 16 digital
channels
– Specifically for digital I/O cards
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300
– Front adapter with D-SUB plug-in con-
nector
– Connection of analog modules
FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/.../C300
– Front adapter with two 15-pos. D-SUB
plug-in connectors
– Connection of a maximum of 2 x 8 digital
inputs/outputs per adapter
– Specifically for connecting
PLC-V8/D15.../OUT or PLC-V8/D15.../IN
Honeywell C300, Series C I/O
Front adapters
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Honeywell C300 front adapter
Notes:
For matching system cable fitted with D-SUB socket strip at both
ends, see page 513
1
1+
20
2-
2
3+
21
4-
3
5+
22
6-
4
7+
23
8-
5
9+
24
10-
6
11+
25
12-
7
13+
26
14-
8
15+
27
16-
9
17+
28
18-
19
nc
10
19+
29
20-
11
21+
30
22-
12
23+
31
24- 25+
13 32
26-
14
27+
33
28-
15
29+
34
30-
16
31+
35
32-
17
+
36
-
18
+
37
-
GND
GND
1 20 2 21 3 22 4 23 5 24 6 25 7 26 8 27 9 28
1+
C1
2+
C2
3+
C3
4+
C4
5+
C5
6+
C6
7+
C7
8+
C8
9+
C9
GND
GND
19
10 29 1130 1231
nc
10+
C10
11+
C11
12+
C12
13+
13321433 1534163517 361837
C13
14+
C14
15+
C15
16+
C16
15-
13-
16-
14-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112
12345678910
1112
313233343536 37 GND
GND
31323334353637
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
439
PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
VIP-2/... VIP-3/...C300
Max. perm. operating voltage 125 V AC/DC 125 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 2 A 2 A
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178,
Connection method D-SUB connection D-SUB pin strip D-SUB pin strip
Dimensions H / D 72.1 mm / 46.6 mm 75.8 mm / 63 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE interface module, with D-SUB pin strip and
universal labeling,
- with screw connection 37 101 mm VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M 2900676 1
- with push-in connection 37 102.8 mm VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M 2904277 1
VARIOFACE interface module, with D-SUB pin strip and
system-specific labeling,
- with screw connection 37 101 mm VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M/SO 2900786 1
- with push-in connection 37 102.8 mm VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M/SO 2904278 1
VARIOFACE interface module, with D-SUB pin strip for analog
input modules,
- with screw connection 37 88 mm VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300 2900675 1
- with push-in connection 37 87.6 mm VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M/HW/C300 2904276 1
Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M/SO
Connection scheme VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300 Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M
These VARIOFACE modules are used in
combination with 37-pos. D-SUB cables and
the relevant front adapters. The three mod-
ule versions are available with screw or
push-in connection technology.
VIP-2/.../D37SUB/M
– In conjunction with
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/C300 or
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300 front adapter
–Universal module
– Field connection via double-level terminal
blocks
VIP-2/.../D37SUB/M/SO
– In conjunction with
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/C300 front adapter
– System-specific labeling
– Field connection via double-level terminal
blocks
VIP-3/.../D37SUB/M/HW/C300
– In conjunction with
FLKM-PA- D37/HW/AN/C300 front adapter
– System-specific labeling
– For TAIX01, TAIX11 analog input modules
– Field connection via three-level terminal
blocks
Honeywell C300, Series C I/O
interface modules
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
DW
H
37-pos. with screw or push-in connection
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No., 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

Technical data Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A 1 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated 7 / Cu tin-plated
Outside diameter
37-pos. 10.5 mm 6.3 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Round cable for output module MELSEC Q Y81 P,
MELSEC A1S Y81, and MELSEC A AY82EP, in standard lengths
37 0.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/Y81P-O 2302599 1CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/Y81P-O 2302476 1
37 1 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/Y81P-O 2302609 1CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/Y81P-O 2302489 1
37 2 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/Y81P-O 2302612 1CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/Y81P-O 2302492 1
37 3 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/Y81P-O 2302638 1CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/Y81P-O 2302502 1
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
37 FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-Y81P-O/... 2302625 1CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-Y81P-O/... 2302696 1
Round cable for input module MELSEC Q X81, MELSEC
A1S X81, and MELSEC A AX82, in standard lengths
37 0.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/X81-I 2302641 1CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/X81-I 2302515 1
37 1 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/X81-I 2302654 1CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/X81-I 2302528 1
37 2 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/X81-I 2302667 1CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/X81-I 2302531 1
37 3 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/X81-I 2302670 1CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/X81-I 2302544 1
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
37 FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-X81-I/... 2302683 1CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-X81-I/... 2302706 1
Ordering example for system cable:
– Cable for MELSEC Q Y81P, 12.75 m long
Quantity Order No. Length [m]1)
1 2302625 /12.75
1) min. 0.20 m
Ordering example for splitting cable:
– Cable for MELSEC Q Y81P, 11.00 m long
Quantity Order No. Length [m]1)
1 2302696 /11.00
1) min. 0.20 m
440 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
System cable,
D-SUB socket strip to FLK,
number of positions: 37 on 50
Splitting cable,
D-SUB socket strip to FLK,
number of positions: 37 on 4 x 14
For 32-/64-channel I/O boards with
37-pos. D-SUB plug-in connectors. System
cables are available for connecting 1 x 32
channels or 4 x 8 channels.
Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Mitsubishi Electric
MELSEC A, A1S, and Q
System cable
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A 1 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated 7 / Cu tin-plated
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Round cable in variable lengths for
Mitsubishi Melsec L
LX41C4, LX42C4 (common positive connection to B01, B02)
LY41NT1P, LY42NT1P, LY41PT1P, LY42PT1P
Mitsubishi Melsec Q
QX41, QX41-S1, QX42, QX42-S1
QX71 and QX72 (common positive connection to B01, B02)
QY41P, QY42P, QY71, QH42P
Honeywell ML 200
2MLQ-TR4A, 2MLQ-TR8A, 2MLQ-TR4B, 2MLQ-TR8B
40 0.5 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IM/MEL 2903468 1
40 1 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IM/MEL 2903469 1
40 2 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/IM/MEL 2903470 1
40 3 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/IM/MEL 2903471 1
40 4 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/IM/MEL 2903472 1
40 6 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/IM/MEL 2903473 1
40 8 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/IM/MEL 2903474 1
40 10 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IM/MEL 2903475 1
Round cable in variable lengths for
Mitsubishi Melsec L
LX41C4 and LX42C4 (common negative connection to B01, B02)
Mitsubishi Melsec Q
QX71 and QX72 (common negative connection to B01, B02)
QX82, QX82-S1
Honeywell ML 200
2MLI-D24A, 2MLI-D28B, 2MLF-SOEA
(common negative connection to B01, B02)
40 0.5 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IP/MEL 2903476 1
40 1 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IP/MEL 2903477 1
40 2 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/IP/MEL 2903478 1
40 3 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/IP/MEL 2903479 1
40 4 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/IP/MEL 2903480 1
40 6 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/IP/MEL 2903481 1
40 8 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/IP/MEL 2903482 1
40 10 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IP/MEL 2903483 1
Round cable in variable lengths for
Mitsubishi Melsec L
LX41C4 and LX42C4 (common positive connection to B01, B02)
LY41NT1P, LY42NT1P, LY41PT1P, LY42PT1P
Mitsubishi Melsec Q
QX41, QX41-S1, QX42, QX42-S1
QY41P (24 V), QY42P (24 V), QH42P (24 V)
Honeywell ML 200
2MLQ-TR4A, 2MLQ-TR8A, 2MLQ-TR4B, 2MLQ-TR8B
40 0.5 m CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/IM/MEL 2903502 1
40 1 m CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/IM/MEL 2903503 1
40 2 m CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/IM/MEL 2903504 1
40 3 m CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/IM/MEL 2903505 1
40 4 m CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/IM/MEL 2903506 1
40 6 m CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/IM/MEL 2903507 1
40 8 m CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/IM/MEL 2903508 1
40 10 m CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/IM/MEL 2903509 1
441PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Fujitsu FCN plug-in connector to flat-ribbon
cable, number of positions: 40 on 50
Fujitsu plug-in connector to flat-ribbon cable,
number of positions: 40 on 4 x 14
These system cables are plugged onto the
I/O cards that are connected using Fujitsu
plug-in connectors.
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/...
– Signal transmission of 32 channels
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/...
– Splitting up 32 channels into
4 x 8 channels
Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Mitsubishi Electric
MELSEC L/Q and Honeywell ML 200
System cables

Technical data Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A 1 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated 7 / Cu tin-plated
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Round cable in variable lengths for
CJ1: OD231, OD261
CS1, C200H: OD218, OD219
CQM1: OD213
40 1 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-OUT 2304144 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-OUT 2304186 1
40 2 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-OUT 2304157 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-OUT 2304199 1
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
40 FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-OUT/... 2302829 1CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-OUT/... 2302832 1
Round cable in variable lengths for
CJ1: ID231, ID261
CS1 and C200H: ID111, ID216, ID217,
CQM1: ID213; ID214;ID112
40 1 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-IN 2304160 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-IN 2304209 1
40 2 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-IN 2304173 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-IN 2304212 1
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
40 FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-IN/... 2302803 1CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-IN/... 2302816 1
Round cable in variable lengths for
CS1, C200H: OD215, MD115 (only output),
MD215 (only output)
24 1 m CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-OUT 2304225 1
24 2 m CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-OUT 2304238 1
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
24 CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-OUT/... 2302858 1
Round cable in variable lengths for
CS1, C200H: ID215, MD115 (only input),
MD215 (only input)
24 1 m CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-IN 2304241 1
24 2 m CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-IN 2304254 1
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
24 CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-IN/... 2302845 1
Ordering example for system cable:
– Cable for OMRON CJ1, ID231, 12.75 m long
Quantity Order No. Length [m]1)
1 2302803 /12.75
1) min. 0.20 m
442 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Fujitsu FCN plug-in connector to flat-ribbon
cable, number of positions: 40 on 50
Fujitsu FCN plug-in connector to flat-ribbon
cable, number of positions: 40 on 4 x 14 or
24 on 2 x 14
These system cables are plugged onto the
I/O cards that are connected using Fujitsu
plug-in connectors.
FLK 50/EZ-DR/...
– Signal transmission of 32 channels
CABLE-FCN40...
– Splitting up 32 channels into
4 x 8 channels
CABLE-FCN24...
– Splitting up 16 channels into
2 x 8 channels
OMRON CJ1, CS1, CQM1, and C200H
System cable
37
26,5
5
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
443PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Assembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
Conductor cross section AWG - / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated
Outside diameter
14 -position 6.4 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Round cable with an open end (8 individual wires)
14 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/0,5M 2901604 1
14 1 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/1,0M 2901605 1
14 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/1,5M 2901606 1
14 2 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/2,0M 2901607 1
14 2.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/2,5M 2901608 1
14 3 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/3,0M 2901609 1
14 4 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/4,0M 2901610 1
14 6 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/6,0M 2901611 1
These cables have been specifically
developed for connecting VARIOFACE
termination boards to the Axioline realtime
I/O system. The push-in technology on the
I/O system ensures rapid connection.
The cables have the following features:
– 1:1 connection
– 14-pos. plug-in connector, molded
– 8 pre-assembled open ends, for connec-
tion to the Axioline realtime I/O system
– Transmission of groups of 8 channels
– Labeling field on plug
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards round off this system concept.
Notes:
The following modules cannot be coupled due to the larger outer
contour of the molded connectors:
UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC, 2965211
UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC, 2962900
Phoenix Contact Axioline real-time I/O
System cables
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
System cable for 8 channels
1.1
2.1
1.2
2.2
1.3
2.3
1.4
2.4
12345678 9 10 11
12
13 14
NC
X1
Byte 0
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
2.4
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.2
333344444
Byte 1
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
2.4
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.2
111122221
12345678910
11121314 12345678910
11121314
X1
7.1
Byte 0
Byte 2
Byte 1
Byte 3
8.1
7.2
8.2
7.3
8.3
7.4
8.4
5.1
6.1
5.2
6.2
5.3
6.3
5.4
6.4
7.1
8.1
7.2
8.2
7.3
8.3
7.4
8.4
5.1
6.1
5.2
6.2
5.3
6.3
5.4
6.4
X3
X2
X4
91113 12345678
101214 91113 12345678
101214
91113 12345678
101214
91113 12345678
101214
Byte 0
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
2.3
2.2
3333
Byte 1
444444
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
2.3
2.2
1111222211
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
444 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. permissible current 1 A (per path)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 / IEC 60664
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter, for 8-channel Inline modules
Input: IB IL 24 D I8/HD-PAC
Output: IB IL 24 DO 8/HD-PAC
FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/DIO8 2900889 1
VARIOFACE front adapter, for 16-channel Inline modules
Input: IB IL 24 DI 16 FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/IN16 2302751 1
Output: IB IL 24 DO 16 FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/OUT16 2302764 1
VARIOFACE front adapter, for 32-channel Inline modules
Input: IB IL 24 DI 32/HD and
Output: IB IL 24 DO 32/HD
FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/32 2302777 1
Connection scheme for FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/DIO8 Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/OUT16
Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/32 Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/IN16
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply
Explanation:
The front adapters are used to connect
pre-assembled system cables directly to In-
line. Front adapters are simply plugged into
the relevant Inline modules. Three connec-
tion options are available:
– Transfer of 8 channels via a
14-pos. system cable
– Transmission of 2 x 8 channels over two
14-pos. system cables
– Transmission of 4 x 8 channels over four
14-pos. system cables
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards round off this system concept.
Phoenix Contact Inline
Front adapters
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Front adapters for Inline
Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
X1 9X2
111312345678
101214 9111312345678
101214
1+
-
23456789 10 +
-
111213141516171819 20
X3 9111312345678
101214 X4
9111312345678
101214
21 +
-
2223242526272829 30 31 +
-
3233343536373839 40
0+
1+
2+
3+
123456789101112
1314151617
18
192021222324
12345678910
+
-+
-
11
121314151617181920
252627282930313233
34
353637
3839
40414243
44454647484950
21 -+-+
22232425262728
29
30 31323334353637383940
0+
1+
2+
3+
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
445
PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. permissible current 1 A (per path)
4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter, for MODICON® TSX Quantum,
1 x 32 channels can be connected
50 FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q 2294306 1
VARIOFACE front adapter, for MODICON® TSX Quantum,
4 x 8 channels can be connected
14 FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q 2294416 1
Connection scheme FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q
Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q
Front adapter for
I/O modules of MODICON
®
TSX Quantum automation devices
Card type FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q
Digital input DDI 353
DDI 841*
DDI 853
DAI 340*
DAI 353**
DAI 440*
DAI 453**
Digital output DDO 353
Digital input/output DDM 390*
Analog input ACI 030*
ACI 040*
ATI 030*
ARI 030*
AVI 030*
Analog output ACO 020*
ACO 130*
AVO 020*
Analog input/output AMM 090*
Counter ECH 105*
EHC 202*
* Only in conjunction with VIP-2/SC/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q,
Order No. 2322304.
** Only in conjunction with passive termination boards without
LED.
Card type FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q
Digital input DDI 353
DDI 853
DAI 353**
DAI 453**
Digital output DDO 353
** Only in conjunction with passive termination boards without
LED.
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply
Explanation:
The front adapters mean that pre-assem-
bled system cables can be directly connect-
ed to I/O modules. There are two connec-
tion possibilities available:
– Transfer of max. 32 channels over one
50-pos. system cable
– Transmission of 4 x 8 channels over four
14-pos. system cables
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and con-
nection possibilities round off this system
concept.
Schneider Electric
MODICON® TSX Quantum
Front adapter
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Front adapter for
MODICON TSX Quantum
Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
12345678 9 10 1112 13 14
Byte 0
+
+
-
-
12345678 9 10 1112 13 14
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
SP
Byte 1
446 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. permissible current 1 A (per path)
Max. perm. total current 3 A (Per system cable when supplying from the module side)
10 A (When supplying via the front adapter)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 60°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter, for MODICON® M340 with two FLK
pin strips
14 FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340 2903208 1
Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340
Front adapter for MODICON C340 series I/O modules
Card type FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340
Digital input BMX DDI1602
BMX DDI1603
BMX DAI1602
BMX DAI1603
Digital output BMX DDO1602
BMX DDO1612
Assignment table
Contacts of
front adapter/
controller
Plug-in connector
(byte 0)
Plug-in connector
(byte 1)
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
91
10 2
11 3
12 4
13 5
14 6
15 7
16 8
17 10, 12, 14 (-) 10, 12, 14 (-)
18 9, 11, 13 (+) 9, 11, 13 (+)
19 10, 12, 14 (-) 10, 12, 14 (-)
20 9, 11, 13 (+) 9, 11, 13 (+)
Pre-assembled system cables are con-
nected directly to the 16-channel I/O mod-
ules using the front adapter.
The adapters connect 2 x 8 channels of the
controller via two 14-pos. system cables.
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and con-
nection options are available for connection
to field level and round off this system con-
cept.
Schneider Electric MODICON® M340
Front adapter
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A 1 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated 7 / Cu tin-plated
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Round cable in variable lengths for
BMX DDI 3202K, BMX DDI 6402K,
BMX DD0 3202K, BMX DD0 6402K,
BMX DDM 3202K
40 0.5 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/M340 2321635 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/M340 2321716 1
40 1 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/M340 2321648 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/M340 2321729 1
40 2 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/M340 2321651 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/M340 2321732 1
40 3 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/M340 2321664 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/M340 2321745 1
40 4 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/M340 2321677 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/M340 2321758 1
40 6 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/M340 2321680 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/M340 2321761 1
40 8 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/M340 2321693 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/M340 2321774 1
40 10 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/M340 2321703 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/M340 2321787 1
40 15 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/15,0M/M340 2903748 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/15,0M/M340 2903749 1
447PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Fujitsu FCN plug-in connector to flat-ribbon
cable, number of positions: 40 on 50
Fujitsu FCN plug-in connector to flat-ribbon
cable, number of positions: 40 on 4 x 14
These system cables are plugged onto the
I/O cards that are connected using Fujitsu
plug-in connectors.
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/
– Signal transmission of 32 channels
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/
– Splitting up 32 channels into
4 x 8 channels
Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Schneider Electric MODICON® M340
System cable
A
26,5
5
...FLK14...
...FLK50...
37
42
A
BRbl
SP SP
BRrd
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
-+
-+

448 PHOENIX CONTACT
Three connection options are available:
– Transfer of max. 32 channels via two
50-pos. system cables (32-channel cards
or this design)
– Transfer of 4 x 8 channels via two 14-pos.
system cables (32-channel cards or this
design)
– Transfer of 2 x 8 channels via two 14-pos.
system cables (16-channel cards or this
design)
The front adapters have the following
features:
–Can be screwed with I/O module
– Voltage supply via terminal blocks with
spring-cage double connection
– Encapsulated socket strips for module
side
Special lengths can be configured using
separate order numbers.
Ordering example:
A front adapter with a connected 50-pos.
system cable (32-channel cards), 12.75 m in
length:
1 pcs. 2900885/12,75
Notes:
The following modules cannot be coupled due to the larger outer
contour of the molded connectors:
UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC, 2965211
UM 45-FLK50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC, 2965224
UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC, 2962900
UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/PLC, 2962913
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional front
adapters for SIMATIC S7-300
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A (per path)
Max. perm. current (separate power supply) 8 A
Rated surge voltage 0.8 kV
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated
Outside diameter 10.3 mm
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 50°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178 IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178 IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178
Connection method Front adapter Can be plugged onto 40-pos. I/O modules / separate power supply
through terminal blocks with spring-cage double connection
System cable Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13 Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 6
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2
Ordering data
Description Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VIP VARIOFACE front adapter, with connected system cables for
SIMATIC S7 300
0.5 m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 0,5M/S7 2322443 1
1 m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 1,0M/S7 2322456 1
1.5 m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 1,5M/S7 2322469 1
2 m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 2,0M/S7 2321800 1
2.5 m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 2,5M/S7 2322472 1
3 m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 3,0M/S7 2322485 1
4 m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 4,0M/S7 2322498 1
5 m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 5,0M/S7 2322508 1
6 m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 6,0M/S7 2322511 1
7 m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 7,0M/S7 2322524 1
8 m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 8,0M/S7 2322537 1
10 m VIP-PA-FLK50/10,0M/S7 2322540 1
VIP VARIOFACE front adapter, as above, in variable lengths
VIP-PA-FLK50-S7/... 2900885 1
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Front adapter with system cable
1 x 32 channels can be connected
BRbl
SP SP
BRrd
-+
-+
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
9
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14
9
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
9
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14
9
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14
1
11
2
12
3
13
4
14
5
15
6
16
7
17
8
18
9
19
10
20
Byte0 Byte1
9
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14
9
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14
SP
SP
BRrd
BRbl
+
-
+
-
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

449PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data Technical data
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path) 1 A (per path)
8 A 8 A
0.8 kV 0.8 kV
0.16 /m 0.16 /m
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated 7 / Cu tin-plated
6.4 mm 6.4 mm
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178 IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178 IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178
Can be plugged onto 40-pos. I/O modules / separate power supply
through terminal blocks with spring-cage double connection
Can be plugged onto 20-pos. I/O modules / separate power supply
through terminal blocks with spring-cage double connection
C 60603-13 Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13 Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 0,5M/S7 2322553 1VIP-PA-FLK14/ 0,5M/S7 2322663 1
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 1,0M/S7 2322566 1VIP-PA-FLK14/ 1,0M/S7 2322676 1
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 1,5M/S7 2322579 1VIP-PA-FLK14/ 1,5M/S7 2322689 1
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 2,0M/S7 2321910 1VIP-PA-FLK14/ 2,0M/S7 2321790 1
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 2,5M/S7 2322582 1VIP-PA-FLK14/ 2,5M/S7 2322692 1
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 3,0M/S7 2322595 1VIP-PA-FLK14/ 3,0M/S7 2322702 1
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 4,0M/S7 2322605 1VIP-PA-FLK14/ 4,0M/S7 2322715 1
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 5,0M/S7 2322618 1VIP-PA-FLK14/ 5,0M/S7 2322728 1
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 6,0M/S7 2322621 1VIP-PA-FLK14/ 6,0M/S7 2322731 1
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 7,0M/S7 2322634 1VIP-PA-FLK14/ 7,0M/S7 2322744 1
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 8,0M/S7 2322647 1VIP-PA-FLK14/ 8,0M/S7 2322757 1
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/10,0M/S7 2322650 1VIP-PA-FLK14/10,0M/S7 2322760 1
VIP-PA-FLK50-4X14-S7/... 2900886 1VIP-PA-FLK14-S7/... 2900887 1
Front adapter for 32-channel cards of
SIMATIC® S7-300
Card type VIP-PA-FLK50/...M/S7
Digital input 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
Digital output 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
Digital input/output 6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0
Analog input 6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0*
6ES7 331-1KF01-0AB0*
Analog output 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0*
CPU 312C, 313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP
313C-2DP, 314C-2DP, 314C-2PtP
Other modules 6ES7 350-2AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 357-4AH01-0AE0*
Card type VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/...M/S7
Digital input 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
Digital output 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
Digital input/output 6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0
CPU 313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP
313C-2DP, 314C-2DP, 314C-2PtP
Front adapter for 16-channel cards of
SIMATIC® S7-300
Card type VIP-PA-FLK14/...M/S7
Digital input 6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0
6ES7 321-1BH10-0AA0
6ES7 321-1BH50-0AA0*
6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0*
Digital output 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0
6ES7 322-1BH10-0AA0
6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0*
Digital input/output 6ES7 323-1BH01-0AA0
Analog input 6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7HF01-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0*
Analog output 6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0*
6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0*
6ES7 332-7ND02-0AB0*
Analog input/output 6ES7 334-0CE01-0AA0*
6ES7 334-0KE00-0AB0*
6ES7 335-7HG01-0AB0*
Other modules 6ES7 338-4BC01-0AB0*
6ES7 350-1AH03-0AE0*
6ES7 351-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 352-1AH02-0AE0*
6ES7 353-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 354-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 355-0VH10-0AE0*
6ES7 355-1VH10-0AE0*
* Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40)/S7, Order No.: 2315243,
UM 45-FLK50/ZFKDS/S7-300, Order No.: 2968111,
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300, Order No.: 2304490.
All bridges (BR) at the adapter must be removed!
* Only in conjunction with
IP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20)S7, Order No.: 2315230
UM 45-2FLK14/ZFKDS/S7, Order No.: 2965156
FLKM-2FLK14/KDS 3-MT/PPA/S7, Order No.: 2295062
All bridges (BR) on the adapter must be disconnected.
Note:
The front adapters are non-isolated on delivery.
Removal of the bridges can achieve electrical isolation
(in groups of 8).
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Explanation:
SP: Separate power terminals
BRbl: Blue plug-in bridge
BRrd: Red plug-in bridge
System cabling for controllers
VAR IOFAC E s ystem cabling
Front adapter with system cable
4 x 8 channels can be connected
Front adapter with system cable
2 x 8 channels can be connected
Byte 0
Byte 2 Byte 3
Byte 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11121314151617181920
91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214
0
1
2
3
FS
DR
DR
DR
21222324252627282930 31323334353637383940
911
1312345678
101214 911
1312345678
101214
Byte 0 Byte 1
Byte 2 Byte 3
123456789 10 11121314151617181920
123456789
1011121314 15161718
19
2021222324
0
1
2
3
FS
DR
DR
DR
212223242526272829 30 31323334353637383940
2526272829303132
33
343536 373839404142434445464748
450 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. permissible current
1 A (per path)
8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply (2.8 x 0.8 mm))
Max. perm. total current 2 A (Per Byte, for supply via connector)
8 A (during supply via a separate bridged power supply)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 / IEC 60664
Connection method IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapters, for SIMATIC® S7-300
- 1 x 32 channels can be connected 50 FLKM 50-PA-S300 2294445 1
- 4 x 8 channels can be connected 14 FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300 2296281 1
Connection scheme FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300
Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S300
Front adapter for 32-channel cards of
SIMATIC® S7-300
Card type FLKM 50-PA-S300
Digital input 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
Digital output 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
Digital input/output 6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0
Analog input 6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0*
6ES7 331-1KF01-0AB0*
Analog output 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0*
CPU 312C, 313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP
313C-2DP, 314C-2DP, 314C-2PtP
Other modules 6ES7 350-2AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 357-4AH01-0AE0*
Card type FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300
Digital input 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
Digital output 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
Digital input/output 6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0
CPU 313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP
313C-2DP, 314C-2DP, 314C-2Pt
* Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40)/S7, Order No.:2315243,
UM 45-FLK50/ZFKDS/S7-300, Order No.: 2968111,
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300, Order No.: 2304490.
All wire bridges (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected!
There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter (flowing via
the slip-on connections)!
Note:
The front adapters are non-isolated on delivery.
Removal of the bridges can achieve electrical isolation
(in groups of 8).
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply
Explanation:
I/O modules with 32 channels or with
this design
There are two connection possibilities
available:
– Transfer of max. 32 channels over one
50-pos. system cable
– Transmission of 4 x 8 channels over four
14-pos. system cables
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and con-
nection possibilities round off this system
concept.
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Front adapter
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,
I/O cards with max. 32 channels
Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
1
11
2
12
3
13
4
14
5
15
6
16
7
17
8
18
9
19
10
20
0+
1+
0
1-
Byte0 Byte1
DR FS
91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214 91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
451
PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. permissible current
1 A (per path)
8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply (2.8 x 0.8 mm))
Max. perm. total current 2 A (Per Byte, for supply via connector)
8 A (during supply via a separate bridged power supply)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 / IEC 60664
Connection method IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapters, for SIMATIC® S7-300
- 2 x 8 channels can be connected 14 FLKM 14-PA-S300 2299770 1
Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-S300
Front adapter for 16-channel cards of
SIMATIC® S7-300
Card type FLKM 14-PA-S300
Digital input 6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0
6ES7 321-1BH10-0AA0
6ES7 321-1BH50-0AA0*
6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0*
Digital output 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0
6ES7 322-1BH10-0AA0
6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0*
Digital input/output 6ES7 323-1BH01-0AA0
Analog input 6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7HF01-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0*
Analog output 6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0*
6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0*
6ES7 332-7ND02-0AB0*
Analog input/output 6ES7 334-0CE01-0AA0*
6ES7 334-0KE00-0AB0*
6ES7 335-7HG01-0AB0*
Other modules 6ES7 338-4BC01-0AB0*
6ES7 350-1AH03-0AE0*
6ES7 351-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 352-1AH02-0AE0*
6ES7 353-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 354-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 355-0VH10-0AE0*
6ES7 355-1VH10-0AE0*
* Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20)/S7, Order No.: 2315230
UM 45-2FLK14/ZFKDS/S7, Order No.: 2965156
FLKM-2FLK14/KDS 3-MT/PPA/S7, Order No.: 2295062
All wire bridges (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected.
There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter (flowing via
the slip-on connections)!
Note:
The front adapters are non-isolated on delivery.
Removal of the bridges can achieve electrical isolation
(in groups of 8).
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply
Explanation:
I/O modules with 16 channels or with
this design
– Up to 2 x 8 channels are connected via
two 14-pos. system cables.
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and con-
nection possibilities round off this system
concept.
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Front adapter
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,
I/O cards with max. 16 channels
Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
3468 11 14 18 202 579 10 12 13 15 16 17 19
1
2346
78910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
15
2+
2M
3+
3M
1+
1M
22 23 24 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
21 25
23 24 26 27 30 33 37 39
22 25 28 29 31 32 34 35 36 38
21 40
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
452 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 30 V DC
Max. permissible current 1 A (per path)
Max. perm. total current 2 A
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations EN 50178
Connection method Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter for failsafe I/O cards
6ES7 326-1BK02-0AB0
6ES7 326-1RF00-0AB0
6ES7 336-1HE00-0AB0
50 FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167 2307662 1
VARIOFACE front adapter for failsafe I/O cards
6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0 50 FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-300 2321952 1
Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-300
Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167
Front adapter for I/O modules of
SIMATIC® S7-300
Card type FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167
Digital input 6ES7 326-1BK02-0AB0*
6ES7 326-1RF00-0AB0*1)
Analog input 6ES7 336-1HE00-0AB0*
Card type FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-S300
Digital output 6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0**
6ES7 326-2BF10-0AB0**
* Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40)/S7, Order No. 2315243,
UM 45-FLK50/ZFKDS/S7-300, Order No. 2968111,
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300, Order No. 2304490.
** Only in conjunction with
FLKM 50/DO326/S7-300, Order No. 2321965.
1) Not suitable for signals from the Ex area.
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply
Explanation:
The front adapters are coupled using
50-pos. system cables and convert the
signals for passive modules.
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Front adapter for failsafe modules
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC S7-300 front adapter
for failsafe I/O cards
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A 1 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated 7 / Cu tin-plated
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Round cable, for output module 6ES7 322-1BP00-0AA0 and
6ES7 322-1BP50-0AA0 (two cables per module)
40 0.5 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-OUT 2321017 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-OUT 2321172 1
40 1 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-OUT 2321020 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-OUT 2321185 1
40 2 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-OUT 2321033 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-OUT 2321198 1
40 3 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-OUT 2321046 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-OUT 2321208 1
40 4 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-OUT 2321059 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-OUT 2321211 1
40 6 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-OUT 2321062 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-OUT 2321224 1
40 8 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-OUT 2321075 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-OUT 2321237 1
40 10 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-OUT 2321088 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-OUT 2321240 1
Round cable, for input module 6ES7 321-1BP00-0AA0
(two cables per module). Plus-reading operation (sinking mode) of
the module
40 0.5 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-IN 2321091 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-IN 2321253 1
40 1 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-IN 2321101 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-IN 2321266 1
40 2 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-IN 2321114 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-IN 2321279 1
40 3 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-IN 2321127 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-IN 2321282 1
40 4 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-IN 2321130 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-IN 2321295 1
40 6 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-IN 2321143 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-IN 2321305 1
40 8 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-IN 2321156 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-IN 2321318 1
40 10 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-IN 2321169 1CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-IN 2321321 1
453PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
System cable Splitting cable
These system cables are plugged onto the
64-channel (2x32) I/O cards that are direct-
ly connected using plug-in connectors.
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/
– Signal transmission of 1 x 32 channels
– System cable: 40-pos. plug-in connector
on 50-pos. flat-ribbon cable strip
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/
– Signal transmission of 4 x 8 channels
– Splitting cable: 40-pos. plug-in connector
on four 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable strips
Siemens SIMATIC S7 -300
System cables for 64-channel I/O cards
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
L+
M
10 9 8 7 6 54321
141516 13 12 11 10 9 87654321
Comp.-
Comp.+
454 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR
Max. perm. operating voltage 30 V AC/DC
Max. permissible current 50 mA (per path)
500 mA (per connection, supply via separate power supply)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178
Certification data
Nominal voltage/current CUL - / -
Nominal voltage/current UL - / -
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter, for SIMATIC® S7-300, only in
connection with MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
16 FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR 2314749 1
Accessories
Assembled round cable, with two 16-pos. socket strips
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2299330 1
System adapter, for MINI analog modules with screw connection
MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A 2811268 1
FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR connection scheme
Front adapter for analog cards of
SIMATIC® S7-300
Card type FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR
Analog input 6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0
6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0
6ES7 331-7KB81-0AB0
6ES7 331-7TF00-0AB0
Analog output 6ES7 332-8TF01-0AB0
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply
Explanation:
This front adapter is used exclusively for
coupling the MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16 A
adapter. Changed analog standard signals
can be transmitted with the help of these
components.
Suitable isolators can be seen from
page 66.
For suitable 16-pos. system cable
(FLK 16/EZ-DR/...), refer to page 506.
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Front adapter for MINI MCR
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,
20-pos. analog I/O boards
M–
M– 21
1
22
2
23
3
24
4
25
5
26
6
27
7
28
8
29
9
30
10
31
11
32
12
33
13
34
14
35
15
36
16
37
17
38
18
39
19
40
20
9
1
10
2
11
3
12
4
13
5
14
6
15
7
16
8
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
MANA
M–
M–
L+
21
1
22
2
23
3
24
4
25
5
26
6
27
7
28
8
29
9
30
10
31
11
32
12
33
13
34
14
35
15
36
16
37
17
38
18
39
19
40
20
9
1
10
2
11
3
12
4
13
5
14
6
15
7
16
8
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 30 V AC/DC
Max. permissible current 50 mA (per path)
Rated surge voltage / insulation 0.5 kV / basic insulation
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter, for SIMATIC® S7-300, only in
connection with MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
16 FLKM 16-PA- 331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR 2318237 1
Connection scheme FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR
The FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR
front adapter is used for implementing sys-
tem cabling in conjunction with the MINI
Analog system adapter and a 16-pos. system
cable FLK 16/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK; refer to
page 506.
Instead of the conventional front plug,
screw terminal blocks are used to snap this
component onto the analog module.
The DIP switches can be used to connect
“M-” connections to each other and to the
central ground of the system.
The front adapter supports only current
signals.
The front adapter is suitable for the
following analog input card:
– 6ES7 331-1KF02-0AB0
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Front adapter for
MINI analog system cabling
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,
6ES7 331-1KF02-0AB0 analog I/O board
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 30 V AC/DC
Max. permissible current 50 mA (per path)
500 mA (per connection, supply via separate power supply)
Rated surge voltage / insulation 0.5 kV / basic insulation
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter, for SIMATIC® S7-300, only in
connection with MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
16 FLKM 16-PA- 332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR 2318240 1
455
PHOENIX CONTACT
Connection scheme FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR
The FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR
front adapter is used for implementing sys-
tem cabling in conjunction with the MINI
Analog system adapter and a 16-pos. system
cable FLK 16/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK; refer to
page 506.
Instead of the conventional front plug,
screw terminal blocks are used to snap this
component on to the analog module.
The front adapter supports only current
signals.
The front adapter is suitable for the
following analog output cards:
– 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Front adapter for
MINI analog system cabling
Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,
6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0 analog I/O board
456 PHOENIX CONTACT
These system cables are connected di-
rectly to Siemens “SIMATIC TOP connect”
front plugs. A VARIOFACE front adapter is
not required. The cables can be used to
connect existing 8-channel Phoenix Con-
tact termination boards.
– For passive signal transmission, e.g.,
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC; Order No. 2315214,
see page 470.
– For relay or solid-state relay connection
via V8 adapters, e.g., PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT;
Order No. 2295554, see page 369.
The system cables are available in the
following versions:
– Unshielded
–Shielded
–Halogen-free
– Encapsulated plug-in connector
Details regarding assignment to Siemens
modules are provided with the system
cable order numbers at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products.
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-1500
System cables for front plugs from the
“TOP connect” series
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Assembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 Insul
Number of positions, control side 16
Number of positions, module side 14
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated
Outside diameter 6.4 mm
Ordering data
Description Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Unshielded round cables, with one 16-pos. and one 14-pos.
socket strip in fixed lengths for transmitting 8 channels
0.5 m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 50/S7 2293815 5
1 m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 100/S7 2293828 1
1.5 m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 150/S7 2293831 1
2 m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 200/S7 2293844 1
2.5 m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 250/S7 2293857 1
3 m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 300/S7 2293860 1
4 m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 400/S7 2293886 1
5 m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 500/S7 2293899 1
6 m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 600/S7 2293909 1
7 m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 700/S7 2293912 1
8 m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 800/S7 2293925 1
9 m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 900/S7 2293938 1
10 m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/1000/S7 2293941 1
Unshielded round cables, as above, but in variable lengths of
type “FLK EZ-DR/14U/C52/...”
FLK EZ-DR.../.../... 2295059 1
Shielded round cables, with one 16-pos. and one 14-pos. socket
strip, for transmitting 8 channels in variable lengths of type
“FLK EZ-DR-S/14S/C52/...”
FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../... 2295046 1
Unshielded halogen-free round cables, with one 16-pos. and
one 14-pos. socket strip, for transmitting 8 channels in variable
lengths
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
37
26,5
5
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Pin assignment and color code:
- FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/.../S7
- FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/.../S7
- VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/.../S7
14-pos. socket
strip
PIN
16-pos. socket
strip
PIN
Wire color
116Black
214Brown
312Red
410Orange
5 8 Yellow
66Green
74Blue
82Violet
99Gray
10 1 White
11 11 White-black
12 3 White-brown
13 13 White-red
14 5 White-orange
Not used 7 -
Not used 15 -
Note:
The following modules cannot be coupled
due to the larger outer contour of the molded
14-pos. plug-in connector:
UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC, 2965211
UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC, 2962900
Encapsulated 14-pos. plug-in connector:
Ordering example for unshielded round cable:
Unshielded round cable, assembled with
one 14-pos. and one 16-pos. socket strip, 12.70 m long
Type: FLK EZ-DR /14U/C52/...
Quantity Order No. Length [m] 1)
1 2295059/14U/C52 /12.70
1) Min. 0.20 m
14U 14-pos. unshielded cable
C52 S7-1500 assembly with 14-pos. socket strip at one end
and 16-pos. socket strip at the other
Ordering example for shielded round cable:
Unshielded round cable, assembled with
one 14-pos. and one 16-pos. socket strip, 13.20 m long
Type: FLK EZ-DR-S /14S/C52/...
Quantity Order No. Length [m] 1)
1 2295046/14S/C52 /13.20
1) Min. 0.20 m
14S 14-pos. shielded cable
C52 S7-1500 assembly with 14-pos. socket strip at one end
and 16-pos. socket strip at the other
Ordering example for halogen-free round cable:
Halogen-free round cable, assembled with
one 14-pos. and one 16-pos. socket strip, 15.50 m long
Type: FLK 14-16-EZ-DR-HF-S7/...
Quantity Order No. Length [m] 1)
1 2295693 /15.50
1) Min. 0.20 m
457PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data Technical data
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A 1 A
0.16 /m 0.16 /m
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Assembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
16 16
14 14
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated 7 / Cu tin-plated
6.4 mm 6.4 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 50/S7 2296919 1VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/0,5M/S7 2904514 1
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 100/S7 2296922 1VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/1,0M/S7 2904515 1
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 150/S7 2296935 1VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/1,5M/S7 2904516 1
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 200/S7 2296948 1VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/2,0M/S7 2904517 1
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 250/S7 2296951 1VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/2,5M/S7 2904518 1
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 300/S7 2296964 1VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/3,0M/S7 2904519 1
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 400/S7 2904525 1VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/4,0M/S7 2904520 1
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 500/S7 2304704 1VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/5,0M/S7 2904521 1
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 600/S7 2904526 1VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/6,0M/S7 2904522 1
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 800/S7 2904527 1VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/8,0M/S7 2904523 1
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/1000/S7 2904528 1VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/10,0M/S7 2904524 1
FLK 14-16-EZ-DR-HF-S7/... 2295693 1
System cabling for controllers
VAR IOFAC E s ystem cabling
Halogen-free
(only the cable)
One encapsulated plug-in connector
(on module side, 14-pos.)
87
5
469
11 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
14
321 10 12 13 24
542113119 3 141210678 542113119 3 141210678
542113119 3 141210678 542113119 3 141210678
302928272625 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 4039 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
DR1
DR4
DR2
DR5
L
M
DR3
DR6
12345678910
1112 1314 15 161718 1920 21 2223 2425
12345678910
1112 1314 15 161718 1920 21 2223 2425
26272829 303132333435 3637 383940 41424344454647484950
26272829 303132333435 3637 383940 4142434445464748
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011
12131415161718192021222324
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011
12 131415161718192021222324
2526272829303132333435
363738394041424344454647484950
252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748
DR1
DR2
DR3
0+
1+
2+
3+
–
458 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. permissible current 1 A (per path)
8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)
Max. perm. total current 2 A (Per Byte, for supply via connector)
8 A (during supply via a separate bridged power supply)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 / IEC 60664
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter, for
- SIMATIC® S7-400, 1 x 32 channels can be
connected
50 FLKM 50-PA-S400 2294500 2
- SIMATIC® S7-400, 4 x 8 channels can be
connected
14 FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-S400 2294429 2
- SIMATIC® S7-400, only analog 50 FLKM 50-PA-S400(3-48) 2294908 2
Connection scheme: FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S400
Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48) Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S400
Front adapter for I/O modules of the Siemens automation
equipment SIMATIC® S7-400
Card type FLKM 50-PA-S400
Digital input 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0
6ES7 421-7BH01-0AB0*
6ES7 421-7DH00-0AB0*
Digital output 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0
6ES7 422-7BL00-0AB0
Card type FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S400
Digital input 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0
Digital output 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0
6ES7 422-7BL00-0AB0
Card type FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48)
Analog input 6ES7 431-0HH00-0AB0**
6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0**
6ES7 431-1KF10-0AB0**
6ES7 431-1KF20-0AB0**
6ES7 431-7KF00-0AB0**
6ES7 431-7KF10-0AB0**
6ES7 431-7QH00-0AB0**
Analog output 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0**
*Only in connection with
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/S7/A-S400, Order No.: 2322359
All wire bridges (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected.
** Only in connection with
VIP-3/SC/FLK50, Order No.: 2315081
UM 45-FLK 50/ZFKDS, Order No.: 2293585
UM 45-FLKS 50/ZFKDS, Order No.: 2968470
FLKM 50/KDS 3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC, Order No.: 2291587
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply
Explanation:
The front adapters mean that pre-assem-
bled system cables can be directly connect-
ed to I/O modules.
FLKM 50-PA-S400
– Transmission of max. 32 digital channels
over one 50-pos. system cable.
FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S400
– Transmission of max. 32 digital channels
via one 14-pos. system cable.
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and con-
nection possibilities round off this system
concept.
FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48)
– Analog channels are connected via a
50-pos. system cable.
The 1:1 connection of the adapter means
that corresponding 1:1 interface modules
are connected here
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
Front adapter
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-400
S7-400 31 41
32 4233 43 4534 44 46 48
272829 3930 40
M
S5-135 56789
10 19
11 20
1513 1614 17 18
44
S5-135 29 36
30 3731 38 40 41 21 42 12 3332 39
252627 3428 35
S7-400 12 3 56789
10 21
11 22
4151617181920
L+
S7-400 31 41
32 4233 43 4534 44 46 48
2728 29 3930 40
M
M
S5-135 12 56789
10 19
11 20
1513 1614 17 18
43 4
S5-135 29 36
30 3731 38 40 41 21 4232 39
2526 27 3428 35
S7-400 12 3 56789
10 21
11 22
41516 17 18 1920
S7-400
S7-400
S5-135
S5-135
1
13
23
123
2
2 1412 24
35
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10 21
31
31
41
41
10 19
11 22
32
32
42
42
33
33
43 4534
34
35
35
36
36
44 46 4748
11 202122
415
1513
16
161412 24
17
27
27
26
26
25
25
17
18
28
28
18
19
29
29
39
39
38
38
37
37
20
30
30
40
40
434
S7-400
M
L+
S5-135 29 36
30 3731 38 40 4132 39
25 26 27 3428 35
S5-135 156789
10 19
11 20
1513 1614 17 18
44
S7-400 31 41
32 4233 43 4534 44 46 48
27 28 29 3930 40
12 3 56789
10 21
11 22
415 16 17 18 19 20
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
459PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
①②③④
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V AC/DC 60 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC/DC
Max. permissible current 4 A (per path) 2 A (per path) 4 A (per path) 4 A (per path)
Test voltage (contact/contact) 500 V
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
1.25 kV
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
1.25 kV
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
1.25 kV
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any Any Any
Standards/regulations -
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Digital IN 24 V from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 420-4UA14 on 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0 ①FLKM S135/S400/SO120 2301723 1
6ES5 430-4UA14 on 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0 ②FLKM S135/S400/SO121 2301736 1
6ES5 431-4UA12 to 6ES7 421-7DH00-0AB0 ③FLKM S135-431-4UA/S400 2314846 1
6ES5 432-4UA12 on 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0 ④FLKM S135/S400/SO122 2301749 1
Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO122 Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO121
FLKM S135-431-UA/S400 connection scheme Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO120
The FLKM S135/... adapters connect a
SIMATIC® S5 connector wired with
individual conductors directly to the
SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card.
The SIMATIC® S5 connector is plugged
directly onto an S7-400-I/O card with the
help of an FFLKM S135/... intermediate
adapter.
A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in
place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field
wiring remains intact.
Attention:
The LEDs of the S7-400 module are hid-
den.
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
Adapter for conversion from S5-
135/155 to S7-400
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Adapter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-135/S7-400
S5-135 39
30 41
32 27 36 40 2131
26 28 35 37
S7-400 12 11 4 5 9 10 17 22
615 16 20
S7-400
S5-135 110 5 7 9
44
11 15
32
45
33 29 4134 46
19
14 16
27 28
18 20
39
21
40
63
S7-400 31 41
38
32 4233 43 4534 44 46 48
2726 28 29 3930 40
M
S5-135 12 56789
10 19
11 20
1513 1614 17 18
434
S5-135 29 36
30 3731 38 40 4132 39
2524 26 27 3428 35
S7-400 12 3 56789
10 21
11 14 22
415 16 17 18 19 20
S7-400
S7-400
S5-135 156789
31 41
10 19
38
32 4233 43 4534 44 46 48
11 20
1513 1614
2726
17
28
18
29 3930 40
434
48
1L+
S5-135 29 36
30 3731 38 40 4132 39
2524 26 27 3428 35
M2L+
2 21
12 3 56789
10 21
11 14 22
415 16 17 18 19 20
S5-135 31 37
33 39 4125
27 29 35
S7-400 31 41
33 43 4536 48
27 29 39
S7-400 12 68
10 21 13
415 17 19 24
S5-135 8 10 12 20 4
1614 18
621
460 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
①②③④
Max. perm. operating voltage 230 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Max. permissible current 4 A (per path) 4 A (per path) 4 A (per path) 4 A (per path)
Test voltage (contact/contact) 1.5 kV
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
500 V
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
1.25 kV
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
500 V
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any Any Any
Standards/regulations -
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Digital IN 120/230 V UC from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 436-4UA12 to 6ES7 421-1FH20-0AA0 ①FLKM S135/S400/SO123 2301752 1
Digital OUT 24 V from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 441-4UA12 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0 ②FLKM S135/S400/SO125 2301778 1
6ES5 451-4UA14 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0 ③FLKM S135/S400/SO126 2301781 1
Digital OUT 24 V DC / 2 A from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 453-4UA12 to 6ES7 422-1HH00-0AA0 ④FLKM S135/S400/SO127 2301794 1
Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO127 Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO125
Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO126 Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO123
The FLKM S135/... adapters connect a
SIMATIC® S5 connector wired with
individual conductors directly to the
SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card.
The SIMATIC® S5 connector is plugged
directly onto an S7-400-I/O card to the help
of an FFLKM S135/... intermediate adapter.
A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in
place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field
wiring remains intact.
Attention:
The LEDs of the S7-400 module are hid-
den.
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
Adapter for conversion from
S5-135/155 to S7-400
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Front adapter for SIMATIC S5-135/S7-400
S7-400
S7-400
S5-135
S5-135
1
13
23
123
2
2 1412 24
35
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10 21
31
31
41
41
10 19
11 22
32
32
42
42
33
33
43 4534
34
35
35
36
36
44 46 4748
11 202122
415
1513
16
161412 24
17
27
27
26
26
25
25
17
18
28
28
18
19
29
29
39
39
38
38
37
37
20
30
30
40
40
434
N
S7-400
S7-400
S5-135
S5-135
1 11
34
2 22
46
6
8
8
10
10 21
31 41
12 20
31 37
13
33 43 45
33 39 41
415
16
27
14
17
27
18
29 35
19
29 39
24 36 48
6214
25
S7-400
S7-400
S5-135
S5-135
1
13
23
123
2
2 1412 24
35
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10 21
31
31
41
41
10 19
11 22
32
32
42
42
33
33
43 4534
34
35
35
36
36
44 46 4748
11 202122
415
1513
16
161412 24
17
27
27
26
26
25
25
17
18
28
28
18
19
29
29
39
39
38
38
37
37
20
30
30
40
40
434
S7-400
S7-400
S5-135
S5-135
1
13
23
123
2
2 1412 24
35
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10 21
31
31
41
41
10 19
11 22
32
32
42
42
33
33
43 4534
34
35
35
36
36
44 46 4748
11 202122
415
1513
16
161412 24
17
27
27
26
26
25
25
17
18
28
28
18
19
29
29
39
39
38
38
37
37
20
30
30
40
40
434 L-
L-
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
461PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
①②③④
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Max. permissible current 4 A (per path) 4 A (per path) 4 A (per path) 4 A (per path)
Test voltage (contact/contact) 1.25 kV
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
1.5 kV
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
500 V
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
500 V
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical
Standards/regulations -
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Digital OUT 24 V DC / 2 A from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 454-4UA14 to 6ES7 422-1BH11-0AA0 ①FLKM S135-454-4UA/S400 2314859 1
Digital OUT 230 V UC / 2 A from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 456-4UA12 to 6ES7 422-1FH00-0AA0 ②FLKM S135/S400/SO124 2301765 1
Analog IN (only current measurement) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 460-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0 ③FLKM S135-460-4UA/I/S400 2314613 1
Analog IN (only voltage measurement) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 460-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0 ④FLKM S135-460-4UA/U/S400 2314862 1
Connection scheme: FLKM S135-460-4UA/U/S400 Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO124
FLKM S135-460-4UA/I/S400 connection scheme FLKM S135-454-4UA/S400 connection scheme
The FLKM S135/... adapters connect a
SIMATIC® S5 connector wired with
individual conductors directly to the
SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card.
The SIMATIC® S5 connector is plugged
directly onto an S7-400-I/O card to the help
of an FFLKM S135/... intermediate adapter.
A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in
place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field
wiring remains intact.
Attention:
The LEDs of the S7-400 module are hid-
den.
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
Adapter for conversion from
S5-135/155 to S7-400
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Adapter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-135/S7-400
S7-400
S7-400
S5-135
S5-135
1
13
23
123
2
2 1412 24
35
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10 21
31
31
41
41
10 19
11 22
32
32
42
42
33
33
43 4534
34
35
35
36
36
44 46 4748
11 202122
415
1513
16
161412 24
17
27
27
26
26
25
25
17
18
28
28
18
19
29
29
39
39
38
38
37
37
20
30
30
40
40
434
S7-400
S7-400
S5-135
S5-135
1
13
23
123
2
2 1412 24
35
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10 21
31
31
41
41
10 19
11 22
32
32
42
42
33
33
43 4534
34
35
35
36
36
44 46 47 48
11 202122
415
1513
16
161412 24
17
27
27
26
26
25
25
17
18
28
28
18
19
29
29
39
39
38
38
37
37
20
30
30
40
40
434
S7-400
S7-400
S5-135
S5-135
1
13
23
123
2
2 1412 24
35
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10 21
31
31
41
41
10 19
11 22
32
32
42
42
33
33
43 4534
34
35
35
36
36
44 46 4748
11 202122
415
1513
16
161412 24
17
27
27
26
26
25
25
17
18
28
28
18
19
29
29
39
39
38
38
37
37
20
30
30
40
40
434
S7-400
S7-400
S5-135
S5-135
1
13
23
123
2
2 1412 24
35
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10 21
31
31
41
41
10 19
11 22
32
32
42
42
33
33
43 4534
34
35
35
36
36
44 4647 48
11 202122
415
1513
16
161412 24
17
27
27
26
26
25
25
17
18
28
28
18
19
29
29
39
39
38
38
37
37
20
30
30
40
40
434
L-
L-
462 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
①②③④
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Max. permissible current 2 A (per path) 4 A (per path) 4 A (per path) 4 A (per path)
Test voltage (contact/contact) 500 V
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
500 V
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
500 V
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
500 V
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any Any Any
Standards/regulations -
Ordering data
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Analog IN (only Pt 100) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 465-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-7KF10-0AB0 ①FLKM S135-465-4UA/T/S400 2314875 1
Analog IN (only current and voltage measurement) from
S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 465-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-0HH00-0AB0
6ES5 465-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-7QH00-0AB0
②FLKM S135-465-4UA/UI/S400 2314888 1
Analog OUT (only current output) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 470-4UA13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0
6ES5 470-4UC13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0
③FLKM S135-470-4UC/I/S400 2314626 1
Analog OUT (only voltage output) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 470-4UA13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0
6ES5 470-4UB13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0
6ES5 470-4UC13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0
④FLKM S135-470-4UC/U/S400 2314891 1
Connection scheme FLKM S135-470-4UC/U/S400 FLKM S135-465-4UA/UI/S400 connection scheme
Connection scheme FLKM S135-470-4UC/I/S400 FLKM S135-465-4UA/T/S400 connection scheme
The FLKM S135/... adapters connect a
SIMATIC® S5 connector wired with
individual conductors directly to the
SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card.
The SIMATIC® S5 connector is plugged
directly onto an S7-400-I/O card to the help
of an FFLKM S135/... intermediate adapter.
A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in
place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field
wiring remains intact.
Attention:
The LEDs of the S7-400 module are hid-
den.
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
Adapter for conversion from
S5-135/155 to S7-400
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Adapter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-135/S7-400
2322 343332
31
3029 40 4239 4138372425262728 3536
28272625 4140393837363534 494847464544 50
2930313233 4243
32
1141312
1110
92021
191817
45678 1516
L+
L-
L2+
DR1
DR3
DR4
DR2
4321 1716151413121110 242322212056789 1819
FLK50
S5-135
FLK50
S5-135
1
40
2
41
3
42
1
1
40
40
2
2
41
41
3
3
42
42
S5-135
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 50 V AC/DC
Max. permissible current 1 A (per path)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Digital IN or OUT 24 V DC from S5-135 to S7-300
IN
6ES5 420-4UA14 to 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 430-4UA14 to 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
OUT
6ES5 441-4UA14 to 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 451-4UA14 to 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
FLKM S135/S7/FLK50/PLC 2314736 1
FLKM S135/S7/FLK50/PLC connection scheme
S5-S7 adapters connect the S5-135 front
adapters wired with individual wires to the
I/O modules of the S7.
With the help of the FLKM
S135/S7/FLK50 converter module, the sig-
nals of the S5-135 front adapter can be con-
verted to a 50-pos. strip. A 50-pos. system
cable FLK 50/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK and a
front adapter for the SIMATIC® S7 (FLKM
50-PA-S300) now connect the signals with
the I/O module.
Notes:
Due to the geometry, it is not possible to couple any molded FLK
connectors (e.g., VIP-PA...S7).
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Adapter for conversion from
S5-135/155 to S7-300
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Converter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-135 to
50-pos. FLK strip.
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 250 V AC/DC
Max. permissible current 6 A (per path)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 80°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations EN 60664-1
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Connection of all S5-135 connections (1 to 42) at the open
cable end
FLKM S135/42X0,75/3,0M/OE 2315007 1
FLKM S135/42X0,75/5,0M/OE 2318017 1
463
PHOENIX CONTACT
All signals of the existing S5-135 wiring
3 or 5 are extended with the help of the
universal commissioning adapters. The open
cable end can be connected to various con-
trollers such as S7-400 or S7-300. This
means that the existing field wiring of S5-
135 can communicate with the new con-
troller for test purposes. Since the new con-
trol unit is temporarily arranged before the
control cabinet, the original status of the
system can be restored if required.
If the system functions with the new con-
troller without problems, the S5-135 can
now be replaced.
Startup adapter for extending the
existing S5-135/155 field wiring.
S7-400
S7-400
S5-115
S5-115
1
13
23
123
2
2 1412 24
35
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10 21
31
31
41
41
10 19
11 22
32
32
42
42
33
33
43
43
45
45
34
34
35
35
36
36
44
44
46
46
47
47
48
11 202122
415
1513
16
161412
17
27
27
26
26
25
25
17
18
28
28
18
19
29
29
39
39
38
38
37
37
20
30
30
40
40
434
S7-400
S7-400
S5-115
S5-135
1
13
23
123
2
2 1412 24
35
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10 21
31
31
41
41
10 19
11 22
32
32
42
4243444546 47
33
33
43 4534
34
35
35
36
36
44 46 4748
11 202122
415
1513
16
161412 24
17
27
27
26
26
25
25
17
18
28
28
18
19
29
29
39
39
38
38
37
37
20
30
30
40
40
434
L-
L+
S7-400
S7-400
S5-115
S5-115
12 3 5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10 21
31
31
31
31 41
41
10 21
11 12 22 23
32
32
32
32 42
42
33
33
33
33 43
43
45
45
34 35
34 35
34
34 44
44
46
46
48
47
11 22 23
41513
17
1513
16
1816
17
27
27
27
27
25
25
25
25
19
37
18
28
28
28
28
20
19
29
29
29
29 39
39
37
20
30
30
30
30 40
40
4314
464 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Max. permissible current 4 A (per path)
4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C
Mounting position Vertical
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Digital IN or OUT 24 V DC from S5-115 to S7-400
IN
6ES5 420-7LA11 to 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0
6ES5 430-7LA11 to 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0
OUT
6ES5 441-7LA11 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 451-7LA11 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0
FLKM S115/S400/SO155 2307248 1
Digital OUT 24 V DC from S5-115 to S7-400
6ES5 454-7LA12 to 6ES7 422-1BH11-0AA0 FLKM S115-454-7LA/S400 2314901 1
Analog IN (only current and voltage measurement) from
S5-115 to S7-400
6ES5 465-7LA13 to 6ES7 431-0HH00-0AB0
6ES5 465-7LA13 to 6ES7 431-7QH00-0AB0
FLKM S115-465-7LA/UI/S400 2314914 1
FLKM S115-454-7LA/S400 connection scheme
FLKM S115-465-7LA/UI/S400 connection scheme Connection scheme: FLKM S115/S400/SO155
The FLKM S115/... adapters connect a
SIMATIC® S5 connector wired with
individual conductors directly to the
SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card.
The SIMATIC® S5 connector is plugged
directly onto an S7-400-I/O card to the help
of an FFLKM S115/... intermediate adapter.
A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in
place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field
wiring remains intact.
Attention:
Due to the geometry, it is only possible to
use every second slot. The LEDs of the
S7-400 module are hidden by the S5-115
adapter.
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
Adapter for conversion from
S5-115 to S7-400
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Adapter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-115/S7-400
FLK50
FLK50
S5-115
S5-115
1
13
23
123
2
21412 24
35
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10 21
31
31
41
41
10 19
11 22
32
32
42
42
33
33
43
43
45
45
34
34
35
35
36
36
44
44
46
46
47
47
48
11 202122
415
1513
16
161412
17
27
27
26
26
25
25
17
18
28
28
18
19
29
29
39
39
38
38
37
37
20
30
30
40
40
434
1
45
22
2
46
23
3
47
25
26
1 22
1 22
45
45
2 23
2 23
46
46
3 25 26
3 25 26
47
47
S5-115
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Max. permissible current 1 A (per path)
Max. perm. total current 2 A (per byte)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Digital IN or OUT 24 V DC from S5-115 through converters,
system cables, and front adapters to S7-300
IN
6ES5 420-7LA11 on 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 430-7LA11 on 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
OUT
6ES5 441-7LA11 on 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 451-7LA11 on 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/PLC/SO137 2306294 1
Connection scheme: FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/PLC/SO137
S5-S7 adapters connect the S5-115 front
adapters wired with individual wires to the
I/O modules of S7-300.
With the aid of the FLKM
S115/S7/FLK50/SO137 converter module,
the signals of the S5-115 front adapter can
be converted to a 50-pos. strip. A 50-pos.
system cable FLK 50/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK
and a front adapter for the SIMATIC® S7
(FLKM 50-PA-S300) now connect the sig-
nals with the I/O module.
Notes:
Due to the geometry, it is not possible to couple any molded FLK
connectors (e.g., VIP-PA...S7).
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Adapter for conversion from
S5-115 to S7-300
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Converter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-115 to
50-pos. FLK strip.
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 250 V AC/DC
Max. permissible current 6 A (per path)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 80°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations EN 60664-1
Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Connection of all S5-115 connections (1 to 23, 25 to 47) at the
open cable end
FLKM S115/47X0,75/3,0M/OE 2314985 1
FLKM S115/47X0,75/5,0M/OE 2314998 1
465
PHOENIX CONTACT
All signals of the existing S5-115 wiring
3 or 5 are extended with the help of the
universal commissioning adapters. The open
cable end can be connected to various con-
trollers such as S7-400 or S7-300. This
means that the existing field wiring of S5-
115 can communicate with the new con-
troller for test purposes. Since the new con-
trol unit is temporarily arranged before the
control cabinet, the original status of the
system can be restored if required.
If the system functions with the new con-
troller without problems, the S5-115 can
now be replaced.
Commissioning adapters for extend-
ing the existing S5-115 field wiring
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 30 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 500 mA
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated
Outside diameter
50 -position 11 mm
40 -position 11 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
50-pos. YUC cables, for digital I/O modules
50 2 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC 2314299 1
50 3 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC 2314309 1
50 4 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC 2314312 1
50 5 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC 2321499 1
50 6 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC 2314927 1
50 7 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC 2321509 1
50 8 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC 2314930 1
50 9 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC 2321512 1
50 10 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC 2314325 1
50 11 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1100/YUC 2321389 1
50 12 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1200/YUC 2321525 1
50 13 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1300/YUC 2321392 1
50 14 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1400/YUC 2321402 1
50 15 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC 2314338 1
50 16 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1600/YUC 2321538 1
50 17 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1700/YUC 2321541 1
50 18 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1800/YUC 2321554 1
50 19 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1900/YUC 2321567 1
50 20 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2000/YUC 2314503 1
50 25 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2500/YUC 2314516 1
50 30 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC 2314529 1
40-pos. YUC cables, for analog I/O modules
40 1 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 100/YUC 2322786 1
40 2 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC 2314341 1
40 3 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC 2314354 1
40 4 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC 2314367 1
40 5 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC 2321570 1
40 6 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC 2314943 1
40 7 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC 2321583 1
40 8 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC 2314956 1
40 9 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC 2321415 1
40 10 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC 2314370 1
40 11 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1100/YUC 2321428 1
40 12 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1200/YUC 2321431 1
40 13 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1300/YUC 2321444 1
40 14 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1400/YUC 2321457 1
40 15 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC 2314383 1
40 16 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1600/YUC 2321596 1
40 17 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1700/YUC 2321606 1
40 18 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1800/YUC 2321619 1
40 19 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1900/YUC 2321622 1
40 20 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2000/YUC 2314532 1
40 25 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2500/YUC 2314545 1
40 30 m FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC 2314558 1
466 PHOENIX CONTACT
These shielded system cables for digital
(50-pos.) and analog (40-pos.) I/O modules
are connected directly to the modules. An
intermediate adapter is not required. Fea-
tures:
– Molded plug-in connector
–Can be screwed
– Lateral cable outlet of the I/O module
– KS/AKB-compatible plug-in connectors
on the module side
YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3
System cable
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 30 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 500 mA
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Outside diameter
50 -position 11 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
System cable for digital I/O modules for coupling four 8-channel
VARIOFACE modules
50 2 m CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 2,0M/YUC 2314655 1
50 4 m CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 4,0M/YUC 2314671 1
50 6 m CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 6,0M/YUC 2318978 1
50 10 m CABLE-50/4FLK14/10,0M/YUC 2314684 1
50 15 m CABLE-50/4FLK14/15,0M/YUC 2322773 1
50 20 m CABLE-50/4FLK14/20,0M/YUC 2314778 1
These system cables for digital I/O mod-
ules are connected directly to the modules.
An intermediate adapter is not required.
Features:
– Lateral cable outlet of the I/O module
– Four 14-pos. plug-in connectors on the
module side for connection of four
8-channel VARIOFACE modules of the
system cabling
YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3
System cable
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 30 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 500 mA
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated
Outside diameter
40 -position 11 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
System cable, for analog I/O modules for coupling two 8-channel
MINI analog system adapters
40 2 m CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 2,0M/YUC 2321334 1
40 4 m CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 4,0M/YUC 2321347 1
40 10 m CABLE-40/2FLK16/10,0M/YUC 2321350 1
40 15 m CABLE-40/2FLK16/15,0M/YUC 2321376 1
40 20 m CABLE-40/2FLK16/20,0M/YUC 2321363 1
467
PHOENIX CONTACT
The Yokogawa CABLE-
40/2FLK16/.../YUC system cable makes it
possible to connect 16 MINI analog mod-
ules to a Yokogawa control system. In con-
junction with two MINI analog MINI MCR-
SL-V8-FLK-16-A system adapters, the Yok-
ogawa system cable provides a simple and
economical “Plug and Play” solution.
The system cable is plugged directly into
the Yokogawa module. Two 16-pos. flat-rib-
bon cable plug-in connectors are provided
for connecting the module to the MINI an-
alog system adapters.
The system cable in conjunction with
4-conductor measuring transducers is
suitable for the following analog cards:
– AAI 141
– AAI 143
YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3
System cable for
MINI analog system cabling
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V AC/DC ±10%
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A
Test voltage (contact/contact) 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178,
Connection method Field level Screw connection
Control system level Yokogawa KS-compatible
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions H / D 90 mm / 68 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Controller board, for analog I/O modules
40 112 mm FLKM-KS40/YCS 2314642 1
DW
H
These modules are connected to the I/O
modules through the YUC system cable.
FLKM-KS40/YCS:
– For analog modules
– Universal interface module with 40 con-
nection terminal blocks
For more cabling solutions for Yokogawa:
www.phoenixcontact.com
YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3
Controller boards
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Passive interface modules
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V AC/DC ±10%
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A
Test voltage (contact/contact) 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178,
Connection method Field level Screw connection
Control system level Yokogawa KS-compatible
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions H / D 90 mm / 81 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Controller board, for digital I/O modules ADV 151 and ADV 551
50 174 mm FLKMS-KS50/32IM/YCS 2314451 1
468 PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
These modules are connected to the I/O
modules through the YUC system cable.
FLKMS-KS50/32IM/YCS:
– For digital modules ADV 151 and ADV 551
– Three-conductor connection
(signal, plus, minus)
– Redundant voltage supply
(fuse IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 2 A)
For more cabling solutions for Yokogawa:
www.phoenixcontact.com
YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3
Controller boards
Passive interface modules
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V DC ±10%
Max. perm. current (per branch) 100 mA
Test voltage (contact/contact) 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178,
Connection method Field level Screw connection
Control system level Yokogawa KS-compatible
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions H / D 126 mm / 68 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Controller board, for analog output modules AAI 543
40 108 mm FLKM-KS40/AO16/YCS 2314260 1
Controller board, with fuses and LED, for analog input modules
AAI 141 and AAI 143
40 214 mm FLKMS-KS40/SI/AI16/YCS 2314273 1
Controller board, for analog input modules AAI 141 and AAI 143,
without fuses and LED
40 214 mm FLKMS-KS40/AI/YCS 2314286 1
469PHOENIX CONTACT
These modules are connected to the
analog I/O modules through the 40-pos.
YUC system cable.
The modules are designed for redundant
signal transmission (two plug-in connectors
in parallel). A separate connection to the
HART multiplexer is possible.
FLKM-KS40/AO16/YCS
– For analog module AAI 543
FLKMS-KS40/SI/AI16/YCS
– For analog modules AAI 141 and AAI 143
(operation of modules in the 4-conductor
mode)
– Transfer of 16 channels with separate
positive and negative connections
– 16 plug-in fuses (IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 0.1 A)
per positive supply and LED status indica-
tor
– Redundant voltage supply
(fuse IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 2 A)
FLKMS-KS40/AI/YCS
– For analog modules AAI 141 and AAI 143
(operation of modules in the 4-conductor
mode)
– Transfer of 16 channels with separate
positive and negative connections
– Redundant voltage supply
(fuse IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 2 A)
For more cabling solutions for Yokogawa:
www.phoenixcontact.com
YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3
Controller boards
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
DW
H
Interface modules for analog I/O modules
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 10 12 14
1234567
0 ++ - -
123456789
11 13 10 12 14
01234567 ++ - -
Technical data Technical data
VIP-2/.../FLK14/PLC VIP-2/.../FLK14/LED/PLC VIP-2/.../FLK14/PLC VIP-2/.../FLK14/LED/PLC
Max. perm. operating voltage 60 V AC/DC 24 V DC 60 V AC/DC 24 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A 1 A 1 A 1 A
Max total current (voltage supply) 3 A 3 A 3 A 3 A
Rated surge voltage 0.6 kV 0.6 kV 0.6 kV 0.6 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Field level Screw connection Screw connection Push-in connection Push-in connection
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions H / D 65.5 mm / 56 mm 72.1 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels,
- with screw connection 14 39.8 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC 2315214 1
- with push-in connection 14 41.9 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK14/PLC 2903801 1
VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels with
light indicator,
- with screw connection 14 39.8 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED/PLC 2322249 1
- with push-in connection 14 41.9 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED/PLC 2904279 1
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC connection scheme Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED/PLC
470 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Passive interface modules for input/output
with screw connection
Passive interface modules for input/output
with push-in connection
These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with
14-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters.
Features:
– Byte-wise labeling
– For digital I/O modules
– Optionally with LED.
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
DW
H
DW
H
VIP termination boards for 8 channels
123 1011121314 15 2223242526 27 343536 373839 4647484950
+B0.0 B0.7 +- B1.0 B1.7 +- B2.0 B2.7 +- B3.0 B3.7 -
123 1011121314 15 222324252627 343536373839 4647484950
B0.0
+ B0.7 +- B1.0 B1.7 +- B2.0 B2.7 +- B3.0 B3.7 -
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
VIP-2/.../FLK50/PLC VIP-2/.../FLK50/LED/PLC VIP-2/.../FLK50/PLC VIP-2/.../FLK50/LED/PLC
Max. perm. operating voltage 60 V AC/DC 24 V DC 60 V AC/DC 24 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A 1 A 1 A 1 A
Max total current (voltage supply) 2 A (per byte) 2 A (per byte) 2 A (per byte) 2 A (per byte)
Rated surge voltage 0.6 kV 0.6 kV 0.6 kV 0.6 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Field level Screw connection Screw connection Push-in connection Push-in connection
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions H / D 65.5 mm / 56 mm 72.1 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels,
- with screw connection 50 106.1 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK50/PLC 2315227 1
- with push-in connection 50 107.9 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK50/PLC 2903803 1
VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels with
light indicator,
- with screw connection 50 106.1 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK50/LED/PLC 2322252 1
- with push-in connection 50 107.9 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK50/LED/PLC 2904280 1
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/PLC connection scheme Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/FLK50/LED/PLC
471PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Passive interface modules for input/output
with screw connection
Passive interface modules for input/output
with push-in connection
These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with
50-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters.
Features:
– Byte-wise labeling
– For digital I/O modules
– Optionally with LED.
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No, 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
DW
H
DW
H
VIP termination boards for 32 channels
1 2 3 101112131415 22 2324 252627 34 3536373839 4647484950
1 2 9 1011 12 19 20 21 22 29 3031 32 39 40
123 10 111213 1415 22 2324252627 343536373839 4647484950
34 11 12 13 15 22 23 26 27 34 35 38 39 46 48
Technical data Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 60 V AC/DC 60 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A 1 A
Rated surge voltage 0.6 kV 0.6 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Field level Screw connection Push-in connection
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions H / D 65.5 mm / 56 mm 72.1 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE interface module, with
SIMATIC® S7-300-specific marking from 1 to 40
- with screw connection 50 106.1 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40) /S7 2315243 1
- with push-in connection 50 107.9 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK50 (1-40) /S7 2903804 1
VARIOFACE interface module, with
SIMATIC® S7-400-specific marking from 3 to 48
- with screw connection 50 106.1 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK50/S7/A-S400 2322359 1
- with push-in connection 50 107.9 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK50/S7/A-S400 2904289 1
Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50 (1-40) /S7 Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/S7/A-S400
472 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Passive interface modules for input/output,
with SIMATIC®-specific marking
and screw connection
Passive interface modules for input/output,
with SIMATIC®-specific marking
and push-in connection
These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with
50-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters for SIMATIC® S7.
Features:
– Numerical marking
– Specifically for S7-300 or S7-400
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
DW
H
DW
H
VIP termination boards for
SIMATIC® S7
1 2 3 1011 121314 15 22 2324252627 343536373839 4647484950
10 1 8 9 20 11 18 19 30 21 28 29 40 31 38 39
19 27198 2616 34173518 36
123 15 392710 3411 3523 4712 3624 4813 3725 4914 3826 5022 46
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 60 V AC/DC 60 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A 1 A
Rated surge voltage 0.6 kV 0.6 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Field level Screw connection Push-in connection
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions H / D 65.5 mm / 56 mm 72.1 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE interface module, with
MODICON® TSX Quantum-specific marking from 1 to 40
- with screw connection 50 106.1 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q 2322304 1
- with push-in connection 50 107.9 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q 2904285 1
VARIOFACE interface module, with
ControlLogix-specific marking from 1 to 36
- with screw connection 50 95.9 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK50/AB-1756 2322317 1
- with push-in connection 50 97.7 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK50/AB-1756 2904286 1
Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/AB-1756
473PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Passive interface modules for input/output,
with specific marking
and screw connection
Passive interface modules for input/output,
with specific marking
and push-in connection
These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with
50-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters.
Features:
– Specific marking
– Specifically for MODICON TSX Quantum
or ControlLogix
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
DW
H
DW
H
VIP termination boards for
MODICON® TSX Quantum and
Allen-Bradley ControlLogix
X1 X2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617181920
Technical data Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 60 V AC/DC 60 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A 1 A
Rated surge voltage 0.6 kV 0.6 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Field level Screw connection Push-in connection
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions H / D 65.5 mm / 56 mm 72.1 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE interface module, with
SIMATIC® S7-300-specific marking from 1 to 20
- with screw connection 14 80.6 mm VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7 2315230 1
- with push-in connection 14 82.5 mm VIP-2/PT/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7 2903802 1
Connection scheme: VIP-2/.../2FLK14 (1-20) /S7
474 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Passive interface modules
for SIMATIC® S7-300
with screw connection
Passive interface modules
for SIMATIC® S7-300
with push-in connection
These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with two
14-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters for Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300.
Features:
– Numerical labeling (1-20)
– Specifically for S7 300.
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No, 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
DW
H
DW
H
VIP termination boards for
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
X2X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
123456789
10 20111213141516171819
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 60 V AC/DC 60 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A 1 A
Rated surge voltage 0.6 kV 0.6 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Field level Screw connection Push-in connection
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions H / D 65.5 mm / 56 mm 72.1 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE interface module, with
ControlLogix-specific marking from 1 to 20
- with screw connection 14 80.6 mm VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756 2322333 1
- with push-in connection 14 82.5 mm VIP-2/PT/2FLK14/AB-1756 2904288 1
Connection scheme VIP-2/.../2FLK14/AB-1756
475PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Passive interface modules
for Allen-Bradley ControlLogix
with screw connection
Passive interface modules
for Allen-Bradley ControlLogix
with push-in connection
These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with two
14-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters for Allen-Bradley.
Features:
– Numerical labeling (1-20)
– Specifically for ControlLogix.
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No, 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
DW
H
DW
H
VIP termination boards for
Allen-Bradley
12345678911
13 10 12 14
123 45 67
0+
---------
123456789 11 13 10 12 14
12345670
+ + + + ++ ++ +
-
Technical data Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 60 V DC 60 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A 1 A
Max total current (voltage supply) 3 A (per byte) 3 A (per byte)
Rated surge voltage 0.6 kV 0.6 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Field level Screw connection Push-in connection
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions H / D 65.5 mm / 56 mm 72.1 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels, each with an
additional terminal block per signal for a common minus potential
- with screw connection 14 50 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8M/PLC 2322281 1
- with push-in connection 14 52 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8M/PLC 2904283 1
VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels, each with an
additional terminal block per signal for a common plus potential
- with screw connection 14 50 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8P/PLC 2322294 1
- with push-in connection 14 52 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8P/PLC 2904284 1
Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK14/8M/PLC Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK14/8P/PLC
476 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Passive interface modules
with screw connection
Passive interface modules
with push-in connection
These VIP VARIOFACE modules are used
in combination with 14-pos. system cables
and the relevant front adapters.
Features:
– Byte-wise labeling
– For digital I/O modules
– Negative or positive connection per sig-
nal.
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
DW
H
DW
H
VIP termination boards with
2-conductor connection technology
for 8 channels
1234 10
111213141516 22232425262728 34353637383940 464748
B3.0B3.1B3.7- -
B2.0B2.1 B2.7-
B1.0B1.1 B1.7-
B0.0B0.1 B0.7
+++ + +++ + +++ + +++ +
DR3
DR2
DR1
1234 10
111213141516 22232425262728 34353637383940 464748
B3.0B3.1 B3.7+B2.0B2.1 B2.7+
B1.0B1.1 B1.7+
B0.0B0.1 B0.7+
- -- - --- - --- - --- -
DR3
DR2
DR1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 60 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A
Max total current (voltage supply) 8 A (per byte)
Rated surge voltage 0.8 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Field level Screw connection
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions H / D 90 mm / 68 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels, each with an
additional terminal block per signal for a common minus potential
50 192 mm FLKM 50/32M/PLC 2289719 1
VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels, each with an
additional terminal block per signal for a common plus potential
50 192 mm FLKM 50/32P/PLC 2291121 1
477PHOENIX CONTACT
Connection scheme: FLKM 50/32P/PLC Connection scheme: FLKM 50/32M/PLC
These VARIOFACE modules are used in
combination with 50-pos. system cables and
the relevant front adapters.
The following module types with 2-con-
ductor connection technology are available:
FLKM 50/32M/PLC
– Byte-wise labeling
– For digital I/O modules
– Negative connection for each signal.
FLKM 50/32P/PLC
– Byte-wise labeling
– For digital I/O modules
– Positive connection per signal.
Termination boards with
2-conductor connection technology
for 32 channels
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
DW
H
Passive interface modules
with screw connection
1234 10
111213141516 22232425262728 34353637383940 464748
F1F1 F1F2F1 F1 F1F2F1F1 F1F2
F1F1 F1F2
B3.0B3.1 B3.7
+
B2.0B2.1 B2.7
+
B1.0B1.1 B1.7
+
B0.0B0.1 B0.7
+
---- ---- ---- ----
DR3DR2DR1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 10 12 14
F2
F1 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1
1234567
0+
-------- -
Technical data
FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC FLKM 50/32M/PLC
Max. perm. operating voltage 60 V DC 60 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A 1 A
Max total current (voltage supply) 2 A 2 A (per byte)
Rated surge voltage 0.8 kV 0.8 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Field level Screw connection Screw connection
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions H / D 90 mm / 68 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, for eight channels, each with an additional
terminal block and fuse per signal, (common minus potential)
14 57 mm FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC 2294487 1
VARIOFACE module, for 32 channels, each with an additional
terminal block and fuse per signal, (common minus potential)
50 192 mm FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC 2294490 1
478 PHOENIX CONTACT
Connection scheme: FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC Connection scheme: FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC
These VARIOFACE modules are used in
combination with 14- or 50-pos. system
cables and the relevant front adapters.
The following module types with fuses
and 2-conductor connection technology are
available:
FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC (for 8 channels)
FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC (for 32 channels)
– Byte-wise labeling
– Can be used for digital I/O modules
– Plug-in fuse (IEC 127-3, 1AF) per signal
path (F1)
– Plug-in fuse (IEC 127-3, 2AF) per voltage
supply (F2)
– Negative connection for each signal.
Termination boards with fuses with
2-conductor connection method
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
DW
H
Passive fuse modules for
8 or 32 channels
1 2 3 4 8 9 11 13 10 12 14
12307
+++++++
----- --
1 2 3 4 8 9 11 13 10 12 14
12307
+++++++
----- --
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/PLC VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/PLC VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC
Max. perm. operating voltage 60 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC 24 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A 1 A 1 A 1 A
Max total current (voltage supply) 3 A 3 A 3 A 3 A
Rated surge voltage 0.6 kV 0.6 kV 0.6 kV 0.6 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Field level Screw connection Screw connection Push-in connection Push-in connection
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions H / D 69 mm / 62 mm 75.8 mm / 63 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE initiator module, for connecting 8 PNP initiators,
with an additional positive and negative terminal block each per
signal
- with screw connection 14 52.3 mm VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/PLC 2322278 1
- with push-in connection 14 52 mm VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/PLC 2904282 1
VARIOFACE initiator module with LED, for connecting 8 PNP
initiators, with an additional positive and negative terminal block
each per signal
- with screw connection 14 52.3 mm VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC 2322265 1
- with push-in connection 14 52 mm VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC 2904281 1
Connection scheme VIP-3/.../FLK14/8IM/PLC Connection scheme VIP-3/.../FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC
479PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Initiator modules
with screw connection
Initiator modules
with push-in connection
These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with 14-pos.
system cables and the relevant front adapters.
Features:
– Byte-wise labeling
– For digital I/O modules
– Positive and negative connection per
signal
– Optionally with LED.
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
DW
H
DW
H
VIP initiator modules for 8 channels
34 10 15 16 22 27 28 34 39 40 46 1 213
14
25
26
37
3811
12
23
2435
36
47
48
B0.0B0.1B0.7B1.0B1.1B1.7B2.0B2.1B2.7B3.0B3.1B3.7
+++ +++ +++ +++ ++
--------------
48
47
36
35
2324
1112
3738
2526
1314
12
46
403934
2827
22
161534 10
B2.7 B3.0 B3.1 B3.7
B2.1B2.0B1.7B1.1B1.0B0.7
B0.1
B0.0
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
Technical data Technical data
... 50/32 IM ... 50/32 IM/LA
Max. perm. operating voltage 60 V DC 20 V DC (up to 30 V DC) 60 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A 1 A 1 A
Max total current (voltage supply) 2 A (per byte) 2 A (per byte) 2 A (per byte)
Status indication No LED -
Rated surge voltage 0.8 kV 0.8 kV 0.6 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 DIN EN 50178,
Connection method Field level Screw connection Screw connection Spring-cage connection
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions H / D 90 mm / 81 mm 90 mm / 73.5 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE initiator module, for connection of 32 PNP initiators
50 180 mm FLKMS 50/32IM/PLC 2284523 1
VARIOFACE initiator module, same as before, however with light
indicator
50 180 mm FLKMS 50/32IM/LA/PLC 2284510 1
VARIOFACE initiator module, for connection of 32 PNP initiators
50 180 mm FLKMS 50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC 2901389 1
Connection scheme: FLKMS 50/32IM/PLC,
...50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC
FLKMS 50/32IM/LA/PLC connection scheme
480 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Initiator modules for 32 channels,
with screw connection
Initiator modules for 32 channels,
with spring-cage connection
These VARIOFACE modules are used in
combination with 50-pos. system cables and
the relevant front adapters for digital
I/O modules.
Features:
– Byte-wise labeling
– Positive and negative connection per
signal
– Optionally with LED
DW
H
DW
H
Initiator modules for 32 channels
34 10 15 16 22 27 28 34 39 40 46 1 213
14
25
26
37
3811
12
23
2435
36
47
48
B0.0B0.1B0.7B1.0B1.1B1.7B2.0B2.1B2.7B3.0B3.1B3.7
+++ +++ +++ +++ ++
--------------
1234 89
11 13 10 12 14
123
07
+
-
++++
-- -- -
++
-
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
UM 45-FLK 14/.../PLC UM 45-FLK 50/.../PLC
Max. perm. operating voltage 60 V DC 60 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A 1 A
Max total current (voltage supply) 3 A 2 A (per byte)
Rated surge voltage 0.8 kV 0.8 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Field level Spring-cage connection Spring-cage connection
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Dimensions H / D 45 mm / 61 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE-COMPACT-LINE initiator module, for connection
of eight PNP initiators
14 75 mm UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC 2965211 1
VARIOFACE-COMPACT-LINE initiator module, for connection
of 32 PNP initiators
50 197 mm UM 45-FLK50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC 2965224 1
481PHOENIX CONTACT
UM 45-FLK50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC connection scheme UM 45-FLK14/8IM/ZFKDS/PLC connection scheme
These VARIOFACE modules are used in
combination with 14- and 50-pos. system
cables and the relevant front adapters.
The following COMPACT-LINE initiator
modules are available:
UM 45-FLK14/8IM/.../PLC
(for 8 channels)
UM 45-FLK 50/32IM/.../PLC
(for 32 channels)
– Byte-wise labeling
– Can be used for digital I/O modules
– Positive and negative connection for
every signal
COMPACT-LINE initiator modules
with spring-cage connection
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
DW
H
Sensor modules for 8 or 32 channels
With spring-cage connection
Notes:
Due to the geometry, it is not possible to couple any molded FLK
connectors (e.g., VIP-PA...S7).
123 101112 131415 22 23 24 2526 27 34 3536 373839 4647484950
+ B0.0 B0.7 -+ B1.0 B1.7 -+B2.0 B2.7 -+B3.0 B3.7 -
12345678911
13 10 12 14
1234567
0 ++ - -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
12345678910 11
121314151617181920
123 101112 131415 222324 25 2627 3435 363738 39 4647484950
1 2 9 10 11 12 19 20 21 22 29 30 31 32 39 40
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 46 47 48 49 50
123 456 7 46 47 48 49 50
Technical data
FLKM...14/KDS 3-MT... FLKM 50/KDS 3-MT...
Max. perm. operating voltage 60 V DC 60 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A 1 A
Max total current (voltage supply) 3 A 2 A (per byte)
Rated surge voltage 0.8 kV 0.8 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Field level Screw connection with
disconnect knife
Screw connection with
disconnect knife
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions H / D 77 mm / 61 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels, with knife dis-
connect terminal blocks and test sockets to the field and the system
14 67 mm FLKM 14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC 2290423 1
VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels, with knife dis-
connect terminal blocks and test sockets to the field and the system
50 214 mm FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC 2290614 1
VARIOFACE interface module, for SIMATIC S7-300 with
SIMATIC-specific labeling (1-20), knife disconnect terminal blocks,
and test sockets to the field and the system
14 113 mm FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7 2295062 1
VARIOFACE interface module, same as before, however, with
SIMATIC-specific labeling (1-40)
50 214 mm FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300 2304490 1
VARIOFACE interface module, same as before, however, for
SIMATIC S7-400 with SIMATIC-specific labeling (3-48)
50 259 mm FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC 2291587 1
482 PHOENIX CONTACT
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC connection scheme FLKM 14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC connection schemeFLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7 connection scheme
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300 connection scheme
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC connection scheme
These VARIOFACE modules with knife
disconnection and test connection for each
signal (2 or 2.3 mm Ø test plug) are used in
combination with the respective front
adapters.
FLKM14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC
(for 8 channels)
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC
(for 32 channels)
– Byte-wise labeling
– Can be used for digital I/O modules
FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7
– Numerical labeling (1-20)
– Specially for S7-300 (in conjunction with
the front adapter FLKM 14-PA-S300,
Order No.: 2299770)
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/7-300
– Numerical labeling (1-40)
– Specially for S7-300 (in conjunction with
the front adapter FLKM 50-PA-S300,
Order No.: 2294445).
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC
– Numerical labeling (1-50)
– Specially for S7-400 (in conjunction with
the front adapter FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48)
Order No.: 2294908).
Controller boards with
knife disconnect terminal blocks
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
DW
H
Passive interface modules for
8 or 32 channels with
knife disconnect terminal blocks
01234567-+ -+SMC 1,5
FLK 14 123468 10 12 14
5 7 9 11 13
SCM 1,5
FLK 14
+-01234567+-
12468
10 12 14
3 4 7 9 11 13
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A
Max total current (voltage supply) 8 A (+, - terminal block)
Rated surge voltage 0.8 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16
Dimensions H / D 45 mm / 51 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE switch module, for simulation
75 mm UM 45-DI/DO/S/LA/SIM8 2968205 1
DW
H
These VARIOFACE modules enable sim-
ple simulation of the control and peripheral
hardware for 8 signals.
The UM 45-DI/DO/S/LA/SIM8 switch
module is assembled for signal transmission
with COMBICON screw connector for sin-
gle-conductor wiring. Alternatively, connec-
tion to the PLC system cabling is established
through a 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable pin strip.
Connection to the front adapters of the
PLC system cabling is established through
14-pos. system cables with socket strips.
Each signal path is allocated an LED which
signals the “high active” signal state. The
supply voltage to the modules is signaled via
a green LED.
Notes:
Type of housing:
Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Housing: PVC
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Simulation module with switches
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Switch module
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A
Max total current (voltage supply) 8 A (+, - terminal block)
Rated surge voltage 0.8 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16
Dimensions H / D 45 mm / 51 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE display module, for simulation
75 mm UM 45-DO/LA/SIM8 2968195 1
483
PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
These VARIOFACE modules enable sim-
ple simulation of the control and peripheral
hardware for 8 signals.
The UM 45-DO/LA/SIM8 display module
is assembled for signal transmission with
COMBICON screw connector for single-
conductor wiring. Alternatively, connection
to the PLC system cabling is established
through a 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable pin strip.
Connection to the front adapters of the
PLC system cabling is established through
14-pos. system cables with socket strips.
Each signal path is allocated an LED which
signals the “high active” signal state. The
supply voltage to the modules is signaled via
a green LED.
Notes:
Type of housing:
Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Housing: PVC
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Simulation module for display
Indicator module
1/1
135791113
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
+
-
2/1
1/2
2/2
1/3
2/3
1/4
2/4
1/5
2/5
1/6
2/6
1/7
2/7
1/8
2/8
1/1
135791113
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
+
-
2/1
1/2
2/2
1/3
2/3
1/4
2/4
1/5
2/5
1/6
2/6
1/7
2/7
1/8
2/8
1/1
135791113
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
+
-
2/1
1/2
2/2
1/3
2/3
1/4
2/4
1/5
2/5
1/6
2/6
1/7
2/7
1/8
2/8
1/1
135791113
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
+
-
2/1
1/2
2/2
1/3
2/3
1/4
2/4
1/5
2/5
1/6
2/6
1/7
2/7
1/8
2/8
484 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V DC ±25%
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A (per signal path)
Max total current (voltage supply) 3 A
Rated surge voltage 0.8 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Power supply Screw connection
Signal level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions H / D 100 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with
FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, positive switching
OUTPUT 14 49.6 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT 2295554 1
INPUT 14 49.6 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/IN 2296553 1
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with
FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, negative switching
OUTPUT 14 49.6 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M 2304102 1
INPUT 14 49.6 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M 2304115 1
V8 output adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with
15-pos. D-SUB connection
Pin strip 15 49.6 mm PLC-V8/D15S/OUT 2296058 1
Socket strip 15 49.6 mm PLC-V8/D15B/OUT 2296061 1
V8 input adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with
15-pos. D-SUB connection
Pin strip 15 49.6 mm PLC-V8/D15S/IN 2296074 1
Socket strip 15 49.6 mm PLC-V8/D15B/IN 2296087 1
Contacting
PLC terminal blocks
Power
terminals
FLK14
Connection scheme: PLC-V8/FLK14/IN
Contacting
PLC terminal blocks
Power
terminals
FLK14
Connection scheme: PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M
Contacting
PLC terminal blocks
Power
terminals
FLK14
PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT connection scheme
Contacting
PLC terminal blocks
Power
terminals
FLK14
PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M connection scheme
PLC-V8/... are the VARIOFACE adapters
connecting the eight slim 6.2 mm
PLC-INTERFACE modules to the
VARIOFACE system cabling:
– Can be plugged into the bridge shafts of
eight aligned PLC-INTERFACE modules
– Freely definable configuration with relays,
optocouplers, and passive feed-through
terminal blocks
– With D-SUB connection as an option for
universal connections
Adapter for PLC-INTERFACE
(6.2 mm)
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
VARIOFACE adapter
for 6.2 mm PLC-INTERFACE
Notes:
For cross-reference list with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules,
see page 488
1/1
135791113
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
+
-
2/1
1/2
2/2
1/3
2/3
1/4
2/4
1/5
2/5
1/6
2/6
1/7
2/7
1/8
2/8
1/1
135791113
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
+
-
2/1
1/2
2/2
1/3
2/3
1/4
2/4
1/5
2/5
1/6
2/6
1/7
2/7
1/8
2/8
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
485
PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V DC ±25%
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A (per signal path)
Max total current (voltage supply) 3 A
Rated surge voltage 0.8 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 70°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Power supply Screw connection
Signal level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions H / D 100 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with
FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, positive switching
14 112.3 mm PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT 2299660 1
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with
FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, negative switching
14 112.3 mm PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M 2304306 1
Contacting
PLC terminal blocks
Power
terminals
FLK14
PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M connection scheme
Contacting
PLC terminal blocks
Power
terminals
FLK14
PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT connection scheme
PLC-V8L/... are the VARIOFACE adapt-
ers connecting the eight 14 mm
PLC-INTERFACE modules (2 PDT, HC, and
IC types) to the system cabling:
– Can be plugged into the bridge shafts of
eight aligned PLC-INTERFACE modules
– Freely selectable assembly with relays or
optocouplers
Adapter for PLC-INTERFACE
(14 mm)
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
VARIOFACE adapter
for 14 mm PLC-INTERFACE
Notes:
For cross-reference list with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules,
see page 488
2
1
3
4
5
NC
2
1
3
4
5
NC
486 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
PLC-VT PLC-VT/LA
Max. perm. operating voltage max. 250 V AC/DC 24 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 6 A (per signal conductor) 6 A (per signal conductor)
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 70°C -40°C ... 70°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions H / D 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block (two-conductor
connection), for PLC-INTERFACE universal series
6.2 mm PLC-VT 2296870 10
VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block, same as before,
however, with 24 V DC light indicator
6.2 mm PLC-VT/LA 2296854 10
PLC-VT/LA connection scheme
PLC-VT connection scheme
The VARIOFACE PLC-VT terminals are
passive feed-through terminal blocks, with
the same shape as the 6.2 mm slim relay and
PLC-INTERFACE optocoupler interfaces.
This makes it possible to implement 8-chan-
nel interface blocks for the system cabling,
which can be adapted to a bit for the partic-
ular application. For individual require-
ments, the relay, optocoupler or the PLC-
VT terminal blocks for passive signal trans-
mission can be combined as needed.
PLC-VT
PLC-VT/LA
– Can be combined with PLC-INTERFACE
universal series
– Signal path with additional potential level
for free assignment (two-conductor con-
nection)
– Optionally with LED
Feed-through terminal blocks for
PLC-INTERFACE
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
DW
H
VARIOFACE feed-through terminal blocks for
PLC-INTERFACE universal series
2
1
3
4
5
2
1
3
4
5
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
487
PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
PLC-VT/AKT PLC-VT/AKT/LA
Max. perm. operating voltage max. 250 V AC/DC 24 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 6 A (per signal conductor) 6 A (per signal conductor)
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 70°C -40°C ... 70°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions H / D 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block (three-conductor
connection), for PLC-INTERFACE actuator series
6.2 mm PLC-VT/ACT 2295567 10
VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block, same as before,
however, with 24 V DC light indicator
6.2 mm PLC-VT/ACT/LA 2296867 10
PLC-VT/ACT/LA connection scheme
PLC-VT/ACT connection scheme
The VARIOFACE PLC-VT terminals are
passive feed-through terminal blocks, with
the same shape as the 6.2 mm slim relay and
PLC-INTERFACE optocoupler interfaces.
This makes it possible to implement 8-chan-
nel interface blocks for the system cabling,
which can be adapted to a bit for the partic-
ular application. For individual require-
ments, the relay, optocoupler or the PLC-
VT terminal blocks for passive signal trans-
mission can be combined as needed.
PLC-VT/ACT
PLC-VT/ACT/LA
– Can be combined with PLC-INTERFACE
actuator series
– Signal path with two additional potential
levels for free assignment (three-conductor
connection)
– Optionally with LED
The system connection is made via the
PLC-V8 adapter.
Feed-through terminal blocks for
PLC-INTERFACE
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
DW
H
VARIOFACE feed-through terminal blocks for
PLC-INTERFACE actuator series
Cross-reference list for PLC-V8 adapters with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules
Series
Function Contact Input Output Page Spring-cage connection Order No.:
Universal
Relay
1 PDT
24 V DC 250 V AC/DC / 6 A 322 PLC-RSP-24DC/21 2966472
24 V DC 250 V AC/DC / 10 A 333 PLC-RSP-24DC/21HC 2912277
12 V DC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA 323 PLC-RSP-12DC/21AU 2967442
24 V DC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA 323 PLC-RSP-24DC/21AU 2966540
24 V AC/DC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA 323 PLC-RSP-24UC/21AU 2966553
48 V DC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA 323 PLC-RSP-48DC/21AU 2966566
60 V DC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA 323 PLC-RSP-60DC/21AU 2966579
120 V AC/DC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA 323 PLC-RSP-120UC/21AU 2966582
230 V AC/DC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA 323 PLC-RSP-230UC/21AU 2966647
120 V AC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA1) 334 PLC-BSP-120UC/21/SO46 29803513)
230 V AC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA1) 334 PLC-BSP-230UC/21/SO46 29803773)
2 PDTs 24 V DC 250 V AC/DC / 6 A 323 PLC-RSP-24DC/21-21 2912507
24 V DC 30 V AC/DC / 50 mA 323 PLC-RSP-24DC/21-21AU 2912578
Relay switch 1 N/O contact 24 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC / 6 A 350 PLC-RSP-24UC/1/S/H 2982249
24 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC / 6 A 350 PLC-RSP-24UC/1/S/L 2834889
Optocoupler
1 N/O contact, electronic
24 V DC 24 V DC / 3 A 325 PLC-OSP-24DC/24DC/2 2967471
24 V DC 24 V DC / 10 A 353 PLC-OSP-24DC/24DC/10/R 2982715
24 V DC 250 V AC / 0.75 A 325 PLC-OSP-24DC/230AC/1 2967895
24 V DC 300 V DC / 1 A 352 PLC-OSP-24DC/300DC/1 2980830
24 V DC 48 V DC / 100 mA 324 PLC-OSP-24DC/48DC/100 2967549
48 V DC 48 V DC / 100 mA 324 PLC-OSP-48DC/48DC/100 2967743
60 V DC 48 V DC / 100 mA 324 PLC-OSP-60DC/48DC/100 2967756
120 V AC/DC 48 V DC / 100 mA 324 PLC-OSP-120UC/48DC/100 2967552
230 V AC/DC 48 V DC / 100 mA 324 PLC-OSP-230UC/48DC/100 2967565
NAMUR 24 V DC / 50 mA 364 PLC-SP-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P 2982676
120 V AC 48 V DC / 100 mA2) 334 PLC-BSP-120UC/21/SO46 29803513)
230 V AC 48 V DC / 100 mA2) 334 PLC-BSP-230UC/21/SO46 29803773)
1 PDT, electronic 24 V DC 48 V DC / 0.5 A 353 PLC-OSP-24DC/48DC/500/W 2980649
Feed-through –250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC 486 –
24 V DC 24 V DC 486 –
Actuator
Relay 1 N/O contact
24 V DC 250 V AC/DC / 6 A 326 PLC-RSP-24DC/1/ACT 2967345
24 V DC 250 V AC/DC / 10 A
(80 A; 20 ms) 332 PLC-RSP-24DC/1IC/ACT 2912413
2 N/O contacts 24 V DC 250 V AC/DC / 6 A 327 –
Optocoupler 1 N/O contact, electronic
24 V DC 24 V DC / 3 A 327 PLC-OSP-24DC/24DC/2/ACT 2967507
24 V DC 24 V DC / 5 A 328 –
24 V DC 250 V AC / 0.75 A 327 –
24 V DC 250 V AC / 2 A 328 –
Feed-through –250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC 487 –
24 V DC 24 V DC 487 –
Sensor4)
Relay 1 N/O contact
24 V DC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA 330 PLC-RSP-24DC/1AU/SEN 2967374
120 V AC/DC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA 330 PLC-RSP-120UC/1AU/SEN 2967390
230 V AC/DC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA 330 PLC-RSP-230UC/1AU/SEN 2967413
120 V AC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA1) 335 PLC-BSP-120UC/1/SEN/SO46 29803643)
230 V AC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA1) 335 PLC-BSP-230UC/1/SEN/SO46 29803803)
Optocoupler 1 N/O contact, electronic
24 V DC 48 V DC / 100 mA 331 PLC-OSP-24DC/48DC/100/SEN 2967578
120 V AC/DC 48 V DC / 100 mA 331 PLC-OSP-120UC/48DC/100/SEN 2967581
230 V AC/DC 48 V DC / 100 mA 331 PLC-OSP-230UC/48DC/100/SEN 2967594
120 V AC 48 V DC / 100 mA2) 335 PLC-BSP-120UC/1/SEN/SO46 29803643)
230 V AC 48 V DC / 100 mA2) 335 PLC-BSP-230UC/1/SEN/SO46 29803803)
1) Plug-in miniature relay insert: REL-MR-60DC/21AU, 2961134
2) Plug-in solid-state relay insert: OPT-60DC/48DC/100, 2966621
3) PLC-...SO46 is supplied as a basic terminal block with filter, but without relay or solid-state relay.
4) Cannot be combined with the universal series (within a byte)
488 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PLC-V8...OUT(/M)
PLC-V8...IN(/M)
PLC-V8L...OUT
Push-in connection Order No.: Screw connection Order No.:
PLC-RPT-24DC/21 2900299 PLC-RSC-24DC/21 2966171 X
PLC-RPT-24DC/21HC 2900291 PLC-RSC-24DC/21HC 2967620 X
PLC-RPT-12DC/21AU 2900317 PLC-RSC-12DC/21AU 2966919 X
PLC-RPT-24DC/21AU 2900306 PLC-RSC-24DC/21AU 2966265 X X
PLC-RPT-24UC/21AU 2900307 PLC-RSC-24UC/21AU 2966278 X X
PLC-RPT-48DC/21AU 2900308 PLC-RSC-48DC/21AU 2966126 X
PLC-RPT-60DC/21AU 2900309 PLC-RSC-60DC/21AU 2966142 X
PLC-RPT-120UC/21AU 2900310 PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU 2966281 X
PLC-RPT-230UC/21AU 2900311 PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU 2966294 X
PLC-RPT-120UC/21/SO46 29004533)PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46 29803193)X
PLC-RPT-230UC/21/SO46 29004553)PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46 29803353)X
PLC-RPT-24DC/21-21 2900330 PLC-RSC-24DC/21-21 2967060 X
PLC-RPT-24DC/21-21AU 2900338 PLC-RSC-24DC/21-21AU 2967125 X
PLC-RPT-24UC/1/S/H 2900328 PLC-RSC-24UC/1/S/H 2982236 X
PLC-RPT-24UC/1/S/L 2900327 PLC-RSC-24UC/1/S/L 2834876 X
PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/2 2900364 PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/2 2966634 X
PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/10/R 2900398 PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/10/R 2982702 X
PLC-OPT-24DC/230AC/1 2900369 PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/1 2967840 X
PLC-OPT-24DC/300DC/1 2900383 PLC-OSC-24DC/300DC/1 2980678 X
PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/100 2900352 PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/100 2966728 X X
PLC-OPT-48DC/48DC/100 2900353 PLC-OSC-48DC/48DC/100 2966993 X
PLC-OPT-60DC/48DC/100 2900354 PLC-OSC-60DC/48DC/100 2967455 X
PLC-OPT-120UC/48DC/100 2900355 PLC-OSC-120UC/48DC/100 2966744 X
PLC-OPT-230UC/48DC/100 2900356 PLC-OSC-230UC/48DC/100 2966757 X
PLC-PT-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P 2900397 PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P 2982663 X
PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO46 29004533)PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46 29803193)X
PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO46 29004553)PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46 29803353)X
PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/500/W 2900378 PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/500/W 2980636 X
–PLC-VT 2296870 X X
–PLC-VT/LA 2296854 X X
PLC-RPT-24DC/1/ACT 2900312 PLC-RSC-24DC/1/ACT 2966210 X
PLC-RPT-24DC/1IC/ACT 2900298 PLC-RSC-24DC/1IC/ACT 2967604 X
–PLC-RSC-24DC/1-1/ACT 2967109 X
PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/2/ACT 2900376 PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/2/ACT 2966676 X
–PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/5/ACT 2982786 X
–PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/1/ACT 2967947 X
–PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/2/ACT 2982760 X
–PLC-VT/AKT 2295567 X
–PLC-VT/AKT/LA 2296867 X
PLC-RPT-24DC/1AU/SEN 2900313 PLC-RSC-24DC/1AU/SEN 2966317 X
PLC-RPT-120UC/1AU/SEN 2900314 PLC-RSC-120UC/1AU/SEN 2966320 X
PLC-RPT-230UC/1AU/SEN 2900315 PLC-RSC-230UC/1AU/SEN 2966333 X
PLC-BPT-120UC/1/SEN/SO46 29004563)PLC-BSC-120UC/1/SEN/SO46 29803223)X
PLC-BPT-230UC/1/SEN/SO46 29004573)PLC-BSC-230UC/1/SEN/SO46 29803483)X
PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/100/SEN 2900358 PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/100/SEN 2966773 X
PLC-OPT-120UC/48DC/100/SEN 2900359 PLC-OSC-120UC/48DC/100/SEN 2966799 X
PLC-OPT-230UC/48DC/100/SEN 2900361 PLC-OSC-230UC/48DC/100/SEN 2966809 X
PLC-BPT-120UC/1/SEN/SO46 29004563)PLC-BSC-120UC/1/SEN/SO46 29803223)X
PLC-BPT-230UC/1/SEN/SO46 29004573)PLC-BSC-230UC/1/SEN/SO46 29803483)X
PLC universal series
The universal series of products can be
used as either input or output interfaces.
Each product consists of a basic terminal
block with a plug-in miniature relay (PDT
contact) or a plug-in solid-state relay.
PLC actuator series
When used as an interface between the
PLC and actuators, such as motors, contac-
tors or solenoid valves, only one N/O con-
tact function is normally required. In such
cases, the PLC...ACT output interface is
used. All actuator connections, including
the load return line, are connected directly.
This eliminates the need for additional out-
put terminal blocks.
PLC sensor series
When used as an interface between the
PLC and sensors, such as proximity switch-
es, limit switches or auxiliary contacts, only
one N/O contact function is normally re-
quired. In such cases, the PLC…SEN input
interface is used. All sensor connections, in-
cluding the supply voltage for the sen-
sors/switches, are connected directly. This
eliminates the need for additional modular
terminal blocks.
489PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VAR IOFAC E s ystem cabling
123 89
1113101214
1238
14 13 24 23 34 33 84 83 + -

Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN24 V DC
Typ. input current at UN6.5 mA
Typ. response time at UN5 ms
Typ. release time at UN15 ms
Input circuit Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Fr
Status display/channel Yellow LED
Connection method IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
No. of pos. 14
Contact side
Contact type 1 N/O contact (double contact) 1 N/O contact (double contact) 1 N/O contact (double contact)
Contact material AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC / 125 V DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V
Max. inrush current 5 A
Limiting continuous current 3 A
Min. switching current 1 mA
Max. interrupting rating: 24 V DC 72 W
48 V DC 60 W
60 V DC 50 W
110 V DC 50 W
250 V AC 750 VA
Connection method Screw connection
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 1
General data
Test voltage 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Mounting position Any
Mounting In rows with zero spacing In rows wi
Dimensions H / D 45 mm / 50 mm
Ordering data
Description Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE COMPACT LINE output module, for
24 V DC (including relays)
- With 8 miniature relays 103 UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC 2962900 1
- With 16 miniature relays 215
VARIOFACE COMPACT LINE output extension module, for
24 V DC (including relays)
- With 16 miniature relays 200
Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays REL-MR-G 24/1 2961037 8
490 PHOENIX CONTACT
COMPACT-LINE output modules
with relays, one N/O contact
These VARIOFACE Compact Line output
modules are used in combination with the
respective front adapters.
Like the front adapters, the modules are
connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system ca-
bles. The following features characterize
these relay modules:
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with an N/O
contact
– Universal applications from 1 mA to 3 A
continuous current through 2-layer dou-
ble contact with hard gold plating
– Low construction height of only 45 mm
– LED status display for each signal path and
supply voltage
– Freewheeling and reverse polarity protec-
tion diode for each signal path.
With the 32-channel version, the system
cable is connected to the UM 45-16RM/MR-
G24/1/PLC 16-channel base module.
The UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/E/PLC output
extension module with a further 16 chan-
nels is coupled to the base module via a
20-pos. flat-ribbon cable (length: 10 cm).
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
DW
H
Notes:
The connection cable between the base and the extension
modules is delivered with the extension unit.
Due to the geometry, it is not possible to couple any molded
FLK connectors (e.g., VIP-PA...S7).
Output module with eight miniature relays,
1 N/O contact
1,2 11,12 310 13,14 23,24 15 22
18 9 16
B0
+-
B0 14 13 84 83
+-
B1B1 94 93 164 163
2 20 17 12 1 19 9 4
322524
17
B2B2
+-
174 173 244 243 B3B3254 253 324 323
+-
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data Technical data
24 V DC 24 V DC
6.5 mA 6.5 mA
5 ms 5 ms
15 ms 15 ms
Input circuit Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Yellow LED Yellow LED
Connection method IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
50 20
Contact type 1 N/O contact (double contact) 1 N/O contact (double contact) 1 N/O contact (double contact)
Contact material AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC 250 V AC / 125 V DC
5 V 5 V
5 A 5 A
3 A 3 A
1 mA 1 mA
72 W 72 W
60 W 60 W
50 W 50 W
50 W 50 W
750 VA 750 VA
Screw connection Screw connection
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Test voltage 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any Any
Mounting In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing
45 mm / 50 mm 45 mm / 50 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/PLC 2962913 1
UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/E/PLC 2962926 1
Accessories Accessories
REL-MR-G 24/1 2961037 8REL-MR-G 24/1 2961037 8
491PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VAR IOFAC E s ystem cabling
DW
H
DW
H
Output base module with 16 miniature relays,
1 N/O contact
Output extension module with 16 miniature relays,
one N/O contact
123 89
1113101214
1238
14 13 24 23 34 33 84 83 + -
1,2 11,12 3 10
13,14
23,24 15 46
32981
B0
+-
B0 14 13 84 83
+-
B1B1 94 93 324 323

Technical data Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN24 V DC 24 V DC
Typ. input current at UN6.5 mA 6.5 mA
Typ. response time at UN5 ms 5 ms
Typ. release time at UN15 ms 15 ms
Input circuit Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Status display/channel Yellow LED Yellow LED
Connection method IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
No. of pos. 14 50
Contact side
Contact type 1 N/O contact (double contact) 1 N/O contact (double contact)
Contact material AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC / 125 V DC 250 V AC / 125 V DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V 5 V
Max. inrush current 5 A 5 A
Limiting continuous current 3 A 3 A
Min. switching current 1 mA 1 mA
Max. interrupting rating: 24 V DC 72 W 72 W
48 V DC 60 W 60 W
60 V DC 50 W 50 W
110 V DC 50 W 50 W
250 V AC 750 VA 750 VA
Connection method Screw connection Screw connection
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
General data
Test voltage 3 kV AC 3 kV AC
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Mounting position Any Any
Mounting In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing
Dimensions H / D 90 mm / 58 mm 90 mm / 58 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE output module, with 8 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
56 UMK- 8 RM/MR-G24/ 1/PLC 2979469 1
VARIOFACE output module, with 32 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
202 UMK-32 RM/MR-G24/1/PLC 2979472 1
Accessories Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays REL-MR-G 24/1 2961037 8REL-MR-G 24/1 2961037 8
492 PHOENIX CONTACT
These VARIOFACE output modules are
used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with an N/O
contact
– Universal applications from 1 mA to 3 A
continuous current through 2-layer dou-
ble contact with hard gold plating
– Slim construction widths of only 55 mm
(8 channels) or 202 mm (32 channels)
– LED status display for each signal path and
supply voltage
– Freewheeling and reverse polarity protec-
tion diode for each signal path.
DW
H
DW
H
Output modules with relays,
one N/O contact
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Output module with eight miniature relays,
1 N/O contact
Output modules with 32 miniature relays,
1 N/O contact
12 34 56 78911 13 10 12 14
24 6 8
75
31
22
21
24
12
11
14
32
31
34
42
41
44
52
51
54
62
61
64
72
71
74
82
81
84
+-
1,2,13,14,25,26,37,38
11,12,23,24,35,36,47,48
3
4
9
10
15
16
45
46
17
28
9
10
31
32
22
21
24
12
11
14
+
+
--
82
81
84
72
71
74
102
101
104
92
91
94
312
311
314
322
321
324
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN24 V DC 24 V DC
Typ. input current at UN18 mA 18 mA
Typ. response time at UN8 ms 8 ms
Typ. release time at UN10 ms 10 ms
Input circuit Freewheeling diode Freewheeling diode
Status display/channel Yellow LED Yellow LED
Connection method IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
No. of pos. 14 50
Contact side
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT
Contact material AgNi AgNi
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 12 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC
Limiting continuous current 5 A 5 A
Min. switching current 100 mA 100 mA
Max. interrupting rating: 24 V DC 120 W 120 W
48 V DC 58 W 58 W
60 V DC 48 W 48 W
110 V DC 50 W 50 W
220 V DC 80 W 80 W
250 V AC 1250 VA 1250 VA
Connection method Screw connection Screw connection
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
General data
Test voltage 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life 3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Mounting position Any Any
Mounting In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing
Dimensions H / D 123 mm / 68 mm 123 mm / 68 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE output module, with 8 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
80 UM- 8 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC 2968386 1
VARIOFACE output module, with 32 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
271 UM-32 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC1)2968373 1
Accessories Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10
493PHOENIX CONTACT
These VARIOFACE output modules are
used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
Like the front adapters, the modules are
connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system ca-
bles. The following features characterize
these relay modules:
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with a PDT
contact
– Slim construction widths of only 80 mm
(8 channels) or 271 mm (32 channels)
– LED status display for each signal path and
supply voltage
– Freewheeling diode for each signal path
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
DW
H
Output modules with relay, 1 PDT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Output module with eight miniature relays,
1 PDT
Output module with 32 miniature relays,
1 PDT
123 8 9 11 13101214
83
21
12 11 14 22 21 24 32 31 34 82 81 84 +-

Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN24 V DC ±10%
Input circuit Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Fr
Operating voltage display Green LED
Status display/channel Yellow LED
Connection method IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
No. of pos. 14
Contact side
Contact type 1 PDT
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Limiting continuous current 5 A
Connection method Screw connection
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ...
General data
Test voltage 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Mounting position Any
Mounting In rows with zero spacing In rows wi
Dimensions H / D 77 mm / 59 mm
Ordering data
Description Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE output module, with 8 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
135 UMK- 8 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC 2979485 1
VARIOFACE output module,
with plug-in bases for eight miniature
relays, for 24 V DC (without relays)
135 UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC 2974914 1
VARIOFACE output module, with 16 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (base module, including relays)
259
VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for 16 miniature
relays, for 24 V DC (base module, without relays)
259
VARIOFACE output extension module, with 16 miniature relays,
plugged in, for 24 V DC (including relays)
259
VARIOFACE output extension module, with plug-in bases for
16 miniature relays, for 24 V DC (without relays)
259
Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10
494 PHOENIX CONTACT
Output modules with relay, 1 PDT
These VARIOFACE output modules are
used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
Like the front adapters, the modules are
connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system ca-
bles. The following features characterize
these relay modules:
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with a PDT
contact
– LED status display for each signal path and
supply voltage
– Freewheeling and reverse polarity protec-
tion diode for each signal path.
With the 32-channel version, the system
cable is connected to the 16-channel UMK-
16R.../KSR-G24/21/PLC base module. The
UMK-16R.../KSR-G24/21/E/PLC output ex-
tension module with a further 16 channels
is coupled to the base module via a 20-pos.
flat-ribbon cable (length: 10 cm).
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
DW
H
Notes:
The connection cable between the base and the extension mod-
ules is delivered with the extension unit.
Output module with eight miniature relays,
1 PDT
1,2 11,12 3 10 13,14 23,24 15 22
16
981
B0B0
+-
11 14 12 81 84 82 B1B1
+-
91 94 92 161164162
2 20 17 12 1 19
94
3225
2417
B2B2
+- +-
171 174 172 241 244 242 B3B3251254 252 321 324 322
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data Technical data
24 V DC ±10% 24 V DC ±10%
Input circuit Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Green LED Green LED
Yellow LED Yellow LED
Connection method IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
50 20
1 PDT 1 PDT
250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
5 A 5 A
Screw connection Screw connection
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any Any
Mounting In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing
77 mm / 59 mm 77 mm / 59 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC 2979498 1
UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC 2974901 1
UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/E/PLC 2979508 1
UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/PLC 2974891 1
Accessories Accessories
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10
495PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VAR IOFAC E s ystem cabling
DW
H
DW
H
Output base module with 16 miniature relays,
1 PDT
Output extension module with 16 miniature relays,
1 PDT
+
-
128
9 11
13101214
8
21
12 11 14 22 21 24 82 81 84
112 111 114 122 121 124 182 181 184
 
Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN24 V DC
Input circuit Freewheeling diode
Operating voltage display Green LED
Status display/channel Yellow LED
Connection method IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
No. of pos. 14
Contact side
Contact type 2 PDT
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Limiting continuous current 3 A
Connection method Screw connection
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2
General data
Test voltage 2.5 kV AC
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC
Mounting position Any
Mounting In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spac
Dimensions H / D 77 mm / 59 mm
Ordering data
Description Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for
eight miniature relays, for 24 V DC, each with two PDTs
(without relays)
135 UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21-21/PLC 2976187 1
VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for
8 miniature relays, for 24 V DC and knife disconnect terminal
blocks, each with 1 PDT (without relays)
145
VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for
16 miniature relays, for 24 V DC and knife disconnect terminal
blocks, each with 1 PDT (without relays)
285
VARIOFACE output extension module, with plug-in bases for
16 miniature relays, for 24 V DC and knife disconnect terminal
blocks, each with 1 PDT (without relays)
285
Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 2961192 10
496 PHOENIX CONTACT
Output module for relays
- 2 PDTs
- 1 PDT with disconnect terminal blocks
These VARIOFACE output modules are
used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
8 channels are controlled via 14-pos.
cables. All modules feature the following:
– Plug-in miniature relays
– LED status indicator and freewheeling di-
ode per signal path
– Supply voltage indicator (LED)
– Polarity protection diode
With the 32-channel version (1 PDT with
knife disconnect terminal blocks), the
50-pos. system cable is connected to the
base module with 16 channels.
The output extension module with a
further 16 channels is coupled to the base
module via a 20-pos. flat-ribbon cable
(length: 10 cm).
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
DW
H
Notes:
The connection cable between the base and the extension
modules is delivered with the extension unit.
Output module for 8 miniature relays,
2 PDTs
123 8 9 1113101214
8321
12 11 14 22 21 24 32 31 34 82 81 84 + -
B1B1
84 8281 94 9291 164 162161
+
-
14 1211
B0B0
+
-
1,2
3
11,12 22
10
18
13,14
15
23,24
9 16
B3B3
244 242241 254 252251 324 322321
+
-
174 172171
B2B2
+
-
2
17
20 4
12
17 24
1
9
19
25 32
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
 
Technical data Technical data Technical data
24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Freewheeling diode Freewheeling diode
Green LED Green LED Green LED
Yellow LED Yellow LED Yellow LED
Connection method IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14 50 20
1 PDT 1 PDT 1 PDT
250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
5 A5 A5 A
Screw connection with disconnect knife Screw connection with disconnect knife Screw connection with disconnect knife
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any Any Any
Mounting In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing
111.5 mm / 59 mm 111.5 mm / 59 mm 111.5 mm / 59 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
UM- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC 2962463 1
UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC 2962382 1
UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/MT/PLC 2962379 1
Accessories Accessories Accessories
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 2961192 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 2961192 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 2961192 10
497PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VAR IOFAC E s ystem cabling
DW
H
DW
H
DW
H
Output module for 8 miniature relays with
knife/disconnect terminal blocks,
1 PDT
Output module for 16 miniature relays with
knife/disconnect terminal blocks,
1 PDT
Output extension module for 16 miniature relays with
knife/disconnect terminal blocks,
1 PDT
911 13 10 12 14
+-
12
2
1
22
21
24
12
11
14
34
4
3
32
31
34
42
41
44
56
6
5
52
51
54
62
61
64
78
8
7
72
71
74
82
81
84
1,2,13,14,25,26,37,38
11,12,23,24,35,36,47,48
3
4
9
10
15
16
45
46
17
28
9
10
31
32
22
21
24
12
11
14
+
+
--
82
81
84
72
71
74
102
101
104
92
91
94
312
311
314
322
321
324
Technical data Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN24 V DC 24 V DC
Typ. input current at UN18 mA 18 mA
Typ. response time at UN9 ms 9 ms
Typ. release time at UN6 ms 6 ms
Input circuit Freewheeling diode (integrated in relay) Freewheeling diode (integrated in relay)
Status display/channel Yellow LED (integrated in relay) Yellow LED (integrated in relay)
Connection method Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13 Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13
No. of pos. 14 50
Contact side
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT
Contact material AgNi AgNi
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 12 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC
Limiting continuous current 5 A 5 A
Min. switching current 100 mA 100 mA
Max. interrupting rating: 24 V DC 120 W 120 W
48 V DC 62 W 62 W
60 V DC 42 W 42 W
110 V DC 55 W 55 W
220 V DC 66 W 66 W
250 V AC 1250 VA 1250 VA
Connection method Screw connection Screw connection
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
General data
Rated insulation voltage 260 V AC 260 V AC
Rated surge voltage 4 kV 4 kV
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2 / III 2 / III
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life 5 x 106 cycles 5 x 106 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 DIN EN 50178
Mounting position Any Any
Mounting In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing
Dimensions H / D 111 mm / 64 mm 111 mm / 64 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE output module, with 8 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
92 UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/PLC1) 2900890 1
VARIOFACE output module, with 32 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
285 UM-32RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/PLC1)2900891 1
Accessories Accessories
Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS 2987888 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS 2987888 10
498 PHOENIX CONTACT
These VARIOFACE output modules are
used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
The modules are connected via a 14- or
50-pos. system cable. These relay modules
offer the following features:
– Plug-in miniature relays each with a PDT
contact and detectable manual operation
– Slim design width of just 92 mm (8 chan-
nels) or 285 mm (32 channels)
– LED status indicator and freewheeling di-
ode per signal path (integrated in relay)
– Supply voltage indicator (LED)
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
DW
H
Output modules with relays,
1 PDT with detectable manual
operation
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Output module with 8 miniature relays,
1 PDT with detectable manual operation
Output module with 32 miniature relays,
1 PDT with detectable manual operation
123 89
11
13
10
12
14
1238
11 14 21 24 31 34 81 84 +-
12 22 32 82
F2F3F8F1
123 89
11
13
10
12
14
1238
11 14 21 24 31 34 81 84 +-
12 22 32 82
F2F3F8F1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN24 V DC 24 V DC
Typ. input current at UN17 mA 18 mA
Typ. response time at UN8 ms 9 ms
Typ. release time at UN10 ms 6 ms
Input circuit Freewheeling diode Freewheeling diode (integrated in relay)
Status display/channel Yellow LED Yellow LED (integrated in relay)
Connection method Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13 Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13
No. of pos. 14 14
Contact side
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT
Contact material AgNi AgNi
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 12 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC
Output fuse 4 A 5x20 fuse (slow-blow) 4 A 5x20 fuse (slow-blow)
Limiting continuous current 3.9 A (observe derating) 3.9 A (observe derating)
Min. switching current 100 mA 100 mA
Max. interrupting rating: 24 V DC 93 W 93 W
48 V DC 58 W 62 W
60 V DC 48 W 42 W
110 V DC 50 W 55 W
220 V DC 80 W 66 W
250 V AC 975 VA 975 VA
Connection method Screw connection Screw connection
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
General data
Rated insulation voltage 260 V AC 260 V AC
Rated surge voltage 4 kV 4 kV
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2 / III 2 / III
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life 3 x 107 cycles 5 x 106 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 DIN EN 50178
Mounting position Any Any
Mounting In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing
Dimensions H / D 111 mm / 60 mm 111 mm / 64 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE output module, with 8 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
127 UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/SI/PLC1) 2900892 1UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/SI/PLC1) 2900893 1
Accessories Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS 2987888 10
499PHOENIX CONTACT
These VARIOFACE output modules are
used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
The modules are connected via a 14-pos.
system cable. These relay modules offer the
following features:
– Plug-in miniature relays each with a PDT
contact with or without manual opera-
tion
– Fuse per output circuit as short-circuit
protection
– Slim design width of just 127 mm
– LED status indicator and freewheeling di-
ode per signal path
– Supply voltage indicator (LED)
– Polarity protection diode
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
DW
H
DW
H
Output modules with relays,
1 PDT with or without manual
operation and fuses
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Output module with 8 miniature relays,
1 PDT and fuse per output circuit
Output module with 8 miniature relays,
1 PDT with detectable manual operation
and fuse per output circuit
...FLK10...
...FLK14...
...FLK16...
...FLK20...
A
26,5
B
13,5
5
34
51
49
49
46
37
37
39
AB
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Assembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Outside diameter
10 -position 6.1 mm
14 -position 6.4 mm
16 -position 6.8 mm
20 -position 7.6 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Round cable, with two molded socket strips
10 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/0,5M 2318305 1
10 1 m VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/1,0M 2318318 1
10 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/1,5M 2318321 1
10 2 m VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/2,0M 2318334 1
10 3 m VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/3,0M 2318347 1
10 4 m VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/4,0M 2318350 1
10 6 m VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/6,0M 2318363 1
Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
10 VIP-CAB-FLK10-0,14/... 2318376 1
Round cable, with two molded socket strips
14 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/0,5M 2318389 1
14 1 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/1,0M 2318392 1
14 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/1,5M 2318402 1
14 2 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/2,0M 2318415 1
14 3 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/3,0M 2318428 1
14 4 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/4,0M 2318431 1
14 6 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/6,0M 2318444 1
Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
14 VIP-CAB-FLK14-0,14/... 2318457 1
Round cable, with two molded socket strips
16 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/0,5M 2318460 1
16 1 m VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/1,0M 2318473 1
16 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/1,5M 2318486 1
16 2 m VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/2,0M 2318499 1
16 3 m VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/3,0M 2318509 1
16 4 m VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/4,0M 2318512 1
16 6 m VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/6,0M 2318525 1
Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
16 VIP-CAB-FLK16-0,14/... 2318538 1
Round cable, with two molded socket strips
20 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/0,5M 2318541 1
20 1 m VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/1,0M 2318554 1
20 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/1,5M 2318567 1
20 2 m VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/2,0M 2318570 1
20 3 m VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/3,0M 2318583 1
20 4 m VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/4,0M 2318596 1
20 6 m VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/6,0M 2318606 1
Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
20 VIP-CAB-FLK20-0,14/... 2318619 1
500 PHOENIX CONTACT
– 1:1 connection
– 10- to 20-pos.
– Plug-in connectors as per IEC 60603-13
– In the desired lengths
– Individual serial number
Note:
Due to the enlarged outer contour of the
molded plug-in connectors, module types
with UM45 profile and three-level terminal
blocks cannot be connected with the
VIP-CAB-FLK... system cable.
The following module types (10- to 50-
pos.) can be connected.
For example, for 20 positions:
–VIP-2/SC/FLK 20
–VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED
–FLKM 20/ZFKDS
– UM45-FLK 20/ZFKDS
(double-level connection)
The VIP-CAB-FLK... system cables are
not suitable for front adapters
(see the dimensional drawing).
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
system cables with
flat-ribbon connectors
Ordering example for system cable:
– 10-pos. cable, 7.6 m long
Quantity Order No. Length [m]
1 2318376 /7.6
Min.
Max.
Step width
0.5 m
100.0 m
0.1 m
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
not shielded
...FLK26...
...FLK34...
...FLK40...
...FLK50...
A
26,5
B
13,5
5
39
55
52
52
51
40
40
42
AB
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Assembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Outside diameter
26 -position 8.3 mm
34 -position 8.7 mm
40 -position 9.9 mm
50 -position 10.3 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Round cable, with two molded socket strips
26 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/0,5M 2318622 1
26 1 m VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/1,0M 2318635 1
26 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/1,5M 2318648 1
26 2 m VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/2,0M 2318651 1
26 3 m VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/3,0M 2318664 1
26 4 m VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/4,0M 2318677 1
26 6 m VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/6,0M 2318680 1
Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
26 VIP-CAB-FLK26-0,14/... 2318693 1
Round cable, with two molded socket strips
34 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/0,5M 2318703 1
34 1 m VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/1,0M 2318716 1
34 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/1,5M 2318729 1
34 2 m VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/2,0M 2318732 1
34 3 m VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/3,0M 2318745 1
34 4 m VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/4,0M 2318758 1
34 6 m VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/6,0M 2318761 1
Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
34 VIP-CAB-FLK34-0,14/... 2318774 1
Round cable, with two molded socket strips
40 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/0,5M 2318787 1
40 1 m VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/1,0M 2318790 1
40 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/1,5M 2318800 1
40 2 m VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/2,0M 2318813 1
40 3 m VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/3,0M 2318826 1
40 4 m VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/4,0M 2318839 1
40 6 m VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/6,0M 2318842 1
Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
40 VIP-CAB-FLK40-0,14/... 2318855 1
Round cable, with two molded socket strips
50 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/0,5M 2318868 1
50 1 m VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/1,0M 2318871 1
50 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/1,5M 2318884 1
50 2 m VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/2,0M 2318897 1
50 3 m VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/3,0M 2318907 1
50 4 m VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/4,0M 2318910 1
50 6 m VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/6,0M 2318923 1
Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
50 VIP-CAB-FLK50-0,14/... 2318936 1
501PHOENIX CONTACT
– 1:1 connection
– 26- to 50-pos.
– Plug-in connectors as per IEC 60603-13
– In the desired lengths
– Individual serial number
Note:
Due to the enlarged outer contour of the
molded connectors, module types with
UM45 profile and three-level terminal
blocks cannot be connected with the
VIP-CAB-FLK... system cable.
The following module types (10- to 50-
pos.) can be connected.
For example, for 20 positions:
–VIP-2/SC/FLK 20
–VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED
–FLKM 20/ZFKDS
– UM45-FLK 20/ZFKDS
(double-level connection)
The VIP-CAB-FLK... system cables are
not suitable for front adapters
(see the dimensional drawing).
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
system cables with
flat-ribbon plug-in connectors
Ordering example for system cable:
– 26-pos. cable, 12.6 m long
Quantity Order No. Length [m]
1 2318693 /12.6
Min.
Max.
Step width
0.5 m
100.0 m
0.1 m
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
not shielded
Technical data Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A 1 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Assembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated 7 / Cu tin-plated
Outside diameter
10 -position 6.1 mm 6.1 mm
14 -position 6.4 mm 6.4 mm
16 -position 6.5 mm 6.5 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Round cable with an open end
10 0.5 m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 0,5M 2904073 1
10 1 m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,0M 2904074 1
10 1.5 m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,5M 2904075 1
10 2 m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,0M 2904076 1
10 2.5 m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,5M 2904077 1
10 3 m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 3,0M 2904078 1
10 4 m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 4,0M 2904079 1
10 6 m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 6,0M 2904080 1
10 8 m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 8,0M 2904081 1
10 10 m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/10,0M 2904082 1
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
10 CABLE-FLK10-OE-0,14/... 2904331 1
Round cable with an open end
14 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M 2900122 1CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 50 2305761 1
14 1 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M 2900123 1CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 100 2305253 1
14 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M 2900125 1CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 150 2305266 1
14 2 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M 2900126 1CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 200 2305279 1
14 2.5 m CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 250 2305282 1
14 3 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M 2900127 1CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 300 2305295 1
14 4 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M 2900128 1CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 400 2305774 1
14 6 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M 2900129 1CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 600 2305787 1
14 8 m CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 800 2305790 1
14 10 m CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/1000 2305800 1
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
14 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/... 2305732 1
Round cable with an open end
16 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M 2900130 1CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 0,5M 2318127 1
16 1 m VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M 2900131 1CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,0M 2318130 1
16 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M 2900132 1CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,5M 2318143 1
16 2 m VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M 2900133 1CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,0M 2318156 1
16 2.5 m CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,5M 2318169 1
16 3 m VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M 2900134 1CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 3,0M 2318172 1
16 4 m VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M 2900135 1CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 4,0M 2318185 1
16 6 m VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M 2900136 1CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 6,0M 2318198 1
16 8 m CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 8,0M 2318208 1
16 10 m CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/10,0M 2318211 1
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
16 CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/... 2318224 1
502 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Molded plug-in connectors, not shielded not shielded
– 1:1 connection
– 10-, 14-, and 16-pos.
– Plug-in connectors as per IEC 60603-13
– Open end at the other end
The individual wires at the open end are
labeled (1, 2, 3, 4, ...) and equipped with a
ferrule.
Notes:
In the case of molded connectors, please observe the dimensional
drawing and note, see page 500
System cable with
a flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector
and an open end
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A 1 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Assembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated 7 / Cu tin-plated
Outside diameter
20 -position 7.6 mm 7.6 mm
50 -position 10.3 mm 10.3 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Round cable with an open end
20 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M 2900138 1CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 50 2305826 1
20 1 m VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M 2900139 1CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 100 2305305 1
20 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M 2900141 1CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 150 2305318 1
20 2 m VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M 2900142 1CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 200 2305321 1
20 2.5 m CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 250 2305334 1
20 3 m VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M 2900143 1CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 300 2305347 1
20 4 m VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M 2900144 1CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 400 2305839 1
20 6 m VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M 2900145 1CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 600 2305842 1
20 8 m CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 800 2305855 1
20 10 m CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/1000 2305868 1
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
20 CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/... 2305745 1
Round cable with an open end
50 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M 2900146 1CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 50 2305871 1
50 1 m VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M 2900147 1CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 100 2305350 1
50 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M 2900148 1CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 150 2305363 1
50 2 m VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M 2900149 1CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 200 2305376 1
50 2.5 m CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 250 2305389 1
50 3 m VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M 2900150 1CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 300 2305392 1
50 4 m VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M 2900151 1CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 400 2305884 1
50 6 m VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M 2900152 1CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 600 2305897 1
50 8 m CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 800 2305907 1
50 10 m CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/1000 2305910 1
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
50 CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/... 2305758 1
503PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Molded plug-in connectors, not shielded not shielded
– 1:1 connection
– 20- and 50-pos.
– Plug-in connectors as per IEC 60603-13
– Open end at the other end
The individual wires at the open end are
labeled (1, 2, 3, 4, ...) and equipped with a
ferrule.
Notes:
In the case of molded connectors, please observe the dimensional
drawing and note, see page 500
System cable with
a flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector
and an open end
504 PHOENIX CONTACT
Standard lengths
Round cable sets are used to connect the
PLC front adapters to the corresponding
VARIOFACE controller boards.
The following versions are available with
14 and 50 positions:
– Not shielded
–Shielded
–Halogen-free
Plug-in connector strips are fitted on both
sides of the cables in accordance with
IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651 (1:1 connection).
In case of shielded cables, a cable end with
a ferrule is additionally provided as a shield
connection (length: approx. 0.5 m; cable
H05V-K 1 mm, black).
Special lengths are defined using an order
key, refer to page 510.
System cable with
flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Shield -
Assembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 Insul
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated
Outside diameter
14 -position 6.4 mm
50 -position 10.3 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Assembled round cables1), with two 14-pos. socket strips in fixed
lengths, for transfer of eight channels among other things
14 0.3 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 30/KONFEK 2295729 5
14 0.5 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2288901 5
14 1 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2288914 1
14 1.5 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2288927 1
14 2 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2288930 1
14 2.5 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK 2288943 1
14 3 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2288956 1
14 3.5 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK 2288969 1
14 4 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2288972 1
14 4.5 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK 2290847 1
14 5 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK 2290834 1
14 5.5 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK 2290850 1
14 6 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2290863 1
14 7 m
14 8 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299563 1
14 10 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299576 1
Assembled round cables2), with two 50-pos. socket strips in fixed
lengths, for transfer of 32 channels among other things
50 0.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2289065 5
50 1 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2289078 1
50 1.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2289081 1
50 2 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2289094 1
50 2.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK 2289104 1
50 3 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2289117 1
50 3.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK 2289120 1
50 4 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2289133 1
50 4.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK 2289573 1
50 5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK 2289586 1
50 5.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK 2289599 1
50 6 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2289609 1
50 6.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 650/KONFEK 2289612 1
50 7 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 700/KONFEK 2289625 1
50 7.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 750/KONFEK 2289638 1
50 8 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2289641 1
50 8.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 850/KONFEK 2289654 1
50 9 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 900/KONFEK 2289667 1
50 9.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 950/KONFEK 2289670 1
50 10 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2289683 1
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
not shielded Shielded Halogen-free
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
1) Socket strips assembled straight at both ends.
Polarization lug
Shield connection
(for shielded ca-
bles)
Polarization lug
2) Socket strips assembled straight at one end and angled at
the other.
Polarization lug Polarization lug
Shield connection
(for shielded cables)
No. of wires PIN Wire color
1Black
2Brown
3Red
4Orange
5 Yellow
6Green
7Blue
8 Violet
9Gray
10-pos. 10 White
11 White-black
12 White-brown
13 White-red
14-pos. 14 White-orange
15 White-yellow
16-pos. 16 White-green
17 White-blue
18 White-violet
19 White-gray
20-pos. 20 Brown-black
21 Brown-red
22 Brown-orange
23 Brown-yellow
24 Brown-green
25 Brown-blue
26-pos. 26 Brown-violet
27 Brown-gray
28 Brown-white
29 Green-black
30 Green-brown
31 Green-red
32 Green-orange
33 Green-blue
34-pos. 34 Green-violet
35 Green-gray
36 Green-white
37 Yellow-black
38 Yellow-brown
39 Yellow-red
40-pos. 40 Yellow-orange
41 Yellow-blue
42 Yellow-violet
43 Yellow-gray
44 Yellow-white
45 Gray-black
46 Gray-brown
47 Gray-red
48 Gray-orange
49 Gray-yellow
50-pos. 50 Gray-green
Color code of system cables
Applied for: cUL / UL
505PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data Technical data
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A 1 A
0.16 /m 0.16 /m
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering -
Assembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated 7 / Cu tin-plated
6.7 mm 6.4 mm
11 mm 10.3 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S 2296977 1FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 50/KONFEK 2305952 1
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S 2296980 1FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 100/KONFEK 2305965 1
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S 2296993 1FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 150/KONFEK 2305978 1
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S 2297002 1FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 200/KONFEK 2305981 1
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 250/KONFEK 2305994 1
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S 2299013 1FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 300/KONFEK 2304759 1
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S 2299026 1FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 400/KONFEK 2304762 1
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 500/KONFEK 2304717 1
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S 2299039 1FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 600/KONFEK 2306003 1
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 700/KONFEK 2314011 1
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S 2299042 1FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 800/KONFEK 2314024 1
FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S 2299055 1FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/1000/KONFEK 2314037 1
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S 2299097 1CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 0,5M 2314134 1
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S 2299107 1CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,0M 2314147 1
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S 2299110 1CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,5M 2314150 1
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S 2299123 1CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,0M 2314163 1
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,5M 2314176 1
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S 2299136 1CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 3,0M 2314189 1
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S 2299149 1CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 4,0M 2314192 1
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 5,0M 2314202 1
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S 2299152 1CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 6,0M 2314215 1
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 7,0M 2314228 1
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S 2299165 1CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 8,0M 2314231 1
FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S 2299178 1CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/10,0M 2314244 1
System cabling for controllers
VAR IOFAC E s ystem cabling
not shielded Shielded Halogen-free
(only the cable)
Applied for: cUL / UL
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Assembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Round cable1), with two socket strips
10 0.5 m FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2299204 1
10 1 m FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2299217 1
10 1.5 m FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2299220 1
10 2 m FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2299233 1
10 3 m FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2299246 1
10 4 m FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2299259 1
10 6 m FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299262 1
10 8 m FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299275 1
10 10 m FLK 10/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299288 1
Round cable1), with two socket strips
16 0.5 m FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2299291 1
16 1 m FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2299301 1
16 1.5 m FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2299314 1
16 2 m FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2299327 1
16 3 m FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2299330 1
16 4 m FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2299343 1
16 6 m FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299356 1
16 8 m FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299369 1
16 10 m FLK 16/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299372 1
Round cable1), with two socket strips
20 0.5 m FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 50KONFEK 2296391 1
20 1 m FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 100KONFEK 2296401 1
20 1.5 m FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 150KONFEK 2296472 1
20 2 m FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 200KONFEK 2296485 1
20 3 m FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 300KONFEK 2296498 1
20 4 m FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 400KONFEK 2296508 1
20 6 m FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 600KONFEK 2296511 1
20 8 m FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 800KONFEK 2296524 1
20 10 m FLK 20/EZ-DR/1000KONFEK 2296537 1
Round cable1), with two socket strips
26 0.5 m FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2299385 1
26 1 m FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2299398 1
26 1.5 m FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2299408 1
26 2 m FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2299411 1
26 3 m FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2299424 1
26 4 m FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2299437 1
26 6 m FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299440 1
26 8 m FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299453 1
26 10 m FLK 26/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299466 1
Round cable1), with two socket strips
34 0.5 m FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2299479 1
34 1 m FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2299482 1
34 1.5 m FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2299495 1
34 2 m FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2299505 1
34 3 m FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2299518 1
34 4 m FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2299521 1
34 6 m FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299534 1
34 8 m FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299547 1
34 10 m FLK 34/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299550 1
506 PHOENIX CONTACT
Standard lengths
Pre-assembled round cables to couple the
VARIOFACE interface modules.
Plug-in connector strips are fitted on both
sides of the cables in accordance with
IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651 (1:1 connection).
Special lengths are defined using an order
key, refer to page 510.
Notes:
Outside diameter of the cable
10-pos.: 6 mm
16-pos.: 6.5 mm
20-pos.: 7.6 mm
26-pos.: 7.8 mm
34-pos.: 10 mm
System cable
with flat-ribbon cable plug-in
connector
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
not shielded
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Assembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated
Outside diameter
40 -position 9.9 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Round cable2), with two socket strips
40 0.5 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2288985 5
40 1 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2288998 1
40 1.5 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2289007 1
40 2 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2289010 1
40 2.5 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK 2289023 1
40 3 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2289036 1
40 3.5 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK 2289049 1
40 4 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2289052 1
40 6 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299589 1
40 8 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299592 1
40 10 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299602 1
1) Socket strips assembled straight at both ends.
Polarization lug
2) Socket strips assembled straight at one end and angled at
the other.
Polarization lug Polarization lug
Shield connection
(for shielded ca-
bles)
Shield connection
(for shielded ca-
bles)
Polarization lug
507PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
not shielded
Standard lengths
Round cable sets are used to connect the
PLC front adapters to the corresponding
VARIOFACE controller boards.
Plug-in connector strips are fitted on both
sides of the cables in accordance with
IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651 (1:1 connection).
Special lengths are defined using an order
key, refer to page 510.
System cable with
flat-ribbon cable plug-in
connector
Technical data Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A 1 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Shield - Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering
Assembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated 7 / Cu tin-plated
Number of connectors on the module side 4 4
Outside diameter
50 -position 6.3 mm 6.3 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Round cable sets, for connection to the VARIOFACE system
cabling, with a 50-pos. socket strip and four 14-pos. socket strips,
for splitting max. 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels.
50 0.5 m FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2296689 1
50 1 m FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2296692 1
50 1.5 m FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2296702 1
50 2 m FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2296715 1
50 2.5 m FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK 2305402 1
50 3 m FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2296728 1
50 4 m FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2296731 1
50 6 m FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2296744 1
50 8 m FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2296757 1
50 10 m FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2296773 1
Assembled round cables, same as before, however in variable
lengths
50 FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR ... 2302405 1
Assembled round cables, same as before, however shielded and
in variable lengths
50 FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR-S ... 2302447 1
Ordering example for system cable:
– Unshielded splitting cable 12.75 m long
Quantity Order No. Length [m]1)
1 2302405 /12.75
1) min. 0.30 m
– Shielded splitting cable 11.00 m long
Quantity Order No. Length [m]1)
12302447 /11.00
1) min. 0.30 m
508 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Splitting cable unshielded
50 positions on 4 x 14
Splitting cable shielded
50 positions on 4 x 14
The FLK 50... types are plugged onto the
VARIOFACE front adapters for 32 channels
and make it possible to split the channels
into 4 x 8 channels. All 8-channel
VARIOFACE modules and the PLC-V8
adapters for PLC-INTERFACE can there-
fore be connected.
In case of shielded cables, a cable end with
a ferrule is additionally provided as a shield
connection (length: approx. 0.5 m; cable
H05V-K 1 mm, black).
System cable with flat-ribbon cable
plug-in connector
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
509PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
510 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cable with flat-ribbon cable
plug-in connector
Cable type Unshielded round cables
FLK EZ-DR.../.../...
Shielded round cables
FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../...
Assembly 10-pos. 14-pos. 16-pos. 20-pos. 26-pos. 34-pos. 40-pos. 50-pos. 14-pos. 16-pos. 40-pos. 50-pos.
No assembly 10U/C00/... 14U/C00/... 16U/C00/... 20U/C00/... 26U/C00/... 34U/C00/... 40U/C00/... 50U/C00/... 14S/C00/... 16S/C00/.... 40S/C00/... 50S/C00/...
10-pos. socket strip at both ends 10U/C55/...1)
14-pos. socket strip at both ends 14U/C23/...1)14S/C23/...1)
16-pos. socket strip at both ends 16U/C58/...1)16S/C58/...1)
20-pos. socket strip at both ends 20U/C61/...1)
26-pos. socket strip at both ends 26U/C63/...1)
34-pos. socket strip at both ends 34U/C65/...1)
40-pos. socket strip at both ends 40U/C30/...3)40S/C30/...3)
50-pos. socket strip at both ends 50U/C38/...2)50S/C38/...2)
14-pos. socket strip at one end;
16-pos. socket strip at one end 14U/C52/...1)14S/C52/...1)
Features of permissible assemblies:
1) Socket strips assembled straight at both ends.
Polarization lug
2) Socket strips assembled straight at one end and angled at
the other.
Polarization lug Polarization lug
Shield connection
(for shielded ca-
bles)
Shield connection
(for shielded cables)
Polarization lug
Ordering example for unshielded round cable:
– Unshielded 50-pos. round cable, assembled with two 50-pos. socket strips, 11.5 m long
Quantity Order No. Cable type Assembly Length [m]4)
1 2295059 /50U /C38 /11.50
10U =10-pos. unshielded
14U =14-pos. unshielded
16U =16-pos. unshielded
20U =20-pos. unshielded
26U =26-pos. unshielded
34U =34-pos. unshielded
40U =40-pos. unshielded
50U =50-pos. unshielded
C00 =No assembly
C55 =10-pos. socket strip at both ends
C23 =14-pos. socket strip at both ends
C52 =14-pos. socket strip at one end,
16-pos. socket strip at the other (for S7)
C58 =16-pos. socket strip at both ends
C61 =20-pos. socket strip at both ends
C63 =26-pos. socket strip at both ends
C65 =34-pos. socket strip at both ends
C30 =40-pos. socket strip at both ends
C38 =50-pos. socket strip at both ends
4) Min. 0.20 m
Ordering example for shielded round cable:
– Shielded 14-pos. round cable, assembled with two 14-pos. socket strips, 12.75 m long
Quantity Order No. Cable type Assembly Length [m]4)
1 2295046 /14S /C23 /12.75
14S =14-pos. shielded
16S =16-pos. shielded
40S =40-pos. shielded
50S =50-pos. shielded
C00 =No assembly
C23 =14-pos. socket strip at both ends
C52 =14-pos. socket strip at one end,
16-pos. socket strip at the other (for S7)
C58 =16-pos. socket strip at both ends
C30 =40-pos. socket strip at both ends
C38 =50-pos. socket strip at both ends
4) Min. 0.20 m
Special lengths
Pre-assembled round cables for con-
necting, e.g., PLC front adapters to the corre-
sponding VARIOFACE termination boards.
The cables are assembled with plug-in connec-
tor strips at both ends according to IEC
60603-13/DIN 41651. For shielded cables, a
cable end with ferrule is available additionally
as a shielded connection (length: approx. 0.5
m; cable: H05V-K 1 mm2, black).
The order key for special lengths is de-
scribed using three features.
The order of the features is as follows:
–Cable type
– Assembly
–Length in meters
There are two order keys, one for unshield-
ed round cables, FLK EZ-DR/.../.../..., and one
for shielded round cables,
FLK EZ-DR-S/.../.../.... To ensure clear specifi-
cation when ordering, the features are de-
scribed in detail below:
Cable type
– This specifies the number of individual
cables within the specific cable.
Assembly
–None,
the cable is not assembled at either end;
– 10-pos. socket strip at both ends, the
cable is assembled with 10-pos. plug-in
connectors at both ends
(1:1 connection);
– 14-pos. socket strip at both ends, the
cable is assembled with 14-pos. plug-in
connectors at both ends
(1:1 connection); and so on up to
– 50-pos. socket strip at both ends, the
cable is assembled with 50-pos. plug-in
connectors at both ends
(1:1 connection);
– 14-pos. socket strip at one end,
16-pos. socket strip at one end,
the cable is assembled with a 14-pos.
plug-in connector at one end and a 16-
pos. plug-in connector at the other end
(for SIMATIC S7; no 1:1 connection).
3) Socket strips assembled straight at one end and angled at
the other.
Polarization lug Polarization lug
Shield connection
(for shielded ca-
bles)
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A 1 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 /m 0.16 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Shield - Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated 7 / Cu tin-plated
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Unshielded round cables, as above, but in variable lengths of
type “FLK EZ-DR/14U/C52/...”
FLK EZ-DR.../.../... 2295059 1FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../... 2295046 1
511PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
not shielded shielded

512 PHOENIX CONTACT
Standard lengths
Shielded round cable sets to connect
the control level with the corresponding
VARIOFACE interface modules.
Assembly with D-SUB strips as per
IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652, (1:1 connection).
– D-SUB socket strip on one side and
D-SUB pin strip on the other
– D-SUB sockets on both sides
– D-SUB pin strips on both sides
– Cable exit: straight
– Screw connection: 2 UNC 4-40 screws.
Special lengths and assembly versions are
defined using an order key, refer to
page 514.
System cable with
D-SUB socket and pin strip
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 125 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 2 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.09 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Shield Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering Tinned copper-braided
Insertion/withdrawal cycles > 200
Conductor cross section AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²
Outside diameter
9 -position 7.5 mm
15 -position 9 mm
25 -position 10.5 mm
37 -position 12.5 mm
50 -position 13.5 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Shielded round cable, fitted with two D-SUB strips, various
numbers of positions and lengths
90.5 mCABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S 2299987 1
91 mCABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S 2299990 1
91.5 mCABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S 2300009 1
92 mCABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S 2302010 1
93 mCABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S 2302023 1
94 mCABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S 2302036 1
96 mCABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S 2302049 1
15 0.5 m CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S 2302052 1
15 1 m CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S 2302065 1
15 1.5 m CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S 2302078 1
15 2 m CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S 2302081 1
15 3 m CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S 2302094 1
15 4 m CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S 2302104 1
15 6 m CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S 2302117 1
25 0.5 m CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S 2302120 1
25 1 m CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S 2302133 1
25 1.5 m CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S 2302146 1
25 2 m CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S 2302159 1
25 3 m CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S 2302162 1
25 4 m CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S 2302175 1
25 6 m CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S 2302188 1
37 0.5 m CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S 2302191 1
37 1 m CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S 2302201 1
37 1.5 m CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S 2302214 1
37 2 m CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S 2302227 1
37 3 m CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S 2302230 1
37 4 m CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S 2302243 1
37 6 m CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S 2302256 1
37 8 m
37 10 m
37 15 m
37 20 m
50 0.5 m CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S 2302269 1
50 1 m CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S 2302272 1
50 1.5 m CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S 2302285 1
50 2 m CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S 2302298 1
50 3 m CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S 2302308 1
50 4 m CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S 2302311 1
50 6 m CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S 2302324 1
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Socket at one end and pin strip at the other Socket strip at both ends Pin strip at both ends
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
No. of wires PIN Wire color
1white
2brown
3green
4 yellow
5gray
6pink
7blue
8red
9-pos. 9 black
10 violet
11 gray-pink
12 red-blue
13 white-green
14 brown-green
15-pos. 15 white-yellow
16 yellow-brown
17 white-gray
18 gray-brown
19 white-pink
20 pink-brown
21 white-blue
22 brown-blue
23 white-red
24 brown-red
25-pos. 25 white-black
26 brown-black
27 gray-green
28 yellow-gray
29 pink-green
30 yellow-pink
31 green-blue
32 yellow-blue
33 green-red
34 yellow-red
35 green-black
36 yellow-black
37-pos. 37 gray-blue
38 pink-blue
39 gray-red
40 pink-red
41 gray-black
42 pink-black
43 blue-black
44 red-black
45 white-brown-black
46 yellow-green-black
47 gray-pink-black
48 blue-red-black
49 white-green-black
50-pos. 50 green-brown-black
Color code of the system cables
CABLE-D...SUB/...

513PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data Technical data
125 V AC/DC 125 V AC/DC
2 A 2 A
0.09 /m 0.09 /m
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Shield Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering
> 200 > 200
AWG 24 / 0.25 mm² AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²
7.5 mm 7.5 mm
9 mm 9 mm
10.5 mm 10.5 mm
12 mm 12 mm
13.5 mm 13.5 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S 2305415 1CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S 2305570 1
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S 2305428 1CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S 2305583 1
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S 2305431 1CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S 2305596 1
CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S 2305444 1CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S 2305606 1
CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S 2305457 1CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S 2305619 1
CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S 2305460 1CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S 2305622 1
CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S 2305473 1CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S 2305635 1
CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S 2305486 1CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S 2305648 1
CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S 2305499 1CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S 2305651 1
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 100/KONFEK/S 2305509 1CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S 2305664 1
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 200/KONFEK/S 2305512 1CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S 2305677 1
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 300/KONFEK/S 2305525 1CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S 2305680 1
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 400/KONFEK/S 2900759 1
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 600/KONFEK/S 2900760 1
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 800/KONFEK/S 2900761 1
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/1000/KONFEK/S 2900762 1
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/1500/KONFEK/S 2900763 1
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/2000/KONFEK/S 2900764 1
CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S 2305541 1CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S 2305693 1
CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S 2305554 1CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S 2305703 1
CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S 2305567 1CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S 2305716 1
System cabling for controllers
VAR IOFAC E s ystem cabling
Socket at one end and pin strip at the other Socket strip at both ends Pin strip at both ends
514 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cable with D-SUB sockets and
pin strip
Special lengths
Pre-assembled shielded round cables
for connecting VARIOFACE termination
boards. The cables are assembled with
D-SUB strips in accordance with
IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652.
The order key is defined by three
features.
The features in the appropriate
sequence are:
–Cable type
– Assembly
–Length in meters
There are three assembly variants of the
shielded round cable:
– CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../...
D-SUB socket strip on one end and
D-SUB pin strip on the other
– CABLE D-SUB-B-B-S/.../.../... D-SUB
socket strip at both ends
– CABLE D-SUB-S-S-S/.../.../... D-SUB pin
strip at both ends
The features necessary for clear
identification of an order are described
below:
Cable type
– The number of individual cables within
the cable is defined here.
Assembly
– (example for CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../...)
–None,
the cable is not assembled at either end
– 9-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
9-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
the cable connects (1:1) a 9-pos. D-SUB
socket and pin strip
– 15-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
15-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
the cable connects (1:1) a 15-pos.
D-SUB socket and pin strip; or up to
– 50-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
50-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
the cable connects (1:1) a 50-pos.
D-SUB socket and pin strip.
Sample order for round cable set assembled with pin strip on one side and socket strip on one side
– unshielded 25-pos. round cable set, assembled with one 25-pos. D-SUB socket strip and one 25-pos. D-SUB pin strip, 11.5 mm long
Quantity Order No. Cable type Assembly Length [m]1)
1 2302340 /25S /C36 /11.50
09S =9-pos. shielded
15S =15-pos. shielded
25S =25-pos. shielded
37S =37-pos. shielded
50S =50-pos. shielded
C00 =no assembly
C01 =9-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
9-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
C28 =15-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
15-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
C36 =25-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
25-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
C43 =37-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
37-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
C49 =50-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
50-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
1)min. 0.20 m
Sample order for round cable set assembled with socket strip at both ends
– Shielded 37-pos. round cable, assembled with two 37-pos. D-SUB socket strips, 12.75 m long
Quantity Order No. Cable type Assembly Length [m]1)
1 2302421 /37S /C44 /12.75
09S =9-pos. shielded
15S =15-pos. shielded
25S =25-pos. shielded
37S =37-pos. shielded
50S =50-pos. shielded
C00 =no assembly
C22 =9-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends
C29 =15-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends
C37 =25-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends
C44 =37-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends
C50 =50-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends
1)min. 0.20 m
Sample order for round cable set assembled with pin strip at both ends
– Shielded 15-pos. round cable, assembled with two 15-pos. D-SUB pin strips, 8.5 m long
Quantity Order No. Cable type Assembly Length [m]1)
1 2302434 /15S /C71 /8.50
09S =9-pos. shielded
15S =15-pos. shielded
25S =25-pos. shielded
37S =37-pos. shielded
50S =50-pos. shielded
C00 =no assembly
C70 =9-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends
C71 =15-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends
C72 =25-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends
C73 =37-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends
C74 =50-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends
1)min. 0.20 m
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 125 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 2 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.09 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Shield Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering
Insertion/withdrawal cycles > 200
Conductor cross section AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Assembled round cables, in variable lengths,
pin strip on one side and socket strip on one side
CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../... 2302340 1
Assembled round cables, in variable lengths,
socket strip on both sides
CABLE D-SUB-B-B-S/.../.../... 2302421 1
Assembled round cables, in variable lengths,
pin strip on both sides
CABLE D-SUB-S-S-S/.../.../... 2302434 1
515PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Shielded
Technical data Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 125 V AC/DC 125 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 2 A 2 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.09 /m 0.09 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Shield Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering
Insertion/withdrawal cycles > 200 > 200
Conductor cross section AWG 24 / 0.25 mm² AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²
Outside diameter
9 -position 7.5 mm 7.5 mm
15 -position 9 mm 9 mm
25 -position 10.5 mm 10.5 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Round cable with an open end
90.5 mCABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926014 1CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926360 1
91 mCABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926027 1CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926373 1
91.5 mCABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926030 1CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926386 1
92 mCABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926043 1CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926399 1
93 mCABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926056 1CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926409 1
94 mCABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926069 1CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926412 1
96 mCABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926072 1CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926425 1
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
9CABLE-D- 9SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/... 2900903 1CABLE-D- 9SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/... 2900909 1
Round cable with an open end
15 0.5 m CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926085 1CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926438 1
15 1 m CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926098 1CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926441 1
15 1.5 m CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926108 1CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926454 1
15 2 m CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926111 1CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926467 1
15 3 m CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926124 1CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926470 1
15 4 m CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926137 1CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926483 1
15 6 m CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926140 1CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926496 1
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
15 CABLE-D-15SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/... 2900905 1CABLE-D-15SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/... 2900910 1
Round cable with an open end
25 0.5 m CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926153 1CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926506 1
25 1 m CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926166 1CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926519 1
25 1.5 m CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926179 1CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926522 1
25 2 m CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926182 1CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926535 1
25 3 m CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926195 1CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926548 1
25 4 m CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926205 1CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926551 1
25 6 m CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926218 1CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926564 1
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
25 CABLE-D-25SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/... 2900906 1CABLE-D-25SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/... 2900911 1
516 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Socket strip at one end and
open end at the other end
Pin strip at one end and
open end at the other end
– 1:1 connection
– D-SUB socket or pin strip at one end
– Connector according to
IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652
– Gland: 2 UNC 4-40 screws
– Open end at the other end
– Individual wire marking: 1, 2, 3, 4, etc.
– Individual wires fitted with ferrules
– Shield connection: H05V-K 1 mm2 cable,
black, 0.5 m in length
System cable with
D-SUB socket or pin strip and one
open end
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 125 V AC/DC 125 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 2 A 2 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.09 /m 0.09 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Shield Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering
Insertion/withdrawal cycles > 200 > 200
Conductor cross section AWG 24 / 0.25 mm² AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²
Outside diameter
37 -position 12 mm 12 mm
50 -position 13.5 mm 13.5 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Round cable with an open end
37 0.5 m CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926221 1CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926577 1
37 1 m CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926234 1CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926580 1
37 1.5 m CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926247 1CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926593 1
37 2 m CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926250 1CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926603 1
37 3 m CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926263 1CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926616 1
37 4 m CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926276 1CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926629 1
37 6 m CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926289 1CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926632 1
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
37 CABLE-D-37SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/... 2900907 1CABLE-D-37SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/... 2900912 1
Round cable with an open end
50 0.5 m CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926292 1CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926645 1
50 1 m CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926302 1CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926658 1
50 1.5 m CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926315 1CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926661 1
50 2 m CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926328 1CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926674 1
50 3 m CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926331 1CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926687 1
50 4 m CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926344 1CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926690 1
50 6 m CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926357 1CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926700 1
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
50 CABLE-D-50SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/... 2900908 1CABLE-D-50SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/... 2900913 1
517PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Socket strip at one end and
open end at the other end
Pin strip at one end and
open end at the other end
Special lengths of D-SUB cable with open
ends can be configured using separate order
numbers.
Ordering example:
One system cable assembled with a
37-pos. D-SUB socket strip and one open
end, 12.75 m in length:
1 pcs. 2900907/12,75
46,5
60,5
81
A
N
N
22,5
71,2
518 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 25 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1.5 A
Max. conductor resistance 0.056 /m
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
Shield Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering
Conductor cross section AWG 22 / 0.34 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 19 / Cu uninsulated
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Shielded round cable, single-sided with assembled EDAC socket
plug-in connector and an open end
56 1 m CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 1,0M 2903395 1
56 2 m CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 2,0M 2903396 1
56 4 m CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 4,0M 2903397 1
56 6 m CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 6,0M 2903398 1
56 8 m CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 8,0M 2903399 1
56 10 m CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/10,0M 2903400 1
56 15 m CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/15,0M 2903401 1
56 20 m CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/20,0M 2903402 1
Shielded round cable, as above, but in variable lengths
CABLE-EC56-F-OE-0,34-S/... 2904025 1
Pin assignment
Single wire
marking
EDAC sock-
et plug-in
connector
Single wire
marking
EDAC sock-
et plug-in
connector
Z
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Z
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
a
b
c
d
e
f
h
j
k
l
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Y
m
n
p
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
Y
Assembled system cable for connecting
56-pos. EDAC plug-in connectors from the
516 series or ELCO plug-in connectors
from the 8016 series.
– Single-sided 516 series EDAC socket
plug-in connectors
– Metal housing with lateral cable outlet
– Coding sockets in location 1 by default
– Open end at the other end
– Single wire marking:
1, 2, 3, ... 53, 54, Y, Z (see pin assignment)
– Shield connection on both sides:
H05V-K 1 mm2 cable, black, length: 0.5 m
Notes:
The system cables are designed specifically for the
UMK-EC56/56-XOR (2975900) and
UMK-EC56/56-XOL (2975890) modules.
When using the UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R (2976161) or
UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L (2976158) modules,
the coding sockets must be adapted accordingly.
Observe the module and system cable layouts.
System cable with
a 56-pos. ELCO/EDAC plug-in connector
and an open end
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
56-pos. system cable
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
519PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
520 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional – secure
and reliable connections in even the
tightest of spaces
Space is extremely valuable in the control
cabinet. That is why the I/O of automation
devices feature high-position plug-in con-
nectors. To enable the individual wires of
the sensor/actuator level to be connected
to the automation interface in accordance
with industry requirements, Phoenix Con-
tact is now able to offer new interface mod-
ules and new system cables inside a profes-
sional and compact housing design. Thanks
to the encapsulated system cables, the con-
trol and process levels can be connected
safely and reliably in harsh industrial envi-
ronments.
To allow all components to be supplied
with power, potential distributors are avail-
able with the same housing design.
VARIOFACE Professional means:
New modules:
–Space-saving
– Vibration resistant thanks to metal foot
– Optional marking
– New housing design
New FLK system cables:
– Encapsulated FLK plug-in connectors
– Professional strain relief
–Robust design
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
521PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
interface modules
Interface modules with various connec-
tion technologies and designs are available
for the widely-used FLK, D-SUB, and high-
density D-SUB plug-in connectors. Modules
with a status indicator can be selected for
operation monitoring purposes.
Interface module with ELCO or
DIN plug-in connector
Modules with ELCO plug-in connectors
exist for robust environments or where
there are increased safety requirements.
Interface modules are also available for
DIN strip types C, D, E, and F.
Relay/solid-state relay modules
The active modules are configured as a
4-channel, 8-channel, and 16-channel inter-
face. Multi-channel modules exist for relay
and signal/power optocouplers. These allow
functions such as signal conditioning, elec-
trical isolation, and power gain to be
achieved.
System cables with encapsulated
FLK or D-SUB plug-in connectors
Assembled FLK and D-SUB cables guaran-
tee a reliable connection between the auto-
mation device and the module. 1 A (FLK ca-
ble) and 2 A (D-SUB cable) currents can be
transmitted on each signal path thanks to
the large conductor cross sections.
VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
potential distributors
Designed for up to 250 V/30 V, the poten-
tial distributors can be used universally – for
both operating voltage and control voltage
distribution. Screw connections or spring-
cage connection can be selected as required
for the application.
Product overview for VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
Passive modules (connection technology)
Flat-ribbon cable
strip D-SUB strip DIN strip ELCO strip Potential
distributor
Device series
Page Page Page Page Page Page
VIP Line
524 532
539 548
Standard Line
540 544
Slim Line
528 536
Feed-through
modules
530 537
Cables
500 512
522 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
COMBICON
Page Page Page Page Page Page
547
547
Active modules (function)
Relays/
solid-state relays Solid-state relays
Device series
Page Page
Standard Line
550 553
Accessories
554 558
523PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
1
1
2
2
3
3
n
n
-

Technical data
Operating voltage 60 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0
Dimensions H / D 65.5 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, with pin strip
10 34.70 VIP-2/SC/FLK10 2315010 1
14 39.80 VIP-2/SC/FLK14 2315023 1
16 45.00 VIP-2/SC/FLK16 2315036 1
20 55.10 VIP-2/SC/FLK20 2315049 1
VARIOFACE module, with pin strip and light indicator
10 34.70
14 44.90
16 50.00
20 60.20
VARIOFACE module, with pin strip
26 57.10
34 67.30
40 77.40
50 92.70
60 108.00
64 118.00
VARIOFACE module, with pin strip and light indicator
26 57.40
34 67.60
40 77.80
50 93.10
60 113.50
64 118.60
524 PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
Modules with
flat-ribbon cable plug-in connectors
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
– 1:1 connection
– 10- to 64-pos.
–Screw connection
– Metal foot
– As per IEC 60603-13
– Optional with status indicator
Low and high engagement latches are sup-
plied with all modules.
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
10 to 20 positions
with screw connection
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
 
Technical data Technical data Technical data
24 V DC 60 V AC/DC 24 V DC
1 A1 A1 A
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Any Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm 69 mm / 62 mm 69 mm / 62 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VIP-2/SC/FLK10/LED 2322045 1
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED 2322058 1
VIP-2/SC/FLK16/LED 2322061 1
VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED 2322074 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK26 2315052 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK34 2315065 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK40 2315078 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK50 2315081 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK60 2315094 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK64 2315104 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK26/LED 2322087 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK34/LED 2322090 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK40/LED 2322100 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK50/LED 2322113 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK60/LED 2322126 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK64/LED 2322139 1
525PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
DW
H
DW
H
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
10 to 20 positions
with screw connection and light indicator
26 to 64 positions
with screw connection
26 to 64 positions
with screw connection and light indicator
1
1
2
2
3
3
n
n
-
Technical data
Operating voltage 60 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 -
Dimensions H / D 72.1 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, with pin strip
10 36.80 VIP-2/PT/FLK10 2903787 1
14 41.90 VIP-2/PT/FLK14 2903788 1
16 46.90 VIP-2/PT/FLK16 2903789 1
20 57.10 VIP-2/PT/FLK20 2903790 1
VARIOFACE module, with pin strip and light indicator
10 36.80
14 41.90
16 46.90
20 57.10
VARIOFACE module, with pin strip
26 57.10
34 67.30
40 77.40
50 92.70
60 107.90
64 118.10
VARIOFACE module, with pin strip and light indicator
26 57.10
34 67.30
40 77.40
50 92.70
60 107.90
64 118.10
526 PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
Modules with
flat-ribbon cable plug-in connectors
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
– 1:1 connection
– 10- to 64-pos.
– Push-in connection
– Metal foot
– As per IEC 60603-13
– Optional with status indicator
Low and high engagement latches are sup-
plied with all modules.
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
10 to 20 positions
with push-in connection
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data Technical data
24 V DC 60 V AC/DC 24 V DC
1 A1 A1 A
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Any Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm 75.8 mm / 63 mm 75.8 mm / 63 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VIP-2/PT/FLK10/LED 2904248 1
VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED 2904249 1
VIP-2/PT/FLK16/LED 2904250 1
VIP-2/PT/FLK20/LED 2904251 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK26 2903791 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK34 2903792 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK40 2903793 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK50 2903794 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK60 2903795 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK64 2903796 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK26/LED 2904252 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK34/LED 2904253 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK40/LED 2904254 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK50/LED 2904255 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK60/LED 2904256 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK64/LED 2904257 1
527PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
DW
H
DW
H
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
10 to 20 positions
with push-in connection and light indicator
26 to 64 positions
with push-in connection
26 to 64 positions
with push-in connection and light indicator

Technical data Technical data
Operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 0.8 A (data valid for 100% coincidence factor) 1 A (data valid for 100% coincidence factor)
Ambient temperature (operation) -10°C ... 50°C -10°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions D / W 45 mm / 25 mm 45 mm / 45 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module height
HType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with pin strip
20 177.00 UM 25-FLK20/FRONT/Q 2959515 1
26 217.00 UM-25 FLK26/FRONT/Q 2959528 1
VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with pin strip
34 147.00 UM 45-FLK34/FRONT/Q 2959531 1
40 167.00 UM 45-FLK40/FRONT/Q 2959544 1
50 197.00 UM 45-FLK50/FRONT/Q 2959557 1
528 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
20 and 26-pos.
with screw connection
34 to 50 positions
with screw connection
VARIOFACE SLIM-LINE modules con-
nect flat-ribbon cable plug-in connectors in
accordance with IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651
to front connection terminal blocks.
The modules are provided with low and
high engagement latches to protect the flat-
ribbon cable plug-in connector against being
accidentally released.
DW
H
DW
H
SLIM-LINE modules for
flat-ribbon cable plug-in connectors
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
529PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
b
c+0,2
d+0,2
4
39
38
49
24,3
a
b
3,2
Technical data
Operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE feed-through module, with pin strip
16 39.00 DFLK 16 2280239 5
20 39.00 DFLK 20 2280242 5
26 39.00 DFLK 26 2280255 5
34 39.00 DFLK 34 2280268 5
40 39.00 DFLK 40 2280271 5
50 39.00 DFLK 50 2280284 5
VARIOFACE DFLK... panel feed-through
modules connect the flat-ribbon cable
plug-in connectors in accordance with
IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651 to the screw
connection terminal blocks.
These modules are suitable for mounting
on a side panel with an appropriate housing
cutout (see dimensioning table).
The modules are provided with low and
high engagement latches to protect the flat-
ribbon cable plug-in connector against being
accidentally released.
Panel feed-through modules for
flat-ribbon cable plug-in connectors
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
16 to 50 positions
with screw connection
Dimensioning of the housing cutout Dimensional drawing DFLK:
Type a b c d
DFLK 16 58.4 52.5 40.1 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
DFLK 20 68.4 62.5 45.2 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
DFLK 26 83.4 77.5 52.8 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
DFLK 34 103.4 97.5 63.0 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
DFLK 40 128.4 122.5 70.6 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
DFLK 50 143.4 137.5 83.3 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
530 PHOENIX CONTACT
36,5
38
36
60
b
c+0,2
d
+0,2
Ø3,2
Ø3,2
a
b
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data
Operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE feed-through module, with pin strip
10 36.50 DFLK 10/FKCT 2903034 1
14 36.50 DFLK 14/FKCT 2903035 1
16 36.50 DFLK 16/FKCT 2903036 1
20 36.50 DFLK 20/FKCT 2903038 1
26 36.50 DFLK 26/FKCT 2903039 1
34 36.50 DFLK 34/FKCT 2903041 1
40 36.50 DFLK 40/FKCT 2903042 1
50 36.50 DFLK 50/FKCT 2903043 1
– 1:1 connection
– 10- to 50-pos.
– Plug-in push-in spring-cage connection
– Plug-in connectors as per IEC 60603-13
– Short and long latches are supplied with
the module
– Select housing cutout for side panel
mounting according to dimensions table
Feed-through modules for IDC/FLK
plug-in connectors (pitch 2.54 mm)
with spring-cage connection
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
With pin strip and
push-in spring-cage connection
Type a b c d
DFLK 10/FKCT 58.4 52.5 40.1 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
DFLK 14/FKCT 58.4 52.5 40.1 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
DFLK 16/FKCT 58.4 52.5 40.1 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
DFLK 20/FKCT 68.4 62.5 45.2 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
DFLK 26/FKCT 83.4 77.5 52.8 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
DFLK 34/FKCT 103.4 97.5 63.0 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
DFLK 40/FKCT 128.4 122.5 70.6 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
DFLK 50/FKCT 143.4 137.5 83.3 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
Dimensioning of the housing cutout Dimensional drawing DFLK...FKCT
531
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
2
2
3
3
n
n
-

Technical data
Operating voltage 125 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 2 A
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0
Dimensions H / D 65.5 mm / 45.1 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip
9 34.70 VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M 2315117 1
15 45.00 VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M 2315120 1
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip and
light indicator
934.70
15 50.00
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip
9 34.70 VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F 2315162 1
15 45.00 VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F 2315175 1
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip and
light indicator
934.70
15 50.00
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip
25 57.40
37 72.70
50 98.20
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip and
light indicator
25 57.40
37 72.70
50 98.20
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip
25 57.40
37 72.70
50 98.20
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip and
light indicator
25 57.40
37 72.70
50 98.20
532 PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
Modules with D-SUB plug-in
connectors
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
– 1:1 connection
– 9- to 50-pos.
–Screw connection
– Metal foot
– As per IEC 60807-2
– Optional with status indicator
The D-SUB-4-40 UNC threads are guided
directly onto a connection terminal block.
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
9 to 15 positions
with screw connection
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
 
Technical data Technical data Technical data
24 V DC 125 V AC/DC 24 V DC
2.5 A 2 A 2.5 A
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Any Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 45.1 mm 69 mm / 62 mm 69 mm / 62 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M/LED 2322142 1
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M/LED 2322155 1
VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F/LED 2322197 1
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F/LED 2322207 1
VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/M 2315133 1
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M 2315146 1
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/M 2315159 1
VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/M/LED 2322168 1
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/LED 2322171 1
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/M/LED 2322184 1
VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F 2315188 1
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/F 2315191 1
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/F 2315201 1
VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F/LED 2322210 1
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/F/LED 2322223 1
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/F/LED 2322236 1
533PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
DW
H
DW
H
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
9 to 15 positions
with screw connection and light indicator
25 to 50 positions
with screw connection
25 to 50 positions
with screw connection and light indicator
1
1
2
2
3
3
n
n
-
Technical data
Operating voltage 125 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 2 A
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 -
Dimensions H / D 72.1 mm / 46.6 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip
9 36.80 VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M 2903777 1
15 46.90 VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M 2903779 1
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip and
light indicator
936.80
15 52.00
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip
9 36.80 VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F 2903778 1
15 46.90 VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F 2903780 1
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip and
light indicator
936.80
15 52.00
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip
25 57.10
37 72.30
50 97.70
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip and
light indicator
25 57.10
37 72.30
50 97.70
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip
25 57.10
37 72.30
50 97.70
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip and
light indicator
25 57.10
37 72.30
50 97.70
534 PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
Modules with D-SUB plug-in
connectors
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
– 1:1 connection
– 9- to 50-pos.
– Push-in connection
– Metal foot
– As per IEC 60807-2
– Optional with status indicator
The D-SUB-4-40 UNC threads are guided
directly onto a connection terminal block.
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
9 to 15 positions
with push-in connection
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data Technical data
24 V DC 125 V AC/DC 24 V DC
2 A2 A2 A
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Any Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 46.6 mm 75.8 mm / 63 mm 75.8 mm / 63 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M/LED 2904258 1
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M/LED 2904259 1
VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F/LED 2904263 1
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F/LED 2904264 1
VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/M 2903781 1
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M 2903783 1
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/M 2903785 1
VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/M/LED 2904260 1
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M/LED 2904261 1
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/M/LED 2904262 1
VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/F 2903782 1
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/F 2903784 1
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/F 2903786 1
VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/F/LED 2904265 1
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/F/LED 2904266 1
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/F/LED 2904267 1
535PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
DW
H
DW
H
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
9 to 15 positions
with push-in connection and light indicator
25 to 50 positions
with push-in connection
25 to 50 positions
with push-in connection and light indicator

Technical data Technical data
Operating voltage 125 V AC/DC 125 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 2.5 A 2.5 A
Ambient temperature (operation) -10°C ... 50°C -10°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0160 (in parts) IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Dimensions D / W 45 mm / 25 mm 45 mm / 45 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module height
HType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with
D-SUB miniature pin strip
9117.00UM 25-D 9SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959573 1
15 147.00 UM 25-D15SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959599 1
25 217.00 UM 25-D25SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959612 1
VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module
, with
D-SUB miniature socket strip
9117.00 UM 25-D 9SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959560 1
15 147.00 UM 25-D15SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959586 1
25 217.00 UM 25-D25SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959609 1
VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with
D-SUB miniature pin strip
37 157.00 UM 45-D37SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959638 1
50 187.00 UM 45-D50SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959654 1
VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module
, with
D-SUB miniature socket strip
37 157.00 UM 45-D37SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959625 1
50 187.00 UM 45-D50SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959641 1
536 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
9 to 25 positions
With screw connection
37 to 50 positions
With screw connection
These VARIOFACE modules connect
D-SUB strips with front connection
terminal blocks in accordance with
IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652.
To make the ground connection, the me-
tallic plug shell (4-40 UNC thread) makes
contact with a connection terminal block.
DW
H
DW
H
SLIM-LINE modules for
D-subminiature plug-in connectors
b
c+0,2
d+0,2
4
39
38
33
24,3
a
b
3,2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
Operating voltage 125 V AC/DC 125 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 2.5 A 2.5 A
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 DIN EN 50178
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE feed-through module, with
D-subminiature plug-in connector
9 39.00 DFLK-D 9 SUB/S 2283870 5DFLK-D 9 SUB/B 2287135 5
15 39.00 DFLK-D15 SUB/S 2280297 5DFLK-D15 SUB/B 2280307 5
25 39.00 DFLK-D25 SUB/S 2280310 5DFLK-D25 SUB/B 2280323 5
37 39.00 DFLK-D37 SUB/S 2280336 5DFLK-D37 SUB/B 2280349 5
50 39.00 DFLK-D50 SUB/S 2291286 5DFLK-D50 SUB/B 2287669 5
– 1:1 connection
– 9- to 50-pos.
–Screw connection
– As per IEC 60807-2
– D-SUB 4-40 UNC thread
– 9- to 37-pos.: Separate ground tap
– 50-pos.: No ground tap
Feed-through modules for
D-SUB miniature plug-in connectors
with screw connection
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
With D-subminiature pin strip With D-subminiature socket strip
Dimensioning of the housing cutout Dimensional drawing: DFLK-D...SUB:
Type a b c d
DFLK-D 9 SUB/S 58.4 52.5 40.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D 15 SUB/S 58.4 52.5 40.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D 25 SUB/S 83.4 77.5 54.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D 37 SUB/S 128.4 122.5 70.6 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D 50 SUB/S 143.4 137.5 67.8 + 0.2 15.8 + 0.2
DFLK-D 9 SUB/B 58.4 52.5 40.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D 15 SUB/B 58.4 52.5 40.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D 25 SUB/B 83.4 77.5 54.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D 37 SUB/B 128.4 122.5 70.6 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D 50 SUB/B 143.4 137.5 67.8 + 0.2 15.8 + 0.2
537
PHOENIX CONTACT
b
c+0,2
d
+0,2
Ø3,2
36,5
38
36
46
Ø3,2
a
b
Technical data Technical data
Operating voltage 125 V AC/DC 125 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 2.5 A 2.5 A
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 DIN EN 50178
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE feed-through module, with
D-subminiature plug-in connector
9 36.50 DFLK-D 9 SUB/M/FKCT 2903052 1DFLK-D 9 SUB/F/FKCT 2903063 1
15 36.50 DFLK-D15 SUB/M/FKCT 2903054 1DFLK-D15 SUB/F/FKCT 2903065 1
25 36.50 DFLK-D25 SUB/M/FKCT 2903055 1DFLK-D25 SUB/F/FKCT 2903067 1
37 36.50 DFLK-D37 SUB/M/FKCT 2903056 1DFLK-D37 SUB/F/FKCT 2903069 1
50 36.50 DFLK-D50 SUB/M/FKCT 2903058 1DFLK-D50 SUB/F/FKCT 2903070 1
– 1:1 connection
– 9- to 50-pos.
– Plug-in push-in spring-cage connection
– Plug-in connector according to
IEC 60807-2
– D-SUB 4-40 UNC thread
– 9- to 37-pos. with separate ground tap
– 50-pos.: No ground tap
– Select housing cutout for side panel
mounting according to dimensions table
Feed-through modules for
D-SUB miniature plug-in connectors
with push-in connection
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
With D-SUB pin strip and
push-in connection
With D-SUB socket strip and
push-in connection
Dimensioning of the housing cutout Dimensional drawing DFLK-D...SUB...FKCT
Type a b c d
DFLK-D 9 SUB/M/FKCT 58.4 52.5 40.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D15 SUB/M/FKCT 58.4 52.5 40.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D25 SUB/M/FKCT 83.4 77.5 54.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D37 SUB/M/FKCT 128.4 122.5 70.6 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D50 SUB/M/FKCT 143.4 137.5 67.8 + 0.2 15.8 + 0.2
DFLK-D 9 SUB/F/FKCT 58.4 52.5 40.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D15 SUB/F/FKCT 58.4 52.5 40.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D25 SUB/F/FKCT 83.4 77.5 54.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D37 SUB/F/FKCT 128.4 122.5 70.6 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D50 SUB/F/FKCT 143.4 137.5 67.8 + 0.2 15.8 + 0.2
538 PHOENIX CONTACT
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
Operating voltage 125 V AC/DC 125 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A 1 A
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions H / D 69 mm / 62 mm 75.8 mm / 63 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip
With screw connection 1) 15 44.90 VIP-2/SC/HD15SUB/M 2322326 1
With screw connection 26 52.30 VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/M 2322375 1
With screw connection 44 82.90 VIP-3/SC/HD44SUB/M 2322388 1
With screw connection 62 113.50 VIP-3/SC/HD62SUB/M 2322391 1
With push-in connection 1) 15 46.90 VIP-2/PT/HD15SUB/M 2904268 1
With push-in connection 26 52.00 VIP-3/PT/HD26SUB/M 2904269 1
With push-in connection 44 82.50 VIP-3/PT/HD44SUB/M 2904270 1
With push-in connection 62 113.00 VIP-3/PT/HD62SUB/M 2904271 1
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip
With screw connection 1)15 44.90 VIP-2/SC/HD15SUB/F 2322401 1
With screw connection 26 52.30 VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/F 2322414 1
With screw connection 44 82.90 VIP-3/SC/HD44SUB/F 2322427 1
With screw connection 62 113.50 VIP-3/SC/HD62SUB/F 2322430 1
With push-in connection 1)15 46.90 VIP-2/PT/HD15SUB/F 2904272 1
With push-in connection 26 52.00 VIP-3/PT/HD26SUB/F 2904273 1
With push-in connection 44 82.50 VIP-3/PT/HD44SUB/F 2904274 1
With push-in connection 62 113.00 VIP-3/PT/HD62SUB/F 2904275 1
539PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
15 to 62 positions
with screw connection
15 to 62 positions
with push-in connection
– 1:1 connection
– 15- to 62-pos.
– Screw and push-in connection
– Metal foot
The D-SUB-4-40 UNC threads are guided
directly onto a connection terminal block.
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
1) Module with double-level terminal blocks
DW
H
DW
H
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional mod-
ules for high density D-SUB miniature
plug-in connectors
 
Technical data
Operating voltage 125 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0
Dimensions H / D 77 mm / 72 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, C 64-pos., screw-on cable housing, with:
- Pin strip 64 135.00 UMKS- C64M-VS 2970565 1
VARIOFACE module, E 48-pos., screw-on cable housing, with:
- Pin strip 48 123.80
VARIOFACE module, F 48-pos., screw-on cable housing, with:
- Pin strip 48 112.50
VARIOFACE module, F 48-pos., snap-on cable housing, with:
- Pin strip 48 112.50
VARIOFACE module, D 32-pos., screw-on cable housing, with:
- Pin strip 32 135.00
540 PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
Modules for plug-in connectors
IEC 60603/DIN 41612
Notes:
For suitable cable housings, see the table on page 562
These VARIOFACE interface modules
connect high-position plug-in connectors
according to IEC 60603/DIN 41612 to
screw connection terminal blocks.
The following VARIOFACE modules are
available:
–UMK modules with
double-level connection terminal blocks
–UMKS modules with
three-level connection terminal blocks.
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Design C,
64-position, a, c assembled
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
 
Technical data Technical data Technical data
125 V AC/DC 250 V AC 250 V AC/DC
4 A4 A2 A
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 45°C -20°C ... 50°C
Any Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 72 mm 77 mm / 72 mm 77 mm / 62.5 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
UMKS- E48M-VS 2970154 1
UMKS- F48M-VS 2970714 1
UMKS- F48M-VR 2970167 1
UMK- D32M-VS 2970060 1
541PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
DW
H
DW
H
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Design E,
48-position, a, c, e assembled
Design F,
48-position, z, b, d assembled
Design D,
32-position, a, c assembled
 
Technical data
Operating voltage 25 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1.5 A
Total current 19 A (38 branches with 0.5 A each) 28 A (56 branches with 0.5 A each) 28 A (56 branches with 0.5 A each) 32 A (32 bra
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 40°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 2.5 mm² /
Dimensions H / D 77 mm / 58.5 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right 38 101.50 UMK- EC38/38-XOR 2976297 1
- Pin strip 8016 left 38 101.50 UMK- EC38/38-XOL 2976284 1
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right 56 157.50
- Pin strip 8016 left 56 157.50
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right 56 77.00
- Pin strip 8016 left 56 77.00
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right above 32 101.30
- Pin strip 8016 right below 32 101.30
- Pin strip 8016 left above 32 101.30
- Pin strip 8016 left below 32 101.30
542 PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
Modules for ELCO plug-in connectors Notes:
Dimensional drawings and pin assignments, see page 562
These modules can be used to connect
ELCO plug-in connectors of the 8016 series
to screw connection terminal blocks.
The diagonal position of the ELCO plug-
in connector means that the wires leading
out of the cable housing at the side can be
led away without restricting neighboring
modules.
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
38-pos. 56-pos. 56-pos.,
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
 
Technical data Technical data Technical data
125 V AC/DC < 25 V AC / 30 V DC 25 V AC / 60 V DC
1.5 A 1.5 A 2 A
Total current 19 A (38 branches with 0.5 A each) 28 A (56 branches with 0.5 A each) 28 A (56 branches with 0.5 A each) 32 A (32 branches with 1 A each)
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 40°C
Any Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 58.5 mm 146.3 mm / 47.5 mm 77 mm / 58.5 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
UMK- EC56/56-XOR 2975900 1
UMK- EC56/56-XOL 2975890 1
UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R 2976161 1
UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L 2976158 1
UMK- EC56/32-XOR 2975858 1
UMK- EC56/32-XUR 2975777 1
UMK- EC56/32-XOL 2975764 1
UMK- EC56/32-XUL 2975780 1
543PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
DW
H
DW
H
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
38-pos. 56-pos. 56-pos.,
with front connection terminal blocks
32-pos.
Technical data
Operating voltage max. 30 V DC
(Max. voltage between two intrinsically safe circuits: 60 V DC)
Max. perm. current (per branch) 500 mA
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations DIN EN 60079-11
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 2.5 mm² /
Dimensions H / D 77 mm / 58.5 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right above 32 101.30 UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOR 2900109 1
- Pin strip 8016 right below 32 101.30 UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUR 2969068 1
- Pin strip 8016 left above 32 101.30 UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOL 2900110 1
- Pin strip 8016 left above 32 101.30 UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUL 2969071 1
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right 25 78.80
- Pin strip 8016 left 25 78.80
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right 25 77.00
- Pin strip 8016 left 25 77.00
544 PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
Modules for ELCO plug-in connectors
for use in Ex i circuits
Notes:
Dimensional drawings and pin assignments, see page 563
Facts about explosion protection, see page 154
The VARIOFACE modules connect ELCO
plug-in connectors of the 8016 series to
screw connection terminal blocks. The
modules for ELCO connectors can be used
as simple electrical equipment for applica-
tions in intrinsically safe circuits as per EN
60079-14. They fulfill the requirements of
intrinsic safety as per EN 60079-11 (EN
50020) and can be used for various intrinsi-
cally safe circuits taking into account the pin
configuration.
The voltage of an intrinsically safe circuit
may not exceed 30 V. The voltage difference
between two intrinsically safe circuits can
be up to 60 V.
The modules are equipped with blue
screw connection methods are clear label-
ing for intrinsically safe circuits.
The arrangement of angled ELCO plug-in
connectors makes it possible to lead the
lines led out from the cable housing away
from the adjacent modules without any neg-
ative effects.
For the disconnection of intrinsically safe
and non-intrinsically safe circuits, a distance
of at least 50 mm should be kept between
the connection points using partition plates
or spaces.
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
32-pos. 25-pos. 25-pos.,
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Technical data Technical data
max. 30 V DC
(Max. voltage between two intrinsically safe circuits: 60 V DC)
max. 30 V DC
(Max. voltage between two intrinsically safe circuits: 60 V DC)
500 mA 500 mA
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Any Any
DIN EN 60079-11 DIN EN 60079-11
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
77 mm / 58.5 mm 112.5 mm / 52.5 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
UMK- EC56/25/EX -R 2900112 1
UMK- EC56/25/EX -L 2900113 1
UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/R 2900114 1
UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/L 2900115 1
545PHOENIX CONTACT
DW
H
DW
H
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
32-pos. 25-pos. 25-pos.,
with front connection terminal blocks
1
1
2
2
3
3
8
8
1
1
2
2
3
3
8
8
Technical data Technical data
Operating voltage 48 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A 1 A
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 EN 50178
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions H / D 69 mm / 62 mm 75.8 mm / 63 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, with RJ45 plug-in connector
With screw connection 8 26.90 VIP-3/SC/RJ45 2900701 1
With push-in connection 8 26.60 VIP-3/PT/RJ45 2904290 1
546 PHOENIX CONTACT
– 1:1 connection
– 8-positions, RJ45 connector
– Screw or push-in connection
(direct plug-in technology)
– Connector housing led to separate con-
nection terminal blocks
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
DW
H
DW
H
Modules with RJ45 plug-in connector
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
8-pos.
with screw connection
8-pos.
with push-in connection
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9n
9n
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9 30 31 32
9 30 31 32
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data Technical data
Operating voltage 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 2.5 A 3 A
Ambient temperature (operation) -10°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Dimensions D / W 45 mm / 25 mm 58.5 mm / 112.5 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module height
HType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with a COMBICON header
(without a COMBICON plug-in connector)
10 137.00 UM 25-10 MSTB/FRONT/Q 2959803 1
18 217.00 UM 25-18 MSTB/FRONT/Q 2959502 1
VARIOFACE module,with COMBICON plug-in connector, coded
32 77.00 UMK-32 MDSTB/MKKDS3/R 2970196 1
547PHOENIX CONTACT
– The slim 10- and 18-pos. VARIOFACE
SLIM-LINE modules connect the front
connection terminal blocks to a
COMBICON header. The corresponding
COMBICON plugs (5.0 mm pitch) can be
found in the COMBICON catalog PCB
Connection Technique.
– The 32-pos. UMK-32 MDSTB/MKKDS
3/R module connects screw connection
terminal blocks with coded COMBICON
plug-in screw connectors.
DW
H
DW
H
Modules with COMBICON connection
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
10- and 18-pos.
With screw connection
32-pos.
With screw connection
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .n
.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .n

Technical data
Operating voltage 250 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 15 A
Total current 30 A (Per potential)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC
Supply connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10 0.5 - 6 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 10 0.2 - 6 mm²
Distribution connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.
Dimensions H / D 65.5 mm / 50 mm
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, with two busbars (P1, P2) for
potential distribution, per potential:
2 power terminal blocks/
8 distributor terminal blocks
50.00 VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/16 2315256 1
2 power terminal blocks/
12 distributor terminal blocks
70.40 VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/24 2315269 1
2 power terminal blocks/
16 distributor terminal blocks
90.80 VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/32 2315272 1
2 power terminal blocks/
24 distributor terminal blocks
131.50 VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/48 2903717 1
VARIOFACE module, with three busbars (+, -, PE) for
potential distribution, per potential:
(+) two power terminal blocks/48 distributor terminal blocks
(-) two power terminal blocks/24 distributor terminal blocks
(PE) 2 power/72 distributor terminal blocks
168.80
VARIOFACE module, with six busbars (P1 to P6) for
potential distribution, per potential:
2 power terminal blocks/
12 distributor terminal blocks
123.80
VARIOFACE module, with two busbars (P1, P2) for
potential distribution, per potential:
2 power terminal blocks/
8 distributor terminal blocks
41.90
2 power terminal blocks/
12 distributor terminal blocks
57.10
2 power terminal blocks/
16 distributor terminal blocks
67.30
2 power terminal blocks/
24 distributor terminal blocks
97.70
548 PHOENIX CONTACT
Modules as compact
potential distributors
The VIP-2/.../PDM... modules offer the
following features:
– Two potential levels
– Separate supply
– Screw or push-in connection
– Consecutive labeling
The UMK-PVB and UMK-PVB 6 modules
have three or six potential levels.
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
DW
H
Notes:
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
With screw connection and
2 potential levels
++
++++++ +++
--
------ ---
PE PE
PE PE PE PE PE PE PEPE PE
P1 P1
P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1
P2 P2
P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2
P6 P6
P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .n
.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .n
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data Technical data Technical data
250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
16 A 16 A 15 A
16 A (Per potential) 16 A (Per potential) 30 A (Per potential)
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Any Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Supply connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10 0.5 - 6 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 10 0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10 0.25 - 6 mm² / 0.25 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10
Distribution connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
77 mm / 72 mm 77 mm / 72 mm 75.8 mm / 63 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
UMK- PVB 2971302 1
UMK- PVB 6 2972136 1
VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/16 2903797 1
VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/24 2903798 1
VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/32 2903799 1
VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/48 2903800 1
549PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
DW
H
DW
H
DW
H
With screw connection and
3 potential levels
With screw connection and
6 potential levels
With push-in three-level connection and
2 potential levels
1234
0234
NN
12 22 32 42
0000
11 21 31 41
++++
14 24 34 44
AAAA
1234
1234+-+-
12 22 32 42
0000
11 21 31 41
++++
14 24 34 44
AAAA
 
Technical data Technical data
Coil side
Tolerance of the input voltage ±10% ±10%
Input circuit Bridge rectifier Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Freewheeling diode, Protection against pol
Operating voltage display - Yellow LED1)
Status display/channel Yellow LED Yellow LED2)
Connection method Screw connection Screw connection
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24 0.2 ...
Contact side
Contact type 1 PDT 1 PDT
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
Limiting continuous current 6 A 5 A
Connection method Screw connection Screw connection
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ...
General data
Test voltage 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Standards/regulations DIN VDE 0110 DIN VDE 0110
Mounting position Any Any
Dimensions W / H / D 67.5 mm / 77 mm / 59 mm 67.5 mm / 77 mm / 59 mm 135 mm / 77 mm / 59 mm 259 mm / 77 mm / 59 mm 168.8 mm / 77 mm /
Ordering data Ordering data
Description Input voltage Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, for four plug-in miniature relays or
miniature solid-state relays, with light indicator (without relays)
24 V AC/DC UMK- 4 RM 24 2971344 1
VARIOFACE module, for plug-in miniature relays or
miniature solid-state relays, with light indicator (without relay)
5 V DC UMK- 4 RM 5DC 2972819 1
12 V DC UMK- 4 RM 12DC 2972822 1
24 V DC UMK- 4 RM 24DC 2972835 1
48 V DC UMK- 4 RM 60DC 2972851 1
110 V DC UMK- 4 RM110DC 2972864 1
230 V AC UMK- 4 RM230AC 2972880 1
550 PHOENIX CONTACT
The UMK-... RM 4-, 8-, and 16-way relay
or solid-state relay interfaces provide 4, 8
or 16 slots for standard electromechanical
relays (REL-MR..., not REL-MR...MS) or op-
toelectronic relays (SIM-EI...). The connec-
tions between the I/O module and the elec-
tronics, as well as the process cabling, are
implemented via screw connection terminal
blocks.
Notes:
For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
Other input voltages on request.
1) not with 230 V AC.
2) with 230 V AC glow lamp.
3) with 100 V DC and 230 V AC glow lamp.
VARIOFACE modules for plug-in min-
iature relays and/or miniature
solid-state relays
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
4-channel with
bridge rectifier
4-channel for
relays with a PDT contact
DW
H
DW
H
1238
1238+-+-
12 22 32 82
0000
11 21 31 81
++++
14 24 34 84
AAAA
12316
12316+-+-
12 22 32 162
0000
11 21 31 161
++++
14 24 34 164
AAAA
1 2 8 --
12 8
11
21
81
111
121
181
12
22
82
14
24
84
112
122
182
114
124
184
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
 
Technical data Technical data Technical data
±10% ±10% ±10%
Input circuit Bridge rectifier Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Yellow LED3) Yellow LED2)-
Yellow LED3) Yellow LED2) Yellow LED
Screw connection Screw connection Screw connection
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 26
1 PDT 1 PDT 2 PDT
250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC
5 A5 A5 A
Screw connection Screw connection Screw connection
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
DIN VDE 0110 DIN VDE 0110 DIN VDE 0110
Any Any Any
Dimensions W / H / D 67.5 mm / 77 mm / 59 mm 67.5 mm / 77 mm / 59 mm 135 mm / 77 mm / 59 mm 259 mm / 77 mm / 59 mm 168.8 mm / 77 mm / 59 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
UMK- 8 RM 5DC/MKDS 2972893 1UMK-16 RM 5DC/MKDS 2972974 1
UMK- 8 RM 12DC/MKDS 2972903 1UMK-16 RM 12DC/MKDS 2972987 1
UMK- 8 RM24DC/MKDS 2972916 1UMK-16 RM 24DC/MKDS 2972990 1UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-24/21/21 2975722 1
UMK- 8 RM 60DC/MKDS 2972932 1UMK-16 RM 60DC/MKDS 2973038 1
UMK- 8 RM110DC/MKDS 2972945 1UMK-16 RM110DC/MKDS 2973041 1
UMK- 8 RM230AC/MKDS 2972961 1UMK-16 RM230AC/MKDS 2973067 1
551PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
DW
H
8-channel for
relays with a PDT contact
16-channel for
relays with a PDT contact
8-channel for
relays with two PDT contacts
DW
H
DW
H
A
B
INPUTOUTPUT
2 431(+)
18,8
46,7
7,5 5
Input data
Input voltage range
Input circuit
Status display/channel Yellow LED Yellow LED Yellow LED
Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24 0.2 ...
Output data
Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 6 mm² / 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 24 - 10 0.2 ... 6 mm² / 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 24 - 10 0.2 ... 6 m
General data
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 55°C -20°C ... 55°C
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC, DIN VDE 0160
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions H / D 77 mm / 72 mm 77 mm / 72 mm 77 mm / 72 mm
Description Module width
W
Interface module, with plug-in base for one solid-state relay,
with locking clip
22.5
Interface module, with plug-in base for four solid-state relays,
with locking clip
Microfuse: 250 V, 4 A 90
Interface module, with plug-in base for eight digital I/O modules.
Microfuse: 250 V, 4 A 180
Interface module, with plug-in base for eight solid-state relays,
with locking clip
Microfuse: 250 V, 4 A 180
Interface module, with plug-in base for 16 digital I/O modules.
Microfuse: 250 V, 4 A 326.5
Interface module, with plug-in base for 16 solid-state relays,
with locking clip
Microfuse: 250 V, 4 A 326.5
552 PHOENIX CONTACT
The 1-, 4-, 8- or 16-time INTERFACE
modules are the wiring interface and the
coupling level in one unit. The connection
to the interface module is established using
screw connection technology.
Properties of the single interface:
– Status display
– Protection against polarity reversal in in-
put
– Surge protection in input
– Assembly option with solid-state relay for
loads up to 350 V DC/1 A or 480 V AC/5 A
Properties of the 4-, 8-, and
16-time interfaces:
– Status display
– Integrated fuse for line protection
– Assembly option with solid-state relay or
I/O modules
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
Solid-state relays, see page 558
A = without metal
B = with metal
VARIOFACE modules as interface
for plug-in solid-state relays or
digital I/O modules
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
A1
A2
13(+)
14
+Vcc -GND 0
0
1
1
15
15
14 24 16413 23 163
(+) (+) (+)
+Vcc -GND 0
0
12
12
15
15
14 24 16413 23 34 33 163
(+) (+) (+) (+)
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data Technical data Technical data
4 V ... 32 V 4 V ... 32 V 4 V ... 32 V
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Status display/channel Yellow LED Yellow LED Yellow LED
Screw connection Screw connection Screw connection
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24
Screw connection Screw connection Screw connection
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 6 mm² / 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 24 - 10 0.2 ... 6 mm² / 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 24 - 10 0.2 ... 6 mm² / 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 24 - 10
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 55°C -20°C ... 55°C
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC, DIN VDE 0160
(in relevant parts)
DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC, DIN VDE 0160
(in relevant parts)
Any Any Any
In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing
Dimensions H / D 77 mm / 72 mm 77 mm / 72 mm 77 mm / 72 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
UMK- 1 OM-R/AMS 2983002 1
UMK- 4 OM-R/MF 2970882 1UMK- 4 OM-R/MF/P 2972673 1
UMK- 8 OM/MF/MKDS 2972712 1
UMK- 8 OM-R/MF/MKDS 2972738 1UMK- 8 OM-R/MF/MKDS/P 2972699 1
UMK-16 OM/MF/MKDS 2972754 1
UMK-16 OM-R/MF/MKDS 2972770 1UMK-16 OM-R/MF/MKDS/P 2972796 1
553PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
With light indicator With light indicator and fuse,
control logic negative switching
With light indicator and fuse,
control logic positive switching
DW
H
DW
H
DW
H
A2 A1 11 12

Technical data
Input data ②      
Permissible range (with reference to UN)-
Permissible range (with reference to UN)0.8 -
1.1
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 5
Typ. response time at UN[ms] 5
Typ. response time at UN ( depending on phase
relation )
[ms]
Typ. release time at UN[ms] 2
Typ. release time at UN ( depending on phase rela-
tion )
[ms]
Output data
Contact type Double contact, 1 N/O contact Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT
Contact material AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC / 125 V DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V DC
Limiting continuous current 3 A
Max. inrush current 5 A
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC -
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Test voltage (contact/contact) -
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life Approx. 2 x 107 cycles 3 x 10
Standards/regulations DIN VDE 0110, IEC 255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts) IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, I
Mounting position/mounting Any
Dimensions W / H / D 5 mm / 23 mm / 17 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in miniature power relays
with power contact ①12 V DC
with power contact ②24 V DC REL-MR-G 24/1 2961037 8
with power contact ③48 V DC
with power contact ④60 V DC
with power contact ⑤110 V DC
with power contact ⑥230 V AC
Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact ①12 V DC
with gold contact ②24 V DC
with gold contact ③48 V DC
with gold contact ④60 V DC
with gold contact ⑤110 V DC
with gold contact ⑥230 V AC
554 PHOENIX CONTACT
REL-MR miniature relay
The robust relays are used as interface re-
lays throughout process and production en-
gineering.
The main features of these relays are their
compact design, reliable electrical isolation,
and compliance with the most important
standards, as well as the number of variants.
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 344
1 N/O contact 1 PDT for high continuous currents 2 PDT
14
A1
1112
A2
24
14
A1
21
11
22
12
A2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
 
Technical data Technical data
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥   ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥  
refer to the diagram refer to the diagram
33 17 8.7 8.2 4.1 3 33 17 8.7 8.2 4.1 3
77777 77777
3 - 12 3 - 12
33333 33333
2 - 9 2 - 9
Contact type Double contact, 1 N/O contact Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT
Contact material AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
12 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
16 A 50 mA 8 A 50 mA
30 A (300 ms) 50 mA 25 A (20 ms) 50 mA
4000 VA - 2000 VA -
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
- 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C -40°C ... 85°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
cycles 3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN VDE 0110, IEC 255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts) IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C 2.5 mm) Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C 2.5 mm)
Dimensions W / H / D 5 mm / 23 mm / 17 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
REL-MR- 12DC/21HC 2961309 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21 2961257 10
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 2961192 10
REL-MR- 48DC/21HC 2834821 10 REL-MR- 48DC/21-21 2834834 10
REL-MR- 60DC/21HC 2961325 10 REL-MR- 60DC/21-21 2961273 10
REL-MR-110DC/21HC 2961338 10 REL-MR-110DC/21-21 2961202 10
REL-MR-230AC/21HC 2961422 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21 2961451 10
REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU 2961532 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU 2961299 10
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU 2961545 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU 2961215 10
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU 2834847 10
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU 2961286 10
REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU 2961561 10 REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU 2961228 10
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU 2961529 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU 2961480 10
555PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
1 N/O contact 1 PDT for high continuous currents 2 PDT
0
1
2
3
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
A1 +
A2 A
AC
A1 +
A2 A
-
+
DC
 
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧
Permissible range (with reference to UN)0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
Switching level with reference to UN1 signal (“H”) 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
0 signal (“L”) 0.35 0.4 0.4 0.25 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 5.4 5.7 5.1 6.8 2.4 2.6 2.1 2.1 5.4 5.7 5.1 4.7 2.4 2.6 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.5 7
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz] 600 600 600 600 300 300 3 3 4000 4000 4000 4000 1000 1000 3 3 3 3 300
Input circuit AC Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection RC
Input circuit DC Protection against polarity reversal Protection against polarity reversal
Output data
Operating voltage range 8 V DC ... 48 V DC
Limiting continuous current 100 mA
Residual voltage drop at “H” 1 V
Max. inrush current -
Output circuit 2-conductor, floating
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal Protection against polarity reversal, Free running Protection against polar
General data
Test voltage input/output 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Standards/regulations DIN VDE 0110
Mounting position/mounting Any / Can be aligned with 2 mm spacing Any / Can be aligned with 2 mm spacing Any / Can be aligned with
Dimensions W / H / D 13 mm / 29 mm / 25 mm 13 mm / 29 mm / 25 mm 13 mm / 29 mm / 25 mm 13 mm / 29 mm / 25 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Solid-state relay,
with protective circuit in the input and output circuit
①5 V DC SIM-EI- 5DC/48DC/100 2271057 10
②12 V DC SIM-EI- 12DC/48DC/100 2271060 10
③24 V DC SIM-EI- 24DC/48DC/100 2271073 10
48 V DC ... 60 V DC ④60 V DC SIM-EI- 60DC/48DC/100 2271086 10
⑤110 V DC SIM-EI-110DC/48DC/100 2271099 10
⑥220 V DC SIM-EI-220DC/48DC/100 2271109 10
⑦120 V AC SIM-EI-120AC/48DC/100 2271112 10
⑧230 V AC SIM-EI-230AC/48DC/100 2271125 10
Accessories
Plug-in base
, for plug-in miniature relays or miniature solid-state relays,
for soldering onto the printed circuit board.
SIM-ERSN 2271484 100
Retaining bracket, for miniature solid-state relay
- Plastic SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR 2271468 10
- Metal SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR/MET 2271497 10
Retaining bracket, for miniature relay
- Plastic SIM-ERSN-HB-MR 2271471 10
- Metal SIM-ERSN-HB-MR/MET 2271510 10
556 PHOENIX CONTACT
SIM-EI miniature solid-state relay
The SIM-EI miniature solid-state relays
have connections compatible with commer-
cially available miniature switching relays and
are of the same shape.
The modules are used for floating condi-
tioning of process signals as an alternative to
electromechanical relays. Substituting me-
chanical relays for solid-state ones opens
new possibilities for solving interface prob-
lems in a user-friendly way. The compatibili-
ty of the pins with the mechanical relay per-
mits use of solid-state relays without any
changes in the layout. The output of the
solid-state relay is “high active” and de-
signed as a 2- or 3-conductor output.
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current [A]
Derating curve for SIM-EI-OV-24 DC/24 DC/3
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
with DC voltage output
max. = 100 mA
A1 +
A2 0
A
AC
A1 +
A2 0
A
-
+
DC
A1+
A2A
A1 +
A2 A
-
+
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
 
Technical data Technical data Technical data
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧       ⑦ ⑧   ③     
0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.9 -
1.1
0.8 -
1.2
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
0.35 0.4 0.4 0.25 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
[mA] 5.4 5.7 5.1 6.8 2.4 2.6 2.1 2.1 5.4 5.7 5.1 4.7 2.4 2.6 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.5 7
[Hz] 600 600 600 600 300 300 3 3 4000 4000 4000 4000 1000 1000 3 3 3 3 300
Input circuit AC Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection RC element
Input circuit DC Protection against polarity reversal Protection against polarity reversal Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
3 V DC ... 5.25 V DC 8 V DC ... 48 V DC 3 V DC ... 33 V DC
100 mA 100 mA 3 A (see derating curve)
0.3 V 1 V 200 mV
- - 15 A (10 ms)
3-conductor, ground-referenced 2-conductor, floating 2-conductor, floating
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal Protection against polarity reversal, Free running Protection against polarity reversal Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 60°C
DIN VDE 0110 DIN VDE 0110 DIN VDE 0110
Mounting position/mounting Any / Can be aligned with 2 mm spacing Any / Can be aligned with 2 mm spacing Any / Can be aligned with 2 mm spacing Any / Can be aligned with 2 mm spacing
Dimensions W / H / D 13 mm / 29 mm / 25 mm 13 mm / 29 mm / 25 mm 13 mm / 29 mm / 25 mm 13 mm / 29 mm / 25 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
SIM-EI- 5DC/TTL/100 2271138 10
SIM-EI- 12DC/TTL/100 2271141 10
SIM-EI- 24DC/TTL/100 2271154 10 SIM-EI-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/3 2300096 10
SIM-EI- 60DC/TTL/100 2271167 10
SIM-EI-110DC/TTL/100 2271170 10
SIM-EI-220DC/TTL/100 2271183 10
SIM-EI-120AC/TTL/100 2271196 10 SIM-EI-120AC/48DC/100/RC 2271439 10
SIM-EI-230AC/TTL/100 2271206 10 SIM-EI-230AC/48DC/100/RC 2271426 10
Accessories Accessories Accessories
SIM-ERSN 2271484 100 SIM-ERSN 2271484 100 SIM-ERSN 2271484 100
SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR 2271468 10 SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR 2271468 10 SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR 2271468 10
SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR/MET 2271497 10 SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR/MET 2271497 10 SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR/MET 2271497 10
SIM-ERSN-HB-MR 2271471 10 SIM-ERSN-HB-MR 2271471 10 SIM-ERSN-HB-MR 2271471 10
SIM-ERSN-HB-MR/MET 2271510 10 SIM-ERSN-HB-MR/MET 2271510 10 SIM-ERSN-HB-MR/MET 2271510 10
557PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
with TTL logic level output,
max. = 100 mA
with DC voltage output
Maximum = 100 mA, RC element in input
with DC voltage output
max. = 3 A
1 3
2 4
-
+ +

Technical data
Input data ①       
Input voltage range 4.25 V DC ... 32 V DC
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) [V DC] 3.3
0 signal (“L”) [V DC] 1
Typ. input current at UN[mA] 15
Typ. switch-on time at UN[µs] 100
Typ. switch-off time at UN[µs] 250
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz] 100
Output data
Operating voltage range 1 V DC ... 350 V DC
Periodic peak reverse voltage -
Limiting continuous current 1 A (see derating curve) 4 A (see derating curve) 5 A (see derating curve)
Min. load current 1 mA
Surge current 20 A (tp = 1 s)
Residual voltage drop at “H” 0.5 V
Leakage current in off state 100 µA
Phase angle (cos )-
Max. load value -
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal Protection against polarity reversal -
General data
Test voltage input/output 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 80°C
Standards/regulations EN 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-4, EN 55011 EN 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-4, EN 55011 EN 610
Mounting position/mounting Any / Can be aligned with > 9 mm spacing Any / Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing Any / Can be aligned
Dimensions W / H / D 10.5 mm / 43 mm / 25.4 mm 10.5 mm / 43 mm / 25.4 mm 10.5 mm / 43 mm / 25.4 mm
Ordering data
Description Input voltage
UN
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Solid-state relay for signal amplification and electrical isolation of
the control and load circuits, can be plugged into the solder-in plug-
in base SIM-AMS or with PCB connection for direct mounting onto
the PCB,
Input: DC voltage
Output: DC voltage
①24 V DC OV-24DC/350DC/1 2982634 10
Solid-state relay, same as before, however
Input: DC voltage
Output: AC voltage
①24 V DC
558 PHOENIX CONTACT
OV solid-state relay
Solid-state relays for electrical isolation
can be mounted directly on the printed cir-
cuit board as interfaces or plugged in using
the SIM-AMS solder-in socket.
The solid-state relays are suitable for
switching ohmic, capacitive or inductive
loads. Relays for switching AC circuits have
a zero voltage switch to switch the load on
in the zero voltage crossing. It is switched
off in the zero current crossing. The inte-
grated RC element permits operation up to
cos φ = 0.5.
Inductive DC loads must be equipped
with a fast-acting freewheeling diode for
semiconductor relay protection.
– Switching capacity up to 350 V DC/1 A,
60 V DC/4 A or 480 V AC/5 A
– No wear and tear even with high switch-
ing frequencies
– No contact bounce – no movable parts
– No electromagnetic interference
– Electrically insulated housings
– Small dimensions
– High test voltage of 4 kV between control
and load circuits
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Notes:
For derating curves see page 564
For suitable bases, see page 560
1) Turn-on/off time at UN: Max. ½ period
with DC voltage output
max. = 1 A
1 3
2 4
-
+ +
13
24
--
+ -
A
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data Technical data
①        ①       
4.25 V DC ... 32 V DC 4 V DC ... 32 V DC
3.3 3.5
11.2
15 10
100
250
100 25
1 V DC ... 60 V DC 12 V AC ... 530 V AC (45/65 Hz)
- 1000 V
Limiting continuous current 1 A (see derating curve) 4 A (see derating curve) 5 A (see derating curve)
1 mA 20 mA
25 A (tp = 1 s) 80 A (tp = 20 ms)
0.5 V 1.2 V
100 µA < 1 mA
-0.5
-50 A
2s
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal Protection against polarity reversal -
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 80°C -20°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations EN 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-4, EN 55011 EN 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-4, EN 55011 EN 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-5,
EN 61000-4-6
Mounting position/mounting Any / Can be aligned with > 9 mm spacing Any / Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing Any / Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing
Dimensions W / H / D 10.5 mm / 43 mm / 25.4 mm 10.5 mm / 43 mm / 25.4 mm 10.5 mm / 43 mm / 25.4 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
OV-24DC/ 60DC/4 2982647 10
OV-24DC/480AC/5 2982650 10
559PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
with DC voltage output
max. = 4 A
with AC voltage output
max. = 5 A

Technical data
Operating voltage 250 V AC / 380 V AC1) 250 V AC / 380 V AC
Nominal current 5 A
Standards/regulations DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC
Ordering data
Description No. of
pos.
Module width
WType Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in base, for solid-state relay and I/O modules, with different
numbers of contacts, can be labeled with marker pins BN or BNB
Partial assembly SIM-AMS 1 2271015 10
Complete assembly SIM-AMS 2 2271028 10
Plug-in base, as above, however, with locking clips for fastening
Partial assembly
Complete assembly
Plug-in base, for standard I/O modules of generation 4 of the
company Opto 22, can be labeled using marker pins BN or BNB
Accessories
Marker pin, made of white plastic, lettering area 7.5 x 4 mm,
unprinted for self-marking with B-STIFT
BN-TRK 2701404 100
Marker pen, not refillable, for manual labeling, line thickness
0.5 mm
B-STIFT 1051993 10
560 PHOENIX CONTACT
Solder-in socket for
solid-state relays and I/O modules
Modern interface solutions for computer
and electronic controls are increasingly be-
ing designed as I/O systems which are sys-
tem-independent and individually mount-
able. Electrical isolation and signal
conditioning are carried out using standard
I/O modules. These are produced by vari-
ous manufacturers in pin-compatible ver-
sions for different functions. The I/O mod-
ules are either soldered directly into the
PCB or plugged into component sockets for
quick interchanging.
SIM sockets facilitate the plugging of I/O
modules considerably. All standard I/O
modules and solid-state relays with up to
eight connections can be plugged into the
solder-in plug-in socket.
The I/O modules are securely fixed to the
socket using fastening screws which are spe-
cific to the module. They are thereby pro-
tected against being accidentally released.
Optocouplers, now also available in plug-in
versions, are secured using the latch which
is attached to the socket and which can be
labeled. For better identification, each mod-
ule plug position has its own marking panel
on the socket.
The SIM socket has been designed so that
it can be used on existing printed circuit
boards without any layout modifications.
Peripheral components such as LEDs or
fuse resistors remain accessible to the user.
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For dimensional drawings and pin assignments, see page 564
1) Applies only to the sockets SIM-AMS 1, SIM-AMS 1-R and SIM-
AMSC in connection with the standard I/O modules with the corre-
sponding AC voltage output.
Plug-in base for solid-state relays Plug-in base for solid-state relays
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
 
Technical data Technical data
) 250 V AC / 380 V AC1) 250 V AC / 380 V AC1)
5 A 5 A
Standards/regulations DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC
Ordering data Ordering data
Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. /
Pkt.
SIM-AMS 1-R 2271031 10
SIM-AMS 2-R 2271044 10
SIM-AMSC1 2271390 50
Accessories Accessories
BN-TRK 2701404 100 BN-TRK 2701404 100
B-STIFT 1051993 10 B-STIFT 1051993 10
561PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Plug-in base for solid-state relays Plug-in base for solid-state relays
with locking clip
Plug-in base for I/O modules
77
101,3
77
101,3
77
157,5
A
NN
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
3335
37
39
41
4345
47
49
51
53
Y
Z
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
1820
22
24
262830
32
34
3638
40
42
44
46
4850
52 54
X11
X10
X5 X9
X7
X3 X6 X8
X4X2
77
157,5
A
NN
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
3335
37
39
41
4345
47
49
51
53
Y
Z
2
4
6
810
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52 54
X11
X10 X5
X9 X7 X3
X6
X8 X4 X2
146,3
77
146,3
77
77
101,3
77
101,3
A
NN
77
101,3
77
101,3
Modules for ELCO plug-in connectorsModules for IEC 60603/DIN 41612
plug-in connectors
Cable housing suitable for screw locking:
Manufacturer Type
C, 64-pos.
Type
D, 32-pos.
ERNI
AMP
KSG 173...
826196-1
KSG 173...
826196-1
Cable housing suitable for screw locking:
Manufacturer Type
E, 48-pos.
Type
F, 32- and 48-pos.
ERNI
AMP
KSG 173...
–
KSG 203...
826198-1
Cable housing suitable for snap-lock mechanism:
Manufacturer
Type F
32- and 48-pos.
HARTING Types “B” and “D”
Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC38/38-XOL
Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC38/38-XOR
Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/32-XOL
Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/32-XOR
Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R
Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L
Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/32-XUL
Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/32-XUR
Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/56-XOL
Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/56-XOR
Pin assignment
UMK-EC38/38...
Terminal
block
Pin strip
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
CC
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
AA
BB
DD
EE
FF
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
PP
RR
SS
TT
CC
Pin assignment
UMK-EC56/56...
Terminal
block
Pin strip
Z
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Y
Z
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
a
b
c
d
e
f
h
j
k
l
m
n
p
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
Y (shield)
562 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
77
101,3
77
101,3
77
78,8
77
78,8
77
101,3
77
101,3
112,5
77
112,5
77
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Modules for ELCO plug-in connectors
with protection type Ex i
Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC 56/25/EX/FRONT 2,5 V/L
Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC 56/25/EX/FRONT 2,5 V/R
Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC90/32/EX-XUL
Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC90/32/EX-XUR
Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC90/32/EX-XOL
Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC90/32/EX-XOR
Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/25/EX-L
Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/25/EX-R
Pin assignment
UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/...
Terminal
block
ELCO
plug
X
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Y
N.C.
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
a
b
c
d
e
f
h
j
k
l
m
n
p
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
Y (shield)
Pin assignment
UMK-EC56/32-...
Terminal
block
ELCO
plug
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Y
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Z
a
b
c
d
e
f
h
j
k
l
m
NN + Y
Pin assignment
UMK-EC90/32/EX...
Terminal
block
Pin strip Channel
1
2
H
J1
3
4
L
M2
5
6
P
X3
7
8
Z
AA 4
9
10
AC
AD 5
11
12
AM
AN 6
13
14
AR
AS 7
15
16
AU
BC 8
17
18
AZ
BA 9
19
20
BJ
BK 10
21
22
BM
BN 11
23
24
BR
BY 12
25
26
CA
CB 13
27
28
CD
CE 14
29
30
CN
CP 15
31
32
CS
CT 16
YDS
Pin assignment
UMK-EC 56/25/EX/...
Terminal
block
Pin strip Channel
1
2
C
D1
3
4
E
F2
5
6
N
P3
7
8
R
S4
9
10
a
b5
11
12
d
j6
13
14
k
l7
15
16
s
t8
17
18
u
v9
19
20
BB
CC 10
21
22
DD
EE 11
23
24
MM
NN 12
YY
563PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
50
13,212,5
8,79
19,0210,16
6,46 5,08
45,7
16
7,624,7
5,08
18,5
6,9
max. 455
45,7
16
7,624,7
5,08
18,5 5
6,9
17,5
0
4
4,5
5
3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
070605040302010
0
4
4,5
5
3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
080
8070605040302010
0
0,9
1
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
08070605040302010
Contacts in the SIM-AMS plug-in base
1. Partial assembly for standard I/O modules
2. Complete assembly, e.g., for analog I/O modules
SIM-AMS 1
SIM-AMS 2
With metal
Without metal
Load current depending on ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% OT
OV solid-state relays
Ambient temperature [°C]
OV-24DC/60DC/4
Load current [A]
Ambient temperature [°C]
OV-24DC/480AC/5
Load current [A]
20 mm spacing
9 mm spacing
20 mm spacing
9 mm spacing
Dimensional drawing for SIM-AMS:
With metal
Without metal
Note:
4th generation optocoupler, available from Opto 22.
Contacts in the SIM-AMSC plug-in base:
Dimensional drawing for SIM-AMSC:
Solder-in SIM-AMS plug-in base for
solid-state relays and I/O modules
Dimensional drawing for SIM-AMS...R:
Ambient temperature [°C]
OV-24DC/350DC/1
Load current [A]
564 PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
565PHOENIX CONTACT
System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
munications terminal equipment. As a “Tele-
com Certification Body” (TCB), Phoenix Tes-
tlab may also approve these products for
markets in the USA, Canada, and Japan.
Standards and regulations
All relevant standards and regulations are
used as the basis for the development and
maintenance of our products.
International standards are subject to con-
tinuous changes as a result of harmonization
and new developments. In line with this pro-
cess, the current version of all standards that
are relevant to our products is documented in
the product area on our website at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products.
Online product information service on
the web
Phoenix Contact's product range is grow-
ing constantly.
Due to our commitment to product mon-
itoring, all products are subject to improve-
ment.
The Internet is an ideal platform to quickly
communicate new product developments and
improvements to the market.
You can quickly access the relevant Phoe-
nix Contact website for your region via
www.phoenixcontact.com. Here, you will al-
ways find the latest overview of products, so-
lutions, and services from Phoenix Contact.
This includes technical documents, such as
data sheets and user manuals, the latest driver
and demo software, plus a means of contact-
ing the appropriate contact person directly.
Where applicable, the products that our
company currently manufactures fall within
the scope of the following directives:
– 2006/95/EC
Electrical equipment designed for use within
certain voltage limits (Low Voltage Direc-
tive)
– 2004/108/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC Directive)
– 2006/42/EC
Safety of machinery
(Machinery Directive)
– 94/9/EC
Equipment and protective systems intended
for use in potentially explosive areas
(ATEX Directive 100a)
– 1999/5/EC
Radio and telecommunications terminal
equipment (R&TTE)
The standards upon which the specified
directives are based have been part of our
standard of development for a long time. This
guarantees conformance with European direc-
tives. The numbers of the directives indicate
their version at the time of publication. In the
event of changes to directives and/or stan-
dards, our products will undergo conformity
assessment again in good time and a new dec-
laration of conformity will be issued promptly.
The current declarations for each product can
also be found in our Download Center.
The EMC Directive occupies a special
place among the European directives listed. It
defines electromagnetic compatibility as a fun-
damental property of devices based on man-
datory guidelines. European Law therefore ac-
knowledges the electromagnetic compatibility
of devices and systems as an important condi-
tion for error-free operation of machinery and
systems. Phoenix Contact is one of the lead-
ing international companies in surge protec-
tion, and therefore possesses broad expertise
in EMC. This expertise and the experience
gained over years of developing and applying
industrial interface and communication tech-
nology have resulted in our products having an
extremely high standard of quality with regard
to electromagnetic compatibility. It was with a
view to providing other companies with this
expertise that our associate company, Phoe-
nix Testlab, was founded. Phoenix Testlab
GmbH is an independent, accredited service
provider offering EMC testing that conforms
to European standards. At Phoenix Testlab,
devices are also tested with regard to their
electrical safety, mechanical influences, and
their behavior in relation to environmental in-
fluences. Furthermore, Phoenix Testlab is a
“Notified Body” in accordance with EMC Di-
rective 2004/108/EC and according to R&TTE
Directive 1999/5/EC for radio and telecom-
Integrated management system
The aim of the Phoenix Contact integrat-
ed management system is to coordinate all the
requirements regarding products, processes,
and organization.
Statutory and regulatory requirements, as
well as those of international standards and
our customers, are met and, in some cases,
even exceeded in all phases of the product life-
cycle.
In the Phoenix Contact management sys-
tem, the integration of quality, environmental
protection, and safety in the workplace is
monitored each year for conformance by in-
ternationally recognized independent bodies.
Certification in accordance with international
standards ISO 9001, ISO 14001, and BS OH-
SAS 18001 is the result of our corporate phi-
losophy of meeting the needs of our custom-
ers, staff, and environment as best as possible.
They serve as the basis for innovative prod-
ucts with the familiar high Phoenix quality
standard, actively practiced environmental
protection, and responsibility in the field of
occupational health and safety. Of course, we
integrate all further requirements of stan-
dards, international approvals or special cus-
tomer requirements into company processes.
This system provides a building block for
the success of the Phoenix Contact Group
and its products and services.
CE marking
The CE mark was introduced as an impor-
tant instrument for the free movement of
goods and services within the single European
market. By attaching the mark to a product,
the manufacturer confirms that it complies
with all applicable European Union (EU) direc-
tives. EC directives describe the product
properties with regard to device safety and
avoiding danger. These are legally binding reg-
ulations of the European Union (EU). In other
words, compliance with the requirements is a
statutory condition for marketing the
product within the EU.
Quality in quantity
566 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical information
60
200
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Shock protection
The most important thing is that an area
formed by an even envelope curve 30 mm in
radius must surround the live parts. This area
must be touch proof, i.e., the live parts of the
electrical device must not be within reach of
the VDE test finger in accordance with
IEC 60529/DIN VDE 0470-1 (test finger).
Back of hand safety is specified for the
“rest of the area” up to 100 mm around the
operating element. Back of hand safety
means that when a force of 50 N is applied to
a ball with a diameter of 50 mm, this does not
come into contact with the live parts of the
systems and equipment conform to BGV A 2.
The confirmation required relates to systems
and equipment that have been installed and
are ready for operation and can only be issued
Touch proof
Back of hand safety
Example: pressure actuation
The accident prevention regulations BGV
A 2 issued by the German employer's liability
insurance association for precision mechanics
and electrical engineering apply to the opera-
tors of electrical systems and are aimed at the
prevention of electrical accidents by means of
special safety requirements.
These regulations contain specifications
regarding the safety distances for work, oper-
ation, and occasional handling in the proximity
of “live parts” in low-voltage systems up to
1000 V ~ or 1500 V –.
– Work with live parts is only permitted once
they have been de-energized. Operational
activities are only permitted in the vicinity of
live parts if these parts are de-energized or
are protected against direct contact (§ 6).
The following safety measures apply when
working in the vicinity of active compo-
nents:
– Provision of the de-energized state for the
duration of the work
– Ensure shock protection is in place in the
form of covers or barriers during the work
– Assurance that proximity limits will not be
violated (§ 7)
The term “occasional handling” has been
introduced for the operation of elements such
as pushbuttons, rocker arms or rotary but-
tons in the proximity of live parts.
In VDE 0105-1, this is covered by “opera-
tion with partial protection against direct con-
tact”.
Detailed specifications for “occasional
handling” can be found in DIN VDE 0106-100.
This specifies to what degree live parts in the
proximity of operating elements are to be
protected against contact. The basis for this is
the definition of a “protection area for occa-
sional handling”; this is the area into which the
user must reach in order to handle the ma-
chine.
equipment. No special measures for shock
protection are provided outside this area.
Note: systems and equipment that are op-
erated with SELV up to 25 V ~ or 60 V – are
considered to be protected against direct con-
tact.
According to § 5, Subsection 4 of the BGV
A 2 regulations, there is no need to test the
condition of the system prior to initial startup
if the company has confirmation from the
manufacturer or installer that the electrical
by the installer or installation company. The
manufacturer of the electrical equipment can
only issue a confirmation that products have
been produced in accordance with the rele-
vant electrotechnical DIN VDE regulations
stipulated in BGV A 2. The installer must bear
this in mind when selecting the equipment to
be used.
In the field of connection technology,
Phoenix Contact offers a wide range of prod-
ucts that are touch proof or that can be pro-
tected against contact using covers. Depend-
ing on the conditions, all of this must be taken
into account when selecting the individual
types of terminal block and accessories.
567PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical information
Quality features of insulating housing
Thermoplastics
The majority of our insulating housing is
made from thermoplastic materials. Roughly
speaking, these can be divided into amor-
phous and semi-crystalline substances. Ther-
moplastics are processed using the efficient
and environmentally-friendly injection mold-
ing process. They have good recycling proper-
ties and can be re-used. We use many materi-
als that are modified in different ways to meet
the demanding requirements that electrical
and electronic modules, devices, and systems
have to meet with regard to their mechanical,
thermal, and electrical properties.
Behavior of plastics under the influ-
ence of temperature (operating tem-
peratures, mechanical influences)
All plastics undergo a process referred to
as thermal aging when they are subjected to
heat over long periods. This process causes
changes in the mechanical and electrical prop-
erties of the material. External influences, e.g.,
radiation, additional mechanical, chemical or
electrical stresses, amplify this effect. Special
tests on samples can yield characteristic data
which provides a good means of drawing com-
parisons between different plastics. However,
applying these characteristics to an evaluation
of molded plastic parts is only possible to a
limited extent, and can only give the designer
a rough guide when it comes to selecting a
plastic material. This catalog uses the following
assessment criteria: the RTI value according
to UL746B/ANSI 746 B (elec. based on dielec-
tric strength) and the Ti value according to
IEC 60216-1 (based on a 50% reduction in
tensile strength after 20,000 hours).
IEC 60947-7-1/EN 60947-7-1 specifies a
permissible temperature increase of 45 K for
modular terminal blocks under nominal load.
Phoenix Contact terminal blocks meet this re-
quirement.
The properties of plastics are not only af-
fected by the influence of heat as described
above; they also undergo changes as a result of
cold influences. When subjected to cold as
well as low levels of humidity, plastics become
increasingly brittle with the result that they
are no longer capable of withstanding the
same mechanical loads. As the table on the
right shows, the plastics concerned can be
used down to a temperature of -40°C, but
only without a mechanical load. As far as the
products presented in the catalog are con-
cerned, it is the ambient temperature speci-
fied in each case that is to be regarded as de-
finitive for operation. Regardless of the
plastics used, this may be subject to further re-
strictions (e.g., limited to -20°C) as a result of
the components used or other restrictive pa-
rameters.
At very low temperatures, this means that
any form of mechanical load on the plastic
components must be avoided (e.g., mounting
of products on/removal of products from the
DIN rail, actuation of terminal points, lock-
ing/ejection of relays from bases, prizing out of
plug-in bridges, bending of cables and lines,
etc.), as there is always an associated risk of
damage. Unless otherwise indicated, it is rec-
ommended that you carry out the specified
mounting/operational tasks in a temperature
range from -10°C to +40°C.
Inflammability characteristics of
plastics (UL 94)
Inflammability tests for plastics have been
defined by Underwriters Laboratories (USA)
in regulation UL 94. This applies to all areas of
application, but in particular to electrical engi-
neering. A horizontal or vertical test is carried
out at the test laboratory to determine the in-
flammability of the plastic material with a na-
ked flame. In order of increasing resistance to
combustion, the evaluation classes are HB, V2,
V1, V0, and 5V. Test results are recorded on
“yellow cards” and are published annually in
the Recognized Component Directory.
Thermoplastics:
non-reinforced polyamide, PA
We use the modern, semi-crystalline poly-
amide insulation material, which has now be-
come an essential component in electrical en-
gineering and electronics. It has long occupied
a leading position and is authorized for use by
the relevant approval authorities such as the
CSA, NEMKO, KEMA, PTB, SEV, UL, VDE,
etc.
Polyamide also has excellent electrical,
mechanical, chemical, and other properties,
even at high operating temperatures. Brief
peak temperatures up to approximately
200°C are permitted as a result of heat aging
stabilization. Depending on the type (PA 4.6,
6.6, 6.10, etc.), its melting point is in the region
of 215°C to 295°C.
Polyamide absorbs moisture from its sur-
roundings, on average 2.8%. However, this
moisture is not in the form of crystallization
water in the plastic itself, but chemically bond-
ed H2O groups in the molecule structure. This
makes the plastic flexible and resistant to
breakage, even at temperatures as low as -
40°C. According to UL 94, PA belongs to in-
flammability class V2 to V0.
Thermoplastics: polyester, PBT
We use the semi-crystalline thermoplastic
polyester in non-reinforced and fiberglass-re-
inforced variants for special applications which
require increased dimensional and form stabil-
ity.
In addition to the high operating tempera-
ture, the material is characterized by excellent
mechanical strength and hardness, and does
not absorb moisture from its surroundings.
PBT is therefore particularly suitable for strips,
for example, which are soldered onto PCBs
and subsequently have to pass a burn-in test
while they are subjected to heat. According to
UL 94, PBT belongs to inflammability class V2
to V0.
568 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical information
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Properties Unit/level Polyamide
PA
Polyester
PBT
Polycarbonate
PC
Polycarbonate
PC-F
ABS
Operating temperature RTI */** °C 105 105 125 120 80
Minimum temperature (without mechanical load) °C -40 -40 -40 -40 -40
Dielectric strength according to IEC 60243-1/DIN VDE 0303-21
kV/cm 600 400 > 300 850
Creep resistance CTI...M 550 225 175 200
IEC 60112/DIN VDE 0303-1 CTI... 600 225 175 175 600
Tropical and termite resistance Good Good Good
Specific contact resistance
IEC 60093/VDE 0303 Part 30; IEC 60167/VDE 0303 Part 31 cm 1012 1016 > 1016 > 1014 1014
Surface resistance
IEC 60093/VDE 0303 Part 30; IEC 60167/VDE 0303 Part 31 1010 1013 > 1014 1013
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V2 - V0 V0 V2 - V0 V0 HB - V0
* According to UL 746 B/ANSI 746 B (elec.) ** Minimum value
Thermoplastics: polycarbonate, PC
Polycarbonate combines many advantages
such as rigidity, impact strength, transparency,
dimensional stability, good insulation proper-
ties, and resistance to heat.
This amorphous material only absorbs
moisture to a very limited degree, and is used
for items such as large, rigid electronic com-
ponent housing.
In its transparent form, polycarbonate is
particularly suitable for use as cover profiles
or marking materials.
PC has good resistance properties against
mineral acids, saturated aliphatic hydrocar-
bons, gasoline, greases, and oils.
The material is less resistant to solvents,
benzene, lyes, acetone, and ammonia. Strain
cracks may result from contact with certain
chemicals.
According to UL 94, PC belongs to inflam-
mability class V2 to V0.
Thermoplastics:
polycarbonate fiber-reinforced, PC-F
Compared to non-reinforced materials, fi-
ber-reinforced polycarbonates feature greater
rigidity, impact strength, and operating tem-
perature. In other respects, their properties
are largely identical to those of non-reinforced
polycarbonate.
Thermoplastics: ABS
We use the thermoplastic molding com-
pound ABS for products which must have
good impact and notched impact properties in
addition to high mechanical stability and rigid-
ity. The products are resistant to chemicals
and stress cracking due to their special surface
quality and hardness.
The characteristic thermal properties pro-
vide good dimensional stability at both low
and high temperatures. Products made from
ABS can be coated with metallic surfaces, e.g.,
nickel.
According to UL 94, the molding com-
pound used belongs to inflammability class HB
to V0.
Dimensions: width / height / depth
The dimensions for “width / height /
depth” are defined as follows for all DIN-rail-
mountable products in the INTERFACE
range:
– Width: measurement taken along the
DIN rail
– Height: measurement taken across the
DIN rail
– Depth: measurement taken starting from
the mounting plate and including the
NS 35/7,5 DIN rail (EN 60715)
The width, height, and depth never
change, even if the products shown in this cat-
alog happen to be photographed from two dif-
ferent perspectives (horizontal or vertical).
To make things easier for you, one of the
following two symbols has been included next
to each product photo:
D
H
W
DW
H
569PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical information
strand) or stranded (fine-strand).
These values can be found in the product-
specific technical data.
The rated connection capacity of Phoenix
Contact modular terminal blocks usually ex-
ceeds standard requirements, which specify
that it must only be possible to connect one
conductor with one of the two next smallest
cross sections, excluding the rated cross sec-
tion (standardized for the cross section range
from 0.2 to 35 mm2).
In addition, conductors with a rated cross
section can usually be wired with ferrules with
plastic sleeve.
Phoenix Contact modular terminal blocks
Connection cross section
The rated cross section of modular termi-
nal blocks must be specified by the manufac-
turer in accordance with IEC 60947-7-1. The
rated cross section is the maximum conduc-
tor cross section that can be connected in sin-
gle-, multi- or fine-strand versions subject to
specific thermal, mechanical, and electrical re-
quirements.
The manufacturer must also specify the
rated connection capacity, i.e., the area of
the conductor that can be connected, as well
as the number of conductors that can be con-
nected simultaneously and the necessary
preparation of the conductor ends. The con-
ductors can be solid (single or multi-
are designed to allow copper conductors to
be connected to them untreated. “Special
treatment” or the use of ferrules – both per-
mitted according to IEC 60947-7-1 – is not re-
quired. If ferrules are nevertheless used to
protect stranded conductors against splicing,
the connection capacity of the stranded con-
ductor is generally reduced by one level.
Tightening torque of terminal block
screws
IEC 60947-1/EN 60947-1, modified, Table
4 specifies tightening torques for screw con-
nections based on the screw size for electrical
and mechanical type tests.
Structure and dimensions of connecting cables
Cross
section
Single-strand Multi-strand Fine-strand American Wire Gauge [AWG]
[mm2]
Diameter
max. di-
mension
Number of
wires
Diameter
max. di-
mension
Number of
wires
(minimum
number)
Diameter
max. di-
mension
Number of
wires
(guide val-
ue)
Gauge No.
AWG [ mm]
Solid
wires
[circ. mils] [mm2] [ mm]
Stranded
wires
[circ. mils] [mm2]
0.2 0.5 1 – – – – 24 0.51 404 0.21 – – –
0.5 0.9 11.1 71.1 16 20 0.81 1022 0.52 0.97 1111 0.56
0.75 1.0 11.2 71.3 24 18 1.02 1620 0.82 1.16 1600 0.82
11.2 11.4 71.5 32 (17) 1.15 2050 1.04
– – – – – – – 16 1.29 2580 1.31 1.50 2580 1.32
1.5 1.5 11.7 71.8 30 (15) 1.45 3260 1.65
– – – – – – – 14 1.63 4110 2.08 1.85 4100 2.09
2.5 1.9 12.2 72.3 50 (13) 1.83 5180 2.63
– – – – – – – 12 2.05 6530 3.31 2.41 6500 3.32
42.4 12.7 72.9 56 (11) 2.30 8230 4.17
– – – – – – – 10 2.59 10380 5.26 2.95 10530 5.37
62.9 13.3 73.9 84 (9) 2.91 13100 6.63
– – – – – – – 8 3.26 16510 8.37 3.73 16625 8.48
Extract from IEC 60 947-1/EN 60 947-1, Table 4
The torque according to IEC and the
recommended tightening torque for Phoenix Contact terminal blocks are specified.
Thread Head screw with slot
Torque
[Nm]
Recommended
tightening torque
[Nm]
M2.5 (M2.6) 0.4 0.4 - 0.5
M3 0.5 0.5 - 0.6
M3.5 0.8 0.8 - 1.0
M4 1.2 1.2 - 1.5
Current carrying capacity
Standard IEC 60947-7-1/
EN 60947-7-1/DIN VDE 0611-1 specifies the
test currents for the individual conductor
cross sections listed in the adjacent table. The
corresponding currents are listed with the
connection data for the individual terminal
blocks. The type tests for modular terminal
blocks are based on this data.
Test currents according to IEC 60947-7-1/EN 60947-7-1, Table 5
Rated
cross section [mm2]0.2 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.5 4 6 10 16
Test current [A] 4 6 9 13.5 17.5 24 32 41 57 76
570 PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical information
X
jfv
F
C px
N
Am
n
a!o
U
uz
g wy
PN
Ad
$l
K
S
s
J
V
h
T
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Overview of certification bodies and
safety marks
Certification bodies and approvals Country
code Explosion protection Country
code Ship classification societies Country
code
IECEE CB Scheme
(in combination with certifying body)
Interna-
tional FM Approvals US Bureau Veritas FR
CCA
CENELEC Certification Agreement (CCA
inspection report)
(in combination with certifying body)
EU DEKRA Certification B.V. NL Germanischer Lloyd AG DE
Canadian Standards Association (CSA) CA Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt DE Lloyd's Register EMEA GB
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) US QS Schaffhausen CH Nippon Kaiji Kyokai JP
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)
- UL approval for Canada - CA VTT Expert Services Oy FI Det Norske Veritas NO
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) Com-
bined logo
- UL approval for the USA and Canada -
US
CA
IBExU Institut für Sicherheitstechnik
GmbH DE Polski Rejestr Statków PL
INSIEME PER LA QUALITA'E LA
SICUREZZA IT TÜV Rheinland do Brasil BR Russian Maritime Register of Shipping RU
Gosudarstvenne Komitet Standartov
(GOST) RU Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) US Korean Register of Shipping KR
DEKRA Certification B.V. NL TÜV Nord DE American Bureau of Shipping US
Österreichischer Verband für
Elektrotechnik AT DEKRA EXAM GmbH DE
South African Bureau of Standards ZA
electrosuisse SEV Verband für Elektro-,
Energie- und Informationstechnik CH
Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker
e.V.(VDE)
– Approval of drawings
– Reports with production monitoring
DE
Berufsgenossenschaft (BG)
GS - Geprüfte Sicherheit DE
TÜV Rheinland Industrie Service GmbH DE
Note:
Subject to changes that serve the pur-
pose of technical progress.
EMC: Class A product:
In accordance with statutory regula-
tions, our products are indicated with this
footnote if they are intended for use in in-
dustrial environments. This means that the
permissible limit values for residential appli-
cations may be exceeded in the event of
conducted and emitted interference. In
such cases, the operator may have to take
additional safety measures in order to en-
sure electromagnetic compatibility in resi-
dential applications.
571PHOENIX CONTACT
Technical information
Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page
B
B-STIFT 1051993 560
BN-TRK 2701404 560
BRIDGE- 2 2900746 36
BRIDGE- 2-3M 2901543 37
BRIDGE- 3 2900747 36
BRIDGE- 3-3M 2901656 37
BRIDGE- 4 2900748 36
BRIDGE- 4-3M 2901659 37
BRIDGE- 5 2900749 36
BRIDGE- 5-3M 2901545 37
BRIDGE- 6 2900750 36
BRIDGE- 6-3M 2901697 37
BRIDGE- 7 2900751 36
BRIDGE- 7-3M 2901698 37
BRIDGE- 8 2900752 36
BRIDGE- 8-3M 2901700 37
BRIDGE- 9 2900753 36
BRIDGE- 9-3M 2901701 37
BRIDGE-10 2900754 36
BRIDGE-10-3M 2901702 37
C
CABLE D-SUB-B-B-S/.../.../... 2302421 515
CABLE D-SUB-S-S-S/.../.../... 2302434 515
CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../... 2302340 515
CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 2,0M/YUC 2321334 467
CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 4,0M/YUC 2321347 467
CABLE-40/2FLK16/10,0M/YUC 2321350 467
CABLE-40/2FLK16/15,0M/YUC 2321376 467
CABLE-40/2FLK16/20,0M/YUC 2321363 467
CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 2,0M/YUC 2314655 467
CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 4,0M/YUC 2314671 467
CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 6,0M/YUC 2318978 467
CABLE-50/4FLK14/10,0M/YUC 2314684 467
CABLE-50/4FLK14/15,0M/YUC 2322773 467
CABLE-50/4FLK14/20,0M/YUC 2314778 467
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S 2305415 513
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S 2305428 513
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S 2305431 513
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S 2299987 512
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S 2299990 512
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S 2300009 512
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S 2302010 512
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S 2302023 512
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S 2302036 512
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S 2302049 512
CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S 2305570 513
CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S 2305583 513
CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S 2305596 513
CABLE-D- 9SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/... 2900903 516
CABLE-D- 9SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/... 2900909 516
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926014 516
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926027 516
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926030 516
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926043 516
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926056 516
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926069 516
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926072 516
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926360 516
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926373 516
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926386 516
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926399 516
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926409 516
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926412 516
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926425 516
CABLE-D-15SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/... 2900905 516
CABLE-D-15SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/... 2900910 516
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926085 516
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926098 516
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926108 516
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926111 516
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926124 516
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926137 516
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926140 516
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926438 516
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926441 516
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926454 516
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926467 516
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926470 516
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926483 516
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926496 516
CABLE-D-25SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/... 2900906 516
CABLE-D-25SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/... 2900911 516
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926153 516
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926166 516
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926179 516
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926182 516
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926195 516
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926205 516
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926218 516
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926506 516
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926519 516
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926522 516
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926535 516
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926548 516
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926551 516
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926564 516
CABLE-D-37SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/... 2900907 517
CABLE-D-37SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/... 2900912 517
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926221 517
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926234 517
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926247 517
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926250 517
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926263 517
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926276 517
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926289 517
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926577 517
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926580 517
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926593 517
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926603 517
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926616 517
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926629 517
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926632 517
CABLE-D-50SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/... 2900908 517
CABLE-D-50SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/... 2900913 517
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926292 517
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926302 517
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926315 517
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926328 517
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926331 517
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926344 517
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926357 517
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926645 517
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926658 517
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926661 517
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926674 517
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926687 517
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926690 517
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926700 517
CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S 2305444 513
CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S 2305457 513
CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S 2305460 513
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S 2302052 512
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S 2302065 512
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S 2302078 512
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S 2302081 512
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S 2302094 512
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S 2302104 512
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S 2302117 512
CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S 2305606 513
CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S 2305619 513
CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S 2305622 513
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/100/TU812 2304649 423
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/200/TU812 2304652 423
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/300/TU812 2304665 423
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/500/TU812 2304678 423
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/TU812/... 2304681 423
CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S 2305473 513
CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S 2305486 513
CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S 2305499 513
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S 2302120 512
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S 2302133 512
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S 2302146 512
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S 2302159 512
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S 2302162 512
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S 2302175 512
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S 2302188 512
CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S 2305635 513
CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S 2305648 513
CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S 2305651 513
CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-X81-I/... 2302706 440
CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-Y81P-O/... 2302696 440
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/X81-I 2302515 440
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/Y81P-O 2302476 440
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/X81-I 2302528 440
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/Y81P-O 2302489 440
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/X81-I 2302531 440
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/Y81P-O 2302492 440
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/X81-I 2302544 440
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/Y81P-O 2302502 440
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 100/KONFEK/S 2305509 513
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 200/KONFEK/S 2305512 513
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 300/KONFEK/S 2305525 513
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 400/KONFEK/S 2900759 513
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 600/KONFEK/S 2900760 513
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 800/KONFEK/S 2900761 513
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/1000/KONFEK/S 2900762 513
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/1500/KONFEK/S 2900763 513
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/2000/KONFEK/S 2900764 513
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S 2302191 512
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S 2302201 512
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S 2302214 512
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S 2302227 512
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S 2302230 512
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S 2302243 512
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S 2302256 512
CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S 2305664 513
CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S 2305677 513
CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S 2305680 513
CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S 2305541 513
CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S 2305554 513
CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S 2305567 513
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S 2302269 512
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S 2302272 512
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S 2302285 512
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S 2302298 512
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S 2302308 512
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S 2302311 512
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S 2302324 512
CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S 2305693 513
CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S 2305703 513
CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S 2305716 513
CABLE-EC56-F-OE-0,34-S/... 2904025 518
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 1,0M 2903395 518
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 2,0M 2903396 518
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 4,0M 2903397 518
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 6,0M 2903398 518
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 8,0M 2903399 518
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/10,0M 2903400 518
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/15,0M 2903401 518
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/20,0M 2903402 518
CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-IN/... 2302845 442
CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-OUT/... 2302858 442
CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-IN 2304241 442
CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-OUT 2304225 442
CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-IN 2304254 442
CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-OUT 2304238 442
CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-IN/... 2302816 442
CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-OUT/... 2302832 442
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IM/MEL 2903468 441
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IP/MEL 2903476 441
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/M340 2321635 447
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-IN 2321091 453
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-OUT 2321017 453
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IM/MEL 2903469 441
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IP/MEL 2903477 441
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/M340 2321648 447
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-IN 2321101 453
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-OUT 2321020 453
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/IM/MEL 2903470 441
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/IP/MEL 2903478 441
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/M340 2321651 447
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-IN 2321114 453
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-OUT 2321033 453
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/IM/MEL 2903471 441
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/IP/MEL 2903479 441
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/M340 2321664 447
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-IN 2321127 453
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-OUT 2321046 453
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/IM/MEL 2903472 441
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/IP/MEL 2903480 441
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/M340 2321677 447
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-IN 2321130 453
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-OUT 2321059 453
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/IM/MEL 2903473 441
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/IP/MEL 2903481 441
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/M340 2321680 447
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-IN 2321143 453
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-OUT 2321062 453
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/IM/MEL 2903474 441
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/IP/MEL 2903482 441
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/M340 2321693 447
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-IN 2321156 453
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-OUT 2321075 453
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IM/MEL 2903475 441
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IP/MEL 2903483 441
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/M340 2321703 447
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-IN 2321169 453
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-OUT 2321088 453
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/15,0M/M340 2903748 447
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/IM/MEL 2903502 441
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/M340 2321716 447
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-IN 2321253 453
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-OUT 2321172 453
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/IM/MEL 2903503 441
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/M340 2321729 447
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-IN 2321266 453
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-OUT 2321185 453
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/IM/MEL 2903504 441
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/M340 2321732 447
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-IN 2321279 453
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-OUT 2321198 453
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/IM/MEL 2903505 441
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/M340 2321745 447
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-IN 2321282 453
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-OUT 2321208 453
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/IM/MEL 2903506 441
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/M340 2321758 447
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-IN 2321295 453
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-OUT 2321211 453
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/IM/MEL 2903507 441
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/M340 2321761 447
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-IN 2321305 453
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-OUT 2321224 453
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/IM/MEL 2903508 441
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/M340 2321774 447
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-IN 2321318 453
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-OUT 2321237 453
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/IM/MEL 2903509 441
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/M340 2321787 447
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-IN 2321321 453
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-OUT 2321240 453
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-IN 2304209 442
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-OUT 2304186 442
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/15,0M/M340 2903749 447
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-IN 2304212 442
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-OUT 2304199 442
CABLE-FLK10-OE-0,14/... 2904331 502
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 0,5M 2904073 502
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,0M 2904074 502
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,5M 2904075 502
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,0M 2904076 502
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,5M 2904077 502
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 3,0M 2904078 502
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 4,0M 2904079 502
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 6,0M 2904080 502
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 8,0M 2904081 502
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/10,0M 2904082 502
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 50 2305761 502
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 100 2305253 502
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 150 2305266 502
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 200 2305279 502
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 250 2305282 502
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 300 2305295 502
572 PHOENIX CONTACT
Index
Alphabetical
Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 400 2305774 502
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 600 2305787 502
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 800 2305790 502
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/... 2305732 502
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/1000 2305800 502
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 0,5M 2318127 502
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,0M 2318130 502
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,5M 2318143 502
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,0M 2318156 502
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,5M 2318169 502
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 3,0M 2318172 502
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 4,0M 2318185 502
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 6,0M 2318198 502
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 8,0M 2318208 502
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/... 2318224 502
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/10,0M 2318211 502
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 50 2305826 503
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 100 2305305 503
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 150 2305318 503
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 200 2305321 503
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 250 2305334 503
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 300 2305347 503
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 400 2305839 503
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 600 2305842 503
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 800 2305855 503
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/... 2305745 503
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/1000 2305868 503
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 0,5M 2314134 505
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,0M 2314147 505
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,5M 2314150 505
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,0M 2314163 505
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,5M 2314176 505
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 3,0M 2314189 505
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 4,0M 2314192 505
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 5,0M 2314202 505
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 6,0M 2314215 505
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 7,0M 2314228 505
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 8,0M 2314231 505
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/10,0M 2314244 505
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 50 2305871 503
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 100 2305350 503
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 150 2305363 503
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 200 2305376 503
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 250 2305389 503
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 300 2305392 503
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 400 2305884 503
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 600 2305897 503
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 800 2305907 503
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/... 2305758 503
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/1000 2305910 503
CLIPFIX 35 3022218 318
CM-KBL-RS232/USB 2881078 149
D
D-DEK 1,5 GN 2716949 397
D-UKK 3/5 2770024 183
D-UKK 3/5 BU 2770105 183
DB 50- 90 BK 2820916 372
DB 50- 90 BU 2821180 372
DB 50- 90 GY 2820929 372
DEK-OE- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G 2964542 411
DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ 2964270 410
DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G 2964555 411
DEK-OE- 5DC/ 48DC/100 2940223 400
DEK-OE- 12DC/ 48DC/100 2964487 400
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G 2964364 411
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ 2964283 410
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G 2964348 411
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 48DC/100 2940207 400
DEK-OE- 60DC/ 48DC/100 2941536 400
DEK-OE-120AC/ 48DC/100 2941659 400
DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100 2940210 400
DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100/SO 46 2964678 405
DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 3 2941361 401
DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 10 2961752 401
DEK-OV- 5DC/240AC/800 2964623 401
DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 3 2941387 401
DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 10 2961749 401
DEK-OV- 12DC/240AC/800 2964636 401
DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3 2941374 401
DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3/AKT 2964296 401
DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10 2964322 401
DEK-OV- 24DC/240AC/800 2964649 401
DEK-REL- 5/I/1 2941183 398
DEK-REL- 5/O/1 2941170 399
DEK-REL- 24/1/AKT 2964063 399
DEK-REL- 24/1/S 2964131 403
DEK-REL- 24/1/SEN 2964050 399
DEK-REL- 24/I/1 2940171 398
DEK-REL- 24/O/1 2941154 399
DEK-REL-G24/21 2964500 397
DEK-TR/INV 2964319 413
DFLK 10/FKCT 2903034 531
DFLK 14/FKCT 2903035 531
DFLK 16 2280239 530
DFLK 16/FKCT 2903036 531
DFLK 20 2280242 530
DFLK 20/FKCT 2903038 531
DFLK 26 2280255 530
DFLK 26/FKCT 2903039 531
DFLK 34 2280268 530
DFLK 34/FKCT 2903041 531
DFLK 40 2280271 530
DFLK 40/FKCT 2903042 531
DFLK 50 2280284 530
DFLK 50/FKCT 2903043 531
DFLK-D 9 SUB/B 2287135 537
DFLK-D 9 SUB/F/FKCT 2903063 538
DFLK-D 9 SUB/M/FKCT 2903052 538
DFLK-D 9 SUB/S 2283870 537
DFLK-D15 SUB/B 2280307 537
DFLK-D15 SUB/F/FKCT 2903065 538
DFLK-D15 SUB/M/FKCT 2903054 538
DFLK-D15 SUB/S 2280297 537
DFLK-D25 SUB/B 2280323 537
DFLK-D25 SUB/F/FKCT 2903067 538
DFLK-D25 SUB/M/FKCT 2903055 538
DFLK-D25 SUB/S 2280310 537
DFLK-D37 SUB/B 2280349 537
DFLK-D37 SUB/F/FKCT 2903069 538
DFLK-D37 SUB/M/FKCT 2903056 538
DFLK-D37 SUB/S 2280336 537
DFLK-D50 SUB/B 2287669 537
DFLK-D50 SUB/F/FKCT 2903070 538
DFLK-D50 SUB/M/FKCT 2903058 538
DFLK-D50 SUB/S 2291286 537
DIKD 1,5 2715979 399
E
EB 2- DIK BU 2716648 403
EB 2- DIK RD 2716693 403
EB 3- DIK BU 2716651 403
EB 3- DIK RD 2716745 403
EB 4- DIK BU 2716664 403
EB 4- DIK RD 2716758 403
EB 5- DIK BU 2716677 403
EB 5- DIK RD 2716761 403
EB 10- DIK BU 2716680 403
EB 10- DIK RD 2716774 403
EB 80- DIK BU 2715940 397
EB 80- DIK RD 2715953 397
EB 80- DIK WH 2715788 397
EEM-2AO-MA600 2901475 202
EEM-2DIO-MA600 2901371 202
EEM-ETH-MA600 2901373 203
EEM-ETH-RS485-MA600 2901374 203
EEM-IMP-MA400 2904314 204
EEM-IMP-MA600 2904313 204
EEM-MA200 2901362 201
EEM-MA250 2901363 201
EEM-MA400 2901364 201
EEM-MA600 2901366 200
EEM-MA600-24DC 2902352 201
EEM-MEMO-MA600 2901370 202
EEM-MKT-DRA 2902078 205
EEM-PB-MA600 2901368 203
EEM-PB12-MA600 2901418 203
EEM-RS485-MA400 2901365 203
EEM-RS485-MA600 2901367 203
EEM-TEMP-MA600 2901949 204
EIK1-SVN-24P 2940799 412
EL1-P16 2833547 372
EL1-P25 2833550 372
EL2-P35 2833592 378
EL3-M52 2833628 382
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-20 2297138 46
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-30 2297154 47
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-50 2297170 47
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-20 2297141 46
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-30 2297167 47
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-50 2297183 47
ELR 2+1- 24DC/500AC-37 2297277 41
ELR 2+1-230AC/500AC-37 2297280 41
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 2 2297196 40
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 9 2297219 41
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC-16 2297235 41
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 2 2297206 40
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 9 2297222 41
ELR 3-230AC/500AC-16 2297248 41
ELR 5011 IP PN 2700745 48
ELR 5011-2 IP PN 2701007 48
ELR 5030 IP PN 2701006 49
ELR 5030-2 IP PN 2701008 49
ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 2900542 24
ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 2900543 24
ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900545 25
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900685 24
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900544 24
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900546 25
ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-0,6 2903914 20
ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-2 2903916 20
ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-9 2903918 21
ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 2900566 20
ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 2900567 20
ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900569 21
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900689 20
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900568 20
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900570 21
ELR H3-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900530 27
ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900531 27
ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 2900573 22
ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 2900574 22
ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900576 23
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900691 22
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900575 22
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900578 23
ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-0,6 2903902 18
ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-2 2903904 18
ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-9 2903906 19
ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 2900582 18
ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 2900414 18
ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900421 19
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900692 18
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900420 18
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900422 19
ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-0,6 2903116 31
ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-2 2903117 31
ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-9 2903118 31
ELR H5-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900538 26
ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900539 26
ELR H51-0.6-DIN-RAIL-SET 2902952 29
ELR H51-2.4-DIN-RAIL-SET 2902953 29
ELR H51-9-DIN-RAIL-SET 2902954 29
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06 2902746 29
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2 2902744 29
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9 2902745 29
ELR W1/ 2-24DC 2963598 44
ELR W1/ 6-24DC 2982090 44
ELR W2+1- 24DC/500AC-37 2297374 39
ELR W2+1-230AC/500AC-37 2297387 39
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2 2297293 38
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2I 2297031 18
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9 2297316 39
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9I 2297057 19
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-16 2297332 39
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2 2297303 38
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2I 2297044 18
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9 2297329 39
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9I 2297060 19
ELR W3-230AC/500AC-16 2297345 39
ELR W3/ 9-400 S 2963569 42
EM RD-ADAPTER 2902747 29
EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC 2902831 29
EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT 2902748 29
EM SWD-ADAPTER 2902776 32
EM-CAN-GATEWAY-IFS 2901504 14
EM-CP-PP-ETH 2902802 247
EM-DNET-GATEWAY-IFS 2901529 14
EM-EV-CLR-12V 2903246 247
EM-MODBUS-GATEWAY-IFS 2901528 14
EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS 2297620 14
EM-RS232-GATEWAY-IFS 2901526 14
EM-RS485-GATEWAY-IFS 2901527 14
EMD-BL-3V-400 2903525 251
EMD-BL-3V-400-PT 2903526 251
EMD-BL-C-10 2903521 250
EMD-BL-C-10-PT 2903522 250
EMD-BL-PH-480 2903527 251
EMD-BL-PH-480-PT 2903528 251
EMD-BL-V-230 2903523 250
EMD-BL-V-230-PT 2903524 250
EMD-FL-3V-230 2885773 254
EMD-FL-3V-400 2866064 254
EMD-FL-3V-500 2867979 255
EMD-FL-3V-690 2885249 255
EMD-FL-C-10 2866022 252
EMD-FL-PF-400 2885809 256
EMD-FL-RP-480 2900177 256
EMD-FL-V-300 2866048 253
EMD-SL-3V-400 2866051 255
EMD-SL-3V-400-N 2885278 255
EMD-SL-C-OC-10 2866019 252
EMD-SL-C-UC-10 2867937 252
EMD-SL-LL-110 2901137 257
EMD-SL-LL-230 2885906 257
EMD-SL-PH-400 2866077 255
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC 2866103 252
EMD-SL-PS- 24DC 2885359 252
EMD-SL-PS-110AC 2866116 252
EMD-SL-PS-120AC 2885731 252
EMD-SL-PS-230AC 2866129 252
EMD-SL-PS45-110AC 2885281 255
EMD-SL-PS45-120AC 2885744 255
EMD-SL-PS45-230AC 2885294 255
EMD-SL-PS45-400AC 2885304 255
EMD-SL-PS45-500AC 2885317 256
EMD-SL-PTC 2866093 257
EMD-SL-V-UV-300 2866035 253
EMG 17-OV- 24DC/ 48DC/2 2942810 405
EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/2E/SO38 2941646 407
EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/SO38 BK 2949994 407
EMG 22-DIO 4E 2950048 262
EMG 22-DIO 4E-1N5408 2952790 262
EMG 22-DIO 4M-1N5408 2952211 262
EMG 22-DIO 4P-1N5408 2952198 262
EMG 22-DIO 7M 2950077 262
EMG 22-DIO 7P 2950064 262
EMG 22-LA 7S/230 2949677 263
EMG 22-LED 7S/24 2952305 263
EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/ SO46 2940760 404
EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/AU/SO46 2940061 404
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN 5 2949787 414
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN12 2952363 414
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN35 2952350 414
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP 5 2949790 415
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP12 2952156 415
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP35 2952169 415
EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN 2940252 148
EMG 30-SP-10K LIN 2942124 148
EMG 45-DIO 8E 2950103 262
EMG 45-DIO 8E-1N5408 2949389 262
EMG 45-DIO 8E/LP 2954798 263
EMG 45-DIO 8M-1N5408 2954882 262
573PHOENIX CONTACT
Index
Alphabetical
Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page
EMG 45-DIO 8P-1N5408 2954879 262
EMG 45-DIO14M 2950129 262
EMG 45-DIO14M/LP 2950132 263
EMG 45-DIO14P 2950116 262
EMG 45-LED 14S/24 2952334 263
EMG 90-DIO 16E/LP 2954808 263
EMG 90-DIO 17E 2954895 262
EMG 90-DIO 32M 2954934 262
EMG 90-DIO 32M/LP 2954785 263
EMG 90-DIO 32P 2954918 262
EMG-GKS 12 2947035 262
EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 372
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS 2297523 12
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS 2297497 12
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS 2297536 12
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS 2297507 12
ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S 2917492 259
ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S-PT 2901489 259
ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN 2917515 259
ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN-PT 2901491 259
ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN 2917528 259
ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN-PT 2901492 259
ETD-BL-1T-F-300S 2917502 259
ETD-BL-1T-F-300S-PT 2901490 259
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S 2917450 259
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S-PT 2901485 259
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN 2917467 259
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN-PT 2901487 259
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN 2917489 259
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN-PT 2901488 259
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S 2917463 259
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S-PT 2901486 259
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S 2917379 258
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S-PT 2901476 258
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN 2917395 258
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN-PT 2901478 258
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN 2917405 258
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN-PT 2901479 258
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S 2917382 258
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S-PT 2901477 258
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S 2917418 259
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S-PT 2901480 259
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN 2917434 259
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN-PT 2901483 259
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN 2917447 259
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN-PT 2901484 259
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S 2917421 259
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S-PT 2901481 259
ETD-FL-2T-DTI 2866187 260
ETD-SL-1T-DTF 2866161 261
ETD-SL-2T-I 2866174 261
EU4A-RJ45-USB-CAB1 PXC 2903465 34
EU5C-SWD-CAN PXC 2903098 33
EU5C-SWD-DP PXC 2903100 33
EU5C-SWD-EIP-MODTCP PXC 2903244 33
EU5C-SWD-PF2-1 PXC 2903113 33
EU5E-SWD-2A2A PXC 2903104 33
EU5E-SWD-4D4D PXC 2903101 33
EU5E-SWD-4DX PXC 2903102 33
EU5E-SWD-X8D PXC 2903103 33
F
FBS 2-6 3030336 318
FBS 2-6 BU 3036932 318
FBS 2-6 GY 3032237 318
FBS 2-8 3030284 318
FBS 2-8 BU 3032567 318
FBS 2-8 GY 7042 3032541 318
FBS 5-6 3030349 318
FBS 10-6 3030271 318
FBS 20-6 3030365 318
FBS 50-6 3032224 318
FBST 6-PLC BU 2966812 368
FBST 6-PLC GY 2966825 368
FBST 6-PLC RD 2966236 368
FBST 8-PLC GY 2967688 368
FBST 14-PLC BK 2967691 368
FBST 500-PLC BU 2966692 368
FBST 500-PLC GY 2966838 368
FBST 500-PLC RD 2966786 368
FL CRIMPTOOL 2744869 48
FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2 2744571 48
FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2 2744856 48
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2299204 506
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2299217 506
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2299220 506
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2299233 506
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2299246 506
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2299259 506
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299262 506
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299275 506
FLK 10/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299288 506
FLK 14-16-EZ-DR-HF-S7/... 2295693 457
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 50/S7 2293815 456
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 100/S7 2293828 456
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 150/S7 2293831 456
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 200/S7 2293844 456
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 250/S7 2293857 456
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 300/S7 2293860 456
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 400/S7 2293886 456
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 500/S7 2293899 456
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 600/S7 2293909 456
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 700/S7 2293912 456
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 800/S7 2293925 456
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 900/S7 2293938 456
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/1000/S7 2293941 456
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 50/S7 2296919 457
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 100/S7 2296922 457
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 150/S7 2296935 457
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 200/S7 2296948 457
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 250/S7 2296951 457
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 300/S7 2296964 457
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 400/S7 2904525 457
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 500/S7 2304704 457
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 600/S7 2904526 457
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 800/S7 2904527 457
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/1000/S7 2904528 457
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 30/KONFEK 2295729 504
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2288901 504
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S 2296977 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2288914 504
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S 2296980 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2288927 504
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S 2296993 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2288930 504
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S 2297002 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK 2288943 504
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2288956 504
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S 2299013 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK 2288969 504
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2288972 504
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S 2299026 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK 2290847 504
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK 2290834 504
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK 2290850 504
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2290863 504
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S 2299039 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299563 504
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S 2299042 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299576 504
FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S 2299055 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 50/KONFEK 2305952 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 100/KONFEK 2305965 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 150/KONFEK 2305978 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 200/KONFEK 2305981 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 250/KONFEK 2305994 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 300/KONFEK 2304759 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 400/KONFEK 2304762 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 500/KONFEK 2304717 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 600/KONFEK 2306003 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 700/KONFEK 2314011 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 800/KONFEK 2314024 505
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/1000/KONFEK 2314037 505
FLK 16-14-DV-IN/... 2304416 432
FLK 16-14-DV-OUT/... 2304377 432
FLK 16-24-DV-AI-EZ-DR/... 2304335 432
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/ 50 2304393 432
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/100 2300559 432
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/200 2300562 432
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/300 2304403 432
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/400 2305185 432
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 30 2304348 432
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 50 2304351 432
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/100 2300575 432
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/200 2300588 432
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/300 2304364 432
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 30 2304319 432
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 50 2304296 432
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/100 2301134 432
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/200 2301545 432
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/300 2304322 432
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2299291 506
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2299301 506
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2299314 506
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2299327 506
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2299330 506
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2299343 506
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299356 506
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299369 506
FLK 16/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299372 506
FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/... 2304487 432
FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/100/KONFEK 2298470 432
FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/200/KONFEK 2298438 432
FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/300/KONFEK 2300818 432
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 50KONFEK 2296391 506
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 100KONFEK 2296401 506
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 150KONFEK 2296472 506
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 200KONFEK 2296485 506
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 300KONFEK 2296498 506
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 400KONFEK 2296508 506
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 600KONFEK 2296511 506
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 800KONFEK 2296524 506
FLK 20/EZ-DR/1000KONFEK 2296537 506
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2299385 506
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2299398 506
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2299408 506
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2299411 506
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2299424 506
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2299437 506
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299440 506
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299453 506
FLK 26/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299466 506
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2299479 506
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2299482 506
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2299495 506
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2299505 506
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2299518 506
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2299521 506
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299534 506
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299547 506
FLK 34/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299550 506
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 100/YUC 2322786 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC 2314341 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC 2314354 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC 2314367 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC 2321570 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC 2314943 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC 2321583 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC 2314956 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC 2321415 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC 2314370 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1100/YUC 2321428 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1200/YUC 2321431 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1300/YUC 2321444 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1400/YUC 2321457 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC 2314383 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1600/YUC 2321596 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1700/YUC 2321606 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1800/YUC 2321619 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1900/YUC 2321622 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2000/YUC 2314532 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2500/YUC 2314545 466
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC 2314558 466
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/IB32 2296812 431
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/OB32 2296786 431
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/IB32 2296825 431
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/OB32 2298483 431
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/IB32 2296838 431
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/OB32 2298522 431
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/IB32 2296841 431
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/OB32 2298535 431
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2288985 507
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/SLC 2294610 430
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2288998 507
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/SLC 2294623 430
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2289007 507
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/SLC 2294636 430
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2289010 507
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/SLC 2294649 430
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK 2289023 507
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2289036 507
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/SLC 2294652 430
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK 2289049 507
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2289052 507
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299589 507
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299592 507
FLK 40/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299602 507
FLK 50-2FLK20-EZ-DR-DV/... 2304966 432
FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR ... 2302405 508
FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR-S ... 2302447 508
FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-X81-I/... 2302683 440
FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-Y81P-O/... 2302625 440
FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-IN/... 2302803 442
FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-OUT/... 2302829 442
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC 2314299 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC 2314309 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC 2314312 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC 2321499 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC 2314927 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC 2321509 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC 2314930 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC 2321512 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC 2314325 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1100/YUC 2321389 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1200/YUC 2321525 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1300/YUC 2321392 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1400/YUC 2321402 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC 2314338 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1600/YUC 2321538 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1700/YUC 2321541 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1800/YUC 2321554 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1900/YUC 2321567 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2000/YUC 2314503 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2500/YUC 2314516 466
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC 2314529 466
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 50/DV 2304872 432
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 100/DV 2304898 432
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 200/DV 2304908 432
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 300/DV 2304911 432
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 600/DV 2304937 432
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 800/DV 2304940 432
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/1000/DV 2304953 432
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2296689 508
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2296692 508
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2296702 508
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2296715 508
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK 2305402 508
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2296728 508
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2296731 508
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2296744 508
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2296757 508
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2296773 508
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2289065 504
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S 2299097 505
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2289078 504
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S 2299107 505
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2289081 504
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S 2299110 505
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2289094 504
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S 2299123 505
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK 2289104 504
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2289117 504
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S 2299136 505
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK 2289120 504
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2289133 504
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S 2299149 505
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK 2289573 504
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK 2289586 504
574 PHOENIX CONTACT
Index
Alphabetical
Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK 2289599 504
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2289609 504
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S 2299152 505
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 650/KONFEK 2289612 504
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 700/KONFEK 2289625 504
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 750/KONFEK 2289638 504
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2289641 504
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S 2299165 505
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 850/KONFEK 2289654 504
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 900/KONFEK 2289667 504
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 950/KONFEK 2289670 504
FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2289683 504
FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S 2299178 505
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/X81-I 2302641 440
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/Y81P-O 2302599 440
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/X81-I 2302654 440
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/Y81P-O 2302609 440
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/X81-I 2302667 440
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/Y81P-O 2302612 440
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/X81-I 2302670 440
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/Y81P-O 2302638 440
FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-IN 2304160 442
FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-OUT 2304144 442
FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-IN 2304173 442
FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-OUT 2304157 442
FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../... 2295046 456
FLK EZ-DR.../.../... 2295059 456
FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC 2302861 425
FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC 2901037 425
FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC 2302874 425
FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/32 2302777 444
FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/DIO8 2900889 444
FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/IN16 2302751 444
FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/OUT16 2302764 444
FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340 2903208 446
FLKM 14-PA-S300 2299770 451
FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN 2293462 428
FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN/M 2293475 428
FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/OUT 2293459 428
FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI 2290038 437
FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO 2290009 437
FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC 2294487 478
FLKM 14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC 2290423 482
FLKM 16-PA- 331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR 2318237 455
FLKM 16-PA- 332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR 2318240 455
FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR 2314749 454
FLKM 16/AI/DV 2304429 433
FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV 2304445 433
FLKM 16/DI/SI/LA/DV 2304458 433
FLKM 16/DV 2304432 433
FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC 2302735 424
FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC 2302748 424
FLKM 50-PA-AB/IBN 2289816 426
FLKM 50-PA-AB/OBN 2289829 426
FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI 2321473 436
FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI/IN 2321486 436
FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q 2294306 445
FLKM 50-PA-S300 2294445 450
FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167 2307662 452
FLKM 50-PA-S400 2294500 458
FLKM 50-PA-S400(3-48) 2294908 458
FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A 2293446 428
FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-300 2321952 452
FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q 2294416 445
FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-S400 2294429 458
FLKM 50/32M/DV 2304869 434
FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV 2304856 434
FLKM 50/32M/PLC 2289719 477
FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC 2294490 478
FLKM 50/32P/PLC 2291121 477
FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300 2296281 450
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC 2291587 482
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC 2290614 482
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300 2304490 482
FLKM S115-454-7LA/S400 2314901 464
FLKM S115-465-7LA/UI/S400 2314914 464
FLKM S115/47X0,75/3,0M/OE 2314985 465
FLKM S115/47X0,75/5,0M/OE 2314998 465
FLKM S115/S400/SO155 2307248 464
FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/PLC/SO137 2306294 465
FLKM S135-431-4UA/S400 2314846 459
FLKM S135-454-4UA/S400 2314859 461
FLKM S135-460-4UA/I/S400 2314613 461
FLKM S135-460-4UA/U/S400 2314862 461
FLKM S135-465-4UA/T/S400 2314875 462
FLKM S135-465-4UA/UI/S400 2314888 462
FLKM S135-470-4UC/I/S400 2314626 462
FLKM S135-470-4UC/U/S400 2314891 462
FLKM S135/42X0,75/3,0M/OE 2315007 463
FLKM S135/42X0,75/5,0M/OE 2318017 463
FLKM S135/S400/SO120 2301723 459
FLKM S135/S400/SO121 2301736 459
FLKM S135/S400/SO122 2301749 459
FLKM S135/S400/SO123 2301752 460
FLKM S135/S400/SO124 2301765 461
FLKM S135/S400/SO125 2301778 460
FLKM S135/S400/SO126 2301781 460
FLKM S135/S400/SO127 2301794 460
FLKM S135/S7/FLK50/PLC 2314736 463
FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7 2295062 482
FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810 2304513 422
FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810/P 2304539 422
FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU830 2304526 422
FLKM-KS40/AO16/YCS 2314260 469
FLKM-KS40/YCS 2314642 468
FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300 2901879 438
FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300 2900924 438
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300 2900622 438
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300 2901423 438
FLKMS 50/32IM/LA/PLC 2284510 480
FLKMS 50/32IM/PLC 2284523 480
FLKMS 50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC 2901389 480
FLKMS-KS40/AI/YCS 2314286 469
FLKMS-KS40/SI/AI16/YCS 2314273 469
FLKMS-KS50/32IM/YCS 2314451 468
FUSE-10X38-16A-GR 2903126 29
FUSE-10X38-20A-GR 2903384 29
FUSE-10X38-30A-MR 2903119 29
I
IB IL 24 DI 16-PAC 2861250 207
IB IL 24 DI 2-PAC 2861221 207
IB IL 24 DI 4-PAC 2861234 207
IB IL 24 DI 8-PAC 2861247 207
IB IL 24 FLM-PAC 2736903 50
IB IL AI 2/SF-PAC 2861302 207
IB IL AI 8/IS-PAC 2861661 207
IB IL AI 8/SF-PAC 2861412 207
IB IL DI 8/S0-PAC 2897020 207
IBS IP 400 MBH -F 2732868 48
IBS PG SET 2836599 48
IBS RBC/F-T/ 2740151 50
IFS-CONFSTICK 2986122 12
IFS-CONFSTICK-L 2901103 12
IFS-OP-CRADLE 2811886 118
IFS-OP-UNIT 2811899 118
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 119
IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1857919 12
L
LDM- 12- 24DC 2833686 388
LDM- 48- 60DC 2833699 388
LDM-110DC 2833709 388
LDM3- 12- 24DC 2833806 388
LDM3- 48- 60DC 2833819 388
LDM3-110DC 2833822 388
LDP- 12- 24DC 2833657 388
LDP- 48- 60DC 2833660 388
LDP-110DC 2833673 388
LDP3- 12- 24DC 2833770 388
LDP3- 48- 60DC 2833783 388
LDP3-110DC 2833796 388
LV- 12- 24UC 2833712 388
LV- 48- 60UC 2833725 388
LV-120-230AC/110DC 2833738 388
LV3- 12- 24UC 2833835 388
LV3- 48- 60UC 2833848 388
LV3-120-230AC/110DC 2833851 388
M
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP 2865984 175
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP 2924249 175
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO 2865476 174
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO-SP 2924087 174
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T 2865489 177
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T-SP 2924090 177
MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I 2865405 164
MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I-SP 2924032 164
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO 2865450 173
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO-SP 2924061 173
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T 2865463 176
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T-SP 2924074 176
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM 2866006 178
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM-SP 2924883 178
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R 2865434 172
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R-SP 2924045 172
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I 2865382 162
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP 2924676 162
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I 2865366 161
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP 2924236 161
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I 2865340 160
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-SP 2924016 160
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP 2865793 163
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP 2924029 163
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I 2865939 165
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-NC 2865573 165
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP 2924142 165
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC 2924168 165
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP 2865492 180
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP-SP 2924113 180
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP 2865764 181
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP-SP 2924139 181
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP 2865515 181
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP-SP 2924100 181
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD 2924867 179
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD-SP 2924870 179
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP 2865609 181
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP-SP 2924126 181
MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I 2865942 166
MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I-NC 2865586 166
MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP 2865654 168
MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-C 2811763 168
MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP 2924689 168
MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP-C 2924692 168
MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP 2865751 170
MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-C 2865722 170
MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP 2924799 170
MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP-C 2924809 170
MACX MCR-PTB 2865625 126
MACX MCR-PTB-SP 2924184 126
MACX MCR-S-MUX 2865599 186
MACX MCR-S-MUX-TB 2308124 186
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP 2865052 123
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP 2924304 123
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO 2865049 122
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO-SP 2924294 122
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T 2865036 125
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T-SP 2924281 125
MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I 2810612 232
MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP 2810625 232
MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP 2810638 232
MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I 2865971 109
MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I-SP 2924223 109
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO 2865010 121
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO-SP 2924265 121
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T 2865023 124
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T-SP 2924278 124
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R 2865997 120
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R-SP 2924252 120
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I 2924825 107
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP 2924838 107
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I 2865955 106
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-SP 2924207 106
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP 2865968 108
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP 2924210 108
MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I 2865065 110
MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-NC 2865078 110
MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP 2924317 110
MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC 2924320 110
MACX MCR-SL-TC-I 2924333 112
MACX MCR-SL-TC-I-NC 2924346 112
MACX MCR-T-UI-UP 2811394 114
MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-C 2811873 114
MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP 2811860 114
MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP-C 2811970 114
MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP 2811378 116
MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-C 2811514 116
MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP 2811828 116
MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP-C 2811831 116
MACX MCR-UI-UI 2811284 102
MACX MCR-UI-UI-NC 2811446 102
MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP 2811572 102
MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP-NC 2811556 102
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP 2811459 104
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-NC 2811297 104
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP 2811585 104
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP-NC 2811569 104
MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1803604 12
MCR-1CLP-I-I-00 2814016 135
MCR-2CLP-I-I-00 2814029 135
MCR-4CLP-I-I-00 2814045 135
MCR-C-I-I-00-DC 2814508 131
MCR-C-I-U- 4-DC 2814511 131
MCR-C-U-I- 4-DC 2814537 131
MCR-C-U-U-DC 2814469 131
MCR-ET 38X35 WH 2814317 149
MCR-F-UI-DC 2814605 144
MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI 2814854 132
MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI-NC 2814867 132
MCR-FL-HT-T-I 2864529 142
MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX 2864532 189
MCR-FL-HT-TS-I-EX 2864545 188
MCR-FL-T-LP-I 2864561 140
MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX 2864574 187
MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX 2864587 187
MCR-PAC-T-USB 2309000 149
MCR-PSP 2811912 146
MCR-PSP-DC 2811925 146
MCR-PT100-I 2810353 138
MCR-PT100-I-DC 2810337 138
MCR-PT100-U 2810340 138
MCR-PT100-U-DC 2810311 138
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI 2814634 230
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI-NC 2814715 230
MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI 2814650 230
MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI-NC 2814731 230
MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI 2814647 230
MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI 2814663 230
MCR-S10-50-UI-DCI-NC 2814728 230
MCR-S10-50-UI-SW-DCI-NC 2814744 230
MCR-SL-1CLP-I-I-00-4KV 2814841 134
MCR-SL-CUC-100-I 2308027 229
MCR-SL-CUC-100-U 2308108 229
MCR-SL-CUC-200-I 2308030 229
MCR-SL-CUC-200-U 2308205 229
MCR-SL-CUC-300-I 2308043 229
MCR-SL-CUC-300-U 2308302 229
MCR-SL-CUC-400-I 2308072 229
MCR-SL-CUC-500-I 2308085 229
MCR-SL-CUC-600-I 2308098 229
MCR-SL-D-RA 2810081 150
MCR-SL-D-SPA-UI 2710314 151
MCR-SL-D-U-I 2864011 150
MCR-SL-HT-PT 100-I 2864516 143
MCR-SL-PT100-LP-I 2864558 141
MCR-SL-PT100-SP 2814948 139
MCR-SL-S- 16-SP- 24 2864464 235
MCR-SL-S-100-I-LP 2813486 233
575PHOENIX CONTACT
Index
Alphabetical
Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page
MCR-SL-S-100-U 2813457 233
MCR-SL-S-200-I-LP 2813499 233
MCR-SL-S-200-U 2813460 233
MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-0 2814359 234
MCR-SWS-I 2766478 147
MCR-SWS-U 2766465 147
MCR-T-UI 2814090 136
MCR-T-UI-E 2814113 136
MCR-T-UI-E-NC 2814126 136
MCR-T-UI-NC 2814100 136
MCR-TTL-RS232 2814391 149
MCR-TTL-RS232-E 2814388 149
MCR-VAC-UI-O-DC 2811103 236
MCR-VDC-UI-B-DC 2811116 236
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN 2814799 149
ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 91
ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2707437 12
ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN 2869728 90
MINI MCR DKL 2308111 88
MINI MCR-DKL-LABEL 2810272 88
MINI MCR-RTD-UI-NC 2902849 76
MINI MCR-RTD-UI-SP-NC 2902850 76
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I 2864419 74
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP 2864749 74
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I 2864655 74
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP 2864781 74
MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-NC 2902822 87
MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-SP-NC 2902823 87
MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-NC 2902832 82
MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-SP-NC 2902833 82
MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC 2902961 89
MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-SP-NC 2902962 89
MINI MCR-SL-I-I 2864406 71
MINI MCR-SL-I-I-SP 2864723 71
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0 2813541 71
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP 2813554 71
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4 2813538 71
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP 2813567 71
MINI MCR-SL-MUX-V8-FLK 16 2811815 95
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO 2864105 86
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP 2810269 86
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP 2810298 79
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC 2810308 79
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC-SP 2810395 79
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-SP 2810382 79
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI 2864435 78
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200 2864309 77
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC 2864370 77
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP 2864192 77
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC 2864202 77
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC 2864273 78
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP 2864736 78
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC 2864286 78
MINI MCR-SL-PTB 2864134 90
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM 2902958 89
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM-SP 2902959 89
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-SP 2864147 90
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI 2864095 84
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP 2810256 84
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I 2864422 73
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP 2864752 73
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I 2864079 73
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP 2810230 73
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI 2810858 68
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC 2810780 68
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP 2810874 68
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC 2810793 68
MINI MCR-SL-TB 2811420 88
MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI 2864448 81
MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI-NC 2864299 81
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0 2813512 71
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP 2813570 71
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4 2813525 71
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP 2813583 71
MINI MCR-SL-U-U 2864684 71
MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP 2864697 71
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI 2864053 70
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC 2865007 70
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP 2811213 70
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC 2810078 70
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I 2864794 72
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC 2864176 72
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP 2864804 72
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC 2864189 72
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F 2864082 83
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP 2810243 83
MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-NC 2902829 75
MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-SP-NC 2902830 75
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL 2864480 85
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP 2864493 85
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI 2864383 66
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC 2864150 66
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP 2864710 66
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC 2864163 66
MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A 2811268 94
MINI MCR-TC-UI-NC 2902851 80
MINI-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5/EX 2866653 91
MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 91
MM-CONF-SET 2297992 15
MP 1 2833631 372
MP 2 2833644 378
MPS-IH BK 0201731 191
MPS-IH BU 0201689 191
MPS-IH GN 0201702 191
MPS-IH GY 0201728 191
MPS-IH RD 0201676 191
MPS-IH WH 0201663 191
MPS-IH YE 0201692 191
MPS-MT 0201744 191
O
OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2 2967989 340
OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5 2982113 288
OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100 2967992 340
OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2 2982168 289
OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966595 280
OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5 2982100 288
OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100 2966618 340
OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1 2967950 281
OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2 2982171 289
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966605 340
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5 2982126 288
OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100 2966621 340
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1 2967963 341
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2 2982184 289
OV-24DC/ 60DC/4 2982647 559
OV-24DC/350DC/1 2982634 558
OV-24DC/480AC/5 2982650 559
P
PACT MCR-CB-21- 8 2277569 223
PACT MCR-CB-21-12 2277556 223
PACT MCR-CB-28-12 2277543 223
PACT MCR-CB-42-12 2277530 223
PACT MCR-ETC-60 2277572 223
PACT MCR-ETC-75 2277585 223
PACT MCR-ICAP 2277608 223
PACT MCR-RA 2277598 223
PACT MCR-V1-21-44 2277268 213
PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 50-5A-1 2277019 213
PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 75-5A-1 2277611 213
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-100-5A-1 2277022 213
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-125-5A-1 2277763 213
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-150-5A-1 2277035 213
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-200-5A-1 2277776 213
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-250-5A-1 2277048 213
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-300-5A-1 2277789 213
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-400-5A-1 2277051 213
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-500-5A-1 2277792 213
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60 2277271 214
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60- 75-5A-1 2276502 214
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-250-5A-1 2276544 214
PACT MCR-V2- 4012- 70 2277284 215
PACT MCR-V2- 5012- 85 2277297 216
PACT MCR-V2- 6015- 85 2277336 217
PACT MCR-V2- 6040- 96 2277349 218
PACT MCR-V2- 6315- 95 2277307 218
PACT MCR-V2- 8015-105 2277352 219
PACT MCR-V2- 8020-105 2277365 219
PACT MCR-V2-10020-129 2277378 220
PACT MCR-V2-10020-129-2500-5A 2276395 220
PACT MCR-V2-10036-129 2277381 220
PACT MCR-V2-10036-129-3000-5A 2276405 220
PACT MCR-V2-12020-159 2277394 221
PACT MCR-V2-12040-159 2277404 221
PACT MCR-V2-12040-159-4000-5A 2276418 221
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 60-5A-1 2277815 214
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 75-5A-1 2277828 214
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 80-5A-1 2277831 214
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 100-5A-1 2277064 214
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 125-5A-1 2277624 214
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1 2277077 214
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1 2277844 214
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1 2277637 214
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1 2277857 214
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1 2277080 214
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1 2277860 214
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 300-5A-1 2277640 214
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 400-5A-1 2277093 214
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 500-5A-1 2277653 214
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 600-5A-1 2277103 214
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 750-5A-1 2277666 214
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 250-5A-1 2277116 215
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 300-5A-1 2277679 215
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 400-5A-1 2277129 215
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 500-5A-1 2277682 215
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 600-5A-1 2277132 215
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 750-5A-1 2277695 215
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 800-5A-1 2277145 215
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70-1000-5A-1 2277158 215
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 150-5A-1 2276117 216
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 200-5A-1 2276120 216
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 250-5A-1 2276133 216
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 300-5A-1 2276146 216
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 400-5A-1 2277161 216
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 500-5A-1 2276159 216
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1 2276162 216
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1 2277174 216
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 750-5A-1 2276175 216
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 800-5A-1 2277187 216
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1 2276463 216
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1 2277190 216
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1250-5A-1 2277200 216
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1500-5A-1 2276188 216
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 200-5A-1 2277873 217
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 250-5A-1 2277886 217
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 300-5A-1 2277899 217
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 400-5A-1 2277909 217
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 500-5A-1 2277912 217
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 600-5A-1 2277925 217
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 750-5A-1 2277938 217
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 800-5A-1 2277941 217
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1000-5A-1 2277954 217
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1250-5A-1 2277967 217
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1500-5A-1 2277970 217
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1600-5A-1 2277983 217
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 600-5A-1 2276191 218
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 750-5A-1 2276201 218
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 800-5A-1 2276214 218
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1000-5A-1 2277705 218
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1250-5A-1 2276227 218
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1500-5A-1 2277718 218
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1600-5A-1 2276230 218
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-2000-5A-1 2276243 218
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95- 800-5A-1 2277213 218
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1000-5A-1 2277226 218
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1250-5A-1 2277239 218
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1500-5A-1 2277242 218
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1600-5A-1 2277255 218
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 400-5A-1 2276256 219
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 500-5A-1 2276269 219
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 600-5A-1 2276272 219
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 750-5A-1 2276285 219
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 800-5A-1 2276298 219
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1 2276308 219
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1 2277721 219
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1250-5A-1 2276311 219
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1500-5A-1 2277734 219
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1600-5A-1 2276324 219
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2000-5A-1 2276337 219
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2500-5A-1 2276340 219
PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1000-5A-1 2277747 219
PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1500-5A-1 2277750 219
PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-2000-5A-1 2276382 219
PACT MCR-V3-60 2277417 222
PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40 2276612 223
PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65 2276625 223
PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40 2276638 223
PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65 2276641 223
PLC-2RPT-24DC/1 2901639 348
PLC-2RSC-24DC/ 1 2987309 348
PLC-2RSP-24DC/ 1 2987312 348
PLC-ATP BK 2966841 368
PLC-BP A1-14 2980283 368
PLC-BPT- 24DC/21RW 2900261 360
PLC-BPT- 24UC/ 1/ACT 2900450 329
PLC-BPT-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 2900456 335
PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO46 2900453 334
PLC-BPT-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 2900457 335
PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO46 2900455 334
PLC-BPT-TTL/1 2900458 356
PLC-BSC- 24UC/ 1/ACT 2982799 329
PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 2980322 335
PLC-BSC-120UC/21-21/SO46 2980416 335
PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46 2980319 334
PLC-BSC-120UC/21HC/SO46 2980432 335
PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 2980348 335
PLC-BSC-230UC/21-21/SO46 2980429 335
PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46 2980335 334
PLC-BSC-230UC/21HC/SO46 2980445 335
PLC-BSC-TTL/1 2982689 356
PLC-BSP- 24DC/21RW 2961396 360
PLC-BSP- 24UC/ 1/ACT 2982809 329
PLC-BSP-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 2980364 335
PLC-BSP-120UC/21/SO46 2980351 334
PLC-BSP-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 2980380 335
PLC-BSP-230UC/21/SO46 2980377 334
PLC-BSP-TTL/1 2982692 356
PLC-ESK GY 2966508 368
PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ 2902969 354
PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/2/ACT 2900375 327
PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G 2902971 355
PLC-OPT- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ-G 2902973 355
PLC-OPT- 5DC/300DC/1 2900381 352
PLC-OPT- 12DC/300DC/1 2900382 352
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/10/R 2900398 353
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/2 2900364 325
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/2/ACT 2900376 327
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/3RW 2900379 359
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/100 2900352 324
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN 2900358 331
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W 2900378 353
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G 2902972 355
PLC-OPT- 24DC/110DC/3RW 2900391 359
PLC-OPT- 24DC/230AC/1 2900369 325
PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ 2902970 354
PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ-G 2902974 355
PLC-OPT- 24DC/300DC/1 2900383 352
PLC-OPT- 24DC/TTL 2900363 358
PLC-OPT- 36DC/110DC/3RW 2900392 359
PLC-OPT- 48DC/ 24DC/2 2900365 325
PLC-OPT- 48DC/ 48DC/100 2900353 324
PLC-OPT- 48DC/110DC/3RW 2900393 359
PLC-OPT- 48DC/230AC/1 2900370 325
PLC-OPT- 60DC/ 24DC/2 2900366 325
PLC-OPT- 60DC/ 48DC/100 2900354 324
PLC-OPT- 60DC/230AC/1 2900371 325
PLC-OPT- 60DC/300DC/1 2900384 352
PLC-OPT- 72DC/110DC/3RW 2900394 359
PLC-OPT- 96DC/110DC/3RW 2900395 359
576 PHOENIX CONTACT
Index
Alphabetical
Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page
PLC-OPT-110DC/ 24DC/3RW 2900380 359
PLC-OPT-110DC/110DC/3RW 2900396 359
PLC-OPT-110DC/300DC/1 2900385 352
PLC-OPT-120AC/300DC/1 2900388 352
PLC-OPT-120UC/ 24DC/2 2900367 325
PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/100 2900355 324
PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN 2900359 331
PLC-OPT-120UC/230AC/1 2900372 325
PLC-OPT-220DC/300DC/1 2900387 352
PLC-OPT-230AC/300DC/1 2900389 352
PLC-OPT-230UC/ 24DC/2 2900368 325
PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/100 2900356 324
PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN 2900361 331
PLC-OPT-230UC/230AC/1 2900374 325
PLC-OPT-LPE-24DC/48DC/100 2903173 366
PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G 2902965 355
PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT 2980144 327
PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G 2902967 355
PLC-OSC- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ 2902963 354
PLC-OSC- 5DC/300DC/ 1 2980652 352
PLC-OSC- 12DC/300DC/ 1 2980665 352
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G 2902966 355
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966634 325
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT 2966676 327
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 5/ACT 2982786 328
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R 2982702 353
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G 2902968 355
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100 2966728 324
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN 2966773 331
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W 2980636 353
PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1 2967840 325
PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1/ACT 2967947 327
PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 2/ACT 2982760 328
PLC-OSC- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ 2902964 354
PLC-OSC- 24DC/300DC/ 1 2980678 352
PLC-OSC- 24DC/TTL 2982728 358
PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 24DC/ 2 2967002 325
PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 48DC/100 2966993 324
PLC-OSC- 48DC/230AC/ 1 2967853 325
PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 24DC/ 2 2967468 325
PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 48DC/100 2967455 324
PLC-OSC- 60DC/230AC/ 1 2967866 325
PLC-OSC- 60DC/300DC/ 1 2980681 352
PLC-OSC-110DC/300DC/ 1 2980694 352
PLC-OSC-120AC/300DC/ 1 2980717 352
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 24DC/ 2 2966650 325
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100 2966744 324
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN 2966799 331
PLC-OSC-120UC/230AC/ 1 2967879 325
PLC-OSC-125DC/ 24DC/ 2 2980050 325
PLC-OSC-125DC/ 48DC/100 2980047 324
PLC-OSC-125DC/230AC/ 1 2980063 325
PLC-OSC-220DC/300DC/ 1 2980704 352
PLC-OSC-230AC/300DC/ 1 2980720 352
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 24DC/ 2 2966663 325
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100 2966757 324
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN 2966809 331
PLC-OSC-230UC/230AC/ 1 2967882 325
PLC-OSC-LPE-24DC/48DC/100 2903171 366
PLC-OSP- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT 2980157 327
PLC-OSP- 5DC/300DC/ 1 2980814 352
PLC-OSP- 12DC/300DC/ 1 2980827 352
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2 2967471 325
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT 2967507 327
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3RW 2980513 359
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R 2982715 353
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/100 2967549 324
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN 2967578 331
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W 2980649 353
PLC-OSP- 24DC/110DC/ 3RW 2982511 359
PLC-OSP- 24DC/230AC/ 1 2967895 325
PLC-OSP- 24DC/300DC/ 1 2980830 352
PLC-OSP- 24DC/TTL 2982731 358
PLC-OSP- 36DC/110DC/ 3RW 2982524 359
PLC-OSP- 48DC/ 24DC/ 2 2967727 325
PLC-OSP- 48DC/ 48DC/100 2967743 324
PLC-OSP- 48DC/110DC/ 3RW 2982537 359
PLC-OSP- 48DC/230AC/ 1 2967905 325
PLC-OSP- 60DC/ 24DC/ 2 2967730 325
PLC-OSP- 60DC/ 48DC/100 2967756 324
PLC-OSP- 60DC/230AC/ 1 2967918 325
PLC-OSP- 60DC/300DC/ 1 2980843 352
PLC-OSP- 72DC/110DC/ 3RW 2982540 359
PLC-OSP- 96DC/110DC/ 3RW 2982553 359
PLC-OSP-110DC/ 24DC/ 3RW 2980526 359
PLC-OSP-110DC/110DC/ 3RW 2982566 359
PLC-OSP-110DC/300DC/ 1 2980856 352
PLC-OSP-120AC/300DC/ 1 2980872 352
PLC-OSP-120UC/ 24DC/ 2 2967484 325
PLC-OSP-120UC/ 48DC/100 2967552 324
PLC-OSP-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN 2967581 331
PLC-OSP-120UC/230AC/ 1 2967921 325
PLC-OSP-220DC/300DC/ 1 2980869 352
PLC-OSP-230AC/300DC/ 1 2980885 352
PLC-OSP-230UC/ 24DC/ 2 2967497 325
PLC-OSP-230UC/ 48DC/100 2967565 324
PLC-OSP-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN 2967594 331
PLC-OSP-230UC/230AC/ 1 2967934 325
PLC-PT-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P 2900397 364
PLC-RPT- 12DC/21 2900316 322
PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-21 2900329 323
PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-21AU 2900337 323
PLC-RPT- 12DC/21AU 2900317 323
PLC-RPT- 12DC/21HC 2900290 333
PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1/ACT 2900312 326
PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN 2900313 330
PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT 2900298 332
PLC-RPT- 24DC/21 2900299 322
PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21 2900330 323
PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21AU 2900338 323
PLC-RPT- 24DC/21AU 2900306 323
PLC-RPT- 24DC/21HC 2900291 333
PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/H 2900328 350
PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/L 2900327 350
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21 2900300 322
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21 2900332 323
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21/RW 2900346 363
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU 2900339 323
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU/RW 2900349 363
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21/RW 2900318 362
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU 2900307 323
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU/RW 2900321 362
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC 2900293 333
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC/RW 2900324 363
PLC-RPT- 48DC/21 2900301 322
PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-21 2900333 323
PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-21AU 2900340 323
PLC-RPT- 48DC/21AU 2900308 323
PLC-RPT- 48DC/21HC 2900294 333
PLC-RPT- 60DC/21 2900303 322
PLC-RPT- 60DC/21-21 2900334 323
PLC-RPT- 60DC/21-21AU 2900341 323
PLC-RPT- 60DC/21AU 2900309 323
PLC-RPT- 60DC/21HC 2900295 333
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21/RW 2900347 363
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21AU/RW 2900350 363
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21/RW 2900319 362
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21AU/RW 2900322 362
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21HC/RW 2900325 363
PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21/RW 2900348 363
PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21AU/RW 2900351 363
PLC-RPT-110UC/21/RW 2900320 362
PLC-RPT-110UC/21AU/RW 2900323 362
PLC-RPT-110UC/21HC/RW 2900326 363
PLC-RPT-120UC/ 1AU/SEN 2900314 330
PLC-RPT-120UC/21 2900304 322
PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21 2900335 323
PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21AU 2900342 323
PLC-RPT-120UC/21AU 2900310 323
PLC-RPT-120UC/21HC 2900296 333
PLC-RPT-230UC/ 1AU/SEN 2900315 330
PLC-RPT-230UC/21 2900305 322
PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21 2900336 323
PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU 2900343 323
PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU/RWF 2900345 361
PLC-RPT-230UC/21AU 2900311 323
PLC-RPT-230UC/21HC 2900297 333
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21 2966906 322
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21 2967235 323
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21AU 2967277 323
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21AU 2966919 323
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21HC 2967617 333
PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1- 1/ACT 2967109 327
PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1/ACT 2966210 326
PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN 2966317 330
PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT 2967604 332
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21 2966171 322
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21 2967060 323
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21AU 2967125 323
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21AU 2966265 323
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21HC 2967620 333
PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/H 2982236 350
PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/L 2834876 350
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21 2966184 322
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21 2967073 323
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21AU 2967112 323
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21AU 2966278 323
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21HC 2967633 333
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21 2966113 322
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21 2967248 323
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21AU 2967280 323
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21AU 2966126 323
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21HC 2967646 333
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21 2966139 322
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21 2967293 323
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21AU 2967303 323
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21AU 2966142 323
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21HC 2967659 333
PLC-RSC-120UC/ 1AU/SEN 2966320 330
PLC-RSC-120UC/21 2966197 322
PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21 2967086 323
PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21AU 2967138 323
PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU 2966281 323
PLC-RSC-120UC/21HC 2967662 333
PLC-RSC-230UC/ 1AU/SEN 2966333 330
PLC-RSC-230UC/21 2966207 322
PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21 2967099 323
PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21AU 2967141 323
PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU 2966294 323
PLC-RSC-230UC/21HC 2967675 333
PLC-RSP- 12DC/21 2967439 322
PLC-RSP- 12DC/21-21 2912497 323
PLC-RSP- 12DC/21-21AU 2912565 323
PLC-RSP- 12DC/21AU 2967442 323
PLC-RSP- 12DC/21HC 2912264 333
PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1/ACT 2967345 326
PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN 2967374 330
PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT 2912413 332
PLC-RSP- 24DC/21 2966472 322
PLC-RSP- 24DC/21-21 2912507 323
PLC-RSP- 24DC/21-21AU 2912578 323
PLC-RSP- 24DC/21AU 2966540 323
PLC-RSP- 24DC/21HC 2912277 333
PLC-RSP- 24UC/ 1/S/H 2982249 350
PLC-RSP- 24UC/ 1/S/L 2834889 350
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21 2966485 322
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21 2912510 323
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21/RW 2987105 363
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21AU 2912581 323
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21AU/RW 2987118 363
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21/RW 2987011 362
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21AU 2966553 323
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21AU/RW 2987024 362
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21HC 2912280 333
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21HC/RW 2987079 363
PLC-RSP- 48DC/21 2966498 322
PLC-RSP- 48DC/21-21 2912523 323
PLC-RSP- 48DC/21-21AU 2912594 323
PLC-RSP- 48DC/21AU 2966566 323
PLC-RSP- 48DC/21HC 2912293 333
PLC-RSP- 60DC/21 2966511 322
PLC-RSP- 60DC/21-21 2912536 323
PLC-RSP- 60DC/21-21AU 2912604 323
PLC-RSP- 60DC/21AU 2966579 323
PLC-RSP- 60DC/21HC 2912303 333
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21/RW 2987121 363
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21AU/RW 2987134 363
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21/RW 2987037 362
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21AU/RW 2987040 362
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21HC/RW 2987082 363
PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21/RW 2987147 363
PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21AU/RW 2987150 363
PLC-RSP-110UC/21/RW 2987053 362
PLC-RSP-110UC/21AU/RW 2987066 362
PLC-RSP-110UC/21HC/RW 2987095 363
PLC-RSP-120UC/ 1AU/SEN 2967390 330
PLC-RSP-120UC/21 2966524 322
PLC-RSP-120UC/21-21 2912549 323
PLC-RSP-120UC/21-21AU 2912617 323
PLC-RSP-120UC/21AU 2966582 323
PLC-RSP-120UC/21HC 2912316 333
PLC-RSP-230UC/ 1AU/SEN 2967413 330
PLC-RSP-230UC/21 2966537 322
PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21 2912552 323
PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU 2912620 323
PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF 2968001 361
PLC-RSP-230UC/21AU 2966647 323
PLC-RSP-230UC/21HC 2912329 333
PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P 2982663 364
PLC-SC-ELR W1/ 2-24DC 2980539 365
PLC-SC-S/H 2980733 351
PLC-SC-S/L 2980775 351
PLC-SP-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P 2982676 364
PLC-SP-ELR W1/ 2-24DC 2980555 365
PLC-SP-S/H 2980746 351
PLC-SP-S/L 2980788 351
PLC-V8/D15B/IN 2296087 369
PLC-V8/D15B/OUT 2296061 369
PLC-V8/D15S/IN 2296074 369
PLC-V8/D15S/OUT 2296058 369
PLC-V8/FLK14/IN 2296553 369
PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M 2304115 369
PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT 2295554 369
PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M 2304102 369
PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT 2299660 369
PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M 2304306 369
PLC-VT 2296870 486
PLC-VT/ACT 2295567 487
PLC-VT/ACT/LA 2296867 487
PLC-VT/LA 2296854 486
PR1-BSC2/2X21 2833518 372
PR1-BSC3/2X21 2833521 373
PR1-BSP3/2X21 2833534 373
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21 2834326 390
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21AU 2834368 390
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21 2834481 391
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU 2834520 391
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21 2834339 390
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21AU 2834371 390
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21 2834494 391
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU 2834533 391
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21 2834342 390
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21AU 2834384 390
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21 2834504 391
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21AU 2834546 391
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21 2834355 390
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21AU 2834397 390
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21 2834517 391
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21AU 2834559 391
PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/21 2834407 392
PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/21AU 2834449 392
PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21 2834562 393
PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU 2834601 393
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/21 2834410 392
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/21AU 2834452 392
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21 2834575 393
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU 2834614 393
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/21 2834423 392
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/21AU 2834465 392
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21 2834588 393
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21AU 2834627 393
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/21 2834436 392
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/21AU 2834478 392
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X21 2834591 393
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X21AU 2834630 393
PR2-BSC2/4X21 2833563 378
PR2-BSC3/4X21 2833576 379
PR2-BSP3/4X21 2833589 379
PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21 2834643 394
PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU 2834724 394
577PHOENIX CONTACT
Index
Alphabetical
Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page
PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21 2834656 394
PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU 2834737 394
PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21 2834669 394
PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/4X21AU 2834740 394
PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21 2834672 394
PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/4X21AU 2834753 394
PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21 2834685 395
PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU 2834766 395
PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21 2834698 395
PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU 2834779 395
PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21 2834708 395
PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/4X21AU 2834782 395
PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X21 2834711 395
PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/4X21AU 2834795 395
PR3-BSC1/2X21 2833602 382
PR3-BSC1/3X21 2833615 383
PSK AFS2000IOL 2700709 209
PSK AFS5000IOL 2700705 209
PSK AFS6000IOL 2700707 208
PSK AFS6050IOL 2700704 208
PSK AFS8000IOL 2700708 209
PSK DL BASIC 2700726 206
PSK DL FLEX 2700727 207
PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS 2761295 149
PSM-ME-RS232/RS485-P 2744416 186
PSM-ME-RS485/RS485-P 2744429 186
R
RC- 12- 24UC 2833741 388
RC- 48- 60UC 2833754 388
RC-120-230UC 2833767 388
RC3- 12- 24UC 2833893 388
RC3- 48- 60UC 2833903 388
RC3-120-230UC 2833916 388
RCM-A-SCT- 20 2806045 245
RCM-A-SCT- 30 2806058 245
RCM-A-SCT- 35 2806061 245
RCM-A-SCT- 70 2806074 245
RCM-A-SCT-105 2806087 245
RCM-A-SCT-140 2806090 245
RCM-A-SCT-210 2806100 245
RCM-A/50/85-264V 2806016 245
RCM-B-SCT- 35 2806223 244
RCM-B-SCT- 70 2806236 244
RCM-B-SCT-105 2806249 244
RCM-B/50/85-264V 2806210 244
REL-IR/L- 24AC/2X21 2834054 380
REL-IR/L- 24AC/4X21AU 2834122 380
REL-IR/L-120AC/2X21 2834067 380
REL-IR/L-120AC/4X21AU 2834135 380
REL-IR/L-230AC/2X21 2834070 380
REL-IR/L-230AC/4X21AU 2834148 380
REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/2X21 2834151 380
REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/4X21AU 2834193 380
REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/2X21 2834164 380
REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/4X21AU 2834203 380
REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/2X21 2834177 380
REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/4X21AU 2834216 380
REL-IR/LDM-110DC/2X21 2834180 380
REL-IR/LDM-110DC/4X21AU 2834229 380
REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/2X21 2834012 380
REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU 2834083 380
REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/2X21 2834025 380
REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU 2834096 380
REL-IR/LDP-110DC/2X21 2834041 380
REL-IR/LDP-110DC/4X21AU 2834119 380
REL-IR/LDP-125DC/2X21 2834960 380
REL-IR/LDP-125DC/4X21AU 2834313 380
REL-IR/LDP-220DC/2X21 2834957 380
REL-IR/LDP-220DC/4X21AU 2834973 380
REL-IR2/L- 24AC/2X21 2903666 292
REL-IR2/L-120AC/2X21 2903667 292
REL-IR2/L-230AC/2X21 2903668 292
REL-IR2/LDP- 12DC/2X21 2903659 292
REL-IR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21 2903660 292
REL-IR2/LDP- 48DC/2X21 2903661 292
REL-IR2/LDP- 60DC/2X21 2903662 292
REL-IR2/LDP-110DC/2X21 2903663 292
REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21 2903686 292
REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21AU 2903683 292
REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21 2903687 292
REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21AU 2903684 292
REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21 2903688 292
REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21AU 2903685 292
REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21 2903676 292
REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU 2903669 292
REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21 2903677 292
REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU 2903670 292
REL-IR4/LDP- 48DC/4X21 2903678 292
REL-IR4/LDP- 48DC/4X21AU 2903671 292
REL-IR4/LDP- 60DC/4X21 2903679 292
REL-IR4/LDP- 60DC/4X21AU 2903672 292
REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21 2903680 292
REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21AU 2903673 292
REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU 2961370 338
REL-MR- 4,5DC/21 2961367 338
REL-MR- 12DC/21 2961150 278
REL-MR- 12DC/21-21 2961257 284
REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU 2961299 284
REL-MR- 12DC/21AU 2961163 278
REL-MR- 12DC/21HC 2961309 284
REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU 2961532 284
REL-MR- 18DC/21 2961383 338
REL-MR- 18DC/21AU 2961493 338
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21 2961435 284
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS 2987956 286
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU 2961464 284
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC 2961406 284
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU 2961503 284
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS 2987891 286
REL-MR- 24DC/1IC 2961341 339
REL-MR- 24DC/21 2961105 278
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 2961192 284
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS 2987943 286
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU 2961215 284
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS 2987985 286
REL-MR- 24DC/21AU 2961121 278
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 284
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU 2961545 284
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS 2987927 286
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS 2987888 286
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21 2834834 284
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU 2834847 284
REL-MR- 48DC/21HC 2834821 284
REL-MR- 60DC/21 2961118 338
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21 2961273 284
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU 2961286 284
REL-MR- 60DC/21AU 2961134 338
REL-MR- 60DC/21HC 2961325 284
REL-MR-110DC/21-21 2961202 284
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU 2961228 284
REL-MR-110DC/21HC 2961338 284
REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU 2961561 284
REL-MR-120AC/21-21 2961448 284
REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS 2987969 286
REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU 2961477 284
REL-MR-120AC/21HC 2961419 284
REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU 2961516 284
REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS 2987901 286
REL-MR-230AC/21-21 2961451 284
REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS 2987972 286
REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU 2961480 284
REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS 2987998 286
REL-MR-230AC/21HC 2961422 284
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU 2961529 284
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS 2987930 286
REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS 2987914 286
REL-MR-G 24/1 2961037 554
REL-OR- 24AC/2X21 2834245 384
REL-OR- 24AC/3X21 2834287 384
REL-OR- 24DC/2X21 2834232 384
REL-OR- 24DC/3X21 2834274 384
REL-OR-120AC/2X21 2834258 384
REL-OR-120AC/3X21 2834290 384
REL-OR-230AC/2X21 2834261 384
REL-OR-230AC/3X21 2834300 384
REL-OR/L- 24AC/1 2901911 386
REL-OR/L- 24AC/1/MB 2901905 386
REL-OR/L-120AC/1 2901912 386
REL-OR/L-120AC/1/MB 2901906 386
REL-OR/L-230AC/1 2901913 386
REL-OR/L-230AC/1/MB 2901907 386
REL-OR/LDP- 24DC/1 2901908 386
REL-OR/LDP- 24DC/1/MB 2901901 386
REL-OR/LDP-110DC/1 2901909 386
REL-OR/LDP-110DC/1/MB 2901902 386
REL-OR/LDP-220DC/1 2901910 386
REL-OR/LDP-220DC/1/MB 2901904 386
REL-OR2/L- 24AC/2X21 2903690 296
REL-OR2/L-120AC/2X21 2903691 296
REL-OR2/L-230AC/2X21 2903692 296
REL-OR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21 2903689 296
REL-OR3/L- 24AC/3X21 2903694 296
REL-OR3/L-120AC/3X21 2903695 296
REL-OR3/L-230AC/3X21 2903696 296
REL-OR3/LDP-24DC/3X21 2903693 296
REL-PR2- 24AC/2X21 2903699 300
REL-PR2- 24DC/2X21 2903698 300
REL-PR2-120AC/2X21 2903700 300
REL-PR2-230AC/2X21 2903701 300
REL-PR3- 24AC/3X1 2903707 302
REL-PR3- 24AC/3X21 2903703 300
REL-PR3- 24DC/3X1 2903706 302
REL-PR3- 24DC/3X21 2903702 300
REL-PR3-120AC/3X1 2903708 302
REL-PR3-120AC/3X21 2903704 300
REL-PR3-230AC/3X1 2903709 302
REL-PR3-230AC/3X21 2903705 300
RIF-0-BPT/1 2901873 277
RIF-0-BPT/21 2900958 276
RIF-0-RPT-12DC/ 1 2903362 307
RIF-0-RPT-12DC/ 1AU 2903360 307
RIF-0-RPT-12DC/21 2903371 306
RIF-0-RPT-12DC/21AU 2903369 306
RIF-0-RPT-24DC/ 1 2903361 307
RIF-0-RPT-24DC/ 1AU 2903359 307
RIF-0-RPT-24DC/21 2903370 306
RIF-0-RPT-24DC/21AU 2903368 306
RIF-1-BPT/2X21 2900931 282
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21 2903342 308
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21AU 2903338 308
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21 2903334 309
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21AU 2903330 309
RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21 2903340 308
RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21AU 2903336 308
RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 2903332 309
RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21AU 2903328 309
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21 2903339 308
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21AU 2903335 308
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 2903331 309
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21AU 2903327 309
RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21 2903341 308
RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21AU 2903337 308
RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21 2903333 309
RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21AU 2903329 309
RIF-2-BPT/4X21 2900934 290
RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21 2903315 310
RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/4X21 2903308 311
RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 2903311 310
RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/4X21 2903305 311
RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 2903310 310
RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/4X21 2903304 311
RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21 2903313 310
RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/4X21 2903306 311
RIF-3-BPT/2X21 2900937 294
RIF-3-BPT/3X21 2900938 295
RIF-3-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21 2903297 312
RIF-3-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21 2903294 313
RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 2903296 312
RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21 2903293 313
RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 2903295 312
RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21 2903292 313
RIF-4-BPT/3X21 2900961 298
RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21 2903281 314
RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X1 2903275 316
RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21 2903278 315
RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 2903280 314
RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X1 2903274 316
RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21 2903277 315
RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 2903279 314
RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X1 2903273 316
RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21 2903276 315
RIF-LDP-110 DC 2900941 304
RIF-LDP-12-24 DC 2900939 304
RIF-LDP-48-60 DC 2900940 304
RIF-LV-12-24 UC 2900942 304
RIF-LV-120-230 AC/110 DC 2900944 304
RIF-LV-48-60 UC 2900943 304
RIF-RC-12-24 UC 2900949 304
RIF-RC-120-230 UC 2900951 304
RIF-RC-48-60 UC 2900950 304
RIF-RH-1 2900953 283
RIF-RH-2 2900954 291
RIF-RH-3 2900955 295
RIF-RH-4 2900956 299
RIF-T3-24UC 2902647 305
RIF-V-12-24 UC 2900945 304
RIF-V-120-230 UC 2900948 304
RIF-V-48-60 UC 2900947 304
S
SCK-C-MODBUS 2901674 240
SCK-M-I-4S-20A 2903242 241
SCK-M-I-8S-20A 2903241 241
SCK-M-U-1500V 2903591 241
SIM-AMS 1 2271015 560
SIM-AMS 1-R 2271031 561
SIM-AMS 2 2271028 560
SIM-AMS 2-R 2271044 561
SIM-AMSC1 2271390 561
SIM-EI- 5DC/48DC/100 2271057 556
SIM-EI- 5DC/TTL/100 2271138 557
SIM-EI- 12DC/48DC/100 2271060 556
SIM-EI- 12DC/TTL/100 2271141 557
SIM-EI- 24DC/48DC/100 2271073 556
SIM-EI- 24DC/TTL/100 2271154 557
SIM-EI- 60DC/48DC/100 2271086 556
SIM-EI- 60DC/TTL/100 2271167 557
SIM-EI-110DC/48DC/100 2271099 556
SIM-EI-110DC/TTL/100 2271170 557
SIM-EI-120AC/48DC/100 2271112 556
SIM-EI-120AC/48DC/100/RC 2271439 557
SIM-EI-120AC/TTL/100 2271196 557
SIM-EI-220DC/48DC/100 2271109 556
SIM-EI-220DC/TTL/100 2271183 557
SIM-EI-230AC/48DC/100 2271125 556
SIM-EI-230AC/48DC/100/RC 2271426 557
SIM-EI-230AC/TTL/100 2271206 557
SIM-EI-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/3 2300096 557
SIM-ERSN 2271484 556
SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR 2271468 556
SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR/MET 2271497 556
SIM-ERSN-HB-MR 2271471 556
SIM-ERSN-HB-MR/MET 2271510 556
SSA 3-6 2839295 191
SSA 5-10 2839512 191
ST-OV3- 24DC/400AC/3 2905417 408
ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/1-PRO 2905572 409
ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/4-PRO 2905585 409
ST-REL3-KG 24/ 1/SO38 2829564 406
ST-REL3-KG 24/21/AU/SO46 2826981 404
ST-REL3-KG 24/21/SO46 2826091 404
ST-REL3-KG120/21/AU/SO46 2829797 404
ST-REL3-KG120/21/SO46 2833026 404
ST-REL3-KG230/21/AU/SO46 2826266 404
ST-REL3-KG230/21/SO46 2832027 404
STP 5-2 0800967 318
SWD4-100LF-8-24 PXC 2903111 34
SWD4-3LF8-24-2S PXC 2903112 34
SWD4-8MF2 PXC 2903108 34
SWD4-8SF2-5 PXC 2903107 34
SWD4-8SFF2-5 PXC 2903109 34
SWD4-CRP-1 PXC 2903110 34
578 PHOENIX CONTACT
Index
Alphabetical
Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page
SWD4-CRP-2 PXC 2903114 34
SWD4-RC8-10 PXC 2903106 34
SZF 1-0,6X3,5 1204517 368
T
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI 2924854 129
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI 2902933 97
TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI 2902932 129
TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI 2902934 97
THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 38
U
UC-EMLP (11X9) 0819291 127
UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS 0824547 127
UDK-RELG 4 2777056 409
UKK 5-2R/NAMUR 2941662 183
UM 25-10 MSTB/FRONT/Q 2959803 547
UM 25-18 MSTB/FRONT/Q 2959502 547
UM 25-D 9SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959560 536
UM 25-D 9SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959573 536
UM 25-D15SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959586 536
UM 25-D15SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959599 536
UM 25-D25SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959609 536
UM 25-D25SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959612 536
UM 25-FLK20/FRONT/Q 2959515 528
UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC 2962900 490
UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/E/PLC 2962926 491
UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/PLC 2962913 491
UM 45-D37SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959625 536
UM 45-D37SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959638 536
UM 45-D50SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959641 536
UM 45-D50SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959654 536
UM 45-DI/DO/S/LA/SIM8 2968205 483
UM 45-DO/LA/SIM8 2968195 483
UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC 2965211 481
UM 45-FLK34/FRONT/Q 2959531 528
UM 45-FLK40/FRONT/Q 2959544 528
UM 45-FLK50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC 2965224 481
UM 45-FLK50/FRONT/Q 2959557 528
UM- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC 2962463 497
UM- 8 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC 2968386 493
UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/PLC 2900890 498
UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/SI/PLC 2900893 499
UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/SI/PLC 2900892 499
UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/MT/PLC 2962379 497
UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC 2962382 497
UM-25 FLK26/FRONT/Q 2959528 528
UM-32 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC 2968373 493
UM-32RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/PLC 2900891 498
UM-DELTA V/A/SI 5603256 435
UM-DELTA V/A/SI/BFI/TP 5603258 435
UM-DELTA V/D/SI 5603255 435
UM-DELTA V/D/SI/BFI/TP 5603257 435
UMK- 1 OM-R/AMS 2983002 553
UMK- 4 OM-R/MF 2970882 553
UMK- 4 OM-R/MF/P 2972673 553
UMK- 4 RM 5DC 2972819 550
UMK- 4 RM 12DC 2972822 550
UMK- 4 RM 24 2971344 550
UMK- 4 RM 24DC 2972835 550
UMK- 4 RM 60DC 2972851 550
UMK- 4 RM110DC 2972864 550
UMK- 4 RM230AC 2972880 550
UMK- 8 OM-R/MF/MKDS 2972738 553
UMK- 8 OM-R/MF/MKDS/P 2972699 553
UMK- 8 OM/MF/MKDS 2972712 553
UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-24/21/21 2975722 551
UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21-21/PLC 2976187 496
UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC 2974914 494
UMK- 8 RM 5DC/MKDS 2972893 551
UMK- 8 RM 12DC/MKDS 2972903 551
UMK- 8 RM 60DC/MKDS 2972932 551
UMK- 8 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC 2979485 494
UMK- 8 RM/MR-G24/ 1/PLC 2979469 492
UMK- 8 RM110DC/MKDS 2972945 551
UMK- 8 RM230AC/MKDS 2972961 551
UMK- 8 RM24DC/MKDS 2972916 551
UMK- D32M-VS 2970060 541
UMK- EC38/38-XOL 2976284 542
UMK- EC38/38-XOR 2976297 542
UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/L 2900115 545
UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/R 2900114 545
UMK- EC56/25/EX -L 2900113 545
UMK- EC56/25/EX -R 2900112 545
UMK- EC56/32-XOL 2975764 543
UMK- EC56/32-XOR 2975858 543
UMK- EC56/32-XUL 2975780 543
UMK- EC56/32-XUR 2975777 543
UMK- EC56/56-XOL 2975890 543
UMK- EC56/56-XOR 2975900 543
UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L 2976158 543
UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R 2976161 543
UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOL 2900110 544
UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOR 2900109 544
UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUL 2969071 544
UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUR 2969068 544
UMK- PVB 2971302 549
UMK- PVB 6 2972136 549
UMK-16 OM-R/MF/MKDS 2972770 553
UMK-16 OM-R/MF/MKDS/P 2972796 553
UMK-16 OM/MF/MKDS 2972754 553
UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/PLC 2974891 495
UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC 2974901 495
UMK-16 RM 5DC/MKDS 2972974 551
UMK-16 RM 12DC/MKDS 2972987 551
UMK-16 RM 24DC/MKDS 2972990 551
UMK-16 RM 60DC/MKDS 2973038 551
UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/E/PLC 2979508 495
UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC 2979498 495
UMK-16 RM110DC/MKDS 2973041 551
UMK-16 RM230AC/MKDS 2973067 551
UMK-32 MDSTB/MKKDS3/R 2970196 547
UMK-32 RM/MR-G24/1/PLC 2979472 492
UMKS- C64M-VS 2970565 540
UMKS- E48M-VS 2970154 541
UMKS- F48M-VR 2970167 541
UMKS- F48M-VS 2970714 541
URELG 3 2820136 404
UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690/SET 2901667 12
V
V- 12- 24UC 2833864 388
V- 48- 60UC 2833877 388
V-120-230UC 2833880 388
V3- 12- 24UC 2833929 388
V3- 48- 60UC 2833932 388
V3-120-230UC 2833945 388
VFD 5007 IL IB 2701054 50
VFD 5015 IL IB 2701055 51
VFD 5022 IL IB 2701057 51
VFD 5040 IL IB 2701058 51
VIP-2/PT/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7 2903802 474
VIP-2/PT/2FLK14/AB-1756 2904288 475
VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F 2903778 534
VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F/LED 2904263 535
VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M 2903777 534
VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M/LED 2904258 535
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F 2903780 534
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F/LED 2904264 535
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M 2903779 534
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M/LED 2904259 535
VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M 2904277 439
VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M/SO 2904278 439
VIP-2/PT/FLK10 2903787 526
VIP-2/PT/FLK10/LED 2904248 527
VIP-2/PT/FLK14 2903788 526
VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8M/PLC 2904283 476
VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8P/PLC 2904284 476
VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED 2904249 527
VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED/PLC 2904279 470
VIP-2/PT/FLK14/PLC 2903801 470
VIP-2/PT/FLK16 2903789 526
VIP-2/PT/FLK16/LED 2904250 527
VIP-2/PT/FLK20 2903790 526
VIP-2/PT/FLK20/LED 2904251 527
VIP-2/PT/FLK50 (1-40) /S7 2903804 472
VIP-2/PT/FLK50/16/SLC500 2904287 429
VIP-2/PT/FLK50/AB-1756 2904286 473
VIP-2/PT/FLK50/LED/PLC 2904280 471
VIP-2/PT/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q 2904285 473
VIP-2/PT/FLK50/PLC 2903803 471
VIP-2/PT/FLK50/S7/A-S400 2904289 472
VIP-2/PT/HD15SUB/F 2904272 539
VIP-2/PT/HD15SUB/M 2904268 539
VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7 2315230 474
VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756 2322333 475
VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F 2315162 532
VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F/LED 2322197 533
VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M 2315117 532
VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M/LED 2322142 533
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F 2315175 532
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F/LED 2322207 533
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M 2315120 532
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M/LED 2322155 533
VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M 2900676 439
VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M/SO 2900786 439
VIP-2/SC/FLK10 2315010 524
VIP-2/SC/FLK10/LED 2322045 525
VIP-2/SC/FLK14 2315023 524
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8M/PLC 2322281 476
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8P/PLC 2322294 476
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED 2322058 525
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED/PLC 2322249 470
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC 2315214 470
VIP-2/SC/FLK16 2315036 524
VIP-2/SC/FLK16/LED 2322061 525
VIP-2/SC/FLK20 2315049 524
VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED 2322074 525
VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40) /S7 2315243 472
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/16/SLC500 2322320 429
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/AB-1756 2322317 473
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/LED/PLC 2322252 471
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q 2322304 473
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/PLC 2315227 471
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/S7/A-S400 2322359 472
VIP-2/SC/HD15SUB/F 2322401 539
VIP-2/SC/HD15SUB/M 2322326 539
VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/16 2315256 548
VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/24 2315269 548
VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/32 2315272 548
VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/48 2903717 548
VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/F 2903782 535
VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/F/LED 2904265 535
VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/M 2903781 535
VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/M/LED 2904260 535
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/F 2903784 535
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/F/LED 2904266 535
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M 2903783 535
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M/HW/C300 2904276 439
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M/LED 2904261 535
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/F 2903786 535
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/F/LED 2904267 535
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/M 2903785 535
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/M/LED 2904262 535
VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC 2904281 479
VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/PLC 2904282 479
VIP-3/PT/FLK26 2903791 527
VIP-3/PT/FLK26/LED 2904252 527
VIP-3/PT/FLK34 2903792 527
VIP-3/PT/FLK34/LED 2904253 527
VIP-3/PT/FLK40 2903793 527
VIP-3/PT/FLK40/LED 2904254 527
VIP-3/PT/FLK50 2903794 527
VIP-3/PT/FLK50/LED 2904255 527
VIP-3/PT/FLK60 2903795 527
VIP-3/PT/FLK60/LED 2904256 527
VIP-3/PT/FLK64 2903796 527
VIP-3/PT/FLK64/LED 2904257 527
VIP-3/PT/HD26SUB/F 2904273 539
VIP-3/PT/HD26SUB/M 2904269 539
VIP-3/PT/HD44SUB/F 2904274 539
VIP-3/PT/HD44SUB/M 2904270 539
VIP-3/PT/HD62SUB/F 2904275 539
VIP-3/PT/HD62SUB/M 2904271 539
VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/16 2903797 549
VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/24 2903798 549
VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/32 2903799 549
VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/48 2903800 549
VIP-3/PT/RJ45 2904290 546
VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F 2315188 533
VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F/LED 2322210 533
VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/M 2315133 533
VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/M/LED 2322168 533
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/F 2315191 533
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/F/LED 2322223 533
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M 2315146 533
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300 2900675 439
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/LED 2322171 533
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/F 2315201 533
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/F/LED 2322236 533
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/M 2315159 533
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/M/LED 2322184 533
VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC 2322265 479
VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/PLC 2322278 479
VIP-3/SC/FLK26 2315052 525
VIP-3/SC/FLK26/LED 2322087 525
VIP-3/SC/FLK34 2315065 525
VIP-3/SC/FLK34/LED 2322090 525
VIP-3/SC/FLK40 2315078 525
VIP-3/SC/FLK40/LED 2322100 525
VIP-3/SC/FLK50 2315081 525
VIP-3/SC/FLK50/LED 2322113 525
VIP-3/SC/FLK60 2315094 525
VIP-3/SC/FLK60/LED 2322126 525
VIP-3/SC/FLK64 2315104 525
VIP-3/SC/FLK64/LED 2322139 525
VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/F 2322414 539
VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/M 2322375 539
VIP-3/SC/HD44SUB/F 2322427 539
VIP-3/SC/HD44SUB/M 2322388 539
VIP-3/SC/HD62SUB/F 2322430 539
VIP-3/SC/HD62SUB/M 2322391 539
VIP-3/SC/RJ45 2900701 546
VIP-CAB-FLK10-0,14/... 2318376 500
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/0,5M 2318305 500
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/1,0M 2318318 500
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/1,5M 2318321 500
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/2,0M 2318334 500
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/3,0M 2318347 500
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/4,0M 2318350 500
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/6,0M 2318363 500
VIP-CAB-FLK14-0,14/... 2318457 500
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/0,5M 2318389 500
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/1,0M 2318392 500
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/1,5M 2318402 500
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/2,0M 2318415 500
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/3,0M 2318428 500
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/4,0M 2318431 500
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/6,0M 2318444 500
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/0,5M/S7 2904514 457
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/1,0M/S7 2904515 457
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/1,5M/S7 2904516 457
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/10,0M/S7 2904524 457
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/2,0M/S7 2904517 457
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/2,5M/S7 2904518 457
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/3,0M/S7 2904519 457
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/4,0M/S7 2904520 457
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/5,0M/S7 2904521 457
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/6,0M/S7 2904522 457
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/8,0M/S7 2904523 457
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/0,5M 2901604 443
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/1,0M 2901605 443
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/1,5M 2901606 443
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/2,0M 2901607 443
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/2,5M 2901608 443
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/3,0M 2901609 443
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/4,0M 2901610 443
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/6,0M 2901611 443
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M 2900122 502
579PHOENIX CONTACT
Index
Alphabetical
Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M 2900123 502
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M 2900125 502
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M 2900126 502
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M 2900127 502
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M 2900128 502
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M 2900129 502
VIP-CAB-FLK16-0,14/... 2318538 500
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/0,5M 2318460 500
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/1,0M 2318473 500
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/1,5M 2318486 500
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/2,0M 2318499 500
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/3,0M 2318509 500
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/4,0M 2318512 500
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/6,0M 2318525 500
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M 2900130 502
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M 2900131 502
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M 2900132 502
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M 2900133 502
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M 2900134 502
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M 2900135 502
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M 2900136 502
VIP-CAB-FLK20-0,14/... 2318619 500
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/0,5M 2318541 500
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/1,0M 2318554 500
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/1,5M 2318567 500
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/2,0M 2318570 500
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/3,0M 2318583 500
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/4,0M 2318596 500
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/6,0M 2318606 500
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M 2900138 503
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M 2900139 503
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M 2900141 503
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M 2900142 503
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M 2900143 503
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M 2900144 503
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M 2900145 503
VIP-CAB-FLK26-0,14/... 2318693 501
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/0,5M 2318622 501
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/1,0M 2318635 501
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/1,5M 2318648 501
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/2,0M 2318651 501
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/3,0M 2318664 501
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/4,0M 2318677 501
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/6,0M 2318680 501
VIP-CAB-FLK34-0,14/... 2318774 501
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/0,5M 2318703 501
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/1,0M 2318716 501
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/1,5M 2318729 501
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/2,0M 2318732 501
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/3,0M 2318745 501
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/4,0M 2318758 501
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/6,0M 2318761 501
VIP-CAB-FLK40-0,14/... 2318855 501
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/0,5M 2318787 501
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/1,0M 2318790 501
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/1,5M 2318800 501
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/2,0M 2318813 501
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/3,0M 2318826 501
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/4,0M 2318839 501
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/6,0M 2318842 501
VIP-CAB-FLK50-0,14/... 2318936 501
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/0,5M 2318868 501
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/1,0M 2318871 501
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/1,5M 2318884 501
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/2,0M 2318897 501
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/3,0M 2318907 501
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/4,0M 2318910 501
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/6,0M 2318923 501
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M 2900146 503
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M 2900147 503
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M 2900148 503
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M 2900149 503
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M 2900150 503
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M 2900151 503
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M 2900152 503
VIP-PA-FLK14-S7/... 2900887 449
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 0,5M/S7 2322663 449
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 1,0M/S7 2322676 449
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 1,5M/S7 2322689 449
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 2,0M/S7 2321790 449
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 2,5M/S7 2322692 449
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 3,0M/S7 2322702 449
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 4,0M/S7 2322715 449
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 5,0M/S7 2322728 449
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 6,0M/S7 2322731 449
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 7,0M/S7 2322744 449
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 8,0M/S7 2322757 449
VIP-PA-FLK14/10,0M/S7 2322760 449
VIP-PA-FLK50-4X14-S7/... 2900886 449
VIP-PA-FLK50-S7/... 2900885 448
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 0,5M/S7 2322443 448
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 1,0M/S7 2322456 448
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 1,5M/S7 2322469 448
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 2,0M/S7 2321800 448
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 2,5M/S7 2322472 448
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 3,0M/S7 2322485 448
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 4,0M/S7 2322498 448
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 5,0M/S7 2322508 448
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 6,0M/S7 2322511 448
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 7,0M/S7 2322524 448
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 8,0M/S7 2322537 448
VIP-PA-FLK50/10,0M/S7 2322540 448
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 0,5M/S7 2322553 449
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 1,0M/S7 2322566 449
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 1,5M/S7 2322579 449
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 2,0M/S7 2321910 449
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 2,5M/S7 2322582 449
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 3,0M/S7 2322595 449
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 4,0M/S7 2322605 449
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 5,0M/S7 2322618 449
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 6,0M/S7 2322621 449
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 7,0M/S7 2322634 449
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 8,0M/S7 2322647 449
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/10,0M/S7 2322650 449
VS-937/... 1402611 48
Z
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT 0811972 318
ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT 1050004 318
ZB 6,LGS:FORTL.ZAHLEN 1051016 368
ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT 1051003 318
580 PHOENIX CONTACT
Index
Alphabetical

Navigation menu